History log of /freebsd-10.0-release/sbin/
Revision Date Author Comments
(<<< Hide modified files)
(Show modified files >>>)
273415 21-Oct-2014 delphij

Fix rtsold(8) remote buffer overflow vulnerability. [SA-14:20]

Fix routed(8) remote denial of service vulnerability. [SA-14:21]

Fix memory leak in sandboxed namei lookup. [SA-14:22]

Fix OpenSSL multiple vulnerabilities. [SA-14:23]

Approved by: so

259128 09-Dec-2013 gjb

Remove svn:mergeinfo from the releng/10.0 branch.

After branch creation from stable/10, the stable/10 branch mergeinfo
was moved to the root of the branch.

Since there have not been any merges from stable/10 to releng/10.0
yet, we do not need to track any of the existing mergeinfo here.

Merges to releng/10.0 should now be done to the root of the branch.

For future branches during the release cycle, unless otherwise noted,
this change will be done as part of the stable/ and releng/ branch
creation.

Discussed with: peter
Approved by: re (implicit)
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


/freebsd-10.0-release/MAINTAINERS
/freebsd-10.0-release/Makefile.inc1
/freebsd-10.0-release/ObsoleteFiles.inc
/freebsd-10.0-release/UPDATING
/freebsd-10.0-release/bin/df
/freebsd-10.0-release/bin/freebsd-version
/freebsd-10.0-release/cddl
/freebsd-10.0-release/cddl/contrib/opensolaris
/freebsd-10.0-release/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/print
/freebsd-10.0-release/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/cmd/zfs
/freebsd-10.0-release/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/lib/libzfs
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/apr
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/apr-util
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/atf
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/binutils
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/bmake
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/byacc
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/bzip2
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/com_err
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/compiler-rt
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/dialog
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/dtc
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ee
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/expat
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/file
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/gcc
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/gdb
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/gdtoa
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/groff
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ipfilter
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ipfilter/ml_ipl.c
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ipfilter/mlfk_ipl.c
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ipfilter/mlh_rule.c
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ipfilter/mli_ipl.c
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ipfilter/mln_ipl.c
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ipfilter/mls_ipl.c
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ldns
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/less
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libarchive
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libarchive/cpio
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libarchive/libarchive
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libarchive/libarchive_fe
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libarchive/tar
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libc++
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libc-vis
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libcxxrt
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libexecinfo
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libpcap
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/libstdc++
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/llvm
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/llvm/tools/clang
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/mtree
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ncurses
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/netcat
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/ntp
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/nvi
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/one-true-awk
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/openbsm
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/openpam
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/openresolv
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/pf
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/sendmail
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/serf
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/smbfs
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/subversion
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/tcpdump
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/tcsh
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/tnftp
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/top
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/top/install-sh
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/tzcode/stdtime
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/tzcode/zic
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/tzdata
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/unbound
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/wpa
/freebsd-10.0-release/contrib/xz
/freebsd-10.0-release/crypto/heimdal
/freebsd-10.0-release/crypto/openssh
/freebsd-10.0-release/crypto/openssl
/freebsd-10.0-release/etc
/freebsd-10.0-release/etc/rc.d
/freebsd-10.0-release/gnu/lib
/freebsd-10.0-release/gnu/usr.bin/binutils
/freebsd-10.0-release/gnu/usr.bin/cc/cc_tools
/freebsd-10.0-release/gnu/usr.bin/gdb
/freebsd-10.0-release/include
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libc
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libc/stdtime
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libc_nonshared
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libfetch
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libiconv_modules
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libsmb
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libthr
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libutil
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libvmmapi
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libyaml
/freebsd-10.0-release/lib/libz
/freebsd-10.0-release/release
/freebsd-10.0-release/release/doc
/freebsd-10.0-release/sbin
camcontrol
dumpon
hastd
ifconfig
ipfw
nvmecontrol
/freebsd-10.0-release/share
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/examples/bhyve
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/i18n/csmapper/JIS
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/i18n/esdb/EUC
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/man
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/man/man4
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/man/man4/bhyve.4
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/man/man5
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/man/man7
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/man/man8
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/misc
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/mk
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/mk/bsd.arch.inc.mk
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/syscons
/freebsd-10.0-release/share/zoneinfo
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/amd64/include/vmm.h
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/amd64/include/vmm_dev.h
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/amd64/include/vmm_instruction_emul.h
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/amd64/include/xen
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/amd64/vmm
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/boot
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/boot/i386/efi
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/boot/ia64/efi
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/boot/ia64/ski
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/boot/powerpc/boot1.chrp
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/boot/powerpc/ofw
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/cddl/contrib/opensolaris
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/conf
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/changes.txt
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/common
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/compiler
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/debugger
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/disassembler
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/dispatcher
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/events
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/executer
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/hardware
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/namespace
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/parser
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/resources
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/tables
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/components/utilities
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/include
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/dev/acpica/os_specific
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/ipfilter
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/ipfilter/netinet/ip_fil_freebsd.c
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/ipfilter/netinet/ip_raudio_pxy.c
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/libfdt
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/octeon-sdk
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/contrib/x86emu
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/dev/bvm
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/dev/fdt/fdt_ic_if.m
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/dev/hyperv
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/modules/hyperv
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/modules/vmm
/freebsd-10.0-release/sys/x86/include/acpica_machdep.h
/freebsd-10.0-release/tools
/freebsd-10.0-release/tools/build
/freebsd-10.0-release/tools/build/options
/freebsd-10.0-release/tools/tools/atsectl
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.bin/calendar
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.bin/csup
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.bin/iscsictl
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.bin/procstat
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/bhyve
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/bhyvectl
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/bhyveload
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/bsdconfig
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/bsdinstall
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/ctladm
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/ctld
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/freebsd-update
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/jail
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/mergemaster
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/mount_smbfs
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/ndiscvt
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/pkg
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/rtadvctl
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/rtadvd
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/rtsold
/freebsd-10.0-release/usr.sbin/zic
259065 07-Dec-2013 gjb

- Copy stable/10 (r259064) to releng/10.0 as part of the
10.0-RELEASE cycle.
- Update __FreeBSD_version [1]
- Set branch name to -RC1

[1] 10.0-CURRENT __FreeBSD_version value ended at '55', so
start releng/10.0 at '100' so the branch is started with
a value ending in zero.

Approved by: re (implicit)
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation

257706 05-Nov-2013 jimharris

MFC r257531:

Do not exit with error status after printing data for perftest.

Sponsored by: Intel
Approved by: re (glebius)


257468 31-Oct-2013 trociny

MFC r257154:

Merging local and remote bitmaps must be protected by hr_amp lock.

This is believed to fix hastd crashes, which might occur during
synchronization, triggered by the failed assertion:

Assertion failed: (amp->am_memtab[ext] > 0),
function activemap_write_complete, file activemap.c, line 351.

Approved by: re (glebius)


257321 29-Oct-2013 glebius

Merge r256824 from head:
Provide a working example line for an interface with 1 address running
with CARP.

Currently, we've got a problem that interface isn't IFF_UP at the time
we assign it a redundant address, and the latter gets stuck in INIT state.
Additional SIOCSIFFLAGS from ifconfig(8) kicks it to a working state.

A proper fix is kernel side and appeared to be non-trivial, not to be
checked in before 10.0-RELEASE.

Submitted by: Ole Myhre <ole.myhre dataoppdrag.no>

Approved by: re (kib)


256318 11-Oct-2013 mav

MFC r256317:
Fix mode page length calculation to remove last garbage line from the
`camcontrol mode daX -l` output.

Approved by: re (gjb)


256281 10-Oct-2013 gjb

Copy head (r256279) to stable/10 as part of the 10.0-RELEASE cycle.

Approved by: re (implicit)
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


256261 10-Oct-2013 trasz

Remove unimplemented options from iscsi.conf(5) manual page, mention
that it's being used by both initiators, and change the title to make
it more easily searchable.

Approved by: re (glebius)
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation


256152 08-Oct-2013 jimharris

Extend some 32-bit fields and variables to 64-bit to prevent overflow
when calculating stats in nvmecontrol perftest.

Sponsored by: Intel
Reported by: Joe Golio <joseph.golio@emc.com>
Reviewed by: carl
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 1 week


256137 08-Oct-2013 glebius

When destination parameter is missing, exit with a clear synopsis,
instead of writing to kernel and printing EINVAL description.

PR: bin/181532
Submitted by: Kurt Jaeger <fbsd-pr opsec.eu>
Approved by: re (hrs)


256133 08-Oct-2013 markj

Fix an inverted check for the master user in "camcontrol security -U".

PR: bin/182703
Submitted by: Scott Burns <scott@bqinternet.com>
Approved by: re (gjb)
MFC after: 3 days


256113 07-Oct-2013 emaste

Fix resource leaks

Found by: Coverity Scan, CID 1016673, 1007118
Approved by: re


255977 01-Oct-2013 pluknet

Sweep man pages replacing ad -> ada.

Approved by: re (blackend)
MFC after: 1 week
X-MFC note: stable/9 only


255734 20-Sep-2013 hiren

Improve grammar and readability.

Reviewed by: sbruno, loos
Approved by: re (gjb)


255730 20-Sep-2013 hiren

Fix a range check and a display string.

Reviewed by: loos
Approved by: sbruno (mentor, implicit)
Approved by: re (glebius)


255717 19-Sep-2013 trociny

Fix comments.

Approved by: re (marius)
MFC after: 3 days


255716 19-Sep-2013 trociny

When updating the map of dirty extents, most recently used extents are
kept dirty to reduce the number of on-disk metadata updates. The
sequence of operations is:

1) acquire the activemap lock;
2) update in-memory map;
3) if the list of keepdirty extents is changed, update on-disk metadata;
4) release the lock.

On-disk updates are not frequent in comparison with in-memory updates,
while require much more time. So situations are possible when one
thread is updating on-disk metadata and another one is waiting for the
activemap lock just to update the in-memory map.

Improve this by introducing additional, on-disk map lock: when
in-memory map is updated and it is detected that the on-disk map needs
update too, the on-disk map lock is acquired and the on-memory lock is
released before flushing the map.

Reported by: Yamagi Burmeister yamagi.org
Tested by: Yamagi Burmeister yamagi.org
Reviewed by: pjd
Approved by: re (marius)
MFC after: 2 weeks


255714 19-Sep-2013 trociny

Use cv_broadcast() instead of cv_signal() when waking up threads
waiting on an empty queue as the queue may have several consumers.

Before the fix the following scenario was possible: 2 threads are
waiting on empty queue, 2 threads are inserting simultaneously. The
first inserting thread detects that the queue is empty and is going to
send the signal, but before it sends the second thread inserts
too. When the first sends the signal only one of the waiting threads
receive it while the other one may wait forever.

The scenario above is is believed to be the cause of the observed
cases, when ggate_recv_thread() was getting stuck on taking free
request, while the free queue was not empty.

Reviewed by: pjd
Tested by: Yamagi Burmeister yamagi.org
Approved by: re (marius)
MFC after: 2 weeks


255570 14-Sep-2013 trasz

Bring in the new iSCSI target and initiator.

Reviewed by: ken (parts)
Approved by: re (delphij)
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation


255344 07-Sep-2013 joel

- Begin sentence on a new line.
- Minor language fixes.


255339 07-Sep-2013 pfg

newfs_msdos: fix inaccurate comments.

The fields from deMTime and deMDate in the DOS directory entry
are actually the last-modified time/date.

According to some online documentation these are the only
timestamps available in FAT12/FAT16.

MFC after: 3 days


255332 06-Sep-2013 cy

Update ipfilter 4.1.28 --> 5.1.2.

Approved by: glebius (mentor)
BSD Licensed by: Darren Reed <darrenr@reed.wattle.id.au> (author)


255330 06-Sep-2013 bryanv

Bump .Dd after r255307 and r255310

Requested by: joel


255310 06-Sep-2013 bryanv

Add firmware downloading support for Samsung drives

Tested on Samsung SM1625 SSDs.


255307 06-Sep-2013 bryanv

Add camcontrol support for the SCSI sanitize command

Reviewed by: ken, mjacob (eariler version)
Sponsored by: Netapp


255267 05-Sep-2013 hrs

Style clean-ups.

Reviewed by: md5


255265 05-Sep-2013 hrs

Enable "late" option when a file= option is specified in /etc/fstab.
The file= option requires rw mount where the backing store exists but
it does not work because rc.d/swap runs before rc.d/fsck.
Reported by: wblock


255219 05-Sep-2013 pjd

Change the cap_rights_t type from uint64_t to a structure that we can extend
in the future in a backward compatible (API and ABI) way.

The cap_rights_t represents capability rights. We used to use one bit to
represent one right, but we are running out of spare bits. Currently the new
structure provides place for 114 rights (so 50 more than the previous
cap_rights_t), but it is possible to grow the structure to hold at least 285
rights, although we can make it even larger if 285 rights won't be enough.

The structure definition looks like this:

struct cap_rights {
uint64_t cr_rights[CAP_RIGHTS_VERSION + 2];
};

The initial CAP_RIGHTS_VERSION is 0.

The top two bits in the first element of the cr_rights[] array contain total
number of elements in the array - 2. This means if those two bits are equal to
0, we have 2 array elements.

The top two bits in all remaining array elements should be 0.
The next five bits in all array elements contain array index. Only one bit is
used and bit position in this five-bits range defines array index. This means
there can be at most five array elements in the future.

To define new right the CAPRIGHT() macro must be used. The macro takes two
arguments - an array index and a bit to set, eg.

#define CAP_PDKILL CAPRIGHT(1, 0x0000000000000800ULL)

We still support aliases that combine few rights, but the rights have to belong
to the same array element, eg:

#define CAP_LOOKUP CAPRIGHT(0, 0x0000000000000400ULL)
#define CAP_FCHMOD CAPRIGHT(0, 0x0000000000002000ULL)

#define CAP_FCHMODAT (CAP_FCHMOD | CAP_LOOKUP)

There is new API to manage the new cap_rights_t structure:

cap_rights_t *cap_rights_init(cap_rights_t *rights, ...);
void cap_rights_set(cap_rights_t *rights, ...);
void cap_rights_clear(cap_rights_t *rights, ...);
bool cap_rights_is_set(const cap_rights_t *rights, ...);

bool cap_rights_is_valid(const cap_rights_t *rights);
void cap_rights_merge(cap_rights_t *dst, const cap_rights_t *src);
void cap_rights_remove(cap_rights_t *dst, const cap_rights_t *src);
bool cap_rights_contains(const cap_rights_t *big, const cap_rights_t *little);

Capability rights to the cap_rights_init(), cap_rights_set(),
cap_rights_clear() and cap_rights_is_set() functions are provided by
separating them with commas, eg:

cap_rights_t rights;

cap_rights_init(&rights, CAP_READ, CAP_WRITE, CAP_FSTAT);

There is no need to terminate the list of rights, as those functions are
actually macros that take care of the termination, eg:

#define cap_rights_set(rights, ...) \
__cap_rights_set((rights), __VA_ARGS__, 0ULL)
void __cap_rights_set(cap_rights_t *rights, ...);

Thanks to using one bit as an array index we can assert in those functions that
there are no two rights belonging to different array elements provided
together. For example this is illegal and will be detected, because CAP_LOOKUP
belongs to element 0 and CAP_PDKILL to element 1:

cap_rights_init(&rights, CAP_LOOKUP | CAP_PDKILL);

Providing several rights that belongs to the same array's element this way is
correct, but is not advised. It should only be used for aliases definition.

This commit also breaks compatibility with some existing Capsicum system calls,
but I see no other way to do that. This should be fine as Capsicum is still
experimental and this change is not going to 9.x.

Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


255064 30-Aug-2013 pluknet

Typo in strtol(3).

Noticed by: bde


254954 27-Aug-2013 mav

Add missing newlines to Fibre Channel attributes output.


254657 22-Aug-2013 trasz

Move the old iSCSI initiator source to a more appropriate place
(sys/dev/iscsi_initiator/ instead of sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/), to make
room for the new one. This is also more logical location (kernel module
being named iscsi_initiator.ko, for example). There is no ongoing work
on this I know of, so it shouldn't make life harder for anyone.

There are no functional changes, apart from "svn mv" and adjusting paths.


254553 20-Aug-2013 des

Fix the zeroing loop. I must have been drunk when I wrote this...

MFC after: 3 days


254288 13-Aug-2013 jilles

init: Set kernel login class and CPU mask on new processes.

In particular, this makes the kernel login class on processes started from
/etc/rc "daemon" instead of "default".

Reviewed by: trasz


254015 07-Aug-2013 marcel

Change <sys/diskpc98.h> to not redefine the same symbols that are
being defined in <sys/diskmbr.h>. Instead give the symbols here a
"PC98_" prefix. This way, both <sys/diskmbr.h> and <sys/diskpc98.h>
can be included in the same C source file.

The renaming is trivial. The only gotcha is that DOSBBSECTOR is
also redefined from 0 to 1. This because DOSBBSECTOR was always
used in conjunction with an addition of 1. The PC98_BBSECTOR symbol
is defined as 1 and the expression is simplified.

Note: it is not believed that ports are seriously impacted; or at
all for that matter.

Approved by: nyan@


253957 05-Aug-2013 crees

Note NULL encryption method for GELI

PR: docs/180551
Submitted by: r4721@tormail.org
Approved by: gjb (mentor)


253852 01-Aug-2013 hrs

Fix boundary check of sockaddr array.

Reported by: uqs


253834 31-Jul-2013 delphij

Make two buffer variables static for now. It is not safe to
reference stack memory after return.

MFC after: 2 weeks


253833 31-Jul-2013 delphij

Resolve fflag with realpath().

MFC after: 2 weeks


253828 31-Jul-2013 scottl

Document the -S flag to fsck_ffs

Obtained from: Netflix


253822 30-Jul-2013 scottl

Add a 'surrender' mode to fsck_ffs. With the -S flag, once hard read errors
are encountered, the fsck will stop instead of wasting time chewing through
possibly other errors.

Obtained from: Netflix
MFC after: 3 days


253750 28-Jul-2013 avg

Revert r253748,253749

This WIP should not have been committed yet.

Pointyhat to: avg


253749 28-Jul-2013 avg

remove needless inclusion of machine/cpu.h in userland

MFC after: 21 days


253597 24-Jul-2013 se

Remove duplicated parapgraph.

MFC after: 3 days


253589 24-Jul-2013 hrs

Fix a bug in cp += SA_SIZE() in RTA_* loop. This could prevent
RTA_IFP from displaying correctly in route get subcommand.

Spotted by: dim


253569 23-Jul-2013 loos

Add a new flag (ETHERSWITCH_VID_VALID) to say what vlangroups are in use.
This fix the case when etherswitch is printing the information of port 0
vlan group (in port based vlan mode) with no member ports.

Add the ETHERSWITCH_VID_VALID support to ip17x driver.

Add the ETHERSWITCH_VID_VALID support to rt8366 driver.

arswitch doesn't need to be updated as it doesn't support vlans management
yet.

Approved by: adrian (mentor)


253568 23-Jul-2013 loos

Fix the usage error message. The valid range is up to max. vlan - 1 since vlangroups starts at 0.

Approved by: adrian (mentor)


253519 21-Jul-2013 hrs

- Use getnameinfo() for both of AF_INET and AF_INET6 in routename().
- Add missing "static".


253517 21-Jul-2013 hrs

- Fix nflag in routename().
- Display a AF_LINK address in #linkN when sdl_{nlen,alen,slen) == 0 and
sdl_index != 0.
- Reduce unnecessary loop in pmsg_addrs().
- Remove iso_ntoa(). This is not used.


253504 20-Jul-2013 hrs

- Simplify getaddr() and print_getmsg() by using RTAX_* instead of RTA_*
as the argument.
- Reduce unnecessary loop in print_getmsg().


253503 20-Jul-2013 hrs

Show "default" for the zero-filled address consistently when nflag == 0.


253502 20-Jul-2013 hrs

Add cast to (void *) to the following cases to suppress warnings by
-Wcast-align. These do not increase the alignment requirement:

- rtm = (struct rt_msghdr *)(rtm + rtm->rtm_msglen)
- struct sockaddr *sa = &sa0; sX = (struct sockaddr_X *)sa


253476 19-Jul-2013 jimharris

Add message when nvd disks are attached and detached.

As part of this commit, add an nvme_strvis() function which borrows
heavily from cam_strvis(). This will allow stripping of
leading/trailing whitespace and also handle unprintable characters
in model/serial numbers. This function goes into a new nvme_util.c
file which is used by both the driver and nvmecontrol.

Sponsored by: Intel
Reviewed by: carl
MFC after: 3 days


253474 19-Jul-2013 jimharris

Fix nvme(4) and nvd(4) to support non 512-byte sector sizes.

Recent testing with QEMU that has variable sector size support for
NVMe uncovered some of these issues. Chatham prototype boards supported
only 512 byte sectors.

Sponsored by: Intel
Reviewed by: carl
MFC after: 3 days


253459 18-Jul-2013 jimharris

Use _PATH_DEV (from paths.h) for the "/dev/" string, rather than
hard-coding it.

Sponsored by: Intel
Suggested by: kib
Reviewed by: kib, carl
MFC after: 3 days


253458 18-Jul-2013 jimharris

Simplify open_dev() by returning errno values rather than just 0 or 1.

Also remove stat() call and just rely on errno from open() call to discern
whether dev node exists or not.

Sponsored by: Intel
Reviewed by: kib, carl
MFC after: 3 days


253445 18-Jul-2013 joel

Minor mdoc fixes.


253443 18-Jul-2013 hrs

Fix a gcc warning.

Pointy hat to: hrs


253437 17-Jul-2013 jimharris

Define constants for the lengths of the serial number, model number
and firmware revision in the controller's identify structure.

Also modify consumers of these fields to ensure they only use the
specified number of bytes for their respective fields.

Sponsored by: Intel
Reviewed by: carl
MFC after: 3 days


253436 17-Jul-2013 jimharris

Always initialize fd to 0 in open_dev().

Sponsored by: Intel
Reviewed by: carl
MFC after: 3 days


253433 17-Jul-2013 rodrigc

In this GRN, Marcel Moolenaar overhauled the logic for mounting
the root file system on bootup:

|------------------------------------------------------------------------
|r214006 | marcel | 2010-10-17 22:01:53 -0700 (Sun, 17 Oct 2010) | 20 lines
|
| Re-implement the root mount logic using a recursive approach, whereby each
|root file system (starting with devfs and a synthesized configuration) can
|contain directives for mounting another file system as root.
|------------------------------------------------------------------------

This commit adds a mount.conf(8) man page which documents
the root mount logic. mount.conf(8) also provides some examples
for the /.mount.conf file, which can be used to change the root mount behavior.

Reviewed by: marcel bjk


253429 17-Jul-2013 hrs

Use NET_RT_DUMP.0.FIB leaf node instead of setting td_proc->p_fibnum.


253427 17-Jul-2013 hrs

- Add support of MK_INET_SUPPORT=no.
- Fix a bug in sodump() which prevented struct sockaddr_in6 from displaying.
- Fix a bug in in fiboptlist_csv() which could cause free() of uninitialized
pointer.
- Style cleanups:
. Add missing "static" keywords.
. Use an array of struct sockaddr_storage instead of sockunion for rtmsg.
. Use err() and errx() instead of pair of fprintf(stderr, "...") + exit(1).
. Use nitems() macro.
. Various style(9) fixes.


253424 17-Jul-2013 hrs

Simplify keywords.h generation.


253393 16-Jul-2013 jimharris

Do not throw an error if the user requests to activate the image from
an empty firmware slot, as long as the user has specified a firmware
image to download into the empty firmware slot.

Sponsored by: Intel
Reported by: Joe Golio <joseph.golio@emc.com>
MFC after: 3 days


253372 15-Jul-2013 rmh

Add -n flag for compatibility with Linux version of mount(8).

Reviewed by: freebsd-fs, eadler, mckusick, jh, wblock


253279 12-Jul-2013 jimharris

%d should be used for printing int32_t instead of %zd.

clang does not complain about this - only gcc.

MFC after: 3 days


253256 12-Jul-2013 oleg

Fix 'SEE ALSO' list.


253252 12-Jul-2013 jh

Clarify how "hide" and "unhide" commands work on directories.


253116 09-Jul-2013 jimharris

Ensure controller or namespace node name is specified before trying to
access it.

While here, also fix the identify usage message to show the -v and -x
parameters.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


253115 09-Jul-2013 jimharris

Condense the output for displaying LBA formats.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


253114 09-Jul-2013 jimharris

Send per-namespace logpage commands to the controller devnode, so they
are processed as admin commands, not I/O commands.

As part of this change, pull out the code for parsing a namespace node
string into a separate function, since it is used for both identify and
logpage commands.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


253110 09-Jul-2013 jimharris

Try to read firmware image before prompting the user to confirm
firmware download. This correctly prints an error and exits for
an incorrect firmware image name before prompting the user to
confirm the download.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


253109 09-Jul-2013 jimharris

Incorporate feedback from bde@ based on r252672 changes:

* Use 0/1 instead of sysexits. Man pages are confusing on this topic,
but 0/1 is sufficient for nvmecontrol.
* Use err function family where possible instead of fprintf/exit.
* Fix some typing errors.
* Clean up some error message inconsistencies.

Sponsored by: Intel
Submitted by: bde (parts of firmware.c changes)
MFC after: 3 days


253051 09-Jul-2013 rmacklem

Document the "gssname" and "allgssname" mount options added by the
host-based initiator credential patches.
This is a content change.


253046 08-Jul-2013 asomers

Correct the printf format specifier for total_events.
Add __printflike argument checking for devdlog().

Reported by: pjd
Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor)


252697 04-Jul-2013 pjd

Fix dhclient for interfaces that are down. The discover_interfaces() function
that looks for interface skips interfaces that are not UP. We need to call
dhclient-script PREINIT before we call discover_interfaces(), so the script has
a chance to bring the interface UP.

Reported by: alfred


252672 04-Jul-2013 jimharris

Fix printf argument mismatch reported by gcc on i386.

Reported by: kargl


252634 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229488:

Sandbox unprivileged process using capability mode.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252633 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229487:

Revoke all capability rights from STDIN and allow only for write to STDOUT and
STDERR. All those descriptors are redirected to /dev/null.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252632 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229486:

Once PID is written to the pidfile, revoke all capability rights.
We just want to keep the pidfile open.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252631 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229485:

Only allow to overwrite lease file.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252630 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229484:

Limit routing socket so only poll(2) and read(2) are allowed (CAP_POLL_EVENT
and CAP_READ). This prevents unprivileged process from adding, removing or
modifying system routes.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252629 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229483:

Limit communication pipe with privileged process to CAP_READ and CAP_WRITE.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252628 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229482:

- Limit bpf descriptor in unprivileged process to CAP_POLL_EVENT, CAP_READ and
allow for SIOCGIFFLAGS, SIOCGIFMEDIA ioctls.
- While here limit bpf descriptor in privileged process to only CAP_WRITE.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252626 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229481:

Currently it was allowed to send any UDP packets from unprivileged process and
possibly any packets because /dev/bpf was open for writing.

Move sending packets to privileged process. Unprivileged process has no longer
access to not connected UDP socket and has only access to /dev/bpf in read-only
mode.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252625 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229480:

Shutdown write direction of the routing socket. We only need to read from it.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252624 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229479:

- Add new request (IMSG_SEND_PACKET) that will be handled by privileged process.
- Add $FreeBSD$.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252623 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229477:

The gethostname(3) function won't work in capability mode, because reading
kern.hostname sysctl is not permitted there. Cache hostname early and use
cached value later.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252621 03-Jul-2013 pjd

Remove redundant white-spaces.


252620 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229476,229478:

Make use of two fields: rfdesc and wfdesc to keep bpf descriptor open for
reading only in rfdesc and bpf descriptor open for writing only in wfdesc.
In the end they will be used by two different processes.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252619 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229474:

iov_base field is 'void *' in FreeBSD, no need to cast.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252618 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229473:

No caller checks send_packet() return value, so make it void.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252616 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229472:

Use the same type for 'from' and 'to' argument in send_packet().

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252615 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229471:

Remove unused argument from assemble_hw_header().

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252614 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4 @229470:

Remove unused argument from send_packet().

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252612 03-Jul-2013 pjd

MFp4: @229469:

Garbage-collect dead prototypes.

Reviewed by: brooks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


252557 03-Jul-2013 hrs

Fix a typo (s/error/errno/).


252523 02-Jul-2013 delphij

When listing with -f, skip all memory disks that are not vnode-backed.

Noticed by: kevlo
MFC after: 3 days


252514 02-Jul-2013 delphij

Plug a memory leak.


252508 02-Jul-2013 asomers

Explicitly include <cstdarg> to fix compilation with libc++. It is implicitly
included by libstdc++.

Reported By: Oliver Hartmann
Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor, implicit)


252506 02-Jul-2013 bms

When acquiring a lease, record the value of the BOOTP siaddr field
contained in the DHCP offer, and write it out to the lease file
as an unquoted value of the "next-server" keyword. The value is ignored
when the lease is read back by dhclient, however other applications
are free to parse it.

The intent behind this change is to allow easier interoperability
with automated installation systems e.g. Cobbler, Foreman, Razor;
FreeBSD installation kernels can automatically probe the network
to discover deployment servers. There are no plans to MFC this
change unless a backport is specifically requested.

The syntax of the "next-server <ip>" lease keyword is intended to be
identical to that used by the ISC DHCPD server in its configuration files.
The required defines are already present in dhclient but were unused before
this change. (Note: This is NOT the same as Option 66, tftp-server-name).

It has been exercised in a university protocol testbed environment, with
Cobbler and an mfsBSD image containing pc-sysinstall (driven by Cobbler
Cheetah templates). The SYSLINUX memdisk driver is used to boot mfsBSD.
Currently this approach requires that a dedicated system profile has
been created for the node where FreeBSD is to be deployed. If this
is not present, the pc-sysinstall wrapper will be unable to obtain
a node configuration. There is code in progress to allow mfsBSD images
to obtain the required hints from the memdisk environment by parsing
the MBFT ACPI chunk. This is non-standard as it is not linked into
the platform's ACPI RSDT.

Reviewed by: des


252492 01-Jul-2013 wblock

Add a new gptboot(8) man page. Factor out the redundant information
in gpart(8) and boot(8), adding references to gptboot(8) in both.

Reviewed by: jhb, ae, pjd, Paul Schenkeveld <bsdcan@psconsult.nl>, david_a_bright@dell.com (portions), gjb
MFC after: 1 week


252485 01-Jul-2013 asomers

style(9) fixes, including the removal of page break characters. No functional
changes.

Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor)


252482 01-Jul-2013 asomers

Add a SIGINFO handler to devd. It will send useful statistics to syslog or
stderr as appropriate. Currently, the only statistic printed is the number of
events received.

Reviewed by: eadler
Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor)


252481 01-Jul-2013 asomers

Add syslog(3) support to devd(8).

sbin/devd/devd.cc
All output will now go to syslog(3) if devd is daemonized, or stderr
if it's running in the foreground.

sbin/devd/devd.8
Remove the "-D" flag. Filtering messages by priority now
happens in the usual syslog way. For performance reasons, a few
extra-verbose debugging statements are now conditional on the "-d" (do
not daemonize) flag.

etc/syslog.conf
etc/newsyslog.conf
Direct messages from devd(8) to /var/log/devd.log, but leave it
disabled by default

Reviewed by: eadler
Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor)
MFC after: never (removed a command-line option from devd)


252480 01-Jul-2013 delphij

Correct a typo in comment.


252472 01-Jul-2013 trociny

Make hastctl(1) ('list' command) output a worker pid.

Reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 3 days


252421 30-Jun-2013 schweikh

Correct some grammar.


252408 30-Jun-2013 hrs

Do not display a warning message in a jail without AF_INET6 support.

MFC after: 3 days


252388 29-Jun-2013 delphij

- Modify swapon(8) so that it uses most of geli(8) defaults for swap,
which is presently: AES-XTS, no authentication. Create provider
with pagesize as sectorsize by default.
- Rewrite parsing code for geli(8)-backed swap options, now options
are required to be exact match, and unrecognized options will trigger
a warning.
- Don't initialize GELI device if it's already initialized. This
restores previous behavior.
- Don't duplicate file descriptor when working with geli(8) and
gbde(8) as there is no need to communicate with the utility other
than exit status.
- When calling swap_on_off_* routines, which_prog can only be SWAP_ON
or SWAP_OFF. Eliminate unneeded case branches by replacing switch
with if's.
- Plug a few memory leaks.

Reviewed by: hrs (but bugs are mine)
MFC after: 1 week
X-MFC-with: r252310, r252332, r252345


252386 29-Jun-2013 ed

Don't let hastd use C11 atomics.

Due to possible concerns about the stability of C11 atomics, use our
existing atomics API instead.

Requested by: pjd


252379 29-Jun-2013 joel

mdoc: remove EOL whitespace.


252356 28-Jun-2013 davide

- Trim an unused and bogus Makefile for mount_smbfs.
- Reconnect with some minor modifications, in particular now selsocket()
internals are adapted to use sbintime units after recent'ish calloutng
switch.


252345 28-Jun-2013 hrs

Fix build with gcc.


252332 28-Jun-2013 hrs

Fix build.

Spotted by: gjb


252310 27-Jun-2013 hrs

- Add vnode-backed swap space specification support. This is enabled when
device names "md" or "md[0-9]*" and a "file" option are specified in
/etc/fstab like this:

md none swap sw,file=/swap.bin 0 0

- Add GBDE/GELI encrypted swap space specification support, which
rc.d/encswap supported. The /etc/fstab lines are like the following:

/dev/ada1p1.bde none swap sw 0 0
/dev/ada1p2.eli none swap sw 0 0

.eli devices accepts aalgo, ealgo, keylen, and sectorsize as options.

swapctl(8) can understand an encrypted device in the command line
like this:

# swapctl -a /dev/ada2p1.bde

- "-L" flag is added to support "late" option to defer swapon until
rc.d/mountlate runs.

- rc.d script change:

rc.d/encswap -> removed
rc.d/addswap -> just display a warning message if $swapfile is defined
rc.d/swap1 -> renamed to rc.d/swap
rc.d/swaplate -> newly added to support "late" option

These changes alleviate a race condition between device creation/removal
and swapon/swapoff.

MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: wblock (manual page)


252302 27-Jun-2013 glebius

Fix build.


252278 27-Jun-2013 jimharris

Add firmware replacement and activation support to nvmecontrol(8) through
a new firmware command.

NVMe controllers may support up to 7 firmware slots for storing of
different firmware revisions. This new firmware command supports
firmware replacement (i.e. firmware download) with or without immediate
activation, or activation of a previously stored firmware image. It
also supports selection of the firmware slot during replacement
operations, using IDENTIFY information from the controller to
check that the specified slot is valid.

Newly activated firmware does not take effect until the new controller
reset, either via a reboot or separate 'nvmecontrol reset' command to the
same controller.

Submitted by: Joe Golio <joseph.golio@emc.com>
Obtained from: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
MFC after: 3 days


252277 27-Jun-2013 jimharris

Add log page support to nvmecontrol(8) through a new logpage command.

This includes pretty printers for all of the standard NVMe log pages
(Error, SMART/Health, Firmware), as well as hex output for non-standard
or vendor-specific log pages.

Submitted by: Joe Golio <joseph.golio@emc.com>
Obtained from: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
MFC after: 3 days


252275 27-Jun-2013 jimharris

Add generalized helper functions for printing hex data as part of
nvmecontrol commands.

Submitted by: Joe Golio <joseph.golio@emc.com>
Obtained from: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
MFC after: 3 days


252274 26-Jun-2013 jimharris

Ensure that a device node is specified when invoking the identify or reset
commands.

Also improve the checking of device node names, so that better error
messages are displayed when incorrect names are specified.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


252270 26-Jun-2013 jimharris

Create #defines for NVME_CTRLR_PREFIX and NVME_NS_PREFIX for the "nvme"
and "ns" strings, rather than hardcoding the string values throughout the
nvmecontrol code base.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


252269 26-Jun-2013 jimharris

Add an nvme_function structure array, defining the name, C function and
usage message for each nvmecontrol command. This helps reduce some code
clutter both now and for future commits which will add logpage and
firmware support to nvmecontrol(8).

Also move helper function prototypes to the end of the header file, after
the per-command functions.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


252268 26-Jun-2013 jimharris

Break out code related to the reset command into a separate source file.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


252267 26-Jun-2013 jimharris

Break out code related to the perftest command into a separate file.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


252266 26-Jun-2013 jimharris

Break out code related to the identify command into a separate source file.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


252265 26-Jun-2013 jimharris

Break out code related to the devlist command into a separate source file.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


252264 26-Jun-2013 jimharris

Add separate *_usage() functions for each nvmecontrol command.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


252263 26-Jun-2013 jimharris

Add an open_dev() helper function to be used in the various places
where nvmecontrol needs to open a handle to a controller or namespace
device node.

Sponsored by: Intel
MFC after: 3 days


252051 21-Jun-2013 hrs

- Use length of _PATH_DEV instead of a hardcoded value[*].
- Use MD_NAME for "md".

Pointed out by: trasz [*]
MFC after: 1 week


252036 20-Jun-2013 hrs

eturn -1 when the specified backing store file is not found in the md
device list.

MFC after: 1 week


252033 20-Jun-2013 hrs

- Add "-f file" support to listing mode (-l). When a -f option is
specified, only md(4) devices which have the specified file as backing
store are displayed.
- Use MD_NAME instead of "md".
- Use _PATH_DEV instead of "/dev/".

MFC after: 1 week


251796 15-Jun-2013 ed

Let hastd use C11 atomics.

C11 atomics now work on all the architectures. Have at least a single
piece of software in our base system that uses C11 atomics. This
somewhat makes it less likely that we break it because of LLVM imports,
etc.


251743 14-Jun-2013 mav

Improve firmware download status check. Previous check was insufficient for
ATA since it ignored transport errors like command timeouts, while for SCSI
it was just wrong.


251664 12-Jun-2013 mav

Fix build after r251654.


251659 12-Jun-2013 mav

Use CAM_DIR_NONE for requests without data.
Wrong values there confuse some drivers.

MFC after: 1 week


251618 11-Jun-2013 flo

Move the check whether the clear flag is set. This has 2 advantages

- When operating on a core file (-M) and -c is specified we don't clear
the message buffer of the running system.
- If we don't have permission to clear the buffer print the error message
only. That's what Linux does in this case, where this feature was ported
from, and it ensures that the error message doesn't get lost in the noise.

Discussed with: antoine, cognet
Approved by: cognet


251588 09-Jun-2013 marcel

Change the set and unset ctlreqs by making the index argument optional.
This allows setting attributes on tables. One simply does not provide
an index in that case. Otherwise the entry corresponding the index has
the attribute set or unset.

Use this change to fix a relatively longstanding bug in our GPT scheme
that's the result of rev 198097 (relatively harmless) followed by rev
237057 (damaging). The damaging part being that our GPT scheme always
has the active flag set on the PMBR slice. This is in violation with
EFI. Existing EFI implementions for both x86 and ia64 reject the GPT.
As such, GPT disks created by us aren't usable under EFI because of
that.

After this change, GPT disks never have the active flag set on the PMBR
slice. In order to make the GPT disk bootable under some x86 BIOSes,
the reason of rev 198097, one must now set the active attribute on the
gpt table. The kernel will apply this to the PMBR slice For (S)ATA:
gpart set -a active ada0

To fix an existing GPT disk that has the active flag set in the PMBR,
and that does not need the flag, use (again for (S)ATA):
gpart unset -a active ada0

The EBR, MBR & PC98 schemes, which also impement at least 1 attribute,
now check to make sure the entry passed is valid. They do not have
attributes that apply to the table.


251581 09-Jun-2013 hrs

Fix a bug that the gateway address was not shown when a -gateway modifier
was used.


251485 07-Jun-2013 jh

Revert r238399.

The "failok" option doesn't have any effect at all unless specified in
fstab(5) and combined with the -a flag. The "failok" option is already
documented in fstab(5).

PR: 177630
No objection: eadler
MFC after: 1 week


250914 22-May-2013 jkim

Improve compatibility with old flex and fix build with GCC.


250759 18-May-2013 melifaro

Fix ipfw(8) sets of ipv6 addresses handling.
Conditionally use stack buffer instead of calling strdup().

PR: bin/104921
MFC after: 2 weeks


250718 16-May-2013 delphij

Constify string pointers.

Verified with: sha256(1)
MFC after: 2 weeks


250710 16-May-2013 mckusick

When running the -m option to generate a newfs(8) command suitable for
recreating the filesystem, check for and output the -i, -k, and -l
options if appropriate.

Note the remaining deficiencies of the -m option in the dumpfs(8)
manual page. Specifically that newfs(8) options -E, -R, -S, and -T
options are not handled and that -p is not useful so is omitted.
Also document that newfs(8) options -n and -r are neither checked
for nor output but should be. The -r flag is needed if the filesystem
uses gjournal(8).

PR: bin/163992
Reported by: Dieter <freebsd@sopwith.solgatos.com>
Submitted by: Andy Kosela <akosela@andykosela.com>
MFC after: 1 week


250708 16-May-2013 mckusick

Clean up trailing whitespace.

Submitted by: Andy Kosela
MFC after: 1 week


250662 15-May-2013 asomers

sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c
If an expander returns 0x00 (no device attached) in the ATTACHED DEVICE
field of the SMP DISCOVER response, ignore the value of ATTACHED SAS
ADDRESS, because it is invalid. Some expanders zero out the address
when the attached device is removed, but others do not. Section
9.4.3.10 of the SAS Protocol Layer 2 revision 04b does not require them
to do so.

Approved by: ken (mentor)
MFC after: 3 weeks


250604 13-May-2013 joel

mdoc sweep


250582 12-May-2013 joel

mdoc sweep.


250503 11-May-2013 trociny

Get rid of libl dependency. We needed it only to provide yywrap. But
yywrap is not necessary when parsing a single hast.conf file.

Suggested by: kib
Reviewed by: pjd


250451 10-May-2013 eadler

Bump .Dd for recent content change.

Reported by: delphij


250430 10-May-2013 eadler

Add support for 'dmesg -c' which clears the dmesg buffer after it has
been printed. This provides compatibility with other *nix systems
(including Linux).

While here use stdbool booleans for 'all'.

PR: bin/178295
Submitted by: Levent Serinol <lserinol@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: will


250388 08-May-2013 joel

Remove EOL whitespace.


250387 08-May-2013 joel

mdoc: new sentence, new line.


250382 08-May-2013 adrian

Add vlan configuration support to etherswitchcfg.

This adds the support to the config keyword (vlan operation mode), ports
flags, prints the vlan mode and vlan capabilities. It also adds some basic
information to usage() and support the keyword 'help' as a shortcut to
usage(). The manual page is also updated with the new options.

Submitted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos.br@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: ray


250377 08-May-2013 eadler

Allow the use of lowercase 'yes'

PR: bin/178422
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <yaneurabeya@gmail.com>


250303 06-May-2013 eadler

Remove includes for old versions of FreeBSD.

Reviewed by: stass
Obtained From: DragonFlyBSD
MFC After: 1 week


250251 04-May-2013 hrs

Use FF02:0:0:0:0:2:FF00::/104 prefix for IPv6 Node Information Group
Address. Although KAME implementation used FF02:0:0:0:0:2::/96 based on
older versions of draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-name-lookup, it has been changed
in RFC 4620.

The kernel always joins the /104-prefixed address, and additionally does
/96-prefixed one only when net.inet6.icmp6.nodeinfo_oldmcprefix=1.
The default value of the sysctl is 1.

ping6(8) -N flag now uses /104-prefixed one. When this flag is specified
twice, it uses /96-prefixed one instead.

Reviewed by: ume
Based on work by: Thomas Scheffler
PR: conf/174957
MFC after: 2 weeks


250235 04-May-2013 crees

Introduce and use new flag -L to mount for mounting only late filesystems.

Previously, rc.d/mountlate mounted *all* filesystems, causing problems with
background NFS mounts being mounted twice.

PR: conf/137629
Submitted by: eadler (original concept)
Reviewed by: mjg
Approved by: hrs


250227 04-May-2013 jkim

Improve compatibility with recent flex from flex.sourceforge.net.


250186 02-May-2013 eadler

Prefer using the C++ version of the standard headers. These place the
names within the std namespace (and possibly within the global
namespace).

The main advantage is that the C++ versions can provide optimized
versions or simplified interfaces.


250095 30-Apr-2013 joel

Adapt to the fact that minidumps are now on by default.

PR: 177188


250057 29-Apr-2013 des

Style nit.


250056 29-Apr-2013 des

Add a -Z option which zeroes unused blocks. It can be combined with -E,
in which case unused blocks are first zeroed and then erased.

Reviewed by: mckusick
MFC after: 3 weeks


249970 27-Apr-2013 ed

Partially revert my last change.

I forgot that I still had a locally applied patch to my copy of Clang
that needs to be pushed in before we should use C11 atomics.


249969 27-Apr-2013 ed

Use C11 <stdatomic.h> instead of our non-standard <machine/atomic.h>.

Reviewed by: pjd


249951 26-Apr-2013 asomers

According to devctl(4), clients must read events whole; they may not
piece them together from multiple reads(). It's as if /dev/devctl is
a datagram device instead of a stream device. However, devd's
internal buffer was too small (1025 bytes) to read an entire
ereport.fs.zfs.checksum event (variable, up to ~1300 bytes). This
commit enlarges the buffer to 8k.

Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: ken (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


249904 25-Apr-2013 joel

mdoc: remove superfluous paragraph macro.


249897 25-Apr-2013 glebius

Don't free memory that is going to be used as error string.

PR: bin/178121
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <yaneurabeya gmail.com>


249895 25-Apr-2013 smh

Adds Host Protected Area (HPA) support for ATA disks to camcontrol

Reviewed by: mav
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


249789 23-Apr-2013 mckusick

Fix error check.

Submitted by: Andrey Chernov (ache@)
MFC after: 3 days


249768 22-Apr-2013 joel

Minor clarificiation.

PR: 177455


249766 22-Apr-2013 jhb

Use a higher TTL (128) for DHCP packets. This matches the ISC DHCP client.

PR: bin/170279
MFC after: 1 week


249752 22-Apr-2013 adrian

Convert over the etherswitch framework to use VLAN IDs per port, rather
than VLAN groups.

Some chips (eg this rtl8366rb) has a VLAN group per port - you first
define a set of VLANs in a vlan group, then you assign a VLAN group
to a port.

Other chips (eg the AR8xxx switch chips) have a VLAN ID array per
port - there's no group per se, just a list of vlans that can be
configured.

So for now, the switch API will use the latter and rely on drivers
doing the heavy lifting if one wishes to use the VLAN group method.
Maybe later on both can be supported.

PR: kern/177878
PR: kern/177873
Submitted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos.br@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: ray


249748 22-Apr-2013 adrian

etherswitchcfg(8) crashes when you don't set vlangroup members.
Fix this to require an argument.

PR: kern/177872
Submitted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos.br@gmail.com>


249747 22-Apr-2013 adrian

Initialise this to zero before using it to configure the vlangroup
information.

PR: kern/177871
Submitted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos.br@gmail.com>


249743 21-Apr-2013 ed

Unbreak the build of newfs_nandfs.

Mark global variables static. While there, make some small style(9)
cleanups and remove a variable that is unused.


249741 21-Apr-2013 trociny

Remove code duplication.


249720 21-Apr-2013 joel

Move EXAMPLES descriptions to before the actual command.

PR: 177870
Submitted by: Bjorn Heidotting <b.heidotting@yahoo.com>


249657 19-Apr-2013 ed

Add the Clang specific -Wmissing-variable-declarations to WARNS=6.

This compiler flag enforces that that people either mark variables
static or use an external declarations for the variable, similar to how
-Wmissing-prototypes works for functions.

Due to the fact that Yacc/Lex generate code that cannot trivially be
changed to not warn because of this (lots of yy* variables), add a
NO_WMISSING_VARIABLE_DECLARATIONS that can be used to turn off this
specific compiler warning.

Announced on: toolchain@


249500 15-Apr-2013 delphij

Use arc4random() instead of random().

MFC after: 2 weeks


249477 14-Apr-2013 jmg

update information about debugging sysctl...

MFC after: 1 week


249422 12-Apr-2013 jimharris

Remove the NVME_IDENTIFY_CONTROLLER and NVME_IDENTIFY_NAMESPACE IOCTLs and replace
them with the NVMe passthrough equivalent.

Sponsored by: Intel


249375 11-Apr-2013 joel

Minor spelling and grammar fixes.


249373 11-Apr-2013 joel

Remove contractions.


249371 11-Apr-2013 joel

Remove kernel options from the SYNOPSIS. They are already documented in the
geom(4) manual page SYNOPSIS.


249244 08-Apr-2013 ed

Prevent the creation of an unused variable.

We're only interested in the enumeration fields; we don't want to create
a variable to store them.

MFC after: 1 week


249215 06-Apr-2013 joel

mdoc: new sentence should be on a new line. Also remove EOL whitespace while
here.


249153 05-Apr-2013 joel

mdoc: remove superfluous paragraph macro.


249115 04-Apr-2013 smh

Adds security options to camcontrol this includes the ability to secure erase
disks such as SSD's

Adds the ability to run ATA commands via the SCSI ATA Pass-Through(16) comand

Reviewed by: mav
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


249092 04-Apr-2013 joel

Minor rewording.

Discussed with: mav


249087 04-Apr-2013 joel

Remove references to ataraid(4) and atacontrol(8).


249083 04-Apr-2013 mav

Remove all legacy ATA code parts, not used since options ATA_CAM enabled in
most kernels before FreeBSD 9.0. Remove such modules and respective kernel
options: atadisk, ataraid, atapicd, atapifd, atapist, atapicam. Remove the
atacontrol utility and some man pages. Remove useless now options ATA_CAM.

No objections: current@, stable@
MFC after: never


249067 03-Apr-2013 jimharris

Fix typo (devicde -> device).


248772 26-Mar-2013 jimharris

Use errno and strerror to print more descriptive messages when operations
fail in nvmecontrol(8).

While here, use consistent checks of return values from stat, open and
ioctl.

Sponsored by: Intel
Suggested by: carl
Reviewed by: carl


248746 26-Mar-2013 jimharris

Add controller reset capability to nvme(4) and ability to explicitly
invoke it from nvmecontrol(8).

Controller reset will be performed in cases where I/O are repeatedly
timing out, the controller reports an unrecoverable condition, or
when explicitly requested via IOCTL or an nvme consumer. Since the
controller may be in such a state where it cannot even process queue
deletion requests, we will perform a controller reset without trying
to clean up anything on the controller first.

Sponsored by: Intel
Reviewed by: carl


248700 25-Mar-2013 maxim

o Typo: IEE -> IEEE.

PR: docs/173069
Submitted by: Bjorn Heidotting
MFC after: 1 week


248691 24-Mar-2013 mckusick

Note that output is in seconds, not msec.
KNF indentation.
No functional change.
No change to printf strings.
No change to casting of printf arguments.

Reported by: Bruce Evans


248680 24-Mar-2013 sbruno

Resolve clang compile errors on amd64/i386 for certain by casting.

compile tested with clang on i386, amd64
compile tested with gcc on i386, amd64, sparc64

Submitted by: delphij


248673 24-Mar-2013 sbruno

Minor formatting fix for printf() to fix clang builds.

Submitted by: db
Reviewed by: gjb


248658 23-Mar-2013 mckusick

Revert 248634 and 248643 (e.g., restoring 248625 and 248639).

Build verified by: Glen Barber (gjb@)


248643 23-Mar-2013 gjb

Revert r248639 to fix build failure on head/


248639 23-Mar-2013 mckusick

Fix the build after addition of cylinder group cacheing (r248625)

Reported by: Glen Barber (gjb@)
Pointy hat to: Kirk McKusick (mckusick@)


248634 23-Mar-2013 sbruno

Revert svn r248625

Clang errors around printf could be trivially fixed, but the breakage in
sbin/fsdb were to significant for this type of change.

Submitter of this changeset has been notified and hopefully this can be
restored soon.


248625 22-Mar-2013 mckusick

Speed up fsck by caching the cylinder group maps in pass1 so
that they do not need to be read again in pass5. As this nearly
doubles the memory requirement for fsck, the cache is thrown away
if other memory needs in fsck would otherwise fail. Thus, the
memory footprint of fsck remains unchanged in memory constrained
environments.

This work was inspired by a paper presented at Usenix's FAST '13:
www.usenix.org/conference/fast13/ffsck-fast-file-system-checker

Details of this implementation appears in the April 2013 of ;login:
www.usenix.org/publications/login/april-2013-volume-38-number-2.
A copy of the April 2013 ;login: paper can also be downloaded
from: www.mckusick.com/publications/faster_fsck.pdf.

Reviewed by: kib
Tested by: Peter Holm
MFC after: 4 weeks


248623 22-Mar-2013 mckusick

The purpose of this change to the FFS layout policy is to reduce the
running time for a full fsck. It also reduces the random access time
for large files and speeds the traversal time for directory tree walks.

The key idea is to reserve a small area in each cylinder group
immediately following the inode blocks for the use of metadata,
specifically indirect blocks and directory contents. The new policy
is to preferentially place metadata in the metadata area and
everything else in the blocks that follow the metadata area.

The size of this area can be set when creating a filesystem using
newfs(8) or changed in an existing filesystem using tunefs(8).
Both utilities use the `-k held-for-metadata-blocks' option to
specify the amount of space to be held for metadata blocks in each
cylinder group. By default, newfs(8) sets this area to half of
minfree (typically 4% of the data area).

This work was inspired by a paper presented at Usenix's FAST '13:
www.usenix.org/conference/fast13/ffsck-fast-file-system-checker

Details of this implementation appears in the April 2013 of ;login:
www.usenix.org/publications/login/april-2013-volume-38-number-2.
A copy of the April 2013 ;login: paper can also be downloaded
from: www.mckusick.com/publications/faster_fsck.pdf.

Reviewed by: kib
Tested by: Peter Holm
MFC after: 4 weeks


248578 21-Mar-2013 joel

Remove EOL whitespace.


248553 20-Mar-2013 melifaro

Remove unused variable.


248552 20-Mar-2013 melifaro

Add ipfw support for setting/matching DiffServ codepoints (DSCP).

Setting DSCP support is done via O_SETDSCP which works for both
IPv4 and IPv6 packets. Fast checksum recalculation (RFC 1624) is done for IPv4.
Dscp can be specified by name (AFXY, CSX, BE, EF), by value
(0..63) or via tablearg.

Matching DSCP is done via another opcode (O_DSCP) which accepts several
classes at once (af11,af22,be). Classes are stored in bitmask (2 u32 words).

Many people made their variants of this patch, the ones I'm aware of are
(in alphabetic order):

Dmitrii Tejblum
Marcelo Araujo
Roman Bogorodskiy (novel)
Sergey Matveichuk (sem)
Sergey Ryabin

PR: kern/102471, kern/121122
MFC after: 2 weeks


248535 19-Mar-2013 joel

Add simple example.


248525 19-Mar-2013 imp

Add a comment about why aout support is still here: We need it for
compat2x, which is still in use, as evidence by recent bug reports.


248496 19-Mar-2013 joel

Remove obsolete objformat information.

Submitted by: db


248475 18-Mar-2013 pjd

Reduce stack usage.


248385 16-Mar-2013 joel

Cross-reference gvinum(8) instead of vinum(8).


248384 16-Mar-2013 joel

Remove reference to vinum(4). The manual page was removed in r248370.


248297 14-Mar-2013 pjd

Now that ioctl(2) is allowed in capability mode and we can limit ioctls for the
given descriptors, use Capsicum sandboxing for hastd in primary and secondary
modes. Allow for DIOCGDELETE and DIOCGFLUSH ioctls on provider descriptor and
for G_GATE_CMD_MODIFY, G_GATE_CMD_START, G_GATE_CMD_DONE and G_GATE_CMD_DESTROY
on GEOM Gate descriptor.

Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


248296 14-Mar-2013 pjd

Minor corrections.


248294 14-Mar-2013 pjd

Delete requests can be larger than MAXPHYS.


248291 14-Mar-2013 marck

Rename 'status' command to 'list' and introduce new 'status' which produces
more terse output more observable for both scripts and humans.

Also, it shifts hastctl closer to GEOM utilities with their list/status command
pairs.

Approved by: pjd
MFC after: 4 weeks


248286 14-Mar-2013 pjd

Removed redundant includes.


248279 14-Mar-2013 delphij

Correct type for DIOCGSTRIPESIZE. Without this there
would be a stack overflow which will crash the program
later.

PR: bin/176953
Submitted by: r4721 tormail org
MFC after: 3 days


248274 14-Mar-2013 joel

Minor mdoc fixes.


248068 08-Mar-2013 sbruno

Add legacy support to geom raid to create a /dev/arX device for support
of upgrading older machines using ataraid(4) to newer releases.

This optional parameter is controlled via kern.geom.raid.legacy_aliases
and will create a /dev/ar0 device that will point at /dev/raid/r0 for
example.

Tested on Dell SC 1425 DDF-1 format software raid controllers installing from
stable/7 and upgrading to stable/9 without having to adjust /etc/fstab

Reviewed by: mav
Obtained from: Yahoo!
MFC after: 2 Weeks


247861 06-Mar-2013 jkim

Use build_iovec() to make it less cryptic. This also fixes warnings.


247860 06-Mar-2013 jkim

GC unused mount_* directories. mount_reiserfs was disconnected from build
with r158666. mount_ext2fs and mount_std were disconnected with r164527.


247859 05-Mar-2013 jkim

Update the manual page to reflect reality. With r138509 and r152355,
"nostrictjoliet" option for mount_cd9660(8) was completely replaced with
"brokenjoliet" somehow.

MFC after: 3 days


247856 05-Mar-2013 jkim

GC unused variables. Prefer NULL over 0 for pointers.


247811 04-Mar-2013 melifaro

Do not suddenly fail on some rulesets if -n (syntax check only) is specified
and ipfw(4) module is not loaded.

MFC after: 2 weeks


247763 04-Mar-2013 eadler

devd: Correct typo in comment.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247762 04-Mar-2013 eadler

devd: Use simpler dst += *x instead of str.append(x, 1).

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247761 04-Mar-2013 eadler

devd: Use string::empty() instea of string::length() == 0.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247760 04-Mar-2013 eadler

devd: Remove unnecessary empty default constructors.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247759 04-Mar-2013 eadler

devd: Remove empty virtual destructor from class, which has noch subclasses.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247758 04-Mar-2013 eadler

devd: Avoid unnecessary temporary objects (and simplify the code) when handling std::string.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247757 04-Mar-2013 eadler

devd: Use the standard constructor of std::string instead of string("").

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247756 04-Mar-2013 eadler

devd: Simplify while (1) { if (x) break; } to while (!x) {}.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247755 04-Mar-2013 eadler

devd: Remove call to _exit() from signal handler, which also sets a stop flag.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247754 04-Mar-2013 eadler

devd: Use volatile sig_atomic_t for the flag set by a signal handler.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247751 04-Mar-2013 eadler

Constify where possible.

Approved by: cperciva (mentor)


247712 03-Mar-2013 melifaro

Implement buffer size checking in ipfw(8) add cmd.

PR: bin/65961
Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen@grosbein.pp.ru>
MFC after: 2 weeks


247666 02-Mar-2013 melifaro

Fix ipfw table argument parsing/printing.
Fix style.

PR: kern/175909
Submitted by: Daniel Hagerty <hag@linnaean.org>
MFC after: 2 weeks


247665 02-Mar-2013 attilio

Garbage collect NTFS bits which are now completely disconnected from
the tree since few months.

This patch is not targeted for MFC.


247628 02-Mar-2013 attilio

Garbage collect HPFS bits which are now already completely disconnected
from the tree since few months (please note that the userland bits
were already disconnected since a long time, thus there is no need
to update the OLD* entries).

This is not targeted for MFC.


247399 27-Feb-2013 pho

The .journal file needs to reside on the ROOTINO which must not extend
beyond direct blocks. A typo caused this check to fail.


247370 27-Feb-2013 benno

Fix typo in EFI GPT GUID.


247359 26-Feb-2013 n_hibma

Clarify that overriding the -h/-D flags through flags in device.hints
only works for sio(4) but not for uart(4) which no longer has this flag.


247345 26-Feb-2013 trociny

Fix casting.

MFC after: 3 days


247281 25-Feb-2013 trociny

Add i/o error counters to hastd(8) and make hastctl(8) display
them. This may be useful for detecting problems with HAST disks.

Discussed with and reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 1 week


247269 25-Feb-2013 kientzle

Fix ARM build by assigning the computed time here to
a variable of the right type for printf.


247234 24-Feb-2013 pluknet

Catch up with internal API changes for initbarea() and getdatablk()
of fsck_ffs introduced with r247212.

Submitted by: David Wolfskill <david@catwhisker.org>


247212 24-Feb-2013 mckusick

When running with the -d option, instrument fsck_ffs to track the number,
data type, and running time of its I/O operations.

No functional changes.


247134 21-Feb-2013 pluknet

Reflect CARP media-type departure.

X-MFC after: never


247129 21-Feb-2013 pluknet

Separate items in the list of System values with .Pp to ease readability.


246922 17-Feb-2013 pjd

- Add support for 'memsync' mode. This is the fastest replication mode that's
why it will now be the default.
- Bump protocol version to 2 and add backward compatibility for version 1.
- Allow to specify hosts by kern.hostid as well (in addition to hostname and
kern.hostuuid) in configuration file.

Sponsored by: Panzura
Tested by: trociny


246823 15-Feb-2013 pluknet

Remove write only assignments and thus fix the build after struct bufarea
TAILQ conversion (r246812).


246812 15-Feb-2013 mckusick

Update fsck_ffs buffer cache manager to use TAILQ macros.
No functional changes.


246622 10-Feb-2013 pjd

Fix minor memory leak.


246621 10-Feb-2013 pjd

Assert that if we are not dealing with keyfile we are dealing with passfile.


246620 10-Feb-2013 pjd

Use arc4random_buf(3) instead of reimplementing it.


246505 07-Feb-2013 monthadar

Mark a mesh path to a mesh gate with a 'G'.

Approved by: adrian (mentor)


246361 05-Feb-2013 zeising

Bump .Dd for the change in r246121.

Approved by: joel (mentor)


246329 04-Feb-2013 delphij

Use stripesize as smallest block size if it's available.

MFC after: 2 weeks


246143 31-Jan-2013 glebius

Retire struct sockaddr_inarp.

Since ARP and routing are separated, "proxy only" entries
don't have any meaning, thus we don't need additional field
in sockaddr to pass SIN_PROXY flag.

New kernel is binary compatible with old tools, since sizes
of sockaddr_inarp and sockaddr_in match, and sa_family are
filled with same value.

The structure declaration is left for compatibility with
third party software, but in tree code no longer use it.

Reviewed by: ru, andre, net@


246134 30-Jan-2013 ian

Improve devd startup time, by tweaking some string handling routines that are
heavily used when parsing config files. Mostly these changes avoid making
temporary copies of the strings, and avoid doing byte at a time append
operations, on the most-used code path.

On a 1.2 GHz ARM processor this reduces the time to parse the config files
from 13 to 6 seconds.

Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: cognet (mentor)


246121 30-Jan-2013 ian

Fix a descriptor leak in devd. Clients reading /var/run/devd.pipe can close
their socket connection any time, and devd only notices that when it gets an
error trying to write an event to the client. On a system with no device
change activity, clients could connect and disappear repeatedly without devd
noticing, leading to an ever-growing list of open socket descriptors in devd.

Now devd uses poll(2) looking for POLLHUP on all existing clients every time
a new client connection is established, and also periodically (once a minute)
to proactively find zombie clients and reap the socket descriptors. It also
now has a connection limit, configurable with a new -l <num> command line arg.
When the maximum number of connections is reached it stops accepting new
connections until some current clients drop off.

Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: cognet (mentor)


245910 25-Jan-2013 wblock

Expand description of how gptboot and gptzfsboot choose a partition for
booting.

Reviewed by: ae
MFC after: 1 week


245648 19-Jan-2013 pfg

newfs_msdos: cosmetical cleanups

- Simplify diagnostic messages.
- Adopt lowercase first letters to make the messages
more canonical.

PR: bin/175404
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon
Reviewed by: bde
MFC after: 3 days


245522 17-Jan-2013 mav

For Promise/AMD metadata add support for disks with capacity above 2TiB
and for volumes with sector size above 512 bytes.


245492 16-Jan-2013 eadler

Correct prefix for "locally installed things"

Approved by: cperciva
MFC After: 3 days


245456 15-Jan-2013 mav

Allow to insert new component to geom_raid3 without specifying number.

PR: kern/160562
MFC after: 2 weeks


245361 13-Jan-2013 delphij

Use the right format string for line buffer.

PR: bin/174910
Submitted by: Fabian Keil <fk fabiankeil.de>


245230 09-Jan-2013 ume

Add no_prefer_iface option.
It stops treating the address on the interface as special by source
address selection rule even when the interface is outgoing interface.
This is desired in some situation.

Requested by: hrs
Reviewed by: IHANet folks including hrs
MFC after: 1 week


245168 08-Jan-2013 hrs

Fix -iface and -interface modifiers.

Spotted by: Ian FREISLICH


245074 05-Jan-2013 kib

Use tabs for indentation.

MFC after: 2 weeks


245072 05-Jan-2013 kib

Do not round up the size of the UFS filesystem to the fragment size
when comparing its size with the size of the media, to determine if
the last disk block is unused.

Submitted by: Andreas Longwitz <longwitz@incore.de>
Reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 2 weeks


245012 03-Jan-2013 wblock

Document the output of the show command. Modified version of patch
provided by Bas Smeelen <b.smeelen@ose.nl>. Use of 'gpart list'
suggested by by Andrey V. Elsukov <ae@FreeBSD.org>.

PR: docs/174270
Submitted by: Ronald F.Guilmette <rfg@tristatelogic.com>
Reviewed by: ae (block sizes)
MFC after: 1 week


245005 03-Jan-2013 kib

Allow to specify "cache" and "nocache" as an option for
mount_nullfs(8).

Tested by: pho
MFC after: 2 weeks


244929 01-Jan-2013 antoine

pflogd does not depend on libutil


244538 21-Dec-2012 kevlo

Fix socket calls on error post-r243965.

Submitted by: Garrett Cooper


244325 16-Dec-2012 hrs

- Fix strtol() error handling.
- Add a range condition of given FIB number and the related error messages.
- Fix free() problem.

Spotted by: Artyom Mirgorodskiy
Discussed with: glebius


244321 16-Dec-2012 pjd

With rotating kernel dumps the higest dump number is not necessarily the
last one. To make it easier to find the last one create symlinks with 'last'
suffix that will point to the files of the last coredump, eg.:

info.last -> info.5
textdump.tar.last.gz -> textdump.tar.5.gz

Reviewed by: avg
Obtained from: WHEEL Systems


244320 16-Dec-2012 pjd

Implement -m option to savecore(8) that allows to limit number of kernel
dumps stored. Once the limit is reached it restarts from 0.

Reviewed by: avg
Obtained from: WHEEL Systems


244319 16-Dec-2012 pjd

Make use of the fact that we changed working directory to the dump directory
earlier.

Obtained from: WHEEL Systems


244318 16-Dec-2012 eadler

Minor wording improvments to some manual pages

Approved by: bcr (mentor)
Obtained from: DragonflyBSD (a5294ca835317c68c919ab43936da4f05ab6e926)
MFC after: 3 days


244317 16-Dec-2012 pjd

Sort flags properly.

Obtained from: WHEEL Systems


244316 16-Dec-2012 pjd

Prefer snprintf() over sprintf().

Obtained from: WHEEL Systems


244295 16-Dec-2012 trasz

When growing a filesystem, don't leave unused space at the end
if there is not enough room for a full cylinder group.

Reviewed by: mckusick@


244243 15-Dec-2012 trasz

Fix extending filesystems of weird size by making sure the actual size
is always multiple of fragment size.


244218 14-Dec-2012 pjd

- When checking if a dump exists on the given device there is no need to
provide dump directory. Eliminate this redundant argument. This changes
the usage, but the only risk here is that a warning will be printed
about directory given as device.

- Update usage of -C option.

- When clearing dump header from the given device there is also no need to
provide dump directory, although additional arguments for -c were not
documented.

- Document that -v can be used with -c and that list of devices can be given.

Obtained from: WHEEL Systems


244217 14-Dec-2012 pjd

The clear option (-c) is not compatible with keep (-k) and compress (-z)
options.

Obtained from: WHEEL Systems


244216 14-Dec-2012 pjd

If we are not going to clear the dump (we are either just checking if the dump
exists or we want to keep it), open device read-only.

Obtained from: WHEEL Systems


244215 14-Dec-2012 pjd

Whitespace cleanups.


244198 13-Dec-2012 delphij

Teach sysctl(8) about parsing a file (while I'm there also give it
capability of parsing both = and : formats).

Submitted by: hrs (initial version, bugs are mine)
MFC after: 3 months


244133 12-Dec-2012 alfred

Make Tflag and Wflag filters work for more sysctl options.

To do this move the Tflag and Wflag checks earlier in show_var() so
we bail earlier for variables not matching our query.


244106 11-Dec-2012 alfred

Allow sysctl to filter boot and runtime tunables.

Add the following flags to sysctl:
-W - show only writable sysctls
-T - show only tuneable sysctls

This can be used to create a /var/run/sysctl.boot to
compare set tunables versus booted tunables.

Sponsored by: iXsystems


244104 11-Dec-2012 delphij

In parse():

- Only operate on copy, don't operate on source.
- Eliminate home-rolled strsep().
- Constify the parameter.

MFC after: 2 weeks


244055 09-Dec-2012 rmacklem

Document the new NFS mount options added by r244042.
This is a content change.


244040 08-Dec-2012 eadler

A number of places in the source tree still reference cuad.* after
sio(4) was deprecated by uart(4).

s/cuad/cuau/g/

PR: docs/171533
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
MFC after: 3 weeks


243932 06-Dec-2012 eadler

Prefer the use of initalizer lists to ctor assignment.

Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 2 weeks


243931 06-Dec-2012 eadler

Avoid the creation of a temporary object by using the prefix operator
for non-primitive types.

Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 2 weeks


243930 06-Dec-2012 eadler

Constify where possible

Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 2 weeks


243907 05-Dec-2012 dim

Fix an old bug in devd, where it uses std::sort() to sort the various
lists it reads from its configuration files on the priority field.

Because some items in the lists have the same priority, and std::sort()
is not stable, the exact order in which the items are enumerated does
not have to correspond to the order they appear in the configuration
files.

Apparently this was never noticed with libstdc++, but with libc++ it
could cause the "uhid" entry from /etc/devd/usb.conf to be used instead
of the "ums" entry (which is earlier in the file). This caused the
problem described in the PR: the USB mouse module was never loaded, and
the other actions (such as starting moused) were not executed.

To fix the problem, make devd use std:stable_sort() instead.

Reported by: Jan Beich <jbeich@tormail.org>
PR: bin/172958
MFC after: 2 weeks


243903 05-Dec-2012 hrs

- Move definition of V_deembed_scopeid to scope6_var.h.
- Deembed scope id in L3 address in in6_lltable_dump().
- Simplify scope id recovery in rtsock routines.
- Remove embedded scope id handling in ndp(8) and route(8) completely.


243867 04-Dec-2012 glebius

Fix fallout from r243019, which broke parsing of shortened network
prefixes.

Reported and tested by: delphij


243866 04-Dec-2012 hrs

- Fix LOR in sa6_recoverscope() in rt_msg2()[1].
- Check V_deembed_scopeid before checking if sa_family == AF_INET6.
- Fix scope id handing in route(8)[2] and ifconfig(8).

Reported by: rpaulo[1], Mateusz Guzik[1], peter[2]


243860 04-Dec-2012 glebius

Flush stdout after RTM_IFANNOUNCE message.

PR: bin/151600
Submitted by: Eric van Gyzen <eric vangyzen.net>


243859 04-Dec-2012 glebius

No need to be root when running with -t or -d.


243665 29-Nov-2012 eadler

Mark non-returning function as such

PR: bin/172978
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 3 days


243372 21-Nov-2012 jh

Disallow attaching preloaded memory disks via ioctl.

- The feature is dangerous because the kernel code didn't check
validity of the memory address provided from user space.
- It seems that mdconfig(8) never really supported attaching preloaded
memory disks.
- Preloaded memory disks are automatically attached during md(4)
initialization. Thus there shouldn't be much use for the feature.

PR: kern/169683
Discussed on: freebsd-hackers


243248 18-Nov-2012 joel

Remove superfluous paragraph macro.


243246 18-Nov-2012 trasz

Make it possible to resize filesystems mounted read-write, using newly
introduced UFS write suspension mechanism.

Reviewed by: kib, mckusick
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation


243187 17-Nov-2012 hrs

Fill sin6_scope_id in sockaddr_in6 before passing it from the kernel to
userland via routing socket or sysctl. This eliminates the following
KAME-specific sin6_scope_id handling routine from each userland utility:

sin6.sin6_scope_id = ntohs(*(u_int16_t *)&sin6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[2]);

This behavior can be controlled by net.inet6.ip6.deembed_scopeid. This is
set to 1 by default (sin6_scope_id will be filled in the kernel).

Reviewed by: bz


243185 17-Nov-2012 hrs

Add -fib modifier to specify FIB number. The FIB number can be in a
comma-separated list and/or range specification:

# route add -inet 192.0.2.0/24 198.51.100.1 -fib 1,3-5,6

Although all of the subcommands supports the modifier, "monitor" does not
support the list or range specification at this moment.

Reviewed by: bz


243082 15-Nov-2012 eadler

Fix memory leak in umount.c

PR: bin/172553
Submitted by: Erik Cederstrand <erik@cederstrand.dk>
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 3 days


243019 14-Nov-2012 glebius

Remove remnants of classful addressing. These magic transformations
of supplied arguments is not what a modern sysadmin expect.


243017 14-Nov-2012 jeff

- blk_equals() is too strict. If the journal entry defines more frags
than we're claiming it should still be considered an exact match. This
would previously leak frags that had been extended.
- If there is a sequence number problem in the journal print the sequence
numbers we've seen so far for debugging.
- Clean up the block mask related debuging printfs. Some are redundant.

MFC after: 1 week


242705 07-Nov-2012 wblock

Actually change "silent" to "silence" this time (reviewed by adri@).

MFC after: 1 week


242704 07-Nov-2012 wblock

Remove fifteen-year-old notes on media selection (suggested by simon@).
Add commas after "e.g." and "i.e.". Change "silent" to "silence" in
wireless create section (reviewed by adri@).

MFC after: 1 week


242697 07-Nov-2012 wblock

Add devd.conf(5) and devd(8) to SEE ALSO xrefs. Give users a pointer to
seemingly mysterious actions that are not done by ifconfig itself, but
by devd triggering on events caused by ifconfig.

PR: docs/173405
Submitted by: Mateusz Kwiatkowski <mateusz.kwiatkowski@atlashost.eu>
MFC after: 1 week


242593 05-Nov-2012 pjd

Revert r228695. We use __func__ here as a format to distinguish between
abort and assert. It would be cleaner to use NULL or "" here, but gcc
complains in both cases.


242546 04-Nov-2012 wblock

Add an example showing the use of gnop(8) to skip over header data.

PR: kern/145999
Reviewed by: mjg
MFC after: 1 week


242511 03-Nov-2012 jh

Print a newline after the error message.

PR: bin/168447
Submitted by: Boris Kochergin


242486 02-Nov-2012 alfred

Document that you can use -v along with -l.

Noticed by: pjd


242463 02-Nov-2012 ae

Remove the recently added sysctl variable net.pfil.forward.
Instead, add protocol specific mbuf flags M_IP_NEXTHOP and
M_IP6_NEXTHOP. Use them to indicate that the mbuf's chain
contains the PACKET_TAG_IPFORWARD tag. And do a tag lookup
only when this flag is set.

Suggested by: andre


242451 01-Nov-2012 alfred

Add an option to display the current dump device via dumpon -l.

MFC after: 2 weeks


242379 30-Oct-2012 trasz

Fix problem with geom_label(4) not recognizing UFS labels on filesystems
extended using growfs(8). The problem here is that geom_label checks if
the filesystem size recorded in UFS superblock is equal to the provider
(i.e. device) size. This check cannot be removed due to backward
compatibility. On the other hand, in most cases growfs(8) cannot set
fs_size in the superblock to match the provider size, because, differently
from newfs(8), it cannot recompute cylinder group sizes.

To fix this problem, add another superblock field, fs_providersize, used
only for this purpose. The geom_label(4) will attach if either fs_size
(filesystem created with newfs(8)) or fs_providersize (filesystem expanded
using growfs(8)) matches the device size.

PR: kern/165962
Reviewed by: mckusick
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation


242265 28-Oct-2012 trasz

Declare functions as static and move global variables to the top;
no functional changes.


242079 25-Oct-2012 ae

Remove the IPFIREWALL_FORWARD kernel option and make possible to turn
on the related functionality in the runtime via the sysctl variable
net.pfil.forward. It is turned off by default.

Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
Discussed with: net@
MFC after: 2 weeks


241852 22-Oct-2012 eadler

Check the return error of set[ug]id. While this can never fail in the
current version of FreeBSD, this isn't guarenteed by the API. Custom
security modules, or future implementations of the setuid and setgid
may fail.

PR: bin/172289
PR: bin/172290
PR: bin/172291
Submittud by: Erik Cederstrand <erik@cederstrand.dk>
Discussed by: freebsd-security
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 1 week


241848 22-Oct-2012 eadler

Check the return error of set[e][ug]id. While this can never fail in the
current version of FreeBSD, this isn't guarenteed by the API.
Custom security modules, or future implementations of the setuid and
setgid may fail.

Submitted by: Erik Cederstrand
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 3 days


241844 22-Oct-2012 eadler

remove duplicate semicolons where possible.

Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 1 week


241842 22-Oct-2012 eadler

Add support for gjournal to dumpfs

PR: 165821
Submitted by: Andreas Longwitz <longwitz@incore.de>
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 3 days


241807 21-Oct-2012 uqs

Make fsck and fsck_msdosfs WARNS=6 clean

- sprinkle const
- add volatile qualifier to avoid vfork clobbering

Inspired by: NetBSD
PR: bin/139802
Reviewed by: ed


241806 21-Oct-2012 uqs

sbin/fsck: s/perror/perr/ to avoid shadowing

- rename some other vars too
- merge NetBSD license changes

Obtained from: NetBSD
PR: bin/139802
Reviewed by: ed


241772 20-Oct-2012 avg

document acpi_cpu devd notification about _CST change

Based on prodding and a submission by Lars Engels <lars.engels@0x20.net>.

MFC after: 5 days


241737 19-Oct-2012 ed

More -Wmissing-variable-declarations fixes.

In addition to adding `static' where possible:

- bin/date: Move `retval' into extern.h to make it visible to date.c.
- bin/ed: Move globally used variables into ed.h.
- sbin/camcontrol: Move `verbose' into camcontrol.h and fix shadow warnings.
- usr.bin/calendar: Remove unneeded variables.
- usr.bin/chat: Make `line' local instead of global.
- usr.bin/elfdump: Comment out unneeded function.
- usr.bin/rlogin: Use _Noreturn instead of __dead2.
- usr.bin/tset: Pull `Ospeed' into extern.h.
- usr.sbin/mfiutil: Put global variables in mfiutil.h.
- usr.sbin/pkg: Remove unused `os_corres'.
- usr.sbin/quotaon, usr.sbin/repquota: Remove unused `qfname'.


241736 19-Oct-2012 ed

Add missing const keywords.


241720 19-Oct-2012 ed

Fix warnings found by -Wmising-variable-declarations.

This self-written compiler warning, which is hopefully going to be
committed into LLVM sources soon, warns about potentially missing
`static' keywords, similar to -Wmissing-prototypes.

- bin/pax: Move external declaration of chdname and s_mask into extern.h.
- bin/setfacl: Move setfacl.c-specific stuff out of setfacl.h.
- sbin/mount_fusefs: Remove char *progname; use getprogname().
- others: add `static' where possible.


241680 18-Oct-2012 attilio

Disconnect non-MPSAFE SMBFS from the build in preparation for dropping
GIANT from VFS. In addition, disconnect also netsmb, which is a base
requirement for SMBFS.

In the while SMBFS regular users can use FUSE interface and smbnetfs
port to work with their SMBFS partitions.

Also, there are ongoing efforts by vendor to support in-kernel smbfs,
so there are good chances that it will get relinked once properly locked.

This is not targeted for MFC.


241636 17-Oct-2012 attilio

Disconnect non-MPSAFE NTFS from the build in preparation for dropping
GIANT from VFS. This code is particulary broken and fragile and other
in-kernel implementations around, found in other operating systems,
don't really seem clean and solid enough to be imported at all.
If someone wants to reconsider in-kernel NTFS implementation for
inclusion again, a fair effort for completely fixing and cleaning it
up is expected.

In the while NTFS regular users can use FUSE interface and ntfs-3g
port to work with their NTFS partitions.

This is not targeted for MFC.


241629 17-Oct-2012 attilio

Disconnect non-MPSAFE NWFS from the build in preparation for dropping
GIANT from VFS. In addition, disconnect also netncp, which is a base
requirement for NWFS.

In the possibility of a future maintenance of the code and later
readd to the FreeBSD base, maybe we should think about a better location
for netncp. I'm not entirely sure the / top location is actually right,
however I will let network people to comment on that more specifically.

This is not targeted for MFC.


241606 16-Oct-2012 attilio

Disconnect non-MPSAFE PORTALFS from the build in preparation for dropping
GIANT from VFS.

This is not targeted for MFC.


241581 15-Oct-2012 eadler

Fix minor nits:
use a comma after "i.e."
sentences begin on new lines.

No .Dd bump for trivial modification.

Approved by: wblock
MFC after: 3 days


241527 14-Oct-2012 joel

Remove trailing whitespace.


241526 14-Oct-2012 joel

Minor mdoc and language fixes.


241522 14-Oct-2012 attilio

getopt_long() returns an int. Use the return value accordingly.

Pointy hat to: me
MFC after: 2 months
X-MFC: r241519,241521


241519 14-Oct-2012 attilio

Import a FreeBSD port of the FUSE Linux module.
This has been developed during 2 summer of code mandates and being revived
by gnn recently.
The functionality in this commit mirrors entirely content of fusefs-kmod
port, which doesn't need to be installed anymore for -CURRENT setups.

In order to get some sparse technical notes, please refer to:
http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-fs/2012-March/013876.html

or to the project branch:
svn://svn.freebsd.org/base/projects/fuse/

which also contains granular history of changes happened during port
refinements. This commit does not came from the branch reintegration
itself because it seems svn is not behaving properly for this functionaly
at the moment.

Partly Sponsored by: Google, Summer of Code program 2005, 2011
Originally submitted by: ilya, Csaba Henk <csaba-ml AT creo DOT hu >
In collabouration with: pho
Tested by: flo, gnn, Gustau Perez,
Kevin Oberman <rkoberman AT gmail DOT com>
MFC after: 2 months


241052 29-Sep-2012 glebius

- Get rid of #ifdef __FreeBSD__.
- Use correct format when printing uint64_t.


241035 28-Sep-2012 mdf

Fix some nearby type and style errors.

Pointed out by: bde


241013 27-Sep-2012 mdf

Fix sbin/ build with a 64-bit ino_t.

Original code by: Gleb Kurtsou


241012 27-Sep-2012 mdf

Fix fsck_ffs build with a 64-bit ino_t.

Original code by: Gleb Kurtsou


240893 24-Sep-2012 melifaro

Whitespace fixes

MFC after: 2 weeks


240892 24-Sep-2012 melifaro

Permit table to be used as IPv6 address.

Reported by: Serhiy Popov <sergiuspso@ukr.net>
MFC after: 2 weeks


240823 22-Sep-2012 pjd

Use O_CLOEXEC for open instead of separate fcntl(2) call.


240656 18-Sep-2012 bjk

Fix grammar in the portion about FIBs. Also, cross-reference
setfib(2) instead of setfib(1) for the 16-FIB limit.

PR: docs/157452
Approved by: hrs (mentor)


240633 18-Sep-2012 joel

mdoc: remove superfluous paragraph macro.


240628 18-Sep-2012 bjk

Whitespace cleanup for ipfw.8 -- start each sentence on a new line,
and put a comma after e.g. and i.e.. While here, wrap long lines.

PR: docs/157452
Approved by: hrs (mentor)


240621 17-Sep-2012 jimharris

Integrate nvmecontrol(8) into the amd64 and i386 builds.

This includes adding NVMe header files to /usr/include/dev/nvme.

Sponsored by: Intel


240620 17-Sep-2012 jimharris

Add nvmecontrol(8) source code and beginnings of a man page to the tree.

Sponsored by: Intel
Contributions from: Joe Golio/EMC <joseph dot golio at emc dot com>


240497 14-Sep-2012 joel

Minor mdoc fix.


240494 14-Sep-2012 glebius

o Create directory sys/netpfil, where all packet filters should
reside, and move there ipfw(4) and pf(4).

o Move most modified parts of pf out of contrib.

Actual movements:

sys/contrib/pf/net/*.c -> sys/netpfil/pf/
sys/contrib/pf/net/*.h -> sys/net/
contrib/pf/pfctl/*.c -> sbin/pfctl
contrib/pf/pfctl/*.h -> sbin/pfctl
contrib/pf/pfctl/pfctl.8 -> sbin/pfctl
contrib/pf/pfctl/*.4 -> share/man/man4
contrib/pf/pfctl/*.5 -> share/man/man5

sys/netinet/ipfw -> sys/netpfil/ipfw

The arguable movement is pf/net/*.h -> sys/net. There are
future plans to refactor pf includes, so I decided not to
break things twice.

Not modified bits of pf left in contrib: authpf, ftp-proxy,
tftp-proxy, pflogd.

The ipfw(4) movement is planned to be merged to stable/9,
to make head and stable match.

Discussed with: bz, luigi


240465 13-Sep-2012 mav

Add global and per-module sysctls/tunables to enable/disable metadata taste.
That should help to handle some cases when disk has some RAID metadata that
should be ignored, especially during boot.

MFC after: 3 days


240463 13-Sep-2012 zont

- Fix a typo in debug message.

Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


240406 12-Sep-2012 obrien

Remove needless (int) casts of write(2)'s 3rd argument.
Also change blwrite() 'size' parameter to a ssize_t to better match
write(2).


240405 12-Sep-2012 obrien

Simply printf-like strings and outdent strings so that it is easy to see
if they fit on a standard terminal.


240351 11-Sep-2012 kevlo

Remove unused values


239991 01-Sep-2012 ed

Rework all non-contributed files that use `struct timezone'.

This structure is not part of POSIX. According to POSIX, gettimeofday()
has the following prototype:

int gettimeofday(struct timeval *restrict tp, void *restrict tzp);

Also, POSIX states that gettimeofday() shall return 0 (as long as tzp is
not used). Remove dead error handling code. Also use NULL for a
nul-pointer instead of integer 0.

While there, change all pieces of code that only use tv_sec to use
time(3), as this provides less overhead.


239836 29-Aug-2012 des

Change the gptboot example so the boot partition is aligned on a 4 kB
boundary.

MFC after: 3 days


239781 28-Aug-2012 brooks

Don't overwrite the global default CFLAGS when setting include paths.

MFC after: 3 days


239775 28-Aug-2012 issyl0

Link ipfilter(4) and ipfilter(5) to the build to stop the wrong man page
displaying for 'man 4 ipfilter'.

PR: docs/118020
Approved by: gjb (mentor)
MFC after: 5 days


239612 23-Aug-2012 jh

Check the return value of sbuf_finish().


239564 22-Aug-2012 jhb

Revert r239356 and use an alternate algorithm.

First, don't exit when the link goes down on an interface. Instead,
teach dhclient to track changes in link state and to enter the reboot
state when the link on an interface goes up causing dhclient to attempt
to renew its existing lease.

Second, remove the change I added to clear the old lease when dhclient
exits due to an error (such as ifconfig down). If an interface is
using autoconfiguration it should keep its autoconfiguration as much as
possible. If the next time it needs a configuration it is able to reuse
the previous autoconfiguration, then leaving the settings intact allows
existing connections to survive temporary outages, etc.

PR: bin/166656
MFC after: 1 month


239468 20-Aug-2012 pluknet

Avoid segfault in the 'smpphylist' subcommand.
Initialize devlist.dev_queue tail queue early enough before its any
potential traversal in freebusdevlist() when in smpphylist error path.

Reported by: Pavel Polyakov <bsd kobyla org> (on irc)
Reviewed by: ken
MFC after: 5 days


239356 17-Aug-2012 jhb

Fix dhclient to properly exit and teardown the configured lease when
link is lost. devd will start a new dhclient instance when link is
restored.

PR: bin/166656
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy (mostly)
Reviewed by: brooks (earlier version from Peter)
MFC after: 1 month


239106 06-Aug-2012 dim

Make sure the compiler knows g_gate_xvlog() and g_gate_xlog() do not
return. This silences a warning from clang 3.2 about uninitialized use
of the variable 'mediasize' in sbin/ggate/shared/ggate.c.

Reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 1 week


239059 05-Aug-2012 dim

In sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c, function smpcmd(), initialize the
'error' variable to zero, to avoid returning garbage in several cases.

This fixes the following clang 3.2 warnings:

sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4634:8: warning: variable 'error' is used uninitialized whenever 'if' condition is false [-Wsometimes-uninitialized]
if (amt_written == -1) {
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4656:10: note: uninitialized use occurs here
return (error);
^~~~~

sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4619:7: warning: variable 'error' is used uninitialized whenever 'if' condition is true [-Wsometimes-uninitialized]
if (fd_response == 0) {
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4656:10: note: uninitialized use occurs here
return (error);
^~~~~

sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4617:6: warning: variable 'error' is used uninitialized whenever 'if' condition is false [-Wsometimes-uninitialized]
if (((ccb->ccb_h.status & CAM_STATUS_MASK) == CAM_REQ_CMP)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4656:10: note: uninitialized use occurs here
return (error);
^~~~~

MFC after: 1 week


239022 03-Aug-2012 jimharris

Document "destroy" as an alias for "stop".


239012 03-Aug-2012 thomas

New command "gmultipath prefer" to force selection of a specified
provider in an Active/Passive configuration.

Reviewed by: mav
MFC after: 4 weeks


238984 02-Aug-2012 kib

fsck_ffs shall accept the configured journal size, and not refuse to
operate on it if journal size is greater then SUJ_MAX. The later
constant is only to select maximal journal size when user did not
specified size explicitely.

Submitted by: Andrey Zonov <andrey@zonov.org>
Reviewed by: mckusick
MFC after: 1 week


238968 01-Aug-2012 des

Restore a piece of BSD history.

PR: 169127
Submitted by: Ruben de Groot <ruben@hacktor.com>
MFC after: 1 week


238964 01-Aug-2012 delphij

Teach md5(1) about sha512.

MFC after: 1 month


238903 30-Jul-2012 luigi

remove the last __unused instance in sbin/ipfw.
This particular function (show_prerequisites() ) we should actually
remove the argument from the callers as well, but i'll do it at a
later time.


238900 30-Jul-2012 luigi

Fix some compile errors at high WARNS, including one
for an uninitialized variable.

unused parameters and variables are annotated with
(void)foo; /* UNUSED */
instead of __unused, because this code needs to build
also on linux and windows.


238899 30-Jul-2012 joel

Remove trailing whitespace.


238813 26-Jul-2012 issyl0

The ad(4) driver no longer exists in FreeBSD CURRENT or 9, so change the
references to it in gsched(8) to the existing ada(4) driver.

PR: docs/170085
Submitted by: olgeni
Approved by: gavin
MFC after: 5 days


238540 16-Jul-2012 issyl0

In ipfw(8), make the text about dynamic rules consistent.

PR: docs/120539
Approved by: gabor (mentor)
MFC after: 5 days


238538 16-Jul-2012 trociny

Metaflush on/off values don't need quotes.

Reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 3 days


238399 12-Jul-2012 eadler

Document the behavior of mount with failok specified.

PR: docs/163742
Submitted by: gcooper
Discussion by: gcooper
Discussion by: bjk
Approved by: gabor
MFC after: 3 days


238277 09-Jul-2012 hrs

Make ipfw0 logging pseudo-interface clonable. It can be created automatically
by $firewall_logif rc.conf(5) variable at boot time or manually by ifconfig(8)
after a boot.

Discussed on: freebsd-ipfw@


238273 09-Jul-2012 hrs

Remove "prefer_source" address selection option. FreeBSD has had an
implementation of RFC 3484 for this purpose for a long time and "prefer_source"
was never implemented actually. ND6_IFF_PREFER_SOURCE macro is left intact.


238215 07-Jul-2012 trasz

Make it possible to resize md(4) devices.

Reviewed by: kib
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation


238204 07-Jul-2012 eadler

Remove unneeded variable reported by gcc46 which stopped being used in
r234178.

Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 3 days


238202 07-Jul-2012 eadler

Remove ancient vnconfig symlink

Submitted by: ak
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 1 week


238120 04-Jul-2012 pjd

Make use of GEOM Gate direct reads feature. This allows HAST to serve
reads with native speed of the underlying provider.
There are three situations when direct reads are not used:
1. Data is being synchronized and synchronization source is the secondary
node, which means secondary node has more recent data and we should read
from it.
2. Local read failed and we have to try to read from the secondary node.
3. Local component is unavailable and all I/O requests are served from the
secondary node.

Sponsored by: Panzura, http://www.panzura.com
MFC after: 1 month


238117 04-Jul-2012 pjd

Improve description of various key used by GELI.

PR: docs/169089
Submitted by: John W. O'Brien <john@saltant.com>
MFC after: 3 days


238063 03-Jul-2012 issyl0

- Make ipfw's sched rules case insensitive, for user-friendliness.
- Add a note to the ipfw(8) man page about the rules no longer being
case sensitive.
- Fix some typos in the man page.

PR: docs/164772
Reviewed by: bz
Approved by: gabor (doc mentor, src committer)
MFC after: 2 weeks


237942 02-Jul-2012 delphij

Use timeclear() instead of home grown version.

MFC after: 2 weeks


237931 01-Jul-2012 pjd

Check if there is cmsg at all.

MFC after: 3 days


237645 27-Jun-2012 gavin

The -S option, to specify the sector size, has been usable on all types of
memory disks since r135340. Update the man page to reflect this.

Noticed by: avg
MFC after: 3 days


237620 27-Jun-2012 wblock

Use possessive "its", no apostrophe.

MFC after: 1 day


237452 22-Jun-2012 ken

Change 'camcontrol defects' to first probe a drive to find out how much
defect information it has before grabbing the full defect list.

This works around a bug with some Hitachi drives that generate data overrun
errors when they are asked for more defect data than they have.

The change is done in a spec-compliant way, so it should have no negative
impact on drives that don't have this issue.

This is based on work originally done at Sandvine.

scsi_da.h: Add a define for the maximum amount of data that can be
contained in a defect list.

camcontrol.c: Update the readdefects() function to issue an initial
command to determine the length of the defect list, and
then use that length in the request for the full defect
list.

camcontrol.8: Add a note that some drives will report 0 defects available
if you don't request either the PLIST or GLIST.

Submitted by: Mark Johnston <markjdb@gmail.com> (original version)
MFC after: 3 days


237285 20-Jun-2012 scottl

Add progress.c and progress.h, missed in the previous commit to camcontrol.

Submitted by: Garrett Cooper
Obtained from: Netflix, Inc.


237281 20-Jun-2012 scottl

Update the 'fwdownload' command to also flash disks connected over an
ATA/SATA transport. The detection logic is automatic, so it should Just
Work. While here, also improve the progress meter that is displayed
during firmware download.

Submitted by: Alistair Crooks
Obtained from: Netflix, Inc.
MFC after: 3 days


237263 19-Jun-2012 np

- Updated TOE support in the kernel.

- Stateful TCP offload drivers for Terminator 3 and 4 (T3 and T4) ASICs.
These are available as t3_tom and t4_tom modules that augment cxgb(4)
and cxgbe(4) respectively. The cxgb/cxgbe drivers continue to work as
usual with or without these extra features.

- iWARP driver for Terminator 3 ASIC (kernel verbs). T4 iWARP in the
works and will follow soon.

Build-tested with make universe.

30s overview
============
What interfaces support TCP offload? Look for TOE4 and/or TOE6 in the
capabilities of an interface:
# ifconfig -m | grep TOE

Enable/disable TCP offload on an interface (just like any other ifnet
capability):
# ifconfig cxgbe0 toe
# ifconfig cxgbe0 -toe

Which connections are offloaded? Look for toe4 and/or toe6 in the
output of netstat and sockstat:
# netstat -np tcp | grep toe
# sockstat -46c | grep toe

Reviewed by: bz, gnn
Sponsored by: Chelsio communications.
MFC after: ~3 months (after 9.1, and after ensuring MFC is feasible)


236976 12-Jun-2012 kib

For incompleted block allocations or frees, the inode block count usage
must be recalculated. The blk_check pass of suj checker explicitely marks
inodes which owned such blocks as needing block count adjustment. But
ino_adjblks() is only called by cg_trunc pass, which is performed before
blk_check. As result, the block use count for such inodes is left wrong.
This causes full fsck run after journaled run to still find inconsistencies
like 'INCORRECT BLOCK COUNT I=14557 (328 should be 0)' in phase 1.

Fix this issue by running additional adj_blk pass after blk_check, which
updates the field.

Reviewed by: jeff, mckusick
MFC after: 1 week


236919 11-Jun-2012 hselasky

Revert: r236909

Pointyhat: me


236909 11-Jun-2012 hselasky

Use the correct clock source when computing timeouts.

MFC after: 1 week


236824 09-Jun-2012 melifaro

Update maximum number of tables available in ipfw to reflect
changes done in r233478.

Approved by: kib(mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


236809 09-Jun-2012 joel

mdoc: fix a few badly nested blocks.


236780 09-Jun-2012 joel

mdoc: minor improvements to a few lists with tags.


236626 05-Jun-2012 joel

Remove repeated words.


236625 05-Jun-2012 joel

Minor spelling fixes.


236555 04-Jun-2012 mav

Add -p argument for `camcontrol debug` to allow enabling CAM_DEBUG_PROBE
added at r208911.


236507 03-Jun-2012 pjd

Simplify the code by using snprlcat().

MFC after: 3 days


236502 03-Jun-2012 joel

Minor mdoc improvements.


236437 02-Jun-2012 mav

Rewrite enabling NCQ for SATA devices in a way more alike to SCSI TCQ.
This allows to control it with `camcontrol negotiate adaX -T (en|dis)able`
on the fly, same as for SCSI devices.

Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.


236388 01-Jun-2012 dim

Make devd build with libc++.

MFC after: 3 days


236355 31-May-2012 eadler

Fix a variety of compile errors with gcc48 and clang

PR: bin/165699
Submitted by: Arne Meyer <meyer.arne83@gmail.com>
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 1 week


236285 30-May-2012 eadler

Add missing flag enable when certain arguments are parsed

PR: bin/163053
Submitted by: Peter <pmc@citylink.dinoex.sub.org>
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 1 week


236213 29-May-2012 kevlo

Make sure that each va_start has one and only one matching va_end,
especially in error cases.


236178 28-May-2012 rea

if_lagg: allow to invoke SIOCSLAGGPORT multiple times in a row

Currently, 'ifconfig laggX down' does not remove members from this
lagg(4) interface. So, 'service netif stop laggX' followed by
'service netif start laggX' will choke, because "stop" will leave
interfaces attached to the laggX and ifconfig from the "start" will
refuse to add already-existing interfaces.

The real-world case is when I am bundling together my Ethernet and
WiFi interfaces and using multiple profiles for accessing network in
different places: system being booted up with one profile, but later
this profile being exchanged to another one, followed by 'service
netif restart' will not add WiFi interface back to the lagg: the
"stop" action from 'service netif restart' will shut down my main WiFi
interface, so wlan0 that exists in the lagg0 will be destroyed and
purged from lagg0; the "start" action will try to re-add both
interfaces, but since Ethernet one is already in lagg0, ifconfig will
refuse to add the wlan0 from WiFi interface.

Since adding the interface to the lagg(4) when it is already here
should be an idempotent action: we're really not changing anything,
so this fix doesn't change the semantics of interface addition.

Approved by: thompsa
Reviewed by: emaste
MFC after: 1 week


236176 28-May-2012 bz

Removed the IFCAP_ prefix when printing the IPv6 checksum capabilities.

Submitted by: dim
MFC after: 3 days


236170 28-May-2012 bz

It turns out that too many drivers are not only parsing the L2/3/4
headers for TSO but also for generic checksum offloading. Ideally we
would only have one common function shared amongst all drivers, and
perhaps when updating them for IPv6 we should introduce that.
Eventually we should provide the meta information along with mbufs to
avoid (re-)parsing entirely.

To not break IPv6 (checksums and offload) and to be able to MFC the
changes without risking to hurt 3rd party drivers, duplicate the v4
framework, as other OSes have done as well.

Introduce interface capability flags for TX/RX checksum offload with
IPv6, to allow independent toggling (where possible). Add CSUM_*_IPV6
flags for UDP/TCP over IPv6, and reserve further for SCTP, and IPv6
fragmentation. Define CSUM_DELAY_DATA_IPV6 as we do for legacy IP and
add an alias for CSUM_DATA_VALID_IPV6.

This pretty much brings IPv6 handling in line with IPv4.
TSO is still handled in a different way and not via if_hwassist.

Update ifconfig to allow (un)setting of the new capability flags.
Update loopback to announce the new capabilities and if_hwassist flags.

Individual driver updates will have to follow, as will SCTP.

Reported by: gallatin, dim, ..
Reviewed by: gallatin (glanced at?)
MFC after: 3 days
X-MFC with: r235961,235959,235958


236020 25-May-2012 jilles

init: Remove unnecessary 2-second delay before calling reboot(2).


235897 24-May-2012 mav

MFprojects/zfsd:
- Add low-level support for SATA Enclosure Management Bridge (SEMB)
devices -- SATA equivalents of the SCSI SES/SAF-TE devices.
- Add some utility functions for SCSI SAF-TE devices access.

Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.


235873 24-May-2012 wblock

Fixes to man8 groff mandoc style, usage mistakes, or typos.

PR: 168016
Submitted by: Nobuyuki Koganemaru
Approved by: gjb
MFC after: 3 days


235855 23-May-2012 jilles

shutdown: Remove unnecessary 2-second delay.


235837 23-May-2012 joel

mdoc: move two sentences from synopsis to description (where they really
belong). With this change, mandoc now formats these manpages properly.


235789 22-May-2012 bapt

Fix world after byacc import:
- old yacc(1) use to magicially append stdlib.h, while new one don't
- new yacc(1) do declare yyparse by itself, fix redundant declaration of
'yyparse'

Approved by: des (mentor)


235671 19-May-2012 bz

MFp4 bz_ipv6_fast:

Allow tso4 and tso6 be set individually given we have the bits.
This will help with drivers not working as expected during the
transition time and later.

Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Sponsored by: iXsystems

Reviewed by: gnn
MFC After: 1 week


235544 17-May-2012 joel

mdoc: remove whitespace.


235542 17-May-2012 joel

mdoc: remove superfluous paragraph macro.


235537 17-May-2012 gber

Import work done under project/nand (@235533) into head.

The NAND Flash environment consists of several distinct components:
- NAND framework (drivers harness for NAND controllers and NAND chips)
- NAND simulator (NANDsim)
- NAND file system (NAND FS)
- Companion tools and utilities
- Documentation (manual pages)

This work is still experimental. Please use with caution.

Obtained from: Semihalf
Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation, Juniper Networks


235400 13-May-2012 joel

Minor mdoc nits.


235355 12-May-2012 joel

Remove end of line whitespace.


235344 12-May-2012 joel

mdoc: use Po and Pc macros instead of parens. Also avoid starting a line
with Ns.


235337 12-May-2012 gjb

General mdoc(7) and typo fixes.

PR: 167804
Submitted by: Nobuyuki Koganemaru (kogane!jp.freebsd.org)
MFC after: 3 days


235336 12-May-2012 joel

mdoc: remove redundant paragraph macro.


235289 11-May-2012 adrian

Add etherswitchcfg.

Submitted by: Stefan Bethke <stb@lassitu.de>


235285 11-May-2012 hrs

Skip nd6 line with no warning message when the system does not support
INET6.

Spotted by: flo


235211 10-May-2012 gjb

General mdoc(7) and typo fixes.

PR: 167696
Submitted by: Nobuyuki Koganemaru (kogane!jp.freebsd.org)
MFC after: 3 days


235205 09-May-2012 eadler

Document the -c option in --help output

PR: bin/167463
Submitted by: "Bryan Drewery" <bryan@shatow.net>
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 3 days


235201 09-May-2012 eadler

Clarify error that geli generates
when it finds corrupt data.

PR: kern/165695
Submitted by: Robert Simmons <rsimmons0@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: pjd
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 1 week


235079 06-May-2012 trasz

Fix offset calculation to actually rewrite the _last_ block.


235076 06-May-2012 mav

Add support for RAID5R. Slightly improve support for RAIDMDF.


235071 06-May-2012 mav

Add description for GEOM RAID tunables/sysctls.

MFC after: 1 week


235033 04-May-2012 ae

Don't ignore start offset value when user specifies it together
with alignment.

PR: bin/167567
Tested by: Warren Block
MFC after: 1 week


234993 04-May-2012 mav

Implement read-only support for volumes in optimal state (without using
redundancy) for the following RAID levels: RAID4/5E/5EE/6/MDF.


234940 03-May-2012 mav

Add optional -o argument to the `graid label ` to specify some metadata
format options. Use it for specifying byte order for the DDF metadata:
big-endian defined by specification and little-endian used by Adaptec.


234933 02-May-2012 monthadar

Update man page date to the date of the last commit.

Approved by: adrian


234895 01-May-2012 monthadar

* Modified ifconfig to show the IEEE80211_MESHRT_FLAGS_DISCOVER flag with a 'D';

Approved by: adrian


234893 01-May-2012 monthadar

* Added new command to ifconfig to activate Mesh Gate Announcement called
meshgate with corresponding explanation;

Approved by: adrian


234848 30-Apr-2012 mav

Add to GEOM RAID class module, supporting the DDF metadata format, as
defined by the SNIA Common RAID Disk Data Format Specification v2.0.

Supports multiple volumes per array and multiple partitions per disk.
Supports standard big-endian and Adaptec's little-endian byte ordering.
Supports all single-layer RAID levels. Dual-layer RAID levels except
RAID10 are not supported now because of GEOM RAID design limitations.

Some work is still to be done, but the present code already manages basic
interoperation with RAID BIOS of the Adaptec 1430SA SATA RAID controller.

MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.


234846 30-Apr-2012 trasz

Improve growfs(8) in a few ways; unfortunately, it's somewhat hard to untangle
them and commit separately.

1. Rewrite the way growfs(8) finds the device and mount point. This makes
it possible to use e.g. "growfs /mnt"; it's also used to display more
helpful messages.

2. Be more user-friendly, using descriptive messages, like this:

OK to grow filesystem on /dev/md0, mounted on /mnt, from 9.8GB to 20GB? [Yes/No]"

3. Allow to specify the size (-s option) just like with mdconfig(8), i.e. with
postfixes ("mdconfig -s 10g").

4. Reload read-only filesystem after growing.

Reviewed by: kib, mckusick (earlier version)
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


234770 28-Apr-2012 gjb

As of r226840, GELI starts one thread per CPU.

PR: 167382
Submitted by: John W. O'Brien (john%saltant.com)
X-Needs-MFC: r226840


234458 19-Apr-2012 mav

Add to GEOM RAID class module for reading non-degraded RAID5 volumes and
some environment to differentiate 4 possible RAID5 on-disk layouts.

Tested with Intel and AMD RAID BIOSes.

MFC after: 2 weeks


234425 18-Apr-2012 jpaetzel

Unbreak tinderbox.

Fix FreeBSD paradigms in the upstream code.

PR: bin/166933
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <yanegomi@gmail.com>


234420 18-Apr-2012 trasz

Style.


234415 18-Apr-2012 mav

Some improvements to GEOM MULTIPATH:
- Implement "configure" command to allow switching operation mode of
running device on-fly without destroying and recreation.
- Implement Active/Read mode as hybrid of Active/Active and Active/Passive.
In this mode all paths not marked FAIL may handle reads same time,
but unlike Active/Active only one path handles write requests at any
point in time. It allows to closer follow original write request order
if above layers need it for data consistency (not waiting for requisite
write completion before sending dependent write).
- Hide duplicate messages about device status change.
- Remove periodic thread wake up with 10Hz rate.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.


234345 16-Apr-2012 marck

VMware environment is frequent nowadays. Add VMFS id.

MFC after: 2 weeks


234314 15-Apr-2012 trasz

Style.


234312 15-Apr-2012 trasz

Remove FSIRAND and FSMAXSWAP ifdefs, removing code unconditionally.

Reviewed by: kib, mckusick
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


234233 13-Apr-2012 jpaetzel

Update to version 2.3.1.0

Obtained from: Daniel Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il>


234189 12-Apr-2012 trasz

Style.


234178 12-Apr-2012 trasz

Remove block reallocation used to make room for the cylinder group
summary structure. From now on, when there is no room for it,
we simply allocate new one in a newly added cylinder group.

This patch removes a conditional in updcsloc(), reindents some code
there, and removes unused routines. I decided to do it this way instead
of disabling reallocation when the filesystem is live and leaving it
as it is otherwise, because this allows for removal of lots of complicated
and hard to test code. Also, conditionally disabling it would result
in a different layout in filesystems resized online and offline, which
would look somewhat weird.

Reviewed by: mckusick
No objections from: kib
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


234134 11-Apr-2012 eadler

s/Free Memory Pages/Free Memory/ to avoid confusion, since we're
reporting a number of bytes rather than a number of pages

PR: misc/165208
Submitted by: Arnaud Lacombe <lacombar@gmail.com>
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 3 days


234122 11-Apr-2012 ae

It seems that libdisk(3) incorrectly sets d_secperunit value.
Automatically fix it like GEOM_PART_BSD does.

MFC after: 1 week


234069 09-Apr-2012 rmh

Include <signal.h> (for SIGINFO).


234047 09-Apr-2012 bjk

Fix a couple of style issues. Tweak grammar and markup while here.

Approved by: hrs (mentor)


233993 07-Apr-2012 joel

Remove end of line whitespace introduced in previous commit.


233992 07-Apr-2012 joel

mdoc: fix column names, indentation, column separation within each row, and
quotation. Also make sure we have the same amount of columns in each row as
the number of columns we specify in the head arguments.

Reviewed by: brueffer


233945 06-Apr-2012 ed

Properly clear the O_NONBLOCK flag after opening the TTY.

Though we should open the TTY with O_NONBLOCK to prevent rc(8) execution
from potentially stalling, we must not forget to clear the flag later
on, to prevent read(2) calls from failing later on.

This prevented the shell pathname prompt from working properly.

Reported by: kib


233848 03-Apr-2012 glebius

Document syncdev, syncpeer and defer keywords for
pfsync(4) interfaces.


233847 03-Apr-2012 glebius

Make it possible to switch pfsync(4) deferral mechanism on/off.

Obtained from: OpenBSD


233679 29-Mar-2012 trociny

If hastd is invoked with "-P pidfile" option always create pidfile
regardless of whether -F (foreground) option is set or not.

Also, if -P option is specified, ignore pidfile setting from configuration
not only on start but on reload too. This fixes the issue when for hastd
run with -P option reload caused the pidfile change.

Reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 1 week


233656 29-Mar-2012 trasz

Remove disklabel handling code from growfs. This should be done
via geom_part(4), and it doesn't belong in growfs anyway.

Reviewed by: kib, mckusick
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


233648 29-Mar-2012 eadler

Remove trailing whitespace per mdoc lint warning

Disussed with: gavin
No objection from: doc
Approved by: joel
MFC after: 3 days


233522 26-Mar-2012 joel

mdoc: correct .Bd/.Bl arguments.

Reviewed by: brueffer


233510 26-Mar-2012 joel

mdoc: terminate quoted strings.

Reviewed by: brueffer


233478 25-Mar-2012 melifaro

- Permit number of ipfw tables to be changed in runtime.

net.inet.ip.fw.tables_max is now read-write.

- Bump IPFW_TABLES_MAX to 65535
Default number of tables is still 128

- Remove IPFW_TABLES_MAX from ipfw(8) code.

Sponsored by Yandex LLC

Approved by: kib(mentor)

MFC after: 2 weeks


233458 25-Mar-2012 joel

Remove superfluous paragraph macro.


233418 24-Mar-2012 joel

Document the show alias and add an EXAMPLES section.


233392 23-Mar-2012 trociny

Fix typo.

MFC after: 3 days


233382 23-Mar-2012 bschmidt

Also fix the parameter usage in set80211meshpeering().

Submitted by: Monthadar Al Jaberi
MFC after: 1 week
X-MFC after: r233328


233328 22-Mar-2012 adrian

Fix an incorrect parameter usage here.

Submitted by: monthadar@gmail.com


233179 19-Mar-2012 ae

Document GEOM_PART_LDM scheme and partition types.

MFC after: 1 month


233109 18-Mar-2012 hselasky

Add option to ignore error codes if the module specified is already loaded.

MFC after: 1 week


232977 14-Mar-2012 ed

Make init(8) slightly more robust when /dev/console is missing.

If the environment doesn't offer a working /dev/console, the existing
version of init(8) will simply refuse running rc(8) scripts. This means
you'll only have a system running init(8) and nothing else.

Change the code to do the following:

- Open /dev/console like we used to do, but make it more robust to use
O_NONBLOCK to prevent blocking on a carrier.
- If this fails, use /dev/null as stdin and /var/log/init.log as stdout
and stderr.
- If even this fails, use /dev/null as stdin, stdout and stderr.

So why us this useful? Well, if you remove the `getpid() == 1' check in
main(), you can now use init(8) inside jails to properly execute rc(8).
It still requires some polishing, as existing tools assume init(8) has
PID 1.

Also it is now possible to use use init(8) on `headless' devices that
don't even have a serial boot console.


232964 14-Mar-2012 trasz

Add missing "static".


232865 12-Mar-2012 melifaro

- Add ipfw eXtended tables permitting radix to be used for any kind of keys.
- Add support for IPv6 and interface extended tables
- Make number of tables to be loader tunable in range 0..65534.
- Use IP_FW3 opcode for all new extended table cmds

No ABI changes are introduced. Old userland will see valid tables for
IPv4 tables and no entries otherwise. Flush works for any table.

IP_FW3 socket option is used to encapsulate all new opcodes:
/* IP_FW3 header/opcodes */
typedef struct _ip_fw3_opheader {
uint16_t opcode; /* Operation opcode */
uint16_t reserved[3]; /* Align to 64-bit boundary */
} ip_fw3_opheader;

New opcodes added:
IP_FW_TABLE_XADD, IP_FW_TABLE_XDEL, IP_FW_TABLE_XGETSIZE, IP_FW_TABLE_XLIST

ipfw(8) table argument parsing behavior is changed:
'ipfw table 999 add host' now assumes 'host' to be interface name instead of
hostname.

New tunable:
net.inet.ip.fw.tables_max controls number of table supported by ipfw in given
VNET instance. 128 is still the default value.

New syntax:
ipfw add skipto tablearg ip from any to any via table(42) in
ipfw add skipto tablearg ip from any to any via table(4242) out

This is a bit hackish, special interface name '\1' is used to signal interface
table number is passed in p.glob field.

Sponsored by Yandex LLC

Reviewed by: ae
Approved by: ae (mentor)

MFC after: 4 weeks


232858 12-Mar-2012 dim

After r232548, clang complains about the apparent '=-' operator (a
left-over from ancient C times, and a frequent typo) in growfs.c:

sbin/growfs/growfs.c:1550:8: error: use of unary operator that may be intended as compound assignment (-=) [-Werror]
blkno =- 1;
^~

Use 'blkno = -1' instead, to silence the error.


232841 11-Mar-2012 ed

Fix whitespace.

MFC after: 1 week


232749 09-Mar-2012 dim

Partially undo r228693, by removing NO_WFORMAT.clang in fsdb's Makefile,
and fixing the format string in sbin/fsdb/fsdbutil.c instead.

Note the remark "Work around a problem with format string warnings and
ntohs macros" was actually incorrect. The DIP(dp, di_nlink) macro
invocation actually returned an int, due to its ternary expression, even
though the di_nlink members of struct ufs1_dinode and struct ufs2_dinode
are both defined as int16_t.

MFC after: 2 weeks


232712 09-Mar-2012 eadler

Fix a variety of grammar and style nits

PR: docs/165841
Submitted by: Robert Simmons <rsimmons0@gmail.com>
Approved by: brd
MFC after: 1 week


232638 07-Mar-2012 thompsa

Fix typo and bump the document date which I also forgot.

Spotted by: Andrey Zonov


232629 06-Mar-2012 thompsa

Add the ability to set which packet layers are used for the load balance hash
calculation.


232548 05-Mar-2012 trasz

Make growfs(8) mostly style compliant. No functional changes,
verified with MD5.


232502 04-Mar-2012 eadler

Fix a variety of grammar issues and style nits.

PR: docs/165668
Submitted by: Robert Simmons <rsimmons0@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: kaduk@mit.edu
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 1 week


232347 01-Mar-2012 luigi

remove some write-only variables.
There is another block of code that is now useless as the computation
is done in the kernel.


232316 29-Feb-2012 brueffer

Update bridge(4) default values.

PR: 164564
Submitted by: "Rudy (bulk)" <crapsh@monkeybrains.net>
MFC after: 2 weeks


232263 28-Feb-2012 dim

Define several extra macros in bsd.sys.mk and sys/conf/kern.pre.mk, to
get rid of testing explicitly for clang (using ${CC:T:Mclang}) in
individual Makefiles.

Instead, use the following extra macros, for use with clang:
- NO_WERROR.clang (disables -Werror)
- NO_WCAST_ALIGN.clang (disables -Wcast-align)
- NO_WFORMAT.clang (disables -Wformat and friends)
- CLANG_NO_IAS (disables integrated assembler)
- CLANG_OPT_SMALL (adds flags for extra small size optimizations)

As a side effect, this enables setting CC/CXX/CPP in src.conf instead of
make.conf! For clang, use the following:

CC=clang
CXX=clang++
CPP=clang-cpp

MFC after: 2 weeks


232250 28-Feb-2012 gavin

Correct capitalization of "Hz" in user-visible text (manpages, printf(),
etc).

MFC after: 3 days


232158 25-Feb-2012 gjb

Whitespace cleanup:
o Wrap sentences on to new lines
o Cleanup trailing whitespace

Found with: textproc/igor
MFC after: 1 week
X-MFC-With: r232157


232157 25-Feb-2012 gjb

Fix various typos in manual pages.

Submitted by: amdmi3
PR: 165431
MFC after: 1 week


231994 22-Feb-2012 kevlo

Handle NULL return from crypt(3). Mostly from DragonFly


231992 22-Feb-2012 eadler

Remove reference to gsched_as module, which doesn't
actually exist.

PR: docs/163043
Submitted by: olgeni
Approved by: brd
MFC after: 3 days


231852 17-Feb-2012 bz

Merge multi-FIB IPv6 support from projects/multi-fibv6/head/:

Extend the so far IPv4-only support for multiple routing tables (FIBs)
introduced in r178888 to IPv6 providing feature parity.

This includes an extended rtalloc(9) KPI for IPv6, the necessary
adjustments to the network stack, and user land support as in netstat.

Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
Reviewed by: melifaro (basically)
MFC after: 10 days


231642 14-Feb-2012 rmh

Disable jail support in ifconfig when either building a rescue
image or MK_JAIL knob has been set to "no".

Reviewed by: bz
Approved by: adrian (mentor)


231564 12-Feb-2012 ed

Globally replace u_int*_t from (non-contributed) man pages.

The reasoning behind this, is that if we are consistent in our
documentation about the uint*_t stuff, people will be less tempted to
write new code that uses the non-standard types.

I am not going to bump the man page dates, as these changes can be
considered style nits. The meaning of the man pages is unaffected.

MFC after: 1 month


231534 11-Feb-2012 ed

Move utmpx handling out of init(8).

This has the following advantages:

- During boot, the BOOT_TIME record is now written right after the file
systems become writable, but before users are allowed to log in. This
means that they can't cause `hidden logins' by logging in right before
init(8) kicks in.

- The pututxline(3) function may potentially block on file locking,
though this is very rare to occur. By placing it in an rc script, the
user can still kill it with ^C if needed.

- Most importantly: jails don't use init(8). This means that a force
reboot of a system running jails will leave stale entries in the
accounting database of the jails individually.


231525 11-Feb-2012 pjd

Nice range comparison.

MFC after: 3 days


231377 10-Feb-2012 trasz

Be more helpful about alternate superblocks.


231129 07-Feb-2012 emaste

Add BSD copyright notice.

Approved by: gordon@


231102 06-Feb-2012 truckman

Improve sparse file handling when printing the block list for an inode by
not bailing out early when a hole is encountered in the direct block list.
Print NULL block pointers in the direct block list. Simplify the
code that prints the fragment count.

Match the style of the existing code.

Reviewed by: mckusick
MFC after: 1 week


231078 06-Feb-2012 glebius

Bump .Dd for r231076.

Submitted by: bz


231076 06-Feb-2012 glebius

Make the 'tcpwin' option of ipfw(8) accept ranges and lists.

Submitted by: sem


231016 05-Feb-2012 trociny

If a local write request is from the synchronization thread, when it
is synchronizing data that is out of date on the local component, we
should not send G_GATE_CMD_DONE acknowledge to the kernel.

This fixes the issue, observed in async mode, when on synchronization
from the remote component the worker terminated with "G_GATE_CMD_DONE
failed" error.

Reported by: Artem Kajalainen <artem kayalaynen ru>
Reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 1 week


231015 05-Feb-2012 trociny

Fix the regression introduced in r226859: if the local component is
out of date BIO_READ requests got lost instead of being sent to the
remote component.

Reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 1 week


230989 04-Feb-2012 hrs

Fix a possible infinite loop in "route flush" on 64-bit archs.

MFC after: 3 days


230976 04-Feb-2012 pjd

Fix typo in comment.

MFC after: 3 days


230812 31-Jan-2012 emaste

Add -e to set arbitrary kernel environment variables.

Nextboot(8) can now set any combination of kernel name (-k), kernel
options (-o), and environment strings (-e). As a result of this change
-k also becomes optional.

Reviewed by: freebsd-current (Ian Lepore, pluknet@, jhb@)


230727 29-Jan-2012 nyan

Fix build when RELEASE_CRUNCH is defined.


230642 28-Jan-2012 jh

Remove trailing whitespace.


230612 27-Jan-2012 trasz

Rewrite option parsing in mdconfig(8). This makes it more user-friendly
by removing the ordering requirements and adding more descriptive error
messages; it also makes it more readable and maintainable.

Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


230590 26-Jan-2012 ken

Add CAM infrastructure to allow reporting when a drive's long read capacity
data changes.

cam_ccb.h: Add a new advanced information type, CDAI_TYPE_RCAPLONG,
for long read capacity data.

cam_xpt_internal.h:
Add a read capacity data pointer and length to struct cam_ed.

cam_xpt.c: Free the read capacity buffer when a device goes away.
While we're here, make sure we don't leak memory for other
malloced fields in struct cam_ed.

scsi_all.c: Update the scsi_read_capacity_16() to take a uint8_t * and
a length instead of just a pointer to the parameter data
structure. This will hopefully make this function somewhat
immune to future changes in the parameter data.

scsi_all.h: Add some extra bit definitions to struct
scsi_read_capacity_data_long, and bump up the structure
size to the full size specified by SBC-3.

Change the prototype for scsi_read_capacity_16().

scsi_da.c: Register changes in read capacity data with the transport
layer. This allows the transport layer to send out an
async notification to interested parties. Update the
dasetgeom() API.

Use scsi_extract_sense_len() instead of
scsi_extract_sense().

scsi_xpt.c: Add support for the new CDAI_TYPE_RCAPLONG advanced
information type.

Make sure we set the physpath pointer to NULL after freeing
it. This allows blindly freeing it in the struct cam_ed
destructor.

sys/param.h: Bump __FreeBSD_version from 1000005 to 1000006 to make it
easier for third party drivers to determine that the read
capacity data async notification is available.

camcontrol.c,
mptutil/mpt_cam.c:
Update these for the new scsi_read_capacity_16() argument
structure.

Sponsored by: Spectra Logic


230547 25-Jan-2012 jhb

Add a timeout on positive name cache entries in the NFS client. That is,
we will only trust a positive name cache entry for a specified amount of
time before falling back to a LOOKUP RPC, even if the ctime for the file
handle matches the cached copy in the name cache entry. The timeout is
configured via a new 'nametimeo' mount option and defaults to 60 seconds.
It may be set to zero to disable positive name caching entirely.

Reviewed by: rmacklem
MFC after: 1 week


230515 24-Jan-2012 pjd

- Fix documentation to note that /etc/hast.conf is the default configuration
file for hastd(8) and hastctl(8) and not hast.conf.
- In copyright statement correct that this file is documentation, not software.
- Bump date.

MFC after: 3 days


230457 22-Jan-2012 pjd

Free memory that won't be used in child.

MFC after: 1 week


230436 21-Jan-2012 pjd

Fix minor memory leak.

MFC after: 3 days


230423 21-Jan-2012 trasz

Replace the beerware license on mdconfig(8) with standard 2-clause BSD.

Approved by: phk@


230396 20-Jan-2012 pjd

Remove another unused token.

MFC after: 3 days


230395 20-Jan-2012 pjd

Remove unused token 'port'.

MFC after: 3 days


230377 20-Jan-2012 jh

Don't print the nmount(2) provided error message if it is empty.


230373 20-Jan-2012 jh

Change mount_fs() to not exit on error. The "failok" mount option
requires that errors are passed to the caller.

PR: 163668
Reviewed by: Garrett Cooper


230372 20-Jan-2012 jh

- Clean up checkpath().
- Remove unneeded sysexits.h include.

No functional change.

Submitted by: bde


230289 17-Jan-2012 ed

Allow growfs to be built with GCC 4.7 and -Werror.

The dp1 variable is only used when FSIRAND is defined. Just place the
variable behind #ifdefs entirely.


230226 16-Jan-2012 jh

Change checkpath() to not exit on error. This is a prerequisite for
fixing the mount(8) "failok" option.

PR: 163668
Reviewed by: Garrett Cooper, delphij (previous version)


230092 13-Jan-2012 pjd

Style cleanups.

MFC after: 3 days


230059 13-Jan-2012 des

Provide a better explanation for the sizing of the boot partition, and
reduce the size of the partition in the example from 128 blocks to 94
blocks so it will end on a 128-block boundary. Also remove the -b
option from the next example.

MFC after: 3 weeks


230045 13-Jan-2012 kevlo

Fix a style bug


229946 10-Jan-2012 pjd

- Fix a bug where pidfile was removed in SIGHUP when it hasn't changed in
configuration file.
- Log the fact that pidfile has changed.

MFC after: 3 days


229945 10-Jan-2012 pjd

For functions that return -1 on failure check exactly for -1 and not for
any negative number.

MFC after: 3 days


229944 10-Jan-2012 pjd

Don't touch pidfiles when running in foreground. Before that change we
would create an empty pidfile on start and check if it changed on SIGHUP.

MFC after: 3 days


229919 10-Jan-2012 eadler

Fix warning when compiling with gcc46:
error: variable 'freq' set but not used
error: variable 'mode_pars' set but not used

Reviewed by: mav
Approved by: dim
MFC after: 3 days


229918 10-Jan-2012 eadler

Fix warning when compiling with gcc46:
error: variable 'blksfree' set but not used

Reviewed by: pjd
Approved by: dim
MFC after: 3 days


229917 10-Jan-2012 eadler

Fix warning when compiling with gcc46:
error: variable 'inumber' set but not used

Approved by: dim
MFC after: 3 days


229916 10-Jan-2012 eadler

Fix warning when compiling with gcc46:
error: variable 'secsz' set but not used

Reviewed by: ae
Approved by: dim
MFC after: 3 days


229915 10-Jan-2012 eadler

Fix warning when compiling with gcc46:
error: variable 'op' set but not used
error: variable 'cmd' set but not used

Approved by: dim
MFC after: 3 days


229914 10-Jan-2012 eadler

Fix warning when compiling with gcc46:
error: variable 'firstkey' set but not used

Approved by: dim
MFC after: 3 days


229913 10-Jan-2012 eadler

Fix warning when compiling with gcc46:
error: variable 'c' set but not used

Approved by: dim
MFC after: 3 days


229912 10-Jan-2012 eadler

Fix warning when compiling with gcc46:
error: variable 'origextlen' set but not used

Approved by: dim
MFC after: 3 days


229911 10-Jan-2012 eadler

Fix warning when compiling with gcc46:
error: variable 'Sflag' set but not used

Approved by: dim
MFC after: 3 days


229886 09-Jan-2012 jimharris

Add support for >2TB disks in GEOM RAID for Intel metadata format.

Reviewed by: mav
Approved by: scottl
MFC after: 1 week


229847 09-Jan-2012 wblock

Whitespace-only fix. Translators, please feel free to ignore.

Approved by: gjb (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days
X-MFC-with: r227774, r227777, r227800


229838 09-Jan-2012 wblock

Clarity improvements.

Approved by: gjb (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


229778 07-Jan-2012 uqs

Spelling fixes for sbin/


229766 07-Jan-2012 ume

Handle the internal scope address representation of the KAME IPv6
stack for the node-local multicast address.

Spotted by: Rainer Bredehorn <Bredehorn__at__gmx.de>
MFC after: 1 week


229744 06-Jan-2012 pjd

fork(2) returns -1 on failure, not some random negative number.

MFC after: 3 days


229702 06-Jan-2012 glebius

Fix build.


229699 06-Jan-2012 pjd

Constify argument.

MFC after: 3 days


229697 06-Jan-2012 uqs

Fix mdoc date from previous commit.


229652 05-Jan-2012 uqs

Document the detrimental effect of kern.cam.XX.retry_count for recoverdisk(1)

recoverdisk(1) wants to know about read errors when doing the 1MB/64k
reads as fast as possible so it can continue and retry them later with
smaller reads (down to sector size). Any retries by lower layers will
only slow it down.

Prodded by: arundel


229518 04-Jan-2012 rwatson

Adjust the VLAN section of the ifconfig(8) man page to better reflect
reality:

1. Only 12-bit VLAN Identifiers, not full 16-bit VLAN tags can be set using
ifconfig vlan.

2. When we mean VLAN Identifiers, spell it that way, rather than as VLAN tag.

MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Adara Networks, Inc.


229403 03-Jan-2012 ed

Replace index() and rindex() calls with strchr() and strrchr().

The index() and rindex() functions were marked LEGACY in the 2001
revision of POSIX and were subsequently removed from the 2008 revision.
The strchr() and strrchr() functions are part of the C standard.

This makes the source code a lot more consistent, as most of these C
files also call into other str*() routines. In fact, about a dozen
already perform strchr() calls.


229049 31-Dec-2011 sobomax

Use in-label sectorsize to determine position of the label when
writing label into a file image. The most common use - putting disklabel
into ISO file. Before this change the label would always go to
the offset 512, while geom_part code expects it to be in the 1st
sector (i.e. 2048 incase of ISO). BSD disklabels provide good and
lightweight way to logically split livecds. It is non-intrusive as
far as ISO9660 goes (both boot-wise and metadata-wise) and
completely transparent to anything but BSD, so you can have
BSD-specific area appended after regular ISO.

And with a little bit of GEOM trickery you can do even more
interesting stuff with it.

For example we make "hybrid" bootable CDs using this method.
We create bootable ISO with kernel and such and append UFS
image compressed with UZIP and it works like a charm. We put
label based on the offsef of the BSD part into the ISO. The kernel
boots off normal ISO9660 part, tastes label attaches it,
tastes UZIP, attaches it and finally mounts UFS using GEOM_LABEL.
This provides much better way of eliminating waste than doing
"crunched" build.

MFC after: 1 month


229002 30-Dec-2011 dumbbell

Set svn:executable on dhclient-script

Sponsored by: Yakaz (http://www.yakaz.com)


229000 30-Dec-2011 dumbbell

Invalid Domain Search option isn't considered as a fatal error

In the original Domain Search option patch, an invalid option value
would cause the whole lease to be rejected. However, DHCP servers who
emit such an invalid value are more common than I thought. With this new
patch, just the option is rejected, not the entire lease.

PR: bin/163431
Submitted by: Fabian Keil <fk@fabiankeil.de> (earlier version)
Reviewed by: Fabian Keil <fk@fabiankeil.de>
Sponsored by: Yakaz (http://www.yakaz.com)


228898 26-Dec-2011 brueffer

Add missing -l flag to usage().

PR: 163629
Submitted by: olgeni
MFC after: 1 week


228871 24-Dec-2011 eadler

- Add fallthrough comment

Approved by: pluknet
Found with: Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID: 10125


228794 21-Dec-2011 mckusick

Reduce NFPI by half to keep the default number of inodes the same with
the now default 32K/4K filesystem the same as the number of inodes in
the previously default 16K/2K filesystem.

PR: bin/16265
Reported by: Olivier Cochard-Labbe <olivier@cochard.me>
MFC: 4 weeks (9 is the only affected branch)


228751 20-Dec-2011 kib

Change the type of real_dev_bsize variable from long to u_int.
The DIOCGSECTORSIZE takes u_int * as an argument, using long *
causes failures on big-endian targets.

Diagnosed by: Michiel Boland <boland37 xs4all nl>
PR: sparc64/163460
Tested by: pho (x86), flo (sparc64)
MFC after: 1 week


228740 20-Dec-2011 pfg

Many style fixes.
Remove C99 initializers: they don't help in this case.
Set errno to 0 before strtoll() (from NetBSD).

PR: 151850
Suggested by: bde
Approved by: jhb (Mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


228712 19-Dec-2011 dim

Use NO_WCAST_ALIGN for usr.bin/hastctl and usr.bin/hastd; the alignment
warnings in sbin/hastd/lzf.c are only emitted for i386 and amd64, and
there they can be safely ignored.

MFC after: 1 week


228699 19-Dec-2011 maxim

o Sort .Xrs.


228696 18-Dec-2011 pjd

Use lex's standard way of not generating unused function.

Inspired by: r228555
MFC after: 1 week


228695 18-Dec-2011 pjd

Don't use function name as format string.

Detected by: clang
MFC after: 1 week


228693 18-Dec-2011 dim

Revert r228603, and add the workaround to sbin/fsdb/Makefile instead.

MFC after: 1 week


228641 17-Dec-2011 bz

Allow toggling of IFCAP_VLAN_HWCSUM for hardware that supports checksum
offloading on vlans and document the new option.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation


228618 17-Dec-2011 dim

In sbin/devd/devd.h, 'event_proc' and 'eps' are declared as structs. In
devd.hh, there are redeclared as classes. Fix the inconsistency.

MFC after: 1 week


228615 17-Dec-2011 dim

In sbin/dhclient, since we know the size of the source strings anyway,
we might as well use memcpy; strlcpy is really unnecessary here.

MFC after: 1 week


228614 17-Dec-2011 dim

In sbin/dhclient, work around warnings about the size argument to
strlcpy appearing to be the size of the source buffer, instead of the
destination.

MFC after: 1 week


228612 17-Dec-2011 dim

Use both NO_WFORMAT and NO_WARRAY_BOUNDS for sbin/ipf, it would be too
disruptive to actually fix all the warnings, and the code hasn't been
maintained for several years.

MFC after: 1 week


228611 17-Dec-2011 dim

In sbin/atm/atmconfig/diag.c, fix a few warnings about format strings
not being literals.

MFC after: 1 week


228610 17-Dec-2011 dim

Use NO_WCAST_ALIGN for sbin/gbde, this is more appropriate to fix the
alignment warnings than using WARNS=3, and it also works for clang.

MFC after: 1 week


228607 16-Dec-2011 dim

Use NO_WARRAY_BOUNDS for sbin/routed/rtquery.

MFC after: 1 week


228603 16-Dec-2011 dim

In sbin/fsdb/fsdbutil.c, work around a clang false positive with printf
format warnings and conditional operators. (See LLVM PR 11313 for more
information.)

MFC after: 1 week


228602 16-Dec-2011 dim

In sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c, fix a few warnings about format strings
not being literals.

MFC after: 1 week


228577 16-Dec-2011 glebius

Rename ifcarp.c to carp.c


228574 16-Dec-2011 glebius

Since size of struct in_aliasreq has just been changed in r228571,
and thus ifconfig(8) needs recompile, it is a good chance to make
parameter checks on SIOCAIFADDR arguments more strict.


228571 16-Dec-2011 glebius

A major overhaul of the CARP implementation. The ip_carp.c was started
from scratch, copying needed functionality from the old implemenation
on demand, with a thorough review of all code. The main change is that
interface layer has been removed from the CARP. Now redundant addresses
are configured exactly on the interfaces, they run on.

The CARP configuration itself is, as before, configured and read via
SIOCSVH/SIOCGVH ioctls. A new prefix created with SIOCAIFADDR or
SIOCAIFADDR_IN6 may now be configured to a particular virtual host id,
which makes the prefix redundant.

ifconfig(8) semantics has been changed too: now one doesn't need
to clone carpXX interface, he/she should directly configure a vhid
on a Ethernet interface.

To supply vhid data from the kernel to an application the getifaddrs(8)
function had been changed to pass ifam_data with each address. [1]

The new implementation definitely closes all PRs related to carp(4)
being an interface, and may close several others. It also allows
to run a single redundant IP per interface.

Big thanks to Bjoern Zeeb for his help with inet6 part of patch, for
idea on using ifam_data and for several rounds of reviewing!

PR: kern/117000, kern/126945, kern/126714, kern/120130, kern/117448
Reviewed by: bz
Submitted by: bz [1]


228566 16-Dec-2011 glebius

Xref re_format(7) in devd.conf(5), not in devd(8).

Pointy hat to: glebius


228565 16-Dec-2011 glebius

Xref re_format(7).


228544 15-Dec-2011 pjd

Remove redundant assignment.

Found by: Clang Static Analyzer
MFC after: 1 week


228543 15-Dec-2011 pjd

Simplify code by changing functions types from int to avoid, as the functions
always return 0.

Found by: Clang Static Analyzer
MFC after: 1 week


228542 15-Dec-2011 pjd

Remove redundant setting of the error variable.

Found by: Clang Static Analyzer
MFC after: 1 week


228463 13-Dec-2011 glebius

dhclient-script relied on incorrect behavior of SIOCAIFADDR ioctl,
that changed 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0 prefix to 0.0.0.0/255.0.0.0.

In the r228313 this behavior was fixed, and since dhclient-script
got broken.

I'm not sure this fix is a perfect one, it just changes
dhclient-script to set 0.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 explicitly.

PR: kern/163206


228458 13-Dec-2011 ed

Staticify dumpfs.

This tool only consists of a single C file, so we can simply mark
everything except main() static. This seems to shave off about 8% of the
binary size.


228422 11-Dec-2011 ed

Add more static keywords to rcorder(8).

The global variables and functions provided by rcorder.c are not used in
the other C files, as the other C files only provide memory allocation
and hash functions. This reduces the binary size by 10%.


228417 11-Dec-2011 ed

Add missing static keyword.

All global variables and functions are marked static. Simply because
this is an enum, doesn't mean we can't do so as well.


228408 11-Dec-2011 ed

Let reboot(8) use getprogname() to compare the program name.

While there, mark the global variable dohalt static, as reboot(8) only
consists of a single C file.


228407 11-Dec-2011 ed

Add missing static keywords to global variables in camcontrol.

While there, make the vendor list const and add appropriate keywords to
functions that use this list.


228259 04-Dec-2011 dumbbell

Support domain-search in dhclient(8)

The "domain-search" option (option 119) allows a DHCP server to publish
a list of implicit domain suffixes used during name lookup. This option
is described in RFC 3397.

For instance, if the domain-search option says:
".example.org .example.com"
and one wants to resolve "foobar", the resolver will try:
1. "foobar.example.org"
2. "foobar.example.com"

The file /etc/resolv.conf is updated with a "search" directive if the
DHCP server provides "domain-search".

A regression test suite is included in this patch under
tools/regression/sbin/dhclient.

PR: bin/151940
Sponsored by Yakaz (http://www.yakaz.com)


228203 02-Dec-2011 emaste

Restore comment with credit to Marc Frajola.

fwdownload.c is derived from Andre Albsmeier's fwdownload.c, which was
written from scratch but was inspired by Marc's original idea and code.


228181 01-Dec-2011 jhb

If the -d flag is specified, ignore any new values specified and only
display the descriptions of specified nodes.

Reported by: Jason Hellenthal jhell of dataix net
MFC after: 2 weeks


227963 25-Nov-2011 delphij

Fix build.


227961 25-Nov-2011 emaste

Add firmware update support for SCSI devices.

Firmware can be reprogrammed on devices from Hitachi, HP, IBM, Plextor,
Quantum, and Seagate. At least one device from each manufacturer has
been tested with some version of this code, and it has been used to
update thousands of drives so far.

The man page suggests having a backup of the drive's data, and the
operation must be confirmed, either interactively or on the command
line. (This is the same as the confirmation on the format command.)

This work is largely derived from fwprog.c by Andre Albsmeier.

Submitted by: Nima Misaghian
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
MFC after: 3 months


227901 23-Nov-2011 glebius

Fix parsing of redirect_addr argument.

PR: kern/162739
MFC after: 3 days


227800 21-Nov-2011 wblock

Correct and expand BSD partitioning scheme description.
Correct GUID to GPT in RECOVERING section.

Reviewed by: ae
Approved by: gjb (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


227777 21-Nov-2011 wblock

Fix date.

Approved by: gjb (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


227774 21-Nov-2011 wblock

Add a section that explicitly describes partitioning schemes. Modify
existing sections to refer to the new one. Rearrange partitioning scheme
list so MBR and EBR types are together. Also add several corrections for
grammar, clarity, and consistency.

Approved by: gjb (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


227738 19-Nov-2011 glebius

For unknown reason, since rev 1.1 of ifconfig.c, sin_family isn't
set properly for the mask argument.

Since I'd like to improve argument sanity checking in kernel
side, in in_control(), fix this.


227507 14-Nov-2011 jhb

Finish making 'wcommitsize' an NFS client mount option.

Reviewed by: rmacklem
MFC after: 1 week


227491 13-Nov-2011 eadler

- new sentence should start on new line.

PR: bin/146541
Submitted by: bjk
Approved by: bjk


227489 13-Nov-2011 eadler

- fix duplicate "a a" in some comments

Submitted by: eadler
Approved by: simon
MFC after: 3 days


227488 13-Nov-2011 eadler

- add "check" option to MD5 and friends to compare files against known hash.

PR: bin/146541
Submitted by: eadler
Reviewed by: jhell@dataix.net
Approved by: secteam (cperciva)
Approved by: cperciva
MFC after: 3 weeks


227479 12-Nov-2011 adrian

Bump date.


227477 12-Nov-2011 adrian

Add documentation for the new quiet time IE options.

Submitted by: Himali Patel <himali.patel@sibridgetech.com>
Sponsored by: Sibridge Technologies


227473 12-Nov-2011 mav

Fix build on some archs after r227464.


227471 12-Nov-2011 dim

Fix buildworld breakage due after r227464.

Pointy hat to: mav


227464 12-Nov-2011 mav

Major GEOM MULTIPATH class rewrite:
- Improved locking and destruction process to fix crashes.
- Improved "automatic" configuration method to make it consistent and safe
by reading metadata back from all specified paths after writing to one.
- Added provider size check to reduce chance of ordering conflict with
other GEOM classes.
- Added "manual" configuration method without using on-disk metadata.
- Added "add" and "remove" commands to allow manage paths manually.
- Failed paths are no longer dropped from geom, but only marked as FAIL
and excluded from I/O operations.
- Automatically restore failed paths when all others paths are marked
as failed, for example, because of device-caused (not transport) errors.
- Added "fail" and "restore" commands to manually control FAIL flag.
- geom is now destroyed on last path disconnection.
- Added optional Active/Active mode support. Unlike Active/Passive
mode, load evenly distributed between all working paths. If supported by
the device, it allows to significantly improve performance, utilizing
bandwidth of all paths. It is controlled by -A option during creation.
Disabled by default now.
- Improved `status` and `list` commands output.

Sponsored by: iXsystems, inc.
MFC after: 1 month


227454 11-Nov-2011 delphij

Use __packed to prevent alignment from taking place, which otherwise may
change the on-disk format in an incompatible way. Without this change,
msdosfs created on FreeBSD/arm would not be mountable.

PR: bin/162486
Submitted by: Ian Lepore <freebsd damnhippie dyndns org>
Reported by: Mattia Rossi <mrossi at swin.edu.au>
MFC after: 3 days


227419 10-Nov-2011 glebius

Note that NAT instance argument can be tablearg.

PR: misc/162265
Submitted by: Paul Procacci <pprocacci gmail.com>


227407 09-Nov-2011 ed

Remove trailing whitespace.


227336 08-Nov-2011 adrian

Add quiet time element configuration support to ifconfig.

This allows a hostap to specify to a set of stations that they
should not transmit for a certain period of time after each
beacon interval has expired. This is used when searching for
radar pulses or general interference.

Submitted by: Himali Patel <himali.patel@sibridgetech.com>
Sponsored by: Sibridge Technologies


227296 07-Nov-2011 ae

Fix multi-line comment formatting.

MFC after: 2 weeks


227295 07-Nov-2011 ae

Fix multi-line comment formatting.

Pointed by: jh
MFC after: 1 week


227292 07-Nov-2011 ae

Improve error reporting when MBR can not be written.
Remove obsolete code which uses DIOCSMBR ioctl.
When writing MBR first check that GEOM_MBR is available, if it is not
available, then try write MBR directly to provider. If both are failed,
then recommend to use gpart(8).

MFC after: 2 week


227280 06-Nov-2011 ae

Initialize "acc" value inside the loop to reset failed attempts.

PR: misc/162262
MFC after: 3 days


227273 06-Nov-2011 ae

Add reference to gpart(8).

MFC after: 3 days


227272 06-Nov-2011 ae

Add reference to gpart(8).

MFC after: 3 days


227270 06-Nov-2011 ae

Add recommendation to use gpart(8) when user tries write disklabel
or bootcode to already opened provider.

MFC after: 1 week


227262 06-Nov-2011 ae

Remove unneeded checks.

MFC after: 1 week


227248 06-Nov-2011 ae

bsdlabel(8) could automatically fill many of disklabel's deprecated
fields, but user could specify some of those fields when edits disklabel
with `bsdlabel -e`. But without -A flag these fields might be
overwritten with default values from the virgin disklabel.
So, don't overwrite such fields if they are not zero. Also add checks
to prevent creating disklabel with less than DEFPARTITIONS and more
than MAXPARTITIONS partitions.

PR: bin/162332
Tested by: Eugene Grosbein
MFC after: 1 week


227231 06-Nov-2011 ae

To be in sync with GEOM_PART_BSD limit the maximum number of supported
partitions to 20.

MFC after: 1 week


227081 04-Nov-2011 ed

Add missing static keywords for global variables to tools in sbin/.

These tools declare global variables without using the static keyword,
even though their use is limited to a single C-file, or without placing
an extern declaration of them in the proper header file.


226908 29-Oct-2011 jmg

remove trailing whitespace...

MFC after: 1 week


226907 29-Oct-2011 jmg

error if /boot/mbr is empty... This can happen on a system like arm
that doesn't have a /boot/mbr, and you touch it to get past the previous
error message...

MFC after: 1 week


226861 27-Oct-2011 pjd

Remove redundant space.

MFC after: 3 days


226859 27-Oct-2011 pjd

Implement 'async' mode for HAST.

MFC after: 3 days


226857 27-Oct-2011 pjd

Minor cleanups.

MFC after: 3 days


226856 27-Oct-2011 pjd

Reduce indentation.

MFC after: 3 days


226855 27-Oct-2011 pjd

Improve comment so it doesn't suggest race is possible, but that we handle
the race.

MFC after: 3 days


226854 27-Oct-2011 pjd

- Eliminate the need for hio_nv.
- Introduce hio_clear() function for clearing hio before returning it
onto free queue.

MFC after: 3 days


226852 27-Oct-2011 pjd

Monor cleanups.

MFC after: 3 days


226851 27-Oct-2011 pjd

Delay resuid generation until first connection to secondary, not until first
write. This way on first connection we will synchronize only the extents that
were modified during the lifetime of primary node, not entire GEOM provider.

MFC after: 3 days


226842 27-Oct-2011 pjd

Correct comments.

MFC after: 3 days


226816 26-Oct-2011 mav

Clarify disks/volumes above 2TiB support in geom_raid:
- add support for volumes above 2TiB with Promise metadata format;
- enforse and document other limitations:
- Intel and Promise metadata formats do not support disks above 2TiB;
- NVIDIA metadata format does not support volumes above 2TiB.

Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
MFC after: 2 weeks


226775 26-Oct-2011 hrs

- Add support for a "!" character in regex matching in devd(8). It inverts
the logic (true/false) of the matching.

- Add "!usbus[0-9]+" to IFNET ATTACH notification handler in the default
devd.conf to prevent rc.d/netif from running when usbus[0-9]+ is attached.

Reviewed by: imp


226742 25-Oct-2011 ed

Build swapon with WARNS=6.

Don't use a variable called stat, because it collides with stat(2).


226733 25-Oct-2011 pjd

Add support for creating GELI devices with older metadata version for use
with older FreeBSD versions:
- Add -V option to 'geli init' to specify version number. If no -V is given
the most recent version is used.
- If -V is given don't allow to use features not supported by this version.
- Print version in 'geli list' output.
- Update manual page and add table describing which GELI version is
supported by which FreeBSD version, so one can use it when preparing GELI
device for older FreeBSD version.

Inspired by: Garrett Cooper <yanegomi@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


226731 25-Oct-2011 pjd

Revert r226726. The line was not duplicated.

Spotted by: pluknet
MFC after: 3 days


226726 25-Oct-2011 pjd

Remove duplicated line.

MFC after: 3 days


226723 25-Oct-2011 pjd

Add 'geli version' subcommand, which will print GELI metadata version of each
given GEOM provider or if not providers are given it will print versions
supported by userland geli(8) utility and by ELI GEOM class.

MFC after: 3 days


226722 25-Oct-2011 pjd

When we detect GELI metadata version that is newer than the highest we
support, inform the user about that instead of 'MD5 hash mismatch'.

Suggested by: Garrett Cooper <yanegomi@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


226720 25-Oct-2011 pjd

Simplify eli_resize() function.

MFC after: 3 days


226719 25-Oct-2011 pjd

Simplify eli_dump() function and allow to dump metadata stored in backup file.

MFC after: 3 days


226718 25-Oct-2011 pjd

If 'req' is NULL, print error on stderr.

MFC after: 3 days


226717 25-Oct-2011 pjd

Simplify eli_is_attached() function and make it return boot instead of int.

MFC after: 3 days


226716 25-Oct-2011 pjd

Simplify eli_backup_create() and eli_backup_restore() functions.
As a side-effect it is now possible to backup unsupported (newer)
GELI metadata versions.

MFC after: 3 days


226715 25-Oct-2011 pjd

Sort includes.

MFC after: 3 days


226712 25-Oct-2011 sobomax

Add new option -F to specify alternative location of the /etc/fstab
file.

MFC after: 1 month


226711 25-Oct-2011 sobomax

Add new option -c to specify alternatve location of the /etc/fstab
file.

MFC after: 1 month


226520 18-Oct-2011 mckusick

The current /etc/dumpdates file restricts device names to 32 characters.
With the addition of various GEOM layers some device names now exceed
this length, for example /dev/mirror/encrypted.elig.journal. This
change expands the field to 53 bytes which brings the /etc/dumpdates
lines to 80 characters. Exceeding 80 characters makes the /etc/dumpdates
file much less human readable. A test is added to dump so that it
verifies that the device name will fit in the 53 character field
failing the dump if it is too long.

This change has been checked to verify that its /etc/dumpdates file
is compatible with older versions of dump.

Reported by: Martin Sugioarto <martin@sugioarto.com>
PR: kern/160678
MFC after: 3 weeks


226463 17-Oct-2011 pjd

Allow to specify pidfile in HAST configuration file.

MFC after: 1 week


226462 17-Oct-2011 pjd

Remove redundant space.

MFC after: 1 week


226461 17-Oct-2011 pjd

When path to the configuration file is relative, obtain full path,
so we can always find the file, even after daemonizing and changing
working directory to /.

MFC after: 1 week


226440 16-Oct-2011 cognet

Unbreak NO_DYNAMICROOT by explicitely linking to libcrypto if MK_OPENSSL isn't
set to no, as libbsnmp needs it.


226436 16-Oct-2011 eadler

- change "is is" to "is" or "it is"
- change "the the" to "the"

Approved by: lstewart
Approved by: sahil (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


226345 13-Oct-2011 des

Make dhclient use a pid file. Modify the rc script accordingly; while
there, clean it up and add some error checks.

Glanced at by: brooks@
MFC after: 3 weeks


226266 11-Oct-2011 mckusick

After creating a filesystem using newfs -j the time stamps are all
zero and thus report as having been made in January 1970. Apart
from looking a bit silly, it also triggers alarms from scripts
that detect weird time stamps. This update sets all 4 (or 3, in
the case of UFS1) time stamps to the current time when enabling
journaling during newfs or later when enabling it with tunefs.

Reported by: Hans Ottevanger <hans@beastielabs.net>
MFC after: 1 week


226179 09-Oct-2011 rodrigc

Add a "kern.features.ata_cam" sysctl in the kernel when the ATA_CAM kernel
option is defined. This sysctl can be queried by feature_present(3).

Query for this feature in /sbin/atacontrol and /usr/sbin/burncd.
If these utilities detect that ATA_CAM is enabled, then these utilities
will error out. These utilities are compatible with the old ATA
driver, but are incomptible with the new ATA_CAM driver. By erroring out,
we give end-users an idea as to what remedies to use, and reduce the need for them
to file PR's. For atacontrol, camcontrol must be used instead,
and for burncd, alternative utilties from the ports collection must be used
such as sysutils/cdrtools.

In future, maybe someone can re-write burncd to work with ATA_CAM,
but at least for now, we give a somewhat useful error message to end users.

PR: 160979
Reviewed by: jh, Arnaud Lacombe <lacombar at gmail dot com>
Reported by: Joe Barbish <fbsd8 at a1poweruser dot com>
MFC after: 3 days


225950 03-Oct-2011 ken

Add descriptor sense support to CAM, and honor sense residuals properly in
CAM.

Desriptor sense is a new sense data format that originated in SPC-3. Among
other things, it allows for an 8-byte info field, which is necessary to
pass back block numbers larger than 4 bytes.

This change adds a number of new functions to scsi_all.c (and therefore
libcam) that abstract out most access to sense data.

This includes a bump of CAM_VERSION, because the CCB ABI has changed.
Userland programs that use the CAM pass(4) driver will need to be
recompiled.

camcontrol.c: Change uses of scsi_extract_sense() to use
scsi_extract_sense_len().

Use scsi_get_sks() instead of accessing sense key specific
data directly.

scsi_modes: Update the control mode page to the latest version (SPC-4).

scsi_cmds.c,
scsi_target.c: Change references to struct scsi_sense_data to struct
scsi_sense_data_fixed. This should be changed to allow the
user to specify fixed or descriptor sense, and then use
scsi_set_sense_data() to build the sense data.

ps3cdrom.c: Use scsi_set_sense_data() instead of setting sense data
manually.

cam_periph.c: Use scsi_extract_sense_len() instead of using
scsi_extract_sense() or accessing sense data directly.

cam_ccb.h: Bump the CAM_VERSION from 0x15 to 0x16. The change of
struct scsi_sense_data from 32 to 252 bytes changes the
size of struct ccb_scsiio, but not the size of union ccb.
So the version must be bumped to prevent structure
mis-matches.

scsi_all.h: Lots of updated SCSI sense data and other structures.

Add function prototypes for the new sense data functions.

Take out the inline implementation of scsi_extract_sense().
It is now too large to put in a header file.

Add macros to calculate whether fields are present and
filled in fixed and descriptor sense data

scsi_all.c: In scsi_op_desc(), allow the user to pass in NULL inquiry
data, and we'll assume a direct access device in that case.

Changed the SCSI RESERVED sense key name and description
to COMPLETED, as it is now defined in the spec.

Change the error recovery action for a number of read errors
to prevent lots of retries when the drive has said that the
block isn't accessible. This speeds up reconstruction of
the block by any RAID software running on top of the drive
(e.g. ZFS).

In scsi_sense_desc(), allow for invalid sense key numbers.
This allows calling this routine without checking the input
values first.

Change scsi_error_action() to use scsi_extract_sense_len(),
and handle things when invalid asc/ascq values are
encountered.

Add a new routine, scsi_desc_iterate(), that will call the
supplied function for every descriptor in descriptor format
sense data.

Add scsi_set_sense_data(), and scsi_set_sense_data_va(),
which build descriptor and fixed format sense data. They
currently default to fixed format sense data.

Add a number of scsi_get_*() functions, which get different
types of sense data fields from either fixed or descriptor
format sense data, if the data is present.

Add a number of scsi_*_sbuf() functions, which print
formatted versions of various sense data fields. These
functions work for either fixed or descriptor sense.

Add a number of scsi_sense_*_sbuf() functions, which have a
standard calling interface and print the indicated field.
These functions take descriptors only.

Add scsi_sense_desc_sbuf(), which will print a formatted
version of the given sense descriptor.

Pull out a majority of the scsi_sense_sbuf() function and
put it into scsi_sense_only_sbuf(). This allows callers
that don't use struct ccb_scsiio to easily utilize the
printing routines. Revamp that function to handle
descriptor sense and use the new sense fetching and
printing routines.

Move scsi_extract_sense() into scsi_all.c, and implement it
in terms of the new function, scsi_extract_sense_len().
The _len() version takes a length (which should be the
sense length - residual) and can indicate which fields are
present and valid in the sense data.

Add a couple of new scsi_get_*() routines to get the sense
key, asc, and ascq only.

mly.c: Rename struct scsi_sense_data to struct
scsi_sense_data_fixed.

sbp_targ.c: Use the new sense fetching routines to get sense data
instead of accessing it directly.

sbp.c: Change the firewire/SCSI sense data transformation code to
use struct scsi_sense_data_fixed instead of struct
scsi_sense_data. This should be changed later to use
scsi_set_sense_data().

ciss.c: Calculate the sense residual properly. Use
scsi_get_sense_key() to fetch the sense key.

mps_sas.c,
mpt_cam.c: Set the sense residual properly.

iir.c: Use scsi_set_sense_data() instead of building sense data by
hand.

iscsi_subr.c: Use scsi_extract_sense_len() instead of grabbing sense data
directly.

umass.c: Use scsi_set_sense_data() to build sense data.

Grab the sense key using scsi_get_sense_key().

Calculate the sense residual properly.

isp_freebsd.h: Use scsi_get_*() routines to grab asc, ascq, and sense key
values.

Calculate and set the sense residual.

MFC after: 3 days
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation


225847 28-Sep-2011 ed

Get rid of major/minor number distinction.

As of FreeBSD 6, devices can only be opened through devfs. These device
nodes don't have major and minor numbers anymore. The st_rdev field in
struct stat is simply based a copy of st_ino.

Simply display device numbers as hexadecimal, using "%#jx". This is
allowed by POSIX, since it explicitly states things like the following
(example taken from ls(1)):

"If the file is a character special or block special file, the
size of the file may be replaced with implementation-defined
information associated with the device in question."

This makes the output of these commands more compact. For example, ls(1)
now uses approximately four columns less. While there, simplify the
column length calculation from ls(1) by calling snprintf() with a NULL
buffer.

Don't be afraid; if needed one can still obtain individual major/minor
numbers using stat(1).


225835 28-Sep-2011 pjd

Correct typo.

MFC after: 3 days


225832 28-Sep-2011 pjd

If the underlying provider doesn't support BIO_FLUSH, log it only once
and don't bother trying in the future.

MFC after: 3 days


225831 28-Sep-2011 pjd

Break a bit earlier.

MFC after: 3 days


225830 28-Sep-2011 pjd

After every activemap change flush disk's write cache, so that write
reordering won't make the actual write to be committed before marking
the coresponding extent as dirty.

It can be disabled in configuration file.

If BIO_FLUSH is not supported by the underlying file system we log a warning
and never send BIO_FLUSH again to that GEOM provider.

MFC after: 3 days


225787 27-Sep-2011 pjd

Use PJDLOG_ASSERT() and PJDLOG_ABORT() everywhere instead of assert().

MFC after: 3 days


225786 27-Sep-2011 pjd

No need to wrap pjdlog functions around with KEEP_ERRNO() macro.

MFC after: 3 days


225785 27-Sep-2011 pjd

Prefer PJDLOG_ASSERT()/PJDLOG_ABORT() over assert().

MFC after: 3 days


225784 27-Sep-2011 pjd

- Convert some impossible conditions into assertions.
- Add missing 'if' in comment.

MFC after: 3 days


225783 27-Sep-2011 pjd

Correct two mistakes when converting asserts to PJDLOG_ASSERT()/PJDLOG_ABORT().

MFC after: 3 days


225782 27-Sep-2011 pjd

Prefer PJDLOG_ASSERT() and PJDLOG_ABORT() over assert() and abort().
pjdlog versions will log problem to syslog when application is running in
background.

MFC after: 3 days


225781 27-Sep-2011 pjd

No need to use KEEP_ERRNO() macro around pjdlog functions, as they don't
modify errno.

MFC after: 3 days


225773 27-Sep-2011 pjd

Ensure that pjdlog functions don't modify errno.

MFC after: 3 days


225672 19-Sep-2011 hrs

- Document inet6 no_radr flag.
- Add descriptions of sysctl(8) variables which can control the default
configuration of the inet6 flags.

Approved by: re (kib)


225534 13-Sep-2011 kib

Do not try to change the mode or ownership of the root of the mountpoint
when newly established mdmfs mount is readonly.

PR: bin/128427
Tested and reviewed by: jchandra
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (bz)


225445 08-Sep-2011 ae

Don't use the whole free space when resizing partition to a larger size
on a disk with non zero stripesize (e.g. disks with 4k sector size)[1].
Also do not use automatic alignment when size is exactly specified, but
an alignment is not. Use automatic alignment only for case when user
omits both "-s" and "-a" options.

Reported by: Mikael Fridh <frimik at gmail> [1]
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 1 week


225416 06-Sep-2011 kib

dd -t switch for mdmfs to enable TRIM on the configured filesystem.
While there, fix minor style issues.

Submitted by: Alex Kozlov <spam rm-rf kiev ua>
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (bz)


225359 03-Sep-2011 des

Forgot this nit in r221107.

Approved by: re (kib)


225341 02-Sep-2011 jhb

Clear the mountprog variable after each mountfs() call so that mountprog
options don't leak over into subsequent mounts listed in /etc/fstab.
While here, fix a memory leak in debug mode.

Reported by: rank1seeker @ gmail
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 1 week


225338 02-Sep-2011 delphij

Fix the check in dircheck() on namlen.

The value of namlen is copied from on-disk d_namlen, which is a 8-bit
unsigned integer which can never exceed MAXNAMLEN (255) so the test is
always true. Moreover, UFS does not allow d_namelen being zero.

Change namlen from u_int to u_int8_t, and replace the unneeded test
with a useful test.

PR: bin/160339
Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen grosbein.pp.ru>
MFC after: 2 weeks
Approved by: re (kib)


225044 20-Aug-2011 bz

Add support for IPv6 to ipfw fwd:
Distinguish IPv4 and IPv6 addresses and optional port numbers in
user space to set the option for the correct protocol family.
Add support in the kernel for carrying the new IPv6 destination
address and port.
Add support to TCP and UDP for IPv6 and fix UDP IPv4 to not change
the address in the IP header.
Add support for IPv6 forwarding to a non-local destination.
Add a regession test uitilizing VIMAGE to check all 20 possible
combinations I could think of.

Obtained from: David Dolson at Sandvine Incorporated
(original version for ipfw fwd IPv6 support)
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
PR: bin/117214
MFC after: 4 weeks
Approved by: re (kib)


225023 20-Aug-2011 ae

o Fix mdoc formatting for the '.Fx' macro. [1]
o Add information about APM scheme and fix typos. [2]

Submitted by: gjb [1], nwhitehorn [2]
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 1 week


225018 19-Aug-2011 mav

Fix WWN printing in `camcontrol identify` output.

Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 1 week


225007 19-Aug-2011 ae

The decimal() function was changed in r217808 to take the
maximum value instead of number of bits. But for case when
limitation is not needed it erroneously skips conversion to
number and always returns zero. So, don't skip conversion
for case when limitation is not needed.

PR: bin/159765
Approved by: re (kib)


225003 19-Aug-2011 ae

Add new section "BOOTSTRAPPING" to the gpart(8), that describes
bootstrap code images used to boot from MBR, GPT, BSD and VTOC8
schemes.

Reviewed by: marius (previous version)
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 1 week


224942 17-Aug-2011 jhb

Fix a regression where a rule containing a source port option after a
destination IP would incorrectly display the source port as a destination
port.

Reviewed by: luigi
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 1 week


224673 06-Aug-2011 dougb

Gavin documented these alternate options in good faith in r222751
based on the patch in the PR, however he was unaware that they were
undocumented intentionally. This patch moves the information about
these alternates into a comment which also explains why they are
undocumented.

Approved by: re (hrs)


224503 30-Jul-2011 mckusick

Update to -r224294 to ensure that only one of MNT_SUJ or MNT_SOFTDEP
is set so that mount can revert back to using MNT_NOWAIT when doing
getmntinfo.

Approved by: re (kib)


224294 24-Jul-2011 mckusick

Move the MNTK_SUJ flag in mnt_kern_flag to MNT_SUJ in mnt_flag
so that it is visible to userland programs. This change enables
the `mount' command with no arguments to be able to show if a
filesystem is mounted using journaled soft updates as opposed
to just normal soft updates.

Approved by: re (bz)


224224 20-Jul-2011 adrian

This patch removes a check in ifconfig which disables HT/40 channels
on frequency bands with DFS. All Atheros chipsets >= AR9001 support
radar event detection on HT40 extension channels.

This should be a chipset specific item rather than enforced in the
regulatory domain database.

In addition, it's irrelevant for STA mode, as the radar detection is
done by the access point, not the STA.

Approved by: re (kib)


224219 19-Jul-2011 adrian

This patch enables listing DFS related flags when 'ifconfig -v wlanX
list channel' is run. The following new options are introduced:

* D: channel requires DFS
* R: channel has a radar event
* I: channel has detected inteference
* C: the CAC period has completed on a channel that requires it (ie,
DFS + PASSIVE.)

It's relevant for developing, debugging and using the DFS and
interference options.

Approved by: re (bz)


224179 18-Jul-2011 bz

If compiling RESCUE always ignore feature_present(3) calls so that
a /rescue/ifconfig more modern than the kernel could still configure
IPv4 or IPv6 addresses.

Reported by: Andrzej Tobola (ato iem.pw.edu.pl)
Reported by: gcooper
MFC after: 1 day
X-MFC: will not MFC any time soon, just reminder for r222527


224150 17-Jul-2011 rstone

The MBR uses a 32-bit unsigned integer to store the size of a slice, but
fdisk(1) internally uses a signed int. Should a user attempt to specify
a slice containing more than 2^31 - 1 sectors, an error will be reported
on systems with sizeof(long) == 4 and the slice size will be silently
truncated on systems with sizeof(long) > 4.

Instead use an unsigned long to store the slice size in fdisk(1). This
allows the user to specify a slice size up to the maximum permitted by
the MBR on-disk format and does not have any problems with silent
truncation should the use specify an slice size larger than 2^32 on systems
with sizeof(long) > 4.

Submitted by: Mark Johnston (markjdb AT gmail DOT com)
MFC after: 2 weeks


224059 15-Jul-2011 mckusick

Break out the pass 5 inode and block map updating into a separate function
so that the function can be used by the journaling soft updates recovery.


224040 14-Jul-2011 mckusick

When using -A option (unmount all mounted filesystems), do not attempt
to unmount /dev as it will always fail.


224025 14-Jul-2011 delphij

Use _PATH_DEV and make the format more consistent with GEOM_LABEL.

Submitted by: ivoras


224004 14-Jul-2011 delphij

Add a -l option to show file system's corresponding /dev/ufsid path.
This is useful for scripts that converts existing system's fstab to
use their /dev/ufsid devices.

MFC after: 2 weeks


223992 14-Jul-2011 gjb

Remove trailing whitespace in the shutdown(8) manual.

MFC after: 1 week


223991 14-Jul-2011 gjb

Improvements to the shutdown(8) manual.

PR: 158807
Submitted by: arundel
MFC after: 1 week


223976 13-Jul-2011 trociny

When exiting with error because of an invalid command line argument
use errx(3), not err(3), and the exit code from sysexits(3).

Approved by: pjd (mentor)


223974 13-Jul-2011 trociny

Fix indentation.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)


223946 12-Jul-2011 ae

Use NULL instead of 0 for third argument of sigaction(2).

Pointed by: kib
MFC after: 2 weeks


223945 12-Jul-2011 ae

Add SIGINFO handler.

Reviewed by: kib
Obtained from: NetBSD (partly)
MFC after: 2 weeks


223780 05-Jul-2011 trociny

Remove useless initialization.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


223758 04-Jul-2011 attilio

With retirement of cpumask_t and usage of cpuset_t for representing a
mask of CPUs, pc_other_cpus and pc_cpumask become highly inefficient.

Remove them and replace their usage with custom pc_cpuid magic (as,
atm, pc_cpumask can be easilly represented by (1 << pc_cpuid) and
pc_other_cpus by (all_cpus & ~(1 << pc_cpuid))).

This change is not targeted for MFC because of struct pcpu members
removal and dependency by cpumask_t retirement.

MD review by: marcel, marius, alc
Tested by: pluknet
MD testing by: marcel, marius, gonzo, andreast


223735 03-Jul-2011 bz

Add infrastructure to allow all frames/packets received on an interface
to be assigned to a non-default FIB instance.

You may need to recompile world or ports due to the change of struct ifnet.

Submitted by: cjsp
Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov (melifaro ipfw.ru)
(original versions)
Reviewed by: julian
Reviewed by: Alexander V. Chernikov (melifaro ipfw.ru)
MFC after: 2 weeks
X-MFC: use spare in struct ifnet


223713 01-Jul-2011 sem

Fix a typo.

Approved by: kib


223689 30-Jun-2011 jeff

- Handle the JOP_SYNC case as appropriate.

Reported by: pho


223666 29-Jun-2011 ae

Add new rule actions "call" and "return" to ipfw. They make
possible to organize subroutines with rules.

The "call" action saves the current rule number in the internal
stack and rules processing continues from the first rule with
specified number (similar to skipto action). If later a rule with
"return" action is encountered, the processing returns to the first
rule with number of "call" rule saved in the stack plus one or higher.

Submitted by: Vadim Goncharov
Discussed by: ipfw@, luigi@


223661 29-Jun-2011 ae

Improve error reporting. Use corresponding error message when file to be
preprocessed is missing. Also suggest to use absolute pathname if -p option
is specified.

PR: bin/156653
MFC after: 2 weeks


223655 28-Jun-2011 trociny

Check the returned value of activemap_write_complete() and update matadata on
disk if needed. This should fix a potential case when extents are cleared in
activemap but metadata is not updated on disk.

Suggested by: pjd
Approved by: pjd (mentor)


223654 28-Jun-2011 trociny

Make activemap_write_start/complete check the keepdirty list, when
stating if we need to update activemap on disk. This makes keepdirty
serve its purpose -- to reduce number of metadata updates.

Discussed with: pjd
Approved by: pjd (mentor)


223652 28-Jun-2011 trasz

Revert the mechanical change from 'file system' to 'filesystem', committed
in r223429. As bde@ pointed out, it was mostly backwards.


223637 28-Jun-2011 bz

Update packet filter (pf) code to OpenBSD 4.5.

You need to update userland (world and ports) tools
to be in sync with the kernel.

Submitted by: mlaier
Submitted by: eri


223586 27-Jun-2011 pjd

Compile hastd and hastctl with capsicum support.

X-MFC after: capsicum merge


223585 27-Jun-2011 pjd

Compile capsicum support only if HAVE_CAPSICUM is defined.

MFC after: 3 days


223584 27-Jun-2011 pjd

Log a warning if we cannot sandbox using capsicum, but only under debug level 1.
It would be too noisy to log it as a proper warning as CAPABILITIES are not
compiled into GENERIC by default.

MFC after: 3 days


223499 24-Jun-2011 glebius

Actually, if code had followed style(9), there would be less stupid errors
like the one fixed in r223416.

Noticed by: julian


223494 24-Jun-2011 kevlo

Remove duplicated header files


223430 22-Jun-2011 trasz

Advertise growfs(8) a little better.


223429 22-Jun-2011 trasz

Cosmetic fixes; mostly s/file system/filesystem/g and removing weird indent
from messages.


223416 22-Jun-2011 glebius

One more braino from me.

Pointy hat to: glebius
Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov <melifaro ipfw.ru>


223364 21-Jun-2011 ae

When user specifies the bootcode with size smaller than VTOC_BOOTCODE,
gpart_write_partcode_vtoc8 does access out of range of allocated memory.
Check size of bootcode before writing it.

Pointed out by: ru
MFC after: 1 week


223356 21-Jun-2011 delphij

Mod the offset padding by alignment. Without this change we may
pad too much when underlying GEOM object have a zero stripesize.

MFC after: 1 month


223355 21-Jun-2011 ae

The "size" param needs no adjusting to stripeoffset.

Reported by: Kris Moore


223278 18-Jun-2011 pjd

Correct subcommand name 'unset' -> 'unscript'.


223262 18-Jun-2011 benl

Fix clang warnings.

Approved by: philip (mentor)


223185 17-Jun-2011 glebius

- Fix my braino in the 220835, when I used strtok(). It isn't
applicable here, since modifies the string. Switch to strchr().
- Restore support for undocumented optional parameters of
redir_port and redir_proto, that were disabled in 220835.
- While here, change !isalpha() checks on optinal parameters
for isdigit().

Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov <melifaro ipfw.ru>
PR: kern/143653


223181 17-Jun-2011 trociny

In HAST we use two sockets - one for only sending the data and one for
only receiving the data. In r220271 the unused directions were
disabled using shutdown(2).

Unfortunately, this broke automatic receive buffer sizing, which
currently works only for connections in ETASBLISHED state. It was a
root cause of the issue reported by users, when connection between
primary and secondary could get stuck.

Disable the code introduced in r220271 until the issue with automatic
buffer sizing is not resolved.

Reported by: Daniel Kalchev <daniel@digsys.bg>, danger, sobomax
Tested by: Daniel Kalchev <daniel@digsys.bg>, danger
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


223158 16-Jun-2011 ae

Add "alignment" param to the request before calling gpart_autofill().


223143 16-Jun-2011 sobomax

Revert r222688.

Requested by: Mikolaj Golub


223081 14-Jun-2011 gibbs

Lay groundwork in CAM for recording and reporting physical path and
other device attributes stored in the CAM Existing Device Table (EDT).
This includes some infrastructure requried by the enclosure services
driver to export physical path information.

Make the CAM device advanced info interface accept store requests.

sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.c:
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.h:
- Replace scsi_get_sas_addr() with a scsi_get_devid() which takes
a callback that decides whether to accept a particular descriptor.
Provide callbacks for NAA IEEE Registered addresses and for SAS
addresses, replacing the old function. This is needed because
the old function doesn't work for an enclosure address for a SAS
device, which is not flagged as a SAS address, but is NAA IEEE
Registered. It may be worthwhile merging this interface with the
devid match interface.
- Add a few more defines for some device ID fields.

sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:
- Update for the CCB_DEV_ADVINFO interface change.

cam/cam_xpt_internal.h:
- Add the new fields for the physical path string to the CAM EDT.
cam/cam_ccb.h:
- Rename CCB_GDEV_ADVINFO to simply CCB_DEV_ADVINFO, and the ccb
structure to ccb_dev_advinfo.
- Add a flag that changes this CCB's action to store, rather than
the default, retrieve.
- Add a new buffer type, CDAI_TYPE_PHYS_PATH, for the new CAM EDT
physpath field.
- Remove the never-implemented transport & proto flags.
cam/cam_xpt.c:
cam/cam_xpt.h:
- Add xpt_getattr(), which provides a wrapper for fetching a device's
attribute using the GEOM strings as key. This method currently
supports "GEOM::ident" and "GEOM::physpath".

Submitted by: will
Reviewed by : gibbs

Extend the XPT_DEV_MATCH api to allow a device search by device ID.
As far as the API is concerned, device ID is a binary blob to be
interpreted by the transport layer. The SCSI implementation assumes
it is an array of VPD device ID descriptors.

sys/cam/cam_ccb.h:
Create a new structure, device_id_match_pattern, and
update the XPT_DEV_MATCH datastructures and flags so
that this pattern type can be used.

sys/cam/cam_xpt.c:
- A single pattern matching on both inquiry data and device
ID is invalid. Report any violators.
- Pass device ID match requests through to the new routine
scsi_devid_match(). The direct call of a SCSI routine is
a layering violation, but no worse than the one a few
lines up that checks inquiry data. Defer cleaning this
up until our future, larger, rototilling of CAM.
- Zero out cam_ed and cam_et nodes on allocation. Prior to
this change, device_id_len and device_id were not inialized,
preventing proper detection of the presence of this
information.

sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.c:
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.h:
Add the scsi_match_devid() routine.

Add a helper function for extracting peripherial driver names

sys/cam/cam_periph.c:
sys/cam/cam_periph.h:
Add the cam_periph_list() method which fills an sbuf
with a comma delimited list of the peripheral instances
associated with a given CAM path.

Add a helper functions for SCSI commands used by the SES driver.

sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.c:
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.h:
Add structure definitions and csio filling functions for
the receive diagnostic results and send diagnostic commands.

Misc CAM XPT cleanups.

sys/cam/cam_xpt.c:
Broadcast AC_FOUND_DEVICE and AC_PATH_REGISTERED
events at the time async event handlers are attached
even when registering just for events on a partitular
SIM. Previously, you had to register for these
events on all SIMs in the system in order to get
the initial broadcast even though subsequent device
and path arrivals would be delivered.

sys/cam/cam_xpt.c:
Remove SIM mutex held asserts from path accessors.
CAM paths are reference counted and it is this
reference count, not the sim mutex, that garantees
they are stable.

Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation


223080 14-Jun-2011 ae

Implement "global" mode for ipfw nat. It is similar to natd(8)
"globalport" option for multiple NAT instances.

If ipfw rule contains "global" keyword instead of nat_number, then
for each outgoing packet ipfw_nat looks up translation state in all
configured nat instances. If an entry is found, packet aliased
according to that entry, otherwise packet is passed unchanged.

User can specify "skip_global" option in NAT configuration to exclude
an instance from the lookup in global mode.

PR: kern/157867
Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov (previous version)
Tested by: Eugene Grosbein


223079 14-Jun-2011 ae

Check nat id a bit more strictly.


223078 14-Jun-2011 luigi

Grab one of the ifcap bits for netmap, and enable printing in ifconfig.

Document the fact that we might want an IFCAP_CANTCHANGE mask,
even though the value is not yet used in sys/net/if.c

(asked on -current a week ago, no feedback so i assume no objection).


222958 10-Jun-2011 jeff

Implement fully asynchronous partial truncation with softupdates journaling
to resolve errors which can cause corruption on recovery with the old
synchronous mechanism.

- Append partial truncation freework structures to indirdeps while
truncation is proceeding. These prevent new block pointers from
becoming valid until truncation completes and serialize truncations.
- On completion of a partial truncate journal work waits for zeroed
pointers to hit indirects.
- softdep_journal_freeblocks() handles last frag allocation and last
block zeroing.
- vtruncbuf/ffs_page_remove moved into softdep_*_freeblocks() so it
is only implemented in one place.
- Block allocation failure handling moved up one level so it does not
proceed with buf locks held. This permits us to do more extensive
reclaims when filesystem space is exhausted.
- softdep_sync_metadata() is broken into two parts, the first executes
once at the start of ffs_syncvnode() and flushes truncations and
inode dependencies. The second is called on each locked buf. This
eliminates excessive looping and rollbacks.
- Improve the mechanism in process_worklist_item() that handles
acquiring vnode locks for handle_workitem_remove() so that it works
more generally and does not loop excessively over the same worklist
items on each call.
- Don't corrupt directories by zeroing the tail in fsck. This is only
done for regular files.
- Push a fsync complete record for files that need it so the checker
knows a truncation in the journal is no longer valid.

Discussed with: mckusick, kib (ffs_pages_remove and ffs_truncate parts)
Tested by: pho


222883 08-Jun-2011 ken

Add dump.c to the rtsol build. It is needed now that sec2str is non-static
and used in rtsold.c.


222832 07-Jun-2011 delphij

Add a special mount option "failok" to indicate that the administrator wants
the system to proceed to boot without bailing out into single user mode,
even when the file system can not be successfully mounted.

This option is implemented in mount(8) and not passed into kernel.

MFC after: 1 month


222819 07-Jun-2011 ae

Do not use LCM from stripesize and user specified alignment value.
When user wants have specific alignment - do what user wants.
Use stripesize as alignment value in case, when some of gpart's
arguments are ommitted for automatic calculation.

Suggested by: mav


222813 07-Jun-2011 attilio

etire the cpumask_t type and replace it with cpuset_t usage.

This is intended to fix the bug where cpu mask objects are
capped to 32. MAXCPU, then, can now arbitrarely bumped to whatever
value. Anyway, as long as several structures in the kernel are
statically allocated and sized as MAXCPU, it is suggested to keep it
as low as possible for the time being.

Technical notes on this commit itself:
- More functions to handle with cpuset_t objects are introduced.
The most notable are cpusetobj_ffs() (which calculates a ffs(3)
for a cpuset_t object), cpusetobj_strprint() (which prepares a string
representing a cpuset_t object) and cpusetobj_strscan() (which
creates a valid cpuset_t starting from a string representation).
- pc_cpumask and pc_other_cpus are target to be removed soon.
With the moving from cpumask_t to cpuset_t they are now inefficient
and not really useful. Anyway, for the time being, please note that
access to pcpu datas is protected by sched_pin() in order to avoid
migrating the CPU while reading more than one (possible) word
- Please note that size of cpuset_t objects may differ between kernel
and userland. While this is not directly related to the patch itself,
it is good to understand that concept and possibly use the patch
as a reference on how to deal with cpuset_t objects in userland, when
accessing kernland members.
- KTR_CPUMASK is changed and now is represented through a string, to be
set as the example reported in NOTES.

Please additively note that no MAXCPU is bumped in this patch, but
private testing has been done until to MAXCPU=128 on a real 8x8x2(htt)
machine (amd64).

Please note that the FreeBSD version is not yet bumped because of
the upcoming pcpu changes. However, note that this patch is not
targeted for MFC.

People to thank for the time spent on this patch:
- sbruno, pluknet and Nicholas Esborn (nick AT desert DOT net) tested
several revision of the patches and really helped in improving
stability of this work.
- marius fixed several bugs in the sparc64 implementation and reviewed
patches related to ktr.
- jeff and jhb discussed the basic approach followed.
- kib and marcel made targeted review on some specific part of the
patch.
- marius, art, nwhitehorn and andreast reviewed MD specific part of
the patch.
- marius, andreast, gonzo, nwhitehorn and jceel tested MD specific
implementations of the patch.
- Other people have made contributions on other patches that have been
already committed and have been listed separately.

Companies that should be mentioned for having participated at several
degrees:
- Yahoo! for having offered the machines used for testing on big
count of CPUs.
- The FreeBSD Foundation for having sponsored my devsummit attendance,
which has been instrumental.
- Sandvine for having offered offices and infrastructure during
development.

(I really hope I didn't forget anyone, if it happened I apologize in
advance).


222778 06-Jun-2011 gavin

Rework parts of this man page to improve grammar.

Inspired by, and parts submitted by...
PR: docs/157467
Submitted by: Ben Kaduk <kaduk mit.edu>
MFC after: 2 weeks


222772 06-Jun-2011 ed

Remove redundant assignments to WARNS.

For these directories, WARNS is already implied to be 6.


222754 06-Jun-2011 gavin

Add another example to mount(8) on using the "-o" argument.

PR: docs/157389
Submitted by: Warren Block <wblock wonkity.com>
MFC after: 1 week


222752 06-Jun-2011 gavin

Bump .Dd

Forgotten by: gavin
MFC after: 1 week


222751 06-Jun-2011 gavin

Document that REQUIRES, PROVIDES and KEYWORDS are alos accepted. This
chnage is different to the one suggested in the PR to try to avoid
cluttering the man page too much.

PR: docs/154494
Submitted by: kilian <kilian.klimek googlemail.com>
MFC after: 1 week


222745 06-Jun-2011 ae

Initialize co.use_set variable before parsing each new rule.

PR: bin/134975
MFC after: 2 weeks


222744 06-Jun-2011 ae

Increase buffer size for the command line.

PR: bin/125370
Submitted by: sem
MFC after: 2 weeks


222728 06-Jun-2011 hrs

- Accept Router Advertisement messages even when net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1.

- A new per-interface knob IFF_ND6_NO_RADR and sysctl IPV6CTL_NO_RADR.
This controls if accepting a route in an RA message as the default route.
The default value for each interface can be set by net.inet6.ip6.no_radr.
The system wide default value is 0.

- A new sysctl: net.inet6.ip6.norbit_raif. This controls if setting R-bit in
NA on RA accepting interfaces. The default is 0 (R-bit is set based on
net.inet6.ip6.forwarding).

Background:

IPv6 host/router model suggests a router sends an RA and a host accepts it for
router discovery. Because of that, KAME implementation does not allow
accepting RAs when net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1. Accepting RAs on a router can
make the routing table confused since it can change the default router
unintentionally.

However, in practice there are cases where we cannot distinguish a host from
a router clearly. For example, a customer edge router often works as a host
against the ISP, and as a router against the LAN at the same time. Another
example is a complex network configurations like an L2TP tunnel for IPv6
connection to Internet over an Ethernet link with another native IPv6 subnet.
In this case, the physical interface for the native IPv6 subnet works as a
host, and the pseudo-interface for L2TP works as the default IP forwarding
route.

Problem:

Disabling processing RA messages when net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1 and
accepting them when net.inet6.ip6.forward=0 cause the following practical
issues:

- A router cannot perform SLAAC. It becomes a problem if a box has
multiple interfaces and you want to use SLAAC on some of them, for
example. A customer edge router for IPv6 Internet access service
using an IPv6-over-IPv6 tunnel sometimes needs SLAAC on the
physical interface for administration purpose; updating firmware
and so on (link-local addresses can be used there, but GUAs by
SLAAC are often used for scalability).

- When a host has multiple IPv6 interfaces and it receives multiple RAs on
them, controlling the default route is difficult. Router preferences
defined in RFC 4191 works only when the routers on the links are
under your control.

Details of Implementation Changes:

Router Advertisement messages will be accepted even when
net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1. More precisely, the conditions are as
follow:

(ACCEPT_RTADV && !NO_RADR && !ip6.forwarding)
=> Normal RA processing on that interface. (as IPv6 host)

(ACCEPT_RTADV && (NO_RADR || ip6.forwarding))
=> Accept RA but add the router to the defroute list with
rtlifetime=0 unconditionally. This effectively prevents
from setting the received router address as the box's
default route.

(!ACCEPT_RTADV)
=> No RA processing on that interface.

ACCEPT_RTADV and NO_RADR are per-interface knob. In short, all interface
are classified as "RA-accepting" or not. An RA-accepting interface always
processes RA messages regardless of ip6.forwarding. The difference caused by
NO_RADR or ip6.forwarding is whether the RA source address is considered as
the default router or not.

R-bit in NA on the RA accepting interfaces is set based on
net.inet6.ip6.forwarding. While RFC 6204 W-1 rule (for CPE case) suggests
a router should disable the R-bit completely even when the box has
net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1, I believe there is no technical reason with
doing so. This behavior can be set by a new sysctl net.inet6.ip6.norbit_raif
(the default is 0).

Usage:

# ifconfig fxp0 inet6 accept_rtadv
=> accept RA on fxp0
# ifconfig fxp0 inet6 accept_rtadv no_radr
=> accept RA on fxp0 but ignore default route information in it.
# sysctl net.inet6.ip6.norbit_no_radr=1
=> R-bit in NAs on RA accepting interfaces will always be set to 0.


222711 05-Jun-2011 hrs

Add the "nd6 options" line handler as af_other_status() of AF_INET6, not as an
own address family.

Reviewed by: bz


222688 04-Jun-2011 sobomax

Read from the socket using the same max buffer size as we use while
sending. What happens otherwise is that the sender splits all the
traffic into 32k chunks, while the receiver is waiting for the whole
packet. Then for a certain packet sizes, particularly 66607 bytes in
my case, the communication stucks to secondary is expecting to
read one chunk of 66607 bytes, while primary is sending two chunks
of 32768 bytes and third chunk of 1071. Probably due to TCP windowing
and buffering the final chunk gets stuck somewhere, so neither server
not client can make any progress.

This patch also protect from short reads, as according to the manual
page there are some cases when MSG_WAITALL can give less data than
expected.

MFC after: 3 days


222646 03-Jun-2011 ru

Generally clean up markup.


222631 02-Jun-2011 ae

Always use LCM when stripesize > 0.


222630 02-Jun-2011 ae

Use stripesize and stripeoffset in the automatic calculation of
partition offsets. If user requests specific alignment and
provider's stripesize is not zero, then use a least common multiple
from the stripesize and user specified value.
Also fix "gpart resize" implementation: do not try to align the partition
size, because the start offset may be not aligned. Instead align the
end offset and then calculate size. Also use stripesize and stripeoffset
for "gpart resize" command.


222599 02-Jun-2011 uqs

mdoc: fix markup


222541 31-May-2011 rmacklem

Add a sentence to the umount.8 man page to clarify the behaviour
for forced dismount when used on an NFS mount point. Requested by
Jeremy Chadwick.
This is a content change.

MFC after: 2 weeks


222527 31-May-2011 bz

Conditionally compile in the af_inet and af_inet6, af_nd6 modules.
If compiled in for dual-stack use, test with feature_present(3)
to see if we should register the IPv4/IPv6 address family related
options.

In case there is no "inet" support we would love to go with the
usage() and make the address family mandatory (as it is for anything
but inet in theory). Unfortunately people are used to
ifconfig IF up/down
etc. as well, so use a fallback of "link". Adjust the man page
to reflect these minor details.

Improve error handling printing a warning in addition to the usage
telling that we do not know the given address family in two places.

Reviewed by: hrs, rwatson
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
Sponsored by: iXsystems
MFC after: 2 weeks


222495 30-May-2011 ae

Document kern.geom.part.check_integrity sysctl variable.


222473 30-May-2011 ae

Add tablearg support for ipfw setfib.

PR: kern/156410
MFC after: 2 weeks


222467 29-May-2011 trociny

If READ from the local node failed we send the request to the remote
node. There is no use in doing this for synchronization requests.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


222466 29-May-2011 rmacklem

Modify the umount(8) command so that it doesn't do
a sync(2) syscall before unmount(2) for the "-f" case.
This avoids a forced dismount from getting stuck for
an NFS mountpoint in sync() when the server is not
responsive. With this commit, forced dismounts should
normally work for the NFS clients, but can take up to
about 1minute to complete.

PR: kern/157365
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 2 weeks


222423 28-May-2011 mckusick

Update the manual page to reflect the new 32K/4K defaults.

Reminded by: Ivan Voras


222359 27-May-2011 ae

Add example how to create MBR and BSD schemes and install boot code.


222357 27-May-2011 ae

Synchronize manpage's synopsis with program's usage. Since -l and -r
keys are mutually exclusive for the `gpart show` command, then mark
them so.

Requested by: ru


222319 26-May-2011 mckusick

Raise the default blocksize for UFS/FFS filesystems from
16K to 32K and the default fragment size from 2K to 4K.

The rational is that most disks are now running with 4K
sectors. While they can (slowly) simulate 512-byte sectors
by doing a read-modify-write, it is desirable to avoid this
functionality. By raising the minimum filesystem allocation
to 4K, the filesystem will never trigger the small sector
emulation.

Also, the growth of disk sizes has lead us to double the
default block size about every ten years. The rise from 8K
to 16K blocks was done in 2001. So, by the 10-year metric,
the time has come for 32K blocks.

Discussed at: May 2011 BSDCan Developer Summit
Reference: http://wiki.freebsd.org/201105DevSummit/FileSystems


222264 24-May-2011 ae

Simplify ALIGNDOWN macro.


222263 24-May-2011 ae

Fix calculation of alignment for odd values. Also do not change value
when it is already aligned.


222228 23-May-2011 pjd

Keep statistics on number of BIO_READ, BIO_WRITE, BIO_DELETE and BIO_FLUSH
requests as well as number of activemap updates.

Number of BIO_WRITEs and activemap updates are especially interesting, because
if those two are too close to each other, it means that your workload needs
bigger number of dirty extents. Activemap should be updated as rarely as
possible.

MFC after: 1 week


222224 23-May-2011 pjd

To handle BIO_FLUSH and BIO_DELETE requests in secondary worker we need
to use ioctl(2). This is why we can't use capsicum for now to sandbox
secondary. Capsicum is still used to sandbox hastctl.

MFC after: 1 week


222176 22-May-2011 uqs

Re-encode files from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8


222164 21-May-2011 pjd

Recognize HIO_FLUSH requests.

MFC after: 1 week


222121 20-May-2011 pjd

Document IPv6 support.

MFC after: 3 weeks


222120 20-May-2011 pjd

If no listen address is specified, bind by default to:

tcp4://0.0.0.0:8457
tcp6://[::]:8457

MFC after: 3 weeks


222119 20-May-2011 pjd

Rename ipv4/ipv6 to tcp4/tcp6.

MFC after: 3 weeks


222118 20-May-2011 pjd

Now that hell is fully frozen it is good time to add IPv6 support to HAST.

MFC after: 3 weeks


222117 20-May-2011 pjd

Allow [ ] characters in strings. They might be used in IPv6 addresses.

MFC after: 3 weeks


222116 20-May-2011 pjd

Rename tcp4 to tcp in preparation for IPv6 support.

MFC after: 3 weeks


222115 20-May-2011 pjd

Rename proto_tcp4.c to proto_tcp.c in preparation for IPv6 support.

MFC after: 2 weeks


222108 19-May-2011 pjd

In preparation for IPv6 support allow to specify multiple addresses to
listen on.

MFC after: 3 weeks


222087 18-May-2011 pjd

- Add support for AF_INET6 sockets for %S format character.
- Use inet_ntop(3) instead of reimplementing it.
- Use %hhu for unsigned char instead of casting it to unsigned int and
using %u.

MFC after: 1 week


222023 17-May-2011 pluknet

mdoc:
- use a proper macro for interface name ipfw0.
- add missing section number for bpf cross reference.


221967 15-May-2011 ae

Some partitioning schemes want to have partitions that are aligned
with geometry. And they do recalculation of user specified parameters.
MBR, PC98, VTOC8, EBR schemes are doing that. For these schemes an
auto alignment feature (ie. gpart add -a alignment) would not work.
But it can work for GPT and BSD schemes. BSD scheme usualy is created
inside MBR, so we can use knowledge about offset of MBR partition to
calculate aligned values for BSD partitions.

Use "offset" attribute of the parent provider for better alignment.

MFC after: 2 weeks


221954 15-May-2011 marius

When setting media always and not just in case of switching to IFM_AUTO
clear the options of the current media, i.e. only inherit the instance,
which matches what NetBSD does. Without this it's really non-intuitive
that the following sequence:
ifconfig bge0 media 1000baseT mediaopt full-duplex
ifconfig bge0 media 100baseTX
results in 100baseTX full-duplex to be set or that:
ifconfig bge0 media autoselect mediaopt flowcontrol
ifconfig bge0 media 1000baseT mediaopt full-duplex
tries to set 1000baseT full-duplex with flowcontrol, which isn't suported
und thus fails while the following:
ifconfig re0 media 1000baseT mediaopt flowcontrol,full-duplex
ifconfig re0 media autoselect
just switches to autoselection without flowcontrol.

MFC after: 2 weeks


221952 15-May-2011 ae

Simplify the code a bit. For own providers GEOM_PART always provides
"start" and "end" config attributes.

MFC after: 1 week


221899 14-May-2011 pjd

Currently we are unable to use capsicum for the primary worker process,
because we need to do ioctl(2)s, which are not permitted in the capability
mode. What we do now is to chroot(2) to /var/empty, which restricts access
to file system name space and we drop privileges to hast user and hast
group.

This still allows to access to other name spaces, like list of processes,
network and sysvipc.

To address that, use jail(2) instead of chroot(2). Using jail(2) will restrict
access to process table, network (we use ip-less jails) and sysvipc (if
security.jail.sysvipc_allowed is turned off). This provides much better
separation.

MFC after: 1 week


221898 14-May-2011 pjd

When using capsicum to sanbox, still use other methods first, just in case
one of them have some problems.


221719 10-May-2011 bms

Typo. For USB devices, 'serial' should be 'sernum'.
See sys/dev/usb/usb_device.c for what devctl_notify() gets.


221659 08-May-2011 gavin

We now have multiple filesystems (UFS, ZFS, ...), so for tools that only
operate on one type of filesystem, mention this.
While here, capitalise the use of "UFS" in growfs.8 to match other uses of
the term in other man pages.

MFC after: 1 week


221643 08-May-2011 pjd

Allow to specify remote as 'none' again which was broken by r219351, where
'none' was defined as a value for checksum.

Reported by: trasz
MFC after: 1 week


221633 08-May-2011 pjd

Document the following sysctls:

kern.geom.eli.version
kern.geom.eli.key_cache_limit
kern.geom.eli.key_cache_hits
kern.geom.eli.key_cache_misses

MFC after: 1 week


221632 08-May-2011 trociny

Fix isitme(), which is used to check if node-specific configuration
belongs to our node, and was returning false positive if the first
part of a node name matches short hostname.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)


221436 04-May-2011 ru

Implemented a mount option "nocto" that disables cache coherency
checking at open time. It may improve performance for read-only
NFS mounts. Use deliberately.

MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: rmacklem, jhb (earlier version)


221363 03-May-2011 ae

Add "-a alignment" option to gpart(8). When it specified gpart(8)
tries to align partition start offset and size to be multiple of
alignment value.

MFC after: 2 weeks


221304 01-May-2011 uqs

recoverdisk(8): treat output file consistently and abort on EINVAL

This improves usability a little as we no longer require using touch.
Also reword the manpage wrt. parameters and fix usage() [1]

With no media in a cd(4) drive, the reads will loop producing EINVAL,
abort in that case [2].

Document the shortcoming of sectorsize and MAXPHYS (a quick solution
to this might be having MAXPHYS as the "bigsize", in short testing it
didn't make a difference on throughput).

Submitted by: arundel [1]
PR: bin/154528 [2]


221288 01-May-2011 rmacklem

Fix the Makefile for mount_nfs so that it creates a
link for mount_oldnfs.8 instead of mount_newnfs.8.


221233 29-Apr-2011 des

Add an -E option to mirror newfs's. The idea is that if you have a system
that was built before ffs grew support for TRIM, your filesystem will have
plenty of free blocks that the flash chip doesn't know are free, so it
can't take advantage of them for wear leveling. Once you've upgraded your
kernel, you enable TRIM on the filesystem (tunefs -t enable), then run
fsck_ffs -E on it before mounting it.

I tested this patch by half-filling an mdconfig'ed filesystem image,
running fsck_ffs -E on it, then verifying that the contents were not
damaged by comparing them to a pristine copy using rsync's checksum
functionality. There is no reliable way to test it on real hardware.

Many thanks to mckusick@, who provided the tricky parts of this patch and
reviewed the final version.

Reviewed by: mckusick@
MFC after: 3 weeks


221232 29-Apr-2011 des

Somewhere around the 473rd time I mistyped "mdconfig file" instead of
"mdconfig -f file", I decided that it would be easier to make mdconfig
DWIM than to teach my fingers to type the correct command line.

MFC after: 3 weeks


221194 29-Apr-2011 rmacklem

Another man page update related to the switchover of the
NFS clients done by r221124.
This is a content change.

Submitted by: jh


221145 28-Apr-2011 rmacklem

Update man pages related to the change in default NFS client
applied by r221124. I also deleted references to idmapd, since that
daemon no longer exists.
This is a content change.


221144 27-Apr-2011 des

whitespace nit - sorry for the churn


221143 27-Apr-2011 des

whitespace nit


221124 27-Apr-2011 rmacklem

This patch changes head so that the default NFS client is now the new
NFS client (which I guess is no longer experimental). The fstype "newnfs"
is now "nfs" and the regular/old NFS client is now fstype "oldnfs".
Although mounts via fstype "nfs" will usually work without userland
changes, an updated mount_nfs(8) binary is needed for kernels built with
"options NFSCL" but not "options NFSCLIENT". Updated mount_nfs(8) and
mount(8) binaries are needed to do mounts for fstype "oldnfs".
The GENERIC kernel configs have been changed to use options
NFSCL and NFSD (the new client and server) instead of NFSCLIENT and NFSSERVER.
For kernels being used on diskless NFS root systems, "options NFSCL"
must be in the kernel config.
Discussed on freebsd-fs@.


221110 27-Apr-2011 des

Mechanical whitespace cleanup.

MFC after: 3 weeks


221108 27-Apr-2011 des

Fix boo-boo in previous commit.

MFC after: 3 weeks


221107 27-Apr-2011 des

Alphabetize the options. No date bump since no actual change to the text.

MFC after: 3 weeks


221078 26-Apr-2011 trociny

Add missing ifdef. This fixes build with NO_OPENSSL.

Reported by: Pawel Tyll <ptyll@nitronet.pl>
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


221076 26-Apr-2011 trociny

Rename HASTCTL_ defines, which are used for conversion between main
hastd process and workers, remove unused one and set different range
of numbers. This is done in order not to confuse them with HASTCTL_CMD
defines, used for conversation between hastctl and hastd, and to avoid
bugs like the one fixed in in r221075.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


221075 26-Apr-2011 trociny

For conversation between hastctl and hastd we should use HASTCTL_CMD
defines.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


221074 26-Apr-2011 trociny

Fix assert messages.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)


221049 26-Apr-2011 cperciva

Stop trying to zero UFS1 superblocks if we fall off the end of the disk.

This avoids a potentially many-hours-long loop of failed writes if newfs
finds a partially-overwritten superblock (or, for that matter, random
garbage which happens to have superblock magic bytes); on one occasion I
found newfs trying to zero 800 million superblocks on a 50 MB disk.

Reviewed by: mckusick
MFC after: 1 week


220935 22-Apr-2011 adrian

Revert r220907 and r220915.

Changing the size of struct ieee80211_mimo_info changes
the STA info data, breaking ifconfig in general.


220907 21-Apr-2011 adrian

Change the MIMO userland export ABI to include flags, number of radio chains,
extended EVM statistics and EXT channel data.

ifconfig still displays 3 chains worth of ctl noise/rssi.


220899 20-Apr-2011 pjd

Correct comment.

MFC after: 1 week


220898 20-Apr-2011 pjd

When we become primary, we connect to the remote and expect it to be in
secondary role. It is possible that the remote node is primary, but only
because there was a role change and it didn't finish cleaning up (unmounting
file systems, etc.). If we detect such situation, wait for the remote node
to switch the role to secondary before accepting I/Os. If we don't wait for
it in that case, we will most likely cause split-brain.

MFC after: 1 week


220890 20-Apr-2011 pjd

If we act in different role than requested by the remote node, log it
as a warning and not an error.

MFC after: 1 week


220889 20-Apr-2011 pjd

Timeout must be positive.

MFC after: 1 week


220887 20-Apr-2011 mav

When calling XPT_REL_SIMQ to ajust number of openings, do not try to really
release device. We haven't frozen the device before and attempt to release
it will at least cause warning message from kernel.


220865 19-Apr-2011 pjd

Scenario:
- We have two nodes connected and synchronized (local counters on both sides
are 0).
- We take secondary down and recreate it.
- Primary connects to it and starts synchronization (but local counters are
still 0).
- We switch the roles.
- Synchronization restarts but data is synchronized now from new primary
(because local counters are 0) that doesn't have new data yet.

This fix this issue we bump local counter on primary when we discover that
connected secondary was recreated and has no data yet.

Reported by: trociny
Discussed with: trociny
Tested by: trociny
MFC after: 1 week


220835 19-Apr-2011 glebius

Rewrite NAT configuration parser, so that memory allocation size is
calculated dynamically.

PR: kern/143653


220808 18-Apr-2011 sobomax

Furthermore condition IP waiting behaviour also on -dynamic flag.
This should preserve POLA in all other cases (foreground || non-dynamic).

MFC after: 2 weeks


220806 18-Apr-2011 sobomax

Only wait for the IP to appear on the interface if natd is running in the
background.

Suggested by: Garrett Cooper <yanegomi@gmail.com>

Use EAGAIN instead of magic value of -2 to report this condition from the
SetAliasAddressFromIfName routine.

MFC after: 2 weeks


220804 18-Apr-2011 glebius

More whitespace fixes.

Checked with: md5, diff -x -w


220802 18-Apr-2011 glebius

Whitespace fixes.

Checked with: md5, diff -w


220801 18-Apr-2011 ru

Changed "conscontrol unset" to accept an existing virtual
console device as an argument. Unsetting virtual console
using /dev/console seems to have never worked.

MFC after: 3 days


220744 17-Apr-2011 trociny

Remove hast_proto_recv(). It was used only in one place, where
hast_proto_recv_hdr() may be used. This also fixes the issue
(introduced by r220523) with hastctl, which crashed on assert in
hast_proto_recv_data().

Suggested and approved by: pjd (mentor)


220736 17-Apr-2011 sobomax

If we can retrieve interface address sleep for one second and try again.
This can happen during start-up, when natd starts before dhclient has a
chance to receive IP address from the upstream provider.

MFC after: 2 weeks


220617 14-Apr-2011 pluknet

Remove vestiges of disklabel(5).

Reviewed by: uqs
MFC after: 5 days


220573 12-Apr-2011 pjd

The replication mode that is currently support is fullsync, not memsync.
Correct this and print a warning if different replication mode is
configured.

MFC after: 1 week


220523 10-Apr-2011 trociny

In hast_proto_recv() remove unnecessary check. The size is checked
later in hast_proto_recv_data().

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


220522 10-Apr-2011 trociny

In hast_proto_recv_data() check that the size of the data to be
received does not exceed the buffer size.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


220521 10-Apr-2011 trociny

Fix a typo in comments.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


220520 10-Apr-2011 trociny

hastd(8) maintains a map of dirty extents, not hastctl(8). Fix this.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


220382 06-Apr-2011 gjb

Correct 'list scan' description in the examples. The previous description
was incorrect - 'list scan' does not actually do a scan, but instead lists
the results of the background 'scan' cache.

Submitted by: Fabian Keil (freebsd-listen of fabiankeil de) (via email)
Discussed with: bschmidt
MFC after: 3 days


220370 05-Apr-2011 obrien

* Add the readline(3) API to libedit. The libedit versions of
{readline,history}.h are in /usr/include/edit so as to not conflict with
the GNU libreadline versions. To use the libedit readline(3) one should
add "-I/usr/include/edit" to their Makefile
(spelled "-I${DESTDIR}/${INCLUDEDIR}/edit" within the FreeBSD source tree).

* Enable its use in the BSD licensed utilities that support readline(3).

* To make it easier to sync libedit development with NetBSD, histedit.h
is moved into libedit's directory as history shows shown we keep merging
it into that location.

Obtained from: NetBSD
Sponsored by: Juniper Networks


220274 02-Apr-2011 pjd

Increase default timeout from 5 seconds to 20 seconds. 5 seconds is definitely
to short under heavy load and I was experiencing those timeouts in my recent
tests.

MFC after: 1 week


220273 02-Apr-2011 pjd

Handle ENOBUFS on send(2) by retrying for a while and logging the problem.

MFC after: 1 week


220272 02-Apr-2011 pjd

When we are operating on blocking socket and get EAGAIN on send(2) or recv(2)
this means that request timed out. Translate the meaningless EAGAIN to
ETIMEDOUT to give administrator a hint that he might need to increase timeout
in configuration file.

MFC after: 1 month


220271 02-Apr-2011 pjd

Declare directions for sockets between primary and secondary.
In HAST we use two sockets - one for only sending the data and one for only
receiving the data.

MFC after: 1 month


220270 02-Apr-2011 pjd

Allow to disable sends or receives on a socket using shutdown(2) by
interpreting NULL 'data' argument passed to proto_common_send() or
proto_common_recv() as a will to do so.

MFC after: 1 month


220266 02-Apr-2011 pjd

Handle the problem described in r220264 by using GEOM GATE queue of unlimited
length. This should fix deadlocks reported by HAST users.

MFC after: 1 week


220265 02-Apr-2011 pjd

Because ggatel(8) operates on local GEOM providers, use unlimited queue size in
GEOM GATE to fix the issue described in r220264. This also means that we no
longer need -q option, remove it. Don't bother to leaving it as a no-op, as
ggatel(8) is just an example utility.


220007 25-Mar-2011 pjd

Add mapsize to the header just before sending the packet.
Before it could change later and we were sending invalid mapsize.
Some time ago I added optimization where when nodes are connected for the
first time and there were no writes to them yet, there is no initial full
synchronization. This bug prevented it from working.

MFC after: 1 week


220006 25-Mar-2011 pjd

Use timeout from configuration file not only when sending and receiving,
but also when establishing connection.

MFC after: 1 week


220005 25-Mar-2011 pjd

Use role2str() when setting process title.

MFC after: 1 week


219974 24-Mar-2011 mav

MFgraid/head:
Add new RAID GEOM class, that is going to replace ataraid(4) in supporting
various BIOS-based software RAIDs. Unlike ataraid(4) this implementation
does not depend on legacy ata(4) subsystem and can be used with any disk
drivers, including new CAM-based ones (ahci(4), siis(4), mvs(4), ata(4)
with `options ATA_CAM`). To make code more readable and extensible, this
implementation follows modular design, including core part and two sets
of modules, implementing support for different metadata formats and RAID
levels.

Support for such popular metadata formats is now implemented:
Intel, JMicron, NVIDIA, Promise (also used by AMD/ATI) and SiliconImage.

Such RAID levels are now supported:
RAID0, RAID1, RAID1E, RAID10, SINGLE, CONCAT.

For any all of these RAID levels and metadata formats this class supports
full cycle of volume operations: reading, writing, creation, deletion,
disk removal and insertion, rebuilding, dirty shutdown detection
and resynchronization, bad sector recovery, faulty disks tracking,
hot-spare disks. For Intel and Promise formats there is support multiple
volumes per disk set.

Look graid(8) manual page for additional details.

Co-authored by: imp
Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc. and iXsystems, Inc.


219969 24-Mar-2011 mav

MFgraid/head r217014:
Make `geom XXX list` and `geom XXX status` outputs more consistent:
Add -a options to print all geoms, not only ones with providers.
Add -g option for `status` to report geom's names, not provider's.
Make `status` by default report provider's status (if present), not geom's.
Make `status` report consumer's statuses, not only "synchronized" field.


219955 24-Mar-2011 ru

It's possible to unmount multiple items at once, make it clear.


219904 23-Mar-2011 glebius

Fix SYNOPSIS.


219900 23-Mar-2011 pjd

Don't create socketpair for connection forwarding between parent and secondary.
Secondary doesn't need to connect anywhere.

MFC after: 1 week


219899 23-Mar-2011 jmallett

Add support for displaying newfs flags for SU+J and TRIM.


219887 22-Mar-2011 pjd

Add my copyright.

MFC after: 1 week


219884 22-Mar-2011 pjd

Forgot to commit this as part of r219873.

MFC after: 1 week


219882 22-Mar-2011 trociny

After synchronization is complete we should make primary counters be
equal to secondary counters:

primary_localcnt = secondary_remotecnt
primary_remotecnt = secondary_localcnt

Previously it was done wrong and split-brain was observed after
primary had synchronized up-to-date data from secondary.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


219879 22-Mar-2011 trociny

For requests that are sent only to remote component use the
error from remote.
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


219873 22-Mar-2011 pjd

The proto API is a general purpose API, so don't use 'hast' in structures or
function names. It can now be used outside of HAST.

MFC after: 1 week


219864 22-Mar-2011 pjd

White space cleanups.

MFC after: 1 week


219847 21-Mar-2011 pjd

When dropping privileges prefer capsicum over chroot+setgid+setuid.
We can use capsicum for secondary worker processes and hastctl.
When working as primary we drop privileges using chroot+setgid+setuid
still as we need to send ioctl(2)s to ggate device, for which capsicum
doesn't allow (yet).

X-MFC after: capsicum is merged to stable/8


219844 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Initialize localcnt on first write. This fixes assertion when we create
resource, set role to primary, do no writes, then sent it to secondary
and accept connection from primary.

MFC after: 1 week


219843 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Fix typo.

MFC after: 1 week


219837 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Before handling any events on descriptors check signals so we can update
our info about worker processes if any of them was terminated in the meantime.

This fixes the problem with 'hastctl status' running from a hook called on
split-brain:
1. Secondary calls a hooks and terminates.
2. Hook asks for resource status via 'hastctl status'.
3. The main hastd handles the status request by sending it to the secondary
worker who is already dead, but because signals weren't checked yet he
doesn't know that and we get EPIPE.

MFC after: 1 week


219834 21-Mar-2011 gjb

Bump date from previous commit.


219833 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Remove stale comment. Yes, it is valid to set role back to init.

MFC after: 1 week


219832 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Increase debug level of "Checking hooks." message.

MFC after: 1 week


219831 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Be pedantic and free nvout before exiting.

MFC after: 1 week


219830 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Detect situation where resource internal identifier differs.
This means that both nodes have separately managed resources that don't
have the same data.

MFC after: 1 week


219821 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Forgot to commit this as a part of r219818.

MFC after: 1 week


219818 21-Mar-2011 pjd

In hast.conf we define the other node's address in 'remote' variable.
This way we know how to connect to secondary node when we are primary.
The same variable is used by the secondary node - it only accepts
connections from the address stored in 'remote' variable.
In cluster configurations it is common that each node has its individual
IP address and there is one addtional shared IP address which is assigned
to primary node. It seems it is possible that if the shared IP address is
from the same network as the individual IP address it might be choosen by
the kernel as a source address for connection with the secondary node.
Such connection will be rejected by secondary, as it doesn't come from
primary node individual IP.

Add 'source' variable that allows to specify source IP address we want to
bind to before connecting to the secondary node.

MFC after: 1 week


219817 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Log when we start hooks checking and when we execute a hook.

MFC after: 1 week


219816 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Use snprlcat() instead of two strlcat(3)s.

MFC after: 1 week


219815 21-Mar-2011 pjd

Add snprlcat() and vsnprlcat() - the functions I'm always missing.
They work as a combination of snprintf(3) and strlcat(3) - the caller
can append a string build based on the given format.

MFC after: 1 week


219814 21-Mar-2011 pjd

When creating connection on behalf of primary worker, set pjdlog prefix
to resource name and role, so that any logs related to that can be identified
properly.

MFC after: 1 week


219813 21-Mar-2011 pjd

If there is any traffic on one of out descriptors, we were not checking for
long running hooks. Fix it by not using select(2) timeout to decide if we want
to check hooks or not.

MFC after: 1 week


219805 20-Mar-2011 gjb

Use 'list scan' in favor of 'scan', as 'scan' has a different purpose.

Pointed out by: bschmidt
MFC after: 1 day


219739 18-Mar-2011 ume

Use resolvconf(8) to update /etc/resolv.conf.
If you don't want to use resolvconf(8) to update /etc/resolv.conf,
you can put resolvconf_enable="NO" into /etc/dhclient-enter-hooks.


219738 18-Mar-2011 ume

Add resolvconf(8) which manages resolv.conf.


219721 17-Mar-2011 trociny

For secondary, set 2 * HAST_KEEPALIVE seconds timeout for incoming
connection so the worker will exit if it does not receive packets from
the primary during this interval.

Reported by: Christian Vogt <Christian.Vogt@haw-hamburg.de>
Tested by: Christian Vogt <Christian.Vogt@haw-hamburg.de>
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


219669 15-Mar-2011 pjd

Remove #include needed for debugging.

MFC after: 1 week


219620 13-Mar-2011 trociny

In command line options allow size to be specified using k/M/G/T
suffixes.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


219581 12-Mar-2011 ae

Fix grammar.

Pointed out: Ben Kaduk
MFC after: 2 weeks


219575 12-Mar-2011 gjb

Remove unneeded newline.

MFC after: 1 week


219574 12-Mar-2011 gjb

Add example of using 'scan' for wireless networks, similarly to
OpenBSD's ifconfig(8).

PR: 151952
Submitted by: Jared (rhyous of yahoo com)
MFC after: 1 week


219573 12-Mar-2011 ae

Document GEOM_PART_EBR_COMPAT option.

MFC after: 2 weeks


219482 11-Mar-2011 trociny

Make workers inherit debug level from the main process.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


219449 10-Mar-2011 uqs

Widen fields that display partition offset/length.

This makes partitions between 50GiB and 2TiB (16TiB for 4k drives) print
correctly aligned.

While here, fix type of secsize. g_sectorsize() returns ssize_t, don't
store this in an unsigned var. Bump WARNS to 6.

MFC after: 4 weeks


219448 10-Mar-2011 uqs

Remove dead code in bsdlabel depending on __alpha__


219447 10-Mar-2011 uqs

Remove bsdlabel test-script that was full of broken assumptions.

- the default label now includes an a: partition by default
- the c: partition is no longer exported via devfs
- writing of the labels usually works in all cases, though the script
assumes half of them have to fail


219446 10-Mar-2011 uqs

Remove bsdlabel.5, which hasn't been installed in over 7 years
and contains little more than an out-dated copy of <sys/disklabel.h>


219424 09-Mar-2011 pjd

Change example to not be controversial.
I'm sorry to anyone who felt offended by this.

PR: docs/155385
Reported by: maga_lena <mirto@riseup.net>
MFC after: 1 week


219416 08-Mar-2011 ae

It is better to sometimes have not aligned columns than
often have wrapped lines.

MFC after: 2 weeks


219415 08-Mar-2011 ae

Add -p option to `gpart show` command to show provider's names of
partitions instead of partition's indexes. This may be useful with
GPT partitioning scheme or EBR without GEOM_PART_EBR_COMPAT option.

MFC after: 2 weeks


219385 07-Mar-2011 pjd

Unbreak the build.

MFC after: 2 weeks


219373 07-Mar-2011 pjd

Print some of the numbers in human readable form (using %N).

MFC after: 2 weeks


219372 07-Mar-2011 pjd

- Log size of data to synchronize in human readable form (using %N).
- Log synchronization time (using %T).
- Log synchronization speed in human readable form (using %N).

MFC after: 2 weeks


219371 07-Mar-2011 pjd

Use %S to print IP address and port number.

MFC after: 2 weeks


219370 07-Mar-2011 pjd

- Turn on printf extentions.
- Load support for %T for pritning time.
- Add support for %N for printing number in human readable form.
- Add support for %S for printing sockaddr structure (currently only AF_INET
family is supported, as this is all we need in HAST).
- Disable gcc compile-time format checking as this will no longer work.

MFC after: 2 weeks


219369 07-Mar-2011 pjd

Provides three states for pjdlog_initialized, so we can also tell that
this is fist initialization ever.

MFC after: 2 weeks


219354 06-Mar-2011 pjd

Allow to compress on-the-wire data using two algorithms:
- HOLE - it simply turns all-zero blocks into few bytes header;
it is extremely fast, so it is turned on by default;
it is mostly intended to speed up initial synchronization
where we expect many zeros;
- LZF - very fast algorithm by Marc Alexander Lehmann, which shows
very decent compression ratio and has BSD license.

MFC after: 2 weeks


219351 06-Mar-2011 pjd

Allow to checksum on-the-wire data using either CRC32 or SHA256.

MFC after: 2 weeks


219040 25-Feb-2011 dougb

Revert r217871.


218965 23-Feb-2011 brucec

Fix typos - remove duplicate "is".

PR: docs/154934
Submitted by: Eitan Adler <lists at eitanadler.com>
MFC after: 3 days


218951 22-Feb-2011 jh

Xref makefs(8).

PR: 154708
Submitted by: jhs


218726 16-Feb-2011 mckusick

Add the -j option to enable soft updates journaling when creating
a new file system.

Reviewed by: Kostik Belousov <kostikbel@gmail.com>


218700 15-Feb-2011 keramida

Note that a UFS filesystem can have up to 20 active snapshots.

PR: docs/151104
Submitted by: Aldis Berjoza <aldis@bsdroot.lv>
MFC after: 3 days


218677 14-Feb-2011 brucec

Add a check to make sure the provider name is "mdN" before printing the
unit number.

Suggested by: jh
MFC after: 3 days


218652 13-Feb-2011 brucec

Only print the unit number when invoked with the -n flag.

PR: bin/144300
Submitted by: arundel
MFC after: 3 days


218604 12-Feb-2011 kib

In checker, read journal by sectors.

Due to UFS insistence to pretend that device sector size is 512 bytes,
sector size is obtained from ioctl(DIOCGSECTORSIZE) for real devices,
and from the label otherwise. The file images without label have to
be made with 512 sector size.

In collaboration with: pho
Reviewed by: jeff
Tested by: bz, pho


218603 12-Feb-2011 kib

When creating a directory entry for the journal, always read at least
the fragment, and write the full block. Reading less might not work
due to device sector size bigger then size of direntries in the
last directory fragment.

Reported by: bz
In collaboration with: pho
Reviewed by: jeff
Tested by: bz, pho


218474 09-Feb-2011 pjd

When we decide to unlink socket file, sun_path must be set. If it is set,
but there is problem unlinking the file, log a warning.

MFC after: 1 week


218465 08-Feb-2011 pjd

Explicitly include <sys/types.h> as suggested by getpid(2) and don't rely on
<sys/un.h> including what's needed.

MFC after: 1 week


218464 08-Feb-2011 pjd

Unlink UNIX domain socket file only if:
1. The descriptor is the one we are listening on (not the one when we connect
as a client and not the one which is created on accept(2)).
2. Descriptor was created by us (PID matches with the PID stored on bind(2)).

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week


218376 06-Feb-2011 pjd

Now that we break the loop on fstat(2) failure we no longer need to satisfy
gcc's imperfections.

MFC after: 1 week


218375 06-Feb-2011 pjd

Add (void) cast before snprintf(3)s for which we are not interested in return
values.

MFC after: 1 week


218374 06-Feb-2011 pjd

Treat fstat(2) failure (different than EBADF) as fatal error.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week


218373 06-Feb-2011 pjd

Open syslog when logging sysconf(3) failure.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week


218370 06-Feb-2011 pjd

Close more descriptors that can be open if the worker process for the given
resource is already running.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week


218218 03-Feb-2011 pjd

Setup another socketpair between parent and child, so that primary sandboxed
worker can ask the main privileged process to connect in worker's behalf
and then we can migrate descriptor using this socketpair to worker.
This is not really needed now, but will be needed once we start to use
capsicum for sandboxing.

MFC after: 1 week


218217 03-Feb-2011 pjd

Add missing locking after moving keepalive_send() to remote send thread
in r214692.

MFC after: 1 week


218215 03-Feb-2011 pjd

Drop privileges after connecting to hastd, but before sending or receiving
anything.

MFC after: 1 week


218214 03-Feb-2011 pjd

Let the caller log info about successful privilege drop.
We don't want to log this in hastctl.

MFC after: 1 week


218201 02-Feb-2011 bz

Add missing argument after r218192.


218194 02-Feb-2011 pjd

- Rename proto_descriptor_{send,recv}() functions to
proto_connection_{send,recv} and change them to return proto_conn
structure. We don't operate directly on descriptors, but on
proto_conns.
- Add wrap method to wrap descriptor with proto_conn.
- Remove methods to send and receive descriptors and implement this
functionality as additional argument to send and receive methods.

MFC after: 1 week


218193 02-Feb-2011 pjd

Add proto_connect_wait() to wait for connection to finish.
If timeout argument to proto_connect() is -1, then the caller needs to use
this new function to wait for connection.

This change is in preparation for capsicum, where sandboxed worker wants
to ask main process to connect in worker's behalf and pass descriptor
to the worker. Because we don't want the main process to wait for the
connection, it will start async connection and pass descriptor to the
worker who will be responsible for waiting for the connection to finish.

MFC after: 1 week


218192 02-Feb-2011 pjd

Allow to specify connection timeout by the caller.

MFC after: 1 week


218191 02-Feb-2011 pjd

Move protocol allocation and deallocation to separate functions.

MFC after: 1 week


218185 02-Feb-2011 pjd

Be prepared that hp_client or hp_server might be NULL now.

MFC after: 1 week


218158 01-Feb-2011 pjd

Do not set socket send and receive buffer. It will be auto-tuned.

Confirmed by: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week


218148 31-Jan-2011 pjd

Fix build on ia64.

I found no way how to use CMSG_NXTHDR() macro on ia64 without alignment
warnings.

MFC after: 1 week


218147 31-Jan-2011 pjd

Until I fix the build on ia64 comment out problematic lines.
Those lines are part of the (for now) unused functions.


218139 31-Jan-2011 pjd

Implement two new functions for sending descriptor and receving descriptor
over UNIX domain sockets and socket pairs.
This is in preparation for capsicum.

MFC after: 1 week


218138 31-Jan-2011 pjd

- Use pjdlog for assertions and aborts as this will log assert/abort message
to syslog if we run in background.
- Asserts in proto.c that method we want to call is implemented and remove
dummy methods from protocols implementation that are only there to abort
the program with nice message.

MFC after: 1 week


218132 31-Jan-2011 pjd

Rename pjdlog_verify() to pjdlog_abort() as it better describes what the
the function does and mark it with __dead2.

MFC after: 1 week


218093 30-Jan-2011 bschmidt

Fix the 'scan hang' issue.

When requesting a scan and one is already in progess, e.g. while in scan
state, we happily wait for a scan done notification. Though, this
notification might never be sent, e.g. if we are trying to find a network
to associate to and there is none. Instead of always waiting for a
notification just do so if a new scan has been started. For both cases the
scan cache is used to report available networks even if the content might
not be fresh.

MFC after: 1 month


218090 30-Jan-2011 bschmidt

When doing a scan while being associated it is possible that the scan
is deferred for the time it takes to flush the TX queue. This work being
done the scan then is continued, but only if it is marked to do so. As
the 'ifconfig scan' request is meant to be used after the interface is
brought up, request a background scan by default. This behaviour is
already documented in manual page.

This fixes on possible case where 'ifconfig scan' hangs infinitely.

MFC after: 1 month


218049 28-Jan-2011 pjd

Drop privileges in worker processes.

Accepting connections and handshaking in secondary is still done before
dropping privileges. It should be implemented by only accepting connections in
privileged main process and passing connection descriptors to the worker, but
is not implemented yet.

MFC after: 1 week


218048 28-Jan-2011 pjd

Implement function that drops privileges by:
- chrooting to /var/empty (user hast home directory),
- setting groups to 'hast' (user hast primary group),
- setting real group id, effective group id and saved group id to 'hast',
- setting real user id, effective user id and saved user id to 'hast'.
At the end verify that those operations where successfull.

MFC after: 1 week


218045 28-Jan-2011 pjd

Use newly added descriptors_assert() function to ensure only expected
descriptors are open.

MFC after: 1 week


218044 28-Jan-2011 pjd

Add function to assert that the only descriptors we have open are the ones
we expect to be open. Also assert that they point at expected type.

Because openlog(3) API is unable to tell us descriptor number it is using, we
have to close syslog socket, remember assert message in local buffer and if we
fail on assertion, reopen syslog socket and log the message.

MFC after: 1 week


218043 28-Jan-2011 pjd

Close all unneeded descriptors after fork(2).

MFC after: 1 week


218042 28-Jan-2011 pjd

Add comments to places where we treat errors as ciritical, but it is possible
to handle them more gracefully.

MFC after: 1 week


218041 28-Jan-2011 pjd

Add function to close all unneeded descriptors after fork(2).

MFC after: 1 week


218040 28-Jan-2011 pjd

Initialize all global variables on pjdlog_init().

MFC after: 1 week


218015 28-Jan-2011 ae

Document the "bios-boot" partition type.

MFC after: 2 weeks


217969 27-Jan-2011 pjd

Remember created control connection so on fork(2) we can close it in child.

Found with: procstat(1)
MFC after: 1 week


217967 27-Jan-2011 pjd

Close the control socket before exiting, so it will be unlinked.

MFC after: 1 week


217966 27-Jan-2011 pjd

Extend pjdlog_verify() to support the following additional macros:
PJDLOG_RVERIFY() - always check expression and on false log the given message
and exit.
PJDLOG_RASSERT() - check expression when NDEBUG is not defined and on false log
given message and exit.
PJDLOG_ABORT() - log the given message and exit.

MFC after: 1 week


217965 27-Jan-2011 pjd

Add functions to initialize/finalize pjdlog. This allows to open/close log
file at will.

MFC after: 1 week


217964 27-Jan-2011 pjd

Use my copyright for 2011 work.

MFC after: 1 week


217962 27-Jan-2011 pjd

Add LOG_NDELAY flag to openlog(3) - we want descriptor to be immediately open
so there are no surprises once we start chrooting or using capsicum.

MFC after: 1 week


217961 27-Jan-2011 pjd

- Remove obvious NOTREACHED comment after abort() call.
- Remove redundant newline at the end of the file.

MFC after: 1 week


217958 27-Jan-2011 pjd

Remove __dead2 from pjdlog_verify() prototype, it does return sometimes.

MFC after: 1 week


217871 26-Jan-2011 dougb

Clarify the availability of the noatime option on network file systems


217859 25-Jan-2011 cracauer

Fix compilation with debug on.
Fix segfault when TargetAddress is missing or mis-spelled in config file.


217808 25-Jan-2011 sobomax

Supply maximum value as an argument to the decimal() function
instead of supplying number of bits.

Submitted by: bde


217784 24-Jan-2011 pjd

Don't open configuration file from worker process. Handle SIGHUP in the
master process only and pass changes to the worker processes over control
socket. This removes access to global namespace in preparation for capsicum
sandboxing.

MFC after: 2 weeks


217780 24-Jan-2011 ivoras

Added a blurb about thin provisioning, fixed some formatting.


217771 24-Jan-2011 sobomax

o Cylinder numbers are 10 bits in the MBR;

o Sector numbers are only 6 bits in the MBR;

o bde'cize name of the local variable.

Submitted by: bde


217769 24-Jan-2011 mckusick

The dump, fsck_ffs, fsdb, fsirand, newfs, makefs, and quot utilities
include sys/time.h instead of time.h. This include is incorrect as
per the manpages for the APIs and the POSIX definitions. This commit
replaces sys/time.h where necessary with time.h.

The commit also includes some minor style(9) header fixup in newfs.

This commit is part of a larger effort by Garrett Cooper started in
//depot/user/gcooper/posix-conformance-work/ -- to make FreeBSD more
POSIX compliant.

Submitted by: Garrett Cooper yanegomi at gmail dot com


217753 23-Jan-2011 jilles

init(8): Document that login(1) is now responsible for recording logouts.

init(8) only uses utmpx for recording reboots and shutdowns.


217750 23-Jan-2011 jilles

init: Only run /etc/rc.shutdown if /etc/rc was run.

It does not make sense to shut down daemons that were not started. In
particular, this fixes loss of mixer settings when shutting down using
shutdown(8), init(8) or ctrl+alt+del from single-user mode.

If /etc/rc reboots, /etc/rc.shutdown is not run.

Also fix segfaults and other erratic behaviour if init receives SIGHUP or
SIGTSTP while in single-user mode.

This commit does not attempt to fix any badness with signal handlers
(assumption that pointers can be read and written atomically, EINTR race
condition). I believe it does not make this badness any worse.

Silence on: -arch@


217737 22-Jan-2011 pjd

Add missing logs.

MFC after: 1 week


217732 22-Jan-2011 pjd

Add nv_assert() which allows to assert that the given name exists.

MFC after: 1 week


217731 22-Jan-2011 pjd

Use more consistent function name with the others (pjdlogv_prefix_set()
instead of pjdlog_prefix_setv()).

MFC after: 1 week


217730 22-Jan-2011 pjd

Use int16 for error.

MFC after: 1 week


217729 22-Jan-2011 pjd

- On primary worker reload, update hr_exec field.
- Update comment.

MFC after: 1 week


217726 22-Jan-2011 marcel

s/utime/modtime/g -- utime shadows utime(3).

Submitted by: Garrett Cooper


217714 22-Jan-2011 sobomax

Warn user when value entered is greated than the amount supported
by the MBR for the given parameter and set that parameter to the
maximum value instead of just truncating the most significant part
silently.

Could happen for example if the capacity of the device is more
than 2TB, so that the number of sectors is greater than 2Mib.

MFC after: 1 month


217616 19-Jan-2011 mdf

Introduce signed and unsigned version of CTLTYPE_QUAD, renaming
existing uses. Rename sysctl_handle_quad() to sysctl_handle_64().


217586 19-Jan-2011 mdf

sysctl(8) should use the CTLTYPE to determine the type of data when
reading. (This was already done for writing to a sysctl). This
requires all SYSCTL setups to specify a type. Most of them are now
checked at compile-time.

Remove SYSCTL_*X* sysctl additions as the print being in hex should be
controlled by the -x flag to sysctl(8).

Succested by: bde


217522 17-Jan-2011 mdf

Fix typo and bump date.


217521 17-Jan-2011 mdf

The kernel is not exporting any "T,dev_t" sysctl nodes anymore, so
remove the capability and mention from sysctl(8).


217344 13-Jan-2011 maxim

o Somehow I revert Dd macro in the previous commit.
Re-revert it.


217343 13-Jan-2011 maxim

o Start each sentence on a new line. No content changes.

Suggested by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week


217342 13-Jan-2011 maxim

o Typo fixes.

PR: docs/153933
Submitted by: jpaetzel@, Warren Block
MFC after: 1 week


217334 12-Jan-2011 brucec

Fix formatting of cross-references.


217327 12-Jan-2011 brucec

Fix sorting of cross-references.


217316 12-Jan-2011 brucec

Fix cross-reference to gvinum(8).


217314 12-Jan-2011 ae

Fix up the grammar.

PR: docs/153933
MFC after: 3 days


217312 12-Jan-2011 pjd

execve(2), not fork(2) resets signal handler to the default value (if it isn't
ignored). Correct comment talking about that.

Pointed out by: kib
MFC after: 3 days


217308 12-Jan-2011 pjd

Add a note that when custom signal handler is installed for a signal,
signal action is restored to default in child after fork(2).
In this case there is no need to do anything with dummy SIGCHLD handler,
because after fork(2) it will be automatically reverted to SIG_IGN.

Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
MFC after: 3 days


217307 12-Jan-2011 pjd

Install default signal handlers before masking signals we want to handle.
It is possible that the parent process ignores some of them and sigtimedwait()
will never see them, eventhough they are masked.

The most common situation for this to happen is boot process where init(8)
ignores SIGHUP before starting to execute /etc/rc. This in turn caused
hastd(8) to ignore SIGHUP.

Reported by: trasz
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
MFC after: 3 days


217305 12-Jan-2011 ae

Sector size can not be greater than MAXPHYS. Since GRAID3 calculates
sector size from user-specified block size, report to user about
big blocksize.

PR: kern/147851
MFC after: 1 week


217016 05-Jan-2011 ken

The camcontrol smppc option to clear a PHY error log is 'clearerrlog',
not 'clearerrorlog'.


217013 05-Jan-2011 marius

Teach ifconfig(8) the handy shared option shortcut aliases the NetBSD
counterpart also takes, i.e. "fdx" for "full-duplex", "flow" for
"flowcontrol", "hdx" for "half-duplex" as well as "loop" and "loopback"
for "hw-loopback".

MFC after: 1 week


216823 30-Dec-2010 pjd

For compatibility with Linux and Solaris add poweroff(8).

It is implemented as a hard link to shutdown(8) and it is equivalent of:

# shutdown -p now

While I'm here put one line of usage into one line of C code so it is easier to
grep(1) and separate unrelated code with empty line.

MFC after: 2 weeks


216798 29-Dec-2010 kib

Add support for FS_TRIM to user-mode UFS utilities.

Reviewed by: mckusick, pjd, pho
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 month


216725 26-Dec-2010 simon

Fix deprecated warning about -L which said -i was deprecated.

MFC after: 3 days


216722 26-Dec-2010 pjd

Detect when resource is configured more than once.

MFC after: 3 days


216721 26-Dec-2010 pjd

When node-specific configuration is missing in resource section, provide
more useful information. Instead of:

hastd: remote address not configured for resource foo

Print the following:

No resource foo configuration for this node (acceptable node names: freefall, freefall.freebsd.org, 44333332-4c44-4e31-4a30-313920202020).

MFC after: 3 days


216619 21-Dec-2010 ae

Check number of arguments before trying to read arg0. This prevents access
to arg0 and dumping core when `gpart bootcode` called without arguments.


216561 19-Dec-2010 charnier

Add __unused. Ansi prototypes.


216494 16-Dec-2010 pjd

The 'ret' variable is of type ssize_t and we use proper format for it (%zd), so
no (bogus) cast is needed.

MFC after: 3 days


216493 16-Dec-2010 obrien

Revert r216473.
WARNS=6 causes "warning: cast increases required alignment of target type"
on arm, ia64, mips, and sparc64.


216479 16-Dec-2010 pjd

Improve problems logging.

MFC after: 3 days


216478 16-Dec-2010 pjd

Don't ignore errors from remote requests.

MFC after: 3 days


216477 16-Dec-2010 pjd

Log the fact of launching and include protocol version number.

MFC after: 3 days


216473 16-Dec-2010 obrien

Bump WARNS to 6.


216472 16-Dec-2010 obrien

GEOM virstor .so does not need libmd.


216470 15-Dec-2010 obrien

Rename the generic "CLASS" to the more specific "GEOM_CLASS".
While I'm here remove redundancy and inconsistencies.

Obtained from: Juniper Networks


216468 15-Dec-2010 obrien

Rename the generic "CLASS" to the more specific "GEOM_CLASS".
While I'm here remove redundancy and inconsistencies.

Obtained from: Juniper Networks


216453 15-Dec-2010 kib

Add the missed 'p' flag to getopt() optstring argument.

MFC after: 1 week


216399 12-Dec-2010 joel

Remove the advertising clause from UCB copyrighted files in sbin. This
is in accordance with the information at
ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change


216361 10-Dec-2010 ken

Fix a few issues related to the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB.

camcontrol.c: In buildbusdevlist(), don't attempt to get call
getdevid() for an unconfigured device, even when the
verbose flag is set. The cam_open_btl() call will almost
certainly fail.

Probe for the buffer size when issuing the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO
CCB. Probing for the buffer size first helps us avoid
allocating the maximum buffer size when it really may not
be necessary. This also helps avoid errors from
cam_periph_mapmem() if we attempt to map more than MAXPHYS.

cam_periph.c: In cam_periph_mapmem(), if the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB
shows a bufsiz of 0, we don't have anything to map,
so just return.

Also, set the maximum mapping size to MAXPHYS
instead of DFLTPHYS for XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCBs,
since they don't actually go down to the hardware.

scsi_pass.c: Don't bother mapping the buffer in XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO
CCBs if bufsiz is 0.


216297 08-Dec-2010 glebius

- Fix array bounds checking. [1]
- Add message length checking.

PR: 151664 [1]
Submitted by: Alexey Illarionov <littlesavage rambler.ru> [1]
Reviewed by: yar


216296 08-Dec-2010 glebius

Add RTM_IEEE80211 to array of route message descriptions.

PR: 151664
Submitted by: Alexey Illarionov <littlesavage rambler.ru>


216267 07-Dec-2010 weongyo

Introduces IFF_CANTCONFIG interface flag to point that the interface
isn't configurable in a meaningful way. This is for ifconfig(8) or
other tools not to change code whenever IFT_USB-like interfaces are
registered at the interface list.

Reviewed by: brooks
No objections: gavin, jkim


216178 04-Dec-2010 uqs

Move most of the remaining USD/PSD/SMM papers into share/doc


216147 03-Dec-2010 delphij

* Recommend a overwrite of whole geli provider before use.
* Correct a typo while I'm there.

Reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 2 weeks


216095 01-Dec-2010 kevlo

Closing file descriptors when it's done


216089 01-Dec-2010 weongyo

Don't print usbus[0-9] interfaces that it's not the interesting
interface type for ifconfig(8).


216088 30-Nov-2010 ken

Add Serial Management Protocol (SMP) passthrough support to CAM.

This includes support in the kernel, camcontrol(8), libcam and the mps(4)
driver for SMP passthrough.

The CAM SCSI probe code has been modified to fetch Inquiry VPD page 0x00
to determine supported pages, and will now fetch page 0x83 in addition to
page 0x80 if supported.

Add two new CAM CCBs, XPT_SMP_IO, and XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO. The SMP CCB is
intended for SMP requests and responses. The ADVINFO is currently used to
fetch cached VPD page 0x83 data from the transport layer, but is intended
to be extensible to fetch other types of device-specific data.

SMP-only devices are not currently represented in the CAM topology, and so
the current semantics are that the SIM will route SMP CCBs to either the
addressed device, if it contains an SMP target, or its parent, if it
contains an SMP target. (This is noted in cam_ccb.h, since it will change
later once we have the ability to have SMP-only devices in CAM's topology.)

smp_all.c,
smp_all.h: New helper routines for SMP. This includes
SMP request building routines, response parsing
routines, error decoding routines, and structure
definitions for a number of SMP commands.

libcam/Makefile: Add smp_all.c to libcam, so that SMP functionality
is available to userland applications.

camcontrol.8,
camcontrol.c: Add smp passthrough support to camcontrol. Several
new subcommands are now available:

'smpcmd' functions much like 'cmd', except that it
allows the user to send generic SMP commands.

'smprg' sends the SMP report general command, and
displays the decoded output. It will automatically
fetch extended output if it is available.

'smppc' sends the SMP phy control command, with any
number of potential options. Among other things,
this allows the user to reset a phy on a SAS
expander, or disable a phy on an expander.

'smpmaninfo' sends the SMP report manufacturer
information and displays the decoded output.

'smpphylist' displays a list of phys on an
expander, and the CAM devices attached to those
phys, if any.

cam.h,
cam.c: Add a status value for SMP errors
(CAM_SMP_STATUS_ERROR).

Add a missing description for CAM_SCSI_IT_NEXUS_LOST.

Add support for SMP commands to cam_error_string().

cam_ccb.h: Rename the CAM_DIR_RESV flag to CAM_DIR_BOTH. SMP
commands are by nature bi-directional, and we may
need to support bi-directional SCSI commands later.

Add the XPT_SMP_IO CCB. Since SMP commands are
bi-directional, there are pointers for both the
request and response.

Add a fill routine for SMP CCBs.

Add the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB. This is currently
used to fetch cached page 0x83 data from the
transport later, but is extensible to fetch many
other types of data.

cam_periph.c: Add support in cam_periph_mapmem() for XPT_SMP_IO
and XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCBs.

cam_xpt.c: Add support for executing XPT_SMP_IO CCBs.

cam_xpt_internal.h: Add fields for VPD pages 0x00 and 0x83 in struct
cam_ed.

scsi_all.c: Add scsi_get_sas_addr(), a function that parses
VPD page 0x83 data and pulls out a SAS address.

scsi_all.h: Add VPD page 0x00 and 0x83 structures, and a
prototype for scsi_get_sas_addr().

scsi_pass.c: Add support for mapping buffers in XPT_SMP_IO and
XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCBs.

scsi_xpt.c: In the SCSI probe code, first ask the device for
VPD page 0x00. If any VPD pages are supported,
that page is required to be implemented. Based on
the response, we may probe for the serial number
(page 0x80) or device id (page 0x83).

Add support for the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB.

sys/conf/files: Add smp_all.c.

mps.c: Add support for passing in a uio in mps_map_command(),
so we can map a S/G list at once.

Add support for SMP passthrough commands in
mps_data_cb(). SMP is a special case, because the
first buffer in the S/G list is outbound and the
second buffer is inbound.

Add support for warning the user if the busdma code
comes back with more buffers than will work for the
command. This will, for example, help the user
determine why an SMP command failed if busdma comes
back with three buffers.

mps_pci.c: Add sys/uio.h.

mps_sas.c: Add the SAS address and the parent handle to the
list of fields we pull from device page 0 and cache
in struct mpssas_target. These are needed for SMP
passthrough.

Add support for the XPT_SMP_IO CCB. For now, this
CCB is routed to the addressed device if it supports
SMP, or to its parent if it does not and the parent
does. This is necessary because CAM does not
currently support SMP-only nodes in the topology.

Make SMP passthrough support conditional on
__FreeBSD_version >= 900026. This will make it
easier to MFC this change to the driver without
MFCing the CAM changes as well.

mps_user.c: Un-staticize mpi_init_sge() so we can use it for
the SMP passthrough code.

mpsvar.h: Add a uio and iovecs into struct mps_command for
SMP passthrough commands.

Add a cm_max_segs field to struct mps_command so
that we can warn the user if busdma comes back with
too many segments.

Clear the cm_reply when a command gets freed. If
it is not cleared, reply frames will eventually get
freed into the pool multiple times and corrupt the
pool. (This fix is from scottl.)

Add a prototype for mpi_init_sge().

sys/param.h: Bump __FreeBSD_version to 900026 for the for the
inclusion of the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO and XPT_SMP_IO
CAM CCBs.


215704 22-Nov-2010 brucec

Fix some more warnings found by clang.


215702 22-Nov-2010 brucec

Fix use of AND operator: should be bitwise instead of logical.


215676 22-Nov-2010 brucec

Don't generate input() since it's not used.


215674 22-Nov-2010 brucec

Don't generate input() since it's not used.


215672 22-Nov-2010 ae

Add SIGINT handler to `gpart restore` action.

MFC after: 1 week


215671 22-Nov-2010 ae

Always dump partition labels with `gpart backup`, but `gpart restore`
does restore them only when -l option is specified [1]. Make number of
entries field in backup format optional. Document -l and -r options of
`gpart show` action.

Suggested by: pjd [1]
MFC after: 1 week


215658 22-Nov-2010 kevlo

Plug an fd leak


215607 21-Nov-2010 kevlo

Fix missing closedir()

Reviewed by: imp


215576 20-Nov-2010 mckusick

Delete /sys/ufs/ffs/README.snapshot as it is no longer relevant.
Drop reference to it in mount(8).

MFC: 3 days


215570 20-Nov-2010 ae

Add to gpart(8) an ability to backup partition table and
restore it from given backup.

Discussed with: geom@
Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


215507 19-Nov-2010 rstone

When doing a camcontrol rescan all or a camcontrol reset all, use the wildcard
path id for enumerating the available busses. Previously camcontrol was
implicitly passing 0 as the first path id, which meant that if bus 0 was not
present camcontrol would fail with EINVAL instead of rescanning/resetting any
busses that were present.

Approved by: emaste (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


215426 17-Nov-2010 jhb

Remove unused autofs userland bits.

Approved by: core


215332 15-Nov-2010 pjd

Move timeout.tv_sec initialization outside the loop - sigtimedwait(2) won't
modify it.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


215331 15-Nov-2010 pjd

1. Exit when we cannot create incoming connection.
2. Improve logging to inform which connection can't be created.

Submitted by: [1] Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


215272 13-Nov-2010 marius

When setting a media with no sub-type specified also reset the type
specific options along with the global ones so these options don't
stick when f.e. switching to IFM_AUTO.

MFC after: 2 weeks


215259 13-Nov-2010 marius

When printing media with more than one media option set aggregate these
in a comma delimited list instead of repeating "mediaopt" for each one.
This matches how the options of the active media are printed with
print_media_word() and brings us in line what NetBSD does.

MFC after: 2 weeks


215248 13-Nov-2010 kib

In printfile(), exit the process instead of only printing the warning.
This fixes verbose mode when either -i specified non-existent kldfile
id, or the file was unloaded between two kldnext(2) calls.

While there, fix printfile() definition to be style(9)-compliant.

Submitted by: arundel
MFC after: 1 week


215247 13-Nov-2010 joel

Use "cylinder" instead of "cyl" for consistency.

Reviewed by: phk


215179 12-Nov-2010 luigi

The first customer of the SO_USER_COOKIE option:
the "sockarg" ipfw option matches packets associated to
a local socket and with a non-zero so_user_cookie value.
The value is made available as tablearg, so it can be used
as a skipto target or pipe number in ipfw/dummynet rules.

Code by Paul Joe, manpage by me.

Submitted by: Paul Joe
MFC after: 1 week


214834 05-Nov-2010 rpaulo

Append to CFLAGS, don't clobber it.

Submitted by: loos


214807 04-Nov-2010 brucec

r214781 caused the timer value to be rounded down, so that if the user asked
for 59 minutes 30 was sent to the drive. The timer value is now always
rounded up.

Reported by: mav


214781 04-Nov-2010 brucec

Fix standby timer calculation: the timer was being set 30 minutes later
than the user requested.
Also, 21 minutes is encoded as 252 and 22-29 minutes cannot be encoded
so must be rounded up to 30.

PR: bin/151871


214692 02-Nov-2010 pjd

Send packets to remote node only via the send thread to avoid possible
races - in this case a keepalive packet was send from wrong thread which
lead to connection dropping, because of corrupted packet.

Fix it by sending keepalive packets directly from the send thread.
As a bonus we now send keepalive packets only when connection is idle.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


214536 29-Oct-2010 rpaulo

Add a ${.CURDIR} reference to the previous commit.

Submitted by: dim


214533 29-Oct-2010 rpaulo

Force include ../../libpcap/config.h since privsep.c groks pcap's
internals.


214419 27-Oct-2010 jh

Correct a typo.

PR: 151321
Submitted by: Simon Walton
MFC after: 3 days


214404 26-Oct-2010 pjd

Use fprintf(stderr) instead of gctl_error() to print a warning about too
big sector size. When gctl error is set gctl_has_param() always returns
'false', which prevents geli(8) from finding some arguments and also masks
an error, which is generates in such case.

MFC after: 3 days


214352 25-Oct-2010 ae

Reimplemented "gpart destroy -F". Now it does all work in kernel.
This was needed for recover implementation.

Implement the recover command for GPT. Now GPT will marked as
corrupt when any of three types of corruption will be detected:
1. Damaged primary GPT header or table
2. Damaged secondary GPT header or table
3. Secondary header is not located in the last LBA
Marked GPT becomes read-only. Any changes with corrupt table
are prohibited. Only "destroy" and "recover" commands are allowed.

Discussed with: geom@ (mostly silence)
Tested by: Ilya A. Arhipov
Approved by: mav (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


214321 25-Oct-2010 mav

Do some whitespace and `identify` output cleanup.

Submitted by: arundel
MFC after: 2 weeks


214284 24-Oct-2010 pjd

Before this change on first connect between primary and secondary we
initialize all the data. This is huge waste of time and resources if
there were no writes yet, as there is no real data to synchronize.

Optimize this by sending "virgin" argument to secondary, which gives it a hint
that synchronization is not needed.

In the common case (where noth nodes are configured at the same time) instead
of synchronizing everything, we don't synchronize at all.

MFC after: 1 week


214283 24-Oct-2010 pjd

Implement nv_exists() function that returns true if argument of the given
name exists.

MFC after: 3 days


214282 24-Oct-2010 pjd

Move all NV defines into nv.c, they are not used externally thus there is
no need to make then visible from outside.

MFC after: 3 days


214276 24-Oct-2010 pjd

Simplify code a bit.

MFC after: 3 days


214275 24-Oct-2010 pjd

Plug memory leak.

MFC after: 3 days


214274 24-Oct-2010 pjd

Plug memory leaks.

Found with: valgrind
MFC after: 3 days


214273 24-Oct-2010 pjd

Load geom_gate.ko module after parsing arguments.

MFC after: 3 days


214132 21-Oct-2010 uqs

mdoc: make pages render with mandoc

It's a bit more pedantic regarding .Bl list elements. This has an added
benefit of unbreaking the ipfw(8) manpage, where groff was silently
skipping one list element.


214119 20-Oct-2010 pjd

Use closefrom(2) instead of close(2) in a loop.

MFC after: 1 week


214118 20-Oct-2010 pjd

Bring in geli suspend/resume functionality (finally).

Before this change if you wanted to suspend your laptop and be sure that your
encryption keys are safe, you had to stop all processes that use file system
stored on encrypted device, unmount the file system and detach geli provider.

This isn't very handy. If you are a lucky user of a laptop where suspend/resume
actually works with FreeBSD (I'm not!) you most likely want to suspend your
laptop, because you don't want to start everything over again when you turn
your laptop back on.

And this is where geli suspend/resume steps in. When you execute:

# geli suspend -a

geli will wait for all in-flight I/O requests, suspend new I/O requests, remove
all geli sensitive data from the kernel memory (like encryption keys) and will
wait for either 'geli resume' or 'geli detach'.

Now with no keys in memory you can suspend your laptop without stopping any
processes or unmounting any file systems.

When you resume your laptop you have to resume geli devices using 'geli resume'
command. You need to provide your passphrase, etc. again so the keys can be
restored and suspended I/O requests released.

Of course you need to remember that 'geli suspend' won't clear file system
cache and other places where data from your geli-encrypted file system might be
present. But to get rid of those stopping processes and unmounting file system
won't help either - you have to turn your laptop off. Be warned.

Also note, that suspending geli device which contains file system with geli
utility (or anything used by 'geli resume') is not very good idea, as you won't
be able to resume it - when you execute geli(8), the kernel will try to read it
and this read I/O request will be suspended.


214073 19-Oct-2010 brucec

Stop disallowing device nodes to be passed to camcontrol(8) since libcam
already allows both device names and nodes to be specified.

Reviewed by: avg


214054 19-Oct-2010 uqs

mdoc: drop even more redundant .Pp calls

No change in rendered output, less mandoc lint warnings.

Tool provided by: Nobuyuki Koganemaru n-kogane at syd.odn.ne.jp


213981 17-Oct-2010 pjd

Log correct connection when canceling half-open connection.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


213939 16-Oct-2010 pjd

Use one fprintf() instead of two.

MFC after: 3 days


213938 16-Oct-2010 pjd

Clear signal mask before executing a hook.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


213810 13-Oct-2010 luigi

document logging through bpf


213697 11-Oct-2010 ed

Remove stale reference to wtmp(5).

Reported by: pluknet


213668 10-Oct-2010 jh

- Print the nmount(2) provided error message only when it is set.
- Ensure that the error message is NUL-terminated before printing it.

PR: bin/147482
MFC after: 2 weeks


213662 09-Oct-2010 ae

Replace strlen(_PATH_DEV) with sizeof(_PATH_DEV) - 1.

Suggested by: kib
Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 5 days


213646 09-Oct-2010 imp

Allow the kernel to generate more spacy things and still have devd
cope. Skip multiple spaces in a few contexts.

PR: 96854
Submitted by: Shin'ya Kumabuchi
MFC after: 1 week


213580 08-Oct-2010 pjd

We can't zero out ggio request, as we have some fields in there we initialize
once during start-up.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


213579 08-Oct-2010 pjd

We close the event socketpair early in the mainloop to prevent spaming with
error messages, so when we clean up after child process, we have to check if
the event socketpair is still there.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


213573 08-Oct-2010 uqs

mdoc: drop redundant .Pp and .LP calls

They have no effect when coming in pairs, or before .Bl/.Bd


213533 07-Oct-2010 pjd

Clear ggate structures before using them. We don't initialize all the field
and there can be some garbage from the stack.

MFC after: 1 week


213531 07-Oct-2010 pjd

Log error message when we fail to destroy ggate provider.

MFC after: 3 days


213530 07-Oct-2010 pjd

Start the guard thread first, so we can handle signals from the very begining.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week


213529 07-Oct-2010 pjd

Don't close local component on exit as we can hang waiting on g_waitidle.
I'm unable to reproduce the race described in comment anymore and also the
comment is incorrect - localfd represents local component from configuration
file, eg. /dev/da0 and not HAST provider.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week


213430 04-Oct-2010 pjd

Decrease report interval to 5 seconds, as this also means we will check for
signals every 5 seconds and not every 10 seconds as before.

MFC after: 3 days


213429 04-Oct-2010 pjd

hook_check() is now only used to report about long-running hooks, so the
argument is redundant, remove it.

MFC after: 3 days


213428 04-Oct-2010 pjd

We can't mask ignored signal, so install dummy signal hander for SIGCHLD before
masking it.

This fixes bogus reports about hooks running for too long and other problems
related to garbage-collecting child processes.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


213298 30-Sep-2010 jh

Fix printing of the "rw" mount option in fstab(5) format (-p option).
fstab(5) format requires that one of "rw", "rq" or "ro" is always
specified.

PR: bin/123021
Reviewed by: keramida, rodrigc
MFC after: 2 weeks


213245 28-Sep-2010 pjd

Document recently added GPT attributes (bootme, bootonce, bootfailed) and
list other schemes attributes.

Reviewed by: simon, rpaulo
MFC after: 2 weeks


213187 26-Sep-2010 ae

Remove superfluous word from "gpart bootcode" usage message.

Approved by: kib (mentor)


213183 26-Sep-2010 pjd

Plug memory leak on fork(2) failure.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


213172 25-Sep-2010 pjd

- Add support for loading passphrase from a file (-J and -j options).
This is especially useful for things like installers, where regular
geli prompt can't be used.
- Add support for specifing multiple -K or -k options, so there is no
need to cat all keyfiles and read them from standard input.

Requested by: Kris Moore <kris@pcbsd.org>, thompsa
MFC after: 2 weeks


213119 24-Sep-2010 mckusick

Reported problem:
Large (60GB) filesystems created using "newfs -U -O 1 -b 65536 -f 8192"
show incorrect results from "df" for free and used space when mounted
immediately after creation. fsck on the new filesystem (before ever
mounting it once) gives a "SUMMARY INFORMATION BAD" error in phase 5.

This error hasn't occurred in any runs of fsck immediately after
"newfs -U -b 65536 -f 8192" (leaving out the "-O 1" option).

Solution:
The default UFS1 superblock is located at offset 8K in the filesystem
partition; the default UFS2 superblock is located at offset 64K in
the filesystem partition. For UFS1 filesystems with a blocksize of
64K, the first alternate superblock resides at 64K which is the the
location used for the default UFS2 superblock. By default, the
system first checks for a valid superblock at the default location
for a UFS2 filoesystem. For a UFS1 filesystem with a blocksize of
64K, there is a valid UFS1 superblock at this location. Thus, even
though it is expected to be a backup superblock, the system will
use it as its default superblock. So, we have to ensure that all the
statistcs on usage are correct in this first alternate superblock
as it is the superblock that will actually be used.

While tracking down this problem, another limitation of UFS1 became
evident. For UFS1, the number of inodes per cylinder group is stored
in an int16_t. Thus the maximum number of inodes per cylinder group
is limited to 2^15 - 1. This limit can easily be exceeded for block
sizes of 32K and above. Thus when building UFS1 filesystems, newfs
must limit the number of inodes per cylinder group to 2^15 - 1.

Reported by: Guy Helmer<ghelmer@palisadesys.com>
Followup by: Bruce Cran <brucec@freebsd.org>
PR: 107692
MFC after: 4 weeks


213097 24-Sep-2010 ae

Implement "force" (-F) option for gpart destroy verb.
This option doesn't passed to kernel and handled in user-space.
With -F option gpart creates new "delete" request for each
partition in table. Each request has flags="X" that disables
auto-commit feature. Last request is the original "destroy" request.
It has own flags and can have disabled or enabled auto-commit feature.
If error is occurred when deleting partitions, then new "undo" request
is created and all changes will be rolled back.

Approved by: kib (mentor)


213074 23-Sep-2010 pjd

- Simplify code by using g_*() API.
- Don't use u_char and u_int in userland.
- Change 'unsigned' to 'unsigned int'.
- Update copyright years.

MFC after: 1 week


213073 23-Sep-2010 pjd

Update copyright years.

MFC after: 1 week


213071 23-Sep-2010 pjd

Document AES-XTS.

MFC after: 1 week


213060 23-Sep-2010 pjd

- When trashing metadata, repeat overwrite kern.geom.eli.overwrites times.
- Flush write cache after each write.

MFC after: 1 week


213059 23-Sep-2010 pjd

- Use g_*() API when doing backups.
- fsync() created filed.

MFC after: 1 week


213058 23-Sep-2010 pjd

Because we first write metadata into new place and then trash old place we
don't want situation where old size is equal to new size, as we will trash
newly written metadata.

MFC after: 1 week


213057 23-Sep-2010 pjd

- Make use of g_*() API.
- Flush cache after writing metadata.

MFC after: 1 week


213056 23-Sep-2010 pjd

Simplify code a bit by using g_*() API from libgeom.

MFC after: 1 week


213009 22-Sep-2010 pjd

Switch to sigprocmask(2) API also in the main process and secondary process.
This way the primary process inherits signal mask from the main process,
which fixes a race where signal is delivered to the primary process before
configuring signal mask.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


213008 22-Sep-2010 pjd

Assert that descriptor numbers are sane.

MFC after: 3 days


213007 22-Sep-2010 pjd

Fix possible deadlock where worker process sends an event to the main process
while the main process sends control message to the worker process, but worker
process hasn't started control thread yet, because it waits for reply from the
main process.

The fix is to start the control thread before sending any events.

Reported and fix suggested by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


213006 22-Sep-2010 pjd

Fix descriptor leaks: when child exits, we have to close control and event
socket pairs. We did that only in one case out of three.

MFC after: 3 days


213004 22-Sep-2010 pjd

If we are unable to receive control message is most likely because the main
process died. Instead of entering infinite loop, terminate.

MFC after: 3 days


213003 22-Sep-2010 pjd

Sort includes.

MFC after: 3 days


212959 21-Sep-2010 ed

Add a notice to the man page that batteries should be installed.


212934 20-Sep-2010 brian

Add a geli resize subcommand to resize encrypted filesystems prior
to growing the filesystem.

Refuse to attach providers where the metadata provider size is
wrong. This makes post-boot attaches behave consistently with
pre-boot attaches. Also refuse to restore metadata to a provider
of the wrong size without the new -f switch. The new -f switch
forces the metadata restoration despite the provider size, and
updates the provider size in the restored metadata to the correct
value.

Helped by: pjd
Reviewed by: pjd


212899 20-Sep-2010 pjd

Add __dead2 to functions that we know they are going to exit.

MFC after: 3 days


212886 20-Sep-2010 marcel

Unbreak the build on strong-aligned architectures (arm, ia64).
Casting from (char *) to (struct ufs1_dinode *) changes the
alignment requirement of the pointer and GCC does not know that
the pointer is adequately aligned (due to malloc(3)), and warns
about it. Cast to (void *) first to by-pass the check.


212846 19-Sep-2010 pjd

Fix indent.


212839 19-Sep-2010 brian

Revise r197763 which fixes filesystem corruption when extending
into un-zeroed storage.

The original patch was questioned by Kirk as it forces the filesystem
to do excessive work initialising inodes on first use, and was never
MFC'd. This change mimics the newfs(8) approach of zeroing two
blocks of inodes for each new cylinder group.

Reviewed by: mckusick
MFC after: 3 weeks


212789 17-Sep-2010 avg

nextboot: warn about limitations of /boot/nextboot.conf on ZFS

MFC after: 1 week


212726 16-Sep-2010 zec

Make the format of "Real Memory" and "Virtual Memory" lines more
consistent with the rest of sysctl vm.vmtotal output.

MFC after: 3 days


212724 16-Sep-2010 brian

Add support for identifying a journaled root filesystem.
Fix support for identifying the given /dev/vinum/root example.

MFC after: 3 weeks


212708 15-Sep-2010 pjd

GPART_PARAM_INDEX is now G_TYPE_NUMBER.


212622 14-Sep-2010 pjd

Remove dead code.


212615 14-Sep-2010 pjd

Remove now unused G_TYPE_ASCNUM.


212614 14-Sep-2010 pjd

- Change all places where G_TYPE_ASCNUM is used to G_TYPE_NUMBER.
It turns out the new type wasn't really needed.
- Reorganize code a little bit.


212613 14-Sep-2010 pjd

Update two last places where "arg0" should be used instead of "geom".


212610 14-Sep-2010 gjb

Synchronize newfs(8) manual with code.

PR: 61716
Submitted by: Radim Kolar <hsn at netmag cz>
Patch by: arundel
Approved by: keramida (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


212608 14-Sep-2010 pjd

All gpart(8) subcommands apart from the 'bootcode' subcommand handle
given geom/provider names with and without /dev/ prefix. Teach the
'bootcode' subcommand to handle /dev/<foo> names as well.


212607 14-Sep-2010 pjd

Remove dot which shouldn't be here, as err(3) will attach error message
at the end of the string.


212606 14-Sep-2010 pjd

Introduce special G_VAL_OPTIONAL define, which when given in value field
tells geom(8) to ignore it when it is not given and don't try to obtain
default value.


212555 13-Sep-2010 pjd

Add G_TYPE_MULTI flag, which when set for the given option, will
allow the option to be specified multiple times. This will help to
implement things like passing multiple keyfiles to geli(8) instead of
cat(1)ing them all into stdin and reading from there using one '-k -'
option.


212554 13-Sep-2010 pjd

- Remove gc_argname field. It was introduced for gpart(8), but if I
understand everything correctly, we don't really need it.
- Provide default numeric value as strings. This allows to simplify
a lot of code.
- Bump version number.


212547 13-Sep-2010 pjd

- Allow to specify value as const pointers.
- Make optional string values always an empty string.


212527 13-Sep-2010 imp

MF tbemd: Move to using Makefile.arch to select what to build.

Reviewed by: arch@ (no objection)


212498 12-Sep-2010 gjb

Rewording and typo fixes in newfs(8).

PR: 150490
Submitted by: Eitan Adler <foreignuser at eitanadler com>
Additional fixes by: Warren Block <wblock at wonkity com>, keramida
Approved by: keramida (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


212253 06-Sep-2010 brian

Document dhclient-enter-hooks and dhclient-exit-hooks and mention
how to configure dhclient to clear the interface of IP numbers prior
to configuring it.

PR: 149351
MFC after: 2 weeks


212247 06-Sep-2010 brian

Handle geli-encrypted root disk devices.

MFC after: 2 weeks


212221 05-Sep-2010 daichi

Allowed unionfs to use whiteout not supporting file system as
upper layer. Until now, unionfs prevents to use that kind of
file system as upper layer. This time, I changed to allow
that kind of file system as upper layer. By this change, you
can use whiteout not supporting file system (e.g., especially
for tmpfs) as upper layer. It's very useful for combination of
tmpfs as upper layer and read only file system as lower layer.

By difinition, without whiteout support from the file system
backing the upper layer, there is no way that delete and rename
operations on lower layer objects can be done. EOPNOTSUPP is
returned for this kind of operations as generated by VOP_WHITEOUT()
along with any others which would make modifica tions to the
lower layer, such as chmod(1).

This change is suggested by ed.

Submitted by: ed


212195 04-Sep-2010 kevlo

Shut the compiler up; initializes the sotype variable to zero in
nfs_tryproto().

Reviewed by: rmacklem


212084 01-Sep-2010 maxim

o List MOUNTVER and SCHED classes. X-ref gsched(8). Bump Dd.

PR: docs/149925
Submitted by: arundel


212052 31-Aug-2010 pjd

Include process PID in log messages.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 2 weeks


212051 31-Aug-2010 pjd

Correct error message.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 2 weeks


212049 31-Aug-2010 pjd

Forgot to add event.c and event.h in r212038.

Pointed out by: pluknet <pluknet@gmail.com>
MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


212046 31-Aug-2010 pjd

Mask only those signals that we want to handle.

Suggested by: jilles
MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


212038 30-Aug-2010 pjd

Because it is very hard to make fork(2) from threaded process safe (we are
limited to async-signal safe functions in the child process), move all hooks
execution to the main (non-threaded) process.

Do it by maintaining connection (socketpair) between child and parent
and sending events from the child to parent, so it can execute the hook.

This is step in right direction for others reasons too. For example there is
one less problem to drop privs in worker processes.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


212037 30-Aug-2010 pjd

We only want to know if descriptors are ready for reading.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


212036 30-Aug-2010 pjd

When someone gives NULL as data, assume this is because he want to declare
connection side only.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


212034 30-Aug-2010 pjd

Use pjdlog_exit() before fork().

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


212033 30-Aug-2010 pjd

Constify arguments we can constify.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211990 30-Aug-2010 maxim

Make flags in usage() and SYNOPSYS more style(9)-ish.

Suggested by: brian
MFC after: 3 days


211984 30-Aug-2010 pjd

Execute hook when connection between the nodes is established or lost.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211983 30-Aug-2010 pjd

Execute hook when split-brain is detected.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211982 30-Aug-2010 pjd

Use sigtimedwait(2) for signals handling in primary process.
This fixes various races and eliminates use of pthread* API in signal handler.

Pointed out by: kib
With help from: jilles
MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211981 29-Aug-2010 pjd

- Move functionality responsible for checking one connection to separate
function to make code more readable.
- Be sure not to reconnect too often in case of signal delivery, etc.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211979 29-Aug-2010 pjd

Disconnect after logging errors.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211978 29-Aug-2010 pjd

- Call hook on role change.
- Document new event.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211977 29-Aug-2010 pjd

Allow to run hooks from the main hastd process.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211976 29-Aug-2010 pjd

- Add hook_fini() which should be called after fork() from the main hastd
process, once it start to use hooks.
- Add hook_check_one() in case the caller expects different child processes
and once it can recognize it, it will pass pid and status to hook_check_one().

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211975 29-Aug-2010 pjd

Implement mtx_destroy() and rw_destroy().

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211962 29-Aug-2010 uqs

gsched(8): fix example usage, mdoc nits

- ad0 was referred to as da0
- wrong parameter -s instead of -a in example
- use double quotes consistently

PR: docs/150082
Submitted by: N.J. Mann <njm@njm.me.uk>
MFC after: 2 weeks


211936 28-Aug-2010 brucec

Fix incorrect usage of 'assure' and 'insure'.

Approved by: rrs (mentor)


211899 27-Aug-2010 pjd

When SIGTERM or SIGINT is received, terminate worker processes.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211898 27-Aug-2010 pjd

When logging to stdout/stderr, flush after each log.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211897 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Correct when we log interrupted synchronization.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211896 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Check if no signals were delivered just before going to sleep.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211895 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Add hooks execution.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211887 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Document new 'exec' parameter.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211886 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Allow to execute specified program on various HAST events.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211885 27-Aug-2010 pjd

- Run hooks in background - don't block waiting for them to finish.
- Keep all hooks we're running in a global list, so we can report when
they finish and also report when they are running for too long.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211884 27-Aug-2010 pjd

When logging to stdout/stderr don't close those descriptors after fork().

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211883 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Reduce indent where possible.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211882 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Implement keepalive mechanism inside HAST protocol so we can detect secondary
node failures quickly for HAST resources that are rarely modified.

Remove XXX from a comment now that the guard thread never sleeps infinitely.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211881 27-Aug-2010 pjd

- Remove redundant and incorrect 'old' word from debug message.
- Log disconnects as warnings.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211880 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Don't increase number synchronized bytes in case of an error.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211879 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Log that synchronization was interrupted in a proper place.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211878 27-Aug-2010 pjd

We have sync_start() function to start synchronization, introduce sync_stop()
function to stop it.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211877 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Add QUEUE_INSERT() and QUEUE_TAKE() macros that simplify the code a bit.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211876 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Add mtx_owned() implementation.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211875 27-Aug-2010 pjd

Make comment more readable.

MFC after: 2 weeks
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com


211873 27-Aug-2010 jh

Don't attempt to write label with GEOM_BSD based method if the class is
not available. This improves error reporting when bsdlabel(8) is unable
to open a device for writing. If GEOM_BSD was unavailable, only a rather
obscure error message "Class not found" was printed.

PR: bin/58390
Reviewed by: ae
Discussed with: marcel
MFC after: 1 month


211725 23-Aug-2010 imp

MFtbemd:

Prefer MACHNE_CPUARCH to MACHINE_ARCH in most contexts where you want
to test of all the CPUs of a given family conform.


211500 19-Aug-2010 des

expand_number(3) takes a uint64_t * now; intmax_t was never correct
except by accident.

MFC after: 3 weeks


211499 19-Aug-2010 des

expand_number(3) takes a uint64_t * now.

MFC after: 3 weeks


211452 18-Aug-2010 pjd

For some setups sending data in 128kB chunks makes communication very slow. No
idea why. 32kB on the other hand seems to work properly everywhere.

Reported by: Thomas Steen Rasmussen <thomas@gibfest.dk>
MFC after: 3 weeks


211407 16-Aug-2010 pjd

The 'size' variable is there to limit how many bytes we want to copy from
'addr'. It is very likely that size of 'addr' is larger than 'size', so checking
strlcpy() return value is bogus.

MFC after: 3 weeks


211397 16-Aug-2010 joel

Fix typos, spelling, formatting and mdoc mistakes found by Nobuyuki while
translating these manual pages. Minor corrections by me.

Submitted by: Nobuyuki Koganemaru <n-kogane@syd.odn.ne.jp>


211342 15-Aug-2010 jh

- Check that strtoul(3) succeeds to convert the entire string in a few
places.
- In getasciilabel(), set the disk type only when a valid type is given.

PR: bin/86765
MFC after: 2 weeks


211282 13-Aug-2010 mjacob

Avoid a memory leak.

Submitted by: Dmitry Luhtionov via Alexander Motin
MFC after: 1 week


211095 09-Aug-2010 des

- Add full support for header / data digests.
- Increase target limit from 4 to 64; this limit will be removed entirely
at a later time.
- Improve recovery from lost network connections.
- Fix some potential deadlocks and a serious memory leak.
- Fix incorrect use of MH_ALIGN (instead of M_ALIGN), which makes no
practical difference, but triggers a KASSERT with INVARIANTS.
- Fix some warnings in iscontrol(8) and improve the man page somewhat.

Submitted by: Daniel Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il>
Sponsored by: Dansk Scanning A/S, Data Robotics Inc.


210936 06-Aug-2010 jhb

Ethernet vlan(4) interfaces have valid Ethernet link layer addresses but
use a different interface type (IFT_L2VLAN vs IFT_ETHER). Treat IFT_L2VLAN
interfaces like IFT_ETHER interfaces when handling link layer addresses.

Reviewed by: syrinx (bsnmpd)
MFC after: 1 week


210933 06-Aug-2010 joel

Fix typos and spelling mistakes.


210909 06-Aug-2010 dougb

Update the arguments to yy_config_parse() to match r210883.

Choose the more conservative option ('yes' to exit on error) to match
the equivalent code in hastd.


210892 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Document 'none' value for remote.

Reviewed by: dougb
MFC after: 1 month


210886 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Implement configuration reload on SIGHUP. This includes:
- Load added resources.
- Stop and forget removed resources.
- Update modified resources in least intrusive way, ie. don't touch
/dev/hast/<name> unless path to local component or provider name were
modified.

Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
MFC after: 1 month


210883 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Prepare configuration parsing code to be called multiple times:
- Don't exit on errors if not requested.
- Don't keep configuration in global variable, but allocate memory for
configuration.
- Call yyrestart() before yyparse() so that on error in configuration file
we will start from the begining next time and not from the place we left of.

MFC after: 1 month


210882 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Make control_set_role() more public. We will need it soon.

MFC after: 1 month


210881 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Allow to use 'none' keywork as remote address in case second cluster node
is not setup yet.

MFC after: 1 month


210880 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Reset signal handlers after fork().

MFC after: 1 month


210879 05-Aug-2010 pjd

- Use pjdlog_exitx() to log errors and exit instead of errx().
- Use 'unable to' (instead of 'cannot') consistently.

MFC after: 1 month


210876 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Assert that various buffers we are large enough.

MFC after: 1 month


210875 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Problem with assertion is that it logs on stderr. Add two macros:
PJDLOG_ASSERT() and PJDLOG_VERIFY() that will check the given condition
and log the problem where appropriate. The difference between those
two is that PJDLOG_VERIFY() always work and PJDLOG_ASSERT() can be
turned off by defining NDEBUG.

MFC after: 1 month


210873 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Keep $FreeBSD$ in __FBSDID() only for C files.

MFC after: 1 month


210872 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Mark two more places that we won't reach.

MFC after: 1 month


210870 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Now that TCP will be checked last we don't need any knowledge about other
protocols.

MFC after: 1 month


210869 05-Aug-2010 pjd

Add an argument to the proto_register() function which allows protocol to
declare it is the default and be placed at the end of the queue so it is
checked last.

MFC after: 1 month


210793 03-Aug-2010 bz

One question mark per question; everything else is just exaggerating.
reply() will output a '?', when printing the question along with [yn],
so no need to have another here.


210702 31-Jul-2010 joel

Spelling fixes.


210645 30-Jul-2010 uqs

gsched(8) was first released with FreeBSD 8.1

MFC after: 3 days


210628 29-Jul-2010 pjd

Fix typo.

PR: docs/149033
Submitted by: Kolar <hsn@sendmail.cz>
MFC after: 3 days


210610 29-Jul-2010 lulf

- Avoid calling the copy constructor when it is not necessary.


210609 29-Jul-2010 lulf

- Remove unused instance of string.


210544 27-Jul-2010 bcr

Small typo fix: s/ommited/omitted

PR: docs/148977
Submitted by: Warren Block (wblock at wonkity dot com)
MFC after: 4 days


210539 27-Jul-2010 glebius

Document that the "ngtee" action no longer accepts packet, and
thus don't depend on one_pass flag anymore.

This is a POLA violation, but it is quite difficult to restore
the old behavior with new code. Also, the new behavior matches
behavior of the older "tee" action, and this is more intuitive.


210471 25-Jul-2010 mav

Export PCI IDs of ATA/SATA controllers through CAM and ata(4) layers to
GEOM. This information needed for proper soft-RAID's on-disk metadata
reading and writing.


210463 25-Jul-2010 bcr

Clarify that the "number of bytes per sector"-range in the
-S option is meant to be "inclusive".

The original issue of the PR was already fixed.

PR: docs/142418
Submitted by: David Naylor (naylor dot b dot david at gmail dot com)
No objection from: kib
MFC after: 5 days


210415 23-Jul-2010 mckusick

Note that foreground fsck should be run after a filesystem related panic.

Suggested by: Mikhail Teterin (mi@)
MFC after: 1 week


210408 23-Jul-2010 ae

Document that SI unit suffixes are supported for -b and -s options
of add verb. Mention about maximum size limit for "freebsd-boot"
partition. It should be smaller than 545 KB (hardcoded in pmbr).
Show usage of SI unit suffixes in example.

Approved by: mav (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


210382 22-Jul-2010 mckusick

Note that foreground fsck should be run after a filesystem related panic.

Suggested by: Mikhail Teterin (mi@)
MFC after: 1 week


210368 22-Jul-2010 pjd

Actually, only the fullsync mode is implemented, not memsync mode.
Correct manual page.

MFC after: 3 days


210118 15-Jul-2010 luigi

better printing of headers when listing flows


210058 14-Jul-2010 mav

Do not bzero() NULL pointer on malloc() error.

Submitted by: Dmitry Luhtionov


209972 13-Jul-2010 maxim

o Restore missed flag in the synopsis.

PR: docs/148534
Submitted by: Warren Block
MFC after: 1 week


209971 13-Jul-2010 maxim

o Add -q flag to usage().

MFC after: 1 week


209970 13-Jul-2010 maxim

o Add -q flag to the synopsis.

PR: docs/148535
Submitted by: Warren Block
MFC after: 1 week


209756 07-Jul-2010 brian

When dhclient obtains a lease, it runs dhclient-script and expects
it to configure the interface. When the script is complete, dhclient
monitors the routing socket and will terminate if its address is
deleted or if its interface is removed or brought down.

Because the routing socket is already open when dhclient-script is
run, dhclient ignores address deletions for 10 seconds after the
script was run.

If the address that will be obtained is already configured on the
interface before dhclient starts, and if dhclient-script takes more
than 10 seconds (perhaps due to dhclient-*-hooks latencies), on script
completion, dhclient will immediately and silently exit when it sees
the RTM_DELADDR routing message resulting from the script reassigning
the address to the interface.

This change logs dhclient's reason for exiting and also changes the
10 second timeout to be effective from completion of dhclient-script
rather than from when it was started.

We now ignore RTM_DELADDR and RTM_NEWADDR messages when the message
contains no interface address (which should not happen) rather than
exiting.

Not reviewed by: brooks (timeout)
MFC after: 3 weeks


209716 06-Jul-2010 jeff

- Permit zero length directories as a handled inconsistency. This allows
directory truncation to proceed before the link has been cleared. This
is accomplished by detecting a directory with no . or .. links and
clearing the named directory entry in the parent.
- Add a new function ino_remref() which handles the details of removing
a reference to an inode as a result of a lost directory. There were
some minor errors in various subcases of this routine.


209704 04-Jul-2010 mjacob

Fix the clear function which has been broken for a bit.

MFC after: 1 week


209703 04-Jul-2010 bcr

Let boot(8) refer to the uart(4) serial driver, which is the replacement
for the obsolete sio(4) driver.

PR: docs/144498
Submitted by: Bruce Cran (bruce at cran dot org dot uk)
Approved by: marcel
MFC after: 2 weeks


209677 03-Jul-2010 marcel

sysctlbyname() returns -1 on error and sets errno. It does
not return the error itself.


209625 01-Jul-2010 mav

Correct explanation for idle and standby subcommands' -t argument.


209614 30-Jun-2010 jh

- Don't assign the return value from read(2) to a variable of type
int.
- Use errx(3) instead of err(3) to print the error message on short
reads in readlabel(). errno won't be set on short reads which can
easily occur here due to the fixed size read request.

PR: 144307
Reviewed by: bde


209583 29-Jun-2010 imp

Expand system into my_system, and add the necessary tidyness that we
need. Close the pidfile. Then close all descriptors >= 3 to avoid
information leakage to children.

This solves the problem of not being able to restart devd when you
have, for example, a dhclient forked to configure your network...

MFC after: 3 days


209408 22-Jun-2010 delphij

Improve fsck robustness for SU+J cases:

- Use err/errx only when the case is really fatal. For other
cases, fall back to full fsck instead of quiting fsck.
- Plug a memory leak.
- Avoid divide by zero when printing summary.
- Output "FILE SYSTEM IS MARKED CLEAN" when a successful
journal recovering is done.
- When -f is specified, do full fsck instead of journal recovery.


209392 21-Jun-2010 ae

Check for overflow before it occurs. Also add check for
negative numbers.

Suggested by: ache
Approved by: kib (mentor)


209388 21-Jun-2010 ae

Remove G_TYPE_ASCLBA type and replace it with G_TYPE_STRING in gpart.
Move code that converts params from humanized numbers to sectors count
to subr.c and adjust comment.
Add post-processing for "size" and "start offset" params in gpart,
now they are properly converted to sectors count with known sector size
that can be greater that 512 bytes.
Also replace "unsigned long long" type to "off_t" for unify code since
it used for medium size in libgeom(3) and DIOCGMEDIASIZE ioctl.

PR: bin/146277
Reviewed by: marcel (previous version)
Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month


209366 20-Jun-2010 ed

Small style fixes:

- ANSIfy prototypes.
- Remove unneeded whitespace.
- Add const keyword to function where it can be used.


209364 20-Jun-2010 brian

Fix some style(9), although there's a lot more issues here.
Fix some casting errors.

PR: 142384
Submitted by: giffunip at tutopia dot com
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 3 weeks


209350 19-Jun-2010 uqs

mdoc nitpicking for gsched.8
- remove stray argument [1]
- remove stray whitespace
- use canonical wording for the HISTORY section

PR: docs/147119 [1]
Submitted by: Alexander Best <alexbestms@wwu.de> [1]
MFC after: 1 week


209236 16-Jun-2010 brucec

Call free and freeaddrinfo before exiting.

PR: bin/144730
PR: bin/144974
Submitted by: Earl R. Lapus <earl.lapus at gmail.com>
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month


209185 14-Jun-2010 pjd

Correct various log messages.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


209184 14-Jun-2010 pjd

Fix typos.

MFC after: 3 days


209183 14-Jun-2010 pjd

Initialize gctl_seq for synchronization requests.

Reported by: hiroshi@soupacific.com
Analysed by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
Tested by: hiroshi@soupacific.com, Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


209182 14-Jun-2010 pjd

Plug memory leak.

Found by: Coverity Prevent
CID: 7057
MFC after: 3 days


209181 14-Jun-2010 pjd

Plug memory leak.

Found by: Coverity Prevent
CID: 7056
MFC after: 3 days


209180 14-Jun-2010 pjd

Plug memory leak.

Found by: Coverity Prevent
CID: 7051
MFC after: 3 days


209179 14-Jun-2010 pjd

Plug memory leaks.

Found by: Coverity Prevent
CID: 7052, 7053, 7054, 7055
MFC after: 3 days


209177 14-Jun-2010 pjd

Remove macros that are not really needed. The idea was to have them in case
we grow more descriptors, but I'll reconsider readding them once we get there.

Passing (a = b) expression to FD_ISSET() is bad idea, as FD_ISSET() evaluates
its argument twice.

Found by: Coverity Prevent
CID: 5243
MFC after: 3 days


209175 14-Jun-2010 pjd

Eliminate dead code.

Found by: Coverity Prevent
CID: 5158
MFC after: 3 days


209052 11-Jun-2010 uqs

Remove dead variable assignments

Found by: clang static analyzer
Verified by: md5(1)


209051 11-Jun-2010 uqs

Initialize variables before usage.

Found by: clang static analyzer
Found by: Coverity Prevent[tm] (CID 7736, 7760)


208886 07-Jun-2010 ae

bgeom(3) does strdup of param name.
Don't leak memory when deleting param from gctl_req.

Reviewed by: marcel
Approved by: mav (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


208778 03-Jun-2010 marius

- Mention that VTOC8 labels are found in Fujitsu SPARC64 machines as well.
- Add information regarding VTOC8 bootrstrap code and how it's handled with
r208777 in place.
- Document the mapping of partition types to VTOC8 tags.
- Add examples for VTOC8 to the respective section.
- Eliminated hard sentence breaks.

Reviewed by: marcel (slightly buggy version)
MFC after: 3 days


208777 03-Jun-2010 marius

- In gpart_bootfile_read() fix an off-by-one error preventing the bootstrap
file to be of maximum size.
- Add special handling required for SMI/VTOC8 disklabel partcode, i.e. avoid
overwriting the label when writing the bootstrap code to the partition
starting at 0 and install it to all partitions when the -i option is omitted
just like geom_sunlabel(4) and sunlabel(8) do by default.
- Add missing prototypes.
- Add const where applicable.

Reviewed by: marcel
MFC after: 3 days


208647 29-May-2010 jilles

Clarify devfs manpages slightly.

mount(8): add xref to devfs(5)
devfs(5): change example to something more likely to be useful (it is not
necessary to mount a devfs on /dev manually, but for chroots/jails it is
often needed), mention since when devfs is preferred to device nodes on ufs

PR: 146600
MFC after: 2 weeks


208596 27-May-2010 uqs

mdoc: .Ud has attitude, it takes no argument!


208330 20-May-2010 mckusick

Add support to background fsck to delete zero-length directories.


208291 19-May-2010 uqs

mdoc: consistently spell our email addresses <foo@FreeBSD.org>

Reviewed by: ru


208241 18-May-2010 jeff

- Round up the journal size to the block size so we don't confuse fsck.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>

- Only require 256k of blocks per-cg when trying to allocate contiguous
journal blocks. The storage may not actually be contiguous but is at
least within one cg.
- When disabling SUJ leave SU enabled and report this to the user. It
is expected that users will upgrade SU filesystems to SUJ and want
a similar downgrade path.


208173 16-May-2010 nwhitehorn

Teach gpart about bootcode on APM.


208132 16-May-2010 kevlo

Use setresuid/setresgid to drop privileges


208077 14-May-2010 bz

Document the 'short preamble' capability for 802.11bg.

Reviewed by: sam
MFC after: 4 days


208074 14-May-2010 uqs

fsirand(8): make WARNS=3 clean

- Drop bogus quad_t cast for di_gen, it is a 32bit type
- Print di_gen with leading zeros, to get consistent output
Before this change, amd64 would print:

ino 18 gen 616ca2bd
ino 19 gen ffffffff95c2a3ff
ino 20 gen 25c3a3d5
ino 21 gen 8dc1472
ino 22 gen 3797056b
ino 23 gen 1d47853a
ino 24 gen ffffffff82d26995

After the change

ino 18 gen 616ca2bd
ino 19 gen 95c2a3ff
ino 20 gen 25c3a3d5
ino 21 gen 08dc1472
ino 22 gen 3797056b
ino 23 gen 1d47853a
ino 24 gen 82d26995

PR: bin/139994 (sort of)
Reviewed by: mckusick


208028 13-May-2010 uqs

mdoc: move remaining sections into consistent order

This pertains mostly to FILES, HISTORY, EXIT STATUS and AUTHORS sections.

Found by: mdocml lint run
Reviewed by: ru


208027 13-May-2010 uqs

mdoc: move CAVEATS, BUGS and SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS sections to the
bottom of the manpages and order them consistently.

GNU groff doesn't care about the ordering, and doesn't even mention
CAVEATS and SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS as common sections and where to put
them.

Found by: mdocml lint run
Reviewed by: ru


207998 12-May-2010 brueffer

Fix grammar in a line of output.

PR: 145343
Submitted by: Hywel Mallett <hywel@hmallett.co.uk>
MFC after: 1 week


207964 12-May-2010 brueffer

Casting size_t to uintmax_t is not necessary anymore. This also
removes the need for stdint.h inclusion.

PR: 146046
Submitted by: Alexander Best <alexbestms@wwu.de>
Reviewed by: kan
MFC after: 1 week


207736 07-May-2010 mckusick

Merger of the quota64 project into head.

This joint work of Dag-Erling Smørgrav and myself updates the
FFS quota system to support both traditional 32-bit and new 64-bit
quotas (for those of you who want to put 2+Tb quotas on your users).

By default quotas are not compiled into the kernel. To include them
in your kernel configuration you need to specify:

options QUOTA # Enable FFS quotas

If you are already running with the current 32-bit quotas, they
should continue to work just as they have in the past. If you
wish to convert to using 64-bit quotas, use `quotacheck -c 64';
if you wish to revert from 64-bit quotas back to 32-bit quotas,
use `quotacheck -c 32'.

There is a new library of functions to simplify the use of the
quota system, do `man quotafile' for details. If your application
is currently using the quotactl(2), it is highly recommended that
you convert your application to use the quotafile interface.
Note that existing binaries will continue to work.

Special thanks to John Kozubik of rsync.net for getting me
interested in pursuing 64-bit quota support and for funding
part of my development time on this project.


207499 02-May-2010 mav

Make SATA XPT negotiate and enable some additional SATA features, such as:
- device initiated power management (some devices support only this way);
- Automatic Partial to Slumber Transition (more power saving);
- DMA auto-activation (expected to slightly improve performance).
More features could be added later, when hardware supports.


207498 02-May-2010 mav

Add -d and -f arguments to `camcontrol cmd`, to execute DMA ATA commands.


207462 01-May-2010 edwin

Improve usage of tunefs:

Document -j switch in usage() to reflect recent SUJ work.

Submitted by: Alastair Hogge
MFC after: 1 week


207421 30-Apr-2010 jeff

- Use the path to the filesystem mountpoint to look up the statfs
structure so that we correctly reload. Note that tunefs doesn't
properly detect the need to reload if the disk device is specified
for a read-only mounted filesystem.
- Lessen the contiguity requirement for the journal so that it is more
likely to succeed.


207390 29-Apr-2010 pjd

Default connection timeout is way too long. To make it shorter we have to
make socket non-blocking, connect() and if we get EINPROGRESS, we have to
wait using select(). Very complex, but I know no other way to define
connection timeout for a given socket.

Reported by: hiroshi@soupacific.com
MFC after: 3 days


207372 29-Apr-2010 pjd

- Check if the worker process was killed by signal and restart it.
- Improve logging.

Pointed out by: Garrett Cooper <yanefbsd@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


207371 29-Apr-2010 pjd

Fix a problem where hastd will stuck in recv(2) after sending request to
secondary, which died between send(2) and recv(2). Do it by adding timeout
to recv(2) for primary incoming and outgoing sockets and secondary outgoing
socket.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
Tested by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


207348 28-Apr-2010 pjd

Restart worker thread only if the problem was temporary.
In case of persistent problem we don't want to loop forever.

MFC after: 3 days


207347 28-Apr-2010 pjd

Mark temporary issues as such.

MFC after: 3 days


207345 28-Apr-2010 pjd

Use WEXITSTATUS() to obtain real exit code.

MFC after: 3 days


207343 28-Apr-2010 pjd

Don't assume that "resource" property is in metadata.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


207321 28-Apr-2010 rpaulo

Bump man page date.


207320 28-Apr-2010 rpaulo

Fix typos.

Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD


207145 24-Apr-2010 jeff

- Temporarily lower WARNS until I fix alignment warnings on sparc64.

Reported by: Florian Smeets


207144 24-Apr-2010 pjd

suj.c seems to contain two versions of the code.
Remove the one that doesn't compile.


207143 24-Apr-2010 pjd

Protect fsck.h from being included twice.


207141 24-Apr-2010 jeff

- Merge soft-updates journaling from projects/suj/head into head. This
brings in support for an optional intent log which eliminates the need
for background fsck on unclean shutdown.

Sponsored by: iXsystems, Yahoo!, and Juniper.
With help from: McKusick and Peter Holm


207096 23-Apr-2010 marcel

Add and describe GEOM_PART_EBR.


207095 23-Apr-2010 marcel

Implement the resize command for resizing partitions. Without new
size, the partition in question is resized to fill all available
space. Quality work by Andrey!

Submitted by: "Andrey V. Elsukov" <bu7cher@yandex.ru>


207072 22-Apr-2010 thompsa

Document the new USB notification types.


207070 22-Apr-2010 pjd

Fix compilation with WITHOUT_CRYPT or WITHOUT_OPENSSL options.

Reported by: Andrei V. Lavreniyuk <andy.lavr@reactor-xg.kiev.ua>
MFC after: 3 days


206889 20-Apr-2010 maxim

o Add do-not-fragment option support to ping6(8).

PR: bin/145759
Submitted by: pluknet
MFC after: 1 month


206846 19-Apr-2010 luigi

fix 64-bit build

Reported by: Robert Noland


206843 19-Apr-2010 luigi

Slightly different handling of printf/snprintf for unaligned uint64_t,
which should improve readability, and also to ease the port to
platforms that do not support %llu

MFC after: 3 days


206697 16-Apr-2010 pjd

Fix log size calculation which caused message truncation.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


206696 16-Apr-2010 pjd

Fix control socket leak when worker process exits.

Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


206669 15-Apr-2010 pjd

Increase ggate queue size to maximum value.
HAST was not able to stand heavy random load.

Reported by: Hiroyuki Yamagami
MFC after: 3 days


206666 15-Apr-2010 pjd

Flush disk write cache after storing and clearing metadata.


206637 14-Apr-2010 delphij

When an underlying ioctl(2) handler returns an error, our ioctl(2)
interface considers that it hits a fatal error, and will not copyout
the request structure back for _IOW and _IOWR ioctls, keeping them
untouched.

The previous implementation of the SIOCGIFDESCR ioctl intends to
feed the buffer length back to userland. However, if we return
an error, the feedback would be defeated and ifconfig(8) would
trap into an infinite loop.

This commit changes SIOCGIFDESCR to set buffer field to NULL to
indicate the previous ENAMETOOLONG case.

Reported by: bschmidt
MFC after: 2 weeks


206622 14-Apr-2010 uqs

mdoc: order prologue macros consistently by Dd/Dt/Os

Although groff_mdoc(7) gives another impression, this is the ordering
most widely used and also required by mdocml/mandoc.

Reviewed by: ru
Approved by: philip, ed (mentors)


206571 13-Apr-2010 marcel

The sequence number is now a node under which the MCA records are
hung by CPU id.
When showing the MCA record, print the MIB as a comment.

PR: ia64/113102


206552 13-Apr-2010 luigi

fix copyright format, as requested by Joel Dahl


206550 13-Apr-2010 luigi

use correct .PATH, remove unused CFLAGS


206497 12-Apr-2010 luigi

Bring in geom_sched, support for scheduling disk I/O requests
in a device independent manner. Also include an example anticipatory
scheduler, gsched_rr, which gives very nice performance improvements
in presence of competing random access patterns.

This is joint work with Fabio Checconi, developed last year
and presented at BSDCan 2009. You can find details in the
README file or at

http://info.iet.unipi.it/~luigi/geom_sched/


206494 12-Apr-2010 luigi

fix a buffer overflow with large (100k+) number of input lines.

MFC after: 3 days


206266 06-Apr-2010 ume

Set net.inet6.ip6.fw.enable as well.


205847 29-Mar-2010 mjacob

Change how multipath labels are created and managed. This makes it easier
to support various storage boxes which really aren't active-active.

We only write the label on the *first* provider. For all other providers
we just "add" the disk. This also allows for an "add" verb.

A usage implication is that you should specificy the currently active
storage path as the first provider.

Note that this does not add RDAC-like functionality, but better allows for
autovolumefailover configurations (additional checkins elsewhere will support
this).

Sponsored by: Panasas
MFC after: 1 month


205738 27-Mar-2010 pjd

Don't hold connection lock when doing reconnects as it makes I/Os wait for
connection timeouts.

Reported by: Kevin Day <toasty@dragondata.com>


205672 26-Mar-2010 maxim

o Fix typo.

PR: docs/145031
Submitted by: olgeni
MFC after: 1 week


205631 24-Mar-2010 luigi

fix another bug in "ipfw set N ..."

Submitted by: Marcin Wisnicki


205514 23-Mar-2010 rpaulo

Add a missing LINE_BREAK() after printing the roaming parameters in
verbose mode.

Sponsored by: iXsystems, inc.
MFC after: 2 weeks


205412 21-Mar-2010 mjacob

Add 'rotate' and 'getactive' verbs to provide some control and information
about what the currently active path is.

Sponsored by: Panasas
MFC after: 1 month


205372 20-Mar-2010 gavin

Tweak language to make one point potentially clearer for non-native spekers

PR: bin/121424
Submitted by: "Julian H. Stacey" <jhs berklix.org>


205222 16-Mar-2010 qingli

Verify interface up status using its link state only
if the interface has such capability. The interface
capability flag indicates whether such capability
exists. This approach is much more backward compatible.
Physical device driver changes will be part of another
commit.

Also updated the ifconfig utility to show the LINKSTATE
capability if present.

Reviewed by: rwatson, imp, juli
MFC after: 3 days


205181 15-Mar-2010 luigi

accept lower case m as a synonym for Mega (bit/s or bytes/s).


205179 15-Mar-2010 luigi

print correctly commands of the form

ipfw add 100 allow ip from { 1.2.3.4 or 5.6.7.8 }

(note that the above example could be better written as

ipfw add 100 allow dst-ip 1.2.3.4,5.6.7.8

Submitted by: Riccardo Panicucci


205173 15-Mar-2010 luigi

+ implement (two lines) the kernel side of 'lookup dscp N' to use the
dscp as a search key in table lookups;

+ (re)implement a sysctl variable to control the expire frequency of
pipes and queues when they become empty;

+ add 'queue number' as optional part of the flow_id. This can be
enabled with the command

queue X config mask queue ...

and makes it possible to support priority-based schedulers, where
packets should be grouped according to the priority and not some
fields in the 5-tuple.
This is implemented as follows:
- redefine a field in the ipfw_flow_id (in sys/netinet/ip_fw.h) but
without changing the size or shape of the structure, so there are
no ABI changes. On passing, also document how other fields are
used, and remove some useless assignments in ip_fw2.c

- implement small changes in the userland code to set/read the field;

- revise the functions in ip_dummynet.c to manipulate masks so they
also handle the additional field;

There are no ABI changes in this commit.


205169 15-Mar-2010 luigi

Implement "lookup dscp N" which does a lookup of the DSCP (top 6 bits
of ip->ip_tos) in a table. This can be useful to direct traffic to
different pipes/queues according to the DSCP of the packet, as follows:

ipfw add 100 queue tablearg lookup dscp 3 // table 3 maps dscp->queue

This change is a no-op (but harmless) until the two-line kernel
side is committed, which will happen shortly.


205118 13-Mar-2010 brucec

Free the memory allocated via strdup.

PR: bin/113881
Submitted by: Alexander Drozdov dzal_mail mtu-net.ru
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


205076 12-Mar-2010 uqs

Fix several typos in macros or macro misusage.

Found by: make manlint
Reviewed by: ru
Approved by: philip (mentor)


205050 11-Mar-2010 luigi

implement listing of a subset of pipes/queues/schedulers.
The filtering of the output is done in the kernel instead of userland
to reduce the amount of data transfered.


204966 10-Mar-2010 uqs

nos-tun(8): make WARNS=3 clean

The renames are in spirit of DragonflyBSD, to keep diff minimal.

PR: bin/140060
Approved by: ed (co-mentor)


204936 10-Mar-2010 sobomax

Fix "Empty input line" mdoc warning.

Submitted by: Alexander Best


204919 09-Mar-2010 sobomax

o bdeficize expand_number_int() function;

o revert most of the recent changes (int -> int64_t conversion) by using
this functon for parsing all options.


204909 09-Mar-2010 sobomax

Change secrorsize back to int, since that's the data type expected by the
ioctl(DIOCGSECTORSIZE). It creates issues on some architectures.

MFC after: 1 week
Reported by: Jayachandran C.


204869 08-Mar-2010 luigi

add back DPADD (removed by mistake in a previous commit)


204840 07-Mar-2010 bz

As statfs.f_flags are uint64_t the local variables should be as well.
We'll start noticing this with the next flag introduced as the lower
32bit are all used.
As this is old code we might need to do a full tree sweep one day, unless
changing our strategy to use a different `API' for getting/setting flags
along with the rest of the statfs data.

While here compare to 0 explicitly [1].

Suggested by: kib [1]
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 5 days


204758 05-Mar-2010 luigi

more documentation on new dummynet features.


204725 04-Mar-2010 joel

Use our standard license text. No more voices in the authors head. :-)

Approved by: trasz


204718 04-Mar-2010 luigi

make the listing of queues/pipes/schedulers handle the case of
data size increasing while we fetch the info.


204717 04-Mar-2010 luigi

fix handling of sets


204716 04-Mar-2010 luigi

reduce diffs with the cross-platform version (windows needs
some extra initialization)


204712 04-Mar-2010 luigi

remove stale comment


204672 03-Mar-2010 imp

Cast these to intmax_t before printing to fix build bustage. Better
solutions welcome.


204665 03-Mar-2010 lulf

- Make function of finding an available drive name a macro.
- Move check of /dev/ prefix and copy into a function to save code duplication.
This also fixes a bug where the /dev/ prefix could not be used when creating
volumes on the command line.

Tested by: Niclas Zeising <niclas.zeising - at - gmail.com>


204654 03-Mar-2010 sobomax

Use expand_number(3) from libutil instead of home-grown function to parse
human-friendly power-of-two numbers (i.e. 2k, 5M etc).

Suggested by: many
MFC after: 1 week


204615 03-Mar-2010 sobomax

Teach newfs(8) to understand size modifiers for all options taking
size or size-like argument. I.e. "-s 32k" instead of "-s 32768".
Size parsing function has been shamelessly stolen from the truncate(1).
I'm sure many sysadmins out there will appreciate this small
improvement.

MFC after: 1 week


204596 02-Mar-2010 uqs

Remove redundant WARNS?=6 overrides and inherit the WARNS setting from
the toplevel directory.

This does not change any WARNS level and survives a make universe.

Approved by: ed (co-mentor)


204591 02-Mar-2010 luigi

Bring in the most recent version of ipfw and dummynet, developed
and tested over the past two months in the ipfw3-head branch. This
also happens to be the same code available in the Linux and Windows
ports of ipfw and dummynet.

The major enhancement is a completely restructured version of
dummynet, with support for different packet scheduling algorithms
(loadable at runtime), faster queue/pipe lookup, and a much cleaner
internal architecture and kernel/userland ABI which simplifies
future extensions.

In addition to the existing schedulers (FIFO and WF2Q+), we include
a Deficit Round Robin (DRR or RR for brevity) scheduler, and a new,
very fast version of WF2Q+ called QFQ.

Some test code is also present (in sys/netinet/ipfw/test) that
lets you build and test schedulers in userland.

Also, we have added a compatibility layer that understands requests
from the RELENG_7 and RELENG_8 versions of the /sbin/ipfw binaries,
and replies correctly (at least, it does its best; sometimes you
just cannot tell who sent the request and how to answer).
The compatibility layer should make it possible to MFC this code in a
relatively short time.

Some minor glitches (e.g. handling of ipfw set enable/disable,
and a workaround for a bug in RELENG_7's /sbin/ipfw) will be
fixed with separate commits.

CREDITS:
This work has been partly supported by the ONELAB2 project, and
mostly developed by Riccardo Panicucci and myself.
The code for the qfq scheduler is mostly from Fabio Checconi,
and Marta Carbone and Francesco Magno have helped with testing,
debugging and some bug fixes.


204585 02-Mar-2010 uqs

Always assign WARNS using ?=

- fix some nearby style bugs
- include Makefile.inc where it makes sense and reduces duplication

Approved by: ed (co-mentor)


204407 27-Feb-2010 uqs

rtsol(8)/rtsold(8): make WARNS=3 clean

It is actually WARNS=6 clean for non-strict alignment archs.

Approved by: ed (co-mentor)


204406 27-Feb-2010 uqs

route(8): make WARNS=3 clean

- add static and const where appropriate
- check pointers against NULL
- minor styling nits
- it is actually WARNS=6 clean for non-strict alignment platforms

This is shamelessly stolen from DragonflyBSD and reduces our diff.

PR: bin/140078
Approved by: ed (co-mentor)


204405 27-Feb-2010 uqs

routed(8)/rtquery(8) bump/demote to WARNS=3 for all archs

- The MACHINE_ARCH check is not exhaustive (missing at least powerpc),
and generally not worth maintaining.
- While here, fix whitespace and ordering of the Makefile

PR: bin/140081
Approved by: ed (co-mentor)


204404 27-Feb-2010 uqs

mount_ntfs(8): make WARNS=6 clean

PR: bin/140000
Approved by: ed (co-mentor)


204403 27-Feb-2010 uqs

mount_hpfs(8): make WARNS=6 clean

PR: bin/139995
Approved by: ed (co-mentor)


204352 26-Feb-2010 ru

Fixed static linkage.


204329 25-Feb-2010 ru

Fixed dependencies (make checkdpadd).


204195 22-Feb-2010 mav

Improve output for controllers that doesn't report SATA speed.


204177 21-Feb-2010 pjd

Changing proto_socketpair.c compilation and linking order revealed
a problem - we should simply ignore proto_server() if address
doesn't start with socketpair://, and not abort.


204166 21-Feb-2010 gavin

Document the interaction between /etc/devfs.conf and
/etc/defaults/devfs.conf

PR: docs/117308
Submitted by: Mel <mel.xyzzy rachie.is-a-geek.net> (partially)
MFC after: 1 week


204150 20-Feb-2010 yongari

Add TSO support on VLAN in fconfig(8).

Reviewed by: thompsa


204111 20-Feb-2010 uqs

Fix common misspelling of hierarchy

Pointed out by: bf1783 at gmail
Approved by: np (cxgb), kientzle (tar, etc.), philip (mentor)


204076 18-Feb-2010 pjd

Please welcome HAST - Highly Avalable Storage.

HAST allows to transparently store data on two physically separated machines
connected over the TCP/IP network. HAST works in Primary-Secondary
(Master-Backup, Master-Slave) configuration, which means that only one of the
cluster nodes can be active at any given time. Only Primary node is able to
handle I/O requests to HAST-managed devices. Currently HAST is limited to two
cluster nodes in total.

HAST operates on block level - it provides disk-like devices in /dev/hast/
directory for use by file systems and/or applications. Working on block level
makes it transparent for file systems and applications. There in no difference
between using HAST-provided device and raw disk, partition, etc. All of them
are just regular GEOM providers in FreeBSD.

For more information please consult hastd(8), hastctl(8) and hast.conf(5)
manual pages, as well as http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST.

Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Sponsored by: OMCnet Internet Service GmbH
Sponsored by: TransIP BV


204075 18-Feb-2010 pjd

Style nits.


203970 16-Feb-2010 imp

The NetBSD Foundation has granted permission for people to remove
clause 3 and 4 from their software.


203917 15-Feb-2010 uqs

sysctl(8): make WARNS=3 clean

Fixes inspired by work done in DragonflyBSD.

PR: bin/140016
Approved by: ed (Co-mentor)


203916 15-Feb-2010 uqs

Bump WARNS where possible.

Checked by: make universe
Approved by: ed (co-mentor)


203874 14-Feb-2010 kib

Rename fields to match better the msdosfs headers. This work is still
incomplete as some info doesn't really belong to the structs where it is
defined.

Submitted by: Pedro F. Giffuni <giffunip tutopia com>
Reviewed by: bde
MFC after: 2 weeks


203872 14-Feb-2010 kib

Bug fixes from NetBSD
- fix sign-compare issues.
- ANSIfy a couple of functions.
- Remove more duplicate #includes.
- Memory leak found by Coverity on NetBSD.

Submitted by: Pedro F. Giffuni <giffunip tutopia com>
Reviewed by: bde
MFC after: 2 weeks


203871 14-Feb-2010 kib

License changes from NetBSD.
Move to 2 clause license, approved by Wolfgang Solfrank.

Submitted by: Pedro F. Giffuni <giffunip tutopia com>
MFC after: 2 weeks


203869 14-Feb-2010 kib

Rename variables to match msdosfs headers.

Submitted by: Pedro F. Giffuni <giffunip tutopia com>
Reviewed by: bde
MFC after: 2 weeks


203868 14-Feb-2010 kib

Some cleanups from NetBSD:
- C99 initializers.
- Change the default volume label from "NO NAME" to "NO_NAME".
- Set OEM String to "BSD4.4 " following the unnamed spacing convention
in that other OS that suggests "MSWIN4.1"
Also, David Naylor's changes for Clang, mostly changing the signess
of constants.

Submitted by: Pedro F. Giffuni <giffunip tutopia com>
Clang fixes by: David Naylor <naylor.b.david gmail com>
Reviewed by: bde (with some disagreement about Clang issues)
MFC after: 2 weeks


203835 13-Feb-2010 gavin

When growing a UFS1 filesystem, we need to initialise all inodes in any new
cylinder groups that are created. When the filesystem is first created,
newfs always initialises the first two blocks of inodes, and then in the
UFS1 case will also initialise the remaining inode blocks. The changes in
growfs.c 1.23 broke the initialisation of all inodes, seemingly based on
this implementation detail in newfs(8). The result was that instead of
initialising all inodes, we would actually end up initialising all but the
first two blocks of inodes. If the filesystem was grown into empty
(all-zeros) space then the resulting filesystem was fine, however when
grown onto non-zeroed space the filesystem produced would appear to have
massive corruption on the first fsck after growing.
A test case for this problem can be found in the PR audit trail.

Fix this by once again initialising all inodes in the UFS1 case.

PR: bin/115174
Submitted by: Nate Eldredgei nge cs.hmc.edu
Reviewed by: mjacob
MFC after: 1 month


203816 13-Feb-2010 jh

Don't try to determine tape block size when the -P option is used.
This was missed in r203157.

PR: bin/121502


203784 11-Feb-2010 mckusick

One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.


203770 11-Feb-2010 mckusick

Quiet spurious warnings.


203769 11-Feb-2010 mckusick

Quiet spurious warnings.


203764 10-Feb-2010 mckusick

Ensure that newfs will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32
inodes by cutting back on the number of inodes per cylinder group if
necessary to stay under the limit. For a default (16K block) file
system, this limit begins to take effect for file systems above 32Tb.

This fix is in addition to -r203763 which corrected a problem in the
kernel that treated large inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned.
For a default (16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a
file system size above about 16Tb.

Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks


203757 10-Feb-2010 jh

- Remove reference to nfs4. mount_nfs4(8) was removed in r192578.
- Add newnfs.


203717 09-Feb-2010 gavin

Add -i to usage()

Noticed by: ru
MFC after: 5 days


203547 06-Feb-2010 gavin

Add the -i option to the synopsis.

Submitted by: dhw
MFC after: 1 week (with r203310)


203534 06-Feb-2010 delphij

Correct two typos.

Reported by: Brandon Falk <falkman gamozo org>
MFC after: 1 week


203505 04-Feb-2010 mjacob

Add the long missing "destroy" option.

MFC after: 2 weeks


203490 04-Feb-2010 ume

Introduce '[ipaddr]:path' notation.
Since the existing implementation searches ':' backward, a path which
includes ':' could not be mounted. You can now mount such path by
enclosing an IP address by '[]'.
Though we should change to search ':' forward, it will break
'ipv6addr:path' which is currently working. So, it still searches ':'
backward, at least for now.

MFC after: 2 weeks


203486 04-Feb-2010 ru

Shortening a passphrase caused wrong authentication key to be used.
Fix this in a FreeBSD and OpenBSD compatible way.

MFC after: 3 days


203461 04-Feb-2010 delphij

static'ify function prototypes and convert K&R to ANSI.

MFC after: 1 month


203460 04-Feb-2010 delphij

pukeText is an internal function so define it as static rather than
exporting it.

MFC after: 1 month


203459 03-Feb-2010 delphij

Plug two memory leaks in error case.

MFC after: 1 month


203376 02-Feb-2010 mav

- Give ATA/SATA SIMs info about ATAPI packet size, supported by device.
- Make ATA XPT to reject longer SCSI CDBs then supported by device, or
any SCSI CDBs, if device doesn't support ATAPI.


203310 31-Jan-2010 gavin

Implement the "-i" option to sysctl(8), to ignore failures while
retrieving individual OIDs. This allows the same list of OIDs to be
passed to sysctl(8) across different systems where particular OIDs may not
exist, and still get as much information as possible from them.

PR: bin/123644
Submitted by: dhw
Approved by: ed (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


203277 31-Jan-2010 ed

Allow mknod(8) to be only invoked with a pathname as an argument.

In 99% of the cases people just want to recreate device nodes they
removed from /dev. There is no reason to pass the additional "c 0 0"
anymore.

Also slightly improve the manpage. Remove references to non-existent
device names and platforms.


203157 29-Jan-2010 jh

- Handle short reads when the -P option is used. Short reads must be
handled when reading from pipes.
- Remove dead code related to the -P option from getvol(). pipein and
pipecmdin are never set at the same time.

PR: bin/121502
Approved by: trasz (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


203155 29-Jan-2010 jh

- Cast time_t, int64_t and some int32_t values to intmax_t and use "%jd"
in format strings.
- Use (void) instead of (void *) when discarding strcat(3) return value.
- Format string fixes to match variable types.
- Change canon() len parameter and getcmd() size parameter type from
int to size_t.
- Style Makefile and increase WARNS to 2.

PR: bin/140061
Submitted by: uqs
Approved by: trasz (mentor)


203096 27-Jan-2010 ed

Remove stale inclusion of <ulog.h>.

This tool doesn't require libulog anymore.


203052 27-Jan-2010 delphij

Revised revision 199201 (add interface description capability as inspired
by OpenBSD), based on comments from many, including rwatson, jhb, brooks
and others.

Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
MFC after: 1 month


202784 22-Jan-2010 jh

Make mdconfig(8) WARNS=6 clean:

- Constify geom_config_get() name argument.
- Add void keyword for usage().
- Initialize mdunit to NULL.
- Don't call md_prthumanval() at all if length is NULL.

Approved by: trasz (mentor)


202772 21-Jan-2010 rmacklem

Document the negnametimeo option for mount_nfs as implemented
by r202767. This is a content change.

MFC after: 2 weeks


202756 21-Jan-2010 ed

Remove stale references to utmp(5) and its corresponding filenames.

I removed utmp and its manpage, but not other manpages referring to it.


202694 20-Jan-2010 mav

- Add -v argument to `camcontrol identify` command. It makes camcontrol
print full identify data block.
- Improve identify result view and add TRIM support.


202586 18-Jan-2010 delphij

Also output stripeoffset for consumer even if stripesize is zero, while
stripeoffset is non-zero.

Pointed out by: mav


202573 18-Jan-2010 jh

Print sizes up to INT64_MAX in md_prthumanval().

PR: bin/125365
Approved by: trasz (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


202532 17-Jan-2010 ed

Raise WARNS for various tools where possible.

Submitted by: Marius Nünnerich <marius@nuenneri.ch>


202531 17-Jan-2010 ed

Mute some (hidden) warnings about old-style function definitions.

Submitted by: Marius Nünnerich <marius nuenneri ch>


202519 17-Jan-2010 brueffer

Small fixes.


202457 17-Jan-2010 delphij

Stripe offset may be usable even without stripe size known,
so give the output when either is non-zero.

Suggested by: mav


202454 17-Jan-2010 delphij

Expose stripe offset and stripe size through libgeom and geom(8) userland
utilities.

Reviewed by: pjd, mav (earlier version)


202437 16-Jan-2010 trasz

Add gmountver, disk mount verification GEOM class.

Note that due to e.g. write throttling ('wdrain'), it can stall all the disk
I/O instead of just the device it's configured for. Using it for removable
media is therefore not a good idea.

Reviewed by: pjd (earlier version)


202386 15-Jan-2010 ru

Use the newly brought %U macro.


202289 14-Jan-2010 emaste

Reject invalid CIDR widths rather than silently stopping at the first
non-digit character.

Due to an issue with rc(8) in a test configuration, ifconfig was being
invoked with the address used again as the width - for example,

ifconfig vlan0 10.0.0.1/10.0.0.1

Prior to this change, that address/width would be interpreted as
10.0.0.1/10.


202195 13-Jan-2010 ed

Port the remaining apps in sbin/ to utmpx; only reboot(8).


202194 13-Jan-2010 ed

Migrate init(8) towards utmpx.

According to a comment, we cannot safely remove utmpx entries here
anymore. This is because the libc routines may block on file locking. In
an ideal world login(1) should just remove the entries, which is why I'm
disabling this code for now. If it turns out we get lots of stale
entries here, we should figure out a way to deal with that.


202161 12-Jan-2010 gavin

Spell "Hz" correctly wherever it is user-visible.

PR: bin/142566
Submitted by: N.J. Mann njm njm.me.uk
Approved by: ed (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


202131 11-Jan-2010 mckusick

Cast 64-bit quantity to intptr_t rather than int so as to work properly
with 64-bit architectures (such as amd64).

Reported by: Xin LI and Josh Paetzel


202109 11-Jan-2010 mckusick

This update utilizes new fsck sysctl commands that allow fsck running
in background mode to correct expected inconsistencies that arise
during directory rename (see immediately previous update to this
file for details). If run on a kernel without the new functionality,
background fsck will simply ignore these inconsistencies rather
than fail.

Reported by: jeff


202107 11-Jan-2010 mckusick

When renaming a directory it passes through several intermediate
states. First its new name will be created causing it to have two
names (from possibly different parents). Next, if it has different
parents, its value of ".." will be changed from pointing to the old
parent to pointing to the new parent. Concurrently, its old name
will be removed bringing it back into a consistent state. When fsck
encounters an extra name for a directory, it offers to remove the
"extraneous hard link"; when it finds that the names have been
changed but the update to ".." has not happened, it offers to rewrite
".." to point at the correct parent. Both of these changes were
considered unexpected so would cause fsck in preen mode or fsck in
background mode to fail with the need to run fsck manually to fix
these problems.

This update changes these errors to be expected so that in preen
mode fsck will simply fix these transitional errors. For now,
background fsck will note these errors, but will need additional
kernel support to fix them, so will simply ignore them rather than
fail. A future update will allow background fsck to fix these
problems.

Reported by: jeff


201708 07-Jan-2010 mckusick

Add some error messages suggested in PR bin/138043. The code to
correct the problem was added in r176575 by delphij on 2008-02-25.

PR: 138043
Reported by: Heikki Suonsivu


201700 07-Jan-2010 mckusick

This corrects a bug that manifested itself as identifying the last
cylinder group of a UFS1 filesystem as bad. The error was in the check
and not in the cylinder group itself. So even though fsck fixed the
cylinder group correctly, it was still endlessly reported as bad.

PR: 141992
MFC after: 2 weeks
Reported by: Dan Strick


201658 06-Jan-2010 mav

Increase default block size from 4K to 64K. It was reduces 6 yeard ago,
when trees were big and FAST mode was enabled by default.

So small block size doesn't benefits linear I/O operations in FAST and
significantly slowdowns in ECONOMIC (default) mode. For single stream random
I/Os so small block doesn't give much benefits, as access time is usually
bigger then transfer time there. Same time it requires all heads to seek
together for every single request, reducing performance on parallel load.


201647 06-Jan-2010 gavin

Print leading zeros in the UFS2 FSID.

PR: bin/142155
Submitted by: Efstratios Karatzas gpf.kira gmail.com
Approved by: ed (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks


201578 05-Jan-2010 mav

For completeness, add -s argument, manually specifying array block size.


201432 03-Jan-2010 trasz

Add manual page for gcache(8).


201401 02-Jan-2010 gavin

Remove dead code. This section of code is only run in the
(sblock.fs_magic == FS_UFS1_MAGIC) case, so the check within the
loop is redundant.

Submitted by: Nate Eldredge nge cs.hmc.edu
Reviewed by: mjacob
Approved by: ed (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month


201400 02-Jan-2010 kib

Remove reference to the bug in FreeBSD 2.0.

Submitted by: Valentin Nechayev <netch segfault kiev ua>
MFC after: 3 days


201399 02-Jan-2010 mbr

Fix typo: s/partion/partition/

Submitted by: Marc Balmer <marc@msys.ch>
MFC after: 3 days


201252 30-Dec-2009 ed

Let umount build with -Wold-style-definition.


201227 29-Dec-2009 ed

ANSIfy almost all applications that use WARNS=6.

I was considering committing all these patches one by one, but as
discussed with brooks@, there is no need to do this. If we ever
need/want to merge these changes back, it is still possible to do this
per application.


201217 29-Dec-2009 ed

ANSIfy ldconfig and the aout bits it still uses from rtld-aout.

(Why is aout support still there?)


201182 29-Dec-2009 ed

Add forgotten `void' keyword. This function has no arguments.


201180 29-Dec-2009 ed

Add missing `void' for functions without arguments.

While there, rename die_you_gravy_sucking_pig_dog() to something that's
less moronic.


201145 28-Dec-2009 antoine

(S)LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER takes a (S)LIST_HEAD as an argument.
Fix some wrong usages.
Note: this does not affect generated binaries as this argument is not used.

PR: 137213
Submitted by: Eygene Ryabinkin (initial version)
MFC after: 1 month


201135 28-Dec-2009 delphij

Make umount(8) WARNS=6 clean:
- Cast delimiter width to integer [1]
- Solve name conflicts against system header
- Constify parameters to avoid qualifier conflict

PR: bin/140017 [1]
Submitted by: Ulrich Spörlein <uqs spoerlein net> [1]
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc


201015 26-Dec-2009 ru

- Display current settings when run without options.
- Revise a manpage to NOT sound confusing. [1]

In collaboration with: sat [1]


200796 21-Dec-2009 trasz

Implement NFSv4 ACL support for UFS.

Reviewed by: rwatson


200587 15-Dec-2009 gavin

ifconfig(8) is documented to take a ISO 3166-1 country code to set the
regulatory domain with the "country" parameter, but will also take a full
country name. The man page warns that only the ISO code is unambiguous.
In reality, however, the first match on either would be accepted, leading
to "DE" being interpreted as the "DEBUG" country rather than Germany, and
"MO" selecting Morocco rather than the correct country, Macau.

Fix this by always checking for an ISO CC match first, and only search on
the full country name if that fails.

PR: bin/140571
Tested by: Dirk Meyer dirk.meyer dinoex.sub.org
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: ed (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month


200567 15-Dec-2009 luigi

implement a new match option,

lookup {dst-ip|src-ip|dst-port|src-port|uid|jail} N

which searches the specified field in table N and sets tablearg
accordingly.
With dst-ip or src-ip the option replicates two existing options.
When used with other arguments, the option can be useful to
quickly dispatch traffic based on other fields.

Work supported by the Onelab project.

MFC after: 1 week


200566 15-Dec-2009 luigi

fix the indentation for addr: values

MFC after: 3 days


200290 09-Dec-2009 ru

The default balance algorithm has changed from "split" to
(the improved version of) "load".


200282 08-Dec-2009 mav

Change gmirror default balance algorithm from "split" to "load".
"split" is very ineffective for devices with rotating media as HDDs.
To be effective, it needs that transfer time reduction due to block
splitting was bigger then access time increase due to non-sequential
access. For modern HDDs I was able to reproduce it only with read sizes
of 2MB and above, which is almost not applicable in real life.
"load" algorithm same time is more universal and effective now.

Reviewed by: pjd


200183 06-Dec-2009 luigi

restore setting of sin_len (was removed in 1.146 last february) as
it seems that now it is necessary for 'forward' to work outside lo0.
The bug (and fix) was reported on 8.0. This patch probably applies
to RELENG_7 as well.
It seems that 'pf' has a similar bug.

Submitted by: Lytochkin Boris
MFC after: 3 days


200171 06-Dec-2009 mav

MFp4:
Introduce ATA_CAM kernel option, turning ata(4) controller drivers into
cam(4) interface modules. When enabled, this options deprecates all ata(4)
peripheral drivers (ad, acd, ...) and interfaces and allows cam(4) drivers
(ada, cd, ...) and interfaces to be natively used instead.

As side effect of this, ata(4) mode setting code was completely rewritten
to make controller API more strict and permit above change. While doing
this, SATA revision was separated from PATA mode. It allows DMA-incapable
SATA devices to operate and makes hw.ata.atapi_dma tunable work again.

Also allow ata(4) controller drivers (except some specific or broken ones)
to handle larger data transfers. Previous constraint of 64K was artificial
and is not really required by PCI ATA BM specification or hardware.

Submitted by: nwitehorn (powerpc part)


200161 05-Dec-2009 ed

Let init(8) and reboot(8) use utmpx to log wtmp entries.

logwtmp() gets called with the raw strings that are written to disk. For
regular user entries, this isn't too bad, but when booting/shutting
down, the contents get rather cryptic.

Just call the standardized pututxline().


200101 04-Dec-2009 luigi

fix argument type in the call to expand_number

Submitted by: gcc 4.3
MFC after: 3 days


200056 03-Dec-2009 luigi

use qsort_r instead of heapsort;
staticize two functions.

MFC after: 3 days


199822 26-Nov-2009 mav

Drop USB mass storage devices support from ata(4). It is out of the build as
long as I remember, and completely superseded by better maintained umass(4).
It's main idea was to optionally avoid CAM dependency for such devices, but
with move ATA to CAM, it is not actual any more.

No objections: hselasky@, thompsa@, arch@


199821 26-Nov-2009 mav

MFp4:
Improve ATA mode/SATA revision control.


199770 25-Nov-2009 will

Make ``ifconfig -l ether'' only list interfaces that speak Ethernet.

PR: 118987
Approved by: ken (mentor)


199747 24-Nov-2009 mav

MFp4:
- Extend XPT-SIM transfer settings control API. Now it allows to report to
SATA SIM number of tags supported by each device, implement ATA mode and
SATA revision negotiation for both SATA and PATA SIMs.
- Make ahci(4) and siis(4) to use submitted maximum tag number, when
scheduling requests. It allows to support NCQ on devices with lower tags
count then controller supports.
- Make PMP driver to report attached devices connection speeds.
- Implement ATA mode negotiation between user settings, device and
controller capabilities.


199644 22-Nov-2009 mav

Add some missing WDMA/UDMA modes.


199626 21-Nov-2009 netchild

Fix minor resource leak in a function.

Reviewed by: luigi
MFC after: 1 week


199584 20-Nov-2009 netchild

Fix minor memory leak in a function.

MFC after: 1 week


199582 20-Nov-2009 netchild

Fix minor resource leak in a function which was introduced by changing an
err() to a return in r106254.

MFC after: 1 week


199231 12-Nov-2009 delphij

Revert revision 199201 for now as it has introduced a kernel vulnerability
and requires more polishing.


199201 11-Nov-2009 delphij

Add interface description capability as inspired by OpenBSD.

MFC after: 3 months


199182 11-Nov-2009 trasz

Add links to zfs(8) and zpool(8) to mount(8) manual page.


199130 10-Nov-2009 des

More rational usage()


199101 09-Nov-2009 mav

Fix variable type.


199079 09-Nov-2009 mav

Add support for ATA Power Management.


198897 04-Nov-2009 mav

MFp4:
- Add support for sector size > 512 bytes and physical sector of several
logical sectors, introduced by ATA-7 specification.
- Remove some obsoleted code.


198850 03-Nov-2009 ed

Just use devname(3) to print device names.

Right now sysctl just prints the major/minor numbers of a device.
Instead of rolling our own routine for this, we'd better just call
devname(3) to perform a translation to a device name for us.


198820 02-Nov-2009 jhb

Ensure 'kvm' is always initialized. If "-M" was not specified and the
garbage value on the stack was not zero, then 'ddb capture' would try to
use the garbage value as a kvm_t pointer.

MFC after: 1 week


198768 01-Nov-2009 brueffer

Refine r198714, it's not as easy as just leaving the major number zero.

Submitted by: ed
MFC after: 1 week


198714 31-Oct-2009 brueffer

The majors file was removed long ago, 0 should be used instead.

PR: 139230
Submitted by: pluknet <pluknet@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week


198709 31-Oct-2009 mav

MFp4:
Sync connection speed reporting with kernel.
Report speed in identify command, same as done by inquiry.


198585 29-Oct-2009 jhb

When extracting the capture buffer from a crashdump, only read the valid
portion of the capture buffer (db_capture_bufoff vs db_capture_bufsize).
This could result in outputting garbage (e.g. lots of 'p' characters if
DIAGNOSTIC is enabled) after the end of the capture buffer. While here,
fix a spelling nit.

Reported by: Mikolaj Golub to my trociny of gmail
MFC after: 3 days


198491 26-Oct-2009 jh

Fix parsing of mount options specified with -o in case an option with
value is preceded by an option without value (for example -o
option1,option2=value). Options must be separated before searching for
'='. Also compare pnextopt explicitly against NULL.

PR: bin/134069
Approved by: trasz (mentor)


198478 26-Oct-2009 lulf

- Initialize variable in order to avoid GCC warning and enable WARNS=6.

PR: bin/139970
Submitted by: Ulrich Spörlein <uqs -at- spoerlein.net>


198352 21-Oct-2009 philip

Make dhclient use bootpc (68) as the source port for unicast DHCPREQUEST
packets instead of allowing the protocol stack to pick a random source port.

This fixes the behaviour where dhclient would never transition from RENEWING
to BOUND without going through REBINDING in networks which are paranoid about
DHCP spoofing, such as most mainstream cable-broadband ISP networks.

Reviewed by: brooks
Obtained from: OpenBSD (partly - I'm not convinced their solution can work)
MFC after: 1 week (pending re approval)


198340 21-Oct-2009 ed

Make input parsing in Farhenheit actually work.

Don't clobber *p with '\0' when testing whether it has the value of 'F'.
Just use the semantics of strtof() properly. If it returns p, we know
that it parsed the string until it reached 'C' or 'F'.

The code has not changed since it has been imported (r161951, Sep 3,
2006).

Submitted by: Alexandre Perrin <kaworu@kaworu.ch>
MFC after: 1 week


198316 21-Oct-2009 remko

The tunefs utility does not work on active filesystems.

PR: docs/139705
Submitted by: Warren Block <wblock at wonkity dot com>
Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit)


198236 19-Oct-2009 ru

Switch the default WARNS level for sbin/ to 6.

Submitted by: Ulrich Spörlein


198235 19-Oct-2009 ru

Clean up markup (mainly).


198231 19-Oct-2009 ru

Properly re-create "-s size" argument to newfs(8).


198006 12-Oct-2009 hrs

Use printb() to display the "nd6 options=" line.


197980 12-Oct-2009 rpaulo

Update for latest 802.11s changes in meshconf format.

MFC after: 3 days


197763 05-Oct-2009 mjacob

The cylinder group tag cg_initediblk needs to match the number of inodes
actually initialized. In the growfs case for UFS2, no inodes were actually
being initialized and the number of inodes noted as initialized was the
number of inodes per group. This created a filesystem that was deemed
corrupted because the inodes thus added were full of garbage.

MFC after: 1 month


197560 28-Sep-2009 delphij

Static'ify internal methods and use prototype.


197545 27-Sep-2009 mav

Fethch more information from IDENTIFY result.


197526 26-Sep-2009 hrs

Fix several logic bugs in the previous IPv6 variable change and
re-add $ipv6_enable support for backward compatibility. From
UPDATING:

1. To use IPv6, simply define $ifconfig_IF_ipv6 like $ifconfig_IF
for IPv4. For aliases, $ifconfig_IF_aliasN should be used.
Note that both variables need the "inet6" keyword at the head.

Do not set $ipv6_network_interfaces manually if you do not
understand what you are doing. It is not needed in most cases.

$ipv6_ifconfig_IF and $ipv6_ifconfig_IF_aliasN still work, but
they are obsolete.

2. $ipv6_enable is obsolete. Use $ipv6_prefer and/or
"inet6 accept_rtadv" keyword in ifconfig(8) instead.

If you define $ipv6_enable=YES, it means $ipv6_prefer=YES and
all configured interfaces have "inet6 accept_rtadv" in the
$ifconfig_IF_ipv6. These are for backward compatibility.

3. A new variable $ipv6_prefer has been added. If NO, IPv6
functionality of interfaces with no corresponding
$ifconfig_IF_ipv6 is disabled by using "inet6 ifdisabled" flag,
and the default address selection policy of ip6addrctl(8)
is the IPv4-preferred one (see rc.d/ip6addrctl for more details).
Note that if you want to configure IPv6 functionality on the
disabled interfaces after boot, first you need to clear the flag by
using ifconfig(8) like:

ifconfig em0 inet6 -ifdisabled

If YES, the default address selection policy is set as
IPv6-preferred.

The default value of $ipv6_prefer is NO.

4. If your system need to receive Router Advertisement messages,
define "inet6 accept_rtadv" in $ifconfig_IF_ipv6. The rc(8)
scripts automatically invoke rtsol(8) when the interface becomes
UP. The Router Advertisement messages are used for SLAAC
(State-Less Address AutoConfiguration).


197419 22-Sep-2009 mav

MFp4:
Reduce code duplication.


197312 18-Sep-2009 brueffer

Fix setfib(1) section number.

PR: 133765
Submitted by: Konstantin Zolotukhin <erebus@gorodok.net>
MFC after: 3 days


197299 17-Sep-2009 ru

Fixed markup.


197298 17-Sep-2009 rmacklem

Change the default transport protocol for use by the Mount protocol
from UDP to TCP, so that it is consistent with TCP for NFS, which
became the default at r176198. Without this change, doing an NFS mount
against a server that only supports UDP would result in an unusable
mount point if a transport protocol option wasn't specified for the
mount.

Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


197275 17-Sep-2009 brueffer

Fix an xref.

PR: 138833
Submitted by: Alex Keda <admin@lissyara.su>
MFC after: 3 days


197274 17-Sep-2009 brueffer

Fix the example, -w is the right switch for write failure probability.

PR: 136219
Submitted by: Kouki Hashimoto <hsmtkk@gmail.com>
Patch by: gavin
MFC after: 3 days


197200 14-Sep-2009 pjd

Modify mount(8) to skip MNT_IGNORE file systems by default, just like df(1)
does. This is not POLA violation, because there is no single file system in the
base that use MNT_IGNORE currently, although ZFS snapshots will be mounted with
MNT_IGNORE after next commit.

Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 3 days


197142 12-Sep-2009 hrs

Document accept_rev_ethip_ver and send_rev_ethip_ver flags of
EtherIP (gif(4) + if_bridge(8)).

MFC after: 3 days


197138 12-Sep-2009 hrs

Improve flexibility of receiving Router Advertisement and
automatic link-local address configuration:

- Convert a sysctl net.inet6.ip6.accept_rtadv to one for the
default value of a per-IF flag ND6_IFF_ACCEPT_RTADV, not a
global knob. The default value of the sysctl is 0.

- Add a new per-IF flag ND6_IFF_AUTO_LINKLOCAL and convert a
sysctl net.inet6.ip6.auto_linklocal to one for its default
value. The default value of the sysctl is 1.

- Make ND6_IFF_IFDISABLED more robust. It can be used to disable
IPv6 functionality of an interface now.

- Receiving RA is allowed if ip6_forwarding==0 *and*
ND6_IFF_ACCEPT_RTADV is set on that interface. The former
condition will be revisited later to support a "host + router" box
like IPv6 CPE router. The current behavior is compatible with
the older releases of FreeBSD.

- The ifconfig(8) now supports these ND6 flags as well as "nud",
"prefer_source", and "disabled" in ndp(8). The ndp(8) now
supports "auto_linklocal".

Discussed with: bz and jinmei
Reviewed by: bz
MFC after: 3 days


197044 09-Sep-2009 pjd

Actually component with the greatest priority is used by the prefer balance
algorithm.


196931 07-Sep-2009 hrs

Use printb() instead of rolling its own routine to display
bits in options=<>.

Pointed out by: ume
MFC after: 3 days


196929 07-Sep-2009 ume

Suppress an options line when no bit is on.

Reviewed by: hrs
MFC after: 3 days


196879 06-Sep-2009 pjd

Add support for changing providers priority.

Submitted by: Mel Flynn


196878 06-Sep-2009 pjd

Update copyright years.


196877 06-Sep-2009 pjd

For any given subcommand allow to specify multi-line usage (separated by \n).

Submitted by: Mel Flynn


196833 04-Sep-2009 kmacy

remove stale references to RTF_CLONING and RTF_LLINFO

MFC after: 3 days


196831 04-Sep-2009 mav

Add to `camcontrol cmd` support for sending arbitrary ATA commands.

It could be used for broad range of tasks, such as configuring drive
power management modes, caching, security and any other features and tasks,
not supported by existing drivers.


196659 30-Aug-2009 mav

Short ATA command format has 28bit address, not 36bit.
Rename ata_36bit_cmd() into ata_28bit_cmd(), while it didn't become legacy.

MFC after: 2 days


196658 30-Aug-2009 mav

MFp4:
- Tune protocol version reporting,
- Add supported DMA/PIO modes reporting.
- Fix IDENTIFY for ATAPI devices.
- Remove confusing "-" for NCQ status.


196528 25-Aug-2009 lulf

- Add a SIGINFO handler for savecore.


196527 25-Aug-2009 charnier

ANSIfy functions declarations, adjust prototypes. Rename local variable
to not conflict with err().


196476 23-Aug-2009 ivoras

Remove (c) line.

Requested by: pjd
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month


196383 19-Aug-2009 marcel

Remove the dependency on the kernel -- in particular the gctl request to
the GEOM_BSD class -- to translate the absolute offsets in the label to
relative ones. This makes bslabel(8) work correctly with GEOM_PART and
also when the BSD label is nested under arbitrary partitioning schemes.

Inspired by: Eygene Ryabinkin <rea-fbsd@codelabs.ru>
Approved by: re (kib)


196287 17-Aug-2009 pjd

Be more precise how to get fsids - 'mount -v' doesn't show fsids unless is run
by root.

Approved by: re (kib)


196278 16-Aug-2009 marcel

Emit a proper error message instead of dumping core when 1)
GEOM_PART does not exist in the kernel, and 2) the GEOM in
question does not exist.
Additionally abort in case of programming errors that result
in neither the class nor geom not being present in the gctl
request.

Submitted by: "Andrey V. Elsukov" <bu7cher@yandex.ru>
Approved by: re (kib)


195942 29-Jul-2009 rmacklem

Delete the descriptions of the gssname and allgssname optionss from
mount_nfs.8 since these options are not implemented in FreeBSD8.
This is content change for the man page.

Approved by: re (kensmith), kib (mentor)


195908 27-Jul-2009 rpaulo

Mesh fixes, namely:
* don't clobber proxy entries
* HWMP seq number processing, including discard of old frames
* flush routing table entries based on nexthop
* print route flags in ifconfig
* more debugging messages and comments

Proxy changes submitted by sam.

Approved by: re (kib)


195890 26-Jul-2009 bz

Make ifconfig ifN -vnet <jname|jid> actually work:

- fix ifconfig to ignore the non-existent interface in the current
network stack in case of '-vnet'.
- in ifconfig: actually use the local variables defined for the
vnet functions rather than modifying the global.

Reviewed by: rwatson
Approved by: re (kib)


195805 21-Jul-2009 sam

Fix the logic to count the number of "live interfaces". With this change
dhclient now terminates when the underlying ifnet is destroyed (e.g.
on card eject).

Reviewed by: brooks
Approved by: re (kib)


195784 20-Jul-2009 rpaulo

More mesh bits, namely:
* bridge support (sam)
* handling of errors (sam)
* deletion of inactive routing entries
* more debug msgs (sam)
* fixed some inconsistencies with the spec.
* decap is now specific to mesh (sam)
* print mesh seq. no. on ifconfig list mesh
* small perf. improvements

Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (kib)


195618 11-Jul-2009 rpaulo

Implementation of the upcoming Wireless Mesh standard, 802.11s, on the
net80211 wireless stack. This work is based on the March 2009 D3.0 draft
standard. This standard is expected to become final next year.
This includes two main net80211 modules, ieee80211_mesh.c
which deals with peer link management, link metric calculation,
routing table control and mesh configuration and ieee80211_hwmp.c
which deals with the actually routing process on the mesh network.
HWMP is the mandatory routing protocol on by the mesh standard, but
others, such as RA-OLSR, can be implemented.

Authentication and encryption are not implemented.

There are several scripts under tools/tools/net80211/scripts that can be
used to test different mesh network topologies and they also teach you
how to setup a mesh vap (for the impatient: ifconfig wlan0 create
wlandev ... wlanmode mesh).

A new build option is available: IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH and it's enabled
by default on GENERIC kernels for i386, amd64, sparc64 and pc98.

Drivers that support mesh networks right now are: ath, ral and mwl.

More information at: http://wiki.freebsd.org/WifiMesh

Please note that this work is experimental. Also, please note that
bridging a mesh vap with another network interface is not yet supported.

Many thanks to the FreeBSD Foundation for sponsoring this project and to
Sam Leffler for his support.
Also, I would like to thank Gateworks Corporation for sending me a
Cambria board which was used during the development of this project.

Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Obtained from: projects/mesh11s


195573 10-Jul-2009 scottl

Fix alignment issue with ATA IDENTIFY structure.

Approved by: re


195534 10-Jul-2009 scottl

Separate the parallel scsi knowledge out of the core of the XPT, and
modularize it so that new transports can be created.

Add a transport for SATA

Add a periph+protocol layer for ATA

Add a driver for AHCI-compliant hardware.

Add a maxio field to CAM so that drivers can advertise their max
I/O capability. Modify various drivers so that they are insulated
from the value of MAXPHYS.

The new ATA/SATA code supports AHCI-compliant hardware, and will override
the classic ATA driver if it is loaded as a module at boot time or compiled
into the kernel. The stack now support NCQ (tagged queueing) for increased
performance on modern SATA drives. It also supports port multipliers.

ATA drives are accessed via 'ada' device nodes. ATAPI drives are
accessed via 'cd' device nodes. They can all be enumerated and manipulated
via camcontrol, just like SCSI drives. SCSI commands are not translated to
their ATA equivalents; ATA native commands are used throughout the entire
stack, including camcontrol. See the camcontrol manpage for further
details. Testing this code may require that you update your fstab, and
possibly modify your BIOS to enable AHCI functionality, if available.

This code is very experimental at the moment. The userland ABI/API has
changed, so applications will need to be recompiled. It may change
further in the near future. The 'ada' device name may also change as
more infrastructure is completed in this project. The goal is to
eventually put all CAM busses and devices until newbus, allowing for
interesting topology and management options.

Few functional changes will be seen with existing SCSI/SAS/FC drivers,
though the userland ABI has still changed. In the future, transports
specific modules for SAS and FC may appear in order to better support
the topologies and capabilities of these technologies.

The modularization of CAM and the addition of the ATA/SATA modules is
meant to break CAM out of the mold of being specific to SCSI, letting it
grow to be a framework for arbitrary transports and protocols. It also
allows drivers to be written to support discrete hardware without
jeopardizing the stability of non-related hardware. While only an AHCI
driver is provided now, a Silicon Image driver is also in the works.
Drivers for ICH1-4, ICH5-6, PIIX, classic IDE, and any other hardware
is possible and encouraged. Help with new transports is also encouraged.

Submitted by: scottl, mav
Approved by: re


195075 26-Jun-2009 oleg

- 'burst' description rewritten.

Submitted by: Ben Kaduk
Approved by: re (kib)


195036 26-Jun-2009 maxim

o Kill grammar nits.

PR: docs/136061
Submitted by: Ben Kaduk
MFC after: 1 week


194930 24-Jun-2009 oleg

- fix dummynet 'fast' mode for WF2Q case.
- fix printing of pipe profile data.
- introduce new pipe parameter: 'burst' - how much data can be sent through
pipe bypassing bandwidth limit.


194880 24-Jun-2009 dfr

Don't use sys/nfs/rpcv2.h - it is part of the old kernel RPC implementation
and will be removed.


194871 24-Jun-2009 jamie

Add the "vnet" and "-vnet" options, to allow moving interfaces between
jails with VIMAGE.

Approved by: bz (mentor)


194802 23-Jun-2009 delphij

Add a note about the implication of secure level setting against kldload,
and cross reference security(7).


194799 23-Jun-2009 delphij

- Use size_t instead of int when appropriate;
- Use C99 sparse initialization.

With these changes ifconfig(8) is WARNS=2 clean.


194684 23-Jun-2009 jhay

time_t does not always fit into long, for instance on arm. So rather cast
it intmax_t and use %j in printf.


194333 17-Jun-2009 lulf

- Back out the previous change in order to maintain compatibility.


194257 15-Jun-2009 ed

Remove redundant code from runshutdown() now tcsetsid(3) works reliably.

We can now just call setctty() without any problems. This means the
shell running the shutdown script is now the session leader, just like
on startup.


194244 15-Jun-2009 lulf

- The maximum number of heads is 255, not 256.

Pointed out by: marcel


194198 14-Jun-2009 ed

Fix the staircase issue properly this time.

Even though I thought this bug was somewhere in the TTY layer, it turns
out init(8) doesn't make sure /dev/console is opened initially properly.
I've added revoke() to two pieces of code:

- death(): Apart from killing the gettys on shutdown, this doesn't
guarantee the TTY to be closed immediately.
- runshutdown(): Just like setctty(), we should revoke /dev/console.
Applications like syslogd may have file descriptors to the console.


194136 13-Jun-2009 sam

Rev IEEE80211_IOC_STA_INFO abi: ni_flags grew from 16 bits to 32
bits but isi_state did not follow; expand it to 32 bits and pad to
maintain alignment. Note this is an incompatible change that
requires rebuilding of user applications.

Submitted by: rpaulo, cbzimmer, avatar


194092 13-Jun-2009 ivoras

Add support for labels derived from GPT metadata.

Approved by: gnn (mentor)
Reviewed by: pjd
PR: 128398
Submitted by: Marius Nuennerich < marius at nuenneri.ch >


193943 10-Jun-2009 avg

fsck_msdosfs: accept no-op -C option for compatibilty with fsck

Submitted by: marck
Reviewed by: current@
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


193765 08-Jun-2009 brian

Fix an off by one error when we limit append/prepend text sizes based on our
internal buffer sizes.

When we 'append', assume we're appending to text. Some MS dhcp servers will
give us a string with the length including the trailing NUL. when we 'append
domain-name', we get something like "search x.y\000 z" in resolv.conf :(

MFC after: 1 week
Security: A buffer overflow (by one NUL byte) was possible.


193728 08-Jun-2009 jhb

Change the printf format string to match the variable type to quiet
warnings.


193715 08-Jun-2009 luigi

Permit the specification of bandwidth values within
"profile" files (bandwidth is mandatory when using a
profile, so it makes sense to have everything in one place).

Update the manpage accordingly.

Submitted by: Marta Carbone


193702 08-Jun-2009 luigi

add a missing format in a printf
Detected building with gcc 4.3.3

MFC after: 3 days


193673 08-Jun-2009 marcel

Make the size (-s) and start (-b) parameters of the add verb optional.
The missing parameter(s) are automatically filled-in.


193664 07-Jun-2009 hrs

Fix and add a workaround on an issue of EtherIP packet with reversed
version field sent via gif(4)+if_bridge(4). The EtherIP
implementation found on FreeBSD 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 7.0, 7.1, and 7.2 had
an interoperability issue because it sent the incorrect EtherIP
packets and discarded the correct ones.

This change introduces the following two flags to gif(4):

accept_rev_ethip_ver: accepts both correct EtherIP packets and ones
with reversed version field, if enabled. If disabled, the gif
accepts the correct packets only. This flag is enabled by
default.

send_rev_ethip_ver: sends EtherIP packets with reversed version field
intentionally, if enabled. If disabled, the gif sends the correct
packets only. This flag is disabled by default.

These flags are stored in struct gif_softc and can be set by
ifconfig(8) on per-interface basis.

Note that this is an incompatible change of EtherIP with the older
FreeBSD releases. If you need to interoperate older FreeBSD boxes and
new versions after this commit, setting "send_rev_ethip_ver" is
needed.

Reviewed by: thompsa and rwatson
Spotted by: Shunsuke SHINOMIYA
PR: kern/125003
MFC after: 2 weeks


193648 07-Jun-2009 marcel

Allow humanized numbers for LBAs, as well as partition indices for
gpart(8). LBAs in particular are ugly. The ganularity is a sector,
but users expect byte granularity when specifying the size or offset
with a SI unit. Handle LBAs specially to deal with this.


193516 05-Jun-2009 luigi

Several ipfw options and actions use a 16-bit argument to indicate
pipes, queues, tags, rule numbers and so on.
These are all different namespaces, and the only thing they have in
common is the fact they use a 16-bit slot to represent the argument.

There is some confusion in the code, mostly for historical reasons,
on how the values 0 and 65535 should be used. At the moment, 0 is
forbidden almost everywhere, while 65535 is used to represent a
'tablearg' argument, i.e. the result of the most recent table() lookup.

For now, try to use explicit constants for the min and max allowed
values, and do not overload the default rule number for that.

Also, make the MTAG_IPFW declaration only visible to the kernel.

NOTE: I think the issue needs to be revisited before 8.0 is out:
the 2^16 namespace limit for rule numbers and pipe/queue is
annoying, and we can easily bump the limit to 2^32 which gives
a lot more flexibility in partitioning the namespace.

MFC after: 5 days


193500 05-Jun-2009 luigi

remove a printf that was only useful for debugging.

MFC after: 3 days


193480 05-Jun-2009 benno

Bump document date.

Pointed out by: trhodes


193475 04-Jun-2009 benno

Perform some checking on the requested list of modules to warn people if they
try to load modules by filename out of the current directory where the module
in question may be further up the module path or not in the module path at all.

Also add some text to the man page to help explain what's going on.

Sponsored by: Redacted Consulting


193473 04-Jun-2009 benno

style(9) pass prior to further changes.

Sponsored by: Redacted Consulting


193447 04-Jun-2009 sam

track rename of CSA ie

Submitted by: wxs


193372 03-Jun-2009 pjd

Correct comment.


193333 02-Jun-2009 pjd

Initialize iov and iovlen before use.

Reported by: Lucius Windschuh <lwindschuh@googlemail.com>


193325 02-Jun-2009 lulf

- Use volatile for signal variables.

Suggested by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh -at- saunalahti.fi>


193191 01-Jun-2009 rodrigc

Code for parsing nmount options in kernel was merged
to stable/7 branch in r190315. So only resort to fallback_mount()
could which passes struct nfs_args to kernel in kernel versions
less than 702100.


193059 29-May-2009 lulf

- Use sig_atomic_t for signal handler variables.

MFC after: 1 week


193051 29-May-2009 pjd

- Move from mount(2) to nmount(2). This should allow to convert MNT_SNAPSHOT
flag from a mount flag to FS-specific flag.
- Simplify usage. Instead of 'mksnap_ffs /mnt/foo /mnt/foo/snap' allow to
give only one argument: 'mksnap_ffs /mnt/foo/snap'. Old usage is also
accepted for now.
- Add an example of how to mount a snapshot.


193022 29-May-2009 brian

Make dump -W show the level correctly.

PR: 129110
Submitted by: Mike Voorhis <mvoorhis@cs.wpi.edu>
MFC after: 3 weeks


192930 27-May-2009 rmacklem

Add support for the experimental nfs client to mount_nfs. The
experimental client is used when the fstype is "newnfs" or the "nfsv4"
option is specified. It includes the addition of the option:
gssname - to specify a client side initiator host based principal name
which is specific to NFSv4.
It also includes a change to mount.c, so that it knows about
mount_newnfs, but not mount_nfs4.

Reviewed by: dfr
Approved by: kib (mentor)


192772 25-May-2009 brian

Bump the document date to reflect the 'p' command enhancements.

Suggested by: trhodes


192747 25-May-2009 maxim

o Fix typo in the example.

PR: docs/134930
Submitted by: Alex Keda
MFC after: 1 week


192745 25-May-2009 brian

Enhance the 'p' command so that it understands size qualifiers (K/M/G) and
so that it understands '*' as 'DTRT'.

PR: 68312
Submitted by: Rene de Vries - rene at tunix dot nl (mostly)
MFC after: 3 weeks


192586 22-May-2009 trasz

Make 'struct acl' larger, as required to support NFSv4 ACLs. Provide
compatibility interfaces in both kernel and libc.

Reviewed by: rwatson


192578 22-May-2009 rwatson

Remove the unmaintained University of Michigan NFSv4 client from 8.x
prior to 8.0-RELEASE. Rick Macklem's new and more feature-rich NFSv234
client and server are replacing it.

Discussed with: rmacklem


192376 19-May-2009 trasz

Add links to libgeom(3) where appropriate.


191693 30-Apr-2009 thompsa

Do no spam the ifconfig output for the aggregated interface with 'laggdev laggX'.


191656 29-Apr-2009 trasz

Slightly improve gjournal documentation.

Reviewed by: pjd


191415 23-Apr-2009 ed

Let pflogd's Makefile just use WARNS instead of changing CFLAGS.

This change allows me to disable -Werror by using NO_WERROR. Right now
I can't build pflogd using Clang, because Clang generates more warnings
when passing -Wall.


191414 23-Apr-2009 brueffer

Correct the information about when the respective functionality first
appeared in FreeBSD.

PR: 133785
Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein <uqs@spoerlein.net>
MFC after: 3 days


191252 18-Apr-2009 rwatson

ifconfig(8) no longer needs to know how to print the IFF_NEEDSGIANT flag,
since it shortly won't be defined at all.


191121 15-Apr-2009 brooks

The structs ifaliasreq and in_aliasreq have exactly the same layout and
member names, but we really do mean to use in_aliasreq here.

MFC after: 1 week


191080 14-Apr-2009 kmacy

Extend route command:
- add show as alias for get
- add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost
- add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing

This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built.

Reviewed by: jeli & qingli


190936 11-Apr-2009 ed

Style fixes to the newfs_msdos manpage.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>


190933 11-Apr-2009 ed

Update documentation (forgotten in r190929).

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>


190932 11-Apr-2009 ed

Do not prepend /dev/ when -C is used.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>


190931 11-Apr-2009 ed

When using -C, do not warn when the file is not a character device, but warn when it is not a regular file.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>


190930 11-Apr-2009 ed

Fix a bug in r185587.

fstat(fd, &sb) was not executed unconditionally anymore so sb was read
uninitialised when -C is used.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>


190929 11-Apr-2009 ed

Use ftruncate() instead of lseek()+write()+lseek() to set the created
file (-C) to the requested size.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>


190927 11-Apr-2009 ed

De-static local variables in main() (which is not recursive) and const-ify
others.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>


190925 11-Apr-2009 ed

Show -@ and -C in usage, which were added in r185587.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>


190924 11-Apr-2009 ed

Clean up the usage() function to use a single fprintf().

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>


190913 11-Apr-2009 rrs

Fix broken case where caused by last patch where
a user uses 0.0.0.0/0 as an alias for default.
Obtained from: Mykola Dzham (freebsd@levsha.org.ua)


190911 11-Apr-2009 trhodes

Kill hard sentence break added in the previous revision.


190910 11-Apr-2009 trhodes

Bump doc date for previous changes.


190891 10-Apr-2009 lulf

- Better wording in comment.

Suggested by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon - at - gmx.de>


190884 10-Apr-2009 lulf

- Implement the grow command to make it easier for users to extend plexes
without having to understand all gvinum internals.
- Document the grow command in the manpage and update examples to use the
command where possible.


190882 10-Apr-2009 lulf

- Move logic for finding a unique drive name into its own routine for future
code reuse.


190881 10-Apr-2009 lulf

- Move out allocation part of different gvinum objects into its own routine and
make use of it in the gvinum userland code.


190865 09-Apr-2009 luigi

Add emulation of delay profiles, which lets you model various
types of MAC overheads such as preambles, link level retransmissions
and more.

Note- this commit changes the userland/kernel ABI for pipes
(but not for ordinary firewall rules) so you need to rebuild
kernel and /sbin/ipfw to use dummynet features.

Please check the manpage for details on the new feature.

The MFC would be trivial but it breaks the ABI, so it will
be postponed until after 7.2 is released.

Interested users are welcome to apply the patch manually
to their RELENG_7 tree.

Work supported by the European Commission, Projects Onelab and
Onelab2 (contract 224263).


190851 08-Apr-2009 maxim

o Grammar.


190846 08-Apr-2009 luigi

Various cleanup of text, moving a couple of paragraphs
above to avoid referencing undefined terms (humans are not compilers
but still care about these things).

Change some .Sh to .Ss to better reflect the structure of the text.

No new content.


190799 07-Apr-2009 trhodes

Remove contractions, reword a sentence to avoid a double negative,
and bump document date for previous change.

OKed by: piso


190775 06-Apr-2009 rrs

Ok, looking at the solution a bit closer, the level
calculation was too agressive. Instead we should only
look at each nibble. This makes it so we make
10.2.0.0 become 10.2/16 NOT 10.2/17.

Need to explore the non-cidr address issue. The two
may not be seperable..

MFC after: 1 week


190758 06-Apr-2009 rrs

Class based addressing went out in the early 90's. Basically
if a entry is not route add -net xxx/bits then we should use
the addr (xxx) to establish the number of bits by looking at
the first non-zero bit. So if we enter
route add -net 10.1.1.0 10.1.3.5
this is the same as doing
route add -net 10.1.1.0/24
Since the 8th bit (zero counting) is set to 1 we set bits
to 32-8.

Users can of course still use the /x to change this behavior
or in cases where the network is in the trailing part
of the address, a "netmask" argument can be supplied to
override what is established from the interpretation of the
address itself. e.g:

route add -net 10.1.1.8 -netmask 0xff00ffff

should overide and place the proper CIDR mask in place.

PR: 131365
MFC after: 1 week


190757 06-Apr-2009 phk

Only raise WARNS to 6 on i386 and amd64, strict alignment platforms still
barf at some of the gratuitous pointer gymnastics, and I do not see a
simple solution.


190751 05-Apr-2009 ed

Remove if_ppp(4) and if_sl(4).

Not only did these two drivers depend on IFF_NEEDSGIANT, they were
broken 7 months ago during the MPSAFE TTY import. if_ppp(4) has been
replaced by ppp(8). There is no replacement for if_sl(4).

If we see regressions in for example the ports tree, we should just use
__FreeBSD_version 800045 to check whether if_ppp(4) and if_sl(4) are
present. Version 800045 is used to denote the import of MPSAFE TTY.

Discussed with: rwatson, but also rwatson's IFF_NEEDSGIANT emails on the
lists.


190745 05-Apr-2009 phk

Silence a printf warning


190718 05-Apr-2009 phk

Add some consts, remove some unused stuff and other attempts to calm
FlexeLint down.


190717 05-Apr-2009 phk

Fix casts which are not by definition safe, but which malloc(3)
makes safe for us.


190716 05-Apr-2009 phk

Some constifications


190715 05-Apr-2009 phk

Modernize prototypes (ie: no extern)

Make lots of stuff static.


190714 05-Apr-2009 piso

Improve a bit reass documentation:

-document fragment handling sysctls
-mention some caveats about fragments handling (and to deal with it)


190713 05-Apr-2009 phk

Convert list of remote interfaces to LIST_* macros


190712 05-Apr-2009 phk

Kick WARNS level up to 6 by fixing various trivial warnings.


190711 05-Apr-2009 phk

Use <sys/queue.h> to manage the interface list.


190710 05-Apr-2009 phk

Remove newlines from string argument of __COPYRIGHT(), it results in
assembler warning messages.


190709 05-Apr-2009 phk

Send multicast on p2p interfaces if they can and are not prohibited
from doing so with no_rip_mcast in /etc/gateways.

This allows routed(8) to work with the way ports/security/openvpn
employs the tun(4) interface.


190633 01-Apr-2009 piso

Implement an ipfw action to reassemble ip packets: reass.


190507 28-Mar-2009 lulf

Import the gvinum work that have been done during and after Summer of Code 2007.
The work have been under testing and fixing since then, and it is mature enough
to be put into HEAD for further testing.

A lot have changed in this time, and here are the most important:
- Gvinum now uses one single workerthread instead of one thread for each
volume and each plex. The reason for this is that the previous scheme was
very complex, and was the cause of many of the bugs discovered in gvinum.
Instead, gvinum now uses one worker thread with an event queue, quite
similar to what used in gmirror.
- The rebuild/grow/initialize/parity check routines no longer runs in
separate threads, but are run as regular I/O requests with special flags.
This made it easier to support mounted growing and parity rebuild.
- Support for growing striped and raid5-plexes, meaning that one can extend the
volumes for these plex types in addition to the concat type. Also works while
the volume is mounted.
- Implementation of many of the missing commands from the old vinum:
attach/detach, start (was partially implemented), stop (was partially
implemented), concat, mirror, stripe, raid5 (shortcuts for creating volumes
with one plex of these organizations).
- The parity check and rebuild no longer goes between userland/kernel, meaning
that the gvinum command will not stay and wait forever for the rebuild to
finish. You can instead watch the status with the list command.
- Many problems with gvinum have been reported since 5.x, and some has been hard
to fix due to the complicated architecture. Hopefully, it should be more
stable and better handle edge cases that previously made gvinum crash.
- Failed drives no longer disappears entirely, but now leave behind a dummy
drive that makes sure the original state is not forgotten in case the system
is rebooted between drive failures/swaps.
- Update manpage to reflect new commands and extend it with some examples.

Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007
Mentored by: le
Tested by: Rick C. Petty <rick-freebsd2008 -at- kiwi-computer.com>


190456 26-Mar-2009 sam

add superg+tdma include files for protocol defs needed to do ie parsing


190424 25-Mar-2009 ivoras

Man page accompanying r190423 - introduce UFS ID labels.

Actually-by: pjd
Approved by: gnn (mentor)


190317 23-Mar-2009 phk

Save (empty) worklist at successful completion


190027 19-Mar-2009 nyan

Use the common PC98_SID_ACTIVE define instead of a local define.


190026 19-Mar-2009 brueffer

Mdoc style, spelling, grammar and wording fixes. This manpage needs more work.


189864 15-Mar-2009 jamie

Default to AF_LOCAL instead of AF_INET sockets for non-family-specific
operations. This allows the query operations to work in non-IPv4 jails,
and will be necessary in a future of possible non-INET networking.

Approved by: bz (mentor)


189703 11-Mar-2009 ed

Also use %zu to print the allocation size when malloc(3) fails.

Discussed with: phk


189700 11-Mar-2009 phk

Fix printf warnings on amd64 etc.


189692 11-Mar-2009 phk

One Pp is more than enough.

Says: brueffer


189691 11-Mar-2009 phk

Some improvements to recoverdisk


189538 08-Mar-2009 maxim

o Spell. Sort .Xrs.


189534 08-Mar-2009 kib

Document several notifications, among them are DEVFS, update to ifneti,
coretemp and kern.

The asmc(4) and zfs(5) are still not documented.

Based on the patch by Roland Smith <rsmith xs4all nl>.
MFC after: 1 week


189397 05-Mar-2009 rodrigc

Add a -o mountprog parameter to mount which explicitly allows
an alternative program to be used for mounting a file system.
Ideally, all file systems
should be converted to pass string arguments to nmount(), so that
/sbin/mount can handle them. However, certain file systems such as FUSE have
not done this, and want to have their own userland mount programs.

For example, to mount an NTFS file system with the FUSE NTFS driver:

mount -t ntfs -o mountprog=/usr/local/bin/ntfs-3g /dev/acd0 /mnt

or via an fstab entry:

/dev/acd0 /mnt ntfs ro,noauto,mountprog=/usr/local/bin/ntfs-3g 0 0

PR: 120784
Requested by: Dominic Fandrey


189396 05-Mar-2009 luigi

move a variable declaration to the beginning of the block
(unfortunately, it is far away; we need to pack this code in
a better way).


189395 05-Mar-2009 luigi

remove some signed/unsigned and one const/!const warning


189394 05-Mar-2009 luigi

mark a function static, as it is


189267 02-Mar-2009 cy

Verify that the filesystem being referenced in fstab is indeed a UFS
filesystem. This avoids confusion with nullfs and unionfs filesystems
which reference the root of a UFS filesystem as a target.

PR: 116849
Approved by: kib


189112 27-Feb-2009 avg

newfs_msdos: allow to work with media that doesn't have any CHS params

Either use parameters provided by user or make them up.
The code for faking CHS params is borrowed from disklabel code.
The logic for using user-provided and auto-guessed parameters is not
perfect, so to speak.

PR: bin/121182
Approved by: jhb (mentor)


189096 27-Feb-2009 rpaulo

Replace clone_setcallback() with a new function clone_setdefcallback()
that selects a callback from an interface prefix name. This allows us to
report a meaningful error when the user types 'ifconfig wlan0 create',
for example, and also kills some redundant code.

Reviewed by: sam (earlier version)


188959 23-Feb-2009 mav

Bring SATA revision reporting into conformance with SATA-IO guidelines.


188922 22-Feb-2009 mav

Add SATA and USB modes for completeness. USB modes principally can't be set,
SATA mode setting is not implementes at this time.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon


188919 22-Feb-2009 pjd

- Punctuation fixes.
- New sentence - new line.

Reported by: Ben Kaduk <minimarmot@gmail.com>

- No more than 80 chars per line.


188829 19-Feb-2009 rdivacky

Display an error message when the requested mode is not known. So the user can
distinguish between a typo in the mode name and that the device does not
support a certain mode (till now both causes show the same result, i.e. the old
mode is displayed).

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon gmx.de>
Approved by: kib (mentor)


188784 19-Feb-2009 sam

Fixup handling of roaming and xmit parameters to support 1/2 and 1/4-width
channel modes:
o usurp 'h' mode flag for half-width channels
o add 'q' mode flag for quarter-width channels
o rewrite rate parameter parsing to handle fractional values
o merge mode loops to eliminate ordering assumptions
o replace 0x80 with IEEE80211_RATE_MCS


188729 17-Feb-2009 pjd

Correct the year.

Reported by: Florian Smeets <flo@kasimir.com>


188728 17-Feb-2009 pjd

Document kern.geom.journal.* sysctls.

PR: docs/130548
Submitted by: Hywel Mallett <hywel@hmallett.co.uk>
MFC after: 1 week


188520 12-Feb-2009 cognet

Don't add a bwrite() symbol, it breaks the build when building newfs
statically.
Instead, bring in a stripped down version of sbwrite(), and add the offset
to every bwrite() calls.


188330 08-Feb-2009 marcel

Prefer the start and end attributes over the offset and size
attributes. The start and end more accurately describe the
space taken by a partition. The offset and size are used to
describe the effective (usable) storage of that partition.


188294 07-Feb-2009 piso

Add SCTP NAT support.

Submitted by: CAIA (http://caia.swin.edu.au)


188258 07-Feb-2009 sam

Regulatory fixups:
o add missing channel flags for ECM, indoor, and outdoor constraints
o use HT capabilities to short-circuit HT20/HT40 channel construction
o rewrite 1/2 and 1/4 width channel handling yet again; previously
we assumed there was a full-width version of the channel in the
calibration table but that's not always true (e.g. for the Public
Safety Band), now we first check the calibration table for the
exact channel we want then fall back to the heuristics we used before
o fix HT channel construction; wasn't adjusting band edges for HT40
channel bandwidth requirements


188218 06-Feb-2009 rodrigc

Set NFSMNT_ACDIRMAX flag in fallback_mount() function.


188217 06-Feb-2009 rodrigc

Set NFSMNT_ACREGMIN, NFSMNT_ACREGMAX, and NFSMNT_ACDIRMIN flags
in fallback_mount() function.
Add a comment to indicate that the fallback_mount() function
should eventually go away.

Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>


188155 05-Feb-2009 sam

add support for max antenna gain (not used at the moment)


188110 04-Feb-2009 mckusick

Update the actions previously attempted by the -D option to make them
robust. With these changes fsck is now able to detect and reliably
rebuild corrupted cylinder group maps. The -D option is no longer
necessary as it has been replaced by a prompt asking whether the
corrupted cylinder group should be rebuilt and doing so when requested.
These actions are only offered and taken when running fsck in manual
mode. Corrupted cylinder groups found during preen mode cause the fsck
to fail.

Add the -r option to free up excess unused inodes. Decreasing the
number of preallocated inodes reduces the running time of future
runs of fsck and frees up space that can allocated to files. The -r
option is ignored when running in preen mode.

Reviewed by: Xin LI <delphij@>
Sponsored by: Rsync.net


188038 03-Feb-2009 delphij

Use %u instead of %zu when we intend to print integer constant.


188017 02-Feb-2009 lulf

- Use a separate pointer to the allocated memory for freeing, as strsep may
modify the pointer argument passed to it. This triggered an assert in malloc
when a geom command being run under the livefs environment.

PR: bin/130632
Submitted by: Dimitry Andric <dimitry -at- andric.com>
Pointy hat to: me
MFC after: 2 days


188005 02-Feb-2009 luigi

Explain that we assume AF_INET and only use the addr and port field
from a struct sockaddr_in, so there is no need to initialize sin_len


188004 02-Feb-2009 luigi

remove duplicate #include


187983 01-Feb-2009 luigi

put the altq-related functions into a separate file.
Minor cleanup of the includes used by the various source files,
including annotations of why certain headers are used.


187956 31-Jan-2009 bz

Remove and unused variable.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon christoph.mallon@gmx.de
MFC after: 2 weeks


187931 30-Jan-2009 obrien

Add the '-C' "check clean" flag. If the FS is marked clean, skip file
system checking. However, if the file system is not clean, perform a
full fsck.

Reviewed by: delphij
Obtained from: Juniper Networks


187845 28-Jan-2009 sam

include the channel list in list caps when -v is set; ieee channel
#'s are not available and we have to hack around the mapchan routine
but it lets us see the calibration table w/o forcing the debug regdomain


187844 28-Jan-2009 sam

pritize the channel we display with list chans so that, among other
things, 1/2 and 1/4 width channels are hidden behind the full width
channel; this is needed because they are ordered such that they
appear after in the channel table


187843 28-Jan-2009 sam

simplify display of 1/2 and 1/4 width channels


187842 28-Jan-2009 sam

improve debug msgs for regdomain operations; print channel flags
symbolically so it's easier to identify channels and why they
are added (or not)


187841 28-Jan-2009 sam

Fix 1/2 and 1/4 width channel handling:
o only include 1/2 and 1/4 width channels when they are specified in the
regulatory database description; previously we treated them as if they
were part of the band and blindly added them for 11a/g
o check the channel list returned in the devcaps to identify whether a
device supports 1/2 or 1/4 width channels on a band; this might be
better brought out as a capability bit to avoid filling the channel
list w/ 1/2 and 1/4 width channels but then cards that only support
these channels in a range of frequencies could not be described (though
right now we don't check frequency range only band)


187828 28-Jan-2009 imp

Restore necessary NUL termination of locname.

Submitted by: ian dowse
MFC after: 2 days


187820 28-Jan-2009 rwatson

Print disk offets as %jd rather than %lld; I fixed one before committing
but missed the other, which breaks 64-bit builds.

Reported by: bf <bf2006a at yahoo dot com>
MFC after: 1 week


187819 28-Jan-2009 luigi

Avoid the use of duplicated typedefs -- see the comment for details.


187818 28-Jan-2009 trhodes

Bump doc date for recent change.


187814 28-Jan-2009 rwatson

Add a new flag to dumpfs(8), -f, which causes dumpfs to list all free
fragments in the file system by fragment (block) number. This new
mode does the necessary arithmetic to generate absolute fragment
numbers rather than than the cg-relative numbers printed in the default
mode.

If -f is passed once, contiguous fragment ranges are collapsed into
an X-Y format as free block lists are currently printed in regular
dumpfs output, but if specified twice, all block numbers are printed
individually, allowing both compact and more script-friendly
representation.

This proves quite handy when attempting to recover deleted data, as it
allows exclusion of non-deleted data from blocks searched.
MFC after: 1 week
Discussed with: jeff, Richard Clayton <richard dot clayton at cl.cam.ac.uk>
Sponsored by: Google, Inc.


187812 28-Jan-2009 rodrigc

Fix parsing of acregmin, acregmax, acdirmin and acdirmax NFS mount options
when passed as strings via nmount().

Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>


187801 27-Jan-2009 sam

Remove assumptions about the max # channels in ioctl's:
o change ioctl's that pass channel lists in/out to handle variable-size
arrays instead of a fixed (compile-time) value; we do this in a way
that maintains binary compatibility
o change ifconfig so all channel list data structures are now allocated
to hold MAXCHAN entries (1536); this, for example, allows the kernel
to return > IEEE80211_CHAN_MAX entries for calls like IEEE80211_IOC_DEVCAPS


187798 27-Jan-2009 sam

remove %b msg bit defines now public


187787 27-Jan-2009 luigi

fix printing of uint64_t values, so we can use WARNS=2


187771 27-Jan-2009 luigi

fix wrong variable usage...


187770 27-Jan-2009 luigi

Put nat and ipv6 support in their own files.

Usual moving of code with no changes from ipfw2.c to the
newly created files, and addition of prototypes to ipfw2.h

I have added forward declarations for ipfw_insn_* in ipfw2.h
to avoid a global dependency on ip_fw.h


187769 27-Jan-2009 luigi

Put dummynet-related code in a separate file.
To this purpose, add prototypes for global functions in ipfw2.h
and move there also the list of tokens used in various places in the code.


187768 27-Jan-2009 luigi

never mind, for the time being let's stick with WARNS=0 until
we sort out all proper printf formats.


187767 27-Jan-2009 luigi

Start splitting the monster file in smaller blocks.

In this episode:
- introduce a common header with a minimal set of common definitions;
- bring the main() function and options parser in main.c
- rename the main functions with an ipfw_ prefix

No code changes except for the introduction of a global variable,
resvd_set_number, which stores the RESVD_SET value from ip_fw.h
and is used to remove the dependency of main.c from ip_fw.h
(and the subtree of dependencies) for just a single constant.


187765 27-Jan-2009 luigi

put the usage() function inline, it was only 1 line and used once;
slightly reformat the help() text;
slightly correct the text for the 'extraneous filename' error message;


187764 27-Jan-2009 luigi

put all options in a single struct, and document them.

This will allow us to easily restore the original values when processing
commands from a file (where each individual line can have its own options).


187763 27-Jan-2009 luigi

I believe this is safe to build with WARNS=2 now


187762 27-Jan-2009 luigi

remove a couple of rarely used #define;

change PRINT_UINT from a macro to a function (renaming is
postponed to reduce clutter)


187748 27-Jan-2009 delphij

Follow up with previous commit: mention -D, not -C when cg check
failed.

Submitted by: obrien


187716 26-Jan-2009 luigi

wrap all malloc/calloc/realloc calls so they exit on failure
without having to check in each place.

Remove an wrong strdup from previous commit.


187713 26-Jan-2009 luigi

Some implementations of getopt() expect that argv[0] is always the
program name, and ignore that entry. ipfw2.c code instead skips
this entry and starts with options at offset 0, relying on a more
tolerant implementation of the library.

This change fixes the issue by always passing a program name
in the first entry to getopt. The motivation for this change
is to remove a potential compatibility issue should we use
a different getopt() implementation in the future.

No functional changes.

Submitted by: Marta Carbone (parts)
MFC after: 4 weeks


187604 22-Jan-2009 luigi

remove some useless #include,
document why timeconv.h is needed

MFC after: 3 days


187501 20-Jan-2009 delphij

Rename option 'C' to 'D' (damaged) in order to avoid a conflict with upcoming
Juniper 'C' (clean) flag.

Requested by: obrien
MFC after: 1 week


187477 20-Jan-2009 luigi

Fix a number of (innocuous) warnings, and remove a useless test.
There are still several signed/unsigned warnings left, which
require a bit more study for a proper fix.

This file has grown beyond reasonable limits.

We really need to split it into separate components (ipv4, ipv6,
dummynet, nat, table, userland-kernel communication ...) so we can
make mainteinance easier.

MFC after: 1 weeks


187459 20-Jan-2009 sobomax

Tone down warning about the quality of the NTFS VFS module. It appears that
not all developers share luigi opinion about quality of sysutils/fusefs-ntfs
compared to our kernel NTFS module.


187436 19-Jan-2009 sobomax

In the CAVEATS section mention the fact that the NTFS kernel support isn't
very well maintained and point user to sysutils/fusefs-ntfs, which
at the time of this writing seems to be a better alternative.

Suggested by: luigi

MFC after: 2 weeks


187384 18-Jan-2009 mav

Fix regression introduced in rev. 173124:
0.0.0.0/1 is not the same as 0.0.0.0/0.

MFC after: 1 month


187360 17-Jan-2009 phk

Bail on ENXIO, you won't get any further any way.

Submitted by: tobez


187342 16-Jan-2009 sam

Fix 1/2 and 1/4 width channel handling for non-GSM operation:
o correct typo that caused random channel selection
o explicitly add 1/2 and 1/4 width channels because channel lookups match
flags that include IEEE80211_CHANNEL_HALF and IEEE80211_CHANNEL_QUARTER


187253 14-Jan-2009 sam

use correct interface name when setting flags; fixes ifconfig ... create ... up

Noticed by: Chris Anderson


187248 14-Jan-2009 luigi

Reword some entries for NTFS and DOS.
Add entries for DELL and ASUS recovery partitions.

MFC after: 3 days


187246 14-Jan-2009 luigi

Another change from Christoph:
replace the table of partition with a simpler and faster array of strings.
The change in the array is done mechanically, using vi commands.
Most entries in the table are probably 15+ years old and largely outdated,
so the next step is to remove stale entries with more current values.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon, with small changes from me
MFC after: 3 days


187241 14-Jan-2009 luigi

more changes from Christoph:
pass a pointer instead of an index to print_part()
so it does not depend on a static variable.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon
MFC after: 3 days


187239 14-Jan-2009 luigi

remove unused argument to print_s0()

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon
MFC after: 3 days


187203 13-Jan-2009 luigi

Some small fixes submitted by Christoph Mallon, specifically:

+ Remove a dead field of a struct. It serves no purpose anymore.
+ Remove a \n at the end of the format string of err(); the err()
function already adds a \n ;
+ remove many unnecessary casts which obfuscate the code.

This file has a huge number of indentation bugs, but I'd rather fix
them when/if we happen to modify the relevant parts of the code.

Submitted by: Christoph Mallon
MFC after: 3 days


187130 13-Jan-2009 obrien

r187093 failed to keep the lifetime of the pointer suitable for reentrancy.
Fix that. Also move the current buffer size into the 'cpa' structure.


187093 12-Jan-2009 obrien

Use a dynamically grown buffer for building the argv for the sub-mounts.
Also fix RCSid spamage.

Inspired by patch from: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>


187079 12-Jan-2009 delphij

Fix typo.

Submitted by: Ben Kaduk <minimarmot gmail com>
MFC after: 3 days


187067 11-Jan-2009 danger

- improve readability

Reviewed by: trhodes, keramida
MFC after: 3 days


187035 10-Jan-2009 obrien

Explicitly check each mount argv building assignment for buffer over flowing.

Reviewed by: imp (earlier version of patch)


187027 10-Jan-2009 trasz

Add the possibility to specify "-o force" with "mdconfig -du".

Reviewed by: scottl
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation


186904 08-Jan-2009 sam

TDMA support for long distance point-to-point links using ath devices:
o add net80211 support for a tdma vap that is built on top of the
existing adhoc-demo support
o add tdma scheduling of frame transmission to the ath driver; it's
conceivable other devices might be capable of this too in which case
they can make use of the 802.11 protocol additions etc.
o add minor bits to user tools that need to know: ifconfig to setup and
configure, new statistics in athstats, and new debug mask bits

While the architecture can support >2 slots in a TDMA BSS the current
design is intended (and tested) for only 2 slots.

Sponsored by: Intel


186843 07-Jan-2009 danger

- rename the RETURN VALUES section to EXIT STATUS
- not bumping a date as this is not a real content change

Approved by: ru
MFC after: 3 days


186839 06-Jan-2009 simon

Minor markup fix for the r186836 update.


186836 06-Jan-2009 cperciva

Strengthen some of the language concerning attacks on MD5, in light of the
recent demonstration of a forged SSL certificate. Add text pointing out
that SHA-1 is at least theoretically broken. Add a recommendation that
new applications use SHA-256.

MFC after: 1 month


186768 05-Jan-2009 trhodes

Add missing qualifier which was missed in the previous commit.

Noticed by: brooks


186737 04-Jan-2009 danger

- grammar and language fixes
- hard sentence breaks
- trim EXIT STATUS section and move it to DIAGNOSTICS as well as use .Er
macro
- sort SEE ALSO

MFC after: 7 days


186735 04-Jan-2009 ivoras

Several significant updates:
* Better wording of sections dealing with physical storage
* A new section on assumptions gvirstor has on its consumer devices
(components) and its interaction with file systems
* Improved markup (by hrs@)

Reviewed by: hrs
Approved by: gnn (mentor)


186516 27-Dec-2008 lulf

- Back out r186038. Rather than changing the intent of the caller, the problem
should be handled internally in gvinum.

Suggested by: pjd


186505 26-Dec-2008 obrien

style(9)


186504 26-Dec-2008 obrien

Make the sub-'argc' static to make it harder to overwrite thru a buffer
overflow.


186478 24-Dec-2008 trhodes

Apply various fixes:

Silence mdoc(7) warnings;
Xref correct manual pages;
Point user to the ddb.8 manual page.

PR: 129398
Submitted by: gavin


186471 24-Dec-2008 obrien

Garbage collect 'fflags'.


186431 23-Dec-2008 trhodes

Note that when shutdown is run without options, it will place
the system into single user mode at the time specified.

PR: 129765


186429 23-Dec-2008 trhodes

Document the "-o large" option.

PR: 129792


186398 22-Dec-2008 thompsa

Only show the pathname in verbose output as intended in the last commit (r172862).


186298 18-Dec-2008 piso

Update the ipfw man page to reflect last change (-q option with nat option).

MFC after: 3 days


186297 18-Dec-2008 piso

Honor the quiet (-q) option while adding a nat rule.

Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov<bu7cher@yandex.ru>
MFC after: 3 days


186291 18-Dec-2008 obrien

Be a little bit more pestimistic in argument handling - check if we've
overflown our internal buffer (though after the fact), and s/strncpy/strlcpy/

Reviewed by: rodrigc
Obtained from: Juniper Networks


186119 15-Dec-2008 qingli

This main goals of this project are:
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,

The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.

Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:

- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion


186108 15-Dec-2008 sam

back out unintended change


186105 15-Dec-2008 sam

move channel parsing to a getchannel routine so it can be reused to check
the channel argument supplied to chanswitch


186104 15-Dec-2008 sam

fix handling of sku codes like country codes


186103 15-Dec-2008 sam

fix handling of unknown country codes; atoi doesn't return -1
for an invalid string as I thought; so use strtol instead


186102 15-Dec-2008 sam

0 is a potential ISO CC; use new NO_COUNTRY #define to identify
when the CC is not set. Note NO_COUNTRY is set to 0xffff for now
(must be 16 bits as ieee80211_regdomain struct defines sku's and
cc's as uint16_t which may need fixing).


186101 15-Dec-2008 sam

o distinguish between adhoc and ahdemo modes
o do not require 1/2 and 1/4 rate channels be present in the
calibration list when doing a gsm regulatory change; the
existing 900MHz cards are not self-identifying so there is
no way (using the calibration channel list) to check


186100 15-Dec-2008 sam

Improve regdomain.xml parser:
o store XML_Parser in the state block so we can report line numbers for errors
o complain about netband w/o mode
o complain about unknown modes
o complain about band w/o enclosing netband
o complain about duplicate freqband
o complain about unknown channel flags
o complain about band w/o freqband's
o complain about band w/o maxpower
o complain about country w/o ISO cc
o complain about country w/o regdomain reference


186079 14-Dec-2008 ru

Fix the fallouts from r146267:

- Add the forgotten "mode" argument to the "mode" command.
- Move the description of "info" to where it belongs.


186078 14-Dec-2008 phk

Send all debug to stderr.


186077 14-Dec-2008 phk

Clarify that configuration files must be named '*.conf'


186038 13-Dec-2008 lulf

- When writing metadata to a geom provider, open the it as read-write since it
might do subsequent reads from other providers. This stopped geli (and
probably other classes using g_metadata_store as well) from being put on top
of gvinum raid5 volumes.

Note:
The reason it fails in the gvinum raid5 case is that gvinum will read back the
old parity stripe before calculating the new parity stripe to be written out
again. The write will then fail because the underlying disk to be read is
opened write only.

MFC after: 1 week


185990 12-Dec-2008 luigi

Move the check for the ending char in the partition name where
it was before -- the check is only made when getdisklabel()
returns valid info.
On passing, use MAXPARTITIONS to identify the max partition number,
instead of the hardwired 'h'

MFC after: 4 weeks


185594 03-Dec-2008 mlaier

Fix build - cast off_t to (intmax_t) for printing.


185588 03-Dec-2008 luigi

Enable operation of newfs on plain files, which is useful when you
want to prepare disk images for emulators (though 'makefs' in port
can do something similar).

This relies on:
+ minor changes to pass the consistency checks even when working on a file;

+ an additional option, '-p partition' , to specify the disk partition to
initialize;

+ some changes on the I/O routines to deal with partition offsets.

The latter was a bit tricky to implement, see the details in newfs.h:
in newfs, I/O is done through libufs which assumes that the file
descriptor refers to the whole partition. Introducing support for
the offset in libufs would require a non-backward compatible change
in the library, to be dealt with a version bump or with symbol
versioning.

I felt both approaches to be overkill for this specific application,
especially because there might be other changes to libufs that might
become necessary in the near future.

So I used the following trick:
- read access is always done by calling bread() directly, so we just add
the offset in the (few) places that call bread();
- write access is done through bwrite() and sbwrite(), which in turn
calls bwrite(). To avoid rewriting sbwrite(), we supply our own version
of bwrite() here, which takes precedence over the version in libufs.

MFC after: 4 weeks


185587 03-Dec-2008 luigi

Some useful operational extensions to newfs_msdos, especially
when preparing images for emulators or flash devices:

+ option '-C size' to create the underlying image file with given size.
Saves doing a 'dd' before, and especially it creates a sparse file

+ option '-@ offset' to build the FAT image at the specified offset
in the image file or device;

+ make the cluster size adaptive on the filesystem size.
Previously the default was 4k which is really unconvenient with
large media; now it goes from 512 bytes to 32k depending on
filesystem size (i still need to check whether it makes sense
to go further up, to 64k or above);

+ fix default geometry when not specified on the command line,
use 63 sectors/255 heads by default.
Also trim the size so it exactly a multiple of a track, to avoid
complaints in some filesystem code.

+ document all the above, plus some manual page clarifications.

MFC after: 4 weeks


185496 30-Nov-2008 marcel

Print error messages as-is, when they don't conform to
<errno> [<parameter> 'value']
These are error messages from (lib)geom itself.


185495 30-Nov-2008 marcel

Call gctl_free() after we processed the error string.
It's being freed as part of the request.


185454 29-Nov-2008 marcel

Parse the error string returned by the kernel. The format is:
<errno> [<parameter> <value>]
So, rather than printing the error:
gpart: 22 scheme 'gpt'
gpart(8) now prints:
gpart: scheme 'gpt': invalid argument


185422 29-Nov-2008 imp

Noticed the following error message:

mount_msdosfs: /dev/cf0s1: : Operation not supported by device

and thought I'd fix it to be:

mount_msdosfs: /dev/cf0s1: Operation not supported by device

Not sure why errmsg isn't getting filled in, or why this error is even
happening at all... (fsck_msdosfs is clean, and I can mount this same
CF elsewhere).


185345 26-Nov-2008 luigi

Create a fake geometry (16 heads, 64 sectors) when dealing with
a plain file and a geometry is not explicitly supplied through
command line or disktab entry.

This way you can a FAT image on a file as simply as this:

newfs_msdos ./some/file

(right now you need a much longer command

newfs_msdos -h 32 -u 64 -S 512 -s $total_blocks -o 0 ./some/file

Will be merged after 7.1 and 6.4 are released.
See also the related PR which suggests a similar change.

PR: bin/121182
MFC after: 4 weeks


185289 25-Nov-2008 scottl

Big update to the iSCSI initiator code. Highlights include IPv6 support,
many bugs fixes, many more performance improvements.

Submitted by: Danny Braniss

M sbin/iscontrol/iscsi.conf.5
M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.8
M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.h
M sbin/iscontrol/config.c
M sbin/iscontrol/fsm.c
M sbin/iscontrol/login.c
M sbin/iscontrol/pdu.c
M sbin/iscontrol/misc.c
M sbin/iscontrol/auth_subr.c
M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_cam.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi.h
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_soc.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi_subr.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsivar.h
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_subr.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_sm.c


185057 18-Nov-2008 delphij

Grammar improvements.

Submitted by: kensmith


185046 18-Nov-2008 marcel

Use humanize_number(), rather than a home-grown algorithm for
formatting a number in a human-friendly way.

Note that with this commit a megabyte changed from 1000000 to
1048576 and a 80G disk is now printed as being 75G in size.
This is deliberate. It's consistent with the core of geom(8).
However, the original choice for a megabyte being 1000000 was
on purpose and matches what disk vendors put on the box. The
consistency is considered more important.

Submitted by: delphij


185044 18-Nov-2008 marcel

Sort includes

Submitted by: delphij


185038 18-Nov-2008 marcel

Pad the bootcode we write to the partition to a multiple of the
sector size.

Submitted by: Alexey Shuvaev <shuvaev@physik.uni-wuerzburg.de>
Prompted by: delphij
MFC after: 3 days


184672 05-Nov-2008 maxim

o One more s/gpt/gpart/.


184671 05-Nov-2008 maxim

o Replace Xr to gpt(8) which is gone by gpart(8).


184588 03-Nov-2008 dfr

Implement support for RPCSEC_GSS authentication to both the NFS client
and server. This replaces the RPC implementation of the NFS client and
server with the newer RPC implementation originally developed
(actually ported from the userland sunrpc code) to support the NFS
Lock Manager. I have tested this code extensively and I believe it is
stable and that performance is at least equal to the legacy RPC
implementation.

The NFS code currently contains support for both the new RPC
implementation and the older legacy implementation inherited from the
original NFS codebase. The default is to use the new implementation -
add the NFS_LEGACYRPC option to fall back to the old code. When I
merge this support back to RELENG_7, I will probably change this so
that users have to 'opt in' to get the new code.

To use RPCSEC_GSS on either client or server, you must build a kernel
which includes the KGSSAPI option and the crypto device. On the
userland side, you must build at least a new libc, mountd, mount_nfs
and gssd. You must install new versions of /etc/rc.d/gssd and
/etc/rc.d/nfsd and add 'gssd_enable=YES' to /etc/rc.conf.

As long as gssd is running, you should be able to mount an NFS
filesystem from a server that requires RPCSEC_GSS authentication. The
mount itself can happen without any kerberos credentials but all
access to the filesystem will be denied unless the accessing user has
a valid ticket file in the standard place (/tmp/krb5cc_<uid>). There
is currently no support for situations where the ticket file is in a
different place, such as when the user logged in via SSH and has
delegated credentials from that login. This restriction is also
present in Solaris and Linux. In theory, we could improve this in
future, possibly using Brooks Davis' implementation of variant
symlinks.

Supporting RPCSEC_GSS on a server is nearly as simple. You must create
service creds for the server in the form 'nfs/<fqdn>@<REALM>' and
install them in /etc/krb5.keytab. The standard heimdal utility ktutil
makes this fairly easy. After the service creds have been created, you
can add a '-sec=krb5' option to /etc/exports and restart both mountd
and nfsd.

The only other difference an administrator should notice is that nfsd
doesn't fork to create service threads any more. In normal operation,
there will be two nfsd processes, one in userland waiting for TCP
connections and one in the kernel handling requests. The latter
process will create as many kthreads as required - these should be
visible via 'top -H'. The code has some support for varying the number
of service threads according to load but initially at least, nfsd uses
a fixed number of threads according to the value supplied to its '-n'
option.

Sponsored by: Isilon Systems
MFC after: 1 month


184070 20-Oct-2008 marcel

Add support for multiple attributes. This is required for the
PC98 scheme.


184057 19-Oct-2008 keramida

Tiny wording nits.

MFC after: 1 week


183974 17-Oct-2008 brooks

Support the remaining options listed in dhcp-options(5) and RFC 2132.

PR: bin/127076
Submitted by: jkim
MFC after: 1 week


183890 14-Oct-2008 maxim

o Remove a debug code and restore an accidentally deleted code
in a previous commit.


183889 14-Oct-2008 maxim

o Do nothing in show_nat() for a test mode (-n). This prevents
show_nat() from endless loop and makes work ipfw -n nat <...>.

PR: bin/128064
Submitted by: sem
MFC after: 1 month


183821 13-Oct-2008 kib

Background fsck applies twice some summary totals changes. The next
background fsck on the same file system might then print negative
numbers for reclaimed directories/files/fragments.

Address the issue in a limited degree, by using old summary data for
cg when bgfsck is performed.

Submitted by: tegge
MFC after: 1 week


183820 13-Oct-2008 kib

check_maps() in /usr/src/sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c seems to be limited to file
systems less than 1 TB, due to using 32-bits integers for file system block
numbers. This also causes incorrect error reporting for foreground fsck.

Convert it to use ufs2_daddr_t for block numbers.

PR: kern/127951
Submitted by: tegge
MFC after: 1 week


183718 09-Oct-2008 delphij

Add some examples to demostrate gpart(8).
--此行及以下内容将会被忽略--
> Description of fields to fill in above: 76 columns --|
> PR: If a GNATS PR is affected by the change.
> Submitted by: If someone else sent in the change.
> Reviewed by: If someone else reviewed your modification.
> Approved by: If you needed approval for this commit.
> Obtained from: If the change is from a third party.
> MFC after: N [day[s]|week[s]|month[s]]. Request a reminder email.
> Security: Vulnerability reference (one per line) or description.
> Empty fields above will be automatically removed.

M gpart.8


183616 05-Oct-2008 maxim

o Typo fixes.

PR: docs/127866
Submitted by: Marius Korsmo


183554 02-Oct-2008 sam

add duplicate cmd entries for vlan and vlandev that are marked !clone
so they can be used when not doing a create operation

Reviewed by: ed


183496 30-Sep-2008 lulf

- A call to close(2) might overwrite errno and thus give a wrong error message
on g_providername failure.

Suggested by: pjd
Approved by: pjd (mentor)


183487 30-Sep-2008 lulf

- Improve error message given on g_providername call failure.
- While there, make error messages consistent with the rest.

Approved by: kib (mentor)


183466 29-Sep-2008 sam

Distinguish between cmd/parameters used for clone operations and
all others. Use this to disambiguate cmd line arguments that can
be either clone params or regular parameters so, in particular,
"bssid" again works as a regular parameter.

While here leverage the above to improve the logic for flushing
clone operations on the first !clone cmd line parameter.

Reviewed by: jhay


183456 29-Sep-2008 maxim

o Add missed dot.


183415 27-Sep-2008 rik

Fix the build.

Noted by: ganbold@


183408 27-Sep-2008 rik

* add all keyword for table list & flush actions.
* add tables_max sysctl.
* add default_rule sysctl.

PR: 127058 (partially)


183407 27-Sep-2008 rik

Add keyword all in addtion to the table number for the 'list' and the
'flush' actions on tables. Part of PR: 127058.

PR: 127058 (based on)
MFC after: 1 month


183391 27-Sep-2008 delphij

Static-ify procedures in init(8).


183296 23-Sep-2008 ru

Add missing library dependencies.

PR: bin/127573
Submitted by: Eygene Ryabinkin


183263 22-Sep-2008 keramida

Unbreak the build.


183261 22-Sep-2008 sam

MIMO power save and RIFS; while here also update per-node state/flags for ampdu


183260 22-Sep-2008 sam

"ampdudensity -" is too subtle; use "NA" for any and accept it as a parameter


183244 21-Sep-2008 sam

check for undefined identifiers


183242 21-Sep-2008 sam

add new build knobs and jigger some existing controls to improve
control over the result of buildworld and installworld; this especially
helps packaging systems such as nanobsd

Reviewed by: various (posted to arch)
MFC after: 1 month


183241 21-Sep-2008 rik

Add the check of the table number.


183228 21-Sep-2008 rik

Move table list to a separate function.


183209 20-Sep-2008 rik

Free allocated memory.


183208 20-Sep-2008 rik

Remove some unused variables.


183206 20-Sep-2008 rik

Style(9) the show_nat() function.


183205 20-Sep-2008 rik

Do not do the useless job for an empty table.

MFC after: 1 month


183182 19-Sep-2008 rodrigc

Use the version of the kernel returned by getosreldate()
to determine whether to call the fallback_mount() backwards
compatibility function or not.

Reviewed by: dfr


183143 18-Sep-2008 lulf

- Make bsdlabel use libgeom to determine provider name, device path, the media
size and the sector size.
- Fix a bug where bsdlabel would try to read a regular file using the geom_bsd
class.

Quick review by: phk
Approved by: pjd (mentor)


183110 17-Sep-2008 remko

Document the -F 's return statement.
If the application returns succesfully
the return code is 7 (which means the
filesystem is clean).

PR: 127432
Submitted by: edwin
MFC after: 3 days


183008 13-Sep-2008 rodrigc

Instead of building up a "struct nfs_args" to pass to the kernel
via nmount(), build up an iovec where each iovec member is an NFS mount
option, and pass the iovec down to the kernel via nmount(). These options
are then parsed in the kernel.
This should make it easier to add new NFS mount options in future.

Many, many thanks to Doug Rabson for taking my initial patches,
and cleaning them up. In addition, Doug added a fallback_mount()
function so that the newer mount_nfs program will work against older
kernels, to facilitate upgrading/downgrading scenarios.
Doug also re-wrote the mount_nfs.8 man page.

Reviewed by: dfr


182847 07-Sep-2008 trhodes

Bring a paragraph in this manual page a bit closer to the present date.

Discussed with: des


182844 07-Sep-2008 lulf

- Make use of the new and g_device_path utility function in libgeom to avoid
duplication of code in fdisk and boot0cfg. Also make use of g_providername to
fix an issue with fdisk and boot0cfg not using the correct provider when
writing the MBR.

Reviewed by: phk
Approved by: pjd (mentor)


182825 06-Sep-2008 rik

Check rule numbers against maximum value to avoid rules cleanup due
to overflow.

MFC after: 5 days.


182823 06-Sep-2008 rik

Use IPFW_DEFAULT_RULE instead of hardcoded value since now it is
available.

MFC after: 5 days.


182672 02-Sep-2008 kevlo

Use RUSAGE_SELF for the current process instead of hardcoded value


182570 31-Aug-2008 matteo

Don't return always 0. Return what we get from exec_mountprog or
mount_fs.

PR: bin/125154
MFC after: 1 day


182452 29-Aug-2008 pjd

By default backup geli metadata to a file. It is quite critical 512 bytes,
once it is lost, all data is gone.

Option '-B none' can by used to prevent backup. Option '-B path' can be
used to backup metadata to a different file than the default, which is
/var/backups/<prov>.eli.

The 'geli init' command also prints backup file location and gives short
procedure how to restore metadata.

The 'geli setkey' command now warns that even after passphrase change or keys
update there could be version of the master key encrypted with old
keys/passphrase in the backup file.

Add regression tests to verify that new functionality works as expected.

Update other regression tests so they don't create backup files.

Reviewed by: keramida, rink
Dedicated to: a friend who lost 400GB of his live by accidentally overwritting geli metadata
MFC after: 2 weeks


182451 29-Aug-2008 pjd

- Give algorithms recommendation.
- Keep options in alphabetical order.


182414 28-Aug-2008 jfv

Add support in ifconfig to control the vlan hardware filter feature.

Reviewed by: EvilSam and moi
MFC after:1 week


182277 27-Aug-2008 ivoras

Trivial typo fix.

Approved by: gnn (mentor)


182276 27-Aug-2008 matteo

Implement -R support, similar to ping(8)'s -A.
ping(8)'s -a was mapped to -e, but -E was already taken in ping6 (old
option) so rename -e to -r.
Now:
ping -a => ping6 -r
ping -A => ping6 -R

MFC after: 2 days


182269 27-Aug-2008 matteo

Add -e to usage()

MFC after: 2 days


182263 27-Aug-2008 rpaulo

Fix typo.


182195 26-Aug-2008 matteo

Implement audible support similar to ping(8) -a option. Since -a was already taken, I chose -e (no real argument for this) but I'm willing to change to a different character if needed/desired.

PR: bin/123752 (inspired by)
MFC after: 2 days


182027 23-Aug-2008 rodrigc

Instead of passing MNT_UPDATE, MNT_SNAPSHOT, MNT_RELOAD from
userspace to kernel via nmount(), pass in the strings
"update", "snapshot", "reload".

We want to move away from passing MNT_ flags from userspace -> kernel
via nmount(), and instead favor passing the string options.


181722 14-Aug-2008 thompsa

Fix channel parsing which was broken in r179958, the channel number may be
suffixed with :flag and /width.


181639 12-Aug-2008 pjd

geli onetime command can take only one GEOM provider at a time.


181471 09-Aug-2008 ivoras

Clean up of dead code and possible unassigned variable usage.

Found by: LLVM/Clang Static Checker
Approved by: gnn (mentor)


181463 09-Aug-2008 des

Add sbuf_new_auto as a shortcut for the very common case of creating a
completely dynamic sbuf.

Obtained from: Varnish
MFC after: 2 weeks


181454 09-Aug-2008 sam

recognize WPS ie's

Submitted by: "Chuck Tuffli" <chuck@tuffli.net>
MFC after: 1 week


181349 06-Aug-2008 antoine

Make atacontrol(8) rebuild work when /usr is not mounted or from /rescue

PR: bin/125680
MFC after: 1 month
Tested by: Stef Walter


181240 03-Aug-2008 rwatson

DDB scripting, textdumps, output capture, etc, all will appear in
FreeBSD 7.1 before 8.0 ships.

Spotted by: Ulrich Spoerlein <uspoerlein at gmail dot com>
MFC after: 3 days


181224 03-Aug-2008 thompsa

Move the grekey to its own file, ifconfig.c does not have interface specific
code.

Submitted by: sam


181199 02-Aug-2008 sam

change list wme to only print the channel parameters; to
get channel+bss use -v


181198 02-Aug-2008 sam

don't silently exit if the regdomain.xml file is missing


181141 01-Aug-2008 julian

Slight wordsmithing. prompted by danger@


181140 01-Aug-2008 julian

Document the use of the tablearg keyword together with the skipto command.


181102 01-Aug-2008 sam

add missing capability bits


181036 31-Jul-2008 obrien

Add a -q[uiet] flag for scripts.


180999 30-Jul-2008 sam

correct description of how to clear a desired channel

Pointed out by: Chris Buechler
MFC after: 1 week


180993 30-Jul-2008 phk

Update routed to use the RFC 3678 protocol-independent multicast API. Use
IP_MULTICAST_IF with struct ip_mreqn (obtained from Linux) to tell the
stack which interface index to use for sending IPv4 datagrams.

Submitted by: bms
Tested by: phk


180973 29-Jul-2008 phk

Clarify which route property routed(8) looks at.


180822 26-Jul-2008 kib

Note that snapshots may cause a panic on the full UFS filesystem.

Submitted by: pho
MFC after: 3 days


180785 24-Jul-2008 julian

Note that setfib is not a terminal rule.


180435 10-Jul-2008 kris

Fix -o mntudp after the conversion to default TCP mounts

Submitted by: danfe
MFC after: 1 week


180331 06-Jul-2008 marcel

Obsolete bsdlabel(8) on powerpc. Use gpart(8) instead.


180247 04-Jul-2008 marcel

Make sunlabel specific to sparc64. This is mostly for backward
compatibility reasons. Sun labels, with VTOC8, are handled by
gpart(8).


180229 03-Jul-2008 marcel

Stop building bsdlabel(8) and fdisk(8) on ia64. Both tools are
obsoleted by gpart(8). This avoids the following bugs in fdisk:
- initializing a disk without MBR bogusly emits the error:
fdisk: invalid fdisk partition table found
- initializing a disk with or without MBR bogusly emits either:
fdisk: Class not found
or
fdisk: Geom not found: "XXX"
- the default geometry for non-ATA and non-SCSI disks is either
invalid or sub-optimizal.


180228 03-Jul-2008 marcel

Add NO_MAN for the static variant of geom(8). Both the RESCUE and the
RELEASE_CRUNCH builds use NO_MAN anyway, so this change is primarily
to avoid that developers have to set NO_MAN manually when they build
the static variant.


180187 02-Jul-2008 des

Drag this code kicking and screaming into the twenty-first century.


180132 30-Jun-2008 rik

Do not set IFF_DEBUG directly from the driver.

MFC after: 1 month.


180130 30-Jun-2008 ed

Run the privileged dhclient process in its own session.

In the MPSAFE TTY branch, I noticed PTY's to be leaked, because
dhclient's privileged process was run inside the session of, say, the
login shell. Make sure we call setsid() here.

Approved by: philip (mentor), brooks


180060 27-Jun-2008 mtm

Support for filtering on major device number was removed in rev. 1.7 or
rule.c. Update man page example accordingly.

Submitted by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
PR: docs/124892


180020 26-Jun-2008 mtm

The signature for a pthread function requires that it
return a pointer to a void. The send_thread() and disk_thread()
funtions; however, do not have a return value because they run for
the duration of the daemon's lifetime. This causes gcc to barf when
running with -O3. Make these functions return a null pointer to quiet it.

PR: bin/124342
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <gcooper@FreeBSD.org> (minus his comments)
MFC after: 1 week


180005 25-Jun-2008 bz

Document spindown constraints as given in the original commit
message[1] and later clarification provided by phk.

[1] http://docs.freebsd.org/cgi/mid.cgi?200803171033.m2HAXOeN055116

Reviewed by: brueffer, phk, ed


179966 23-Jun-2008 mtm

Add a -q flag to swapon(8) to suppress informational messages. Use it in
rc.d.
Note: errors are not affected by this flag.


179965 23-Jun-2008 mtm

The sysctl(8) program exits on some errors and only emits warnings on
others. In the case where it displayed warnings it would still return
succesfully. Modify it so that it returns the number of sysctls that
it was not able to set.

Make use of this in rc.d to display only *unsuccessfull* attempts to
set sysctls.


179958 23-Jun-2008 thompsa

Ensure the channel is a number and not a range, the 'channel' command can be
easily mixed up with 'chanlist' and would give unexpected results by fixing the
channel on the first number in the range.


179937 22-Jun-2008 mav

Add exit_delay parameter to control daemon exit delay after signal.

PR: bin/58696
Submitted by: sp@alkor.ru


179935 22-Jun-2008 mav

Use strdup() instead of static buffer allocation to avoid 128 bytes limit
on -redirect_XXX arguments length.

PR: bin/86647
Submitted by: Stephen Hurd <shurd@sasktel.net>


179910 21-Jun-2008 marck

Add -v (verbose) option to -l command, to show size and backing store
of all md devices at one time.

Approved by: phk
MFC after: 2 weeks


179900 20-Jun-2008 gonzo

Fix spelling

PR: kern/124723
Event: Bugathon#5


179894 20-Jun-2008 thompsa

Add support for the optional key in the GRE header.

PR: kern/114714
Submitted by: Cristian KLEIN


179854 18-Jun-2008 marcel

Implement the set and unset verbs. While here, have the manpage
catch up with various changes.


179769 13-Jun-2008 marcel

Implement the -l and -r options for gpart show.
The -l option changes the output to show the partition label, if applicable
and when present. The -r option changes the output to show the raw (i.e.
scheme-specific) partition types.


179690 09-Jun-2008 marcel

Remove gpt(8). It's replaced by gpart(8).


179689 09-Jun-2008 brooks

Use the -n flag to route(8) when calling "route get". Otherwise we hang
for a long time if we get a lease, but DNS isn't working.

MFC after: 1 week


179680 09-Jun-2008 marcel

Disconnect gpt(8) from the build. gpt(8) is replaced by gpart(8).


179669 09-Jun-2008 mtm

Document the misleading nature of the REQUIRE line. The patch in
the PR has been heavily edited for style(9) and clarity. Mistakes are
mine.

PR: bin/124251


179656 08-Jun-2008 stas

- Display '-C' option in usage().

Approved by: kib


179630 07-Jun-2008 marcel

Document the new -p and -i options for writing bootstrap code into
a partition. Make it clear that the -b option embeds boot code in
the meta-data.


179629 07-Jun-2008 marcel

Enhance the bootcode command to also allow bootcode to be written
to a partition. This avoids that users need to use dd(1) to install
boot code (as is needed for VTOC8 and booting GPT on PCs).


179628 06-Jun-2008 marcel

Add two support functions:
o gctl_delete_param() -- intended for parameters that are consumed
by geom(8) itself and which should not be passed to the kernel.
o gctl_has_param() -- intended to check if optional parameters are
present.

Both are needed by gpart(8) to process the optional parameter for
writing bootcode to a partition (as part of the bootcode verb).
However, the kernel is itself not involved in this matter and the
parameter needs to be removed from the request destined for the
kernel.


179607 06-Jun-2008 brian

Don't abend if we get ENOMEM from sysctl(3). The data returned
is sufficient

MFC after: 2 weeks


179596 06-Jun-2008 marcel

Update the manpage to reflect reality:
o The BSD, PC98 and VTOC8 schemes are supported.
o The bootcode command was added to allow installing bootstrap code
into the scheme's metadata.


179562 05-Jun-2008 marcel

Allow building a static geom(8) for release related crunched
binaries. In particular, this allows geom to be added to the
boot_crunch binary on ia64.


179550 04-Jun-2008 marcel

Replace checks for RESCUE in sources with checks for STATIC_GEOM_CLASSES
and define STATIC_GEOM_CLASSES when building the rescue binary. This way
geom can more easily be part of other crunched binaries, as it requires
only a Makefile change.


179514 03-Jun-2008 ru

Fix markup.


179513 03-Jun-2008 kib

Add note about a reason to use mount(8) instead of mount_somefs.

Reported and proof-readed by: pho
Discussed with: rodrigc
MFC after: 3 days


179356 27-May-2008 bz

Change the exit status for 0 and 2 to be the same as with ping(1)
and be usable in scripts, etc.

This also changes the semantics in case when we lose one of n packets.
In that case, before we exited by SIG, now we exit with return(0).

Submitted by: Gert Doering (gert space.net)
MFC after: 10 days


179308 25-May-2008 rwatson

Remove netatm from HEAD as it is not MPSAFE and relies on the now removed
NET_NEEDS_GIANT. netatm has been disconnected from the build for ten
months in HEAD/RELENG_7. Specifics:

- netatm include files
- netatm command line management tools
- libatm
- ATM parts in rescue and sysinstall
- sample configuration files and documents
- kernel support as a module or in NOTES
- netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm
- ctags data for netatm.
- netatm-specific device drivers.

MFC after: 3 weeks
Reviewed by: bz
Discussed with: bms, bz, harti


179275 24-May-2008 mckusick

Expand dump to allow MAX_INT dump levels.

PR: bin/100732
Submitted by: Matthew Vincenz <msvincen@midway.uchicago.edu>


179267 23-May-2008 mckusick

When using dump to generate level 0 dumps which are then rsync'ed
to a remote machine, the fact that the dump date is stored with
each header (inode) record makes rsync significantly less efficient
than necessary. This also applies to inode access times when they
are not important data to retain. When implementing an offsite
backup solution of this type, these dates in particular are not
important, especially if it prevents effective offsite backups.

PR: bin/91049
Submitted by: Forrest W Christian <fwc@mt.net>


179255 23-May-2008 mckusick

Fix nits pointed out in PR bin/39905 that have not already been
corrected since it was filed. With this change the PR will be closed.

PR: bin/39905


179219 22-May-2008 mckusick

This fixes the "getfile: lost data" panic when restoring dumps
on a 7.0 or later system that were created on a pre-5.0 system.
We must ensure that restore zeros out the previously undefined
birthtime and external attribute size fields when reading dump
tapes made by the UFS1 dump program.

The problem is that UFS2 dump carefully zeros out the unused
birthtime and external attribute size fields in the dump header
when dumping UFS1 filesystems, but the UFS1 dump didn't know about
those fields (they were spares) so just left whatever random junk
was in them. So, when restoring one of these pre-UFS2 dumps,
the new restore would eventually trip across a header that had
a non-zero external attribute size and try to extract it. That
consumed several tape blocks which left it totally out of sync
and very unhappy (i.e., the panic). The fix is in the gethead()
function which modernizes old headers by copying old fields to
their new location (and with this fix) zeroing out previously
undefined fields.

PR: bin/120881
Review by: David Malone & Scott Lambert
MFC after: 1 week


179218 22-May-2008 mckusick

Follow on to fix 1.51 for "Header with wrong dumpdate" message.

Must ensure that dump tapes from UFS1 filesystems properly copy
old fields of dump headers to new locations. Move check of dumpdate
to follow the code which ensures that the appropriate fields have
been copied.

PR: bin/118087
Help from: David Malone, Scott Lambert, Javier Martín Rueda
MFC after: 2 weeks


179154 20-May-2008 pjd

- Change the meaning of -h flag from giving the output in megabytes to
giving the output in a human-readable form. This behaviour is consistent
with most of system tools.
- Add -m and -g options to give output in megabytes and gigabytes
respectively.


179005 15-May-2008 phk

Fix for a bug I introduced when I cleaned up atacontrol: Don't terminate
if we are listing devices, a controller might legitimately not be there.

Submitted by: "Andrey V. Elsukov" <bu7cher@yandex.ru>


178916 10-May-2008 julian

Change two variables to size_t to improve portability.
Submitted by: Xin Li


178888 09-May-2008 julian

Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)

Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.

From my notes:

-----

One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.

Constraints:
------------

I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.

One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".

One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.

This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.

Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.

To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.

The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.

The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.

In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.

One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).

You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.

This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.

Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.

Packets fall into one of a number of classes.

1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..

setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.

It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.

2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)

3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).

4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.

5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.

6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.

Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)

In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.

In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.

Early testing experience:
-------------------------

Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.

For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.

Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.

ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:

setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N

In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.

SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.

Where to next:
--------------------

After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.

Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.

My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.

When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.

Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.

This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco

Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco


178852 08-May-2008 cokane

Update the lib/expat tree for the new v2.0.1 expat import. The bsdxml.h
header is now in two parts: bsdxml.h and bsdxml_external.h, representing
the expat.h and expat_external.h headers. Updated the info on the man
page as well. Also, fixed a type-error in a printf in
sbin/ifconfig/regdomain.c that would cause a compiler warning.

Approved by: sam, phk


178515 25-Apr-2008 rwatson

Add "ddb capture print" and "ddb capture status" commands do ddb(8),
alowing the DDB output capture buffer to be easily extracted from
user space. Both of these commands include -M/-N arguments, allowing
them to be used with kernel crash dumps (or /dev/mem).

This makes it easier to use DDB scripting and output capture with
minidumps or full dumps rather than with text dumps, allowing DDB
output (scripted or otherwise) to be easily extracted from a crash
dump.

MFC after: 1 week
Discussed with: brooks, jhb


178354 20-Apr-2008 sam

Multi-bss (aka vap) support for 802.11 devices.

Note this includes changes to all drivers and moves some device firmware
loading to use firmware(9) and a separate module (e.g. ral). Also there
no longer are separate wlan_scan* modules; this functionality is now
bundled into the wlan module.

Supported by: Hobnob and Marvell
Reviewed by: many
Obtained from: Atheros (some bits)


178232 15-Apr-2008 brooks

When sending packets directly to the DHCP server, use a socket and send
directly rather than bogusly sending it out as a link layer broadcast
(which fails to be received on some networks).

PR: bin/96018
MFC after: 2 weeks


178205 14-Apr-2008 mckusick

restore(8) does not check for write failure while building two temp
files containing directory and ownership data. If /tmp fills, the
console is blasted with zillions of "file system full" errors, and
restore continues on, even though directory and/or ownership data
has been lost. This is particularly likely to happen when running
from the live CD, which has little /tmp space.

PR: bin/93603, also probably bin/107213
Fix from: Ken Lalonde


178180 13-Apr-2008 marcel

Add the bootcode verb for installing boot code. Boot code
is supported for the MBR, GPT and PC98 schemes, where GPT
installs boot code into the PMBR.


178177 13-Apr-2008 remko

I keep taking timemachines to get back in time. Update the
year to 2008.

Noticed by: ceri


178174 13-Apr-2008 remko

Add missing device in tunefs entry.

PR: docs/122702
Submitted by: Yoshihiro Ota <ota@j.email.ne.jp>
MFC After: 3 days


178126 11-Apr-2008 mckusick

Avoid printing spurious ``Header with wrong dumpdate.'' message.


178125 11-Apr-2008 mckusick

Correctly set file group when restore is run by a user other than root.


178088 10-Apr-2008 delphij

Add a new flag, '-C' which enables a special mode that is intended for
catastrophic recovery. Currently, this mode only validates whether a
cylindergroup has good signature data, and prompts the user to decide
whether to clear it as a whole.

This mode is useful when there is data damage on a disk and you are
working on copy of the original disk, as fsck_ffs(8) tends to abnormally
exit in such case, as a last resort to recover data from the disk.


178065 10-Apr-2008 ru

Fix printing of sockaddr prefixes in verbose mode.

PR: bin/122403
Submitted by: az
MFC after: 3 days


177984 07-Apr-2008 jhb

Add 'zfs' as an alias for the FreeBSD ZFS UUID.

MFC after: 3 days
PR: bin/119976
Submitted by: Cian Hughes Ci of nhugh.es


177909 04-Apr-2008 ru

- Normalize usage(), add "ddb pathname" syntax.
- Revise the manpage.


177905 04-Apr-2008 rodrigc

Add comment about specifying "ro" mount option when
doing an update mount on a read-only file system.

Requested by: yar


177894 03-Apr-2008 imp

Use safer string handling.

Reviewed by: security-team


177799 31-Mar-2008 sam

Fix handling of create operation together with setting other parameters:
o mark cmds/parameters to indicate they are potential arguments to a clone
operation (e.g. vlantag)
o when handling a create/clone operation do the callback on seeing the first
non-clone cmd line argument so the new device is created and can be used;
and re-setup operating state to reflect the newly created device

Reviewed by: Eugene Grosbein
MFC after: 2 weeks


177730 30-Mar-2008 brooks

Add a new function is_default_interface() which determines if this
interface is one with the default route (or there isn't one). Use it to
decide if we should adjust the default route and /etc/resolv.conf.

Fix the delete of the default route. The if statement was totally bogus
and the delete only worked due to a typo. [1]

Reported by: Jordan Coleman <jordan at JordanColeman dot com> [1]
MFC after: 1 week


177714 29-Mar-2008 ru

Remove options MK_LIBKSE and DEFAULT_THREAD_LIB now that we no longer
build libkse. This should fix WITHOUT_LIBTHR builds as a side effect.


177517 23-Mar-2008 rodrigc

Remove comment about "-r" flag from readlabel. "-r" is a no-op.
The is comment is left over from the old disklabel command.

Reviewed by: phk


177501 22-Mar-2008 sam

Defer state change on disassociate to avoid unnecessarily dropping the
lease: track the current bssid and if it changes (as reported in an
assoc/reassoc) event only then kick the state machine. This gives us
immediate response when roaming but otherwise causes us to fallback on
the normal state machine.

Reviewed by: brooks, jhb
MFC after: 3 weeks


177500 22-Mar-2008 sam

correct syslog mask so LOG_DEBUG msgs are not lost

MFC after: 2 weeks


177496 22-Mar-2008 remko

In route.c in newroute() there's a call to exit(0) if the command was
'get'. Since rtmsg() always gets called and returns 0 on success and -1
on failure, it's possible to exit with a suitable exit code by calling
exit(ret != 0) instead, as is done at the end of newroute().

PR: bin/112303
Submitted by: bruce@cran.org.uk
MFC after: 1 week


177483 21-Mar-2008 imp

No need to be gratuitously style(9) non-compliant here, even though
C++ lets me get away with it.


177482 21-Mar-2008 remko

Replace reference from vinum.8 to gvinum.8, it was advised in the PR to
replace this with vinum.4, but that's the kernel interface manual, which
is not appropriate in my understanding. I think that gvinum is a suitable
replacement for this.

PR: docs/121938
Submitted by: "Federico" <federicogalvezdurand at yahoo dot com>
MFC after: 3 days


177298 17-Mar-2008 phk

Add a "spindown" facility to ata-disks: If no requests have been received
for a configurable number of seconds, spin the disk down. Spin it back
up on the next request.

Notice that the timeout is only armed by a request, so to spin down a
disk you may have to do:

atacontrol spindown ad10 5
dd if=/dev/ad10 of=/dev/null count=1

To disable spindown, set timeout to zero:

atacontrol spindown ad10 0

In order to debug any trouble caused, this code is somewhat noisy on the
console.

Enabling spindown on a disk containing / or /var/log/messages is not
going to do anything sensible.

Spinning a disk up and down all the time will wear it out, use sensibly.

Approved by: sos


177262 16-Mar-2008 phk

Un-cut&paste argument processing, fix things lint found.


177150 13-Mar-2008 brueffer

- Use an uppercase provider name in the example, to make the name change
after labeling the provider more obvious. (1)
- Correct nomenclature usage

PR: 121487 (1)
Submitted by: Anatoly Borodin <anatoly.borodin@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


177076 12-Mar-2008 tmclaugh

- Update with a better example which shows that options specific to a
file system may be passed using -o.

Approved by: remko, rodrigc


177038 10-Mar-2008 tmclaugh

- Also change the /sbin/mount_unionfs line I managed to miss just two
lines down to '-o below'.

Approved by: remko
Noticed by: rodrigc
Pointyhat by: me


177035 10-Mar-2008 tmclaugh

- unionfs -b option is deprecated in favor of '-o below' as per
mount_unionfs(8).

Approved by: remko


176932 08-Mar-2008 brueffer

Fix typos.

PR: 121486
Submitted by: Anatoly Borodin <anatoly.borodin@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days


176852 05-Mar-2008 delphij

Make it possible to build glabel into rescue geom(8) utility.

Ok'ed by: marcel
No objection: -current@


176851 05-Mar-2008 delphij

Use calloc().


176833 05-Mar-2008 brooks

Add the ability to read a file of commands to ddb(8) modeled after the
feature in ipfw(8).


176828 05-Mar-2008 pjd

Add info about few missing GEOM classes that use geom(8).


176822 05-Mar-2008 rodrigc

For a mounted file system which is read-only, when
doing the MNT_RELOAD, pass in "ro" and "update"
string mount options to nmount() instead of MNT_RDONLY and MNT_UPDATE flags.

Due to the complexity of the mount parsing code especially
with respect to the root file system, passing in MNT_RDONLY and MNT_UPDATE
flags would do weird things and would cause fsck to convert the root
file system from a read-only mount to read-write.

To test:
- boot into single user mode
- show mounted file systems with: mount
- root file system should be mounted read-only
- fsck /
- show mounted file systems with: mount
- root file system should still be mounted read-only

PR: 120319
MFC after: 1 month
Reported by: yar


176814 05-Mar-2008 rodrigc

Remove hacks to filter out MNT_ROOTFS, since we now
do that internally inside nmount() in revision 1.267 of vfs_mount.c.


176666 29-Feb-2008 sam

explain that you must set a default transmit key for WEP

Submitted by: Jeremie Le Hen <jeremie@le-hen.org>
MFC after: 1 week


176626 27-Feb-2008 dwmalone

Dummynet has a limit of 100 slots queue size (or 1MB, if you give
the limit in bytes) hard coded into both the kernel and userland.
Make both these limits a sysctl, so it is easy to change the limit.
If the userland part of ipfw finds that the sysctls don't exist,
it will just fall back to the traditional limits.

(100 packets is quite a small limit these days. If you want to test
TCP at 100Mbps, 100 packets can only accommodate a DBP of 12ms.)

Note these sysctls in the man page and warn against increasing them
without thinking first.

MFC after: 3 weeks


176575 26-Feb-2008 delphij

In pass1(), cap inosused to fs_ipg rather than allowing arbitrary
number read from cylinder group. Chances that we read a smarshed
cylinder group, and we can not 100% trust information it has
supplied. fsck_ffs(8) will crash otherwise for some cases.


176574 26-Feb-2008 delphij

In pass2check(): Be more strict with the inode information before further
processing the information. chk1 is more prone to crash when insane
information is provided by the on-disk inode, and does not even work
if the inode is being smarshed badly.


176573 26-Feb-2008 delphij

Be more careful when checking superblock. We have already checked
whether fs_bsize is larger than MINBSIZE, which is larger than the
value that is used to compared with fs_bsize, the sizeof fs, so the
check followed, will be always true.

By inspecting the code and some old commit log, I believe that the
check must be that *fs_sbsize* is larger than sizeof fs. We round
up the size to nearest dev_bsize, as the smallest accepted fs_sbsize,
personally, I think this can be even changed to equal, because this
number is mostly an invariant in file systems.

With this check, fsck_ffs(8) will be more picky and has better
chance rejecting bad first superblock rather than referring to bad
value it supplied, thus gives better chance for it to check the
filesystem carefully.


176549 25-Feb-2008 silby

Decrease ping6's minimum allowed interval
from .01 to .000001.

Note that due to the architecture of ping6,
you are still limited to kern.hz pings per
second.

MFC after: 2 weeks


176517 24-Feb-2008 piso

Add table/tablearg support to ipfw's nat.

MFC After: 1 week


176445 21-Feb-2008 piso

-Fix display of nat range.
-Whitespace elimination.

Bug spotted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza
MFC After: 3 days


176407 19-Feb-2008 ru

getopt(3) returns -1, not EOF.


176394 18-Feb-2008 yar

Undo the damage I did in sys/kern/vfs_mount.c #1.274 and
sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.c #1.76. Let the dragons sleep.

Requested by: rodrigc, des
PR: kern/120319 (welcome the bug back)


176393 18-Feb-2008 piso

Fix display of multiple nat rules.

Bug spotted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza
PR: 120734
MFC After: 3 days


176391 18-Feb-2008 julian

Instead of using a heuristic to decide whether to display
table 'values' as IP addresses, use an explicit argument (-i).
This is a 'POLA' issue. This is a low risk change and should be MFC'd
to RELENG_6 and RELENG 7. it might be put as an errata item for 6.3.
(not sure about 6.2).

Fix suggested by: Eugene Grosbein
PR: 120720
MFC After: 3 days


176384 18-Feb-2008 yar

Add a work-around to make it possible again to remount
NFS root r/w.

The real solution would be to bring the whole nmount(2)
framework, including FS drivers and userland tools, into
a consistent state at last; but things should work in the
meantime, too.

Reported by: kris


176377 18-Feb-2008 yar

Back out rev. 1.74 because the kernel isn't ready yet
to see NFS specific string options.


176376 18-Feb-2008 yar

Don't forget to prepare string options for nmount(2).
Otherwise things won't work as intended, e.g., it'll
be impossible to upgrade NFS root mount to read-write.

Reported by: kris


176370 17-Feb-2008 yar

Correct the description of getmnt_silent: unknown options are silently
ignored if this variable is non-zero, which is quite logical given the
variable's name.


176202 12-Feb-2008 ceri

Add the -4 option to the synopsis.


176201 12-Feb-2008 ceri

Bump .Dd for r1.48.


176198 11-Feb-2008 kris

Switch the default NFS mount mode from UDP to TCP. UDP mounts are a
historical relic, and are no longer appropriate for either LAN or WAN
mounting. At modern (gigabit and 10 gigabit) LAN speeds packet loss
from socket buffer fill events is common, and sequence numbers wrap
quickly enough that data corruption is possible. TCP solves both of
these problems without imposing significant overhead.

MFC after: 1 month


176095 07-Feb-2008 obrien

style(9) (verifed no-change in .o's)


176084 07-Feb-2008 yar

Add a note that ipfw states do not implicitly match ICMP error messages.


176034 06-Feb-2008 pb

Fix typo.

Submitted by: danny at cs.huji.ac.il (author)


176033 06-Feb-2008 pb

Update fix from rev 1.2.

Submitted by: danny at cs.huji.ac.il (author)
MFC after: 1 week


176012 05-Feb-2008 pb

Fix a bug in hexadecimal formatting of the CHAP digest: bytes >= 0x80
were formatted as 0xff, causing the authentication to fail.

Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 week


176011 05-Feb-2008 ceri

Bump .Dd for r1.19; use consistent whitespace.


176010 05-Feb-2008 jhb

Add ZFS support.

MFC after: 1 week
PR: bin/119976
Submitted by: Simun Mikecin numisemis of yahoo.com


175985 05-Feb-2008 lulf

- Update geom(8) to explain that GEOM_LIBRARY_PATH can take a comma-separated
list of paths.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 2 days


175971 04-Feb-2008 ru

Improve rev. 1.63. Document -instance and -globalport options.
Add a MULTIPLE INSTANCES section which provides an example of
setting up natd in multi-instance mode (based on the notes.natd
file from phk@).

Submitted by: "Andrey V. Elsukov" <bu7cher@yandex.ru>
Reviewed by: ru


175967 04-Feb-2008 lulf

- Make geom commands handle multiple library paths in the GEOM_LIBRARY_PATH
environment variable using ':' as a separator.

Approved by: pjd (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


175964 04-Feb-2008 matteo

Fix mount -p and mount -u -ocurrent on gjournaled FS

PR: bin/120162
Submitted by: Niki Denev
MFC after: 1 week


175953 03-Feb-2008 sam

correct tx rate displayed by list sta: the reported legacy tx rate
is still an index into the rate set and not (yet) the rate code

Noticed by: JoaoBR


175952 03-Feb-2008 sam

fix list mac; broken in delta 1.48

Noticed by: JoaoBR


175949 03-Feb-2008 matteo

Fix printing of unionfs mounts when using the -p option

PR: bin/75585
MFC after: 1 week


175854 31-Jan-2008 yar

Spot two more bugs WRT adherence to the local prompt style.


175853 31-Jan-2008 yar

Use consistent style in user prompts: the question is in a new line
and begins with a capital letter. The rest of pwarn/ask pairs here
follows this style.

Requested by: bde


175822 30-Jan-2008 jhb

Map 'boot' to GPT_ENT_TYPE_FREEBSD_BOOT when parsuing UUIDs so that things
like 'gpt add -t boot' work.

MFC after: 1 week
Submitted by: Niki Denev nike_d of cytexbg.com


175782 29-Jan-2008 delphij

Don't coredump when executed with -o.


175678 26-Jan-2008 mpp

Sync up quotacheck's preen.c with fsck's. This makes quotacheck
process parallel checks in the same way as fsck, since fsck supports
pass numbers other than 0, 1 or 2. Without this, quotacheck would
ignore file systems with pass numbers > 2.

The -l (maxrun) option is now deprecated and can be tuned with pass
numbers in /etc/fstab if needed.


175659 25-Jan-2008 rwatson

Hide ipfw internal data structures behind IPFW_INTERNAL rather than
exposing them to all consumers of ip_fw.h. These structures are
used in both ipfw(8) and ipfw(4), but not part of the user<->kernel
interface for other applications to use, rather, shared
implementation.

MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: Paul Vixie <paul at vix dot com>


175554 21-Jan-2008 brooks

During PREINIT, when giving the interface the address 0.0.0.0, do it as an
alias to avoid distrubing other addresses.

PR: bin/119255
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh at saunalahti dot fi>


175552 21-Jan-2008 trhodes

Note that the punch_fw option does not work in securelevel 3 and Xref init.8.
Bump .Dd.

PR: 41807


175511 20-Jan-2008 maxim

o Fix ipfw(8) command line parser bug: "ipfw nat 1 config if" requires an argument.

PR: bin/119815
Submitted by: Dierk Sacher
MFC after: 1 week


175344 15-Jan-2008 mpp

Quotacheck may possibly skip quota accounting for up to 2 files
on a filesystem if the quota data files reside on a different
filesystem (e.g. the userquota=/somepath,groupquota=/somepath2
options are specified in /etc/fstab to place the quota files
somewhere other than the default location).

Fix quotacheck to only skip accounting if the quota data file
actually resides on the filesystem being checked.


175287 13-Jan-2008 yar

Prevent the `fix?' question from running together
with the problem description on the terminal: use
conventional punctuation.


175248 12-Jan-2008 maxim

o Allow setkey(8) to recognize esp as a protocoal name for spdadd.

PR: bin/107392
Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein
MFC after: 1 month


174944 27-Dec-2007 rwatson

Compare kernel dump header magic with textdump magic using strncmp()
rather than the memcmp() which is used for regular dumps: the
textdump string is one character shorter, so we need to stop
comparing at the end of the string.

Use independent version checking logic for architecture-specific
version number vs. textdump version number, as the version sequences
may (someday) differ.

Run into by: rrs


174925 26-Dec-2007 rwatson

Minor formatting tweaks.

Point at ddb(4) and textdump(4) man pages for more script examples.

MFC after: 3 months


174923 26-Dec-2007 rwatson

Teach savecore(8) how to extract textdump(4) dumps.

Update savecore(8) man page to reflect textdump additions.

MFC after: 3 months


174915 26-Dec-2007 rwatson

Add command-line tool ddb(8), which allows DDB(4) scripts to be
managed from userspace. It is largely a wrapper for sysctl()
calls, but because the sysctls for adding and removing scripts
are awkward to use directly, this provides an easier-to-use
interface.

MFC after: 3 months


174824 21-Dec-2007 imp

Minor initialization change to not trigger bogus gcc warning about
passing literal strings to the constructors of string.


174713 17-Dec-2007 oleg

Calculate p.fs.lookup_step correctly. This should prevent zeroing of
w_q_lookup table (used in RED algorithm for (1 - w_q)^t computation).

MFC after: 1 months


174706 17-Dec-2007 das

Fix an int overflow on very large file systems.

PR: bin/113399
Submitted by: Staffan Ulfberg <staffan@ulfberg.se>


174683 16-Dec-2007 phk

Recognize CFA devices using either identification method.


174676 16-Dec-2007 phk

Report erase interval (correctly) in sectors.


174675 16-Dec-2007 phk

Rename the undocumented -E option to -X.

Implement -E option which will erase the filesystem sectors before
making the new filesystem. Reserved space in front of the superblock
(bootcode) is not erased.

NB: Erasing can take as long time as writing every sector sequentially.

This is relevant for all flash based disks which use wearlevelling.


174665 16-Dec-2007 phk

Report CFA extension, CFA -> (Compact) Flash Association


174591 14-Dec-2007 maxim

o Markup and grammar fixes.


174508 10-Dec-2007 ceri

Bump .Dd for r1.63; fix small nit from the same.


174506 10-Dec-2007 phk

Add a bit more detailed description about a configuration
file format and about using NAT "instances".

Submitted by: "Andrey V. Elsukov" <bu7cher@yandex.ru>


174505 10-Dec-2007 sam

Wake On Lan (WOL) infrastructure

Submitted by: Stefan Sperling <stsp@stsp.name>
Reviewed by: brooks


174501 09-Dec-2007 marcel

Allow bsdlabel to operate on labels that have at most 26 partitions
by virtue of there not being any (lower-case) letters avaliable for
more partitions.


174478 09-Dec-2007 remko

Be more accurate in the maximum filesize, it's 4GB not 4.3GB.

Reported by: njl


174467 08-Dec-2007 remko

Remove redundant whitespace.

Noticed by: brueffer


174466 08-Dec-2007 remko

.Ed is not needed here, remove it.

Noticed by: brueffer


174460 08-Dec-2007 remko

Add information about the maximum file size for msdosfs.

PR: docs/112935
Submitted by: Julian Stacey <jhs at berklix dot org>
Actually this was inspired by the ticket submitted
by Julian.
MFC After: 3 days


174449 08-Dec-2007 remko

Attempt to describe the ''auto'' type a bit better in the default
section (if nothing had been specified, or if the auto type had
been specified, a default layout is used).

PR: docs/116047
Submitted by: Ian Smith <smithi at nimnet dot asn dot au>
Minor modifications by me.


174314 05-Dec-2007 jkim

Teach dhclient(8) about net80211 link (association) status.

Reviewed by: brooks
MFC after: 3 days


174034 28-Nov-2007 remko

Expand the EXAMPLES section for atacontrol.8

PR: docs/117310
Submitted by: Ted Mittelstaedt <tedm at ipinc dot net>
with minor modifications by me.


174024 28-Nov-2007 remko

Remove mentionings of kern.dumpdev which is no longer available.

PR: docs/113570
Submitted by: lawrance
MFC After: 3 days (where applicable)


174020 28-Nov-2007 remko

Every newline should start on it's own line. I didn't do that in the
previous commit, so make it happen now.

Prodded by: brueffer


174019 28-Nov-2007 remko

Sync with md(4)'s information regarding the swap backend.

PR: docs/115721
Submitted by: Stefan Lambrev <stefan.lambrev@moneybookers.com>
MFC After: 3 days


174012 28-Nov-2007 yar

- Pay attention to the fact that ioctl(2) is only known to
return -1 on error while any other return value from it can
indicate success. (See RETURN VALUE in our ioctl(2) manpage
and the POSIX spec.)

- Avoid assumptions about the state of the data buffer after
ioctl(2) failure.


174011 28-Nov-2007 yar

MFp4:

Add a new option to newfs(8), -r, to specify reserved space at the
end of the device. It can be useful, e.g., when the device is to
become a member of a gmirror array later w/o losing the file system
on it.

Document the new option in the manpage.

While I'm here, improve error handling for -s option, which is
syntactically similar to -r; and document the fact that -s0 selects
the default fs size explicitly, which can be useful, e.g., in a
menu-based wrapper around newfs(8) requiring some value be entered
for the fs size.

Also fix a small typo in the help line for -s (missing space).

Idea and initial implementation by: marck
Discussed on: -fs
Critical review by: bde
Tested with: cmp(1)


173994 27-Nov-2007 jhb

Properly sort 'sync' in the list of options passed to -o.

MFC after: 3 days


173920 26-Nov-2007 danger

Polish this manual page a bit:

- refer to the dummynet(4) man page only once, later use rather
the .Nm macro.
- use .Va macro when refering to the sysctl variables
- grammar and markup fixes

Reviewed by: keramida, trhodes, ru (roughly)
MFC-after: 1 week


173879 24-Nov-2007 brueffer

Minor language cleanup.

MFC after: 3 days


173787 20-Nov-2007 obrien

Addition style(9) change.


173785 20-Nov-2007 obrien

style(9)


173765 20-Nov-2007 dd

Add -o option to match ping(8)

Reviewed by: dwmalone, maxim
MFC after: 2 weeks


173764 20-Nov-2007 jb

Use an intermediate pointer to avoid strict alias check warnings
on gcc 4.2. This is required for tinderbox which doesn't have
-f-no-strict-aliasing in it's custom CFLAGS.


173739 19-Nov-2007 jb

Reduce the WARNS level across the board due to a warning that occurs
on at least arm and sparc64. i386/pc98, ia64 and amd64 are all OK.


173727 18-Nov-2007 maxim

o Fix Dd format.

Pointed out by: ru


173722 18-Nov-2007 jb

This makefile builds contrib code, so I won't try to fix all the
casts from pointer to int here.


173721 18-Nov-2007 jb

Fix signed/unsigned comparison compiler warning.


173717 18-Nov-2007 jb

Use a cast that doesn't create a compiler warning.


173706 17-Nov-2007 oleg

- New sysctl variable: net.inet.ip.dummynet.io_fast
If it is set to zero value (default) dummynet module will try to emulate
real link as close as possible (bandwidth & latency): packet will not leave
pipe faster than it should be on real link with given bandwidth.
(This is original behaviour of dummynet which was altered in previous commit)
If it is set to non-zero value only bandwidth is enforced: packet's latency
can be lower comparing to real link with given bandwidth.

- Document recently introduced dummynet(4) sysctl variables.

Requested by: luigi, julian
MFC after: 3 month


173695 17-Nov-2007 maxim

o Mask maximum file permissions we get from mount_ntfs -m
with ACCESSPERMS. Document in mount_ntfs(8) only the nine
low-order bits of mask are used (taken from mount_msdosfs(8)).

PR: kern/114856
Submitted by: Ighighi
MFC after: 1 month


173676 16-Nov-2007 flz

Fix exit code when using -l on a non-existent md(4) device.

PR: conf/116177
Submitted by: Remi Guyomarch <rguyom@pobox.com>
MFC after: 3 days


173624 15-Nov-2007 ru

Briefly document what the -c option of the "label" command does.

MFC after: 3 days


173623 15-Nov-2007 ru

Revise the markup and apply some wordsmithing.

Reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 3 days


173539 11-Nov-2007 keramida

* Expand the example descriptions, fix mdoc-bugs in
"(-a and -t vnode are implied)"
and reuse it near the cd9660 example.
* Spell 'backing store' as two words.


173507 09-Nov-2007 keramida

Instead of hardcoding md10 as the device node in the cd9660 example,
use a trick submitted by Ruslan.

MFC after: 1 day


173412 07-Nov-2007 kevlo

Cleanup of userland __P use


173321 04-Nov-2007 mtm

Don't mask the address in inet_makenetandmask() according to what class
it appears to be in: there is also CIDR.

Noticed by: tegge


173320 04-Nov-2007 thompsa

Add an option to limit the number of source MACs that can be behind a bridge
interface. Once the limit is reached packets with unknown source addresses are
dropped until an existing host cache entry expires or is removed. Useful to
use with the STICKY cache option.

Sponsored by: miniSuperHappyDevHouse NZ


173313 04-Nov-2007 marcel

Allow building of a special rescue version of geom that
has a subset of the classes compiled-in.


173275 02-Nov-2007 sam

sync with vap code base; updates for 11n support and some
general code cleanups

Reviewed by: thompsa, avatar
MFC after: 1 week


173274 02-Nov-2007 sam

minor wireless-related corrections

MFC after: 1 week


173265 01-Nov-2007 jhb

Don't look for GPT primary and secondary tables on a disk unless we have
a valid PMBR. Without this fix, if label a disk with a GPT, then relabel
it with an MBR the GPT tables are still present. If you then try to create
a GPT with 'gpt create', gpt(8) will fail to open the device because the
partitions in the stale GPT overlap with the slices in the MBR.

MFC after: 1 week


173262 01-Nov-2007 jhb

Fix 'gpt boot' to work on disk devices and not just plain files. Writes to
disk devices have to consist of a block of sectors. Thus, when writing
gptboot to the boot partition, round the size of the gptboot file up to a
sector boundary, pre-zero it, and write out the full buffer to disk.


173261 01-Nov-2007 obrien

Document -t.


173124 29-Oct-2007 mtm

Fix an error in bit shifting logic for network addresses. The route
command would add incorrect routing entries if network numbers weren't
fully "spelled" out according to their class. For example:
# route add 128.0/16 (works)
# route add 128/16 (doesn't work)
# route add 193.0.0/24 (works)
# route add 193/24 (doesn't work)

Also, rework the way a netmask is deduced from network number if
it [netmask] is not specified.

Submitted by: Nuno Antunes <nuno.antunes@gmail.com> (mostly)
MFC after: 1 week


173080 27-Oct-2007 maxim

o Fix indentation. No functional changes.


172940 24-Oct-2007 jhb

First cut at support for booting a GPT labeled disk via the BIOS bootstrap
on i386 and amd64 machines. The overall process is that /boot/pmbr lives
in the PMBR (similar to /boot/mbr for MBR disks) and is responsible for
locating and loading /boot/gptboot. /boot/gptboot is similar to /boot/boot
except that it groks GPT rather than MBR + bsdlabel. Unlike /boot/boot,
/boot/gptboot lives in its own dedicated GPT partition with a new
"FreeBSD boot" type. This partition does not have a fixed size in that
/boot/pmbr will load the entire partition into the lower 640k. However,
it is limited in that it can only be 545k. That's still a lot better than
the current 7.5k limit for boot2 on MBR. gptboot mostly acts just like
boot2 in that it reads /boot.config and loads up /boot/loader. Some more
details:
- Include uuid_equal() and uuid_is_nil() in libstand.
- Add a new 'boot' command to gpt(8) which makes a GPT disk bootable using
/boot/pmbr and /boot/gptboot. Note that the disk must have some free
space for the boot partition.
- This required exposing the backend of the 'add' function as a
gpt_add_part() function to the rest of gpt(8). 'boot' uses this to
create a boot partition if needed.
- Don't cripple cgbase() in the UFS boot code for /boot/gptboot so that
it can handle a filesystem > 1.5 TB.
- /boot/gptboot has a simple loader (gptldr) that doesn't do any I/O
unlike boot1 since /boot/pmbr loads all of gptboot up front. The
C portion of gptboot (gptboot.c) has been repocopied from boot2.c.
The primary changes are to parse the GPT to find a root filesystem
and to use 64-bit disk addresses. Currently gptboot assumes that the
first UFS partition on the disk is the / filesystem, but this algorithm
will likely be improved in the future.
- Teach the biosdisk driver in /boot/loader to understand GPT tables.
GPT partitions are identified as 'disk0pX:' (e.g. disk0p2:) which is
similar to the /dev names the kernel uses (e.g. /dev/ad0p2).
- Add a new "freebsd-boot" alias to g_part() for the new boot UUID.

MFC after: 1 month
Discussed with: marcel (some things might still change, but am committing
what I have so far)


172862 22-Oct-2007 jb

Add the full module path name to the kld_file_stat structure
for kldstat(2).

This allows libdtrace to determine the exact file from which
a kernel module was loaded without having to guess.

The kldstat(2) API is versioned with the size of the
kld_file_stat structure, so this change creates version 2.

Add the pathname to the verbose output of kldstat(8) too.

MFC: 3 days


172856 21-Oct-2007 marcel

Fix a last-minute, but more importantly, an untested change that
made the previous commit non-functional: the usage string was put
in the wrong field...


172837 21-Oct-2007 marcel

Add the show command to print the partition information ala gpt(8).
Update the manpage accordingly. While here, mention the MBR scheme
and add a bugs section. With this commit gpt(8) can be obsoleted.


172818 19-Oct-2007 rpaulo

Change IPTOS_CE to IPTOS_ECN_CE.

Approved by: njl (mentor)


172801 19-Oct-2007 rpaulo

Comply with the removal of IPTOS_CE and IPTOS_ECT.
Discussed on freebsd-net with no objections.

Approved by: njl (mentor), rwatson


172788 19-Oct-2007 rodrigc

Remove stale reference to mount_std.


172674 15-Oct-2007 netchild

Backout sensors framework.

Requested by: phk
Discussed on: cvs-all


172643 14-Oct-2007 daichi

Added whiteout behavior option. ``-o whiteout=always'' is default mode
(it is established practice) and ``-o whiteout=whenneeded'' is less
disk-space using mode especially for resource restricted environments
like embedded environments. (Contributed by Ed Schouten. Thanks)

Submitted by: Masanori Ozawa <ozawa@ongs.co.jp> (unionfs developer)
Reviewed by: jeff, kensmith
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week


172631 14-Oct-2007 netchild

Import OpenBSD's sysctl hardware sensors framework.

This commit includes the following core components:

* sample configuration file for sensorsd
* rc(8) script and glue code for sensorsd(8)
* sysctl(3) doc fixes for CTL_HW tree
* sysctl(3) documentation for hardware sensors
* sysctl(8) documentation for hardware sensors
* support for the sensor structure for sysctl(8)
* rc.conf(5) documentation for starting sensorsd(8)
* sensor_attach(9) et al documentation
* /sys/kern/kern_sensors.c
o sensor_attach(9) API for drivers to register ksensors
o sensor_task_register(9) API for the update task
o sysctl(3) glue code
o hw.sensors shadow tree for sysctl(8) internal magic
* <sys/sensors.h>
* HW_SENSORS definition for <sys/sysctl.h>
* sensors display for systat(1), including documentation
* sensorsd(8) and all applicable documentation

The userland part of the framework is entirely source-code
compatible with OpenBSD 4.1, 4.2 and -current as of today.

All sensor readings can be viewed with `sysctl hw.sensors`,
monitored in semi-realtime with `systat -sensors` and also
logged with `sensorsd`.

Submitted by: Constantine A. Murenin <cnst@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007 (GSoC2007/cnst-sensors)
Mentored by: syrinx
Tested by: many
OKed by: kensmith
Obtained from: OpenBSD (parts)


172627 14-Oct-2007 maxim

o Fix a typo in ipfw table usage example.

PR: docs/117172
Submitted by: novel
MFC after: 1 week


172500 09-Oct-2007 obrien

Tweak the handling of "WITHOUT_LIBPTHREAD". Also remove the accidental
treatment of 'LIBKSE' as an "old style" knob.

Submitted by: ru
Approved by: re(kensmith)


172491 09-Oct-2007 obrien

Repo copy libpthreads to libkse.
This introduces the WITHOUT_LIBKSE nob,
and changes WITHOUT_LIBPTHREADS to mean with neither threading libs.
Approved by: re(kensmith)


172438 04-Oct-2007 thompsa

Fix the module name matching to the drivers present in the kernel. Previously
it would return true on a partial match where it would think the edsc module
was already present by having a positive match on 'ed'. This changes it so
that it compares the full string including the nul terminators.

This also fixes a buffer overflow in the ifkind variable where the length of
the interface name in *argv wasnt checked for size.

Reviewed by: brooks
Approved by: re (gnn)


172403 01-Oct-2007 ru

Always install libpthread.* symlinks if at least one of
the threading libraries is built. This simplifies the
logic in makefiles that need to check if the pthreads
support is present. It also fixes a bug where we would
build a threading library that we shouldn't have built:
for example, building with WITHOUT_LIBTHR and the default
value of DEFAULT_THREADING_LIB (libthr) would mistakenly
build the libthr library, but not install it.

Approved by: re (kensmith)


172306 23-Sep-2007 maxim

o Cosmetic: fix the issue when "ipfw(8) show" produces "not" twice:

$ ipfw -n add 1 allow layer2 not mac-type ip
00001 allow ip from any to any layer2 not not mac-type 0x0800

PR: bin/115372
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 3 weeks


172305 23-Sep-2007 maxim

o s/filesystem/file system/g.

Pointed out by: ru
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 3 days


172302 23-Sep-2007 pjd

Bring in the GEOM Virtualisation class, which allows to create huge GEOM
providers with limited physical storage and add physical storage as
needed.

Submitted by: Ivan Voras
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2006
Approved by: re (kensmith)


172273 21-Sep-2007 pjd

For arguments declared as numbers always use expand_number(3).
This allows to use numbers in human-readable form in many geom(8)
utilities. Such a simple change and makes live so much nicer.
Some examples:

gstripe label -s 16k
gmirror label -s 4k
gnop create -o 1g -s 128m -S 2k
gjournal label -s 2g
geli label -i 128k -s 4k

Approved by: re (kensmith)


172272 21-Sep-2007 pjd

Use 'val' function argument instead of 'optarg' global variable.
This doesn't fix any real bug, because in those tw ocases we always
passed 'optarg' as 'val'.

Approved by: re (kensmith)


172252 20-Sep-2007 gabor

- Remove references to unexisting man pages

PR: docs/116099
Submitted by: Ben Kaduk <minimarmot@gmail.com>
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 3 days


172236 19-Sep-2007 rodrigc

Convert fsck_ffs to nmount(). This seems to solve
an intermittent problem where MNT_RELOAD fails
for the root file system.

Reported and tested by: phk
Approved by: re (bmah)


172193 16-Sep-2007 mpp

Fix "quotacheck -a" from core dumping on 64 bit systems by correctly
declaring the return value used by the routines in preen.c as a pointer
type, instead of "int", which was causing the pointer to be truncated.

Tested by: marck
Approved by: re (bmah)


172168 14-Sep-2007 mpp

Flush stdout at the end of the update phase to prevent possible
duplicate output when "quotacheck -a -v" is used.

Approved by: re (bmah)


172093 08-Sep-2007 ken

Add SCSI READ CAPACITY support to camcontrol. The new 'readcap' subcommand
will automatically issue the 16 byte verison of read capacity if the device
in question is larger than 2TB.

There are also a number of output options here (last block, number of
blocks, human readable) that should meet most needs, and also aid in
scripting.

Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 1 week


172031 01-Sep-2007 pjd

Add support for Camellia encryption algorithm.

PR: kern/113790
Submitted by: Yoshisato YANAGISAWA <yanagisawa@csg.is.titech.ac.jp>
Approved by: re (bmah)


171989 26-Aug-2007 maxim

o Fix bug I introduced in the previous commit (ipfw set extention):
pack a set number correctly.

Submitted by: oleg

o Plug a memory leak.

Submitted by: oleg and Andrey V. Elsukov
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week


171955 24-Aug-2007 danger

document hw.realmem

Submitted by: cnst@ (Constantine A. Murenin)
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007
Approved by: re@ (bmah)
MFC after: 1 week


171883 18-Aug-2007 danger

- Sweep the boot(8) man page after addition of boot.config(5).

Reviewed by: keramida
Approved by: re (kensmith)


171819 13-Aug-2007 jhb

Expand the data structure returned by the ATA RAID status ioctl to include
detailed status on each of the backing subdisks. This allows userland
to see which subdisks are online, failed, missing, or a hot spare.

MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (bmah)
Reviewed by: sos


171813 12-Aug-2007 maxim

o You have to reboot the system after tuning softupdates on the root
filesystem on to make SU work.

Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 1 week


171800 10-Aug-2007 pjd

Fix fscking gjournaled root file system: root file system is already mounted
read-only, so we can't simply exit right after calling gjournal_check(),
instead we need to ask about super block reload.

Submitted by: Niki Denev <niki@totalterror.net>
PR: misc/113889
Approved by: re (kensmith)


171732 05-Aug-2007 bz

Rename option IPSEC_FILTERGIF to IPSEC_FILTERTUNNEL.
Also rename the related functions in a similar way.
There are no functional changes.

For a packet coming in with IPsec tunnel mode, the default is
to only call into the firewall with the "outer" IP header and
payload.

With this option turned on, in addition to the "outer" parts,
the "inner" IP header and payload are passed to the
firewall too when going through ip_input() the second time.

The option was never only related to a gif(4) tunnel within
an IPsec tunnel and thus the name was very misleading.

Discussed at: BSDCan 2007
Best new name suggested by: rwatson
Reviewed by: rwatson
Approved by: re (bmah)


171723 04-Aug-2007 csjp

Remove references to mpsafenet. This option no longer exists.

Approved by: re@ (bmah)


171678 01-Aug-2007 thompsa

Add a bridge interface flag called PRIVATE where any private port can not
communicate with another private port.

All unicast/broadcast/multicast layer2 traffic is blocked so it works much the
same way as using firewall rules but scales better and is generally easier as
firewall packages usually do not allow ARP blocking.

An example usage would be having a number of customers on separate vlans
bridged with a server network. All the vlans are marked private, they can all
communicate with the server network unhindered, but can not exchange any
traffic whatsoever with each other.

Approved by: re (rwatson)


171571 24-Jul-2007 brueffer

First round of cleanups.

Approved by: re (blanket)


171568 24-Jul-2007 scottl

Introduce Danny Braniss' iSCSI initiator, version 2.0.99. Please read the
included man pages on how to use it. This code is still somewhat experimental
but has been successfully tested on a number of targets. Many thanks to
Danny for contributing this.

Approved by: re


171453 14-Jul-2007 rwatson

Disconnect netatm from the build as it is not MPSAFE and relies on
NET_NEEDS_GIANT, which will shortly be removed. This is done in a
away that it may be easily reattached to the build before 7.1 if
appropriate locking is added. Specifics:

- Don't install netatm include files
- Disconnect netatm command line management tools
- Don't build libatm
- Don't include ATM parts in rescue or sysinstall
- Don't install sample configuration files and documents
- Don't build kernel support as a module or in NOTES
- Don't build netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm

This removes the last remaining consumer of NET_NEEDS_GIANT.

Reviewed by: harti
Discussed with: bz, bms
Approved by: re (kensmith)


171319 09-Jul-2007 sam

updates for 802.11-related parameters

Reviewed by: thompsa
Approved by: re (hrs)


171247 05-Jul-2007 thompsa

Allow the LACP state to be queried from userland which at the moment is the
actor and partner peer info. Print out the active aggregator and per port data
in verbose mode from ifconfig.

Approved by: re (mux)


171246 05-Jul-2007 bz

Remove the -DFAST_IPSEC from Makefiles again.

This was needed during the IPSEC->FAST_IPSEC->IPSEC transition
period to not break the build after picking up netipsec header
files. Now that the FAST_IPSEC kernel option is gone and the
default is IPSEC again those defines are superfluous.

Approved by: re (rwatson)


171187 03-Jul-2007 thompsa

Use the -n flag on ifconfig so that dhclient does not cause the kernel module
to be reloaded when the interface is torn down.

Reviewed by: brooks
Approved by: re (kensmith)


171173 03-Jul-2007 mlaier

Link pf 4.1 to the build:
- move ftp-proxy from libexec to usr.sbin
- add tftp-proxy
- new altq mtag link

Approved by: re (kensmith)


171135 01-Jul-2007 gnn

Commit IPv6 support for FAST_IPSEC to the tree.
This commit includes all remaining changes for the time being including
user space updates.

Submitted by: bz
Approved by: re


171023 25-Jun-2007 rafan

- Remove UMAP filesystem. It was disconnected from build three years ago,
and it is seriously broken.

Discussed on: freebsd-arch@
Approved by: re (mux)


170923 18-Jun-2007 maxim

o Make ipfw set more robust -- now it is possible:
- to show a specific set: ipfw set 3 show
- to delete rules from the set: ipfw set 9 delete 100 200 300
- to flush the set: ipfw set 4 flush
- to reset rules counters in the set: ipfw set 1 zero

PR: kern/113388
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 6 weeks


170692 14-Jun-2007 delphij

In the previous changeset a cast of myminor to u_int were
removed, which will cause problems on architectures where
longs are longer than ints, for instance,
"mknod foo c 0 0xffff00ff"
would fail in such cases.

Use a proper cast instead.

Prompted by: bde


170681 13-Jun-2007 thompsa

Add the vlan tag to the bridge route table. This allows a vlan trunk to be
bridged, previously legitimate traffic was not passed as the bridge could not
tell that it was on a different Ethernet segment.

All non-tagged traffic is treated as vlan1 as per IEEE 802.1Q-2003


170679 13-Jun-2007 rwatson

Remove IPX over IP tunneling pieces from ifconfig(8), omitted portion of
previous commit:

Remove IPX over IP tunneling support, which allows IPX routing over IP
tunnels, and was not MPSAFE. The code can be easily restored in the
event that someone with an IPX over IP tunnel configuration can work
with me to test patches.

This removes one of five remaining consumers of NET_NEEDS_GIANT.

Approved by: re (kensmith)

Spotted by: Artem Naluzhny <tutat nhamon dot com dot ua>


170653 13-Jun-2007 delphij

WARNS=6


170636 12-Jun-2007 phk

Add recoverdisk to the base system, it is far too useful to live
in obscurity over in src/tools.

(Repocopied)


170603 12-Jun-2007 thompsa

Catch up with variable name changes in struct lagg_protos.


170588 12-Jun-2007 thompsa

Reset the pointer to the ioctl buffer after it gets changed.


170578 11-Jun-2007 andre

Add reporting and toggling of TCP LRO (large receive offload) support to
ifconfig(8).


170575 11-Jun-2007 cognet

Exclude inet_addr.c from the build.
It only provides inet_aton(), which is already provided by the libc. This
causes multiple symbol definitions when linking statically.

Reviewed by: darrenr


170558 11-Jun-2007 bde

When we return from a "show" function without printing anything except
a warning, return 1 instead of 0 to indicate that we didn't print
anything, so that top-level callers don't print a spurious newline.
This is mainly to fix output formatting when stderr is redirected. It
also helps in some cases when stderr is interleaved with stdout,
depending on the details of the interleaving (this program has the
usual null explicit support for syncing stderr with stdout).

Return 1 instead of -1 after printing the "malloc failed" warning, since
the return value is boolean.


170531 11-Jun-2007 sam

Update for revised 802.11 support:
o revised channel handling support; ifconfig now queries the kernel to
find the list of available channels and handles channel promotion;
channel attributes can be specified as part of the channel; e.g. 36:a
for channel 36 in 11a (as opposed to turbo A or HT A)
o use channel list to map between freq and IEEE channel #; this eliminates
all knowledge of how the mapping is done and fixes handling of cases
where channels overlap in the IEEE channel # space but are distinct in
the frequency+attributes space (e.g. PSB)
o add new knobs: bgscan, ff (Atheors fast frames), dturbo (Atheros
Dynamic Turbo mode), bgscanidle, bgscanintvl, scanvalid, roam:rssi11a,
roam:rssi11b, roam:rssi11g, roam:rate11a, roam:rate11b, roam:rate11g
(roaming parameters), burst, doth (forthcoming 11h support)
o print contents of WME, ATH, WPA, RSN, information elements with -v option
o print signal strength in dBm
o print noise floor in dBm
o add list txpow to print tx power caps/channel
o change default channel display in status to be more informative


170514 10-Jun-2007 dwmalone

Some improvements to the int-type printing code based on suggestions by bde.


170513 10-Jun-2007 dwmalone

Fix a number of WARNS, including printf, constness and unsigned comparison
warnings.


170512 10-Jun-2007 dwmalone

Some style improvements suggested by bde, including removing an
unused include, adding parens for return and sizeof and renaming,
adding some missing whitespace and sorting some variables.


170287 04-Jun-2007 dwmalone

Use common code for printing ints and longs by coppying the sysctl
value into a variable of the right type and then printing it via
an intmax_t. This makes avoids some duplication and makes it easy
to add a new integer format Q for printing things of type CTLTYPE_QUAD.


170268 04-Jun-2007 darrenr

Merge IPFilter 4.1.23 back to HEAD
See src/contrib/ipfilter/HISTORY for details of changes since 4.1.13


170195 01-Jun-2007 remko

I understood the MLINK part incorrectly, it should be the other way around
also remove the init mlink to securelevel.

Discussed with and sharing pointyhat with: brueffer


170166 31-May-2007 trhodes

The newfs_msdos utility does not store the boot signature in the
correct place on large sector disks. The boot signature should be at
offset 0x1fe in the BPB; newfs_msdos currently stores it 2 bytes from
the end of the sector.

Taken from: NetBSD


170054 28-May-2007 kevlo

Check fdopen return value.

Reviewed by: phk


169930 24-May-2007 ru

Fix the online usage for the "dump" command.


169873 22-May-2007 thompsa

Add the -n flag for disabling automatic module loading, this will be used by
rc.d to stop it reloading the network module on unload.


169833 21-May-2007 cognet

Force the alignment of the chars arrays, as they are casted later to
structs.
gcc 4.2 doesn't do it by default, and that results in unaligned access on
arm.


169672 18-May-2007 keramida

Add an example which shows how mdconfig(8) can be used
to mount an ISO 9660 CD image file.

PR: 112691
Submitted by: Warren Block, wblock at wonkity.com
MFC after: 3 days


169659 17-May-2007 marcel

Fix the construction of the gctl_req that got broken by my
previous commit and that introduced optional parameters.
Existing classes (like geli(8)) use empty strings by default
and expect the parameter to be passed to the kernel as such.
Also, the default value of a string argument can be NULL.
Fix both cases by making the optional parameter conditional
upon gc_argname being set and making sure to test for NULL
before dereferencing the pointer.

Reported by: brueffer@


169631 16-May-2007 marcel

Bump G_LIB_VERSION to reflect the ABI change.

Pointed out by: pjd@


169586 15-May-2007 marcel

Add gpart(8).

In order to support gpart(8), geom(8) needs to support a named
argument. Also, optional string parameters are a requirement.
Both have been added to the infrastructure. The former required
all existing classes to be adjusted.


169560 14-May-2007 remko

-n is used by newfs to tell "do not generate a .snap directory" instead of
specifying rotational-positions, reflect that in the command arguments.

PR: bin/110178
Submitted by: Alex Kozlov <spam at rm-rf dot kiev dot ua>
Approved by: imp (mentor)


169511 12-May-2007 pav

Replace incomprehensive description of -m by much clearer text from OpenBSD,
with the exception of one word.

PR: docs/112465
Submitted by: naddy
Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC after: 1 week


169441 10-May-2007 nyan

Another merging from sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8.

PR: 109929
Submitted by: Alex Kozlov


169425 09-May-2007 gnn

Integrate the Camellia Block Cipher. For more information see RFC 4132
and its bibliography.

Submitted by: Tomoyuki Okazaki <okazaki at kick dot gr dot jp>
MFC after: 1 month


169424 09-May-2007 maxim

o Teach get_mac_addr_mask() to not silently accept incorrect MAC
addresses.
o Swap a couple of magic 6s by ETHER_ADDR_LEN.

PR: bin/80913
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov
MFC after: 1 month


169419 09-May-2007 nyan

Reduce diffs against fdisk/fdisk.8.


169416 09-May-2007 nyan

- A partition number is allowed to 1-8.
- Remove non-exist -b flag.
- Add reference to boot98cfg and newfs.
- s/disklabel/bsdlabel/


169324 06-May-2007 andre

Add Apple HFS+ (0xAF) MBR partition type identificator.

Submitted by: rpaulo (SoC2007 student)


169312 06-May-2007 pjd

Correct some typos.


169297 06-May-2007 pjd

Fix mdoc warnings.


169245 04-May-2007 bz

Add support for filtering on Routing Header Type 0 and
Mobile IPv6 Routing Header Type 2 in addition to filter
on the non-differentiated presence of any Routing Header.

MFC after: 3 weeks


169193 01-May-2007 pjd

Do some cleanups (like freeing memory and closing file descriptors) before
leaving the functions.


169143 30-Apr-2007 maxim

o Add -p flag: print a slice table in fdisk configuration file format.
Now it is possible to do something like fdisk -p ad0 | fdisk -f - ad1.

PR: bin/110182
Submitted by: Jukka A. Ukkonen
MFC after: 1 month


169139 30-Apr-2007 maxim

o Make ipfw(8) show rules with mac/mac-type options correctly.

Before:

$ ipfw -n add 100 count icmp from any to any mac-type 0x01
00100 count icmp 0x0001
$ ipfw -n add 100 count icmp from any to any mac any any
00100 count icmp MAC any any any

After:

$ ipfw -n add 100 count icmp from any to any mac-type 0x01
00100 count icmp from any to any mac-type 0x0001
$ ipfw -n add 100 count icmp from any to any mac any any
00100 count icmp from any to any MAC any any

PR: bin/112244
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov
MFC after: 1 month


169129 30-Apr-2007 yar

Fix a typo: argv -> argvp

Rationale:
We are interested in the current (last) element of the argv array
there, not in its first element. The if construct is there because
we want to avoid adding empty (zero-length) arguments to argv, so
we just don't advance argvp if the current argument is empty, and
it gets overwritten at the next iteration. Note that strsep(3)
doesn't treat consecutive delim characters as a single separator,
it returns empty fields between such characters, and it's up to the
caller to handle them this or that way.

Also add a comment that the argv array ends up null-terminated in
any case (it's due to the design of the for loop) as an answer to
a possible question why the whole argv isn't zero-filled.

Submitted by: yongari
Tested by: yongari
MFC after: 3 days


168972 23-Apr-2007 phk

Improve reporting in recoverdisk a good deal.

Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein <uspoerlein@gmail.com>
PR: 111630


168934 21-Apr-2007 imp

Because there are so many more partitions on pc98 than on wintel (16
vs 4), supress all unused partition output unless -v is specified.
This makes operating on a 'typical' disk with one partition less
painful. The 30 lines needed for the empty partitions no longer
scroll the useful information off the screen. When the user requests
a specific partition, the unused information is not suppressed.

Also add the partition name to the -s output.

Initialize the partition name to 'FreeBSD' when -I is specified.


168866 19-Apr-2007 mtm

Correct two issues in ping6:
1. The static buffer that ping6(8) uses to hold the control data
it gets from recvmsg(2) is too small in some cases.
2. When it prints the extra header information it doesn't do
any checking to make sure the data it's printing is within
the bounds of the supplied buffer.

Fix this by:
o Increasing the buffer to hold extra headers to 10240 bytes (the minimum
according to RFC3542 sec. 20.1) and allocate it dynamically.
o In verbose mode, specify a warning if any control data from recvmsg(2)
was truncated because the buffer was too small.
o When printing the extra headers make sure not to overrun the buffer
boundaries.

Reviewed By: mlaier
PR: kern/99425
MFC After: 1 month


168819 17-Apr-2007 maxim

o Add missed w/space in the error message.

Spotted by: Ivan Voras
MFC after: 1 week


168793 17-Apr-2007 thompsa

Rename the trunk(4) driver to lagg(4) as it is too similar to vlan trunking.

The name trunk is misused as the networking term trunk means carrying multiple
VLANs over a single connection. The IEEE standard for link aggregation (802.3
section 3) does not talk about 'trunk' at all while it is used throughout IEEE
802.1Q in describing vlans.

The lagg(4) driver provides link aggregation, failover and fault tolerance.

Discussed on: current@


168726 14-Apr-2007 maxim

o IFNAMSIZ includes a terminating null byte.

Submitted by: rdivacky
MFC after: 1 week


168698 13-Apr-2007 phk

Align -p output in TAB built columns suitable for /etc/fstab.


168689 13-Apr-2007 emaste

The minimum size of an RFC3442 destination descriptor is five bytes, so
correct test to -ge 5. Without this change an RFC3442 encoded default
route would be ignored.

Reported by: Cedric Jonas <cedric at decemplex dot net>


168568 10-Apr-2007 thompsa

Bump document date for new trunk commands.


168563 10-Apr-2007 thompsa

Hook trunk(4) up to the build.


168561 10-Apr-2007 thompsa

Add the trunk(4) driver for providing link aggregation, failover and fault
tolerance. This driver allows aggregation of multiple network interfaces as
one virtual interface using a number of different protocols/algorithms.

failover - Sends traffic through the secondary port if the master becomes
inactive.
fec - Supports Cisco Fast EtherChannel.
lacp - Supports the IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol
(LACP) and the Marker Protocol.
loadbalance - Static loadbalancing using an outgoing hash.
roundrobin - Distributes outgoing traffic using a round-robin scheduler
through all active ports.

This code was obtained from OpenBSD and this also includes 802.3ad LACP support
from agr(4) in NetBSD.


168422 06-Apr-2007 pjd

Implement a work-around for poor ggate write performance.


168420 06-Apr-2007 pjd

Remove temporary files when there are no longer needed.


168392 05-Apr-2007 thomas

(bread): For a read that is contained entirely within a block, never copy
out more than size bytes to the caller's buffer.

PR: bin/111191
Reviewed by: pb
MFC after: 1 week


168304 03-Apr-2007 pjd

- Protect against specifing journal less than 100MB and against journal
which size is not multiple of sector size.

Reported by: Eric Anderson <anderson@centtech.com>

- Improve wording in error message. I'm sorry, I don't remember who
submitted this one.


168075 30-Mar-2007 sam

don't display ssid cloaking status as "ssid HIDE", use the cmd line
parameter like everything else

MFC after: 2 weeks


168031 29-Mar-2007 thompsa

Correct the name of the 'proto' command.

MFC after: 3 days


167871 24-Mar-2007 yar

Back out rev. 1.129 because it breaks the practice of auto-loading
hardware drivers. Unlike pseudo-device drivers, which just attach
to the cloning framework and wait for "ifconfig create", h/w drivers
create interfaces for installed cards as soon as loaded. The issue
of devd(8) involuntarily reloading modules should be dealt with in a
different way.


167842 23-Mar-2007 pjd

Exit status should be 1 on error.

PR: bin/110705
Reported by: Tom Judge
MFC after: 2 weeks


167485 12-Mar-2007 yar

Attempt to load the kernel module only if we are going to create a
new interface. In other cases loading the module is unwanted and
can lead to ill side effects. One such effect found is as follows:
"kldunload if_foo" tells the module to kill all its interfaces,
which results in messages sent to devd; the module unloads. Then
devd starts processing the messages, which ends up in a etc script
running ifconfig fooX, which reloads the module.


167388 09-Mar-2007 sam

point-to-point address should come from ifa_dstaddr


167286 07-Mar-2007 yar

Don't leave a NULL value in mdsuffix when a particular md
unit w/o suffix is specified. It had better be an empty
string as it will be passed to a printf-like function that
builds the command line to run.

PR: kern/109863
MFC after: 1 week


167259 06-Mar-2007 mckusick

Move macros describing extended attributes in UFS from
<sys/extattr.h> to <ufs/ufs/extattr.h>. Move description
of extended attributes in UFS from man9/extattr.9 to
man5/fs.5.

Note that restore will not compile until <sys/extattr.h>
and <ufs/ufs/extattr.h> have been updated.

Suggested by: Robert Watson


167236 05-Mar-2007 thomas

Add "fg" option as antonym to "bg"; add "hard" option as antonym to "soft".
This is for better compatibility with other environments (Linux, Solaris,
HP-UX, AIX and Tru64 support these options).

PR: bin/109924
MFC after: 1 week


167229 05-Mar-2007 pjd

Warn when user use sectorsize bigger than the page size, which will lead
to problems when the geli device is used with file system or as a swap.

Hopefully will prevent problems like kern/98742 in the future.

MFC after: 1 week


167227 05-Mar-2007 pjd

Fix incorrect comment. Geli will protect against data modification, of
course! It won't protect against reply attacks - try harder to explain
them correctly.

MFC after: 1 week


167179 02-Mar-2007 pjd

Document -J in usage.

Submitted by: Eric Anderson <anderson@freebsd.org>


167081 27-Feb-2007 sam

o consistently check strlcpy result
o warn when we skip an interface because it's name is too long


167079 27-Feb-2007 sam

correct type to silence const complaint


167078 27-Feb-2007 sam

unbreak create operation, must copy argument to global name

Spotted by: des


167060 27-Feb-2007 ale

Call the multipath device with its real name.


167058 27-Feb-2007 brueffer

First cleanup pass: new sentence -> new line, typos fixed, some markup
errors fixed.


167056 27-Feb-2007 mjacob

Add a man page.


167055 27-Feb-2007 mckusick

Fix an error in dumping large sparse files containing extended attributes.


167050 27-Feb-2007 mjacob

First cut at GEOM based multipath. This is an active/passive{/passive...}
arrangement that has no intrinsic internal knowledge of whether devices
it is given are truly multipath devices. As such, this is a simplistic
approach, but still a useful one.

The basic approach is to (at present- this will change soon) use camcontrol
to find likely identical devices and and label the trailing sector of the
first one. This label contains both a full UUID and a name. The name is
what is presented in /dev/multipath, but the UUID is used as a true
distinguishor at g_taste time, thus making sure we don't have chaos
on a shared SAN where everyone names their data multipath as "Fred".

The first of N identical devices (and N *may* be 1!) becomes the active
path until a BIO request is failed with EIO or ENXIO. When this occurs,
the active disk is ripped away and the next in a list is picked to
(retry and) continue with.

During g_taste events new disks that meet the match criteria for existing
multipath geoms get added to the tail end of the list.

Thus, this active/passive setup actually does work for devices which
go away and come back, as do (now) mpt(4) and isp(4) SAN based disks.

There is still a lot to do to improve this- like about 5 of the 12
recommendations I've received about it, but it's been functional enough
for a while that it deserves a broader test base.

Reviewed by: pjd
Sponsored by: IronPort Systems
MFC: 2 months


167011 26-Feb-2007 mckusick

Update the dump program to save extended attributes. Update
the restore program to restore all dumped extended attributes.

If the restore is running as root, it will always be able
to restore all extended attributes. If it is not running
as root, it makes a best effort to set them. Using the -v
command line flag or the `verbose' command in interactive
mode will display all the extended attributes being set on
files (and at the end on directories) that are being restored.
It will note any extended attributes that could not be set.

The extended attributes are placed on the dump image immediately
following each file's data. Older versions of restore can work
with the newer dump images. Old versions of restore will
correctly restore the file data and then (silently) skip
over the extended attribute data and proceed to the next file.

This resolves PR 93085 which will be closed once the code
has been MFC'ed.

Note that this code will not compile until these header
files have been updated: <protocols/dumprestore.h> and
<sys/extattr.h>.

PR: bin/93085
Comments from: Poul-Henning Kamp and Robert Watson
MFC after: 3 weeks


166956 24-Feb-2007 sam

use getifaddrs from libc instead of private code

Reviewed by: bms
MFC after: 1 month


166892 22-Feb-2007 pjd

Correct typo.

Spotted by: Tomasz Dudzisz


166854 20-Feb-2007 n_hibma

Kris suggested that swap is a better choice as a default than malloc.

MFC: 1 week


166853 20-Feb-2007 n_hibma

[Found the original diff I made, see previous commit for other part]
Assume '-a' and '-t malloc' flags for '-s <size>' (malloc ramdisk) if not
specified.

Reviewed by: phk (some time ago)
MFC: 1 week


166852 20-Feb-2007 n_hibma

Make attach the default for -f. That way

mdconfig -f image

works like a charm.

Reviewed by: phk (some time ago)
MFC: 1 week


166804 17-Feb-2007 sam

correct type definition of option routine callback


166803 17-Feb-2007 sam

remove (now) duplicate definition of IEEE80211_IS_CHAN_PASSIVE


166772 15-Feb-2007 ceri

Grammar nits.


166765 15-Feb-2007 matteo

Add examples for configuring and mounting geom_uzip(4) based disks'
image and sliced/partitioned memory disks.
MFC after: 1 week


166752 15-Feb-2007 matteo

Correct -c and -d description.

Other requests made in the PR were already solved in the past.

PR: bin/66763
MFC after: 1 week


166750 15-Feb-2007 piso

Mention the nat command in the synopsis and in the action section.

Approved by: glebius (mentor)


166749 15-Feb-2007 matteo

Enhances mdmfs(8) to mount md-based device such as uzip.
Examples of use can be found in the PR text.

PR: 103501
MFC after: 1 week


166726 14-Feb-2007 brian

Default output to stdout as the man page suggests.


166725 14-Feb-2007 brian

Only go through our cylinder group and inode info when we need to.
This allows ``ffsinfo -o - -l1 /tmp'' to run a lot quicker.


166724 14-Feb-2007 brian

Re-indent main() in preparation for further changes.


166690 13-Feb-2007 brueffer

Mark up lkm with .Nm, since lkm is name of an api.

Submitted by: ru


166684 13-Feb-2007 rodrigc

Raise WARNS level to 6.


166626 10-Feb-2007 pjd

Forgot to hook up gjournal manual page to the build.

Reminded by: simon, piso


166616 10-Feb-2007 brueffer

Don't reference lkm(4), it doesn't exist.

PR: 108980
Submitted by: Yonatan


166602 09-Feb-2007 emaste

Implement RFC3442, the Classless Static Route option.

The original DHCP specification includes a route option but it supports
only class-based routes. RFC3442 adds support for specifying the netmask
width for each static route. A variable length encoding is used to minimize
the size of this option.

PR: bin/99534
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher@yandex.ru>
Reviewed by: brooks


166597 09-Feb-2007 emaste

Add a $FreeBSD$ tag missing after the original import. Note that this
file isn't actually installed; the one in src/etc is.


166526 06-Feb-2007 rodrigc

Print warning that "-t msdos" is deprecated and being converted to
"-t msdosfs". The conversion has been happening since 1.43, but
no equivalent conversion happens in "umount -t", which led to some
confusion with some users.

PR: 79296
Submitted by: Nobuhiro Yasutomi <nobuhiro yasutomi nifty ne jp>


166498 04-Feb-2007 bms

Be explicit in examples about the correct grammar for 'alias' and
'-alias', and that 'add' and 'delete are in fact synonyms for these
in the ifconfig(8) grammar.

Use network prefixes explicitly specified in IETF RFCs for
documentation purposes. (bz)

PR: 102701
MFC after: 1 day
See also: RFC 3330, RFC 3849
Submitted by: bz


166485 04-Feb-2007 mpp

If two files systems, /a and /b are marked as having quotas enabled
in fstab and they are normally mounted as /a/b, if /b is not mounted,
the various quota utilities will incorrectly operate with the quotas on
/a (silently) when operations are attemted on /b.

Sync up all the hasquota() routines between all the different
quota utilities and change it to detect if the file system we are
attempting to perform quota operations on is not currently mounted
and warn the user accordingly.

PR: bin/38918


166484 04-Feb-2007 imp

Patches to allow one to allow one to specify a directory to chroot to.
This includes support for running a script to setup that directory.
The kenv variables init_chroot and init_script control this behavior,
and are documented in loader(8) that's about to be committed (along
with the other variables like init_path...).

Submitted by: Oliver Fromme
Reviewed by: myself, jhb (earlier versions)


166458 03-Feb-2007 mpp

Do not touch the block or i-node grace times for id 0.
These are used to indicate the default grace period for
the file system, and should not be touched by quotacheck.


166457 03-Feb-2007 mpp

Fix quotqcheck to correctly use the curinode count, and not the
curblock count when checking if the inode soft limit has been
crossed.


166446 03-Feb-2007 bms

Backout revision 1.4; it is not verified as the correct fix for the PR.
A more correct fix has been committed to ifconfig(8).

Submitted by: bz
PR: 102701


166445 03-Feb-2007 bms

Add an EXAMPLES section to ifconfig(8), clearly showing how to configure
IPv6 addresses in FreeBSD.

See also: http://www.telscom.ch/index.php/downloads/configure_ipv6_features

MFC after: 1 week
PR: 102701
Obtained from: OpenBSD (partly, with edits)


166439 02-Feb-2007 pjd

Use pidfile(3) API to restart mountd(8) on success mount.
This why we won't kill random process if there is a stale PID in
/var/run/mountd.pid.


166399 01-Feb-2007 rodrigc

Remove, since code has been merged into mount_nfs,
and mount_nfs Makefile builds mount_nfs and creates a mount_nfs4 link to it.


166337 29-Jan-2007 pjd

Add gjournal(8) manual page. Documentation of kern.geom.journal.* sysctls
is still missing, ehh.

Reviewed by: trhodes


166330 29-Jan-2007 brooks

Actually implement rev 1.12 for host names and NIS domain names. We
were removing the invalid option, but still rejecting the lease.

Reported by: Yoshihiko Sarumaru <mistral at imasy dot or dot jp>


166326 29-Jan-2007 rodrigc

Pass "errmsg" to nmount(), so that if nmount() fails, we can get
strings provided by vfs_mount_error().


166324 28-Jan-2007 wilko

typo: s/tranport layer/transport layer/

MFC after: 1 week


166290 28-Jan-2007 rodrigc

Convert mount_ext2fs to a simple program which passes "-o option" to nmount().


166244 25-Jan-2007 peter

Remove unused reference to objformat.h


166230 25-Jan-2007 mpp

Bump .Dd.


166217 25-Jan-2007 mpp

Add a BUGS section that shows that ids that appear to be
negative are now ignored by the quota system and that extremely
large ids may make quotacheck run for a very long time.

Also mention that "options QUOTA" is required for the kernel
to provide quota support.


166216 25-Jan-2007 pjd

When the following conditions are meet:
- First configured key is based only on keyfile (no passphrase).
- Device is attached.
- User changes first key (setkey) from keyfile to passphrase and doesn't
specify number of iterations (with -i option).
...geli(8) won't store calculated number of iterations in metadata.
This result in device beeing unaccesable after detach.

One can recover from this situation by guessing number of iterations
generated, storing it in metadata and trying to attach device.
Recovery procedure isn't nice, but one's data is not lost.

Reported by: Thomas Nickl <T.Nickl@gmx.net>
MFC after: 1 week


166215 25-Jan-2007 pjd

Implement gctl_change_param() function, which changes value of existing
parameter.

MFC after: 1 week


166192 23-Jan-2007 rodrigc

Remove mount_nfs4 from SUBDIR list. The mount_nfs Makefile
links mount_nfs to mount_nfs4 now.


166191 23-Jan-2007 rodrigc

Link mount_nfs -> mount_nfs4, and mount_nfs.8 -> mount_nfs4.8.

Suggested by: rees


166183 23-Jan-2007 rodrigc

Merge mount_nfs4.c and mount_nfs.c into one program.
If argv[0] == "mount_nfs4", then default to mounting NFSv4,
otherwise if argv[0] == "mount_nfs", default to the old mount_nfs behavior.

- Add a -4 option.
- Add the University of Michigan copyright from mount_nfs4.c, for the
code merged from mount_nfs4.c.

Reviewed by: rees


166180 23-Jan-2007 mpp

Use fseeko to seek in the file, instead of fseek to prevent seek
errors for extremely large uids (e.g. in the billions range).


166179 23-Jan-2007 mpp

Make sure that unknown uids/gids that now have non-zero usage and
had a previously recorded usage of zero are correctly displayed in
verbose mode. Generalize the print routine a little too.


166169 22-Jan-2007 marius

Actually fully emulate NetBSD and print the media instance number
only for non-zero instances so the typical output for IFM_IEEE80211
type media doesn't overflow 80 columns.

Requested by: sam


166143 20-Jan-2007 mpp

Quota system cleanup.

1) Do not account for uids/gids that appear negative to prevent
the creation of 131GB+ quota files. This is the same as the kernel
now determines which files to provide quota accounting for.
Related to PR kern/38156. This should also prevent boots from
hanging if a negative uid appears in the file systems.
2) Do not count system files in the usage counts. These currently are
file system snapshot and quota data files. This is how the kernel
now handles those files.
3) Correctly generate new quota data files if the current files
do not exist or are zero length in size. PR kern/30958.
It should now be possible to newfs / mount / touch quota.{user,group}
and quotaon a file system and have everything work.
4) Change some diagnostics to report the file system and type of
id (uid or gid) that is being reported.
5) Truncate the quota data files if possible, instead of letting
them grow to a big enough size to hold the largest UID/GID on
the system (typically "nobody"). The kernel should now be able to
grow the files as needed without deadlocking the system.

PR: kern/30958, kern/38156


166113 20-Jan-2007 marius

- Display the media instance numbers and allow the user to set the active
one. This is based on NetBSD but unlike NetBSD this implementation prints
the instance number for all media instances and doesn't skip it for the
first one as I don't see a reason to suppress it except for the vague
reason to preserve the output for single-instance configurations.
- Fix some whitespace nits.


166015 15-Jan-2007 sam

Add initial support for 900MHz channels; still has some rough
edges but ifconfig ath0 list chan works and you can use ieee
channel #'s to lock/select a channel.

MFC after: 1 month


165851 07-Jan-2007 mlaier

Fix a parsing bug when specifying more than one address with dotted decimal
netmask.

Reported by: Igor Anishchuk
PR: kern/107565
MFC after: 3 days


165788 05-Jan-2007 rodrigc

Fix parsing of -o uid and -o gid options, so that -o uidxx and -o gidxx
are not accepted.

Submitted by: daichi, Masanori OZAWA <ozawa ongs co jp>


165740 02-Jan-2007 rse

fix typo: "adaptor" -> "adapter"


165730 02-Jan-2007 rse

Fix typo: effected -> affected

Submitted by: Gordon Stratton <tsr2600 (at) gmail (dot) com>


165692 31-Dec-2006 hrs

Fix wrong markup and some wordsmithing.

Submitted by: ru


165648 29-Dec-2006 piso

Summer of Code 2005: improve libalias - part 2 of 2

With the second (and last) part of my previous Summer of Code work, we get:

-ipfw's in kernel nat

-redirect_* and LSNAT support

General information about nat syntax and some examples are available
in the ipfw (8) man page. The redirect and LSNAT syntax are identical
to natd, so please refer to natd (8) man page.

To enable in kernel nat in rc.conf, two options were added:

o firewall_nat_enable: equivalent to natd_enable

o firewall_nat_interface: equivalent to natd_interface

Remember to set net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass to 0, if you want the packet
to continue being checked by the firewall ruleset after being
(de)aliased.

NOTA BENE: due to some problems with libalias architecture, in kernel
nat won't work with TSO enabled nic, thus you have to disable TSO via
ifconfig (ifconfig foo0 -tso).

Approved by: glebius (mentor)


165641 29-Dec-2006 bz

Fix an off-by-one which could mean writing beyond the end of the array
when copying the interface name.
This code part should probably be rewritten.


165639 29-Dec-2006 ru

- Fix markup.

- Somewhat improve wording.

- Change the layout of the EXAMPLES section so that descriptions
come before example, as in most other manpages.

- Fix a bad example that edits a label using a `c' partition.


165570 27-Dec-2006 sam

Add half/quarter rate 11a channel support:
o add hack/nonstandard channel mapping for public safety band channels to
mirror kernel (temporary until we have proper 802.11 state)
o change ieee80211_mhz2ieee to take channel flags (unused right now)

While here do some minor fixups like using IEEE80211_IS_CHAN_ANYG.


165444 21-Dec-2006 ceri

Remove duplicate "clear" subcommand.

PR: docs/106947
Submitted by: TAOKA Fumiyoshi


165359 19-Dec-2006 jkim

Clear full-duplex when half-duplex flag is set. This actually makes
'mediaopt half-duplex' working as it should. It is now equivalent of
'-mediaopt full-duplex'.


165327 18-Dec-2006 pjd

For consistency use 'unsigned' instead of 'u_int'.


165251 15-Dec-2006 pjd

Fix ggated for platforms with 64bit size_t. The DIOCGSECTORSIZE ioctl
returns u_int.

Reported by: Javier Martín Rueda <jmrueda@diatel.upm.es>
PR: amd64/91799
MFC after: 3 days


165121 12-Dec-2006 ru

- Document -u, -i, and the difference between them better.
- Remove some historical notes about "future" decisions.


165105 11-Dec-2006 thompsa

These days P2P means peer-2-peer (also well known from serveral filesharing
protocols) while PointToPoint has been PtP links. Change the variables
accordingly while the code is still fresh and undocumented.

Requested by: bz


165070 10-Dec-2006 imp

Style: Shorten a couple of lines with u_int and u_long.


165045 09-Dec-2006 sam

fix handling of ssid "-" etc; we're writing 1 byte past the
end of the result buffer

Noticed by: Sepherosa Zieha
Reviewed by: cperciva
MFC after: 2 weeks


165017 08-Dec-2006 ru

Document the following change in behavior:

: fdisk.c revision 1.74
: date: 2004/06/14 07:21:19; author: phk; state: Exp; lines: +3 -3
: Make fdisk initialize the first instead of the last slice by default.


164977 07-Dec-2006 rodrigc

Pass a char buffer parameter with name "errmsg" to nmount().
For filesystems which use vfs_mount_error() to log an error, this
char buffer will be populated with a string error message.
If nmount() fails, in addition to printing out strerror(errno),
print out the "errmsg" populated by vfs_mount_error().


164911 05-Dec-2006 dwmalone

Add a "-D" flag to restore which puts it into "degraded" mode. This
makes restore less efficient, but it makes a bigger effore to read
corrupted dumps. Specifiacally, when in degreded mode:

1) Restore shifts the input by 1 byte if it sees a problem,
rather than one tape block.
2) It doesn't assume the inodes are stored in ascending order.
3) It turns some panics into warning printfs.

We also verify some fields more carefully than before.

There's probably more a degreded mode could do, but this seems to
help a lot.

Approved by: imp, iedowse, mckusick
MFC after: 3 weeks


164875 04-Dec-2006 maxim

o Correct a function prototype.


164842 03-Dec-2006 mjacob

It's confusing to say that "Command Queueing Supported" just based
upon the scsi flag validity field. Instead, just say "Command Queueing Enabled"
when it is- otherwise remain mute.


164829 02-Dec-2006 rodrigc

Many, many thanks to Masanori OZAWA <ozawa@ongs.co.jp>
and Daichi GOTO <daichi@FreeBSD.org> for submitting this
major rewrite of unionfs. This rewrite was done to
try to solve many of the longstanding crashing and locking
issues in the existing unionfs implementation. This
implementation also adds a 'MASQUERADE mode', which allows
the user to set different user, group, and file permission
modes in the upper layer.

Submitted by: daichi, Masanori OZAWA
Reviewed by: rodrigc (modified for minor style issues)


164733 29-Nov-2006 rodrigc

Pass a string buffer named "errmsg" to nmount().
This will allow the NFS mount code to return a string error message
in addition to returning an error integer value.

Reviewed by: mohans
MFC after: 1 month


164732 29-Nov-2006 rodrigc

Deduce the "fstype" parameter to pass to nmount() by looking at
the "_nfs" part of argv[0]. This should facilitate unifying mount_nfs
and mount_nfs4 into one binary.

MFC after: 1 month
Reviewed by: mohans


164718 28-Nov-2006 ru

- Revert signedness type changes to "struct vmtotal"; by making
them unsigned I made the possible overflows hard to detect,
and it only saved 1 bit which isn't principal, even less now
that the underlying issue with the total of virtual memory has
been fixed. (For the record, it will overflow with >=2T of
VM total, with 32-bit ints used to keep counters in pages.)

- While here, fix printing of other "struct vmtotal" members
such as t_rq, t_dw, t_pw, and t_sw as they are also signed.

Reviewed by: bde
MFC after: 3 days


164698 27-Nov-2006 thompsa

Add descriptions for p2p and autop2p.


164697 27-Nov-2006 ceri

Bump .Dd for r1.127.


164691 27-Nov-2006 thompsa

Show the MAC address cache size and timeout.


164688 27-Nov-2006 thompsa

Keep the command name the same as the values display name in ifconfig.


164653 27-Nov-2006 thompsa

Sync with the OpenBSD port of RSTP
- use flags rather than sperate ioctls for edge, p2p
- implement p2p and autop2p flags
- define large pathcost constant as ULL
- show bridgeid and rootid in ifconfig

Obtained from: Reyk Floeter <reyk@openbsd.org>


164616 26-Nov-2006 ru

- When building world WITHOUT_LIBPTHREAD, link libthr to libpthread.
- Don't build ngctl(8) and cached(8) if threading libs aren't built.
- Fix various issues in a cached(8) makefile.


164557 23-Nov-2006 ru

Fix the format specifier suitable for uintmax_t.


164527 22-Nov-2006 rodrigc

Detach mount_devfs, mount_ext2fs, mount_fdescfs, mount_procfs,
mount_linprocfs, and mount_std from the build. They are no longer
used, and can be replaced with "mount -t fstype".


164509 22-Nov-2006 jkoshy

Cross-reference nextboot(8).

MFC after: 3 days


164459 21-Nov-2006 rodrigc

Increase WARNS to 3.


164458 21-Nov-2006 rodrigc

Fix last element of nc_protos[] array to appease GCC.


164457 21-Nov-2006 rodrigc

Convert mount_nfs from old mount(2) API to new nmount(2) API.

Reviewed by: mohans


164443 20-Nov-2006 ru

- Fix types of "struct vmmeter" members so they are unsigned.

- Fix overflow bugs in sysctl(8), systat(1), and vmstat(8)
when printing values of "struct vmmeter" in kilobytes as
they don't necessarily fit into 32 bits. (Fix sysctl(8)
reporting of a total virtual memory; it's in pages too.)


164266 14-Nov-2006 rodrigc

Fix debugging output of '-d', to more accurately reflect if
we exec an external mount program, or just call nmount()
to mount a filesystem.

Noticed by: kris


164112 09-Nov-2006 thompsa

Add a new address cache type called sticky. On an interface marked sticky any
address learned by the bridge is made permanent, the address will not age out
and most importantly will not migrate to another interface.

This can be used to stop mac address poisoning or clients roaming in much the
same way as static entries without the hassle of preloading the table.


164071 07-Nov-2006 ceri

Document the -l option.

Reviewed by: brd
Approved by: ru (mentor)


164008 05-Nov-2006 danger

- I forgot to bump a date.

Approved by: keramida (mentor), trhodes (mentor) (implicit)


164006 05-Nov-2006 danger

- add some files to FILES section and provide their description
- reference devfs.conf and devfs.rules in SEE ALSO section

Approved by: keramida (mentor), trhodes (mentor)
PR: docs/103347
MFC-after: 3 days


163999 05-Nov-2006 trhodes

Sync up with rhyolite routed 2.31 which fixes the handling of varargs.
Remove -p from usage, it's gone completely now.

PR: 83387
Submited by: arved


163952 03-Nov-2006 ru

Remove the -C option as it does more harm than good. To be fully
compatible, it would have to (at least):

- support the "compat-compat" -T option,
- *not* support the -l, -O, and -v options,
- default to soft updates being disabled.

Worse, the compatibility mode makes it impossible to mount_mfs(8)
a file system from fstab(5) with soft updates disabled (-S). [1]

Now, the only difference when called as "mount_mfs" or "mfs" (as
opposed to "mdmfs") is that the file mode of the mount point is
set by default to 01777. All options available to mdmfs(8) are
also available to mount_mfs(8); the -C option is still recognized
but ignored for backward compatibility.

PR: bin/98860 [1]
MFC after: 2 weeks


163908 02-Nov-2006 ceri

Bump .Dd for -f|-F.


163896 02-Nov-2006 mjacob

2nd and final commit that moves us to CAM_NEW_TRAN_CODE
as the default.

Reviewed by multitudes.


163888 01-Nov-2006 pjd

Now, that we have gjournal in the tree add possibility to configure
gmirror and graid3 in a way that it is not resynchronized after a
power failure or system crash.
It is safe when gjournal is running on top of gmirror/graid3.


163887 01-Nov-2006 pjd

G_TYPE_NONE was replaced with G_TYPE_BOOL.


163866 01-Nov-2006 ru

Fix -fstrict-aliasing warning.


163864 01-Nov-2006 pjd

Fix powerpc build.

Reported by: Peter Grehan <grehan@freebsd.org>


163863 01-Nov-2006 thompsa

Bring in support for the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1w).

RSTP provides faster spanning tree convergence, the protocol will exchange
information with neighboring switches to quickly transition to forwarding
without creating loops. The code will default to RSTP mode but will downgrade
any port connected to a legacy STP network so is fully backward compatible.

Reviewed by: syrinx
Tested by: syrinx


163852 31-Oct-2006 jhb

Whitespace and style nits.


163851 31-Oct-2006 pjd

Hook up gjournal bits to the build.

Sponsored by: home.pl


163849 31-Oct-2006 pjd

Forgot to add file with gjournal specific fsck code.

Sponsored by: home.pl


163846 31-Oct-2006 pjd

Update after function renames.

Sponsored by: home.pl


163845 31-Oct-2006 pjd

Implements gjournal support. If file system has gjournal support enabled
and -p flag was given perform fast file system checking (bascially only
garbage collecting of orphaned objects).

Rename bread() to blread() and bwrite() to blwrite() as we now link to
the libufs library, which also implement functions with that names.

Sponsored by: home.pl


163844 31-Oct-2006 pjd

Teach about new fields (cg_unrefs and fs_unrefs) and new FS_GJOURNAL flag.

Sponsored by: home.pl


163843 31-Oct-2006 pjd

Teach mount(8) about MNT_GJOURNAL flag.
MNT_GJOURNAL flag is not a mount-time flag, but it is needed to show
'gjournal' option in mount(8) output.

Sponsored by: home.pl


163842 31-Oct-2006 pjd

Add -J flag to both newfs(8) and tunefs(8) which allows to enable gjournal
support.
I left -j flag for UFS journal implementation which we may gain at some
point.

Sponsored by: home.pl


163838 31-Oct-2006 pjd

Add userland control utility for gjournal GEOM class.

Sponsored by: home.pl


163804 30-Oct-2006 pjd

- Handle timeouts from recv(2) properly.
- Increase timeout to 8 seconds (should be made configurable).

Reported by: Ulrich Spoerlein <uspoerlein@gmail.com>
Reported by: Christian Laursen <xi@borderworlds.dk>
PR: kern/104829
MFC after: 1 week


163672 24-Oct-2006 ru

Two tiny style fixes.


163671 24-Oct-2006 ru

Revert rev. 1.86 by jmallett@ as it breaks "ro" mounts specified
in /etc/fstab.

This has been happening due to the priority inversion; options
specified on the command line should take precedence over options
from fstab over default "noro" option, but since both the default
"noro" and options specified on the command line (-w, -r, -o ...)
were put into the same "options" variable, "noro" took precedence
over fstab "ro" (this is easily visible with "mount -d").

PR: bin/100164


163667 24-Oct-2006 ru

Fix the description of "media-type".


163628 23-Oct-2006 ru

If not compiled for debugging, redirect standard input/output/error
to /dev/null before becoming a daemon.


163581 21-Oct-2006 ru

Revise the markup, sort sections, fix some grammar bugs.
Not fixed: the description of media-type is completely bogus.


163576 21-Oct-2006 ru

Fix .Dd arguments.


163539 20-Oct-2006 maxim

o '-s' flag was killed in rev. 1.75. Clean getopt(3).

PR: bin/104616
Submitted by: Oliver Fromme
MFC after: 1 week


163377 15-Oct-2006 ceri

Hook up idmapd to the build, as the NFS4 client is not much use without
it.


163376 15-Oct-2006 ceri

.PATH isn't necessary here.
Remove hardcoded path to /usr/src/sys.


163375 15-Oct-2006 ceri

Try to clarify that this daemon should run on the client machine.
Fix a .Xr.


163335 13-Oct-2006 trhodes

Remove mention of "lomac" as it's been gone for a good while now (at least
two years).


163312 13-Oct-2006 ru

- Don't mention (wrong) defaults for FFS file system parameters,
replace them with references to newfs(8) which documents them.

- Remove mentions of LFS support for which was retired in 1998.

- Regenerate an example output.

PR: docs/84913
MFC after: 3 days


163281 12-Oct-2006 ru

Fix utility's short description.

PR: docs/84467
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen
MFC after: 3 days


163280 12-Oct-2006 ru

Make "dump /filesystem" (without options) work.

PR: docs/84408
MFC after: 3 days


163277 12-Oct-2006 harti

Remove a debugging statement from the previous commit.


163275 12-Oct-2006 harti

Don't free the buffer with the sysctl value before printing it.


163272 12-Oct-2006 ru

Mention the -L option of dump(8) that can neutralize negative
effects of restoring dumps of live file systems.

PR: docs/91297


163205 10-Oct-2006 pjd

Be sure to not create devices with (mediasize % sectorsize) != 0.

Reported by: xride
MFC after: 1 week


163204 10-Oct-2006 pjd

Be sure to not create device which


163195 10-Oct-2006 ru

Fix markup botched in previous commit.


163189 10-Oct-2006 trhodes

Note that the -v option may be used to expand long SSIDs.

PR: 102118
Reviewed by: sam


163184 09-Oct-2006 trhodes

Add a note about rule syntax compared to the shell used so users do not get
frustraited when:
ipfw add 201 deny ip from any to table(2) in via xl1
returns "Badly placed ( )'s"

PR: 73638


163110 07-Oct-2006 trhodes

Properly separate sentences by adding a semi-colon.

Hinted by: bmah


163106 07-Oct-2006 jmg

flesh out the devd.conf man page... Mostly from the PR, but did a couple
gramatical tweaks along w/ sorting the list, and adding that serial is
available for USB....

PR: 85097
Submitted by: Fredrik Lindberg
MFC after: 1 week


163048 06-Oct-2006 ru

A GEOM cache can speed up read performance by sending fixed size
read requests to its consumer. It has been developed to address
the problem of a horrible read performance of a 64k blocksize FS
residing on a RAID3 array with 8 data components, where a single
disk component would only get 8k read requests, thus effectively
killing disk performance under high load. Documentation will be
provided later. I'd like to thank Vsevolod Lobko for his bright
ideas, and Pawel Jakub Dawidek for helping me fix the nasty bug.


163012 04-Oct-2006 keramida

When addr/mask examples are given, show both a host and network
address, to avoid confusing the users that a full address is
always required.

Submitted by: Josh Paetzel <josh@tcbug.org> (through freebsd-doc)
MFC after: 3 days


163009 04-Oct-2006 marcel

Use strtoll(3) instead of strtol(3) for the starting block or
partition size. On 32-bit platforms sizeof(long) < sizeof(off_t)
and using strtol(3) would prevent partitions larger than 4G
sectors or beyond 4G blocks.

PR: bin/103991
MFC after: 3 days


162948 02-Oct-2006 schweikh

Correct some grammos.


162921 01-Oct-2006 matteo

The UFS filesystem get created only if -P was not specified.
Specify this on the description

MFC after: 3 days


162883 30-Sep-2006 ru

Revise markup.


162868 30-Sep-2006 pjd

MFp4: G_TYPE_BOOL sounds much better than G_TYPE_NONE.

Changes: 98722


162867 30-Sep-2006 pjd

MFp4:

- Print proper error message when argument is specified twice.
Before the change it was detected properly, because of how
G_OPT_DONE() macro worked.
- Use err(3) functions where appropriate.
- Add some assertions.
- Bump version number, because G_TYPE_BOOL addition breaks API and ABI.

Changes: 98721,98722,98723,101360,106985


162866 30-Sep-2006 pjd

Add __printflike() attribute to various functions.


162844 30-Sep-2006 ru

Markup nit.


162842 30-Sep-2006 ru

Revise markup.


162773 29-Sep-2006 maxim

o Check for a required "pathname" argument presence.

PR: bin/95146
Submitted by: candy-sendpr@kgc.co.jp
MFC after: 3 weeks


162689 27-Sep-2006 delphij

Explicitly say which gid do we use as a fallback, when operator
is not found.

Suggested by: kensmith


162674 26-Sep-2006 piso

Summer of Code 2005: improve libalias - part 1 of 2

With the first part of my previous Summer of Code work, we get:

-made libalias modular:

-support for 'particular' protocols (like ftp/irc/etcetc) is no more
hardcoded inside libalias, but it's available through external
modules loadable at runtime

-modules are available both in kernel (/boot/kernel/alias_*.ko) and
user land (/lib/libalias_*)

-protocols/applications modularized are: cuseeme, ftp, irc, nbt, pptp,
skinny and smedia

-added logging support for kernel side

-cleanup

After a buildworld, do a 'mergemaster -i' to install the file libalias.conf
in /etc or manually copy it.

During startup (and after every HUP signal) user land applications running
the new libalias will try to read a file in /etc called libalias.conf:
that file contains the list of modules to load.

User land applications affected by this commit are ppp and natd:
if libalias.conf is present in /etc you won't notice any difference.

The only kernel land bit affected by this commit is ng_nat:
if you are using ng_nat, and it doesn't correctly handle
ftp/irc/etcetc sessions anymore, remember to kldload
the correspondent module (i.e. kldload alias_ftp).

General information and details about the inner working are available
in the libalias man page under the section 'MODULAR ARCHITECTURE
(AND ipfw(4) SUPPORT)'.

NOTA BENE: this commit affects _ONLY_ libalias, ipfw in-kernel nat
support will be part of the next libalias-related commit.

Approved by: glebius
Reviewed by: glebius, ru


162641 26-Sep-2006 brooks

It is possible for bpf to return a length such that:

length != BPF_WORDALIGN(length)

This meeans that it is possible for this to be true:

interface->rbuf_offset > interface->rbuf_len

Handle this case in the test for running out of packets. While
OpenBSD's solution of setting interface->rbuf_len to
BPF_WORDALIGN(length) is safe due to the size of the buffer, I think
this solution results in less hidden assumptions.

This should fix the problem of dhclient running away and consuming 100%
CPU.

PR: bin/102226
Submitted by: Joost Bekkers <joost at jodocus.org>
MFC after: 3 days


162637 25-Sep-2006 bms

Fix a typo in af_inet6.c such that IPv6 addresses may be deleted
from interfaces.

PR: bin/102701
Submitted by: George Mitchell
MFC after: 3 days


162469 20-Sep-2006 andre

In setifcap() only set/unset those capabilities the interface actually
supports.


162395 18-Sep-2006 ru

Markup fixes.


162388 17-Sep-2006 ru

Add -f option to program's usage(), fix manpage's SYNOPSIS.


162371 17-Sep-2006 brueffer

Remove a contraction and add a missing article.


162363 16-Sep-2006 jhay

Check the length of the ipv4 and ipv6 address lists. It must be less
than F_LEN_MASK.

MFC after: 5 days


162356 16-Sep-2006 pjd

Fix copy&paste mistake.

Submitted by: Matthias Lederhofer <matled@gmx.net>


162353 16-Sep-2006 pjd

Add 'configure' subcommand which for now only allows setting and removing
of the BOOT flag. It can be performed on both attached and detached
providers.

Requested by: Matthias Lederhofer <matled@gmx.net>
MFC after: 1 week


162348 16-Sep-2006 pjd

Note that we don't destroy keys on read-only attached providers.

MFC after: 1 week


162347 16-Sep-2006 pjd

First kill detached providers, because of two reasons:
- after killing all attached providers, all providers are then detached
and operation is repeated for those who were attached,
- we don't want to remove keys for read-only attached providers, we only
want to detach them.

MFC after: 1 week


162344 16-Sep-2006 jhay

Use bzero() to clear the whole ipfw_insn_icmp6 structure in fill_icmp6types(),
otherwise this command

ipfw add allow ipv6-icmp from any to 2002::1 icmp6types 1,2,128,129

turns into icmp6types 1,2,32,33,34,...94,95,128,129

PR: 102422 (part 1)
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher at yandex.ru>
MFC after: 5 days


162307 14-Sep-2006 des

Fix markup snafu.

Spotted by: ru


162262 13-Sep-2006 charnier

Reduce the number of errors under WARNS=6


162253 12-Sep-2006 charnier

Add FBSDID, rename local variable time to not conflict with time()


162199 10-Sep-2006 obrien

Fix the manual build.


162154 08-Sep-2006 danger

Re-word the description of the "async" flag.

Suggested by: Milos Vyletel (mv@rulez.sk)
Reviewed by: ru
Approved by: keramida (mentor), trhodes (mentor)


162152 08-Sep-2006 andre

Fix octal representation of TSO4 and TSO6 bits in interface capabilities
description.


162142 08-Sep-2006 pjd

- Split failure probability configuration into read failure probability and
write failure probability.
- Allow to specify an error number to return of failure.

MFC after: 3 days


162088 06-Sep-2006 andre

Make TSO (TCP segmentation offload) capabilities visible and accessible with
'ifconfig em0 tso' and 'ifconfig em0 -tso'. TSO for IPv4 and IPv6 is always
enabled or disabled together. The driver may enable only one if it doesn't
support both.

Document 'tso' and '-tso' in the ifconfig(8) man pages.

Sponsored by: TCP/IP Optimization Fundraise 2005


162073 06-Sep-2006 ru

While convenient, avoid using alloca() for reasons specified in
the BUGS section of the alloca(3) manpage. In particular, when
the number of TCP sockets is several tens of thousand, trying to
"sysctl -a" would SIGSEGV on the net.inet.tcp.pcblist entry (it
would exceed the stacksize ulimit, in an undetectable manner).

Reported by: Igor Sysoev


161951 03-Sep-2006 ume

Support Celsius (nn.nC), Fahrenheit (nn.nF) and Kelvin (nnnn) to
specify temperature.

Reviewed by: njl
MFC after: 3 days


161605 25-Aug-2006 maxim

o Fix style(9) for previous.


161598 25-Aug-2006 maxim

A bunch of fixes from NetBSD:

o Restore owner/group/mode/atime/mtime of symbolic links, rev. 1.30.
o Extract file flags of symbolic link, rev. 1.42.
o Call getfile() before altering file attributes.
Open file with mode 0600 instead of 0666 so that file won't remain
group or world readable/writable even if getfile() terminated.
Move skipfile() before altering file attributes in IF{CHR,BLK} and
IFIFO case for symmetry, rev. 1.32.
o Use file mode 0600 when creating special file or fifo, revs. 1.33, 1.34.

o Remove redundant -N check.

PR: bin/101660
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov
Obtained from: NetBSD, enami@netbsd
MFC after: 6 weeks


161568 24-Aug-2006 ceri

Add a note that the btime command only works on UFS2.

Suggested by: maxim (who had also done the btime patch independently).


161558 23-Aug-2006 ceri

Allow fsdb to manipulate the birthtime entries on UFS2.

Approved by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month


161550 23-Aug-2006 dwmalone

A pipe bandwidth of 10MBits/s should probably
be understood as 10Mbits/s not 10MBytes/s.

Submitted by: Gavin McCullagh <gavin.mccullagh@nuim.ie>
MFC after: 1 week


161536 22-Aug-2006 thomas

(media_status): Factor common code between IFM_ETHER and IFM_ATM cases.
(print_media_word, print_media_word_ifconfig): Remove unnecessary
goto following test for null desc.

PR: bin/102354
Submitted by: Ricardo Nabinger Sanchez <rnsanchez@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week


161526 22-Aug-2006 ru

Remove alpha left-overs.


161514 21-Aug-2006 brian

Revert the addition of -p. It's flawed in that dhclient should not run
on an interface without carrier. devd should be used instead to handle
link up/down events.

Put on the right path by: brooks, sam


161506 21-Aug-2006 ken

Implement 'camcontrol reportluns'. This allows users to send the SCSI
REPORT LUNS command to a device.

camcontrol.[c8]: Implement reportluns. This tries to print the LUNs
out in a reasonable format. Only the periph
addressing method has been tested, since very little
hardware that I know of supports the other methods.

scsi_all.[ch]: Revamp the report luns CDB structure and helper
functions. This constitutes a little bit of an API
change, but since the old CDB length was 10 bytes,
and the REPORT LUNS CDB length is actually 12 bytes,
it's clear that no one was using this API in the
first place.

MFC After: 1 week


161483 20-Aug-2006 dwmalone

Regigle parens to try and get the intended affect. This should fix people
having trouble with the "me6" keyword. Also, we were using inet_pton on
the wrong variable in one place.

Reviewed by: mlaier (previous version of patch)
Obtained from: Sascha Blank (inet_pton change)
MFC after: 1 week


161466 20-Aug-2006 julian

Fix typo.


161456 18-Aug-2006 julian

comply with style police

Submitted by: ru
MFC after: 1 month


161424 17-Aug-2006 julian

Allow ipfw to forward to a destination that is specified by a table.
for example:
fwd tablearg ip from any to table(1)
where table 1 has entries of the form:
1.1.1.0/24 10.2.3.4
208.23.2.0/24 router2

This allows trivial implementation of a secondary routing table implemented
in the firewall layer.

I expect more work (under discussion with Glebius) to follow this to clean
up some of the messy parts of ipfw related to tables.

Reviewed by: Glebius
MFC after: 1 month


161417 17-Aug-2006 brian

Bump the document date. s/dhclient/.Nm/

Suggested by: ru


161411 17-Aug-2006 brian

Correct usage()


161410 17-Aug-2006 brian

Add a -p switch to dhclient. The switch tells dhclient to persist
despite the interface link status.

Add dhclient_flags_iface and background_dhclient_iface rc.conf options.
(where iface is a specific interface). These can be used to give
interface specific flags to dhclient.

Reviewed by: brooks@


161387 17-Aug-2006 kan

Regularly scheduled patch to unbreak regularly scheduled post-ipfilter
buildworld breakage.

Exclude loglevel.c from the build. It does not appear to be used by
anything in the tree and buildworld succeeds just fine without it.


161382 17-Aug-2006 julian

Take IP_FIREWALL_EXTENDED out of the man page too.
MFC after: 1 week


161362 16-Aug-2006 thomas

Clarify documentation of '-L' command line switch: the snapshot is
unlinked as soon as the dump starts (and removed when the dump is
completed, and the dump process exits). Previous wording was confusing
because users might expect the snapshot to be visible in the .snap
subdirectory while dump is running.

MFC after: 1 week


161358 16-Aug-2006 guido

Adapt to ipf 4.1.13


161333 15-Aug-2006 mjacob

If rawname returns NULL, deal with it appropriately.

PR: 94045
Submitted by: Andrey Elsukov
MFC after: 1 week


161313 15-Aug-2006 ru

Fix printing of integer Kelvins broken in rev. 1.71, which is
fatal on sizeof(int) != sizeof(long) systems (such as amd64).

MFC after: 1 day


161273 14-Aug-2006 dd

Print packet loss figures with one decimal place. ping6 already does
this, and OpenBSD and NetBSD pings do it too. This is primarily useful
for comparing low levels of packet loss.


161256 12-Aug-2006 obrien

Add an extension to the UINT & ULONG types. The XINT & XLONG types behave
the same, except sysctl(8) will print out the values in hex.


161248 12-Aug-2006 yar

Restore the "plumb" compatibility command, which was lost
due to the recent change by sam@ to clone operations in ifconfig(8).


161147 10-Aug-2006 sam

fixup list station support:
o add sanity check to avoid possible looping
o use intended api for IEEE80211_IOC_STA_INFO
o when operating in sta mode get the sta info for the ap


161142 10-Aug-2006 maxim

o Spell.

Submitted by: ru


161133 09-Aug-2006 maxim

o Strip eol whitespaces.


161130 09-Aug-2006 maxim

o New sentence, new line.
o Touch Dd for -r.


161127 09-Aug-2006 pjd

Allow geli to operate on read-only providers.

Initial patch from: vd
MFC after: 2 weeks


161052 07-Aug-2006 pjd

Add missing #.


161025 06-Aug-2006 marck

Eliminate a pair of unneeded parentheses slipped in from previous version of
fix.

Noticed by: ru


161017 06-Aug-2006 marck

strlen(3) returns size_t, which is not strictly equivalent to int an 64-bit
archs, hence printf(3) warning. Fix this.

Noticed by: tinderbox
Approved by: rse


161001 05-Aug-2006 stefanf

Use the SLIST_NEXT macro instead of sle_next.

Checked with: cmp(1)


161000 05-Aug-2006 rse

Do not pass-through the tailing newline character from the ctime(3)
output to setproctitle(3) in order to get rid of the ugly two-character
escape sequence "\n" in the ps(1) output of a dump(8) process:

<< [...] finished in 0:00 at Sat Aug 5 14:44:39 2006\n (dump)
>> [...] finished in 0:00 at Sat Aug 5 14:44:39 2006 (dump)


160963 04-Aug-2006 njl

Use floating point instead of hacking something together. Suggested by
bde@. Fix nearby int conversion and a couple style bugs.

MFC after: 1 day


160916 02-Aug-2006 bms

Block a variety of signals which may afffect reboot(8), before killing
init(8), to avoid losing a race to them and dying before being able
to call reboot(2).

PR: bin/64664
Submitted by: maxim
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 30 days


160914 02-Aug-2006 bms

Block SIGHUP before killing init(8), to avoid a race condition which may
kill the current process and hang the system when attempting reboot.

PR: bin/64664
Reviewed by: ssouhal, phk (historic)
MFC after: 30 days


160759 27-Jul-2006 yar

Add eye candy while I'm here: a blank line between
the license and the $FreeBSD$ line.


160758 27-Jul-2006 yar

INET6 has no effect on rtsol, it's an IPv6-only tool with its
code independent of the macro. This utility is just omitted
from the build as a whole by ../Makefile if MK_INET6 is set to false.

Pointed out by: ume
Tested with: cmp(1)


160757 27-Jul-2006 yar

rtsol is just a stripped-down version of rtsold and as such it should
be built only if MK_INET6 is true: it's specific to IPv6.

Pointed out by: ume


160755 27-Jul-2006 yar

These IPv6-only tools have no explicit dependency on the INET6 macro.

Tested with: cmp(1)


160747 27-Jul-2006 yar

Obey MK_INET6_SUPPORT.
This is also a good chance to apply style.Makefile(5) in some cases.


160687 26-Jul-2006 sam

add beacon miss threshold control

Submitted by: Henrik Brix Andersen <henrik@brixandersen.dk>
MFC after: 2 weeks


160661 25-Jul-2006 oleg

Specify correct argument range for tag/untag keywords.

Approved by: glebius (mentor)


160658 25-Jul-2006 njl

Fix printing of negative decimal values in Kelvin to Celsius conversion.

MFC after: 3 days


160447 17-Jul-2006 stefanf

style.Makefile(5): Remove -Wall from CFLAGS.


160446 17-Jul-2006 stefanf

Remove duplicated assignment.


160303 12-Jul-2006 des

Teach mount(8) about a 'late' keyword, which means the file system should
not be mounted unless the -l flag was specified.

Add an rc script, mountlate, which basically runs 'mount -a -l'. It runs
after DAEMON but before LOGIN.

This is useful for things like loopback mounts, because mountcritremote
runs before mountd / nfsd (since /usr might be a remote file system), so
an attempt to mount a loopback network file system in mountcritremote will
fail.

Also add a progress message to mountcritlocal, for the sake of symmetry
with similar messages in mountcritremote and mountlate.

Reviewed by: freebsd-rc
MFC after: 3 weeks


160196 09-Jul-2006 sam

o replace special handling of clone operations by a clone callback
mechanism
o change vlan cloning to use callback and pass all vlan parameters
on create using the new SIOCREATE2 ioctl
o update vlan set logic to match existing practice


160149 07-Jul-2006 marcel

Fix cut-n-paste bug: compare argument s against known aliases,
not the global optarg. This bug goes unnoticed because optarg
is so far always the actual argument for the formal argument s.


160089 03-Jul-2006 jkim

Send client identifier unconditionally. My ancient D-Link router response
with NACK if I don't set it. Setting 'option dhcp-client-identifier' is
alternative but it is inconvenient because I have to keep the list of
all MAC addresses. As bin/94743 pointed out, it is always sent from
Windows clients and I found Mac OS X does the same.

OK'd by: brooks


159885 23-Jun-2006 sam

remove display of the ERP ie from the list sta output (it's always
zero); replace it with station capabilities

MFC after: 1 month


159867 22-Jun-2006 marcel

Improve support for Intel based Macs:
o Accept hfs as partition type.
o Print Apple HFS partitions using a friendly name.


159865 22-Jun-2006 marcel

Move the duplicated logic of parsing partition types into a new
function called parse_uuid().


159781 19-Jun-2006 mlaier

Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in
order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of
interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9

Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes)
Discussed on: -net (back in April)


159757 18-Jun-2006 simon

- Fail with an understandable error message if we cannot detect the
sector size, instead of later failing with an error about /boot/mbr
not being a multiple of the sector size (since we end up with an
assumed sector size of MAX_SEC_SIZE * 2).
- We query the sector size via an IOCTL anyway, so if that succeeds
use that instead of probing for it via read(2) calls. This fixes
the problem with fdisk failing to operate on at least graid3 and
md(4) devices on kernels with src/sys/geom/geom_dev.c before
rev. 1.90, due to fdisk failing to detect the sector size.
- When detecting the root device allow "/" characters in it, which
happens with e.g. gmirror devices.

Reviewed by: cperciva
MFC after: 1 week


159636 15-Jun-2006 oleg

Add support of 'tablearg' feature for:
- 'tag' & 'untag' action parameters.
- 'tagged' & 'limit' rule options.
Rule examples:
pipe 1 tag tablearg ip from table(1) to any
allow ip from any to table(2) tagged tablearg
allow tcp from table(3) to any 25 setup limit src-addr tablearg

sbin/ipfw/ipfw2.c:
1) new macros
GET_UINT_ARG - support of 'tablearg' keyword, argument range checking.
PRINT_UINT_ARG - support of 'tablearg' keyword.
2) strtoport(): do not silently truncate/accept invalid port list expressions
like: '1,2-abc' or '1,2-3-4' or '1,2-3x4'. style(9) cleanup.

Approved by: glebius (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month


159605 14-Jun-2006 maxim

o Revert a previous delta as strlcpy(3) operates with NUL-terminated
strings and cp is not. Fix logic in the original code and eliminate
core dumps on lines without '\n'.


159604 14-Jun-2006 maxim

o Replace (an incorrect) string copy gymnastics with strlcpy(3).

PR: bin/98905
Submitted by: Fabian Keil
MFC after: 1 week


159510 11-Jun-2006 maxim

o Fix typo.

Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD


159480 10-Jun-2006 trhodes

Fix a typo s/Made/Make. Use .Pp for a line break, it will quiet the
mdoc(7) warning.


159473 10-Jun-2006 jmallett

Minor style tweaks while nearby. Namely ANSIfy and parens on return values.


159472 10-Jun-2006 jmallett

Rather than using specified_ro to parse the options list an extra time, and
keeping a flag to check whether we actually wanted to mount the filesystem
readonly, setup the options list so that we start off by assuming rw is what's
desired and let later flags change that.


159402 08-Jun-2006 kib

Reparent the process that executes the window= command from the ttys
to the init. This prevents zombies from being accumulated.

PR: bin/64198
Tested by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen at www svzserv kemerovo su>
Approved by: kan (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month


159361 06-Jun-2006 pjd

Allow to use the old -a option to specify an encryption algorithm to use
(for backward compatibility), but print a warning to inform about the
change.


159354 06-Jun-2006 brueffer

Clarify and merge two sentences.

Discussed with: pjd


159342 06-Jun-2006 brueffer

Mdoc cleanup and some wording improvements.


159336 06-Jun-2006 glebius

Print pfsync interface status if either syncpeer or syncdev is configured.


159329 06-Jun-2006 pjd

Remove section committed by mistake. It is not yet ready.


159310 05-Jun-2006 pjd

Document geli(8) data authentication.

Supported by: Wheel Sp. z o.o. (http://www.wheel.pl)


159308 05-Jun-2006 pjd

Userland bits of geli(8) data authentication.
Now, encryption algorithm is given using '-e' option, not '-a'.
The '-a' option is now used to specify authentication algorithm.

Supported by: Wheel Sp. z o.o. (http://www.wheel.pl)


159177 02-Jun-2006 rodrigc

Fix "mount -u -o ro".

Requested by: maxim


159169 02-Jun-2006 maxim

o Implement findblk command: find the inode(s) owning the specified
disk block(s) number(s).

Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 2 months


159160 02-Jun-2006 mlaier

Print dynamic rules for IPv6 as well.

PR: bin/98349
Submitted by: Mark Andrews
MFC after: 2 weeks


159128 01-Jun-2006 rodrigc

mount_msdosfs.c:
- remove call to getmntopts(), and just pass -o options to
nmount(). This removes some confusion as to what options
msdosfs can parse, by pushing the responsibility of option parsing
to the VFS and FS specific code in the kernel.

msdosfs_vfsops.c:
- add "force" and "sync" to msdosfs_opts. They used to be specified
in mount_msdosfs.c, so move them here. It's not clear whethere these
options should be placed into global_opts in vfs_mount.c or not.

Motivated by: marcus


159076 30-May-2006 matteo

Make recoverdisk compile on amd64 and possibly other 64bit archs.
Bump WARNS to 6.

PR: amd64/97566
Reviewed by: phk@
MFC after: 3 days


158879 24-May-2006 oleg

Implement internal (i.e. inside kernel) packet tagging using mbuf_tags(9).
Since tags are kept while packet resides in kernelspace, it's possible to
use other kernel facilities (like netgraph nodes) for altering those tags.

Submitted by: Andrey Elsukov <bu7cher at yandex dot ru>
Submitted by: Vadim Goncharov <vadimnuclight at tpu dot ru>
Approved by: glebius (mentor)
Idea from: OpenBSD PF
MFC after: 1 month


158856 23-May-2006 imp

Remove 'n' from the getopt string. There's no -n option that is
parsed, so it winds up at usage anyway.

Add 'b' to the usage summary. Noticed by Ben Mesander.


158759 20-May-2006 delphij

do_file() is called recursively from several places and cannot
safely free() anything related to items that may be recursed on.

Obtained from: DragonFly (rev 1.7, dillon)
PR: bin/94767
MFC After: 1 month


158738 19-May-2006 rodrigc

Remove reference to mount_procfs(8), add reference to procfs(5).
mount(8) doesn't use mount_procfs(8), and instead passes an fstype
of "procfs" directly to nmount().


158721 18-May-2006 ceri

Slight grammar fix.


158715 17-May-2006 rodrigc

Remove reference to mount_ext2fs(8), add reference to ext2fs(5).
mount no longer invokes mount_ext2fs, it calls nmount() directly
with fstype "ext2fs".


158666 16-May-2006 rodrigc

Disconnect mount_reiserfs from build.
It is no longer needed, because "mount -t reiserfs" calls nmount(2)
directly to mount a ReiserFS file system without the use of
this external mount program.

Approved by: dumbbell


158553 14-May-2006 mlaier

For src/dest parsing take off the netmask before checking for AF with
inet_pton. This fixes cases like "fe02::/16".

PR: bin/91245
Reported by: Fredrik Lindberge


158516 13-May-2006 pjd

Correct various mistakes in the last commit.


158515 13-May-2006 pjd

Include other AES key lengths in the comment.


158500 12-May-2006 mlaier

Remove ip6fw. Since ipfw has full functional IPv6 support now and - in
contrast to ip6fw - is properly lockes, it is time to retire ip6fw.


158492 12-May-2006 mlaier

Update manpage for net.inet6.ip6.fw.enable sysctl.

Requested by: bz


158444 11-May-2006 phk

Use sysctlbyname


158400 10-May-2006 maxim

o Extend rev. 1.75 and restore an ability to specify a non-default
quota files location.

Submitted by: Kostik Belousov


158353 07-May-2006 brooks

Be more like Windows and Linux and send our hostname in the host-name
option if none is given in the config file. Also add #ifdefd out
support for sending a client ID based on our MAC address.

PR: bin/94743, bin/76401
Submitted by: Frank Behrens <frank at pinky dot sax dot de>
X-MFC after: 6.1-RELEASE


158343 07-May-2006 obrien

fix style nit


158337 06-May-2006 maxim

o Take an account a media sectorsize for medium and bigsize calculation.
o Introduce -r and -w keys which allow to load and save a worklist.
o Replace README by man page.

PR: bin/96677
Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein
Approved by: phk
MFC after: 1 month


158214 01-May-2006 pjd

Correct error messages.

MFC after: 2 weeks


158083 27-Apr-2006 ps

With minidumps, the dumping partition could be smaller than physical
memory, so checking the size of the partition is not necessary.

Tested by: kris


157950 21-Apr-2006 maxim

o Do recrack(arguments) for commands which actually take NAME as
arguments so we do not coredump at "help foo", "back bar" and such.

o Be consistent and print argc - 1 as a command arguments number in
all cases.

PR: bin/37096
Submitted by: Joshua Goodall
MFC after: 1 month


157877 19-Apr-2006 brueffer

Add a missing .Pp call.

MFC after: 3 days


157847 18-Apr-2006 maxim

o Describe what actually boot(8) -m mutes.

PR: docs/67893
Submitted by: Chris Pepper, Daniel Gerzo
MFC after: 2 weeks


157748 14-Apr-2006 ru

Fix markup and some typos.


157746 14-Apr-2006 maxim

o Yacc's lineno variable holds a total number of parsed lines.
Reset it to 1 for each devd config file so if the parser finds
a syntax error devd(8) will report a correct line number.

Submitted by: Niki Denev
MFC after: 2 weeks


157740 13-Apr-2006 cracauer

Make CCD be able to read and write Linux software raids.

Supported for raid-0 with <n> disks, raid-1 with 2 disks.

Manpages have examples, warnings etc.

Test scripts on
http://www.cons.org/cracauer/ccdconfig-linux/
Reviewed by: alfred


157721 13-Apr-2006 ru

Add missing library dependencies.


157696 12-Apr-2006 ru

libc_r is no longer provided, and on alpha and sparc64, libthr
is (sym)linked to libpthread. Account for this change and
check for MK_LIBTHR instead of MK_LIBC_R where appropriate.


157660 11-Apr-2006 dwmalone

Dump keeps a bitmap of the state of various inodes, which is sized
to match the number of inodes on the disk. If we find a directory
entry with a crazy inode number in it, don't look beyond the end
of the bitmap to find that inode's state. Instead skip that directory
entry and print a warning.

Reviewed by: iedowse
MFC after: 3 weeks


157595 08-Apr-2006 scottl

Document the rest of the 802.11 capability flags.


157580 07-Apr-2006 pjd

Allocate memory for NUL-termination as well.

MFC after: 2 days


157535 05-Apr-2006 glebius

Add a new feature to ping(8) - possibility to specify maximum
wait time for a packet. This allows to:

- Count number of packets received before and after specified
time.
- Shorten time of execution of 'ping -c 1' scripts.

Submitted by: Lytochkin Boris <lytboris gmail.com>


157375 01-Apr-2006 phk

Make WITHOUT_DYNAMICROOT=foo work again: remember to reference
libbsdxml and libsbuf.


157335 31-Mar-2006 julian

Amazing.. two screwups in one commit.
I'm piling on thise pointy hats on top of each other.
At least they nest..


157332 31-Mar-2006 julian

I can't believe that no-one noticed that I broke ipfw table del
for over a month!
put {} around if clause with multiple statements


157173 27-Mar-2006 jasone

Unbreak the build.


157166 27-Mar-2006 wkoszek

For now, bring back some of the old bits as a fix for specifying md(4)
device number at creation time with -u option. Together with XMLizing
mdconfig(8), I broke this functionality.

This change is temporary. Complete fix will be commited soon.

Approved by: cognet (mentor)


157160 26-Mar-2006 wkoszek

Teach md(4) and mdconfig(8) how to understand XML. Right now there won't be
a problem with listing large number of md(4) devices. Either 'list' or
'query' mode uses XML.

Additionally, new functionality was introduced. It's possible to pass
multiple devices to -u:

# ./mdconfig -l -u md0,md1

Approved by: cognet (mentor)


157159 26-Mar-2006 wkoszek

Keep proper order of includes. Additionally, sort them. Make functions used
in that file static.

Approved by: cognet (mentor)


157052 23-Mar-2006 le

Implement the 'resetconfig' command.

PR: kern/94835
Submitted by: Ulf Lilleengen <lulf@stud.ntnu.no>


156944 21-Mar-2006 ru

Unbreak WITHOUT_LIBPHREAD/WITHOUT_LIBC_R option support, depending
on platform.


156925 20-Mar-2006 imp

Minor style(9) and KNF elimination as I prepare to fix a bug.


156905 20-Mar-2006 ru

Extend coverage of the MK_IPX build option to the following:

- <netipx> headers [1]
- IPX library (libipx)
- IPX support in ifconfig(8)
- IPXrouted(8)
- new MK_NCP option

New MK_NCP build option controls:

- <netncp> and <fs/nwfs> headers
- NCP library (libncp)
- ncplist(1) and ncplogin(1)
- mount_nwfs(8)
- ncp and nwfs kernel modules

User knobs: WITHOUT_IPX, WITHOUT_IPX_SUPPORT, WITHOUT_NCP.

[1] <netsmb/netbios.h> unconditionally uses <netipx> headers
so they are still installed. This needs to be dealt with.


156813 17-Mar-2006 ru

Reimplementation of world/kernel build options. For details, see:

http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-current/2006-March/061725.html

The src.conf(5) manpage is to follow in a few days.

Brought to you by: imp, jhb, kris, phk, ru (all bugs are mine)


156749 15-Mar-2006 sos

Add new modes.


156591 12-Mar-2006 glebius

There is no IFF_POLLING flag anymore.


156590 12-Mar-2006 pjd

Flush stdout after printing name of created device, so it can be properly
read when 'ggatec create' is used in backticks or its output is piped to
another command.

Submitted by: Paul Schenkeveld
MFC after: 3 days


156498 09-Mar-2006 yar

Revert to setting vlan and vlandev parametes synchronously, as soon
as both have been read from the command line. Still use the callback,
but this time only to verify that both vlan and vlandev have been
found on the command line.

This should allow for control over the relative order of processing
parameters, which is needed to satisfy some caveats of the if_vlan
driver. E.g., MTU cannot be changed on a vlan interface until it's
attached to its parent.

PR: bin/94028
Reviewed by: ru
MFC after: 3 days


156430 08-Mar-2006 pjd

Explain why the first partition should start at offset 16.

Requested by: hrs


156422 08-Mar-2006 pjd

Add some notes how to properly dump kernel onto gmirror provider.

Reviewed and corrected by: brueffer
MFC after: 3 days


156315 05-Mar-2006 ume

Revert `proto ip' back to the previous behavior. The kernel side of
ipfw2 doesn't allow zero as protocol number.

MFC after: 3 days


156278 04-Mar-2006 pjd

Fix evil examples - first partition should start at offset 16.

MFC after: 3 days


156257 03-Mar-2006 wkoszek

Print "clear" and "dump" only once.

Reviewed by: pjd
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


156229 03-Mar-2006 keramida

When there are no mount options, an implicit "rw" should be printed in
the output of ``mount -p''.

Approved by: rodrigc


156105 28-Feb-2006 luigi

use standard mode instead of 500 for /sbin/init.

As discussed on -current, there is no sensitive info in /sbin/init
to prevent reading it from non-privileged users, nor any reason to
remove the 'x' bit as the first thing the program does is check the
uid and exit if it is not run by root.

Instead (and this is why i make the change), mode 500 prevents
operation when exporting the partition without -maproot=0 to diskless
clients.

All previuos releases are affected by the same problem, so a merge
to RELENG_6 at least would be appropriate (after proper re@ approval
of course).


156093 27-Feb-2006 wkoszek

Bump a date in .Dd field. Last change brought some new functionality.

Spotted by: brueffer
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


156091 27-Feb-2006 wkoszek

Extend kldunload(8) functionality and fix minor problems:
o multiple modules can be unloaded at once (specified either by id or be
module name)
o exit with EX_USAGE after usage() is called.
o remove unused variables, since we keep command line flags as bitmask,
in 'opt'.
o 'kldload -n ...' does nothing. Add comment to this options.

Additionally:
o Update manual page to conform new functionality.
o Increace WARNS to 6. Because we can.

Approved by: cognet (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


156087 27-Feb-2006 wkoszek

Big style(9) fix. This commit brings no functional change.

Approved by: cognet (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


156079 27-Feb-2006 sam

explain what list chan displays

MFC after: 1 week


156076 27-Feb-2006 dwmalone

Avoid moving onto a new line while testing if there is a syslog priority
in the buffer. This isn't exactly the patch that Stephen submitted, but
is based on one of his suggestions.

PR: 93841
Submitted by: Stephen Montgomery-Smith <stephen@math.missouri.edu>
MFC after: 2 weeks


156046 27-Feb-2006 kris

It has not been possible to specify a dumpdev in loader.conf since 2002,
so don't raise false hopes here.


156032 26-Feb-2006 imp

o Bump date (thanks ru)
o Also, fdisk_pc98 appears to support -i, so add it to the man page.
o Ditto -v
o Change the name from PC partition table maintenance program to NEC PC-98x1
partition table maintenance program, since it is possible to have a DOS MBR
formatted disk on FreeBSD/pc98 now (although we don't install any tools for
this).


156020 26-Feb-2006 imp

Fixes and new features:
o Merge the -I switch from i386 verison to initialize the partition table
to use the maximum amount possible for a single FreeBSD table.
o Improve warning when the geom method fails (which I think it
always will until geom_pc98 is updated to respond to this ctl message)
o when writing out the boot sector, we have to write out a minimum of
1024 bytes or the sector size. This is different than the i386 case where
we need to write out a minimum of 512 bytes (which is also the minimum
sector size). We already handle this difference on reading, but didn't
in writing, so attempting to write a new partition table would fail.
o Add MID to the -s output, since pc98 users are likely interested in
both of these parameters.

# I can now initialize disks on my pc98 machine either by -I or by
# manually entering the parameters. I don't know if fdisk -B works or not,
# since I'm not willing to risk my only working boot disk to test it..


155997 25-Feb-2006 rodrigc

If we specify: mount -u (update), without specifying an
additional -r (read-only) flag or or -w (read-write) flag,
then assume we want, mount -u -w.

When doing a mount update, this will implicitly pass a "noro" mount
option down to the VFS layer.
vfs_mergeopts() in vfs_mount.c will then remove the "ro" mount option
if it exists in the mount options for a mounted file system.
This means that "mount -u" works the same as "mount -u -w"
and will convert a read-only mount to read-write.


155992 25-Feb-2006 rodrigc

Update text to reflect that:
- mount(8) now calls the nmount(2) system call directly, not mount(2)
- specifying a filesystem type with -t will not automatically
invoke an external /sbin/mount_XXXX program....this only happens for
certain file system types. For all other file system types, nmount(2)
is called directly.


155981 24-Feb-2006 keramida

Revert a minor glitch of revision 1.69

Submitted by: Andriy Tkachuk <andrit@ukr.net>
X-MFC after: RE approval


155931 23-Feb-2006 sam

cleanup line break formatting

MFC after: 1 week


155807 18-Feb-2006 pjd

Use kld(3) for loading geom_md.ko.


155769 16-Feb-2006 sobomax

Add new -E option, which allows to specify location of the mdconfig(8)
utility instead of using default _PATH_MDCONFIG (/sbin/mdconfig).

MFC after: 1 week


155740 15-Feb-2006 sam

add miss args to mac:del and mac:kick

Submitted by: Anders Hanssen
MFC after: 3 days


155702 14-Feb-2006 sam

fix off by one malloc sizes

Submitted by: Michal Mertl
MFC after: 1 week


155640 14-Feb-2006 julian

oops, mismerge from working sources.. not only add new code,
but remove old code!


155639 14-Feb-2006 julian

Stop ipfw from aborting when asked to delete a table entry that
doesn't exist or add one that is already present, if the -q flag
is set. Useful for "ipfw -q /dev/stdin" when the command above is
invoked from something like python or TCL to feed commands
down the throat of ipfw.
MFC in: 1 week


155565 12-Feb-2006 joel

s/Februari/February/.


155557 11-Feb-2006 marcel

Add a simple manpage.


155538 11-Feb-2006 pjd

Add an example how to use keyfiles for encrypted providers which should be
attached before the root file system is mounted.

MFC after: 3 days


155536 11-Feb-2006 pjd

- Allow to use -b without passphrase or with keyfiles as it will be
supported for a moment.
- Don't allow to use -i when no passphrase is given. Now if iterations is
equal to -1 (not set), we know that we should not ask for the passphrase
on boot.
It still doesn't handle situation when one key is protected with
passphrase and the other is not. There is no quick fix for this.
The complete solution will be to make number of iterations a per-key
value. Because this need metadata format change and is only needed for
devices attached on boot, I'll leave it as it is for now.

MFC after: 3 days


155461 08-Feb-2006 sam

really truncate long ssid's when !verbose

MFC after: 1 week


155453 08-Feb-2006 cperciva

Teach gbde(8) to use a key file in addition to a passphrase. This
makes it practical to use GBDE for "something you have plus something
you know" security together with a USB flash drive.

Reviewed by: phk
MFC after: 7 days


155394 06-Feb-2006 jcamou

Correct RFC for NTP.

PR: docs/92629
Submitted by: Daniel Gerzo <danger@rulez.sk>
Noticed by: Michal F. Hanula <f@7f000001.org>
Approved by: trhodes (mentor)


155263 03-Feb-2006 ru

Fix a markup glitch.


155254 03-Feb-2006 jcamou

Document carp(4) arguments.

PR: docs/92653
Submitted by: Jeremy C. Reed <reed@reedmedia.net>
Reviewed by: ru
Approved by: trhodes (mentor)
MFC after: 5 days


155183 01-Feb-2006 pjd

Deny init/attach/setkey subcommands when no key components are given.

MFC after: 3 days
Tested with: prove /usr/src/tools/regression/geom_eli


155181 01-Feb-2006 joel

Expand contractions.


155175 01-Feb-2006 pjd

Remove trailing spaces.


155101 31-Jan-2006 pjd

Remove unused argument.

MFC after: 3 days


155073 30-Jan-2006 pjd

Use pidfile(3).

OK'ed by: imp


155071 30-Jan-2006 pjd

Allow to specify only one disk. This is helpful when we want to extend
our concatenated device later.

MFC after: 1 week


155064 30-Jan-2006 rik

Add support for Cronyx TAU-PCI/32 ce(4).


155053 30-Jan-2006 glebius

Recognize new VLAN_HWCSUM flag.


155050 30-Jan-2006 yar

Do address assignment/removal operations after callbacks.

Presently, ifconfig callbacks are used for L2 configuration, media
and vlan, so actions associated with address assignment, like sending
out a gratuitous ARP, should go when L2 is running already.

This also should fix the problem with setting up vlan interfaces
from rc.conf, when both IP and vlan+vlandev parameters are passed
to ifconfig at once.

Future work: Consider introducing several ifconfig callback lists
to invoke callbacks orderly.

MFC after: 1 week


155038 30-Jan-2006 sos

Remove accidental debug leftovers.


155009 29-Jan-2006 maxim

Fix an off-by-one error.

Reviewed by: sam


154966 29-Jan-2006 pjd

Add a reference to geli(8).

MFC after: 3 days


154869 26-Jan-2006 brooks

Fix rev 1.12.

/tmp may not be writeable yet when dhclient is first run via
/etc/rc.d/netif so using it may not work. Also, writing to a
predictable file in /tmp as root is a really bad idea since a malicious
user may be able to win a race and insert a symlink which will allow
them to cause any file to be overwritten. To solve these problems,
create the tempory file in /var/run which will exist this early and is
writable only by root.

Security: Local risk if users can cause dhclient to run on demand
(such as by unplugging and replugging the network cable).


154821 25-Jan-2006 dougb

Crank WARNS up to 6, just because we can.


154773 24-Jan-2006 pjd

s/<space><tab>/<tab>/


154760 24-Jan-2006 brooks

Give the TIMEOUT case a chance to work by using -t # instead of the
OpenBSD -w # when invoking ping.

PR: bin/92187
Submitted by: "Shin'ya Kumabuchi" <kumabu at t3 dot rim dot or dot jp>
MFC After: 6 days


154705 23-Jan-2006 sos

Update copyright header to match rest of ATA.


154702 23-Jan-2006 wes

Make dhclient-script more agreeable with read-only /etc.

PR: 90518
Submitted by: John E. Hein <jhein@timing.com>
MFC after: 3 days


154522 18-Jan-2006 sam

don't widen the ssid field by default, this screws up other formatting;
make it available with the -v option


154512 18-Jan-2006 pjd

Resolve the mount point's path with realpath(2) before checking if file
system is mounted. This prevevents duplicated mounts.

The change I made against the original patch is to fall back to the given
path on realpath(2) failure instead of exiting with an error.

Submitted by: Andreas Kohn <andreas@syndrom23.de>
PR: bin/89782
MFC after: 3 days


154510 18-Jan-2006 sos

Properly print the SATA protocal version.


154498 18-Jan-2006 wes

Revert previous change, "getopts" (with an 's') is a builtin in
/bin/sh.


154479 17-Jan-2006 phk

Fix an 11 year old mistake: Let the hash functions take a void* instead
of unsigned char* argument.


154465 17-Jan-2006 dougb

Fix a "free(): error: chunk is already free" under certain
circumstances that include circular dependencies.

PR: bin/91789
PR submitted by: Frank Behrens <frank@pinky.sax.de>
Patch submitted by: Divacky Roman <xdivac02@stud.fit.vutbr.cz>


154431 16-Jan-2006 wes

Remove dependency on getopts because it is on /usr and we want to
use 'nextboot -D' in rc. Option parsing cribbed from vgrind.sh.


154418 16-Jan-2006 kris

Remove scary warning, since nullfs works fine thesedays.

MFC after: 1 week


154401 15-Jan-2006 ru

Fix an off-by-one bug.

Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein


154301 13-Jan-2006 glebius

Forget about ipfw1 and ipfw2. We aren't in RELENG_4 anymore.


154300 13-Jan-2006 glebius

Document 'tablearg' keyword.

Wording by: emaste


154240 11-Jan-2006 ambrisko

Grab the media from the passed in structure to put it into the
global structure.

PR: bin/91399
Submitted by: Spencer Minear


154189 10-Jan-2006 pav

- Xref mount_reiserfs(8)

PR: docs/90902
Submitted by: Scott Robbins <scottro@nyc.rr.com>
MFC after: 3 days


154165 10-Jan-2006 brooks

Mention the -b flag in the SYNOPSIS.

MFC after: 1 week


154164 10-Jan-2006 brooks

When we give up on an interface, use the arp(8) command to remove all
entries from the interface rather than using ifconfig's delete command.
This preserves non-dhclient configured addresses (though they are wiped
out when dhclient is restarted).

MFC after: 1 week


154161 10-Jan-2006 brooks

Allow users to add aliases to the interface.

PR: bin/87465 (different solution used)
MFC after: 1 week


154117 08-Jan-2006 gnn

Langauge fixes required to disambiguate some statements.

Explain the examples.


154109 08-Jan-2006 imp

It was always intended that regular expression matching be case
insensitive. Make it so.


154099 07-Jan-2006 pav

- Mention the size of the additional header

PR: docs/85867
Submitted by: dinoex
MFC after: 1 week


154053 05-Jan-2006 maxim

o Typo in the error message: s/invald/invalid.

PR: misc/91341
Submitted by: Guy Harris


153961 02-Jan-2006 dd

Add a -P option to allow skipping newfs when using a vnode-backed
disk. Apparently some people want to use mdmfs as mount_* as a
shortcut for mounting existing file-based file systems.

Note that unlike in the patches from the submitters, this option is
not available in compat mode. Compat mode was supposed to support only
things that mount_mfs used to support. To use this option from fstab,
mdmfs should be called mount_md, not mount_mfs. This distinction has
not always upkept for new options, and those can't be fixed now
without breaking people's systems, but new options should not usually
be allowed in compat mode. (Not sure why -F is allowed there at all.)

PR: 57641
Submitted by: Ruben de Groot
Submitted independently by: Wojciech A. Koszek, for Urzad Miasta Czestochowa


153892 30-Dec-2005 rwatson

When printing SSID's in ifconfig(8)'s scan mode, set the width of the
ssid field to 32 characters instead of 14, as long SSID's are quite
common and hard to type in if you can't read them.


153883 30-Dec-2005 guido

Add printproto.c to libipf


153736 26-Dec-2005 sam

document deftxkey


153711 25-Dec-2005 trhodes

Kill the BUGS section, and remove a similar line noted under -T. As far
as I know, Sun's NFS support works with TCP just fine. This is even
hinted at in the PR.

PR: 71782


153674 23-Dec-2005 imp

Add the example that green@ used in his commit log for the dump to a
pipe functionality. I've done a cvs log main.c about a dozen times
now. Maybe others will find this useful.


153637 22-Dec-2005 dd

If we're operating without running external programs (-N) and
autonumbering is requested, set the unit to 0 instead of -1. This
option is just for output, and "/dev/md-1" looks disconcerting.

Submitted by: Wojciech A. Koszek


153636 22-Dec-2005 dd

Sort the list results by the unit number. The list returned by the
kernel is in the order the devices were made, which is not useful to
the user. Also, remove the "%d more" test since the kernel does not
return the complete count in md_pad[0] (maybe it should?).

Submitted by: Wojciech A. Koszek


153558 20-Dec-2005 maxim

o Remove rev. 1.14 debug printf(3) leftovers.

PR: bin/90389
Submitted by: Gavin Atkinson
OK'ed by: phk


153531 19-Dec-2005 avatar

Fixing multi-session disc mount by passing the correct "ssector" option
to the kernel.

Submitted by: Enache Adrian <enache at rdslink dot ro>


153522 19-Dec-2005 jkoshy

Rev 1.15 should have incremented the date on this manual page.


153475 16-Dec-2005 ceri

Document the pfsync(4) specific maxupd parameter, with text mostly taken
from OpenBSD's manpage.

PR: docs/89256
Submitted by: Pim van Pelt <pim at ipng dot nl>
MFC after: 3 days


153422 14-Dec-2005 sam

add control for packet bursting


153410 14-Dec-2005 maxim

o Correct usage(): delete command takes as argument array not channel.

PR: bin/90353
Submitted by: Gavin Atkinson
MFC after: 1 week


153408 14-Dec-2005 thompsa

Add support for creating span ports so that one can snoop bridged traffic
from another interface/machine/network.

Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC after: 2 weeks


153405 14-Dec-2005 sam

display a bssid that's zero with the -v option


153380 13-Dec-2005 ru

[mdoc] add missing space before a punctuation type argument.


153374 13-Dec-2005 glebius

Add a new feature for optimizining ipfw rulesets - substitution of the
action argument with the value obtained from table lookup. The feature
is now applicable only to "pipe", "queue", "divert", "tee", "netgraph"
and "ngtee" rules.

An example usage:

ipfw pipe 1000 config bw 1000Kbyte/s
ipfw pipe 4000 config bw 4000Kbyte/s
ipfw table 1 add x.x.x.x 1000
ipfw table 1 add x.x.x.y 4000
ipfw pipe tablearg ip from table(1) to any

In the example above the rule will throw different packets to different pipes.

TODO:
- Support "skipto" action, but without searching all rules.
- Improve parser, so that it warns about bad rules. These are:
- "tablearg" argument to action, but no "table" in the rule. All
traffic will be blocked.
- "tablearg" argument to action, but "table" searches for entry with
a specific value. All traffic will be blocked.
- "tablearg" argument to action, and two "table" looks - for src and
for dst. The last lookup will match.


153360 12-Dec-2005 rodrigc

For reiserfs, pass mount parameters directly to nmount() instead
of forking an external mount_reiserfs program.

Reviewed by: dumbbell


153354 12-Dec-2005 sam

add mcastrate support

MFC after: 1 week


153287 10-Dec-2005 brooks

When we get a bogus hostname in an option, drop the option rather than
refusing the lease. This allow obtaining leases on misadministered
networks that use host names with underscores in them.

MFC After: 3 days


153266 09-Dec-2005 glebius

Cleanup _FreeBSD_version.


153256 09-Dec-2005 obrien

Tweak -32 description and add -32 FILES.


153250 08-Dec-2005 pjd

Teach NOP GEOM class how to gather the following statistics:
- number of read I/O requests,
- number of write I/O requests,
- number of read bytes,
- number of written bytes.
Add 'reset' subcommand for resetting statistics.


153190 07-Dec-2005 pjd

- The geom(8) utility only uses three types of arguments: string (char *),
value (intmax_t) and boolean (int).
Based on that provide three functions:
- gctl_get_ascii()
- gctl_get_int()
- gctl_get_intmax()
- Hide gctl_get_param() function, as it is only used internally in
subr.c.
- Allow to provide argument name as (fmt, ...).
- Assert geom(8) bugs (missing argument is a geom(8) bug).

- Clean-up and simplify the code by using new functions and assumtions
(no more checking for missing argument).

Tested by: regression tests


153062 03-Dec-2005 rodrigc

Remove workaround for old GCC bugs.

Submitted by: ru


153038 03-Dec-2005 rodrigc

Simplify parsing of mount options by passing
"rw" option down to kernel, since vfs_donmount() can now parse it.


153008 02-Dec-2005 davidxu

Remove mqueuefs from LINKS, it is no longer needed for nmount interface.

Noticed by: rodrigc


153007 02-Dec-2005 rodrigc

Remove unsupported "dev" option from comments of mntopts.h.

Requested by: jkoshy


152996 01-Dec-2005 ru

Sync usage() with SYNOPSIS.


152995 01-Dec-2005 ru

Add -q to usage().


152974 01-Dec-2005 avatar

Fixing yet another regression introduced in rev1.37 by preserving cs_local
pointer such that local to DOS code page conversion with combined option
'-L,-D' works again.

Reviewed by: rodrigc


152923 29-Nov-2005 ume

We couldn't specify the rule for filtering tunnel traffic since an
IPv6 support was committed:

- Stop treating `ip' and `ipv6' as special in `proto' option as they
conflict with /etc/protocols.

- Disuse `ipv4' in `proto' option as it is corresponding to `ipv6'.

- When protocol is specified as numeric, treat it as it is even it is
41 (ipv6).

- Allow zero for protocol as it is valid number of `ip'.

Still, we cannot specify an IPv6 over an IPv4 tunnel like before such
as:

pass ipv6 from any to any

But, now, you can specify it like:

pass ip4 from any to any proto ipv6

PR: kern/89472
Reported by: Ga l Roualland <gael.roualland__at__dial.oleane.com>
MFC after: 1 week


152921 29-Nov-2005 glebius

Catch up with ip_dummynet.h rev. 1.38 and fix build.


152917 29-Nov-2005 glebius

Garbage-collect now unused struct _ipfw_insn_pipe and flush_pipe_ptrs(),
thus removing a few XXXes.
Document the ABI breakage in UPDATING.


152912 29-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Remove MNT_NODEV mount option. In RELENG_6, MNT_NODEV was a no-op.
The presence of MNT_NODEV was confusing the am-utils autoconf scripts.

PR: conf/79715


152854 27-Nov-2005 davidxu

Change filesystem name from mqueue to mqueuefs for style consitent,
sort LINKS list.


152829 26-Nov-2005 davidxu

Support mounting POSIX message queue filesystem.


152809 25-Nov-2005 avatar

It turns out that set_charset() invokes build_iovec_argf() which modifies
iov address internally through realloc(3). However, since the function
parameter wasn't designed to allow the modified iov being passed back to
the caller, we ended up feeding iov with several corrupted entries(this
depends on how many arguments were pushed into iovec before set_charset())
to nmount(2).

This commit fixes this regression introduced in rev1.37 such that
mount_msdosfs(8) with code page conversion option(-W,-D) enabled works again.

Reviewed by: rodrigc


152808 25-Nov-2005 avatar

It turns out that set_charset() invokes build_iovec() which modifies
iov address internally through realloc(3). However, since the function
parameter wasn't designed to allow the modified iov being passed back to
the caller, we end up feeding iov with several corrupted entries(depends on
how many arguments were pushed into iovec before set_charset()) to nmount(2).

This commit fixes this regression introduced in rev1.31 such that
mount_cd9660(8) with code page conversion option(-C) enabled works again.

Reviewed by: rodrigc


152778 24-Nov-2005 avatar

Fixing a regression introduced in rev1.72 by connecting cd9660 to the
external mounting program list as well; otherwise, entry like the following
in /etc/fstab wouldn't work:

/dev/acd0 /mnt/cdrom cd9660 ro,-C=big5 0 0

Reviewed by: rodrigc


152770 24-Nov-2005 jkoshy

Add a -f configfile option to devd(8), based on a patch submitted by
Wojciech A. Koszek.

Submitted by: Wojciech A. Koszek <dunstan@freebsd.czest.pl>


152769 24-Nov-2005 ru

Fix prototype.


152755 24-Nov-2005 joel

s/5.5/6.0/ in HISTORY section.

Discussed with: ru


152738 23-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Remove UFS-specific parts from mount(8).
For mounting UFS, all mount options are passed directly to nmount(),
without any UFS-specific logic.


152737 23-Nov-2005 rodrigc

These files were never hooked into the build, and were the start
of an nmount()-based mount program for UFS.
Now that mount(8) calls nmount() directly for mounting UFS filesystems,
they are unnecessary.


152732 23-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Do not pass userquota and groupquota mount options to nmount().
These options are read from fstab by quotacheck(8), but are not
valid mount options that need to be passed down the the filesystem.

Noticed by: maxim


152731 23-Nov-2005 avatar

- Adding the missing 'W' option back which was accidentally removed
in rev1.37.
- Fixing a core dump inside build_iovec_argf by providing a !NULL format
string to vsnprintf(3).

Reviewed by: rodrigc


152670 21-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Bring mount_nullfs up to WARNS=6.


152668 21-Nov-2005 rodrigc

For mounting a UFS filesystem, call nmount() directly, instead of having
special logic which called mount() in a separate mount_ufs() function.


152631 20-Nov-2005 le

Fix whitespace issues.

Pointed out by: joel@


152616 19-Nov-2005 le

Finally bring in what was produced during Google SoC 2005:

Add functions to rename objects and to move a subdisk from one drive
to another.

Add manual page (finally).

Bring up-to-date the online help.

Obtained from: Chris Jones <chris.jones@ualberta.ca>
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2005
MFC in: 1 week


152568 18-Nov-2005 ru

-mdoc sweep.


152544 17-Nov-2005 ru

Do not install boot_i386.8 on all architectures.


152465 16-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Do not pass noauto to nmount() or external mount program.

Noticed by: maxim


152417 14-Nov-2005 rodrigc

In build_iovec(), if passed in len is -1, check to see if
val is NULL before doing strlen() to calculate new len.

Submitted by: maxim


152416 14-Nov-2005 maxim

o Style: restore tab indentation mangled in the previous delta.


152406 14-Nov-2005 bland

Reuse delete_and_clear() template helper.

Approved by: imp


152363 13-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Increase WARNS level to 6.


152362 13-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Convert mount_msdosfs to use nmount().


152358 13-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Increase WARNS level to 6.


152357 13-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Changes to reflect that size_t parameter to build_iovec() is a size_t.


152356 13-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Increase WARNS level to 6


152355 13-Nov-2005 rodrigc

Convert mount_cd9660 to use nmount().


152354 13-Nov-2005 rodrigc

- Make size parameter to build_iovec() a size_t, not an int
- Add build_iovec_argf() helper function, for help converting old
mount options which used the mount_argf() function for the mount() syscall.

Discussed with: phk


152344 12-Nov-2005 rodrigc

- Minor fixes to raise WARNS level to 6.
- Teach the mount program to call the nmount() syscall directly
- Preserve existing method of calling mount() for UFS, until we clean things
up.
- Preserve existing method of forking and calling external mount programs for
mfs, msdosfs, nfs, nfs4, ntfs, nwfs, nullfs, portalfs, reiserfs, smbfs,
udf, umapfs, unionfs
- devfs, linprocfs, procfs, ext2fs call nmount() syscall directly, since
that is all those external mount programs were doing

Reviewed by: phk
Discussed on: arch


152323 11-Nov-2005 jhb

Document -32 flag in usage() output as well.

Requested by: ru
MFC after: 1 week


152321 11-Nov-2005 jhb

Document the -32 switch available on amd64.

Submitted by: Steve Kargl sgk at troutmask dot apl dot washington dot edu
MFC after: 1 week


152309 11-Nov-2005 pjd

Rename GEOM class kernel module g_md.ko to geom_md.ko for consistency
with the rest.

mdconfig.c: Simplify mdmaybeload() function.
mdioctl.h: Removed (now unused) #define.
loader.conf: Sort GEOM classes properly.

OK'ed by: phk


152169 07-Nov-2005 ru

Fix malloc size (visible on amd64, with "kldconfig -r").


151883 30-Oct-2005 brooks

SSIDs are of length 32-bytes and not NUL terminated. Use the correct
length and bail immediatly if the returned length is wrong rather than
attempting to set an correct value.

This commit differs from the patch in the PR in the use of exit instead
of return and the use of a defined value for the array.

Submitted by: Daan Vreeken [PA4DAN] <Danovitsch at Vitsch dot net>
PR: bin/74509


151827 28-Oct-2005 brooks

Don't crash when given an invalid nwkey string.

PR: misc/88159


151651 25-Oct-2005 ceri

gmirror.8:
Note the default balancing algorithm and stripe size.

geom_mirror.c:
Slightly friendlier error message.

Reviewed by: pjd


151587 23-Oct-2005 csjp

Restore the documentation about uid, gid or prison based rules requiring
that debug.mpsafenet be set to 0. It is still possible for dead locks to
occur while these filtering options are used due to the layering violation
inherent in their implementation.

Discussed: -current, rwatson, glebius


151509 20-Oct-2005 dds

Remove a diagnostic message that can't occur: we lost the ability to
handle the old filesystem format on 2002/06/21.


151486 19-Oct-2005 brooks

Make devd WARNS=4 clean and bump WARNS accordingly. This will insure
that future variable shadowing bugs don't compile.

Reviewed by: imp
Compiled on: alpha i386 sparc64


151480 19-Oct-2005 imp

As pointed out on current@, we don't want to declare a variable in a scope
that just uses the variable and throws it away.

This should fix the subsystem keyword wrt media-type.

MFC After: 2 days


151471 19-Oct-2005 stefanf

Use the new name H_SETSIZE instead of the old H_EVENT to set the history
size.

PR: 86355


151367 16-Oct-2005 sobomax

Add new option `q', which makes second stage loader quiet unless autoboot
is disabled or fails.

MFC after: 1 week


151315 14-Oct-2005 rse

Fix parsing of mdmfs(8) option "-w <user>:<group>" in case <user> or
<group> is a numeric user/group ID instead of a user/group name (as
explicitly intended to be allowed by both the manual page and the
implementation).

Before this fix, mdmfs(8) aborted:

| # mdmfs -s 32m -w 0:0 md /var/tmp/foo
| Assertion failed: (mip->mi_have_uid), function extract_ugid, file /usr/src/sbin/mdmfs/mdmfs.c, line 555.
| Abort trap (core dumped)

The "mi_have_[ug]id" fields were only set in case a name lookup was
successful. Instead they also have to be set in case the string to
integer conversion was successful.

Additionally, as a result of this fix, two assertions at the end of
the function are now always true and hence can be just be removed. It
is guarrantied that both the UID and the GID are set when the function
returns regularily, else it would have been already bailed out with
usage()/exit(3) or errx(3) before.

Spotted by: Christoph Schug <chris@schug.net>
MFC after: 3 days


151293 13-Oct-2005 ume

fixed a crush when either -lh or -ls option is used.

Obtained from: KAME


151291 13-Oct-2005 ume

setkey(8) is not WARNS=2 compliant, yet.


151270 12-Oct-2005 pjd

setkey(8) was repo-copied from usr.sbin/ to sbin/.
This will allow for NFS mount of /usr over IPsec.

Discussed on: arch@


151202 10-Oct-2005 yar

Replace "/etc/make.conf" with references to make.conf(5)
where applicable. The main reason for this change is that
the location of make.conf is not constant and can be
modified via __MAKE_CONF. This change also improves
hyper-text linkage in our manpages.

MFC after: 2 weeks


151048 07-Oct-2005 rodrigc

Switch from K&R-style C prototypes to ISO/ANSI-style C prototypes.


151044 07-Oct-2005 rodrigc

Bump WARNS up to 3.


151043 07-Oct-2005 rodrigc

In prmount(), use an unsigned int variable to eliminate
'comparison between signed and unsigned' compiler warning.


151042 07-Oct-2005 rodrigc

Switch from K&R-style C prototypes to ISO/ANSI-style C prototypes.
Make prototype in extern.h match prototype in mount_ufs.c


151040 07-Oct-2005 thompsa

Display the status of the spanning tree for each port.

member: xl0 flags=7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP>
member: gem0 flags=7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP>
to:
member: xl0 flags=7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP>
port 3 priority 128 path cost 55 forwarding
member: gem0 flags=7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP>
port 1 priority 128 path cost 55 learning


151000 06-Oct-2005 yar

Eliminate some unneeded code bits.


150949 04-Oct-2005 imp

media-type predicate is used in contexts where device-name is undefined.
In those contexted, use subsystem instead.

# This causes dhclient to run again when I plug in my ethernet cable to
# my fxp card in my laptop.


150907 04-Oct-2005 yar

Use a callback to set up a vlan interface so that "vlan"
and "vlandev" commands can be specified in any order.
This makes the code more compact and clear as well.

Improve error check on vlan argument.

MFC after: 2 weeks


150881 03-Oct-2005 blackend

- s/cd0c/cd0
- Bump revision date to match many content changes since last revision


150876 03-Oct-2005 cognet

Compile fdisk for arm as well.


150820 02-Oct-2005 ru

Document that -q option is also applicable to the "change" command.

PR: docs/85095
Submitted by: Rostislav Krasny


150818 02-Oct-2005 maxim

o Restore kerneldumpheader.architectureversion bytes swopping
mangled in rev. 1.72.

PR: bin/86805
Submitted by: Gavin Atkinson
MFC after: 3 days


150792 01-Oct-2005 glebius

Now ifconfig is the one right way to turn polling on. Thus, remove
the "if" clauses.


150740 29-Sep-2005 yar

For the sake of consistency and easier typing,
introduce "-tunnel" as an alias for "deletetunnel".
The latter is overly long and prone to typos, but
keep it for POLA since it costs nothing.

MFC after: 5 days


150737 29-Sep-2005 yar

Forgot to touch .Dd in the previous commit.


150736 29-Sep-2005 yar

Deprecate the useless argument to -vlandev.

Submitted by: Fredrik Lindberg <fli+freebsd-current at shapeshifter.se> (implementation)
Reviewed by: brooks
MFC after: 5 days


150708 29-Sep-2005 ru

err() -> errx() where appropriate.


150704 29-Sep-2005 pjd

Add a note in example as well, that last sector is used for metadata,
so it don't provoke confusions.

Noticed by: Victor Sudakov <sudakov@sibptus.tomsk.ru>
MFC after: 2 days


150679 28-Sep-2005 tobez

Introduce "route del" as an alias to "route delete".

Reviewed by: arch


150675 28-Sep-2005 mlaier

Redirect bridge(4) to if_bridge(4) and rename sysctl accordingly.

Reminded by: ru


150662 28-Sep-2005 ru

Simplified markup.


150509 24-Sep-2005 pjd

Update usage.


150497 23-Sep-2005 pjd

Add '-q' option, which (when used with '-m' option) just tells if the given
module is loaded or compiled into the kernel.
This is useful mostly in startup scripts, when module should be loaded only
if it wasn't compiled into the kernel nor already loaded, eg.:

kldstat -q -m g_eli || kldload geom_eli.ko || err 1 'geom_eli module failed to load.'


150465 22-Sep-2005 yar

Since special interface types get their own subsections
(not in mdoc(7) sense yet) in ifconfig(8) manpage, create such
subsections for gif(4) and vlan(4) so that their specific
options are not mixed up with general options.


150415 21-Sep-2005 glebius

- Understand EADDRINUSE, and forget EDQUOT. [1]
- Add description for EEXIST.
- Change description for ENOBUFS. Routing socket can return
this error for many different reasons, including general
memory shortage, mbuf memory shortage and rtentry zone.

PR: kern/64090 [1]


150365 20-Sep-2005 delphij

Mention the default location of alternative super block on a
UFS2 file system, in fsck_ffs(8).

Submitted by: KOMATSU Shinichiro <koma2 at lovepeers ! org>
PR: docs/86362
MFC After: 3 days


150268 18-Sep-2005 nyan

Merged from src/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c revision 1.81.
- Call gctl_free() to free resource allocated with gctl_get_handle().

MFC after: 3 days


150250 17-Sep-2005 rodrigc

Clarify wording for -m flag.

PR: docs/84704


150249 17-Sep-2005 rodrigc

Call gctl_free() to free resource allocated with gctl_get_handle().

PR: bin/84664
Submitted by: Daan Vreeken <Danovitsch at Vitsch dot net>
MFC after: 3 days


150167 15-Sep-2005 rwatson

Add "-q" argument to sysctl(8), which suppresses a limited set of warnings/
errors generated. In particular, it suppresses "unknown oid" when
attempting to get or set a sysctl not present in the kernel.

MFC after: 1 week


150154 15-Sep-2005 rse

Fix system shutdown timeout handling by again supporting longer running
shutdown procedures (which have a duration of more than 120 seconds).

We have two user-space affecting shutdown timeouts: a "soft" one in
/etc/rc.shutdown and a "hard" one in init(8). The first one can be
configured via /etc/rc.conf variable "rcshutdown_timeout" and defaults
to 30 seconds. The second one was originally (in 1998) intended to be
configured via sysctl(8) variable "kern.shutdown_timeout" and defaults
to 120 seconds.

Unfortunately, the "kern.shutdown_timeout" was declared "unused" in 1999
(as it obviously is actually not used within the kernel itself) and
hence was intentionally but misleadingly removed in revision 1.107 from
init_main.c. Kernel sysctl(8) variables are certainly a wrong way to
control user-space processes in general, but in this particular case the
sysctl(8) variable should have remained as it supports init(8), which
isn't passed command line flags (which in turn could have been set via
/etc/rc.conf), etc.

As there is already a similar "kern.init_path" sysctl(8) variable which
directly affects init(8), resurrect the init(8) shutdown timeout under
sysctl(8) variable "kern.init_shutdown_timeout". But this time document
it as being intentionally unused within the kernel and used by init(8).
Also document it in the manpages init(8) and rc.conf(5).

Reviewed by: phk
MFC after: 2 weeks


150134 14-Sep-2005 joel

Xref msdosfs(5)

Approved by: brueffer (mentor)


150105 13-Sep-2005 rwatson

Don't consider being unable to open the bounds file worthy of printing
at LOG_WARNING by default; instead, consider it something to be printed
to the tty when 'verbose' mode is set. This avoids printing out extra
lines at every boot on a system with crash dumps enabled, but that has
not yet had to generate a crashdump.

MFC after: 1 week


150044 12-Sep-2005 le

Clean up.

Remove unused functions.

Reduce indentation level by reverting the logic of the enclosing
conditional statement.


149928 10-Sep-2005 pjd

Even if there are no valid keys in metadata, but provider is attached
we can still use setkey subcommand.

MFC after: 3 days
Found by: regression tests


149898 08-Sep-2005 brooks

Avoid updating resolv.conf when no changes have actually occured.

Submitted by: ume


149896 08-Sep-2005 brooks

When we fail to aquire a lease, our lease expires without a sucessful
renewal, or we lose link, be more forceful about clearing interface
state so another interface that connects to the same network has a
chance of working. This doesn't address attemping to connect to both at
once, but appears to allow unplugging from a wired interface and then
inserting a wireless card that associates with an AP bridged to the same
LAN.


149766 03-Sep-2005 garys

Moved descriptions of securelevels from init(7) to security(7).

Files used both "securelevel" and either "secure level" or
"security level"; all are now "security level".

PR: docs/84266
Submitted by: garys
Approved by: keramida
MFC after: 3 days


149727 02-Sep-2005 brooks

When we supersed the subnet-mask, write the forced value to the lease
file. This is what the ISC client does.

Submitted by: Rostislav Krasny <rosti dot bsd at gmail dot com>


149688 01-Sep-2005 marcel

Add support for setting GPT partition labels. The partitions to be
labeled are selected in the same way as with the remove command.
Update the manpage to have the selection options described for the
label command and referenced to it from the remove command.
The label can be specified on the command line with the -l option
or read from a file with the -f option. In both cases, the label
is assumed to be encoded in UTF-8.

PR: ia64/83124
MFC after: 1 week


149687 01-Sep-2005 marcel

Dot the i's: multiple devices can be specified, so the usage should
have ellipsis following the device.


149684 01-Sep-2005 marcel

Add a comment before the statement that is responsible for the
removal of the GPT entry. There's a bit of code around that one
statement that it's good to have it stand out a bit more.


149657 31-Aug-2005 marcel

Document the -l and -u options of the show command.


149656 31-Aug-2005 marcel

o Replace unicode16() by utf8_to_utf16().
o Introduce utf16_to_utf8().
o Add option -l to the show command to display the GPT label instead
of the friendly partition type.
o Add option -u to the show command to suppress the friendly output
and print th raw UUIDs instead.


149655 31-Aug-2005 marcel

/* -> /*- for license.


149639 30-Aug-2005 brooks

Introduce a new helper function check_search() derived for res_hnok to
check the domain-name parameter according to the rules for "search"
strings as documented in resolv.conf(5). Specifically, the string must
be no more than 256 bytes long and contain no more than six valid domain
names separated by white space.

The previous unchecked values could result in a mangled resolv.conf
file which could effectively deny access to local sites. This is not
a security issue as rogue dhcp servers could already do this without
sending invalid strings.

Reviewed by: cperciva
MFC After: 3 days


149638 30-Aug-2005 csjp

When using files as backing stores for devices, and the user has requested the
device be created read+write, check to see if the backing store is read only
through the use of the access(2) system call. If this check fails returning
EACCES, EPERM or EROFS then gracefully downgrade the access to read only. Also
print a warning message to stderr, informing the user that the access mode
they requested is not available.

This behavior used to be handled by md(4) but was changed in revision 1.154

Discussed with: pjd, phk, Dario Freni <saturnero at freesbie dot org>
Reviewed by: phk


149611 30-Aug-2005 marcel

This script was helpful during development, but has no reason to
be kept alive. Removal is long overdue as it is.


149610 30-Aug-2005 marcel

Don't print the total number of partitions removed now that we print
the name of the partitions that we remove. A summary is unnecessary
and even makes parsing of the output more difficult.

MFC after: 1 week


149605 29-Aug-2005 sobomax

Extend utility to allow recovering single file from the deffective
media.

MFC after: 2 weeks


149536 27-Aug-2005 keramida

Make it clear that the .ko extention of a module to be loaded
is optional.

PR: docs/85356
Submitted by: Julien Gabel <jpeg@thilelli.net>
MFC after: 3 days


149534 27-Aug-2005 marius

As with NO_CRYPT, don't try to compile geli(8) when NO_OPENSSL is defined
either.

MFC after: 1 week


149519 26-Aug-2005 brooks

The $medium string often contains quoted values with spaces in them (ssids,
for example). Follow the example of the ISC script and wrap ifconfig
calls using $medium in eval "..." so this works.

Reported by: iedowse


149493 26-Aug-2005 takawata

Update Document.


149481 26-Aug-2005 brooks

In read_string(), when the last character was a backslash, unincrement
the output index instead of keeping what ever trash was in the buffer.

Reported by: iedowse


149480 26-Aug-2005 brooks

Use a more robust, grep-free command to get the interface of the current
default route.

Submitted by: Rostislav Krasny <rosti dot bsd at gmail dot com>


149479 26-Aug-2005 brooks

Don't and/remove a route to our assigned IP through 127.0.0.1. It
serves no apparent purpose (we commented this out ages ago in the ISC
scripts) and cases problems with some ADSL setups.

Reported by: Rostislav Krasny <rosti dot bsd at gmail dot com>


149400 24-Aug-2005 brooks

MFOpenBSD rev 1.9: fix a buffer overflow when processing config file
lines that are exactly 81 characters in length.

Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC After: 3 days


149399 23-Aug-2005 brooks

Add __FBSDID to all .c files in dhclient to aid in determining file
versions when dealing with user problems.


149383 23-Aug-2005 csjp

FreeBSD unconditionally supports write filters now.


149353 21-Aug-2005 pjd

By default, when doing crypto work in software, start as many threads
as we have active CPUs and bind each thread to its own CPU.

MFC after: 3 days


149318 20-Aug-2005 simon

Remove reference to raid(4), the RAIDframe manual page, which was
deleted a while ago.

PR: docs/85142
Submitted by: Jeremy Chadwick <freebsd@jdc.parodius.com>
MFC after: 3 days


149304 19-Aug-2005 pjd

Allow to change number of iterations for PKCS#5v2. It can only be used
when there is only one key set.

MFC after: 3 days


149302 19-Aug-2005 pjd

Move function for calculating number of bits into more central place.
I want to use it so more.

MFC after: 3 days


149212 18-Aug-2005 iedowse

Add the ability to specify the boot2 serial console speed in
/boot.config or on the "boot:" prompt line via a "-S<speed>" flag,
e.g. "-h -S19200". This adds about 50 bytes to the size of boot2
and required a few other small changes to limit the size impact.
This changes only affects boot2; there are further loader changes
to follow.


149194 17-Aug-2005 pjd

Update manual page (now dedicated kernel thread is always started).

MFC after: 3 days


149155 16-Aug-2005 brueffer

Clarify how the 'channel' argument should look like and add an
example on how to obtain information on devices on an ata channel.

PR: 84676
Submitted by: Kevin Oberman <oberman@es.net>
Jeremie Le Hen <jeremie@le-hen.org>
MFC after: 3 days


149086 15-Aug-2005 glebius

Implement a new feature for ping(8) - sweeping pings. In a sweeping
ping ICMP payload of packets being sent is increased with given step.
Sweeping pings are useful for testing problematic channels, MTU
issues or traffic policing functions in networks.

PR: bin/82625
Submitted by: Chris Hellberg <chellberg juniper.net> (with some cleanups)


149061 14-Aug-2005 iedowse

Attempt to improve the logic for automatically sizing partitions
to take into account the new default of starting the first partition
after the boot blocks instead of at sector 0. If you used automatic
sizing when the first partition did not start at 0, you would get
an error that the automatically sized partition extended beyond the
end of the disk.

Note that there are probably still many more complex cases where
automatic sizing and placement will not work (e.g. non-contiguous
or out of order partitions).


149059 14-Aug-2005 pjd

Unfortunately dlerror(3) returns string, so there is no clean way to
ignore "no such file" errors only, which I wanted to do.
Because of this I ignored all other errors on dlopen(3) failure as well,
which isn't good.
Fix this situation by calling access(2) on library file first and ignore
only ENOENT error. This allows to report all the rest of dlopen(3) errors.

MFC after: 3 days


149048 14-Aug-2005 iedowse

Don't treat failure to find the operator GID as a fatal error; this
made it impossible to use newfs (and mdmfs) when /etc/group is
missing and /etc is read-only.


149047 14-Aug-2005 pjd

When keys were configured without passphrase, number of iterations in
metadata is equal to -1. if we then wanted to attach provider (or change
keys) and forget about '-p' flag it failed on assertion (quite ok, without
assertion it could call PKCS#5v2 with 4294967295 iterations).

Instead of failing on assertion, remind about '-p' flag.

MFC after: 3 days


149043 14-Aug-2005 thompsa

Document two missed if_bridge commands 'addr' and 'static'.

Noticed by: Michal Mertl
Approved by: mlaier (mentor)
MFC after: 3 days


149029 13-Aug-2005 sam

add list mac and mac:kick support

Submitted by: Michal Mertl (original version)
MFC after: 2 weeks


149020 13-Aug-2005 bz

* Add dynamic sysctl for net.inet6.ip6.fw.
* Correct handling of IPv6 Extension Headers.
* Add unreach6 code.
* Add logging for IPv6.

Submitted by: sysctl handling derived from patch from ume needed for ip6fw
Obtained from: is_icmp6_query and send_reject6 derived from similar
functions of netinet6,ip6fw
Reviewed by: ume, gnn; silence on ipfw@
Test setup provided by: CK Software GmbH
MFC after: 6 days


148982 12-Aug-2005 pjd

GELI doesn't need cryptodev.

MFC after: 2 days


148978 12-Aug-2005 pjd

Add code for Ext2FS and ReiserFS labels recognition.

Submitted by: Stanislav Sedov <stas@310.ru>
PR: kern/84638
MFC after: 1 week


148833 07-Aug-2005 stefanf

The libedit update made a const cast necessary.


148730 05-Aug-2005 sos

Fix status to report status from the given array.


148726 05-Aug-2005 stefanf

Use socklen_t where appropriate.


148719 05-Aug-2005 stefanf

Garbage collect useless variables.


148718 05-Aug-2005 stefanf

Use the C99 syntax for designated initialisers.


148686 03-Aug-2005 stefanf

Fix commen typos.


148649 02-Aug-2005 ru

Add missing check for the NO_CRYPT build option.

Reported by: Alexander Polakov


148643 02-Aug-2005 sam

Wireless suport fixups: add a bunch of stuff that's been in the
code but not documented (e.g. wme, mac acl) and correct some
information, etc.

Reviewed by: brueffer


148621 01-Aug-2005 sam

acm and ack are specified per-ac

MFC after: 3 days


148600 31-Jul-2005 ceri

Correct the description of the TAPE environment variable.
Based on:

PR: docs/84200
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <garys at opusnet dot com>
MFC after: 1 week


148569 30-Jul-2005 brueffer

Misc cleanup (spelling, grammar, mdoc, style, cut >80 char lines).


148554 30-Jul-2005 sam

oops, revert previous change


148553 30-Jul-2005 sam

MFC: add fragthreshold parameter and accept - (or any) for rtsthreshold

Approved by: re (kensmith)


148511 29-Jul-2005 pjd

Update manual page after ggate rewrite.

MFC after: 1 day


148507 29-Jul-2005 pjd

I actually do need libmd.


148484 28-Jul-2005 brooks

Further fix receive_packet() by using BPF_WORDALIGN to insure the offset
is properly aligned when we move to the next packet.

Obtained from: ISC dhclient via krw at OpenBSD


148475 28-Jul-2005 keramida

Spell "partition" correctly.

PR: docs/84198
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen
MFC after: 3 days


148465 28-Jul-2005 brooks

Don't reject packets with server names containing characters that are
not allowed in domain names. RFC 2132 does not list valid or invalid
characters and the ISC client accepts anything here.

Reported by: ps


148464 27-Jul-2005 pjd

I think I found the problem, reconnect geli to the build.


148463 27-Jul-2005 pjd

- Reduce WARNS level to 3, so it will be compilabe on alpha.
- Don't link libmd, it is not needed.
- Connect manual page to the build.

MFC after: 1 week


148462 27-Jul-2005 pjd

Disconnect geli from the build for now.
I need to find out first what is the cause of sha2.c compilation problem
on alpha.


148457 27-Jul-2005 pjd

Connect GEOM_ELI class to the build.

MFC after: 1 week


148456 27-Jul-2005 pjd

Add GEOM_ELI class which provides GEOM providers encryption.
For features list and usage see manual page: geli(8).

Sponsored by: Wheel Sp. z o.o.
http://www.wheel.pl
MFC after: 1 week


148451 27-Jul-2005 brooks

Fix a bug in the handling of cases where we got a short (or zero)
capture. Zero length captures caused an infinte loop and short captures
probably caused memory corruption and a crash.

Reported by: many
MFC After: 3 days


148420 26-Jul-2005 brooks

s/if_defaulroute/if_defaultroute/

We may now handle route updates better.


148416 26-Jul-2005 sam

o add fragthreshold support now that the ioctl exists
o accept rtsthreshold - (or any) as a shorthand for rtsthreshold 2346

MFC after: 3 days


148411 25-Jul-2005 brooks

Change host-name from type "X" to type "t". This allows the client to
accept NUL-terminated strings as required by RFC 2132.

This solution is not perfect as it removes the ability to send
NUL-terminated host-name options which may be required by some broken
servers. Given the current lack of an existance proof of such servers
and the fact that servers that send NUL-terminated domain names do
exist, this seems like an acceptable compromise. A discussion of these
issues can be found at:

http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=dhcp-client&m=96837107208382&w=2

PR: bin/83468
Reported by: Sean Winn <sean at gothic dot net dot au>
MFC-after: 3 days


148373 25-Jul-2005 sam

treat REASSOC events just like ASSOC

MFC after: 3 days


148244 21-Jul-2005 dds

Interpret correctly the glob(3) return value.
Previously, interactive commands specifying a non-existent file or
directory used to display an "out of memory error".

MFC after: 2 weeks


148216 20-Jul-2005 marks

Bump document date.

Reminded by: ru


148214 20-Jul-2005 marks

Document -b flag of dhclient.

Reviewed by: ru
MFC after: 3 days


148062 15-Jul-2005 nyan

Merged from src/sbin/fdisk.
- Attempt gctl verb "write MBR" when updating.


148035 15-Jul-2005 phk

Attempt gctl verb "write MBR" when updating.

This should solve the problem of modifying a busy MBR.


148011 14-Jul-2005 brueffer

- Remove MLINKS to nonexistant manpages
- Change some section numbers to match reality
- For MLINKS to manpages from ports, mention which port installs them

MFC after: 3 days


148001 14-Jul-2005 rwatson

Add a new flag '-k' to ifconfig(8), indicating that it is alright to
print potentially sensitive keying material to stdout. With the new
802.11 support, ifconfig(8) is now capable of printing 802.11 keys,
and did by default for the root user, which is undesirable in some
environments. Now it will not print keying material unless requested
(and available to the user).

MFC after: 1 week


147979 13-Jul-2005 yar

Add symbolic names for the IFF_PPROMISC and IFF_NEEDSGIANT flags
so that ifconfig(8) can print them.

MFC after: 5 days


147973 13-Jul-2005 marcus

* Open permissions on /var/run/devd.pipe so that any user can read devd events
from this socket
* Enable non-blocking I/O on devd.pipe to keep clients from wedging devd.
If a write(2) on devd.pipe would block, the client in question will be
removed [1]

Requested by: rwatson [1]
Approved by: imp


147972 13-Jul-2005 marcus

Replace fch{mod,own} with straight ch{mod,own} as the former cannot be used
on socket file descriptors.

Reviewed by: secteam (cperciva)
Approved by: imp


147948 13-Jul-2005 brueffer

mdoc cleanup and whitespace removal after the last commit.

Submitted by: ru


147947 13-Jul-2005 pjd

Don't forget to initialize 'id' field.

MFC after: 3 days


147943 12-Jul-2005 brueffer

Information about the capability flags in 'ifconfig foo0 scan' output.

Most content by: avatar
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 3 days


147885 10-Jul-2005 pjd

Don't compile ggatec/ggated in NO_LIBPTHREAD case.

Reported by: Andrea Campi <andrea+freebsd_cvs_all@webcom.it>
Approved by: re (scottl)


147874 10-Jul-2005 imp

Add the ability to match the on a media type of the device in question.

Submitted by: sam
Approved by: re (scottl)


147845 08-Jul-2005 pjd

Sync which ggate changes.

Approved by: re (scottl)


147844 08-Jul-2005 pjd

Reimplement ggatec/ggated applications.

Change communication protocol to be much more resistant on network
problems and to allow for much better performance.

Better performance is achieved by creating two connections between
ggatec and ggated one for sending the data and one for receiving it.
Every connection is handled by separeted thread, so there is no more
synchronous data flow (send and wait for response), now one threads
sends all requests and another receives the data.

Use two threads in ggatec(8):
- sendtd, which takes I/O requests from the kernel and sends them to the
ggated daemon on the other end;
- recvtd, which waits for ggated responses and forwards them to the kernel.

Use three threads in ggated(8):
- recvtd, which waits for I/O requests and puts them onto incoming queue;
- disktd, which takes requests from the incoming queue, does disk operations
and puts finished requests onto outgoing queue;
- sendtd, which takes finished requests from the outgoing queue and sends
responses back to ggatec.

Because there were major changes in communication protocol, there is no
backward compatibility, from now on, both client and server has to run
on 5.x or 6.x (or at least ggated should be from the same FreeBSD version
on which ggatec is running).

For Gbit networks some buffers need to be increased. I use those settings:
kern.ipc.maxsockbuf=16777216
net.inet.tcp.sendspace=8388608
net.inet.tcp.recvspace=8388608
and I use '-S 4194304 -R 4194304' options for both, ggatec and ggated.

Approved by: re (scottl)


147795 06-Jul-2005 sam

add pureg/-pureg parameter for controlling pureg ap mode support

Reviewed by: avatar
Approved by: re (scottl)


147720 01-Jul-2005 cperciva

Bump document date. Remove EOL whitespace introduced in previous
commit. Start new line at sentence break in previous commit.

Approved by: re (implicit, fixing a commit made 5 minutes ago)


147719 01-Jul-2005 cperciva

Document some limitations of uid/gid rules.

Approved by: re (rwatson)
MFC after: 3 days


147689 30-Jun-2005 brooks

Don't complain when we receive smtp, pop, nntp, www, finger, and irc
server options.

Reported by: Max Boyarov <max_b at tut dot by>
Approved by: re (dhclient blanket)


147686 30-Jun-2005 brooks

People like to do RFC violating things with the domain-name option and
include a space seperated list of domains instead of the domain of the
host. This is supported on too many platforms to break for now so,
remove validation of this option for the moment.

The correct solution longer term is to implement RFC 3397 support and
then treat domain-name options containing space seperated lists of
domains as domain-search options for backwards compatability.

Approved by: re (dhclient blanket)


147596 25-Jun-2005 ru

Install the dhcp-options.5 manpage.

Timeout from: brooks
Approved by: re (blanket manpages)


147575 24-Jun-2005 ru

Tidy up the markup.

Approved by: re (blanket)


147528 22-Jun-2005 ru

Line up the markup.

Approved by: re (blanket)


147516 21-Jun-2005 dumbbell

Build mount_reiserfs on every platforms, not only i386 and pc98.

Reviewed by: mux (mentor)
Approved by: re (dougb)


147506 20-Jun-2005 dwhite

Don't bump bounds every time savecore(8) is run.

Submitted by: Ed Maste <emaste@sandvine.com>
Approved by: re


147489 20-Jun-2005 avatar

Appending "..." to a SSID which contains unprintable characters only when
necessary.

Submitted by: sam
Approved by: re (scottl)


147443 16-Jun-2005 brueffer

Remove Xref to mount_hpfs(8), it's not hooked up to the build.

Approved by: re (blanket)
MFC after: 3 days


147437 16-Jun-2005 ume

only show a tunnel information of an adequate address family.

Approved by: re (dwhite)


147369 14-Jun-2005 ru

Markup fixes.

Approved by: re (blanket)


147351 13-Jun-2005 brooks

Avoid a null pointer dereference by not expiring our lease if we don't
have an active one.

Submitted by: sam
Reported by: James Snow <snow at teardrop dot org>
Approved by: re (dhclient blanket)


147337 13-Jun-2005 brueffer

It's spelled 'preceded' of course.

Submitted by: David Adam <zanchey@ucc.gu.uwa.edu.au>
Pointy hat to: brueffer


147333 13-Jun-2005 brueffer

Hex strings are _pre_ceeded by 0x, not _pro_ceeded.

PR: 82187
Submitted by: Anthony Rogers <anthony.j.rogers@gmail.com>
Approved by: re (blanket)
MFC after: 3 days


147242 10-Jun-2005 delphij

Use MOPT_END in favor of MOPT_NULL, which better describes the purporse
of the macro.


147218 10-Jun-2005 brooks

Add support for /etc/dhclient-enter-hooks to match /etc/dhclient-exit-hooks.


147138 08-Jun-2005 brooks

Add support for /etc/dhclient-exit-hooks file.

Tested by: Max Boyarov <max_b at tut dot by>


147106 07-Jun-2005 brooks

Fix build on 64-bit platforms where time_t is 64 bit. Since where
talking about time related to leases, it should be OK to cast these to
(int)s rather than using intmax_t.

Submitted by: ru
Pointy hat: brooks


147105 07-Jun-2005 mlaier

add_proto() now fills proto for us so stop to 'guess' the protocol from the
command and rather trust the value add_proto filled in. While here, fix an
oversight in the pretty printing of ip6/4 options.


147099 07-Jun-2005 ru

- Remove OpenBSD'ism (bsd.own.mk).
- Remove redundant and harmful -Wall from CFLAGS.


147089 07-Jun-2005 brooks

Now that dhclient builds and /etc/support has been committed, reconnect
dhclient to the build.


147087 07-Jun-2005 brooks

Use SCRIPTS to install dhclient-script instead of rolling our own.


147086 07-Jun-2005 brooks

FreeBSDize the dhclient-script.

Submitted by: sam


147085 07-Jun-2005 brooks

Define _PATH_VAREMPTY.

Add a -b option to background immediatly.

Add support for 802.11 routing messages to "instantly" renegotiate
at lease when we associate with a new network.

Submitted by: sam


147077 07-Jun-2005 brooks

NULL is not a valid time_t.

Submitted by: sam


147076 07-Jun-2005 brooks

We don't support BPF write filters at this time.

Submitted by: sam


147075 07-Jun-2005 brooks

Take the OpenBSD version of the Makefile to resolve conflicts as the old
one is irrelevent. Add $FreeBSD.


147073 07-Jun-2005 brooks

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r147072,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


147071 07-Jun-2005 brooks

Remove the bits to build the isc-dhclient.


147070 07-Jun-2005 brooks

Temporarily disconnect dhclient from the build while I import the
OpenBSD version.


147063 06-Jun-2005 sos

Open devices RDONLY for ioctls. That makes it work on open devices to which
GEOM doesn't allow WR access.


147048 06-Jun-2005 philip

Fix a silly little typo I just spotted.


146987 05-Jun-2005 thompsa

Connect if_bridge to the build.

Approved by: mlaier (mentor)


146985 05-Jun-2005 thompsa

Add if_bridge, which provides more advanced Ethernet bridging and 802.1d
spanning tree support.

Based on Jason Wright's bridge driver from OpenBSD, and modified by Jason R.
Thorpe in NetBSD.

Reviewed by: mlaier, bms, green
Silence from: -net
Approved by: mlaier (mentor)
Obtained from: NetBSD


146962 04-Jun-2005 green

Better explain, then actually implement the IPFW ALTQ-rule first-match
policy. It may be used to provide more detailed classification of
traffic without actually having to decide its fate at the time of
classification.

MFC after: 1 week


146938 03-Jun-2005 imp

Revert last. It was the result of mismerges from cvs not an actual
need. _sconfig already was there in the correct place.

Noticed by: ru@


146936 03-Jun-2005 imp

Build sconfig on i386 to match where drivers are made it configures


146894 03-Jun-2005 mlaier

Add support for IPv4 only rules to IPFW2 now that it supports IPv6 as well.
This is the last requirement before we can retire ip6fw.

Reviewed by: dwhite, brooks(earlier version)
Submitted by: dwhite (manpage)
Silence from: -ipfw


146873 01-Jun-2005 jhb

Fix some warnings on 64-bit archs.

Reviewed by: sam


146853 01-Jun-2005 delphij

Add a handy macro to represent null mount option, MOPT_NULL, and make
use of the macro in sbin/mount*'s, by replacing:

mopts[] = {
MOPT_STDOPTS,
{ NULL }
}

With:
mopts[] = {
MOPT_STDOPTS,
MOPT_NULL
}

This change will help to reduce the situation that we don't explicitly
initialize "struct mntopt"'s. It should not contribute to any
functional/logical changes as far as I can tell.


146838 31-May-2005 stefanf

Remove #ident directives, they don't exist on the vendor branch anymore.


146763 29-May-2005 delphij

Constify savedir pointer, and remove an accompaning strdup() call.


146757 29-May-2005 charnier

Give variable an initial value. Use errx() instead of fprintf().


146754 29-May-2005 charnier

rscid -> __FBSDID. Mark parameter as __unused when necessary.


146607 25-May-2005 ru

Fix order (I introduced some time ago) broken in previous revision.


146601 24-May-2005 mux

Only build mount_reiserfs(8) on i386, it exists only there for now.

Spotted by: ru


146569 24-May-2005 dumbbell

Connect mount_reiserfs(8) to the build.

Approved by: mux (mentor)


146568 24-May-2005 dumbbell

Import of mount_reiserfs(8), used to mount a ReiserFS filesystem.

Approved by: mux (mentor)


146546 23-May-2005 ume

- do DNS lookup for symbolic names specified for a destination
or gateway.
- improves error reporting using gai_strerror(3) instead of
printing "bad value".
- remove "0" for servname argument for getaddrinfo(3).

Submitted by: Andreas Kohn <andreas __at__ syndrom23.de>
MFC after: 1 week


146465 21-May-2005 ru

Synchronize program's usage() with manpage's SYNOPSIS.


146464 21-May-2005 mlaier

Unbreak handling of "ip[v]6" protocol and option flag. No more segfaults
and not every protocol is IPv6.


146434 20-May-2005 sos

Print the rigth argv string on error (too much c&p)..


146426 20-May-2005 sam

guard against bogus address data

Submitted by: Bakul Shah


146321 17-May-2005 ru

Fix the contents of the underneath .depend files and "make checkdpadd".


146306 16-May-2005 imp

Ignore sigpipe so we can properly detach clients to the pipe.

Submitted by: Fredrik Lindberg


146277 16-May-2005 darrenr

Enable building /sbin/ipf (but not the rescue version) with the ability to
parse bpf strings for filter rules in ipf.conf


146271 16-May-2005 ru

Fixed markup from the previous revision.


146267 16-May-2005 sos

Reflect the new usage.


146266 16-May-2005 sos

Change the way ioctls are issue to ATA.
The most prominent part is that its now possible to issue ata_requests
directly to say acd0, instead of going through the cumbersome /dev/ata
device.


146187 13-May-2005 ume

NI_WITHSCOPEID cleanup. Neither RFC 2553 nor RFC 3493 defines
NI_WITHSCOPEID, and our getaddrinfo(3) does nothing special
for it, now.


146097 11-May-2005 glebius

'ngtee' also depends on net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass.


146079 11-May-2005 jmallett

shutdown(2)'s how argument as 0 is nowhere near as cool as SHUT_RD


145865 04-May-2005 glebius

IPFW version 2 is the only option now in HEAD. Do not confuse
users of future releases with instructions about building IPFW2
on RELENG_4.


145861 04-May-2005 fjoe

Add -m option (find module using modfind() and stat it).


145842 03-May-2005 mlaier

Update ifconfig's pfsync module for 3.7 pfsync(4)


145841 03-May-2005 mlaier

Adapt Makefiles for pfctl(8) and authpf(8) to 3.7 sources.


145799 02-May-2005 delphij

Cleanups for gcc4:

- Use socklen_t for socket functions
- Remove an unnecessary extern
- Signed/unsigned cleanups

Reviewed by: harti


145797 02-May-2005 delphij

WARNS=6 and gcc4 cleanup:
- Use const where necessary
- Use __unused where applicable
- Rename variables that is conflicit with global definations


145795 02-May-2005 delphij

include stdarg.h for va_list


145794 02-May-2005 delphij

Make gcc4 happy by making consistent signedness.


145765 01-May-2005 nyan

- Merged some missing changes from fdisk/fdisk.c.
- Remove ifdef PC98.
- Make WARN=4 clean.


145763 01-May-2005 nyan

cosmetic changes.


145748 01-May-2005 nyan

Merged more changes from fdisk/fdisk.c.


145747 01-May-2005 nyan

Use NDOSPART macro instead of a magic number.


145745 01-May-2005 nyan

Merged from src/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c revision 1.77.


145690 29-Apr-2005 phk

If we resort to opening a slice instead of the base device, do so with
the correct mode for our arguments.


145662 29-Apr-2005 pjd

Remove trailing spaces.


145630 28-Apr-2005 darrenr

Patches from Ruslam Ermilov to remove NetBSD bits from Makefiles and cleanup
build problems with rescue.


145567 26-Apr-2005 brooks

Fix a the previous commit. I wanted to remove the if and always run the
body not remove both.

Reported by: ceri
Pointy hat: brooks


145566 26-Apr-2005 brooks

Don't force IPv6 proto to be printed numericaly.

Noticed by: ceri


145555 26-Apr-2005 darrenr

Not looking for ipfilter source files in the right place


145543 26-Apr-2005 pjd

Fix stripe size in example.

Found by: kris
MFC after: 3 days


145526 25-Apr-2005 darrenr

remove old directories used to build ipfilter tools


145525 25-Apr-2005 darrenr

There's only one ipfilter directory now


145524 25-Apr-2005 darrenr

create a new build heirarchy for ipfilter tools


145484 24-Apr-2005 des

- distinguish between the device name (what the user called it on the
command line) and the device path (what we passed to open()). Use
the former in diagnostics.
- when adding or removing partitions, print a single line to stdout for
each partition that was added or removed, indicating its name.
- add an -a option to 'gpt remove' which must be explicitly specified
to remove all partitions.

Approved by: marcel (in prinicple)
MFC after: 2 weeks


145445 23-Apr-2005 pjd

Remove duplicated description of 'clear' subcommand.

Pointed out by: marck
X-MFC-after: few seconds


145309 20-Apr-2005 jcamou

Use .Pa instead of .Xr to follow mdoc(7)
specifications.

Noticed by: trhodes
Approved by: trhodes (mentor)
MFC after: 1 day


145246 18-Apr-2005 brooks

Add IPv6 support to IPFW and Dummynet.

Submitted by: Mariano Tortoriello and Raffaele De Lorenzo (via luigi)


145238 18-Apr-2005 imp

'r' disk devices no longer exist, so don't try to create a pathname
that has an 'r' in it.

This also eliminates a bogus use of strlcat.
PR: 80064


145218 18-Apr-2005 imp

Fix parsing of nomatch events.
minor debug fix.


145130 15-Apr-2005 pjd

Document 'clear' and 'dump' subcommands.

MFC after: 1 week


145089 14-Apr-2005 rees

Remove dead code.

PR: bin/78125
Submitted by: Gavin Atkinson <gavin.atkinson@ury.york.ac.uk>
Approved by: alfred


144998 13-Apr-2005 mdodd

Show descriptions for type CTLTYPE_NODES.


144997 13-Apr-2005 mdodd

Zero buffers. Seatbelt against sysctl(3) returning non-NUL terminated
string data.


144818 08-Apr-2005 stefanf

ISO C does not allow unnamed union members.


144817 08-Apr-2005 stefanf

Fix typo in comment.


144793 08-Apr-2005 ceri

Grammatical improvement.


144757 07-Apr-2005 brooks

When accessing the sysctl vfs.nfs.iodmax, don't report errors as being
from accessing vfs.nfs.iodmin.


144747 07-Apr-2005 pjd

Allow classes to specify local source files.

MFC after: 3 weeks


144737 07-Apr-2005 pjd

Empty error buffer is not an error.

MFC after: 3 weeks


144688 05-Apr-2005 jcamou

Document the configuration files used.

PR: docs/79572
Submitted by: Josh Paetzel <josh@tcbug.org>
Approved by: trhodes (mentor)


144687 05-Apr-2005 brooks

Be more specific when complaining about bit masks.


144597 03-Apr-2005 imp

Remove debug from last commit


144564 03-Apr-2005 imp

/*-


144362 31-Mar-2005 rwatson

Don't define FS_DEBUG by default, as this causes growfs to write debugging
information to /tmp/growfs.debug, which is a world-writable directory.

MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: Jon Passki <cykyc@yahoo.com>


144361 31-Mar-2005 rwatson

Don't default to '/var/tmp/ffsinfo' for the output of ffsinfo(8), since
/var/tmp is a world-writable directory.

MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: Jon Passki <cykyc@yahoo.com>


144344 30-Mar-2005 joerg

Fix grammar error caused by my previous edit.
While being here, also update the copyright year.

Submitted by: ru


144330 30-Mar-2005 sos

This is the much rumoured ATA mkIII update that I've been working on.

o ATA is now fully newbus'd and split into modules.
This means that on a modern system you just load "atapci and ata"
to get the base support, and then one or more of the device
subdrivers "atadisk atapicd atapifd atapist ataraid".
All can be loaded/unloaded anytime, but for obvious reasons you
dont want to unload atadisk when you have mounted filesystems.

o The device identify part of the probe has been rewritten to fix
the problems with odd devices the old had, and to try to remove
so of the long delays some HW could provoke. Also probing is done
without the need for interrupts, making earlier probing possible.

o SATA devices can be hot inserted/removed and devices will be created/
removed in /dev accordingly.
NOTE: only supported on controllers that has this feature:
Promise and Silicon Image for now.
On other controllers the usual atacontrol detach/attach dance is
still needed.

o Support for "atomic" composite ATA requests used for RAID.

o ATA RAID support has been rewritten and and now supports these
metadata formats:
"Adaptec HostRAID"
"Highpoint V2 RocketRAID"
"Highpoint V3 RocketRAID"
"Intel MatrixRAID"
"Integrated Technology Express"
"LSILogic V2 MegaRAID"
"LSILogic V3 MegaRAID"
"Promise FastTrak"
"Silicon Image Medley"
"FreeBSD PseudoRAID"

o Update the ioctl API to match new RAID levels etc.

o Update atacontrol to know about the new RAID levels etc
NOTE: you need to recompile atacontrol with the new sys/ata.h,
make world will take care of that.
NOTE2: that rebuild is done differently from the old system as
the rebuild is now done piggybacked on read requests to the
array, so atacontrol simply starts a background "dd" to rebuild
the array.

o The reinit code has been worked over to be much more robust.

o The timeout code has been overhauled for races.

o Support of new chipsets.

o Lots of fixes for bugs found while doing the modulerization and
reviewing the old code.

Missing or changed features from current ATA:

o atapi-cd no longer has support for ATAPI changers. Todays its
much cheaper and alot faster to copy those CD images to disk
and serve them from there. Besides they dont seem to be made
anymore, maybe for that exact reason.

o ATA RAID can only read metadata from all the above metadata formats,
not write all of them (Promise and Highpoint V2 so far). This means
that arrays can be picked up from the BIOS, but they cannot be
created from FreeBSD. There is more to it than just the missing
write metadata support, those formats are not unique to a given
controller like Promise and Highpoint formats, instead they exist
for several types, and even worse, some controllers can have
different formats and its impossible to tell which one.
The outcome is that we cannot reliably create the metadata of those
formats and be sure the controller BIOS will understand it.
However write support is needed to update/fail/rebuild the arrays
properly so it sits fairly high on the TODO list.

o So far atapicam is not supported with these changes. When/if this
will change is up to the maintainer of atapi-cam so go there for
questions.

HW donated by: Webveveriet AS
HW donated by: Frode Nordahl
HW donated by: Yahoo!
HW donated by: Sentex
Patience by: Vife and my boys (and even the cats)


144328 30-Mar-2005 joerg

Support VTOC volume names. This can be useful to distinguish multiple
disks in a system. Solaris' format(1m) displays the volume names in
the disk overview.

MFC after: 1 month


144258 28-Mar-2005 kan

Initialize iovlen variable to 0 before passing it by reference to the
build_iovec function.

Tripped over by: Craig Rodrigues


144134 26-Mar-2005 ken

Add "report only" functionality to 'camcontrol format', so users can get a
report on the status of a format already running on a drive.

Fix status reporting for 'camcontrol format'. This was broken in rev 1.34
of camcontrol.c, almost 4 years ago!

Submitted by: joerg (most of the reportonly changes)
MFC after: 3 days


144133 26-Mar-2005 cperciva

When executing mount_foo, pass "mount_foo" as argv[0] instead of "foo".
This unbreaks "/rescue/mount -t foo" -- previously it was necessary to
explicitly call "/rescue/mount_foo".

Hints from: gordon
X-MFC after: 3 days (if approved by re@)


144130 25-Mar-2005 brooks

Remove bogus (but harmless) -I.. from CFLAGS. It makes no difference to
.depends other then the commant line.

Also remove -g from CFLAGS. The user should add it to CFLAGS if they
desire debug support.

Reviewed by: ru (in concept)
MFC After: 7 days


144117 25-Mar-2005 imp

Revert bogus += -g change. I needed it to debug the problem.

Noticed by: njl, Andrej Tobola


144099 25-Mar-2005 imp

Restore the ability to read FreeBSD 1 tapes (and I think any net2
based tapes, but I'm not sure where NFS_MAGIC was introduced after
4.3). When support for the pre-4.4 format was removed (the ability to
read 4.2 and 4.3 BSD tapes), the old format inode conversion was
junked as well. However, FreeBSD 1 dump tapes use the NFS_MAGIC
format, but have this inode format. Before, restore would fail
complaining that '.' wasn't found and the root directory wasn't on
this tape. Since the conversion from the not so old format is
relatively trivial, restore the code to make that conversion.

FreeBSD 1 dumps are once again readable.

MFC After: a few days


144097 25-Mar-2005 imp

dcvt is unused since the support for converting pre-4.4 tapes was
removed. Go ahead and remove it and struct odirent since it too is
unused.

# FreeBSD 1.1.5 tapes are still unreadable, but 2.0 and newer work.


144093 25-Mar-2005 imp

c_tapea and c_firstrec are used for TS_TAPE blocks, so convert them
for the old (4.4-lite through FreeBSD 4.x and *BSD) format. It looks
like they aren't used for TS_INODE, but conversion costs so little
there that I've not removed them there (in case my grep was wrong).

This makes at least some of the tapes work for me again. Now, to
regresion test all my dusty tapes...


144000 23-Mar-2005 cperciva

Add verbiage to the description of the noexec mount option clarifying
that it really wasn't intended as a security feature.

Wording mostly by: simon
Discussed with: secteam


143998 22-Mar-2005 pjd

Fix use of uninitialized buf[0].

Reported by: stefanf
MFC after: 3 days


143948 21-Mar-2005 pjd

Truncate nextboot.conf file on creation, so existing garbage will be removed.

Submitted by: Gary Allan <dragonfly@gallan.plus.com>
Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD
MFC after: 3 days


143846 19-Mar-2005 brueffer

Xref carp(4) and polling(4).

MFC after: 3 days


143819 18-Mar-2005 imp

In order to print out the dump dates correctly, the date and ddate fields
also need to be convereted for old tapes for records of type TAPE.


143818 18-Mar-2005 phk

Typo.

Submitted by: Hiroharu Tamaru <tamaru@myn.rcast.u-tokyo.ac.jp>


143817 18-Mar-2005 imp

Sync usage and man page with reality. There's no '-c' command line
flag today. Maybe we should still retain it, but I'll let others fight
that windmill.


143617 15-Mar-2005 harti

Forgot to change the pointer to the snmp_atm sources after repo-copy.
Correct this by pointing to the new location.

Pointy hat to: harti

Submitted by: keramida


143589 14-Mar-2005 pjd

Be sure that class name storaed in 'class_name' is lower case.

MFC after: 1 week


143586 14-Mar-2005 pjd

Define subcommands' usage inside g_command structure.

MFC after: 1 week


143585 14-Mar-2005 pjd

- Add gc_usage field to g_command structure. This will allow to define
usage for a subcommand, so no 'usage' function has to be implemented
in class library.
- Bump version number as it breaks ABI, but don't provide backward
compatibility, because there are probably no external consumers of this
geom(8).
This allows to print more precise usage for standard commands and simplify
class libraries a bit.

MFC after: 1 week


143576 14-Mar-2005 pjd

Instead of documenting every standard subcommand's argument everywhere,
just leave reference to geom(8).

MFC after: 1 week


143575 14-Mar-2005 pjd

Document subcommands' arguments.

MFC after: 1 week


143573 14-Mar-2005 pjd

Document '-s' option of 'status' subcommand.

MFC after: 1 week


143572 14-Mar-2005 pjd

Add '-s' option to 'status' subcommand. It produces script-friendly output:

# gmirror status
Name Status Components
mirror/root COMPLETE ad0s1a
ad2s1a
mirror/data DEGRADED da0
da1 (76%)
da2
# gmirror status -s
Name Status Components
mirror/root COMPLETE ad0s1a
mirror/root COMPLETE ad2s1a
mirror/data DEGRADED da0
mirror/data DEGRADED da1 (76%)
mirror/data DEGRADED da2

MFC after: 1 week


143558 14-Mar-2005 pjd

Use int instead of size_t (%*s needs int).

MFC after: 1 week


143549 14-Mar-2005 delphij

printf(3) expects that %*s having an int parameter, which generates
warning on 64-bit platforms. Explicitly cast these values to int
to work around this issue, as these values are tend to be small.

Spotted by: ia64 tinderbox


143535 13-Mar-2005 pjd

- Document 'status' subcommand.
- Update copyrights.

MFC after: 1 week


143534 13-Mar-2005 pjd

Add 'status' command which prints general information about devices.
For example:

# gmirror status
Name Status Components
mirror/root COMPLETE ad0s1a
ad2s1a
mirror/data DEGRADED da0
da1 (76%)
da2

MFC after: 1 week


143533 13-Mar-2005 pjd

Update copyrights.


143532 13-Mar-2005 pjd

Change function names related to 'list' command from 'show_one_*' to
'list_one_*'.

MFC after: 1 week


143522 13-Mar-2005 pjd

When listing all devices (geoms) from the given class, skip geoms without
providers.
This prevents from listing geoms like <name>.sync which can be confusing.
It still allows to show details about it by giving its name when listing.

MFC after: 1 week


143431 11-Mar-2005 ume

gbde(8) is also rejndael user.

Reported by: phk


143352 10-Mar-2005 cperciva

Belatedly update the md5(1) man page to reflect the addition of sha256.


143334 09-Mar-2005 cperciva

In light of the recent 2^69 operation collision-finding attack on SHA1,
add support for SHA256.

Tested on: i386, sparc64
Tested using: NIST test vectors, built-in tests
X-MFC-after: 5.4-RELEASE


143315 09-Mar-2005 stefanf

Prefer the __printflike() macro to GCC's __attribute__ stuff.


143235 07-Mar-2005 delphij

Make background fsck based summary adjustments actually work by
initializing the sysctl mibs data before actually using them.

The original patchset (which is the actual version that is running
on my testboxes) have checked whether all of these sysctls and
refuses to do background fsck if we don't have them. Kirk has
pointed out that refusing running fsck on old kernels is pointless,
as old kernels will recompute the summary at mount time, so I
have removed these checks.

Unfortunatelly, as the checks will initialize the mib values of
those sysctl's, and which are vital for the runtime summary
adjustment to work, we can not simply remove the check, which
will lead to problem when running background fsck over a dirty
volume. Add these checks in a different way: give a warning rather
than refusing to work, and complain if the functionality is not
available when adjustments are necessary.

Noticed by: A power failure at my lab
Pointy hat: me
MFC After: 3 days


142968 02-Mar-2005 iedowse

Use a signal-safe type for two variables that are used to synchronise
with a signal handler. This fixes a race condition introduced by
compiler reordering that caused dump to sometimes get stuck,
especially while dumping large filesystems.


142926 01-Mar-2005 pjd

We can specify device size in bytes. Document this in usage.


142739 28-Feb-2005 brueffer

Typos and grammar fixes, wordsmithing


142727 27-Feb-2005 pjd

- Add md_provsize field to metadata, which will help with
shared-last-sector problem.
After this change, even if there is more than one provider with the same
last sector, the proper one will be chosen based on its size.
It still doesn't fix the 'c' partition problem (when da0s1 can be confused
with da0s1c) and situation when 'a' partition starts at offset 0
(then da0s1a can be confused with da0s1 and da0s1c). One can use '-h'
option there, when creating device or avoid sharing last sector.
Actually, when providers share the same last sector and their size is equal,
they provide exactly the same data, so the name (da0s1, da0s1a, da0s1c)
isn't important at all.
- Provide backward compatibility.
- Update copyright's year.

MFC after: 1 week


142691 27-Feb-2005 pjd

- Add GEOM_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable which allows to specify an
alternative to /lib/geom/ path where shared libraries are stored.
- Improve debugging.

MFC after: 3 days


142671 27-Feb-2005 pjd

Add SHSEC class to the list of geom(8)-aware classes.

MFC after: 3 days


142669 27-Feb-2005 phk

Remove filtering on major device number. These are assigned randomly
these days so filtering on them makes no sense other than as a foot-shooting
device.


142533 26-Feb-2005 obrien

style(9).


142483 25-Feb-2005 pjd

Add a missing comma.


142359 24-Feb-2005 obrien

Allow a forced dump even if the dump header information is inconsistent.
Output more verbosity with additional -v's.

Submitted by: seanc


142351 24-Feb-2005 trhodes

Fix a couple of grammar nits.

PR: 77437
Submitted by: Paul A. Hoadley <paulh@logicsquad.net> (original version)


142248 22-Feb-2005 andre

Bring back the full packet destination manipulation for 'ipfw fwd'
with the kernel compile time option:

options IPFIREWALL_FORWARD_EXTENDED

This option has to be specified in addition to IPFIRWALL_FORWARD.

With this option even packets targeted for an IP address local
to the host can be redirected. All restrictions to ensure proper
behaviour for locally generated packets are turned off. Firewall
rules have to be carefully crafted to make sure that things like
PMTU discovery do not break.

Document the two kernel options.

PR: kern/71910
PR: kern/73129
MFC after: 1 week


142224 22-Feb-2005 glebius

Use afswch->af_other_status for carp_status() and pfsync_status().

Sponsored by: Rambler


142215 22-Feb-2005 glebius

Add CARP (Common Address Redundancy Protocol), which allows multiple
hosts to share an IP address, providing high availability and load
balancing.

Original work on CARP done by Michael Shalayeff, with many
additions by Marco Pfatschbacher and Ryan McBride.

FreeBSD port done solely by Max Laier.

Patch by: mlaier
Obtained from: OpenBSD (mickey, mcbride)


142167 21-Feb-2005 mr

Document the terabyte "-s" parameter in the usage string.
Split the usage line to not exceed 80 chars.


142123 20-Feb-2005 delphij

The recomputation of file system summary at mount time can be a
very slow process, especially for large file systems that is just
recovered from a crash.

Since the summary is already re-sync'ed every 30 second, we will
not lag behind too much after a crash. With this consideration
in mind, it is more reasonable to transfer the responsibility to
background fsck, to reduce the delay after a crash.

Add a new sysctl variable, vfs.ffs.compute_summary_at_mount, to
control this behavior. When set to nonzero, we will get the
"old" behavior, that the summary is computed immediately at mount
time.

Add five new sysctl variables to adjust ndir, nbfree, nifree,
nffree and numclusters respectively. Teach fsck_ffs about these
API, however, intentionally not to check the existence, since
kernels without these sysctls must have recomputed the summary
and hence no adjustments are necessary.

This change has eliminated the usual tens of minutes of delay of
mounting large dirty volumes.

Reviewed by: mckusick
MFC After: 1 week


142119 20-Feb-2005 delphij

When creating a new FFS file system, the block size will indirectly
affect the largest file size that is allowed by the file system.
On the other hand, when creating a snapshot, the snapshot file will
appear as it is as big as the file system itself. Hence we will not
be able to create a file system on large file systems with small
block sizes.

Add a warning about this, and gives some hints to correct the issue.

Reviewed by: mckusick
MFC After: 1 week


141995 16-Feb-2005 pjd

Fix year in copyrights.


141965 16-Feb-2005 obrien

va_list style tweaks


141956 15-Feb-2005 obrien

Fix grammar error.


141851 13-Feb-2005 ru

Expand contractions.


141846 13-Feb-2005 ru

Expand *n't contractions.


141775 12-Feb-2005 trhodes

Reword a sentence to conform with our mdoc(7) style.
Modify wording in a sentence to avoid a run on within ().
Remove a contraction.

Submitted by: Joel Dahl <joel@automatvapen.se> (original version)


141769 12-Feb-2005 ru

- Fixed description of the "destroy" command options.
- Document the "nuke" command.
- Mention which commands correspond to which functions.


141612 10-Feb-2005 ru

Sync program's usage() with manpage's SYNOPSIS.


141611 10-Feb-2005 ru

Sync program's usage() with manpage's SYNOPSIS.


141593 09-Feb-2005 glebius

- Correctly spell MOD_QUIESCE
- use .Dv for it

MFC after: 3 days


141580 09-Feb-2005 ru

Fixed the misplaced $FreeBSD$.


141444 07-Feb-2005 glebius

Sort SEE ALSO.

Submitted by: ru


141366 05-Feb-2005 glebius

Document how interaction with ng_ipfw node is configured.


141351 05-Feb-2005 glebius

Add a ng_ipfw node, implementing a quick and simple interface between
ipfw(4) and netgraph(4) facilities.

Reviewed by: andre, brooks, julian


141216 03-Feb-2005 pjd

- Sort options.
- Put 'break' into separate line.


141214 03-Feb-2005 pjd

Fix whitespace.


141198 03-Feb-2005 pjd

- Remove bogus O_CREAT flag. We really don't want to create a file here.

PR: bin/67793
Submitted by: Amir Shalem <amir@boom.org.il>

- Sync usage with manual page.

Approved by: phk
MFC after: 1 week


141082 31-Jan-2005 ssouhlal

Remove unsigned casts.

Discussed with: delphij, stefanf
Approved by: grehan (mentor)


141055 30-Jan-2005 ru

Document -f in usage().


140941 28-Jan-2005 ru

Let bsd.prog.mk set SRCS and MAN to their default values.


140913 27-Jan-2005 ambrisko

Change the ifr_media operation to only get its value and only set
its value once per ifconfig run. Use Sam's new callback
operation to set it when everything is done.

The purpose for this is that if you did something like
ifconfig bge0 media 100baseTX mediaopt full-duplex
multiple times it would end up causing the PHY to re-sync
since it would send the IOCTLs:
ifconfig bge0 media 100baseTX -mediaopt full-duplex
ifconfig bge0 media 100baseTX mediaopt full-duplex
This would cause the PHY to be updated twice even though
there really wasn't any change since the check in
sys/net/if_media.c would always fail.

Caveat is that this doesn't fix the case of:
ifconfig bge0 media autoselect
etc. since in sys/net/if_media.c it forces an autoselect to go through
the entire process in ifmedia_ioctl :-( :
/*
* If no change, we're done.
* XXX Automedia may invole software intervention.
* Keep going in case the the connected media changed.
* Similarly, if best match changed (kernel debugger?).
*/
if ((IFM_SUBTYPE(newmedia) != IFM_AUTO) &&
(newmedia == ifm->ifm_media) &&
(match == ifm->ifm_cur))
return 0;

Briefly looked at by: sam


140818 25-Jan-2005 ssouhlal

Get rid of a NULL dereference when oid is too long.

Reviewed by: keramida
Approved by: grehan (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week


140815 25-Jan-2005 ssouhlal

- Make WARNS?= 6 clean
- Add WARNS?= 6

Approved by: stefanf, grehan (mentor)


140797 25-Jan-2005 delphij

Use new style declarations instead of K&R ones.


140796 25-Jan-2005 delphij

Use modern style defination for main() and move a extern
declaration to global section.

Bump WARNS?= to 6


140795 25-Jan-2005 delphij

Code style tweaks: Use static and const where suitable.


140794 25-Jan-2005 delphij

The kernel specified in main() of reboot(8) will be initialized
with -k option and never be used without kflag. This confuses
gcc because we set "kflag" at the same time with "kernel", but
the logic is not that apparant for gcc.

Since we can initialize "kernel" to NULL then know if "k" option
is set through determining whether it is still NULL, don't try
to have gcc to guess why we are connecting "kflag" with "kernel"
and use "kernel" directly in place of kflag.

Bump WARNS?= from 2 to 6


140760 24-Jan-2005 charnier

spell "file system" correctly

Approved by: ru


140691 24-Jan-2005 cognet

Bring back WARNS to 3 for arm until I figure out how to make gcc happy.


140627 22-Jan-2005 pjd

Allow to specify device size in bytes.

MFC after: 1 week


140611 22-Jan-2005 ru

Document -l and -n options in usage().


140610 22-Jan-2005 ru

Polish previous revision:

- Bump document date.
- Spell "file system" properly.
- Add missing markup bits.


140603 21-Jan-2005 wes

Add an option to suppress the creation of the .snap directory in
the new filesystem. This is intended for memory and vnode filesystems
that will never be fsck'ed or dumped.

Obtained from: St. Bernard Software RAPID
MFC after: 2 weeks


140602 21-Jan-2005 wes

Improved error checking for existence of a .snap directory to
generate snapshots in when -L is requested. If the .snap directory
does not exist, or is not a directory, issue a warning and revert
to the non- live behavior.

Obtained from: St. Bernard Software RAPID


140566 21-Jan-2005 ru

Fixed xrefs.


140456 18-Jan-2005 ru

Use the standard section name.


140423 18-Jan-2005 glebius

Don't print extra " via ", if we have already printed one. While here,
slightly style brackets.

PR: misc/75297
MFC after: 1 week


140415 18-Jan-2005 ru

Sort sections.


140385 17-Jan-2005 delphij

Oops... Remove the line leaked in the last commit which is not
intended to be there...


140384 17-Jan-2005 delphij

WARNS=6 cleanup:

- Initialize everything in the struct array, not only the mentioned
ones
- Unconditionally initialize hs to 0 to avoid repeatly doing so
- Cast to unsigned int when comparing to unsigned variables.


140383 17-Jan-2005 delphij

WARNS=6 cleanup:

- signed/unsigned conform.
- Better initialization of nlist[]. I think we should have
something like NLIST_NULL instead of the current (ugly)
form...


140368 17-Jan-2005 ru

Added the EXIT STATUS section where appropriate.


140351 16-Jan-2005 charnier

Remove \n at the end of err(3) strings


140298 15-Jan-2005 pjd

Fix arguments syntax.

Manual pages fixes by: ru
MFC after: 3 days


140295 15-Jan-2005 ru

Eliminate macro calls inside literal displays.


140294 15-Jan-2005 ru

Fixed display type.


140289 15-Jan-2005 ru

Fixed display types.


140285 15-Jan-2005 ru

Markup nits.


140282 15-Jan-2005 ru

Markup fixes.


140271 15-Jan-2005 brooks

Deprecate unmaintainable uses of strncmp to implement abbreviations.
This commit replaces those with two new functions that simplify the code
and produce warnings that the syntax is deprecated. A small number of
sensible abbreviations may be explicitly added based on user feedback.

There were previously three types of strncmp use in ipfw:
- Most commonly, strncmp(av, "string", sizeof(av)) was used to allow av
to match string or any shortened form of it. I have replaced this
with a new function _substrcmp(av, "string") which returns 0 if av
is a substring of "string", but emits a warning if av is not exactly
"string".

- The next type was two instances of strncmp(av, "by", 2) which allowed
the abbreviation of bytes to "by", "byt", etc. Unfortunately, it
also supported "bykHUygh&*g&*7*ui". I added a second new function
_substrcmp2(av, "by", "bytes") which acts like the strncmp did, but
complains if the user doesn't spell out the word "bytes".

- There is also one correct use of strncmp to match "table(" which might
have another token after it without a space.

Since I changed all the lines anyway, I also fixed the treatment of
strncmp's return as a boolean in many cases. I also modified a few
strcmp cases as well to be fully consistent.


140248 14-Jan-2005 delphij

Improve readability for the recently introduced changes by having
their sizeof(*p) instead of explicitlly specifying their types.

Suggested by: nectar


140244 14-Jan-2005 delphij

Use a better name than underscore-tmpfile for better representation
of the meaning.

Suggested by: stefanf


140241 14-Jan-2005 delphij

64-bit clean + WARNS=6:
- Convert the (char *) cast+cast backs magic to
memcpy(3). Without this, the resulting code
is potentially risky with higher optimization
levels.
- Avoid same name when calling local variables,
as well as global symbols. This reduces
confusion for both human and compiler.
- Add necessary casts, consts
- Use new style function defination.
- Minor style.Makefile(5) tweak
- Bump WARNS?= from 0 to 6

** for the aout code: changes are intentionally limited
to ease maintaince.


140075 11-Jan-2005 pjd

Connect SHSEC GEOM class to the build.


140074 11-Jan-2005 pjd

Introduce a new GEOM class - SHSEC. It provides sharing secret between
the given providers. Without even one of the configured components there
should be no way to get the secret.

Supported by: WHEEL Sp. z o.o.
http://www.wheel.pl


140070 11-Jan-2005 delphij

Make WARNS=6 happy with our init(8):
- Use more ``const''s where suitable.
- Define strk() as a static function in global scope.
This avoids the "nested extern declaration" warnings.
- Use static initialization of strings, rather than
referring string constants through char *.
- Bump WARNS from 0 to 6.


139987 10-Jan-2005 ru

Scheduled mdoc(7) sweep.


139975 10-Jan-2005 delphij

Initialize "he" in DoFile, so savecore(8) is WARNS=6 clean.
Bump WARNS accordingly.


139936 09-Jan-2005 trhodes

Fix build on all (hopefully) 64 bit architectures.

Noticed by: tinderbox
Tested on: panther


139920 08-Jan-2005 trhodes

Use static const char and bump WARNS.


139918 08-Jan-2005 trhodes

Remove unused variable.


139909 08-Jan-2005 pjd

Cast to intmax_t when using %jd format.

MFC after: 3 days


139856 07-Jan-2005 rse

Fix the derivation of the GEOM name from the specified device name by
complementing the existing special case of a not existing /dev prefix
with the recognition of an already existing /dev prefix.

This implicitly solves the following two issues related to working on
GEOM devices /dev/foo/bar (which have the GEOM provider name "foo/bar")
with the expected commands like "bsdlabel /dev/foo/bar":

1. the error "Geom not found" when trying to write or edit the BSD
label (because previously the incorrect GEOM name "bar" instead of
"foo/bar" was derived from "/dev/foo/bar").

2. the multiple times reported "magically introduced" partition offset
of 63 blocks and the resulting errors like "partition extends past
end of unit" and "partition c doesn't start at 0!".

This implicitly resulted because bsdlabel(8) determines the "MBR
offset" via GEOM and (intentionally) silently falls back to an offset
of 0 if it could not be queried (which is the case if the name was
incorrectly derived).

Usually (at least on PCs) the offset for the first slice is 63 blocks
and bsdlabel(8) automatically subtracts them from the absolute
offsets in the read on-disk BSD label, resulting in the display of an
effective offset of 0. If the GEOM query fails, the assumed offset of
0 is subtracted and an incorrect effective offset of 63 is displayed
and tried to be worked upon.

Reviewed by: pjd
MFC after: 1 week


139847 07-Jan-2005 guido

Link a couple of missing manpages

Submitted by: Hideyuki KURASHINA <rushani@FreeBSD.org>
MFC after: 1 week


139821 07-Jan-2005 brooks

Write some bit mask limits in hex rather than decimal so they look less
magic.


139648 03-Jan-2005 rwatson

The badsect(8) utility uses atol(), which doesn't allow very good error
checking and only recognizes numbers in base 10. The attached patch
checks errno after strtol() and uses a base of 0 to allow octal, or hex
sector numbers too.

PR: 73112
Submitted by: keramida
MFC after: 2 weeks


139647 03-Jan-2005 rwatson

The ffsinfo utility uses atol() to parse numeric values out of optarg
strings. This isn't necessarily a bug, but it can be slightly inconvenient,
because atol() doesn't know how to parse hexadecimal or octal numbers and at
least one of the options of ffsinfo(8) would be easier to use if it did.

Changing atol() -> strtol() allows one to use hex masks for -l MASK, i.e.:

orion:/a/freebsd/src/sbin/ffsinfo# ./ffsinfo -l 0x3ff /

PR: 73110
Submitted by: keramida
MFC after: 2 weeks


139575 02-Jan-2005 rwatson

Remove cross reference to uustat(1), which is no longer in the base
tree.

MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: bkoenig at cs dot tu-berlin dot de


139494 31-Dec-2004 sam

Fix special status reporting. Prior to the reorg there was
special-purpose code to display status for an interface for
state that was not address-oriented. This status reporting
was merged in to the address-oriented status reporting but
did not work for link address reporting (as discovered with
fwip interfaces). Correct this mis-merge and eliminate the
bogus kludge that was used for link-level address reporting.

o add an af_other_status method for an address family for
reporting status of things like media, vlan, etc.
o call the af_other_status methods after reporting address
status for an interface
o special-case link address status; when reporting all
status for an interface invoke it specially prior to
reporting af_other_status methods (since it requires the
sockaddr_dl that is passed in to status separately from
the rtmsg address state)
o correct the calling convention for link address status;
don't cast types, construct the proper parameter

This fixes ifconfig on fwip interfaces.


139493 31-Dec-2004 sam

o accept deftxkey as a synonym for weptxkey since that is what is
printed for status (allows cut&paste)
o accept undef for the deftxkey/weptxkey so you can reset state

Requested by: phk


139492 31-Dec-2004 sam

recognize atheros information elements


139423 30-Dec-2004 brueffer

Fix typos.

PR: 75616
Submitted by: n-kogane@syd.odn.ne.jp


139422 30-Dec-2004 obrien

Clearer va-args usage.

Submitted by: bde


139377 28-Dec-2004 pjd

Detect if class name is '-h' or 'help' and if it is, show general help
message, i.e.:
geom: usage: geom <class> <command> [options]

PR: bin/71537
Submitted by: bugghy <bugghy@phenix.rootshell.be>
MFC after: 5 days


139359 27-Dec-2004 pjd

Rewrite piece of code which I committed some time ago that allows to
show file name for 'mdconfig -l -u <x>' command.
This allows to preserve API/ABI compatibility with version 0 (that's why
I changed version number back to 0) and will allow to merge this change
to RELENG_5.

MFC after: 5 days


139330 26-Dec-2004 josef

Fix typo.

Noticed by: clement


139322 26-Dec-2004 jkoshy

Cross-reference ffsinfo(8).


139295 25-Dec-2004 pjd

- Add genid field to the metadata which will allow to improve reliability a bit.
After this change, when component is disconnected because of an I/O error,
it will not be connected and synchronized automatically, it will be logged
as broken and skipped. Autosynchronization can occur, when component is
disconnected (on orphan event) and connected again - there were no I/O
error, so there is no need to not connected the component, but when there were
writes while it wasn't connected, it will be synchronized.
This fix cases, when component is disconnected because of I/O error and can be
connected again and again.
- Bump version number.
- Implement backward compatibility mechanism. After this change when metadata in
old version is detected, it is automatically upgraded to the new (current)
version.


139213 22-Dec-2004 pjd

- Add genid field to the metadata which will allow to improve reliability a bit.
After this change, when component is disconnected because of an I/O error,
it will not be connected and synchronized automatically, it will be logged
as broken and skipped. Autosynchronization can occur, when component is
disconnected (on orphan event) and connected again - there were no I/O
error, so there is no need to not connected the component, but when there were
writes while it wasn't connected, it will be synchronized.
This fix cases, when component is disconnected because of I/O error and can be
connected again and again.
- Bump version number.
- Add version change history.
- Implement backward compatibility mechanism. After this change when metadata in
old version is detected, it is automatically upgraded to the new (current)
version.


139209 22-Dec-2004 pjd

'forget' command takes device names, not provider names.


139115 21-Dec-2004 ru

NOINET6 -> NO_INET6


139112 21-Dec-2004 ru

NOSHARED -> NO_SHARED


139105 21-Dec-2004 ru

NOATM -> NO_ATM


139103 21-Dec-2004 ru

Start the dreaded NOFOO -> NO_FOO conversion.

OK'ed by: core


138978 17-Dec-2004 jkoshy

Mark mknod(8) as deprecated. Add text in the 'COMPATIBILITY' section
describing the changes in device management since FreeBSD 4.0.

Reviewed by: ru


138809 13-Dec-2004 obrien

Back the warnings down from 9 to 6, since that is the highest we have. If
we added a WARNS 7 level, it shouldn't be assumed this code will pass it.


138734 12-Dec-2004 phk

Do not pass random bits as mount arguments.


138718 12-Dec-2004 sam

always display the deftxkey for an 802.11 device if privacy is enabled


138671 11-Dec-2004 sam

add a callback mechanism for code that wants to defer committing changes
until all the command line args have been processed

Reviewed by: ambrisko


138643 10-Dec-2004 csjp

Update the IPFW man page to reflect reality. mpsafenet=0 is no longer
required when using ucred based rules.

Pointed out by: seanc (thanks!)
MFC after: 1 month


138623 09-Dec-2004 pjd

- Turn off 'fast' mode by default and increase maximum memory to consume
when this mode is used.
- Manual page update.


138593 08-Dec-2004 sam

Overhaul to cleanup some of the tangled logic that's grown over the years.

o break per-address family support out into separate files
o modularize per-address family and functional operations using
a registration mechanism; this permits configuration according
to which files you include (but beware that order of the files
is important to insure backwards compatibility)
o many cleanups to eliminate incestuous behaviour, global variables,
and poor coding practices (still much more to fix)

The original motivation of this work was to support dynamic addition
of functionality based on the interface so we can eliminate the various
little control programs and so that vendors can distribute ifconfig
plugins that support their in-kernel code. That work is still to be
completed.

o Update 802.11 support for all the new net80211 functionality; some
of these operations (e.g. list *) may be better suited in a different
program


138559 08-Dec-2004 phk

Make sure we don't pass garbage to the kernel.

The filesystem is named "ufs" not "ffs".


138421 05-Dec-2004 hmp

Code for automatic name completion in a tcsh(1) environment.

PR: docs/44435
Submitted by: Slaven Rezic slaven dot rezic at berlin dot de


138314 02-Dec-2004 maxim

o Do not dump core in -W if dumpdates was not readable and ddatev == NULL.

PR: bin/69977

o Remove unused ddates_in.

Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 3 weeks


138234 30-Nov-2004 ru

Revert last change. It doesn't break mount(8) reporting
but allows a "nodev" in /etc/fstab, etc.


138195 29-Nov-2004 rik

Fix typo.

Submitted by: Janusz Muc'ka (Defacto) <gdef at cvd dot pl>
MFC after: 3 days


138187 29-Nov-2004 ru

Fix the mount(8) status reporting, now that MNT_NODEV is a no-op (zero).

Asked to commit by: phk


138162 28-Nov-2004 ceri

Clarify that devd will only parse files whose names end in .conf.
Prompted by

PR: docs/73668
Submitted by: Dan Pelleg
MFC After: 3 days


138129 27-Nov-2004 das

Don't include sys/user.h merely for its side-effect of recursively
including other headers.


138112 26-Nov-2004 le

Implement 'setstate' to allow setting the state of drives and subdisks
for debugging and emergency purposes.


138110 26-Nov-2004 le

Implement checkparity/rebuildparity.


138097 25-Nov-2004 delphij

Avoid comparing pointer against a numerical value by adding a * in
front of it.

Reviewed by: phk


138096 25-Nov-2004 phk

Add first cut at dethaumagizing UFS mounting.


138095 25-Nov-2004 phk

Add a convenience function for building nmount iov arrays.


138094 25-Nov-2004 phk

Fix bug: don't let "synco" match "sync"


138072 25-Nov-2004 brooks

Remove a duplicate line from an apparent merge error in rev 1.63.


137672 13-Nov-2004 ru

Sync usage() and SYNOPSIS.


137669 13-Nov-2004 ru

Sync usage() with manpage SYNOPSIS and code.


137643 13-Nov-2004 marcel

For create and migrate, remove the `.Op Fl f' introduced in the
previous two commits and combine them with the existing flags
that were already there.

Pointed out by: ru@


137642 13-Nov-2004 marcel

Add an -f option (for force) to the migrate command. Normally an MBR
with unknown partitions is not migrated. By specifying the -f option
migration will happen and unknown partitions will be lost.


137641 13-Nov-2004 marcel

Add an -f option (for force) to the create command. The -f option
allows the user to force the creation of a GPT even when there's a
MBR on the device. The MBR is simply wiped and any partitions
described by it are lost. Without the -f option one cannot create
a GPT when there's a MBR.


137635 13-Nov-2004 philip

Reflect the cuaa->cuad namechange in documentation.

Might as well do them all while I'm at it :-)

Submitted by: Steve Kargl <sgk@troutmask.apl.washington.edu>


137603 12-Nov-2004 marcel

Fix a braino: the partition size in the PMBR is in sectors, not bytes
and 'mediasz' is in bytes. As it so happens, we define 'last' as the
sector number of the last sector on the medium which also is the size
of the PMBR partition. Therefore, use 'last' instead of 'mediasz'.

Submitted by: Dan Markarian <markarian at apple dot com>


137553 10-Nov-2004 markm

Help Tinderbox and remove mount_autofs


137511 10-Nov-2004 phk

Add 0xbf as new partition id for Solaris.

Submitted by: Lawrence.Lee@sun.com


137315 06-Nov-2004 dd

Bump .Dd, replace missing letter, and prefer to use a verb that
matches the option letter.

Submitted by: ru
Should know better by now: dd


137313 06-Nov-2004 ru

First there was an -m option.
Then Peter killed it and made it the default.
Then Brooks and Poul-Henning added it again.
Then Ruslan fixed the manpage...


137310 06-Nov-2004 pjd

For file backed md(4) devices output their source file via
'mdconfig -l -u <unit>'.
Bump version number, as this change breaks ABI/API.


137304 06-Nov-2004 dd

Remove a useless use of cat, strip overzealous punctuation, and
clarify some text.


137303 06-Nov-2004 dd

Parse file mode with setmode(3) for consistency with other programs
that do this kind of thing.


137301 06-Nov-2004 dd

Update the description of -l to reflect reality. After mdconfig.c
1.25, -l without -u only lists the names, so specifying -u does more
than just limit the output to one device.


137300 06-Nov-2004 dd

If there aren't any devices to list, output nothing instead of an
empty line. This is consistent with other utilities.

While I'm here, remove artifacts of the previous list implementation.


137280 05-Nov-2004 pjd

Note that sysctls documentation is missing.


137221 04-Nov-2004 ceri

Grammatical and spelling improvements.

Reviewed by: pjd


137200 04-Nov-2004 phk

Ups! Forgot to put "sbin" on the commit line:

Remove userland vinum(8) stuff.


137189 04-Nov-2004 bms

Fix markup: .Dv -> .Va
Update document dates.

Prodded by: ru


137180 04-Nov-2004 bms

Document the fact that blackhole routes normally need to be bound
to lo(4) interfaces to have an effect, and that this is not needed
when using IP fast forwarding.

Sponsored by: eXtensible Open Router Project <URL:http://www.xorp.org/>
MFC after: 3 weeks


137173 03-Nov-2004 ceri

Be more clear that "bridged" is a synonym for "layer2".

PR: docs/44400
Submitted by: Constantin Stefanov <cstef at mail dot ru>


137164 03-Nov-2004 ru

Introduce the PRECIOUSPROG knob in bsd.prog.mk, similar
to PRECIOUSLIB from bsd.lib.mk. The side effect of this
is making installing the world under jail(8) possible by
using another knob, NOFSCHG.

Reviewed by: oliver


137161 03-Nov-2004 pjd

Remove extra 's'.

Submitted by: ceri


137160 03-Nov-2004 pjd

Be more correct.

Submitted by: ceri


137158 03-Nov-2004 pjd

Remove one more redundant 'not'.


137107 01-Nov-2004 pjd

Remove redundant 'not'.


137096 31-Oct-2004 dd

Replace link to nonexistent raid(4) with one to geom(8). I don't like
implying that geom(8) is a RAID solution, but it can be used for that
purpose, and a pointer in that direction is better than nothing.

PR: 73088
Submitted by: Miguel Mendez <flynn@energyhq.es.eu.org>


137093 31-Oct-2004 marcel

Remove the -k option to migrate. The option causes gpt(8) to preserve
the MBR after it is migrated to a GPT. While this was useful during
the early days when GPT support was under development, it's something
that users can use without knowing what they're getting themselves
into. The possible harm outweights the marginal usefulness it now has.


136937 25-Oct-2004 marcel

Remove useless inclusion of <sys/disklabel.h>

Obtained from: Dan Markarian <markarian at apple dot com>


136936 25-Oct-2004 marcel

Declare variables as static, like I intended.

Obtained from: Dan Markarian <markarian at apple dot com>


136935 25-Oct-2004 marcel

Fix bogon. Create the BSD label in the FreeBSD slice.


136934 25-Oct-2004 marcel

Catch up with the BSD label changes. The partition offsets are relative
to the partition now. While here, make sure we skip unused partition
entries.


136933 25-Oct-2004 marcel

Build gpt(8) on all platforms.


136932 25-Oct-2004 marcel

Add byte swapping and UUID encoding/decoding to allow gpt to be compiled
on big-endian machines.

Obtained from: Dan Markarian <markarian at apple dot com>


136910 24-Oct-2004 ru

For variables that are only checked with defined(), don't provide
any fake value.


136902 24-Oct-2004 ru

Fixed misspelling of DPADD.


136887 24-Oct-2004 nyan

Merged from src/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c revision 1.75.
(Don't prepend "/dev" if an argument given is an absolute pathname.)


136815 23-Oct-2004 des

Use %zu to format size_t instead of %jd and an intmax_t cast.

Approved by: hamlet


136808 23-Oct-2004 phk

Stop amd64 warnings.


136788 22-Oct-2004 andre

Refuse to unload the ipdivert module unless the 'force' flag is given to kldunload.

Reflect the fact that IPDIVERT is a loadable module in the divert(4) and ipfw(8)
man pages.


136721 20-Oct-2004 rwatson

Explicitly break out NETA license from Berkeley license to clearly
indicate license grant, as well as to indicate that NETA is asserting
only two clauses, not four clauses.

Requested by: imp


136720 20-Oct-2004 ru

Don't prepend "/dev" if an argument given is an absolute pathname.

Reviewed by: jhb


136491 13-Oct-2004 schweikh

Print a usage message if a non-option is specified.
MFC after: 3 weeks


136346 10-Oct-2004 imp

The got_siginfo = 0 should have been got_sigalarm=0 to match the other
passes.

Submitted by: Dworkin Muller


136335 09-Oct-2004 csjp

Add a note to the man page warning users about possible lock order
reversals+system lock ups if they are using ucred based rules
while running with debug.mpsafenet=1.

I am working on merging a shared locking mechanism into ipfw which
should take care of this problem, but it still requires a bit more
testing and review.


136322 09-Oct-2004 le

Make fsck WARNS=2 clean.


136289 09-Oct-2004 scottl

3 important fixes for growfs:

1) ginode() is passed a cylinder group number and inode number. The inode
number is relative to the cg. Use this relative number rather than the
absolute inode number when searching the cg inode bitmap to see if the inode
is allocated. Using the absolute number quickly runs the check off the end
of the array and causes invalid inodes to be referenced.

2) ginode() checks the absolute indoe number to make sure that it is greater
than ROOTINO. However, the caller loops through all of the possible inode
numbers and directly passes in values that are < ROOTINO. Instead of halting
the program with an error, just return NULL.

3) When allocating new cylinder groups, growfs was initializing all of the
inodes in the group regardless of this only being required for UFS1. Not
doing this for UFS2 provides a significant performance increase.

These fixes allow growing a filesystem beyond a trivial amount and have
been tested to grow an 8GB filesystem to 1.9TB. Much more testing would
be appreciated.

Obtained from: Sandvine, Inc.


136281 08-Oct-2004 truckman

Eliminate linked list used to track inodes with an initial link
count of zero and instead encode this information in the inode state.
Pass 4 performed a linear search of this list for each inode in
the file system, which performs poorly if the list is long.

Reviewed by: sam & keramida (an earlier version of the patch), mckusick
MFC after: 1 month


136257 08-Oct-2004 phk

Only print progress statistics once per second.


136248 08-Oct-2004 green

Reference altq(4) instead of pf.conf(5).

Tip of the hat to: mlaier


136247 08-Oct-2004 green

Commit forgotten documentation for "diverted" rules.


136110 04-Oct-2004 des

Promote mediasize and physmem to uintmax_t when comparing them.


136107 03-Oct-2004 des

Whitespace nit.


136105 03-Oct-2004 des

dumpon builds cleanly at WARNS level 6.


136104 03-Oct-2004 des

Verify that the specified device is at least as large as hw.physmem.


136103 03-Oct-2004 des

Wrap some long lines (no content changes)


136092 03-Oct-2004 stefanf

Don't add integers to void pointers.


136079 03-Oct-2004 green

Remove blindly-copied extra include path.


136078 03-Oct-2004 mlaier

Remove -I from CFLAGS. This splipped in with the 3.5 import (as I was
building on a box with older pfvar.h installed). Didn't intend to commit it.

Requested by: ru (on a C&P to ipfw's Makefile)


136075 03-Oct-2004 green

Add support to IPFW for matching by TCP data length.


136074 03-Oct-2004 green

Add the documentation for IPFW's diverted(-loopback|-output) matches.


136073 03-Oct-2004 green

Add support to IPFW for classification based on "diverted" status
(that is, input via a divert socket).


136072 03-Oct-2004 green

Remove accidentally-added O_DIVERTED section.


136071 03-Oct-2004 green

Add to IPFW the ability to do ALTQ classification/tagging.


136059 02-Oct-2004 pjd

Fix a deadlock in ggatel(8) simlar to one which was fixed some time
ago in md(4).

Submitted by: Ivan Voras <ivoras@fer.hr>


135962 30-Sep-2004 ru

Fixed desctiptions of some options:

- Document better what the -C option means.
- The -c option is currently a no-op.
- The -D and -h options do not allow switching between
single/dual console modes and internal/video consoles.
(This used to be true for the old biosdisk boot code,
but now they just force the multiple consoles mode and
serial console, respectively.)


135959 30-Sep-2004 ru

FreeBSD has full support for multiple consoles since 2001.


135957 30-Sep-2004 maxim

o Store timestamp in network byte order.
o Remove an assumption sizeof(struct timeval) == 8 (this is not
true on sparc64).

Reviewed by: imp, -hackers
Obtained from: NetBSD (rev. 1.75)
MT5 after: 1 month


135911 28-Sep-2004 phk

This is a small tool which will read an entire disk(partition) using
1M blocks and optionally write the read data to a file or disk.

If a read error happens, the 1M block gets put on the end of the worklist
and will be retried with 64k blocksize.

If a read error happens again, the 64k block gets put at the end of the
worklist and will be retried with single sector reads.

The program keeps trying until you stop it.

You can refresh a disk:

recoverdisk /dev/ad1 /dev/ad1

or salvage a floppy:

recoverdisk /dev/fd0 myfloppy.flp


135868 28-Sep-2004 imp

Turns out that revision 1.52 was a bad idea. It broke the long
standing ability to list a non-existant device in /etc/ttys to keep it
from dying. This is a documented feature of init(8):
The init utility can also be used to keep arbitrary daemons running,
automatically restarting them if they die. In this case, the first field
in the ttys(5) file must not reference the path to a configured device
node and will be passed to the daemon as the final argument on its com-
mand line. This is similar to the facility offered in the AT&T System V
UNIX /etc/inittab.

So rather than fix the man page to 'break' this feature, back out the change.

At the time this change was made, people felt that the spamage from
getty was annoying on headless consoles. Andrew Gallatin noted:
> Most of my machines are headless without video cards and use a serial
> console. With devfs this means that /dev/ttyv[1-N] do not exist and
> getty bitches like this:
>
> Sep 26 11:00:11 monet getty[543]: open /dev/ttyv1: No such file or directory

and we went off and applied this hack rather than fixing getty to
sleep forever when it gets an unknown device, as was Andrew's other
suggestion. Since it breaks things, I'm off to do that instead.


135826 26-Sep-2004 obrien

Embellish the man page after trying to migrate to gstripe from ccd(4).


135825 26-Sep-2004 pjd

Don't allow to specify wrong stripe size.

Reported by: obrien


135618 23-Sep-2004 brooks

Sort the SEE ALSO list correctly. Update the document date.

Reported by: ru


135593 23-Sep-2004 brooks

Refrence bsdlabel.8 and bsdlabel.5 rather then the obsolete disklabel.8
and disklabel.5. Refrencing bsdlabel.5 is somewhat bogus as it is not
connected to the build and is mostly unwritten at this point.

Reported by: Matthias Andree <matthias.andree at web.de>
PR: docs/72020


135554 21-Sep-2004 csjp

Since "d" is an array of 32 bit values, it is more
correct to change the cast from unsigned int to uint32_t.

Pointed out by: luigi


135465 19-Sep-2004 ru

Prepare for 5.x soon becoming -STABLE.

Pointed out by: -current users


135460 19-Sep-2004 pjd

Fix '-s' option for large disks and fix printing maximum file system size.


135437 18-Sep-2004 pjd

Document '-p' flag for 'insert' command correct.


135387 17-Sep-2004 le

Use correct format string.

Submitted by: ssouhlal


135370 17-Sep-2004 pjd

Do not exit after printing usage, give geom(8) a chance to show standard
commands.


135369 17-Sep-2004 pjd

- Show all commands in usage, even if those commands are not available.
- When command is not available, just say it, instead of says, that command
is unknown. Old behaviour seems to be too confusing.


135340 16-Sep-2004 pjd

- Make md(4) 64-bit clean.
After this change it should be possible to use very big md(4) devices.
- Clean up and simplify the code a bit.
- Use humanize_number(3) to print size of md(4) devices.
- Add 't' suffix which stands for terabyte.
- Make '-S' to really work with all types of devices.
- Other minor changes.


135259 15-Sep-2004 sos

Distinguish between TCQ and NCQ type of tagged queing.


135154 13-Sep-2004 andre

Make 'ipfw tee' behave as inteded and designed. A tee'd packet is copied
and sent to the DIVERT socket while the original packet continues with the
next rule. Unlike a normally diverted packet no IP reassembly attemts are
made on tee'd packets and they are passed upwards totally unmodified.

Note: This will not be MFC'd to 4.x because of major infrastucture changes.

PR: kern/64240 (and many others collapsed into that one)


135097 12-Sep-2004 alfred

WARNS=4 safe.


135094 12-Sep-2004 alfred

Fix build.


135093 12-Sep-2004 alfred

Hook mount_autofs to the build.


135089 11-Sep-2004 csjp

Currently when ipfw(8) generates the micro-instructions for rules which
contain O_UID, O_GID and O_JAIL opcodes, the F_NOT or F_OR logical
operator bits get clobbered. Making it impossible to use the ``NOT'' or
``OR'' operators with uid, gid and jail based constraints.

The ipfw_insn instruction template contains a ``len'' element which
stores two pieces of information, the size of the instruction
(in 32-bit words) in the low 6 bits of "len" with the 2 remaining
bits to implement OR and NOT.

The current code clobbers the OR and NOT bits by initializing the
``len'' element to the size, rather than OR'ing the bits. This change
fixes this by changing the initialization of cmd->len to an OR operation
for the O_UID, O_GID and O_JAIL opcodes.

This may be a MFC candidate for RELENG_5.

Reviewed by: andre
Approved by: luigi
PR: kern/63961 (partially)


135036 10-Sep-2004 maxim

o Initialize a local variable and make gcc happy.

PR: bin/71485
Submitted by: Jukka A. Ukkonen


135035 10-Sep-2004 phk

Fix a type bug which sometimes wrote unusable lock sectors on the disk.


134973 09-Sep-2004 brooks

The disk labels generated by bsdlabel can no address more than
0xffffffff sectors. Document this limit and avoid installing bogus
labels on disks with more sectors.

Allowing the installation of labels addressing as much of the disk as
possiable may be a useful addition in some situations, but this was easy
to implement and should reduce confusion.

PR: bin/71408


134965 08-Sep-2004 jmg

add support for documented readonly option...
also print out the option that is unknow so that the user knows what (s)he
did wrong..

MFC after: 3 days


134940 08-Sep-2004 alfred

sync with private code:

fix a 5.x'ism that 4.x needs protection from.
make this code compile standalone.


134937 08-Sep-2004 pjd

Fix/clean up return values checking.


134841 06-Sep-2004 pjd

Allow to setup GBDE on providers which contain '/' in their names,
e.g. mirror/<name>, stripe/<name>.

Approved by: phk


134609 01-Sep-2004 brooks

Use a spare byte in struct if_data to store the structure size without
increasing it. Add code to ifconfig to use this size to find the
sockaddr_dl after the struct if_data in the routing message. This
allows struct if_data to grow (up to 255 bytes) without breaking
ifconfig.

Submitted by: peter


134597 01-Sep-2004 scottl

Move back to WARNS=2


134589 01-Sep-2004 scottl

Create DIP_SET() and IBLK_SET() macros to fix lvalue warnings.

Inspired by: kan


134576 31-Aug-2004 alfred

Enter the autofs.


134565 31-Aug-2004 trhodes

Correct a style bug: remove a gratuitous space between ( and ".

Ok'ed by: fjoe


134541 30-Aug-2004 peter

Add a suffix descriptor for the acpi thermal values as a hint for the userland
sysctl tool to print a more readable value for temperatures.


134539 30-Aug-2004 pjd

When configuring RAID3 with verification option, force synchronization
of parity component, because we can't return an EIO error for read of
every sector which wasn't written first.

Discussed with: phk


134475 29-Aug-2004 maxim

o Restore a historical ipfw1 logamount behaviour: rules with 'log'
keyword but without 'logamount' limit the amount of their log messages
by net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit sysctl value.

RELENG_5 candidate.

PR: kern/46080
Submitted by: Dan Pelleg
MFC after: 1 week


134422 28-Aug-2004 pjd

Warn the user if we are not going to use the whole provider's space.


134420 28-Aug-2004 pjd

Warn the user if we are not going to use whole provider space.

Requested by: Michael Handler <handler@grendel.net>


134419 28-Aug-2004 pjd

- If error string begins with "warning: ", don't exit, treat it as a warning
only.
- Use getprogname() function when informing about versions problem.


134225 23-Aug-2004 pjd

Fix 'show' command for pipes and queues.

PR: bin/70311
Submitted by: Pawel Malachowski <pawmal-posting@freebsd.lublin.pl>
MFC after: 3 days


134196 23-Aug-2004 pjd

Add missing GEOM classes, which are aware of geom(8).

Submitted by: kuriyama


134169 22-Aug-2004 pjd

Fix sysctl name.


134168 22-Aug-2004 pjd

Implementation of 'verify reading' algorithm, which uses parity data for
verification of regular data when device is in complete state.
On verification error, EIO error is returned for the bio and sysctl
kern.geom.raid3.stat.parity_mismatch is increased.

Suggested by: phk


134124 21-Aug-2004 pjd

Implement new reading algorithm, which will use parity component for reading
as well, even if device is in complete state.
I observe 40% of speed-up with this option for random read operations,
but slowdown for sequential reads.
Basically, without this option reading from a RAID3 device built from 5
components (c0-c4) looks like this:

Request no. Used components
1 c0+c1+c2+c3
2 c0+c1+c2+c3
3 c0+c1+c2+c3

With the new feature:

Request no. Used components
1 c0+c1+c2+c3
2 (c1^c2^c3^c4)+c1+c2+c3
3 c0+(c0^c2^c3^c4)+c2+c3
4 c0+c1+(c0^c1^c3^c4)+c3
5 c0+c1+c2+(c0^c1^c2^c4)
6 c0+c1+c2+c3
[...]


134011 19-Aug-2004 jhb

Generalize the UFS bad magic value used to determine when a filesystem
has only been partly initialized via newfs(8) so that it applies to both
UFS1 and UFS2.

Submitted by: "Xin LI" delphij at frontfree dot net
MFC: maybe?


133978 18-Aug-2004 pjd

- Add a manual page for graid3(8) utility.
- Connect it to the build.
- Inform geom(8) about it.


133967 18-Aug-2004 pjd

Add a line to BUGS section about the need of implementation description.


133962 18-Aug-2004 pjd

Add some missing empty lines.


133961 18-Aug-2004 pjd

Fix typo.


133960 18-Aug-2004 pjd

Actually one can specify more than one device to stop.


133959 18-Aug-2004 pjd

Ok, let's try again:
Add manual page for gmirror(8) utility.


133958 18-Aug-2004 pjd

- Add a manual page for gmirror(8) utility.
- Connect it to the build.
- Inform geom(8) manual page about it.

Reviewed by: trhodes


133814 16-Aug-2004 ru

Use a local "compress" symbol corresponding to a variable in BSS,
rather than the one from libz, corresponding to a function, when
linking statically.

PR: bin/70392


133812 16-Aug-2004 pjd

Connect RAID3 GEOM class to the build.


133808 16-Aug-2004 pjd

Introduce GEOM RAID3 class, i.e. kernel module, which implements RAID3
transformation and graid3(8) userland utility, which can be used for
configuration. No manual page yet, sorry.

Hardware provided by: Daniel Seuffert


133723 14-Aug-2004 stefanf

Avoid using void pointers in additive expressions.

PR: 56653


133715 14-Aug-2004 phk

Don't declare everything we find on a loopback interface for passive:

Only the actual loopback address should be declared passive, other
addresses are very likely to be desirable to announce.

Check for IFF_LOOPBACK instead of IFF_PASSIVE to determine if we have
an unknown interface type.


133650 13-Aug-2004 ru

Removed commented out bitrot.


133607 13-Aug-2004 csjp

Remove trailing whitespace and change "prisoniD" to "prisonID".

Pointed out by: simon
Approved by: bmilekic (mentor)


133600 12-Aug-2004 csjp

Add the ability to associate ipfw rules with a specific prison ID.
Since the only thing truly unique about a prison is it's ID, I figured
this would be the most granular way of handling this.

This commit makes the following changes:

- Adds tokenizing and parsing for the ``jail'' command line option
to the ipfw(8) userspace utility.
- Append the ipfw opcode list with O_JAIL.
- While Iam here, add a comment informing others that if they
want to add additional opcodes, they should append them to the end
of the list to avoid ABI breakage.
- Add ``fw_prid'' to the ipfw ucred cache structure.
- When initializing ucred cache, if the process is jailed,
set fw_prid to the prison ID, otherwise set it to -1.
- Update man page to reflect these changes.

This change was a strong motivator behind the ucred caching
mechanism in ipfw.

A sample usage of this new functionality could be:

ipfw add count ip from any to any jail 2

It should be noted that because ucred based constraints
are only implemented for TCP and UDP packets, the same
applies for jail associations.

Conceptual head nod by: pjd
Reviewed by: rwatson
Approved by: bmilekic (mentor)


133570 12-Aug-2004 pjd

The geom(8) utility needs dynamic linker functionality to work, so it can't
be staticaly linked.
This fixes problems on systems compiled with NO_DYNAMICROOT.


133565 12-Aug-2004 harti

Add support for the examination and modification of the devices.
This is implemented through SNMP and requires the ilmi daemon to
run on the system. To prevent bloat in rescue the atmconfig for
rescue is compiled without this stuff.


133447 10-Aug-2004 pjd

Forgot to commit those: introduce hardcoded provider functionality,
which allow to store provider's name in the metadata and avoid
problems when few providers share the same last sector.


133387 09-Aug-2004 andre

New ipfw option "antispoof":

For incoming packets, the packet's source address is checked if it
belongs to a directly connected network. If the network is directly
connected, then the interface the packet came on in is compared to
the interface the network is connected to. When incoming interface
and directly connected interface are not the same, the packet does
not match.

Usage example:

ipfw add deny ip from any to any not antispoof in

Manpage education by: ru


133384 09-Aug-2004 des

The multiplier prefix is actually a multiplier suffix.


133373 09-Aug-2004 pjd

- Introduce option for hardcoding providers' names into metadata.
It allows to fix problems when last provider's sector is shared between few
providers.
- Bump version number for CONCAT and STRIPE and add code for backward
compatibility.
- Do not bump version number of MIRROR, as it wasn't officially introduced yet.
Even if someone started to play with it, there is no big deal, because
wrong MD5 sum of metadata will deny those providers.
- Update manual pages.
- Add version history to g_(stripe|concat).h files.


133357 09-Aug-2004 jmg

change the name of the md module, to g_md, introduce a define with the
name MD_MODNAME, and make mdconfig use this new define...


133352 09-Aug-2004 yongari

Fix long standing mediaopt setting bugs seen on sparc64. Though
the bug exists in little-endian machine, it was not triggered due
to the difference of memory ordering between little/big endian
machines. Instead of relying on possibly modified value during
function invokcations, use saved copy of ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family.
Also add a comment at the top of ifconfig.c clarifying the issue
so the bug won't re-appear.

Approved by: jake
Reviewed by: yar


133348 08-Aug-2004 des

Use fallthrough to simplify the multiplier logic; optimistically add
support for the T multiplier; improve the error message for unrecognized
multipliers.


133347 08-Aug-2004 des

Fix some whitespace issues, and move a curly brace out of an #ifdef to
avoid confusing auto-indenting editors.


133270 07-Aug-2004 le

Due to popular demand, hook up geom_vinum to the build.


133260 07-Aug-2004 marcel

Document the remove command.


133259 07-Aug-2004 marcel

Implement a remove command. The remove command iterates the GPT
partitions and removes any that matches the pre-conditions. The
options are the same for the add command and are used to select
the partitions to remove.
Currently the remove command without any options deletes all GPT
partitions. This is rather harmful and will need anti-footshooting
measures.


133256 07-Aug-2004 marcel

Use __FBSDID.


133254 07-Aug-2004 marcel

o Save the partition number (=index) in the internal map. The index
starts at 1. No index is represented by 0.
o Change the show command to display the partition number at the expense
of the partition end columm. We already display the start and size.
o Enhance the add command to accept the -i option. The -i option allows
the user to specify which partition number the new partition should
get.
o Update the manpage accordingly.


133205 06-Aug-2004 pjd

Add and document kern.geom.stripe.fast_failed sysctl, which shows how
many times "fast" mode failed.


133187 06-Aug-2004 gordon

Now that we have gcc 3.4, we can flip ia64 to using a dynamically linked
/bin and /sbin.

Reviewed by: marcel (via pluto1)


133097 04-Aug-2004 le

Allow 'create <filename>'.


133031 02-Aug-2004 marcel

Add Linux swap partition and MS reserved partition descriptions.
While here:
o Make the UUIDs static to avoid runtime initialization,
o Rename ext to mslinux,
o Replace the use of memcmp() with uuid_equal(),
o Various style(9) improvements,
o Order the comparisons based on importance,
o Remove the word partition from all the descriptions,
o Other description improvements.

Includes patch from: T. Muthu Mohan < Muthu_T at dell dot com >


133030 02-Aug-2004 marcel

What's in a name: s/disklabel/bsdlabel/


133005 02-Aug-2004 pjd

Don't use version number in library name. The library version is checked
after dlopen() anyway, so we should be safe.

Suggested by: ru


133002 02-Aug-2004 stefanf

- Signal handlers must have an int argument.
- Use prototypes.
- Add a cast for a signed vs unsigned comparison.
- Mark as WARNS?=3 clean.


132982 01-Aug-2004 pjd

After changing LIBDIR to SHLIBDIR, because of dependencies problems,
new problem shows up: symblic links (<libname>.so) are created under
/usr/lib/ now, instead of under /lib/geom/ where geom(8) looks for them.
Introduce a workaround to fix this by teaching geom(8) to open libraries
via /lib/geom/<libname>.so.<major_number> instead of /lib/geom/<libname>.so.


132920 31-Jul-2004 pjd

Use SHLIBDIR instead of LIBDIR. This should fix buildworld breakage.

Reported by: des


132909 31-Jul-2004 pjd

Add '-p' option for 'insert' command which allows to specify priority
of the new component.
Version number wasn't bumped (it should be), because I think there are
no geom_mirror users yet.


132905 30-Jul-2004 pjd

Connect GEOM_MIRROR class to the build.


132904 30-Jul-2004 pjd

Add GEOM_MIRROR class which provide RAID1 functionality and has many useful
features. The gmirror(8) utility should be used for control of this class.
There is no manual page yet, but I'm working on it with keramida@.

Many useful tests provided by: simon (thank you!)
Some ideas from: scottl, simon, phk


132877 30-Jul-2004 pjd

- Add '-S' option, which allow to specify sector size for transparent
provider.
- Bump version number.

This allows for a quite interesting trick. One can setup a stripe with
stripe size of 512 bytes and create transparent provider on top of it
with sector size equal to <ndisks> * 512. The result will be something
like RAID3 without parity disk (every access will touch all disks).


132872 30-Jul-2004 pjd

Fix typo.


132847 29-Jul-2004 kan

Make lookup_host function invocation parameter match its prototype.


132832 29-Jul-2004 le

Catch up with recent gcc changes and introduce a DIP_SET macro
to use when setting values that depend on the UFS version.
Raise WARNS again.


132801 28-Jul-2004 harti

No need to include if_var.h.


132800 28-Jul-2004 harti

Get rid of several unneeded includes (if.h, if_var.h, if_mib.h).


132763 28-Jul-2004 kan

Downgrade WARNS level until GCC 3.4.2 warning are fixed.


132762 28-Jul-2004 kan

Avoid casts as lvalues.


132761 28-Jul-2004 kan

Downgrade WARNS level until GCC 3.4.2 warning have been fixed.


132690 27-Jul-2004 yar

Bump the date, .Dd, since the document content has been changed
in the previous commit.

Pointed out by: ru


132665 26-Jul-2004 pjd

Improve geom(8)'s 'list' command to show geoms and their providers and
consumers. Teach STRIPE, CONCAT and NOP classes about this improvement.


132664 26-Jul-2004 pjd

Change naming scheme from /dev/<name>.stripe to /dev/stripe/<name>.


132663 26-Jul-2004 pjd

Change naming scheme from /dev/<name>.concat to /dev/concat/<name>.


132660 26-Jul-2004 stefanf

Assign the result of getopt() to an int rather than to a char (which is
possibly unsigned).


132658 26-Jul-2004 yar

Add two knobs to ifconfig(8), `vlanmtu' and `vlanhwtag',
that provide control over the respective capabilities
of an interface, reception of extended frames and hardware
VLAN multiplexor.


132656 26-Jul-2004 suz

re-enabled Rev 1.15 (lost during KAME merge at Rev 1.25, due to a KAME bug...)

Obtained from: KAME


132629 25-Jul-2004 phk

Give better diagnostic for problems with backing files.


132608 24-Jul-2004 le

Fix potential buffer overflow.

PR: bin/14697
Submitted by: Matthew <kienow@infinet.com>


132539 22-Jul-2004 keramida

Add references to pf(4) and pfctl(8) at the description of
securelevel = 3.

PR: docs/69417
Submitted by: Janos Mohacsi (mohacsi(at)niif(dot)hu)


132510 21-Jul-2004 andre

Extend versrcreach by checking against the rt_flags for RTF_REJECT and
RTF_BLACKHOLE as well.

To quote the submitter:

The uRPF loose-check implementation by the industry vendors, at least on Cisco
and possibly Juniper, will fail the check if the route of the source address
is pointed to Null0 (on Juniper, discard or reject route). What this means is,
even if uRPF Loose-check finds the route, if the route is pointed to blackhole,
uRPF loose-check must fail. This allows people to utilize uRPF loose-check mode
as a pseudo-packet-firewall without using any manual filtering configuration --
one can simply inject a IGP or BGP prefix with next-hop set to a static route
that directs to null/discard facility. This results in uRPF Loose-check failing
on all packets with source addresses that are within the range of the nullroute.

Submitted by: James Jun <james@towardex.com>


132502 21-Jul-2004 harti

The media info is printed with the -hardware option so there is no
point to write 'Media' in the table header for the -atm option.


132495 21-Jul-2004 harti

'atmconfig natm show' shows all currently configured PVCs for IP over ATM,
not 'atmconfig natm list'.


132494 21-Jul-2004 harti

Add special lines for 'help commands'.


132493 21-Jul-2004 harti

Allow more than one help file. There is a restriction that
each help file must start with a level 0 topic.


132492 21-Jul-2004 harti

Allow the help file path and name to be overwritten by cc -D...
Also remove the current directory from the default help file path
and add an appropriate directory in /usr/local instead.


132463 20-Jul-2004 harti

The natm sub-command was missing in the TOC of the helpfile.


132381 19-Jul-2004 pjd

MFp4: Add two options for gnop(8)'s 'create' command:
-o offset - specifies where to start on the original provider
-s size - specifies size of the transparent provider


132367 18-Jul-2004 silby

Clarify boot.8 (i386 version) a bit, so that people know
where boot.config needs to reside. Also change /kernel
to /boot/loader, as that is the apparent default now. This
man page probably requires more updates.


132348 18-Jul-2004 maxim

`off' is a keyword, not a parameter name.

Obtained from: DragonFly


132344 18-Jul-2004 pjd

MFp4: Add 'dump' command to gconcat(8), glabel(8) and gstripe(8) which allow
to dump metadata from given components.


132326 18-Jul-2004 brueffer

Mention the vfs.usermount sysctl.

Obtained from: NetBSD via DragonFly BSD
MFC after: 3 days


132153 14-Jul-2004 pjd

Add a reference to glabel(8).


132117 13-Jul-2004 phk

Give kldunload a -f(orce) argument.

Add a MOD_QUIESCE event for modules. This should return error (EBUSY)
of the module is in use.

MOD_UNLOAD should now only fail if it is impossible (as opposed to
inconvenient) to unload the module. Valid reasons are memory references
into the module which cannot be tracked down and eliminated.

When kldunloading, we abandon if MOD_UNLOAD fails, and if -force is
not given, MOD_QUIESCE failing will also prevent the unload.

For backwards compatibility, we treat EOPNOTSUPP from MOD_QUIESCE as
success.

Document that modules should return EOPNOTSUPP for unknown events.


132100 13-Jul-2004 pjd

Document sysctl variables.

Based on: simon's patch


132099 13-Jul-2004 pjd

Those sysctl are used to control GEOM class, not a userland utility.

Reviewed by: simon


132096 13-Jul-2004 pjd

Document sysctls variables used by GEOM_STRIPE class.

Submitted by: simon


131879 09-Jul-2004 pjd

Decrease default stripe size to 4k, as we have "FAST" mode turned on by
default.


131835 08-Jul-2004 trhodes

Remove support for gemdos, John removed it from the driver awhile ago.

Glanced at by: jhb


131763 07-Jul-2004 ru

Slight markup and grammar fixes.


131754 07-Jul-2004 ru

mdoc(7) fixes.


131747 07-Jul-2004 ru

Removed redundant and unsafe BINDIR redefinition.


131721 06-Jul-2004 pjd

Fix copy&paste bug.


131720 06-Jul-2004 stefanf

Parenthesised string literals are invalid in initialisers for character arrays.
Use braces instead.


131649 05-Jul-2004 pjd

- Add 'stop' command, which works just like 'destroy' command, but sounds
less dangerous.
- Update manual pages and extend examples.
- Bump versions.


131603 05-Jul-2004 pjd

MFp4: gmirror(8) is coming soon, and we need g_metadata_read() there.


131567 04-Jul-2004 phk

Give natd multi-instance capabilities.

This makes it possible to do load-sharing on two xDSL lines etc.


131541 03-Jul-2004 ru

One more hard sentence break.


131520 03-Jul-2004 pjd

Grammar nits.

Submitted by: David Magda <dmagda@ee.ryerson.ca>


131506 03-Jul-2004 ru

Deal with double whitespace.


131488 02-Jul-2004 ru

Mechanically kill hard sentence breaks.


131476 02-Jul-2004 pjd

Introduce GEOM_LABEL class.
This class is used for detecting volume labels on file systems:
UFS, MSDOSFS (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32) and ISO9660.
It also provide native labelization (there is no need for file system).

g_label_ufs.c is based on geom_vol_ffs from Gordon Tetlow.
g_label_msdos.c and g_label_iso9660.c are probably hacks, I just found
where volume labels are stored and I use those offsets here,
but with this class it should be easy to do it as it should be done by
someone who know how.
Implementing volume labels detection for other file systems also should
be trivial.

New providers are created in those directories:
/dev/ufs/ (UFS1, UFS2)
/dev/msdosfs/ (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32)
/dev/iso9660/ (ISO9660)
/dev/label/ (native labels, configured with glabel(8))

Manual page cleanups and some comments inside were submitted by
Simon L. Nielsen, who was, as always, very helpful. Thanks!


131471 02-Jul-2004 arun

Bump up the date and add spaces around commas. Thanks to ru@ for noticing.


131470 02-Jul-2004 ru

Deal with harmful leading whitespace.


131425 01-Jul-2004 arun

Added the ability to create and display Linux/Windows GPT partitions to gpt(8).


131397 01-Jul-2004 imp

Create a unix domain socket and write to it all the events that come
in over the socket.


131101 25-Jun-2004 sobomax

o Fix semantics of comparison function for qsort(3). According to qsort(3)
manpage:

The comparison function must return an integer less than, equal to, or
greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be respectively
less than, equal to, or greater than the second.

Therefore, simply returning "arg1 > arg2" is incorrect. Actually it works
but for the number of items to be sorted less than 7 due to special case
handling in qsort(3);

o add missing '\n' to one of usage() calls.

Approved by: phk


130918 22-Jun-2004 eik

fix handling of an unknown progeam name

Noticed by: Joshua Goodall <joshua@roughtrade.net>
Approved by: ru


130837 21-Jun-2004 pjd

Print mediasize in human readable form as well.


130753 19-Jun-2004 iedowse

Print the `99.99% done, finished soon' message only as often as the
normal status messages. Previously a large number of these new
messages could be spewed out towards the end of a dump.

Reviewed by: imp


130698 18-Jun-2004 green

Note that conscontrol set and unset are an interface for TIOCCONS.


130692 18-Jun-2004 joerg

Fix indentation of continuation lines to (hopefully) comply with
style(9).

Reminded by: bde


130676 18-Jun-2004 green

Add to conscontrol(8) "set" and "unset" commands which modify the
virtual console set-up. Specifically, "conscontrol unset" will cause
printf(9) output to start going to the console again.


130625 17-Jun-2004 pjd

Add missing newlines.


130617 16-Jun-2004 mlaier

Commit userland part of pf version 3.5 from OpenBSD (OPENBSD_3_5_BASE).


130591 16-Jun-2004 pjd

Implement 3 new functions:
- g_lcm() - calculates Least Common Multiple of two given values,
it is helpful when we need to find sector size for provider
which is based on disks with different sector size;
- g_get_mediasize() - returns media size of given provider;
- g_get_sectorsize() - returns sector size of given provider;
Those function aren't used now, but are used by geom_mirror which will be
committed soon.


130569 16-Jun-2004 bms

When parsing an argument as an address in getaddr(), heed the -host option
in all cases. The failure mode in the PR is easily reproducible without
this patch.

PR: bin/43139


130557 16-Jun-2004 bms

Turn on RFC 1724 compliant behaviour with regards to IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP;
routed should be able to specify multicast memberships to be added by
interface index. This should fix the unnumbered / point-to-point case
for RIPv2.

PR: bin/51927
Requested by: Eugene Grosbein


130535 15-Jun-2004 pjd

Connect geom(8) to the build.

Reminded by: des


130498 15-Jun-2004 bms

Ignore kernel routes with the RTF_WASCLONED flag set. This is a slight
modification of a patch which was already applied for BSD/OS in the
Rhyolite.com sources; this file is already off the vendor branch.

PR: bin/57484
Submitted by: Richard Perini


130488 14-Jun-2004 bms

mdoc(7) police

Submitted by: ru


130474 14-Jun-2004 bms

Wordsmith the BUGS section re: IPv6 link-local addresses.

PR: docs/66541
Submitted by: Michel Lavondes (with some cleanups/additions)


130452 14-Jun-2004 phk

Make fdisk initialize the first instead of the last slice by default.


130391 12-Jun-2004 le

Add gvinum, the geom_vinum userland tool.


130351 11-Jun-2004 eik

Add sha1 and rmd160 checksum tools.

Since the algorithms are already supported in libmd,
the size increase is small when a dynamic root is used.

Approved by: joerg, ru
MFC after: 2 weeks


130345 11-Jun-2004 joerg

Cast the arguments to make_h_number() to uintmax_t before multiplying
them... Otherwise the result will be truncated anyway.


130298 10-Jun-2004 ru

Fixed a bug spotted by compiling with -Wall.


130281 09-Jun-2004 ru

Introduce a new feature to IPFW2: lookup tables. These are useful
for handling large sparse address sets. Initial implementation by
Vsevolod Lobko <seva@ip.net.ua>, refined by me.

MFC after: 1 week


130134 05-Jun-2004 ru

Reapply traditionally lost fixes, fixed some more.
This manpage needs an English clenup.


130021 02-Jun-2004 stefanf

Typedefing an array of incomplete structs is non-standard C code.

Approved by: das (mentor)


130014 02-Jun-2004 pjd

Remove extra semicolon.

Inspired by: fjoe


130013 02-Jun-2004 csjp

o Move NEED1 macro to the top of the source file.

o Add sanity checking to the firewall delete operation
which tells the user that a firewall rule
specification is required.

The previous behaviour was to exit without reporting any
errors to the user.

Approved by: bmilekic (mentor)


130010 02-Jun-2004 joerg

ru's mdoc(7) style police was here.

Submitted by: ru


129965 01-Jun-2004 joerg

Major overhaul of sunlabel(8).

. Implement option -c, all partition sizes will be calculated
in cylinders as opposed to sectors. Since the Sun label is
inherently cylinder-based, this makes the job a little easier.

. Implement option -h, print the label in `human readable'
size/offset format.

. Implement SVR4-compatible VTOC-style elements. They are
fully optional, defaulting to the current behaviour where no
VTOC-style table will be written to disk. However, if
desired, the full functionality of the partitioning menu of
Solaris' format(1m) is now offered (and even more).

. When editing the label, do not loop around edit_label() where
a new template file is generated for each turn, this used to
be annoying in that any possible syntax error caused a
complaint, but then the template was created anew, so the
user had to perform all their editing again. Rather loop
inside edit_label(), similar to bsdlabel(8), so in case of
errors, the user will be presented their previous template
file again.

. If VTOC-style elements are present, the overlap checks are
made less stringent. Overlaps will still be warned about,
but overlaps of `unmountable' partitions against other ones
are no longer fatal. That way, e. g. VxVM encapsulated
disk labels can be fully edited in FreeBSD (but not in
Solaris ;-).

. In print_label(), generate the editing hints only if the -e
flag is in effect. Additionally, print a hint about the
total number of sectors in the (hardware) medium.

. When editing a label, allow for changing the geometry
emulation (and textual name) by modifying the "text:" line
on top. That way, a more effective emulation can be
chosen.

. When editing/reading a label, additionally allow for the
suffixes `s' (512-byte sectors), and `c' (cylinders) in the
partition size field.

. Finally, turn the stub man page into something that really
explains the entire thing.


129875 30-May-2004 le

Fix typo.


129866 30-May-2004 dwmalone

Use a better way to calculate POINTER_WIDTH suggested by pjd@.


129820 28-May-2004 dwmalone

Decide how much space we need to print a pointer using
sizeof(void *) rather than if __alpha__ is defined.


129754 26-May-2004 pjd

Fix order.


129745 26-May-2004 pjd

Print provider's size in human-readable form as well.


129732 25-May-2004 le

'ld' lists drives, not volumes.


129682 24-May-2004 pjd

- Add a cross-reference to geom(8).
- Add missing 'a'.


129681 24-May-2004 pjd

Add manual page for geom(8) utility.

Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl


129666 24-May-2004 stefanf

Use the correct types for the functions rst_opendir(), glob_readdir() and
rst_closedir() which are called by glob().

Reviewed by: md5
Approved by: das (mentor)


129665 24-May-2004 stefanf

Include <timeconv.h> for time conversion functions.

Approved by: das (mentor)


129660 24-May-2004 stefanf

Include <sys/linker.h> for kldload().

Approved by: das (mentor)


129629 23-May-2004 maxim

o Fix usage example.

PR: docs/67065
Submitted by: David Syphers


129603 23-May-2004 brueffer

Fix typo

Submitted by: edwin


129591 22-May-2004 pjd

Add standard command "help" to print usage.


129586 22-May-2004 pjd

Actually we are also able to list only choosen providers.


129577 22-May-2004 pjd

Be more precise.


129576 22-May-2004 pjd

style.Makefile(5).


129564 21-May-2004 pjd

Remove gconcat(8) utility. It was replaced by geom(8).


129563 21-May-2004 pjd

- More clear example description.
- Fix copy&paste bug.


129561 21-May-2004 pjd

Add manual pages for gconcat(8), gstripe(8) and gnop(8) utilities.

Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl


129556 21-May-2004 imp

Enter the 1990's and assume that the computer knows what time it is.
Print the ETA of dump being finished, rather than a cryptic delta
time. Also, if we have written more blocks than the tapesize, assume
that we are 99.99% done and that we'll be finished 'soon'.


129548 21-May-2004 pjd

- Change command name from 'config' to 'configure'.
- Bump version number.


129512 20-May-2004 pjd

Various style.Makefile(5) improvements.

Inspired by: ru


129511 20-May-2004 pjd

Various style.Makefile(5) improvements.

Provoked by: ru


129500 20-May-2004 ru

Clean up language.

Reviewed by: rik


129495 20-May-2004 des

Whitespace cleanup.


129494 20-May-2004 pjd

Fix supposed compilation problem, using LIBDIR here can confuse core/
compilation.


129477 20-May-2004 pjd

- Connect geom(8) and its libraries to the build.
- Connect geom_stripe and geom_nop modules to the build.
- Connect STRIPE and NOP classes to the LINT build.
- Disconnect gconcat(8) from the build.

Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl


129474 20-May-2004 pjd

Introduce geom(8)-specific shared libraries for CONCAT, STRIPE and NOP
GEOM classes. CONCAT should be 100% compatible with existing gconcat(8)
utility, which is going to be removed.

Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl


129470 20-May-2004 pjd

Bring in geom(8) utility. It is an universal utility for operating on
GEOM classes. It works by loading a shared library via dlopen(3) mechanism
with class-specific code, it is also responsible for communicating with
GEOM via libgeom(3).
Per-class shared libraries are going to be stored in /lib/geom/ directory.
It provides also few standard commands like 'list', 'load' and 'unload'
for existing classes which aren't aware of geom(8).
More info will be send on freebsd-current@ mailing list.

Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl


129401 18-May-2004 scottl

Improve the delay algorithm used in bgfsck. From the author:

shuffles the timing and sleep calls in bgfsck from:

sleep timer_on io timer_off io io io io io io io
to
sleep io io io io io io io timer_on io timer_off

The original method basically guaranteed that the timed I/O included a
disk seek every time, which made bgfsck sleep for much longer than
necessary.

Submitted by: Dan Nelson
Reviewed by: kirk


129389 18-May-2004 stefanf

Remove spurious semicolons.

Approved by: das (mentor)
Reviewed by: ipfw@


129378 18-May-2004 ru

Markup overhaul.


129363 17-May-2004 ru

Markup nits.


129360 17-May-2004 ru

Correct existing usage lines, add two more.


129359 17-May-2004 ru

Markup nits.


129358 17-May-2004 ru

Markup and grammar nits.


129357 17-May-2004 ru

Markup overhaul.


129327 17-May-2004 ru

Assorted markup, grammar, and spelling fixes.


129326 17-May-2004 ru

Reapply local changes that got simply axed by the latest KAME merge.
Fixed some more markup.


129322 17-May-2004 ru

Added -l to usage().


129215 14-May-2004 cognet

Use WARNS?=3 for these in the arm case for now, due to toolchain issues.


129183 13-May-2004 ume

check if the null encryption is supported or not.

Requested by: bms
Obtained from: KAME


129149 12-May-2004 ru

Polish the mdoc(7) markup.


129103 10-May-2004 hmp

Use strlcpy(3) instead of strcpy(3).

PR: 46761

Philipp Mergenthaler <philipp.mergenthaler@stud.uni-karlsruhe.de>


129058 09-May-2004 csjp

Remove redundant sanity check before add_mac() when adding
mac ipfw rules. The exact same sanity check is performed as
the first operation of add_mac(), so there is no sense
in doing it twice.

Approved by: bmilekic (mentor)
PR: bin/55981


129034 07-May-2004 csjp

Teach route(8) how to deal with root being in a prison. If prison
root is allowed to create raw sockets, then they will be able to create
routing sockets, too. However prison-root is not able to manipulate
routing tables. So when route(8) attempts to write to a routing
socket and recieves EPERM from the kernel, exit rather than moving
on with execution.

Approved by: bmilekic (mentor)


128916 04-May-2004 joerg

When editing a Sun label, make the search for a valid partition line
violate POLA a little less by not requiring exactly two spaces in front
of the entry (and silently discarding any non-matching entry). We now
recognize anything starting with a letter followed by a colon as the
first non-space chars as a partition entry.


128912 04-May-2004 bde

Include <sys/time.h> for the declaration of struct bintime instead of
depending on namespace pollution in <sys/stat.h>. struct bintime is
only needed to satisfy leakage of kernel interfaces to userland and
namespace bugs in those interfaces...


128895 03-May-2004 pjd

Add missing command.


128894 03-May-2004 pjd

Add missing commands.


128892 03-May-2004 pjd

Connect ggatec(8), ggated(8) and ggatel(8) to the build.


128882 03-May-2004 pjd

Don't repeat handshake.

This little thing can cause a deadlock, because taste mechanism start
to work after creation of ggate provider and I/O requests are sent from
other classes from the g_event thread, so number of pending events isn't 0.
Now ggatec(8) start second handshake and ggated(8) is trying to open
GEOM provider (for example md(4)) and it can't, because it hangs on
g_waitidle() in g_dev_open(). g_waitidle() cannot finish because
there is a pending read on event queue, and this read can't be
finished, because ggated(8) can't open target device.
GEOM Gate will recover from this deadlock, because requests will
timeout, but it of course isn't the best solution and I don't know
better one for now, so we should avoid opening GEOM providers while
there are pending requests in event queue.


128878 03-May-2004 andre

Link state change notification of ethernet media to the routing socket.

o Print the link state for interface messages in monitor mode.

No objections by: sam, wpaul, ru, bms
Brucification by: bde


128862 03-May-2004 pjd

Paths correction.

Pointed out by: ache, make buildworld


128861 03-May-2004 pjd

We don't need this any more, while we have /usr/include/geom/concat/.


128836 02-May-2004 pjd

Fix compiling on 64-bit architectures.


128802 01-May-2004 marcel

Build gpt(8) on all platforms, except sparc64. Currently gpt(8) is
not endian agnostic and thus will create big-endian GPTs on sparc64.
This we don't support. So, before gpt(8) can be used on a big-endian
machine, it has to deal with the endianness.


128782 30-Apr-2004 ambrisko

For both ifconfig and route if we didn't get enough memory from the
prior sysctl due to the structure growing between calls try again.

Also try again for deleting routes if things fail. We've seen
route -f fail this way which does not actually flush all routes.
This fixes it. It will whine but it will do the work.

PR: 56732
Obtained from: IronPort


128766 30-Apr-2004 pjd

GEOM Gate network daemon.


128765 30-Apr-2004 pjd

GEOM Gate network client and control utility.


128764 30-Apr-2004 pjd

GEOM Gate local control utility.


128763 30-Apr-2004 pjd

Stuff shared between ggate utilities.


128762 30-Apr-2004 pjd

Makefile for building ggate utilities: ggatel(8), ggatec(8), ggated(8).


128683 27-Apr-2004 ghelmer

Invoke tzset(3) within the main loop to catch changes to /etc/localtime
when running as a daemon in the hope that it will fix situations
where the CMOS clock was apparently set using the stale TZ offset.


128658 26-Apr-2004 bmilekic

The previous change to mount(8) to report ufs or ufs2 used
libufs, which only works for Charlie root.

This change reverts the introduction of libufs and moves the
check into the kernel. Since the f_fstypename is the same
for both ufs and ufs2, we check fs_magic for presence of
ufs2 and copy "ufs2" explicitly instead.

Submitted by: Christian S.J. Peron <maneo@bsdpro.com>


128575 23-Apr-2004 andre

Add the option versrcreach to verify that a valid route to the
source address of a packet exists in the routing table. The
default route is ignored because it would match everything and
render the check pointless.

This option is very useful for routers with a complete view of
the Internet (BGP) in the routing table to reject packets with
spoofed or unrouteable source addresses.

Example:

ipfw add 1000 deny ip from any to any not versrcreach

also known in Cisco-speak as:

ip verify unicast source reachable-via any

Reviewed by: luigi


128463 20-Apr-2004 tjr

Only compare the interesting part of the bootblock with its backup.
Allow check to proceed with bad backup boot block if we're doing a
readonly check. Various typos in comments.

Obtained from: NetBSD


128285 15-Apr-2004 rees

use %zu instead of %zd

Requested by: Bruce Evans


128186 13-Apr-2004 luigi

Replace ROUNDUP/ADVANCE with SA_SIZE


128175 13-Apr-2004 green

Add -P arguments for dump(8) and restore(8) which allow the user to
use backup methods other than files and tapes. The -P argument is
a normal sh(1) pipeline with either $DUMP_VOLUME or $RESTORE_VOLUME
defined in the environment, respectively.

For example, I can back up my home to three DVD+R[W]s as so:
Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on
/dev/ad0s2e 40028550 10093140 26733126 27% /home
green# dump -0 -L -C16 -B4589840 -P 'growisofs -Z /dev/cd0=/dev/fd/0' /home


128166 12-Apr-2004 green

Improve the warnings for dump -L and do not bother doing the snapshot if
it is specified for read-only filesystems.

Submitted by: Jason Young <jyoung8607@hotmail.com>
PR: 46672


128114 11-Apr-2004 ru

Document that -m also causes the capability list to be displayed.


128113 11-Apr-2004 ru

Added the new interface capability option for drivers that implement
user-configurable polling(4) support. Make ifconfig(8) aware of it.

Suggested by: luigi


128085 10-Apr-2004 bde

Fixed unformatting of copyright clause 4 in previous commit.


128073 09-Apr-2004 markm

Remove advertising clause from University of California Regent's license,
per letter dated July 22, 1999.

Approved by: core, imp


128067 09-Apr-2004 maxim

o Fix an incorrect parsing of 0.0.0.0/0 expression.

PR: kern/64778
MFC after: 6 weeks


128015 07-Apr-2004 iedowse

Don't turn off the regular SIGINFO status information. The use of
the NOKERNINFO flag only marginally de-clutters the output and
has a number of unwanted side effects:
o The kernel info might be what you want to see
o ^T is left non-functional if ping is killed non-cleanly
o "ping -q foo &" gets suspended on tty output

Encouraged by: bde


127839 04-Apr-2004 pjd

Add a workaround.
Now, if we have for example: ad0s1 ad0s1c ad2s1 ad2s1c and we will try
to do: gconcat label foo /dev/ad0s1 /dev/ad2s1 we'll get a panic:
panic: spoiled but dcr = 1
for inside of geom_slice class, backtrace shows:
g_access()
g_slice_access()
g_access()
g_concat_read_metadata()
We need to get a proper fix for this race before geom(8) will be committed.


127831 04-Apr-2004 phk

Fix an off-by-one error in the function used to input the ascii/hex strings.
Be a little bit more helpful in error messages.


127821 04-Apr-2004 bde

Include <time.h> instead of depending on namespace pollution in <sys/stat.h>
for the declaration of time().


127819 03-Apr-2004 mux

It seems growfs(8) is now WARNS?=6 safe.

Tested on: alpha, i386, ia64, sparc64


127818 03-Apr-2004 mux

Fix the remaining warnings of growfs(8) on my sparc64 box with
WARNS=6. I don't change the WARNS level in the Makefile because I
didn't tested this on other archs.

The fs.h fix was suggested by: marcel
Reviewed by: md5(1)


127816 03-Apr-2004 mux

- Don't abuse caddr_t when what we really want is a void *.
- Use the %jd format and a cast to intmax_t to print an int64_t.
- The return type of getopt() is an int, not a char.

This fixes some warnings but there's still much more work to do here.


127814 03-Apr-2004 le

Temporarily go back to WARNS=0 until I can figure out what's breaking
the {powerpc, sparc64, ia64} tinderboxes.

Sorry for the noise. :-(


127798 03-Apr-2004 le

Make growfs WARNS=6 clean.

Approved by: grog (mentor)


127729 01-Apr-2004 johan

Remove these MAINTAINER lines since the maintainers has had their
commit bits retired for safe keeping.


127684 31-Mar-2004 bms

Fix regression in setkey whereby parser would fail to recognise tcp as
both a security protocol and an upper level protocol for encapsulation.

PR: bin/63616
Submitted by: ume@


127650 30-Mar-2004 luigi

Implement a '-f' flag to teach bsdlabel to work on files instead of
disk partitions.


127649 30-Mar-2004 sam

add support for setting 802.11 rtsthreshold, transmit power,
and 11g protection mode

Reviewed by: imp (just code)


127638 30-Mar-2004 dwmalone

Remove a stray \n from a setproctitle.

Submitted by: Niki Denev <nike_d@cytexbg.com>


127479 27-Mar-2004 ceri

Backout revision 1.140; it seems that the previous version is clear
enough.

Requested by: ru


127469 26-Mar-2004 le

Don't read an inode which isn't used to avoid problems on UFS2 where not
all inodes are initialized when running newfs.

Approved by: grog (mentor)


127467 26-Mar-2004 rees

fix for 64-bit arch:
use %zd to print size_t types and sizeof()

Approved by: alfred
Tested on: sparc64, amd64


127461 26-Mar-2004 maxim

o The lenght of the port list is limited to 30 entries in ipfw2 not to 15.

PR: docs/64534
Submitted by: Dmitry Cherkasov
MFC after: 1 week


127455 26-Mar-2004 bde

Fixed some style bugs in the residue of rev.1.14 (mainly initialization in
declarations, uncuddled elses and excessive braces).


127448 26-Mar-2004 ru

Not too much point specifying -N but not specifying -M.


127441 26-Mar-2004 bde

Fixed some style bugs in or related to rev.1.13 (mainly misindentation of
the getopt() case statement).


127435 26-Mar-2004 rwatson

Correct the definition of the multilabel flag: it enables multilabel
MAC support on the file system, if supported, which causes MAC to treat
each object as having its own label, rather than using a single label
for all objects on the file system. This doesn't have to be used in
combination with the tunefs/newfs flags -- it's an alternative.


127407 25-Mar-2004 cperciva

Final step of the sbin -> usr.sbin move: cvs rm src/sbin/nologin/*

I meant to do this a week ago, but I forgot.


127318 22-Mar-2004 ceri

Clarify the description of the "established" option.

PR: docs/50391
Submitted by: root@edcsm.jussieu.fr
MFC after: 1 week


127285 22-Mar-2004 obrien

Share the i386 boot manual page.


127250 21-Mar-2004 peter

Add initial support for compiling a special 32 bit version of
ld-elf.so.1 on 64 bit systems. Most of this involves using alternate
paths, environment variables and diagnostic messages.

The build glue is seperate.


127143 17-Mar-2004 ru

NULL -> 0.


127068 16-Mar-2004 scottl

Remove the RAIDframe userland tool.


127044 15-Mar-2004 jhb

When installing boot blocks into an Alpha BSD label, setup the location,
length, and flags fields at the end of the SRM boot sector so that SRM can
find the bootstrap code. This fixes bsdlabel -m alpha to generate bootable
disklabels.

Reviewed by: phk


127022 15-Mar-2004 sos

Add printing of relevant SATA info where approbiate.


127004 15-Mar-2004 jmallett

Validate argument to -i.


126917 13-Mar-2004 cperciva

Don peril-sensitive glasses and throw the switch to move nologin(8) from
/sbin to /usr/sbin. A symlink from /sbin/nologin -> /usr/sbin/nologin
is created for compatibility purposes.

This will probably not cause any problems, but anyone who is doing
anything particularly unusual with nologin(8) or shells in general might
be well advised to check that everything still works.

Bikesheds on: cvs-all, current


126896 13-Mar-2004 cperciva

Fix 10 year old size-of-bcopy bug.

PR: bin/43930
Submitted by: Alan Barrett
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
MFNetBSD: revision 1.35
MFC after: 3 days


126895 12-Mar-2004 ru

The print mask's first part is the base, not the total number of bit
identifiers.


126894 12-Mar-2004 ru

Show the polling(4) flag on the interface.


126843 11-Mar-2004 bde

Fixed mispellings of '\0' as NULL.


126836 11-Mar-2004 bde

Fixed misspellings of 0 as NULL.


126821 10-Mar-2004 phk

Fix a long-standing deadlock issue with vnode backed md(4) devices:

On vnode backed md(4) devices over a certain, currently undetermined
size relative to the buffer cache our "lemming-syncer" can provoke
a buffer starvation which puts the md thread to sleep on wdrain.

This generally tends to grind the entire system to a stop because the
event that is supposed to wake up the thread will not happen until a fair
bit of the piled up I/O requests in the system finish, and since a lot
of those are on a md(4) vnode backed device which is currently waiting
on wdrain until a fair amount of the piled up ... you get the picture.

The cure is to issue all VOP_WRITES on the vnode backing the device
with IO_SYNC.

In addition to more closely emulating a real disk device with a
non-lying write-cache, this makes the writes exempt from rate-limited
(there to avoid starving the buffer cache) and consequently prevents
the deadlock.

Unfortunately performance takes a hit.

Add "async" option to give people who know what they are doing the
old behaviour.


126797 10-Mar-2004 bde

Fixed a misspelling of 0 as NULL.


126786 09-Mar-2004 jhb

Make libgeom usable by C++ programs:
- Add DECL wrappers to libgeom.h.
- Rename structure members in libgeom.h to use a lg_ prefix for member
names. This is required because a few structures had members named
'class' which made g++ very unhappy.
- Catch gstat(8) and gconcat(8) up to these API changes.

Reviewed by: phk


126756 08-Mar-2004 mlaier

Link pf to the build and install:
This adds the former ports registered groups: proxy and authpf as well as
the proxy user. Make sure to run mergemaster -p in oder to complete make
installworld without errors.

This also provides the passive OS fingerprints from OpenBSD (pf.os) and an
example pf.conf.

For those who want to go without pf; it provides a NO_PF knob to make.conf.

__FreeBSD_version will be bumped soon to reflect this and to be able to
change ports accordingly.

Approved by: bms(mentor)


126643 05-Mar-2004 markm

Make NULL a (void*)0 whereever possible, and fix the warnings(-Werror)
that this provokes. "Wherever possible" means "In the kernel OR NOT
C++" (implying C).

There are places where (void *) pointers are not valid, such as for
function pointers, but in the special case of (void *)0, agreement
settles on it being OK.

Most of the fixes were NULL where an integer zero was needed; many
of the fixes were NULL where ascii <nul> ('\0') was needed, and a
few were just "other".

Tested on: i386 sparc64


126569 04-Mar-2004 brueffer

s/considred/considered/


126563 03-Mar-2004 johan

Make this WARNS=2 clean by:
- including <timeconv.h> to get _long_to_time prototype
- removing an unused variable

Bump WARNS to it keep clean.

Approved by: ume on ipfw@


126514 03-Mar-2004 ken

Fix a couple of camcontrol issues that popped up on sparc64:

- bzero the CCB header in getdevtree() and set the path properly, to
avoid having random garbage in the CCB header.
- if the lun isn't specified in a device specifier, it should default to
0, not whatever random data happens to be in the lun variable.
- move the prototype for getdevtree() out from under #ifndef MINIMALISTIC,
since it is used in both cases.

Submitted by: Marius Strobl <marius@alchemy.franken.de> (mostly)
MFC After: 2 weeks


126472 02-Mar-2004 dd

Add CTLTYPE_QUAD to the list of types for which we don't want an empty
value. All the other numeric types are doing it . . .


126385 28-Feb-2004 mlaier

Add skeleton build dirs for pf userland:
libexec/ftp-proxy - ftp proxy for pf
sbin/pfctl - equivalent to sbin/ipf
sbin/pflogd - deamon logging packets via if_pflog in pcap format
usr.sbin/authpf - authentification shell to modify pf rulesets

Bring along some altq headers used to satisfy pfctl/authpf compile. This
helps to keep the diff down and will make it easy to have a altq-patchset
use the full powers of pf.

Also make sure that the pf headers are installed.

This does not link anything to the build. There will be a NO_PF switch for
make.conf once pf userland is linked.

Approved by: bms(mentor)


126347 28-Feb-2004 maxim

o Remove obsoleted '-N' and '-d' flags.


126346 28-Feb-2004 maxim

o Sync usage() with reality: add 'z' flag.

MFC after: 1 week


126345 28-Feb-2004 scottl

In the case of a background fsck, periodically update the process title
with a progress update.


126301 27-Feb-2004 kan

Look for both name and if_<name> strings in module metadata. Pseudo-devices
like tun are naming their modules using the 'if_; prefix and previous version of
the code failed to detect their presence in the kernel, resulting in the same
module being loaded twice.


126255 26-Feb-2004 rwatson

Add a "-l" parameter to mdmfs so that memory file systems can be
created with the multilabel flag from inception. This simply
passes the "-l" flag on to newfs(8).

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, McAfee Research


126254 26-Feb-2004 rwatson

Add a "-l" flag to newfs, which sets the FS_MULTILABEL flag. This
permits users of newfs to set the multilabel flag on UFS1 and UFS2
file systems from inception without using tunefs.

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, McAfee Research


126250 25-Feb-2004 bms

Sync HEAD sources to vendor branch import of routed v2.27 from rhyolite.com.
Update <protocols/routed.h> for the MD5 changes requested in bin/35843.
Preserve local changes.

Education by: obrien, markm, pointy-stick
PR: bin/35843 (and doubtless others)


126186 24-Feb-2004 bde

Fixed missing libraries. This unbreaks the -DNO_DYNAMIC_ROOT and
-DNOSHARED=yes cases.


126178 23-Feb-2004 johan

style.Makefile(5):
Use WARNS?= instead of WARNS=.


126175 23-Feb-2004 pjd

Connect gconcat(8) to the build.

Approved by: scottl (mentor)


126174 23-Feb-2004 pjd

- Connect manual page for gconcat utility to the build.
- Fix usage.

Approved by: scottl (mentor) (implicity)


126163 23-Feb-2004 pjd

Added manual page for gconcat utility.

Approved by: scottl (mentor) (implicity)
Reviewed by: simon


126117 22-Feb-2004 cperciva

Report login attempts to syslog. Due to the statically-linked nature of
nologin(8), this causes a considerable (100K) increase in the binary size,
so I've added a NO_LOGIN_LOG option which disables this.

While I'm here, s/sizeof(MESSAGE)/sizeof(MESSAGE) - 1/, in order to
avoid writing the string-terminating zero byte.

No complaints from: -current
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)


126079 21-Feb-2004 rees

change baduser and badgroup from -2 to 65534, 65533
these should probably be looked up instead, but this is better than before
also minor format changes for style(9)


126068 21-Feb-2004 yar

We can cross-reference to vlan(4) as long as
the corresponding manpage has been committed.
The rest of "vlan" words, which are refering
to the technology itself, should be capitalized.

MFC after: 1 week


126067 21-Feb-2004 yar

The hardware tagging capability is set on the physical
interface that is parent to a vlan(4) interface,
not on the vlan(4) interface itself.


126055 20-Feb-2004 mux

Mention that securelevel 1 also blocks access to /dev/io if it
exists (not all platforms have it).


126042 20-Feb-2004 tjr

Merge from RELENG_4 1.28.2.13: Fix saving system crash dumps larger than
2 GB by using fseeko() instead of fseek().


126021 19-Feb-2004 phk

s/bytes/byte/


126010 19-Feb-2004 pjd

Add control utility for disk concatenation (GEOM_CONCAT class).

Reviewed by: phk, scottl
Approved by: scottl (mentor)


125970 18-Feb-2004 dwmalone

Add a -n option that stops ip6fw making any changes to the rules
in the kernel.

Submitted by: Orla McGann <orly@redbrick.dcu.ie>
MFC after: 3 weeks


125951 17-Feb-2004 rees

remove dead code

Approved by: alfred


125933 17-Feb-2004 grog

Report the difference between ufs and ufs2.

Submitted by: "Christian S.J. Peron" <maneo@bsdpro.com>


125924 17-Feb-2004 grog

Explain what console names are valid.


125923 17-Feb-2004 grog

Recognize if the user supplies the full pathname to /dev/console and friends,
and DTRT.

Explain if he supplies a pathname that is not in /dev.


125916 17-Feb-2004 tjr

Remove unnecessary newlines from errx() arguments.


125896 16-Feb-2004 le

Also remove "makedev" from the online help.


125864 16-Feb-2004 le

Since DEVFS is mandatory, remove all instances to make_dev*. Keep the
"makedev" command for backwards compatibility, but just print out an
informational message (this was the current behaviour, anyway) and remove
it from the documentation.

Approved by: grog (mentor)


125841 15-Feb-2004 bde

Support mounting ext2fs file systems with -async to the small extent
that ext2fs in the kernel supports async mounts. ext2fs used to
effectively force the -async flag on. -async for ext2fs only gives
async (more precisely, delayed) writes for inode updates, so it is
barely worth using even when it is safe.


125793 14-Feb-2004 le

Remove unused variable and related bogus checks.

Approved by: grog (mentor)


125681 11-Feb-2004 bms

Initial import of RFC 2385 (TCP-MD5) digest support.

This is the second of two commits; bring in the userland support to finish.

Teach libipsec and setkey about the tcp-md5 class of security associations,
thus allowing administrators to add per-host keys to the SADB for use by
the tcpsignature_compute() function.

Document that a single SPI must be used until such time as the code which
adds support to the SPD to specify flows for tcp-md5 treatment is suitable
for production.

Sponsored by: sentex.net


125670 10-Feb-2004 cperciva

style cleanup: Remove duplicate $FreeBSD$ tags.

These files had tags after the copyright notice,
inside the comment block (incorrect, removed),
and outside the comment block (correct).

Approved by: rwatson (mentor)


125667 10-Feb-2004 cperciva

style cleanup: Remove duplicate $FreeBSD$ tags.

These files had tags at the start of the file
(incorrect, removed), and after the copyright
notices (correct).

Approved by: rwatson (mentor)


125639 10-Feb-2004 trhodes

Reorder Xrefs in SEE ALSO.


125638 10-Feb-2004 trhodes

Update to inform users of acls and multilabel options. Add Xrefs to the
more relevant manual pages.

PR: 62394
Submitted by: Marc Silver <marcs@draenor.org>


125610 08-Feb-2004 iedowse

Further simplify the code for printing the message buffer:
- Ensure that the buffer ends with "\n\0" to avoid special cases
and allow the use of strtol().
- Use strvisx() on each complete line instead of character by
character.

Submitted by: bde
MFC after: 1 week


125605 08-Feb-2004 iedowse

Certain ICMP error replies cause ping to perform a reverse DNS
lookup on an IP address from the packet (such as the IP that sent
a TTL exceeded error). If the DNS lookup takes a long time, ^C will
appear to be ineffective since the SIGINT handler just sets a flag
and returns. Work around this by exiting immediately on receipt of
a second SIGINT when DNS lookups are enabled.

PR: bin/4696
MFC after: 1 week


125578 07-Feb-2004 phk

Fix the last and most important bit of the test case to test the same
binary as the rest of it.

Add MD5 check that the md(4) device gets set up correctly.


125533 06-Feb-2004 le

Correct order of arguments given to checkparity and rebuildparity.

Approved by: joerg (mentor)


125503 05-Feb-2004 ru

Fixed style of DPADD and LDADD assignments as per style.Makefile(5).


125497 05-Feb-2004 iedowse

Don't print the oldest line in the message buffer if the buffer is
full, since that line is almost always incomplete. Make the parsing
of <%d> lines more strict.

Also simplify the logic a little:
- Start off by making the buffer linear so that we don't have to
deal with it wrapping around (suggested by bde).
- Process line by line rather than byte at a time.


125486 05-Feb-2004 bde

Fixed operation of -f to match its documentation and fsck_ffs. It
has now has no effect except in combination with -p, and plain fsck
checks all file systems instead of skipping clean ones for msdosfs
only.

Renamed the force flag to skipclean and inverted its logic as in
fsck_ffs.


125485 05-Feb-2004 bde

Fixed some bugs in checkdirty(). The check for the clean bit was
combined with the the signature check in a wrong way (basically
(dirty:= signature_recognised() && !clean) instead of
(mightbedirty:= !signature_recognized || !clean), so file systems
with unrecognized signatures were considered clean. Many of the
don't-care and reserved bits were not ignored, so some file systems
with valid signatures were unrecognized. One of my FAT32 file systems
has a signature of f8,ff,ff,ff,ff,ff,ff,f7 when dirty, but only
f8,ff,ff,0f,ff,ff,ff,07 was recognised as dirty for FAT32, so the
fail-unsafeness made my file system always considered clean.

Check the i/o non-error bit in checkdirty(). Its absence would give
an unrecognized signature in code that is unaware of it, but we now
mask it out of the signature so we have to check it explicitly. This
combines naturally with the check of the clean bit.

Reviewed by: rnordier (except for final details)


125477 05-Feb-2004 des

Don't create a template file if we're not going to let the user edit it.


125473 05-Feb-2004 pjd

Fixed some non-critical memory leaks and one temporary file leak
(theoretical).

Approved by: phk, scottl (mentor)


125471 05-Feb-2004 bde

Document the dirty flag and other bits in the first 2 FAT entries
better. There is a related I/O error flag which we don't support in
the kernel but must support here. (Support for bits that we don't
understand here is mostly automatic by fail-safeness, but checkdirty()
has fail-unsafeness.) There are some reserved and don't-care bits
that weren't fully documented and aren't always masked properly. The
comment about the bits in readfat() will be removed when the masking
is fixed.

Submitted by: rnordier


125469 05-Feb-2004 bde

Prepare to fix checkdirty() by moving it from check.c to fat.c. It is
identical to a subset of readfat(), so it belongs near readfat() if not
in it.


125412 04-Feb-2004 brooks

Add ifconfig support for network interface renaming. In the process,
reorganize the printing of the interface name when using wildcard
cloning so it is not printed if it we either immediately rename or
destroy the interface.

Reviewed by: ru


125387 03-Feb-2004 des

Mechanical whitespace cleanup. Also, note that previous commit was

Sponsored by: Teleplan AS


125386 03-Feb-2004 des

Remove newline characters from error strings.


125365 03-Feb-2004 nectar

Correct a typo and unbreak the build.

Pointy hat to: pjd


125339 02-Feb-2004 pjd

Made use of MNT_USER flag and inform about user responsible for mount
in those cases:
1. File system was mounted by an unprivileged user.
2. File system was mounted by an unprivileged root user.
3. File system was mounted by a privileged non-root user.

Point 1 is when file system was mounted by unprivileged user
(sysctl vfs.usermount was equal to 1 then).

Point 2 is when file system was mounted by root, while sysctl
security.bsd.suser_enabled is set to 0 and sysctl vfs.usermount
is set to 1.

Point 3 is because we want to be ready for capabilities.

Reviewed by: rwatson
Approved by: scottl (mentor)


125304 01-Feb-2004 ceri

Spell "disklabel" correctly.

Approved by: ru


125280 31-Jan-2004 brooks

Use memcpy plus a manual NUL termination when copying the interface name
from the sdl because strlcpy requires that the source string be
NUL-terminated unlike strncpy.

Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <PeterJeremy at optushome dot com dot au>


125260 31-Jan-2004 obrien

Install a 'disklable' alias.

Technical Reviewed by: ru


125211 29-Jan-2004 obrien

Sync with bsdlabel/Makefile.


125210 29-Jan-2004 obrien

Add a very basic manpage.


125200 29-Jan-2004 guido

Style(9) option sorting

Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@FreeBSD.org>


125197 29-Jan-2004 guido

Fix manpage and usage() to reflect that -a can be used in combination
with -o

Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@FreeBSD.org>
Pointed out by: Ceri Davies <ceri@submonkey.net


125196 29-Jan-2004 ru

Removed duplicate $FreeBSD$ tag.


125194 29-Jan-2004 guido

Unbreak -o fstab and -o current in combination with -a

MFC after: 2 weeks


125157 28-Jan-2004 obrien

This has been disconnected from the build since May 2003. GC it, as
bsdlabel and sunlabel are what we use now.


125107 27-Jan-2004 des

Style nit in previous commit.


125103 27-Jan-2004 mckusick

Preserve acls option on mounts when taking a snapshot.

Submitted by: Wiktor Niesiobedzki <freebsd-lists@w.evip.pl>


125060 27-Jan-2004 brooks

Use IFNAMSIZ instead of a magic value for the length of an interface
name.

Prevent the kernel from potentially overflowing the interface name
variable. The size argument of strlcpy is complex because the name is
not null-terminated in sdl_data.


125036 26-Jan-2004 cperciva

Avoid dereferencing null pointers in fsck_ffs. (pfatal may return,
so it isn't a safe way of handling [mc]alloc failures.)

PR: misc/61800
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)


125018 26-Jan-2004 harti

Add support for virtual interfaces. These have no phy chip and, hence, we
need to handle interfaces without phy specially.


124924 24-Jan-2004 maxim

o Pass a correct argument to errx(3).

PR: bin/61846
Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein
MFC after: 1 week


124876 23-Jan-2004 blackend

Fix bogus "ffsinfo -c 0" example with "ffsinfo -g 0 -l 4".

PR: bin/61472
Submitted by: Alex Popa <razor@ldc.ro>
MFC after: 1 week


124858 23-Jan-2004 mtm

grammar


124853 23-Jan-2004 cperciva

Clarify behaviour of ffsinfo: It appends to outfile without
removing any existing contents.

PR: bin/61473
Submitted by: Alex Popa <razon@ldc.ro>
MFC after: 7 days
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)


124830 22-Jan-2004 grehan

Userland signed char fixes for PPC build. Problems were using a char
return for getopt() and comparing to -1, ditto with fgetc() and EOF,
and using the kg_nice value from <sys/user.h>

Submitted by: Stefan Farfeleder <stefan@fafoe.narf.at>
Reviewed by: obrien, bde (a while back)
Tested lightly on: ppc, i386, make universe


124814 21-Jan-2004 sos

Cosmetics


124784 21-Jan-2004 ru

Mark this manpage as i386-only.


124601 17-Jan-2004 ru

Fixed spacing in previous revision.


124587 16-Jan-2004 ru

- Build things in pure dictionary order (see sort(1)).

- Unify the conditional assignments section so that architectural
exclusions come first, then options and !options, sorted by the
option name, also in directory order, then architecture specific
sections, sorted by the architecture name, with i386 being a
traditional exception.

Prodded by: bde


124560 15-Jan-2004 sam

802.11 mode bits are now masks; convert to suit


124554 15-Jan-2004 maxim

o -c (compact) flag is ipfw2 feature.

PR: bin/56328
MFC after: 3 days


124553 15-Jan-2004 maxim

o -f (force) in conjunction with -p (preprocessor) is ipfw2 feature.

MFC after: 3 days


124551 15-Jan-2004 alex

Add RSH to the list of enviroment variables.


124526 14-Jan-2004 ume

-DSMALL will remove the need of dump.c (for rtsol)

Obtained from: KAME


124422 12-Jan-2004 phk

Note that geometry can also be specified on vnode backed deviecs.


124368 11-Jan-2004 nyan

'-DPC98' is not needed.


124340 10-Jan-2004 simon

Add manual page links from fsck_ufs.8 and fsck_4.2bsd.8 to fsck_ffs.8,
since there are already the same links for the program binary.

Suggested by: mat


124236 07-Jan-2004 ceri

Correct an instance of an erroneous "it's".

PR: docs/59937
Submitted by: Ada Lim <ada@bsd.org>
MFC After: 1 day


124201 07-Jan-2004 anholt

Allow trailing slashes for MNT_UPDATE case (mount -u), too.

PR: bin/59144
Submitted by: Stefan Farfeleder <stefan@fafoe.narf.at>


124197 06-Jan-2004 alfred

Hook mount_nfs4 to the build.

Noticed by: rwatson


124132 04-Jan-2004 iedowse

Define _PATH_MKSNAP_FFS and use it in dump(8) instead of assuming
that mksnap_ffs(8) can be found using the current $PATH.

Reviewed by: mckusick


124075 02-Jan-2004 phk

Warn that big malloc disks are a panic(8) implementation.

Submitted by: Colin Percival <cperciva@builder.daemonology.net>
(Who should really get his own bit one of these days!)

PR: 59988


123946 29-Dec-2003 alfred

Document that mknod(8) can be used to undelete entries under devfs.


123917 28-Dec-2003 bde

Oops, highly non-KNF indentation is normal for large expressions in
this program. Gnu indentation is used for these. Redo the fix for
the large expression at the end of the previous commit to give gnu
indentation. The original version was gnuish but had 9 bogus extra
characters of indentation in its continuation lines, perfect tab
lossage on every line, and other bugs.

The previous commit log should have claimed to fix style bugs in the
previous-1 commit (1.5), not the forced null previous commit (1.6).


123892 27-Dec-2003 bde

Expanded the comment about the -F flag.

Fixed a nearby style bug (unreachable break).


123890 27-Dec-2003 bde

Use __printflike() and __dead2 instead of hard-coded gccisms.

Declare perror(). We define and use a home made version of perror(3)
that can't simply be removed (although it has the same interface as
perror(3)) since it is very different (it prints on stdout, doesn't
always print the program name, and sometimes exits). Declare it to
get a reminder of this brokenness when WARNS is increased enough.


123889 27-Dec-2003 bde

Garbage-collected hotroot, rawname() and unrawname() again. These
became garbage when block devices were axed and were removed a few
months later, but they came back (with hotroot renamed to hot + hotroot())
when the NetBSD fsck was mismerged.


123888 27-Dec-2003 bde

fsck_msdosfs/main.c:
- Don't use errexit() to (mis)implement usage(). Using errexit() just
gave the bogus exit code 8.
- Fixed 3 other style bugs in usage().

fsck/fsutil.[ch]:
- Garbage-collected errexit(). It is essentially just one of NetBSD's
fsck_ext2fs error printing functions, but we don't have fsck_ext2fs
and the function is unsuitable for use there too (since pfatal() is
also used and it printf to a different stream).


123883 27-Dec-2003 bde

Fixed style bugs in previous commit (unsorting of declarations and poor
wording in a comment).


123882 27-Dec-2003 bde

Fixed quoting of `clean'.

Obtained from: fsck_ffs.8


123881 27-Dec-2003 bde

Fixed some style bugs in previous commit (mainly highly non-KNF indentation).


123880 27-Dec-2003 bde

Fixed style bugs in previous commit (unsorting of the global declarations
and addition of a tab to a blank line).


123873 26-Dec-2003 trhodes

Make msdosfs support the dirty flag in FAT16 and FAT32.
Enable lockf support.

PR: 55861
Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu@m-net.arbornet.org> (original version)
Reviewed by: make universe


123868 26-Dec-2003 trhodes

Remove another instance of 'disklabel' which eluded me last time.

Noticed by: Andre Guibert de Bruet <andy@siliconlandmark.com> (via -doc)


123842 25-Dec-2003 dwmalone

When calculating the sequence number to use in an ip6fw reset, remember to
add one if the SYN flag was set in the original packet. This seems to make
ip6fw reset work correctly for new and in-progress connections. Update
the man page to reflect the fact it now seems to work.

Glanced at by: ume
MFC after: 2 weeks


123804 24-Dec-2003 maxim

o Legitimate -f (force) flags for -p (preprocessor) case.

PR: bin/60433
Submitted: Bjoern A. Zeeb
MFC after: 3 weeks


123774 23-Dec-2003 trhodes

s/disklabel/bsdlabel

Submitted by: Andre Guibert de Bruet <andy@siliconlandmark.com> (via -doc)


123758 23-Dec-2003 trhodes

/etc/rc.serial -> /etc/rc.d/serial.


123637 18-Dec-2003 harti

Add the Solaris x86 boot partition type. This is used in Solaris 10
(and perhaps earlier).

Submitted by: Joerg Schilling <schilling@fokus.fraunhofer.de>


123495 12-Dec-2003 luigi

Add a -b flag to /sbin/ipfw to print only action and comment for each
rule, thus omitting the entire body.
This makes the output a lot more readable for complex rulesets
(provided, of course, you have annotated your ruleset appropriately!)

MFC after: 3 days


123295 08-Dec-2003 obrien

Try to catch up with device name changes due to GEOM'ification. Remove
note about requirement of operating on 'c' partition, GEOM removed this.

Mention RAIDframe, don't mention DPT hardware RAID as a good alternative.


123293 08-Dec-2003 fjoe

Make msdosfs long filenames matching case insensitive again.

PR: 59765
Submitted by: Ryuichiro Imura <imura@ryu16.org>


123268 07-Dec-2003 trhodes

Style change


123242 07-Dec-2003 iedowse

Print out the file system access statistics using uintmax_t types
instead of casting the unsigned 64-bit values to longs.

Suggested by: bde


123234 07-Dec-2003 ume

link-local multicast address must be converted to KAME specific
embeded scopeid form.

Reported by: dwmalone
MFC after: 3 days


123228 07-Dec-2003 imp

Update to reflect eni removal


123219 07-Dec-2003 truckman

Reinstate 1.40 -- swap avgfilesize and avgfpdir column order.

MFC after: 3 days


123162 05-Dec-2003 iedowse

Don't include the file system ID in the output of `mount -v' if it
is all zeros. The kernel now consistently zeroes FSIDs for non-root
users, so there's no point in printing these.

Also fix a number of compiler warnings, including two real bugs:
- a bracket placement bug caused `mount -t ufs localhost:/foo /mnt'
to override the `-t ufs' specification and use mount_nfs.
- an unitialised variable was used instead of _PATH_SYSPATH when
warning that the mount_* program cound not be found.

Submitted by: Rudolf Cejka <cejkar@fit.vutbr.cz> (FSID part)
Approved by: re (scottl)


123160 05-Dec-2003 iedowse

Don't include the file system ID in the output of `mount -v' if it
is all zeros. The kernel now consistently zeroes FSIDs for non-root
users, so there's no point in printing these. Also fix a misspelling
in a comment.

Submitted by: Rudolf Cejka <cejkar@fit.vutbr.cz>
Approved by: re (scottl)


123157 05-Dec-2003 imp

Fix the case where one goes from zero to more than zero items enabled
in /etc/ttys. Before this fix, once the count of active services
reaches 0, one could never restart any more without a reboot.

Steve Passe did the leg work on this patch. After he found the fix,
we discovered that an identical fix had been made to NetBSD.

Approved by: re@ <scottl>
Approval tool: peril sensitive sunglasses


123130 03-Dec-2003 imp

Remove old cxconfig utility and connect new sconfig utility to the build.
The sconfig utility supports more than just cx boards, and those drivers
will make their way into FreeBSD shortly (maybe before 5.2).

Confirmed that this doesn't break the build.

Submitted by: Roman Kurakin <rik@cronyx.ru>
Approved by: re@ <scottl>


123129 03-Dec-2003 imp

+ Patch is not my friend, but an evil toad
+ Patch is not my friend, but an evil toad

Remove redunant copy of each of these files that patch appended to them.
# Still not connected to the build.

Approved by: re@ <scottl>


123123 03-Dec-2003 imp

New cx driver part 2: Commit the new userland pieces.

This is the new cronyx serial control program.

# A future commit will remove the old driver/userland pieces and connect things
# to the build.

Submitted by: Roamn Kurakin <rik@cronyx.ru>


123114 02-Dec-2003 brooks

Reconnect ipfstat, ipnat, and ipftest to the build now that if_xname
support is enabled.

Approved by: re (scottl)


123096 02-Dec-2003 sam

Include opt_ipsec.h so IPSEC/FAST_IPSEC is defined and the appropriate
code is compiled in to support the O_IPSEC operator. Previously no
support was included and ipsec rules were always matching. Note that
we do not return an error when an ipsec rule is added and the kernel
does not have IPsec support compiled in; this is done intentionally
but we may want to revisit this (document this in the man page).

PR: 58899
Submitted by: Bjoern A. Zeeb
Approved by: re (rwatson)


123079 01-Dec-2003 truckman

I forgot about the code freeze, so back this out.


123078 01-Dec-2003 truckman

Swap avgfilesize and avgfpdir order to give better column alignment.


123070 30-Nov-2003 murray

Update maintainer line. mbr has been maintainer for at least the last
6 months.

Approved by: re (murray)


123017 27-Nov-2003 phk

Clarify that the encrypted device is called foo.bde and mention that
unmounting it before detaching GBDE is a good idea.

Insisted on by: Flemming Jacobsen <fj@batmule.dk>
Approveed by: re@


122998 27-Nov-2003 wes

Fix whitespace error in previous commit.

Approved by: RE@ (Robert Watson)


122977 24-Nov-2003 kan

Correct iov_len values passed to nmount(2) syscall. More accurate
parameter checking introduced in vfs_mount.c r1.113 rejects them
otherwise.

Submitted by: R. Imura <imura at ryu16 dot org>
Approved by: re (scottl,rwatson)


122961 23-Nov-2003 wes

Don't use UFS2_BAD_MAGIC on UFS (v1) filesystems; it is Not Ready
for Prime Time there.

Submitted by: Xin LI <delphij@frontfree.net>
Approved by: RE@ (John, Scott)


122952 22-Nov-2003 alfred

Cleanup manpage for mount_nfs4 (make it actually refer to nfs4 options).
Cleanup option parsing for mount_nfs4 program, and remove dead code.

Approved by: re


122951 22-Nov-2003 alfred

Bring in manpage for idmapd and change domain to @FreeBSD.org.

Approved by: re


122903 19-Nov-2003 gordon

Make init statically linked by default. It's not worth the pain of having
a dynamically linked init as recently seen by ia64 woes.

Approved by: re (jhb)


122900 19-Nov-2003 marcel

Force a staticly linked /bin and /sbin for ia64. The necessary changes
to gcc have not been made for ia64, which means that executables still
have /usr/libexec/ld-elf.so.1 as the dynamic linker. This simply does
not work if /usr is a seperate filesystem not mounted when the kernel
tries to execute init(8).

Note that this is a temporary fix until a new gcc has been imported
that does have the required changes.

Approved: re@


122874 18-Nov-2003 mckusick

Document that the live dump command (`dump -L') creates its snapshot
in the .snap directory in the root of the filesystem being dumped.
Document that if the .snap directory is missing that it must be
created manually and that it should be owned by user root and
group operator and set to mode 770 before a live dump can be run.


122858 17-Nov-2003 rwatson

Add an entry to the BUGS section indicating that Vinum cannot currently
be used on devices with a block size other than DEV_BSIZE (512),
which specifically includes being unable to run on a swap-backed
md device. Swap-backed md devices use a 4k block size.


122857 17-Nov-2003 rwatson

Don't attempt to make devices if we're using devfs. This
substantially cleans up the output when running the vinum
management tool, and also makes it work better.

Long sustained silence from: grog


122843 17-Nov-2003 das

Remove the BUGS section introduced in rev 1.11 now that the problem
has been addressed.


122842 17-Nov-2003 das

Reimplement nologin(8) as a C program. This allows us to statically
link it at low cost and avoid environment poisoning attacks associated
with LD_LIBRARY_PATH.

Suggested by: rwatson


122825 17-Nov-2003 truckman

Print the dirpref avgfilesize and avgfpdir parameters.

MFC after: 2 weeks


122822 17-Nov-2003 das

Document nologin(8) as being insecure in conjunction with a dynamic
root and suggest alternatives.


122804 16-Nov-2003 iedowse

If the unmount by file system ID fails, don't warn before retrying
a non-fsid unmount if the file system ID is all zeros. This is a
temporary workaround for warnings that occur in the vfs.usermount=1
case because non-root users get a zeroed filesystem ID. I have a
more complete fix in the works, but I won't get it done for 5.2.


122787 16-Nov-2003 mckusick

Convert the live dump command (`dump -L') to use mksnap_ffs instead
of trying to directly create the snapshot itself. This change allows
users logged into the system as operator to run live dumps.

Note that dump no longer tries to create the snapshot in the root of
the filesystem, but rather in a .snap directory in the root of the
filesystem. The reason is that the operator is usually not permitted
to write into the root of the filesystem. The newfs command and
background fsck have both been modified to create a .snap directory
in the root of the filesystem, but if neither of these have been run,
then the .snap directory must be created manually by the superuser
before a live dump can be run. The .snap directory should be owned
by user root and group operator and set to mode 770.


122785 16-Nov-2003 wes

Add the -E command line option to force error conditions for testing.

Sponsord by: St. Bernard Software


122784 16-Nov-2003 wes

Catch and report on filesystems that were interrupted during newfs,
sporting the new 'BAD' magic number. Exit with a unique error code
(11) so callers who care about this can respond appropriately.


122783 16-Nov-2003 wes

Write the UFS2 superblock with a 'BAD' magic number at the beginning
of newfs, to signify the newfs operation has not yet completed. Re-
write the superblock with the correct magic number once all of the
cylinder groups have been created to show the operation has finished.

Sponsored by: St. Bernard Software


122782 16-Nov-2003 kensmith

- Add GPT header/table recovery command
- Minor related cleanup in add command

Approved by: marcel


122781 16-Nov-2003 kensmith

- Provide default values for LABELOFFSET and LABELSECTOR so
it compiles on all architectures.

Approved by: marcel


122778 16-Nov-2003 gordon

Change the default for binaries in /bin and /sbin from statically to
dynamically linked. This has been a long time coming with the move of
critical libraries from /usr/lib to /lib. If you don't feel comfortable
with dynamically linked binaries in your root partition, now is the
time to define NO_DYNAMICROOT in your make.conf.

Approved by: re


122704 14-Nov-2003 alfred

University of Michigan's Citi NFSv4 userland client code.

Submitted by: Jim Rees <rees@umich.edu>


122670 14-Nov-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=2 clean by
- using (intmax_t) and %j instead of %q

Tested by: make universe


122669 14-Nov-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=2 clean by
- using (intmax_t) and %j
- giving a non-empty format string to msg()

Include <stdint.h> directly instead of depending on <inttypes.h>
to do it.

Tested by: make universe


122627 13-Nov-2003 des

Warn about partitions that would overlap with the master boot record, and
if the user agrees, move them out one track.

MFC after: 7 days


122622 13-Nov-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=2 clean by
- constifying copyright

PR: 39867
Submitted by: Dan Lukes <dan@obluda.cz>
Tested by: make universe


122621 13-Nov-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=2 clean by
- #include <timeconv.h> for _time_to_time32 et al
- use (uintmax_t) and %j
- remove unused variable 'j' (from PR 39866)

PR: 39866
Submitted by: Dan Lukes <dan@obluda.cz>
Tested by: make universe


122506 11-Nov-2003 kensmith

- Add some information about how init, securelevel, and jails
interact with each other.
- Minor markup fix (.Dq -> .Va for a variable)

Reviewed by: rwatson
Approved by: blackend (mentor)


122423 10-Nov-2003 brueffer

Add a describtion for the '-d' flag

While I'm here, add a missing comma

PR: 41787
Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC after: 5 days


122412 10-Nov-2003 ume

enable aes-xcbc-mac and aes-ctr, again.


122254 07-Nov-2003 des

Alphabetization braino.

Pointed out by: johan


122234 07-Nov-2003 des

Whitespace cleanup.


122233 07-Nov-2003 des

Add a command-line option to format output for human readability.
Currently, the only effect it has is to print some (but not all) numbers
using thousands separators.


122140 05-Nov-2003 kensmith

- add explanation of what an active file system is
- explain the reason for permitting 32 read errors for a dump

PR: docs/35602 and docs/35607
Reviewed by: jhb
Approved by: blackend (mentor)


122139 05-Nov-2003 johan

Make sure argv[x] exists before using it.

PR: 56696
Reported by: Igor Truszkowski <igort@intergate.pl>
Submitted by: maxim@
Approved by: sos@
MFC after: 2 weeks


122133 05-Nov-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=6 clean by:
- declaring 'mode2str' as returning a 'const char *'
- prototyping all function
- rename the argument 'version' to 'ver', not to shadow
the now prototyped function 'version'.

Also mark it as WARNS?= 6 clean to try to keep it clean.

Tested by: make universe (including amd64)


122108 05-Nov-2003 ume

- do hexdump on send. set length field properly
- check for encryption/authentication key together with algorithm.
- warned if a deprecated encryption algorithm (that includes "simple")
is specified.
- changed the syntax how to define a policy of a ICMPv6 type and/or a
code, like spdadd ::/0 ::/0 icmp6 134,0 -P out none;
- random cleanup in parser.
- use yyfatal, or return -1 after yyerror.
- deal with strdup() failure.
- permit scope notation in policy string (-P
esp/tunnel/foo%scope-bar%scope/use)
- simplify /prefix and [port].
- g/c some unused symbols.

Obtained from: KAME


122097 05-Nov-2003 scottl

Add support for multibyte character conversions.

Submitted by: imura@ryu16.org


122080 04-Nov-2003 trhodes

Use 'const' in the copyright stamp, this is done in other utilities.
Return linker.h to the includes list.

No objection from: wollman (for the copyright)


122060 04-Nov-2003 iedowse

In mapdirs(), do not use the `dp' inode pointer after searchdir()
has been called, since it points to a shared inode buffer that may
be overwritten. The two cases where `dp' was used incorrectly appear
to have been overlooked when "nodump" inheritance was first added
in revision 1.12.

This is reported to correct propagation of the nodump flag on
directories that are larger than one block in size.

PR: bin/58912
Submitted by: Volker Paepcke <vpaepcke@incore.de>
MFC after: 1 week


122047 04-Nov-2003 iedowse

Add missing prototype for cread().


122037 04-Nov-2003 mckusick

Create a .snap directory mode 770 group operator in the root of
a new filesystem. Dump and fsck will create snapshots in this
directory rather than in the root for two reasons:

1) For terabyte-sized filesystems, the snapshot may require many
minutes to build. Although the filesystem will not be suspended
during most of the snapshot build, the snapshot file itself is
locked during the entire snapshot build period. Thus, if it is
accessed during the period that it is being built, the process
trying to access it will block holding its containing directory
locked. If the snapshot is in the root, the root will lock and
the system will come to a halt until the snapshot finishes. By
putting the snapshot in a subdirectory, it is out of the likely
path of any process traversing through the root and hence much
less likely to cause a lock race to the root.

2) The dump program is usually run by a non-root user running with
operator group privilege. Such a user is typically not permitted
to create files in the root of a filesystem. By having a directory
in group operator with group write access available, such a user
will be able to create a snapshot there. Having the dump program
create its snapshot in a subdirectory below the root will benefit
from point (1) as well.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


122035 04-Nov-2003 mckusick

Check that the user running mksnap_ffs has permission to create and
remove a snapshot file from the directory in which they have requested
to have it made. If they do not have write permission in the directory
or the directory is sticky and not owned by the user, then they
will not be able to remove the snapshot when they are done with it.


121914 02-Nov-2003 se

Set exit code to 1 in case at least one of the input files
could not be opened.


121876 02-Nov-2003 ru

Style.


121861 01-Nov-2003 trhodes

Revert the first part of my previous change.

Requested by: wollman


121860 01-Nov-2003 trhodes

The copywrite is not a 'static char', remove the #ifdefs and move the copywrite up
into the commented out 'copywrite' section.

Include sys/linker.h for kldload(3).


121849 01-Nov-2003 silby

Fix a few style glitches in the previous commit and make the
tunable error message more brief.

Suggested by: bde


121827 01-Nov-2003 brooks

We want the length of the string, not the size of its pointer.


121817 31-Oct-2003 brooks

Temporarily disconnect ipfstat, ipnat, and ipftest to unbreak world.

Pointy hat to: brooks


121816 31-Oct-2003 brooks

Replace the if_name and if_unit members of struct ifnet with new members
if_xname, if_dname, and if_dunit. if_xname is the name of the interface
and if_dname/unit are the driver name and instance.

This change paves the way for interface renaming and enhanced pseudo
device creation and configuration symantics.

Approved By: re (in principle)
Reviewed By: njl, imp
Tested On: i386, amd64, sparc64
Obtained From: NetBSD (if_xname)


121739 30-Oct-2003 harti

Use (char *)NULL to terminate the argument list for execlp().
Without this cast the compiler cannot know that it has to convert the
null pointer constant NULL to a null pointer.


121726 30-Oct-2003 trhodes

In check.c:
Avoid shadowing declarations.
Avoid compairing signed and unsigned types.


121724 30-Oct-2003 trhodes

Remove a few unused variables.


121707 29-Oct-2003 trhodes

style(9): sort functions.


121706 29-Oct-2003 trhodes

Properly prototype C function usage().
Sync usage() with the manual page: s/file/snapshot_name/g.


121692 29-Oct-2003 iedowse

When removing trailing slashes, don't remove the first character
of the name if it is '/'. Also fix a comparison between signed and
unsigned quantities (pointed out by trhodes).


121690 29-Oct-2003 trhodes

Bump WARNS level and add a '?' to WARNS=.


121689 29-Oct-2003 trhodes

Remove redundant declaration of the perror() function, it's provided by stdio.h.
Don't define DKTYPENAMES without using it.


121676 29-Oct-2003 harti

Defer allocation of the actual receive mbuf until the external buffer
is returned from the card to the driver. Add a counter that shows
how many times this allocation has failed. Note, that we could even
further delay the allocation of the mbuf until we know, that we need it
(there are no receive errors and the connection is open). This will be done
in a later commit.

Print the new statistics field in atmconfig.


121543 26-Oct-2003 peter

Fix some 64 bit warnings. You can't fit a pointer in an int.


121542 26-Oct-2003 peter

Fix a 64 bit warning. Have set_T_dev_t() take a pointer to a size_t rather
than a pointer to an int, since that is what it really wants anyway.


121541 26-Oct-2003 peter

Fix gcc warnings. If NAME_MAX is 255, and d_namlen is a uint8_t, then
d_namlen can never be > NAME_MAX. Stop gcc worrying about this by
using a preprocessor test to see if NAME_MAX changes.


121540 26-Oct-2003 peter

64 bit fixes. in_addr_t is an uint32_t, not a u_long.


121539 26-Oct-2003 peter

Give wider types to sscanf to fix two warnings (u_short cannot be > 0xffff)
and to make sure that we catch oversized arguments rather than silently
truncate them. I dont know if sscanf will reject an integer if it will
not fit in the short return variable or not, but this way it should be
detected.


121520 26-Oct-2003 trhodes

style.Makefile: Add a '?' before '=' in WARNS.


121487 24-Oct-2003 imp

Parse the ! lines that will soon be coming from the kernel. These are
a generalized notification mechanism for subsystems wishing to report
events.

Revieded by: njl

# The kernel side seems like it might be causing panics for me, but should
# be forthcoming shortly.


121472 24-Oct-2003 ume

Switch Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 from RFC2292 to RFC3542
(aka RFC2292bis). Though I believe this commit doesn't break
backward compatibility againt existing binaries, it breaks
backward compatibility of API.
Now, the applications which use Advanced Sockets API such as
telnet, ping6, mld6query and traceroute6 use RFC3542 API.

Obtained from: KAME


121429 23-Oct-2003 trhodes

Fix several old bugs which got worse over time:

o WARNS should be WARNS?= (broke in rev 1.21).
o Includes should be sorted.
o Move "mntopt.h" out of the standard includes section.
o Rewrite usage() to match the manual page and make it < 80 characters.
o Remove extra .El call on line 187. It is unused and causes mdoc(7) warnings.

Discussed with: bde


121373 22-Oct-2003 trhodes

Move prototypes into their function.


121363 22-Oct-2003 trhodes

Make WARNS=2 build without error.


121360 22-Oct-2003 trhodes

Add back the commas ',' in usage to avoid a garbled usage message.
They were erroneously removed in revision 1.27.


121349 22-Oct-2003 seanc

Reduce fstab(5)/mount(8) confusion by changing the man pages to say "ro"
instead of "rdonly". "rdonly" works for mount(8) and mount_std(8) but
not from /etc/fstab, whereas "ro" works for all mount_*(8) commands.


121316 21-Oct-2003 ume

stop use of NI_WITHSCOPEID. it was deprecated.

Obtained from: KAME


121308 21-Oct-2003 silby

Wrap a long line in the previous commit

Suggested by: njl


121306 21-Oct-2003 silby

Have sysctl print out a more useful error message when it detects that the
user has attempted to write to a read only, tunable value.


121258 19-Oct-2003 iedowse

Change the default mode for lost+found from 01777 to 0700. The
original intention of the less restrictive permissions was to allow
users to move or delete recovered files that they own. However, it
is better to not create world-writable directories by default; the
administrator can always pre-create lost+found if different permissions
are desired.

Reviewed by: mckusick


121222 18-Oct-2003 phk

Only automatically create an 'a' partition when there is nothing
but a 'c' partition.


121169 17-Oct-2003 phk

Make the regression test run also with obj directories.


121155 17-Oct-2003 ume

- style
- rename variable
- use strlcpy
- const'fy

Obtained from: KAME


121073 13-Oct-2003 phk

Insert an overview of the plans here, in case I get run over by a bus.


121071 13-Oct-2003 ume

- support AES counter mode for ESP.
- use size_t as return type of schedlen(), as there's no error
check needed.
- clear key schedule buffer before freeing.

Obtained from: KAME


121061 13-Oct-2003 ume

- support AES XCBC MAC for AH
- correct SADB_X_AALG_RIPEMD160HMAC to 8

Obtained from: KAME


121021 12-Oct-2003 ume

- RIPEMD160 support
- pass size arg to ah->result (avoid assuming result buffer size)

Obtained from: KAME


121007 11-Oct-2003 fjoe

Describe '-M' in usage().

PR: 57462
Submitted by: Ryuichiro Imura <imura@ryu16.org>


121004 11-Oct-2003 ume

correct unsafe use of realloc().

Obtained from: KAME


121003 11-Oct-2003 blackend

Add a full example of a file-backed disk creation, I used the Handbook's
example.

PR: docs/51897
Submitted by: Kevin Oberman <oberman@es.net>


120998 11-Oct-2003 blackend

s/disklabel/bsdlabel where needed.


120969 10-Oct-2003 phk

I think it is more correct to use modfind() than kldfind() here.


120907 08-Oct-2003 marcel

Revision 1.61 changed the allocation of buffer 'buf' in DoFile() from
the stack to the heap to work around a problem on ia64. Now, roughly
16 months and two compiler updates later, it isn't an issue anymore
in the sense that putting a 1M buffer on the stack just works and we
don't actually need to work around anything anymore.
However, since there's no advantage or need to put the buffer on the
stack (again), this change merely removes the XXX comment describing
that there's an explicit reason for the heap allocation. Hence, this
change is a functional no-op.

PR: ia64/38677


120901 08-Oct-2003 mckusick

Create a .snap directory mode 770 group operator in the root of each
filesystem that is checked in background. Create the snapshot in this
directory rather than in the root. There are two benefits:

1) For terabyte-sized filesystems, the snapshot may require many
minutes to build. Although the filesystem will not be suspended
during most of the snapshot build, the snapshot file itself is
locked during the entire snapshot build period. Thus, if it is
accessed during the period that it is being built, the process
trying to access it will block holding its containing directory
locked. If the snapshot is in the root, the root will lock and
the system will come to a halt until the snapshot finishes. By
putting the snapshot in a subdirectory, it is out of the likely
path of any process traversing through the root and hence much
less likely to cause a lock race to the root.

2) The dump program is usually run by a non-root user running with
operator group privilege. Such a user is typically not permitted
to create files in the root of a filesystem. By having a directory
in group operator with group write access available, such a user
will be able to create a snapshot there. Having the dump program
create its snapshot in a subdirectory below the root will benefit
from point (1) as well.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


120878 07-Oct-2003 phk

Improve regression test with an image file which must work.


120877 07-Oct-2003 phk

Autoload kernel module if necessary.

Submitted by: mr


120876 07-Oct-2003 phk

Interior decoration changes.


120821 05-Oct-2003 iedowse

Remove the hardcoded default block/frag/cpg values from bsdlabel
and the logic for setting them according to the partition size.
Instead, unspecified filesystem values are left at 0 so that newfs
will use its own defaults. It just caused confusion to have the
defaults duplicated in two different places.

Reviewed by: phk


120715 03-Oct-2003 sam

remove include of route.h now that ip_dummynet.h no longer exposes
data structures that have an embedded struct route

Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation


120626 01-Oct-2003 ru

By popular demand, added the "static ARP" per-interface option.


120492 26-Sep-2003 fjoe

- Support for multibyte charsets in LIBICONV.
- CD9660_ICONV, NTFS_ICONV and MSDOSFS_ICONV kernel options
(with corresponding modules).
- kiconv(3) for loadable charset conversion tables support.

Submitted by: Ryuichiro Imura <imura@ryu16.org>


120484 26-Sep-2003 bms

Add the -xresolve flag to the route(8) man page.

Reviewed by: ru


120474 26-Sep-2003 rse

fix typo: s/Instaed/Instead/


120473 26-Sep-2003 rse

fix typo: s/sytem/system/


120372 23-Sep-2003 marcus

Add Cisco Skinny Station protocol support to libalias, natd, and ppp.
Skinny is the protocol used by Cisco IP phones to talk to Cisco Call
Managers. With this code, one can use a Cisco IP phone behind a FreeBSD
NAT gateway.

Currently, having the Call Manager behind the NAT gateway is not supported.
More information on enabling Skinny support in libalias, natd, and ppp
can be found in those applications' manpages.

PR: 55843
Reviewed by: ru
Approved by: ru
MFC after: 30 days


120323 21-Sep-2003 ps

revert to version 1.25 and use va_copy to obtain another copy of the
variable arguments. version 1.26 incorrectly truncated the message if
the buffer was too long.

Requested by: bde


120319 21-Sep-2003 phk

Document the -x and -y options.


120306 20-Sep-2003 ps

Fix improper use of varargs.

Reviewed by: peter


120178 17-Sep-2003 sam

o add support for setting 128-bit WEP keys
o use IEEE80211_KEYBUF_SIZE instead of magic numbers
o distinguish between 40-, 104-, and 128-bit WEP keys when printing status


120065 14-Sep-2003 ceri

Remove an unneccessary comma.


120054 14-Sep-2003 ru

Get rid of duplicates.


119964 10-Sep-2003 ru

mdoc(7): Properly mark C headers.


119951 10-Sep-2003 ru

mdoc(7): There cannot be a subsection inside a list.

Reported by: naddy


119947 10-Sep-2003 roam

Document the alternate way of matching MAC addresses: by a bitmask.

PR: 56021
Submitted by: Glen Gibb <grg@ridley.unimelb.edu.au>
MFC after: 1 month


119893 08-Sep-2003 ru

mdoc(7): Use the new feature of the .In macro.


119845 07-Sep-2003 charnier

Replace a reference to non existant mount_ffs(8) by a reference to mount(8).


119740 04-Sep-2003 tmm

Apply a bandaid to get this working on sparc64 again; the introduction
of do_cmd() broke things, because this function assumes that a socklen_t
is large enough to hold a pointer.
A real solution to this problem would be a rewrite of do_cmd() to
treat the optlen parameter consistently and not use it to carry
a pointer or integer dependent on the context.


119734 04-Sep-2003 dougb

Add a flag that reports the existence of a dump, and does nothing else.

The immediate purpose for this option is to use it in rc.d so that we
can make savecore behavior conditional.

Tremendous assistance with ideas and sanity checking provided by tjr
and b@etek.chalmers.se.


119668 02-Sep-2003 maxim

Check an arguments count before proceed in sysctl_handler().

PR: bin/56298
Submitted by: Kang Liu <liukang@bjpu.edu.cn>
MFC after: 2 weeks

# We need a regression test suit for ipfw(2)/ipfw(8) badly.


119569 30-Aug-2003 brueffer

Backout Rev. 1.24

English lessons provided by: jhb


119564 29-Aug-2003 brueffer

Grammar fix


119553 29-Aug-2003 phk

Introduce more knobs to slim down FreeBSD userland

NO_TOOLCHAIN skips Compilers and Binutils
NO_USB skips USB stuff
NO_VINUM skips Vinum stuff
NO_ACPI skips ACPI stuff


119510 27-Aug-2003 phk

When we initialize a disk with a virgin label, create also an 'a'
partition which starts after the bootstrap area and fills the entire
disk.


119506 27-Aug-2003 phk

Make build of atm, ip6fw and ping6 depend on existing NOATM and
NOINET6 conditionals.


119405 24-Aug-2003 sos

Adjust to the new sys/ata.h layout


119323 22-Aug-2003 ume

use arc4random.

MFC after: 3 days


119252 22-Aug-2003 imp

Fix alignment of the trailing \


119172 20-Aug-2003 harti

Get rid of a __DECONST by strdup'ing the string in question. When
called this way the program just prints its help intro, so the
memory leak is not a problem.

Pointed out by: bde


119075 18-Aug-2003 obrien

style.Makefile(5)


119073 18-Aug-2003 obrien

Restore vendor ID's.

Requested by: bde


119019 17-Aug-2003 gordon

At imp's request, force devd to be statically compiled. This avoids the
need for libstdc++ in /lib, and the generated binary is actually smaller
statically linked than dynamically + sizeof(libstdc++). Additionally,
devd doesn't use get*by*() which is one of the main motivations for
dynamically linking your root partition anyway.


119018 17-Aug-2003 gordon

Stage 4 of dynamically linked root support. Add a big knob,
WITH_DYNAMICROOT, which will toggle the generation of dynamically-linked
binaries for installation in /bin and /sbin. It is currently off,
meaning that /bin and /sbin are still statically linked by default.

If something goes wrong (which I hope doesn't), this is what /rescue is
all about. Please do not try to use WITH_DYNAMICROOT and NO_RESCUE to
save space or some other equally silly reason. If you do and end up
having problems, you have been warned.


118919 14-Aug-2003 rwatson

Hook up ffsinfo(8).


118918 14-Aug-2003 rwatson

Commit 1 of 2 to fix ffsinfo(8) for UFS2.

Update ffsinfo(8) to use new UFS2 support in the growfs(8) debugging
functions. Largely consists of renaming fields and types to be aware
of the UFS1/UFS2 distinction, relying on libufs(3) to open and sanity
check the device/file/label accessed.

Since libufs(3) now handles label/UFS interactions, remove -L argument.

Note: when submitted, this patch had substantial style changes. I've
attempted to remove the restyling from the patch to separate the
functional and style changes.

Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at>
PR: bin/53517


118916 14-Aug-2003 ume

support poll(2).

Obtained from: KAME
MFC after: 1 week


118915 14-Aug-2003 rwatson

Commit 1 of 2 to fix ffsinfo(8) for UFS2.

Add support for UFS2 to the UFS debugging routines in growfs; required
to update ffsinfo(8) for UFS2. A variety of types and fs variables are
renamed to reflect UFS1/2 structures. Also, the print routines for
inodes are now split into separate UFS1 and UFS2 versions. We now
define dbg_dump_csum_total(), but lose the printing of rotational
information since that's not present in UFS2. In the future, we may
want to re-add this functionality to print it solely for UFS1.

Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at>
PR: bin/53517


118875 13-Aug-2003 ru

- Clarify the port range syntax in -redirect_port.

PR: docs/46286

- "IP number" -> "IP address", for consistency.


118873 13-Aug-2003 ru

Added an option to specify an alternate PID file.

PR: bin/37159
Submitted by: "Aleksandr A. Babaylov" <.@babolo.ru>


118837 12-Aug-2003 trhodes

Add a '-M mask' option so that users can have different
masks for files and directories. This should make some
of the Midnight Commander users happy.

Remove an extra ')' in the manual page.

PR: 35699
Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen@grosbein.pp.ru> (original version)
Tested by: simon


118836 12-Aug-2003 ceri

Correct a grammatical error.


118824 12-Aug-2003 harti

Add a program for configuration of the ATM drivers and the IP over ATM
stuff. This utility allows inspection of the ATM characteristics,
the PHY layer, including statistics of both, the retrival of the
list of currently open channels and also allows access to utopia(4).


118772 11-Aug-2003 harti

Add the new arguments for the add pvc command to the help information.
Correct a comment.

Submitted by: Vincent Jardin <vjardin@wanadoo.fr>
MFC after: 3 days


118702 09-Aug-2003 mbr

Turn the annoying and long error message off. It was so
long that it was even hard to find the real error cause.

Requested by: rwatson


118685 09-Aug-2003 bms

PR: docs/53688
Submitted by: bms
Approved by: jake (mentor)


118671 08-Aug-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=6 clean by prototyping 'usage'.

Tested by: make universe


118632 07-Aug-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=6 clean by renaming the variable 'err' to 'error'
in order not to shadow err(3).

Tested by: make universe


118582 07-Aug-2003 imp

Prefer PATH_MAX to MAXPATHLEN. Both contain the trailing NUL, so
remove the unneeded +1.


118581 07-Aug-2003 imp

No need to define optind as an extern. stdlib.h does that for us.


118580 07-Aug-2003 imp

Prefer PATH_MAX to MAXPATHLEN. PATH_MAX has the trailing NUL.


118579 07-Aug-2003 imp

MAXPATHLEN includes the trailing NUL, so no need to add 1 here.


118526 06-Aug-2003 ache

Localize 'ls' output
Don't set 8bit in quote processing


118500 05-Aug-2003 yar

Don't reinvent the wheel: Use setmode(3) to interpret
a file mode specification from the command line. This
approach is more flexible and less error-prone than using
a mere strtoul(3).


118493 05-Aug-2003 yar

Exit with a non-zero status upon a block allocation failure.
The old way of just returning could result in a file system
extremely likely to panic the kernel. The warning printed
wouldn't help much since tools invoking newfs(8), e.g., mdmfs(8),
couldn't detect the error.

PR: bin/55078
MFC after: 1 week


118478 05-Aug-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=6 clean by:
1: add 'const' to char * where needed;
2: mark unused variables with __unused;
3: remove double prototypes for mode_edit and mode_list.
4: moves the global variables 'bus', 'target', and 'lun' into
the main function and protect them with #ifndef MINIMALISTIC,
5: renames 3 variable in order not to shadow other things
index -> indx -- in modepage_dump since index is a function
from <strings.h.>
arglist -> arglst -- in the function parse_btl since arglist
is also a global variable
convertend -> convertend2 -- in the function editentry_set
since that name is used two times within the function.
6: cast 0xffffffff in the macro RESOLUTION_MAX(size) to (int)
since it is unsigned otherwise.

Tested by: make universe
Approved by: ken


118449 04-Aug-2003 ache

LANG->LC_ALL

Pointed by: ru


118431 04-Aug-2003 ache

Fix problem differently, use 
LANG=C tr 'a-z' 'A-Z' 
for hypotetical case that script may generate non-ascii characters


118428 04-Aug-2003 ache

Use tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]' to work with any locale


118394 03-Aug-2003 obrien

style.Makefile(5)'ize


118302 01-Aug-2003 ru

Spell "file system" correctly.


118265 31-Jul-2003 harti

Make firmware version 4.1.12 the default for download to PCA-200E adapters.
The old firmware (3.0.1) can still be used by specifying the '-3' option
to fore_dnld.

Document the -r option that resets the adapter prior to the download.

Ther newer firmware version allows traffic shaping.


118215 30-Jul-2003 harti

Fix the code with respect to the assumption that sizeof(long) == 4.


118214 30-Jul-2003 harti

Fix what was a common idiom in PDP-11 days: declare a local int and
use the address of that int for read(2). While this happens to work on
LE, it surely is wrong on BE.


118213 30-Jul-2003 harti

Make this compile with WARNS=6.


118211 30-Jul-2003 harti

Fix warnings: a variable that was unused, a variable that
was unused unless sun was defined and printing of u_longs
with %x.

PR: bin/39818
Submitted by: dan@obluda.cz
MFC after: 1 week


118163 29-Jul-2003 harti

Use size_t for buffer sizes. Improve error handling in some places.
Remove a __DECONST() that was needed before this interface cleanup.


118125 28-Jul-2003 harti

Add support for CBR and VBR PVCs. Enhance the error handling for
the 'add pvc' command.

Submitted by: Vincent Jardin <vjardin@wanadoo.fr>
MFC after: 2 weeks


118110 28-Jul-2003 mbr

Enable dhclient to poll the interface state and send only
requests if the interface has an active link. This is a
great benefit if you often change networks with your laptop
and you do not like to kill/restart dhclient all the time.
Changes are automatically detected and the link is refreshed.

The change allows us to start dhclient in background mode
Enable dhclient to poll the interface state and send only
requests if the interface has an active link. This is a
great benefit if you often change networks with your laptop
and you do not like to kill/restart dhclient all the time.
Changes are automatically detected and the link is refreshed.

The change allows us to start dhclient in background mode
while the network cable is not plugged in.

To control the polling interval, the option -i has been
introduced. It takes seconds as parameter, the minimum is
one second, the default is five seconds.

Polling is done in seconds, not microseconds, because dhclient
does internally work with timeouts in seconds.

This change will be part of the next major ISC-dhcpd release.

Tested by: bms, imp, and many many others.
Reviewed by: murray, eivind, dhclient folks


118107 28-Jul-2003 harti

Make atm WARNS=6 clean. The changes are mostly:

- remove some instances of __P()
- use real prototypes and un-K&R function headers
- constify where necessary (mostly strings and structures containing
strings)
- make functions and variables static that need not to be global
- tag unused function parameters as __unused

Testing: a fresh universe


118062 26-Jul-2003 maxim

o Fix usage(): remove '-l', add missed '-f', sort.


118057 26-Jul-2003 simon

Remove references to the '-l' option in synopsis. The rest of the
description of this option was removed in v. 1.22.

PR: docs/54880
Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at>
Approved by: ceri (mentor)


118056 26-Jul-2003 simon

Minor mdoc(7) cleanup, based on the PR below.

PR: docs/54826
Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at>
Reviewed by: ru
Approved by: ceri (mentor)


118013 25-Jul-2003 harti

When deciding whether to download the microcode or not look at the API rather
than at the vendor. We have three different Fore cards and only the PCA200
need the microcode. Look also at the RAM address and load the code only if
it is not zero. A zero RAM address means either a bug in the driver or
this is a interface created by harp(4) in which case fatm(4) handles the
microcode issue.


118001 25-Jul-2003 harti

Due to a gcc bug, it doesn't like local variables with names like 'sin'.
Rename this for the moment. Also fix a sparc64 alignment warning.


118000 25-Jul-2003 harti

Make ilmid WARNS=6 clean. The problem were a couple of unused function
arguments and missing consts.


117948 24-Jul-2003 peter

Build /sbin/gpt on amd64 for good luck as well.


117945 23-Jul-2003 imp

Simplistic C comment re is wrong, use more correct one


117944 23-Jul-2003 imp

Remove old workaround


117868 22-Jul-2003 luigi

Add a note that net.inet.ip.fw.autoinc_step is ipfw2-specific


117824 21-Jul-2003 maxim

Quote from a Problem Report:

The output format specifier for the round-trip time in ping6 should be
changed to %.3f instead of %g since %g doesn't accurately represent the
precision of the number being output. In particular, %g truncates trailing
zeroes. 0.01 ms does not mean the same thing as 0.010 ms. Although they
are numerically identical, they do not have the same precision.

PR: bin/52324, bin/52750
Submitted by: dg
MFC after: 1 week


117821 21-Jul-2003 maxim

o Initialize do_pipe before command parsing.

PR: bin/54649
Submitted by: Andy Gilligan <andy@evo6.org>
MFC after: 3 days


117794 20-Jul-2003 iedowse

Take advantage of the use of file system IDs to simplify umount(8)
and make it work more reliably in a number of cases that have
traditionally been troublesome. The new behaviour is:
1) If the filesystem can be determined by the fsid or device,
or uniquely identified by the mountpoint, then just go ahead
and call unmount(2) using the file system ID.
2) Otherwise use fstatfs(2) to resolve the path into a file system
ID (checking with stat(2) that it is a filesystem root directory).

Case 2 can potentially block if an NFS server is down, but it can
always be avoided by using an unambiguous specification. It handles
all the hard cases such as symlinks and mismatches between the mount
list and reality. For example, if a filesystem was mounted as /mnt
inside a chroot, it will show up in the mount list as /mnt, but now
you can unmount it from outside the chroot with "umount /chroot_path/mnt".


117742 18-Jul-2003 iedowse

When mount(8) is invoked with the `-v' flag, display the filesystem
ID for each file system in addition to the normal information.

In umount(8), accept filesystem IDs as well as the usual device and
path names. This makes it possible to unambiguously specify which
file system is to be unmounted even when two or more file systems
share the same device and mountpoint names (e.g. NFS mounts from
the same export into different chroots).

Suggested by: Dan Nelson <dnelson@allantgroup.com>


117726 18-Jul-2003 harti

Don't call print_pdu() when we are not debugging. This would result
in calling fprintf() with a NULL fp. Strange enough this didn't result
in cores in stable, but results in cores now.

MFC after: 2 weeks


117720 18-Jul-2003 iedowse

Since checkmntlist() and getmntentry() return a struct statfs that
includes the filesystem type name, remove the "type" output parameter.


117712 18-Jul-2003 iedowse

When the file system to unmount is specified by device name instead
of by mount point, umount had to take care not to unmount the wrong
file system if another file system was covering the requested one.
Now that the file system to unmount is specified to the kernel using
the filesystem ID, this confusion cannot occur, so remove the code
that checked for it.


117655 15-Jul-2003 luigi

Userland side of:
Allow set 31 to be used for rules other than 65535.
Set 31 is still special because rules belonging to it are not deleted
by the "ipfw flush" command, but must be deleted explicitly with
"ipfw delete set 31" or by individual rule numbers.

This implement a flexible form of "persistent rules" which you might
want to have available even after an "ipfw flush".
Note that this change does not violate POLA, because you could not
use set 31 in a ruleset before this change.

Suggested by: Paul Richards


117626 15-Jul-2003 luigi

Make sure that comments are printed at the end of a rule.

Reported by: Patrick Tracanelli <eksffa@freebsdbrasil.com.br>


117577 14-Jul-2003 luigi

Fix one typo in help() string, remove whitespace at end of line and
other minor whitespace changes.

Replace u_char with uint8_t in a few places.


117550 14-Jul-2003 maxim

o Rename local variables, do not shadow global declarations.


117549 14-Jul-2003 maxim

o Kill MINICMPLEN, there is ICMP_MINLEN already.


117548 14-Jul-2003 maxim

o Be ready to get a reply with length up to IP_MAXPACKET.
o Warn when recieved packet length is not equal to length of the
packet we sent out. Idea from NetBSD.
o Fit the dump of packet with wrong data to 80 columns (from NetBSD).

Comments from: bde


117544 14-Jul-2003 luigi

ccept of empty lines when reading from a file (this fixes a bug
introduced in the latest commits).

Also:

* update the 'ipfw -h' output;

* allow rules of the form "100 add allow ..." i.e. with the index first.
(requested by Paul Richards). This was an undocumented ipfw1 behaviour,
and it is left undocumented.

and minor code cleanups.


117533 14-Jul-2003 grog

Remove reference to max block size. dump no longer limits the block size.


117472 12-Jul-2003 luigi

Add a '-T' flag to print the timestamp as numeric value instead
of converting it with ctime(). This is a lot more convenient for
postprocessing.

Submitted by: "Jacob S. Barrett" <jbarrett@amduat.net>


117470 12-Jul-2003 luigi

Document the existence of comments in ipfw rules,
the new flags handled when reading from a file,
and clarify that only numeric values are allowed for icmptypes.

MFC after: 3 days


117469 12-Jul-2003 luigi

In random order:

* make the code compile with WARNS=5 (at least on i386), mostly
by adding 'const' specifier and replacing "void *" with "char *"
in places where pointer arithmetic was used.
This also spotted a few places where invalid tests (e.g. uint < 0)
were used.

* support ranges in "list" and "show" commands. Now you can say

ipfw show 100-1000 4000-8000

which is very convenient when you have large rulesets.

* implement comments in ipfw commands. These are implemented in the
kernel as O_NOP commands (which always match) whose body contains
the comment string. In userland, a comment is a C++-style comment:

ipfw add allow ip from me to any // i can talk to everybody

The choice of '//' versus '#' is somewhat arbitrary, but because
the preprocessor/readfile part of ipfw used to strip away '#',
I did not want to change this behaviour.

If a rule only contains a comment

ipfw add 1000 // this rule is just a comment

then it is stored as a 'count' rule (this is also to remind
the user that scanning through a rule is expensive).

* improve handling of flags (still to be completed).
ipfw_main() was written thinking of 'one rule per ipfw invocation',
and so flags are set and never cleared. With readfile/preprocessor
support, this changes and certain flags should be reset on each
line. For the time being, only fix handling of '-a' which
differentiates the "list" and "show" commands.

* rework the preprocessor support -- ipfw_main() already had most
of the parsing code, so i have moved in there the only missing
bit (stripping away '#' and comments) and removed the parsing
from ipfw_readfile().
Also, add some more options (such as -c, -N, -S) to the readfile
section.

MFC after: 3 days


117430 11-Jul-2003 kan

Do not compare unsigned int values with ULONG_MAX. The comparison is
always false on 64bit platforms and GCC 3.3.1 issues warning there.


117334 08-Jul-2003 dannyboy

Correct to match reality regarding interface names.

PR: 51006
Submitted by: "Dmitry Pryanishnikov" <dmitry@atlantis.dp.ua>
mdoc clue by: "Simon L. Nielsen" <simon@nitro.dk>
MFC after: 10 days


117329 08-Jul-2003 luigi

* introduce a section on SYNTAX to document the handling
spaces and comma-separated lists of arguments;

* reword the description of address specifications, to include
previous and current changes for address sets and lists;

* document the new '-n' flag.

* update the section on differences between ipfw1 and ipfw2
(this is becoming boring!)

MFC after: 3 days


117328 08-Jul-2003 luigi

A bunch of changes (mostly syntactic sugar, all backward compatible):

* Make the addr-set size optional (defaults to /24)
You can now write 1.2.3.0/24{56-80} or 1.2.3.0{56-80}
Also make the parser more strict.

* Support a new format for the list of addresses:
1.2.3.4,5.6.7.8/30,9.10.11.12/22,12.12.12.13, ...
which exploits the new capabilities of O_IP_SRC_MASK/O_IP_DST_MASK

* Allow spaces after commas to make lists of addresses more readable.
1.2.3.4, 5.6.7.8/30, 9.10.11.12/22, 12.12.12.13, ...

* ipfw will now accept full commands as a single argument and strip
extra leading/trailing whitespace as below:
ipfw "-q add allow ip from 1.2.3.4 to 5.6.7.8, 9.10.11.23 "
This should help in moving the body of ipfw into a library
that user programs can invoke.

* Cleanup some comments and data structures.

* Do not print rule counters for dynamic rules with ipfw -d list
(PR 51182)

* Improve 'ipfw -h' output (PR 46785)

* Add a '-n' flag to test the syntax of commands without actually
calling [gs]etsockopt() (PR 44238)

* Support the '-n' flag also with the preprocessors;

Manpage commit to follow.

MFC after: 3 days


117246 05-Jul-2003 imp

Drop the pid file after we call the final daemon call. w/o -n would
give the wrong pid.

Submitted by: ru and Lukas Ertl
PR: 54113


117241 04-Jul-2003 luigi

Implement the 'ipsec' option to match packets coming out of an ipsec tunnel.
Should work with both regular and fast ipsec (mutually exclusive).
See manpage for more details.

Submitted by: Ari Suutari (ari.suutari@syncrontech.com)
Revised by: sam
MFC after: 1 week


117170 02-Jul-2003 gordon

Remove smbfs, portalfs, and nwfs from sbin. The sources live in usr.sbin
now.


117169 02-Jul-2003 gordon

Move mount_portalfs, mount_smbfs, and mount_nwfs from sbin to usr.sbin.
They don't have alot of reason to be in sbin and contribute to library
bloat in the dynamic case. If you are using any of these filesystem
type to hold your /usr, please seek professional help.

The actual code was repo-copied by joe.


117132 01-Jul-2003 iedowse

Add a new mount flag MNT_BYFSID that can be used to unmount a file
system by specifying the file system ID instead of a path. Use this
by default in umount(8). This avoids the need to perform any vnode
operations to look up the mount point, so it makes it possible to
unmount a file system whose root vnode cannot be looked up (e.g.
due to a dead NFS server, or a file system that has become detached
from the hierarchy because an underlying file system was unmounted).
It also provides an unambiguous way to specify which file system is
to be unmunted.

Since the ability to unmount using a path name is retained only for
compatibility, that case now just uses a simple string comparison
of the supplied path against f_mntonname of each mounted file system.

Discussed on: freebsd-arch
mdoc help from: ru


117037 29-Jun-2003 gordon

Remove pathnames.h.

Pointed out by: Mathieu Arnold <mat@mat.cc>


117036 29-Jun-2003 gordon

Tweak a couple of utilities so they compile cleanly for /rescue. Mostly
path fixes.

Submitted by: Tim Kientzle <kientzle@acm.org>


117033 29-Jun-2003 gordon

Move path definitions to include/paths.h. This makes it easier to override
these definitions in the /rescue case.

Submitted by: Tim Kientzle <kientzle@acm.org>


117031 29-Jun-2003 gordon

Convert fsck and mount to using execvP to find fsck_foo and mount_foo.
This simplifies the code path and makes the default path easy to override
in the /rescue case.

Submitted by: Tim Kientzle <kientzle@acm.org>


116957 28-Jun-2003 sam

o update for new 802.11 support
o fix channel command so channel - does what the man page says


116919 27-Jun-2003 luigi

remove extra whitespace and blank lines


116820 25-Jun-2003 sam

o correct mode request handling
o add 802.11 alias support
o suppress display of the default "mode autoselect" when showing the "phy mode"


116806 25-Jun-2003 ru

The current recommended default time to live (TTL) for the Internet
Protocol (IP) is 64 [RFC791, RFC1122].

Prodded by: Igor Kucherenko <kivvy@sunbay.com>
Obtained from: http://www.iana.org/assignments/ip-parameters


116777 24-Jun-2003 luigi

remove unused file (RELENG_5 and above use ipfw2, the old ipfw1
has been unused and unmaintained for a long time).


116770 23-Jun-2003 luigi

Split some long lines to fit 80 columns (the code in RELENG_4
was already correct).


116716 23-Jun-2003 luigi

syntactic sugar: support range notation such as
1.2.3.4/24{5,6,7,10-20,60-90}
for set of ip addresses.
Previously you needed to specify every address in the range, which
was unconvenient and lead to very long lines.
Internally the set is still stored in the same way, just the
input and output routines are modified.

Manpage update still missing.

Perhaps a similar preprocessing step would be useful for port ranges.

MFC after: 3 days


116715 23-Jun-2003 maxim

o Fix sets of rules usage example.

PR: docs/53625
Submitted by: Kostyuk Oleg <cub@cub.org.ua>
MFC after: 1 week


116690 22-Jun-2003 luigi

Add support for multiple values and ranges for the "iplen", "ipttl",
"ipid" options. This feature has been requested by several users.
On passing, fix some minor bugs in the parser. This change is fully
backward compatible so if you have an old /sbin/ipfw and a new
kernel you are not in trouble (but you need to update /sbin/ipfw
if you want to use the new features).

Document the changes in the manpage.

Now you can write things like

ipfw add skipto 1000 iplen 0-500

which some people were asking to give preferential treatment to
short packets.

The 'MFC after' is just set as a reminder, because I still need
to merge the Alpha/Sparc64 fixes for ipfw2 (which unfortunately
change the size of certain kernel structures; not that it matters
a lot since ipfw2 is entirely optional and not the default...)

PR: bin/48015

MFC after: 1 week


116660 22-Jun-2003 iedowse

Replace the code for reading and writing the kernel message buffer
with a new implementation that has a mostly reentrant "addchar"
routine, supports multiple message buffers in the kernel, and hides
the implementation details from callers.

The new code uses a kind of sequence number to represend the current
read and write positions in the buffer. This approach (suggested
mainly by bde) permits the read and write pointers to be maintained
separately, which reduces the number of atomic operations that are
required. The "mostly reentrant" above refers to the way that while
it is now always safe to have any number of concurrent writers,
readers could see the message buffer after a writer has advanced
the pointers but before it has witten the new character.

Discussed on: freebsd-arch


116507 17-Jun-2003 brueffer

Remove another reference to ffsinfo.8


116499 17-Jun-2003 brueffer

Remove references to ffsinfo(8) for now. It was disconnected from
the build almost a year ago.


116478 17-Jun-2003 sobomax

Xref police: chmod(8) -> chmod(1).


116473 17-Jun-2003 phk

Compile sunlabel on all archs.


116438 16-Jun-2003 maxim

o Pass a correct argument to printf(3).

PR: bin/51750
Submitted by: Vasil Dimov <vd@datamax.bg>
MFC after: 2 weeks


116383 15-Jun-2003 rwatson

Tighten up the string->integer conversion in sysctl(8):

(1) Reject zero-length strings for CTLTYPE_INT, _UINT, _LONG,
_ULONG. Do not silently convert to 0.

(2) When converting CTLTYPE_INT, _UINT, _LONG, and _ULONG, check the
end pointer generated by strtol() and strtoul() rather than
discarding it. Reject the string if either none of the string
was useful for conversion to an integer, or if there was
trailing garbage.

I.e., we will not allow you to set a numeric sysctl to a value unless
we can completely convert the string argument to a numeric value.
I tripped over this when I put the following in /etc/sysctl.conf:

kern.maxfiles="4000"

Ouch.


116325 14-Jun-2003 ken

Remove MAINTAINER= lines in the makefiles for camcontrol, iostat, libcam
and libdevstat, since the new way of doing things is to just list
maintainership in src/MAINTAINERS.

Also, remove duplicate entries in src/MAINTAINERS for those utilities. I
already had entries for them.


116319 13-Jun-2003 ru

If the -proxy_only option is used, the -alias_address/-interface
options are not required.

Suggested by: Vaclav Petricek
MFC after: 2 weeks


116248 12-Jun-2003 grog

Remove label command. It has been deprecated since December 1998, and
recent changes broke it altogether.

Prompted by: phk


116247 12-Jun-2003 grog

Remove "label" keyword.


116224 11-Jun-2003 obrien

style clean.


116194 11-Jun-2003 rwatson

Add "-n" argument, which causes mdconfig to simply print the unit
number X, rather than mdX, making it easier to script tests that
use md devices but don't want to make assumptions about any existing
md use (such as in diskless environments).


116126 09-Jun-2003 phk

Be consistent about module names.


116111 09-Jun-2003 phk

GEOMification of CCD.

You need your kernel and ccdconfig(8) to be in sync, particularly if your
source tree is on a ccd device.


116083 09-Jun-2003 jmallett

Marshal newfs -L (filesystem volume names), the names are not marshalled
with any quoting, but that should be OK for re-input, regardless.


116038 08-Jun-2003 charnier

.Nm -> .Xr


116037 08-Jun-2003 charnier

The .Xr utility


116036 08-Jun-2003 charnier

mount_msdos -> mount_msdosfs


116035 08-Jun-2003 charnier

Add section number to .Xr


116034 08-Jun-2003 charnier

Add section number to .Xr


115995 07-Jun-2003 phk

Augh! Fix the sparc64 build:

If we don't have a default label location for the compiled architecture,
insist that a -m <architecture> option is specified.


115948 07-Jun-2003 phk

Sanitize setting of labeloffset and labelsector.


115895 06-Jun-2003 guido

Move my maintainership of parts of ipfilter back to Darren Reed


115809 04-Jun-2003 phk

Give ia64 the exact same semantics as i386 with respect to non-512
byte sector devices.


115794 04-Jun-2003 marcel

Unbreak ia64. 'nuff said.


115793 04-Jun-2003 ticso

Change handling to support strong alignment architectures such as alpha and
sparc64.

PR: alpha/50658
Submitted by: rizzo
Tested on: alpha


115731 02-Jun-2003 phk

Further devilification of CCD:

Change the list interface to simplify things.
Remove old list ioctls which bogusly exported the softc to userland.
Move the softc and associated structures from the public header to
the source file.


115730 02-Jun-2003 phk

Use GEOM OAM api to retrive list of configured ccd devices.

Link against libgeom.


115696 02-Jun-2003 phk

Fix sectorsize != 512 on i386 and pc98. Add test cases for same.


115694 02-Jun-2003 ru

Assorted mdoc(7) fixes.


115691 02-Jun-2003 maxim

Fix SIGINFO handling: do not print incorrect timing statistics
when the data for it is not available.

Founded by: ping -s0 localhost; press ^T


115624 01-Jun-2003 phk

Simplify the GEOM OAM api: Drop the request type, and let everything
hinge on the "verb" parameter which the class gets to interpret as
it sees fit.

Move the entire request into the kernel and move changed parameters
back when done.


115616 01-Jun-2003 phk

Add pc98 arch to test set.
Remove ktrace which leaked out of test-setup.


115449 31-May-2003 obrien

Protext copyright[].


115288 24-May-2003 ru

mdoc(7) fixes.

Approved by: re (blanket)


115254 23-May-2003 peter

Add amd64 to the MACHINE_ARCH list of systems that link bsdlabel to
disklabel. I just got burnt again by having an old disklabel binary
kicking around.

Discussed with: phk
Approved by: re (safe amd64 stuff)


115235 22-May-2003 dougb

When newfs'ing a partition with UFS2 that had previously been newfs'ed
with UFS1, the UFS1 superblocks were not deleted. This allowed any
RELENG_4 (or other non-UFS2-aware) fsck to think it knew how to "fix"
the file system, resulting in severe data scrambling.

This patch is a more advanced version than the one originally submitted.
Lukas improved it based on feedback from Kirk, and testing by me. It
blanks all UFS1 superblocks (if any) during a UFS2 newfs, thereby causing
fsck's that are not UFS2 aware to generate the "SEARCH FOR ALTERNATE
SUPER-BLOCK FAILED" message, and exit without damaging the fs.

PR: bin/51619
Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at>
Reviewed by: kirk
Approved by: re (scottl)


115163 19-May-2003 ru

mdoc(7) fixes: Fixed the markup in the BUGS section, bumped document date.


115162 19-May-2003 ru

mdoc(7) fixes: Fix the markup in the recently added ENVIRONMENT section.


115161 19-May-2003 ru

mdoc(7) fixes: Mark "gated" with the .Nm macro.

Approved by: re (blanket)


115160 19-May-2003 ru

Add a newline at end of file.

Approved by: re (blanket)


115143 18-May-2003 ru

Fixed troff(1) and mdoc(7) warnings.

Approved by: re (blanket)


115121 18-May-2003 brueffer

Clarify setting sysctl variables via loader(8) tunables

* s/can not/cannot/

Submitted by: ru (*)
Approved by: re (rwatson)


115119 17-May-2003 ru

mdoc(7) markup overhaul.


115116 17-May-2003 ru

Fixed the markup in the recently added ENVIRONMENT section.


115115 17-May-2003 ru

mdoc(7) fix: Add the forgotten paragraph command.

Approved by: re (blanket)


115114 17-May-2003 ru

mdoc(7) fixes: Expand contraction.


115110 17-May-2003 peter

Add fdisk for $MACHINE_ARCH == amd64


115105 17-May-2003 ru

Style fixes.

Reviewed by: phk
Approved by: re (scottl)


115104 17-May-2003 ru

Moved libgeom.so dependencies to where they belong.

Reviewed by: phk
Approved by: re (scottl)


115092 17-May-2003 brueffer

Add information about setting sysctl variables via loader(8) and
loader.conf(5)

PR: 38426 (slightly modified)
Submitted by: Phil Pennock <pdp@nl.demon.net>
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 3 days


115011 15-May-2003 imp

Allow zero or more actions in an action list, rather than requiring
one or more actions in the list. This makes constructs like:

attach 10 {
// echo "Driver $device_name attached"
};

to be accepted by the parser. It will be treated as if the user had
entered:

// attach 10 {
// echo "Driver $device_name attached"
// };

(eg totally ignored).

Approved by: re@ (rwatson)


114999 14-May-2003 ru

mdoc(7) police: fix more breakages from rev. 1.69.


114982 13-May-2003 phk

Add pc98 archtecture entry.

Approved by: re/rwatson


114970 13-May-2003 sheldonh

Fix broken comment line introduced in rev 1.69.

Found with: nroff -mandoc ifconfig.8 > /dev/null


114956 12-May-2003 trhodes

Remove -p from getopt args.

PR: 37221
Submitted by: Joshua Goodall <joshua@roughtrade.net>
Reviewed by: rwatson
Approved by: re (jhb)


114936 12-May-2003 grog

Understand GEOM. This makes growfs work again, but it really needs rewriting.

Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at>
Approved by: re (scottl)


114894 11-May-2003 trhodes

Remove remnants of the -p option. While I'm here, remove wording about
-P which could be interpreted as 'this option must be specified'.

PR: 37221 && 51886
Discussed with: bmah
Approved by: re (blanket)


114877 10-May-2003 iedowse

Put back the error checking in wtfs() that was lost when newfs was
changed to use libufs in revision 1.71. Without this, any write
failures in newfs were silently ignored.

Note that this will display a meaningless errno string in the case
of a short write as opposed to a write error, since bwrite()'s
return value does not allow the caller to determine if errno is
valid.

Reported by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at>
Reviewed by: jmallett
Approved by: re (bmah)


114862 09-May-2003 phk

Before reading an ascii label, initialize with defaults so that
getasciipartspec() has a sectorisize in case it needs one.

Approved by: re/jhb


114860 09-May-2003 phk

Sigh, this shows just how much one can be conditioned my the environment:

Just because we for the last ten years have fought for every byte
in the boot code on i386, doesn't mean that other architectures could
not actually have space to spare there.

Remore debugging message.


114844 08-May-2003 trhodes

Describe the pattern filenames must be in before they are added to the hints
file.

PR: 46271
Approved by: re (blanket)


114824 08-May-2003 grog

vinum_read: Don't lock configuration from userland. If vinum(8)
crashes, the config remains locked and causes all
subsequent start or read attempts to fail. This is part
of a fix for the recently reported hangs.

Approved by: re (scottl)


114811 07-May-2003 hmp

Bring the dumpon(8) man page closer to reality:

- dumpon utility has not used kern.dumpdev sysctl
since rev. 1.14 (sbin/dumpon/dumpon.c) when phk@
updated it to use the DIOCSKERNELDUMP ioctl [1]
- remove obsolete reference to sysctl(3)

While I am there, fix two style nits:

- use .Nm instead of `dumpon'
- change NOTES to IMPLEMENTATION NOTES, to bring
it in line with recommended section headings in
mdoc(7)

Original patch by: Martin Faxer <gmh003532brfmasthugget.se> [1]

PR: docs/39293
Approved and Reviewed by: des (mentor), re (scottl, bmah)


114810 07-May-2003 mckusick

Dump is hard-wired to believe that it can read disks on
1024-byte boundaries. For many years this was a reasonable
assumption. However, in recent years we have begun seeing
devices with 2048-byte sectors. These devices return errors
when dump tries to read starting in the middle of a sector
or when it tries to read only the first half of a sector.
Rather than change the native block size used by dump (and
thus create an incompatible dump format), this fix checks
for transfer requests that start and/or end on a non-sector
boundary. When such a read is detected, the new code reads
the entire sector and copies out just the part that dump
needs.

Reviewed by: Poul-Henning Kamp <phk@critter.freebsd.dk>
Approved by: re (John Baldwin <jhb@FreeBSD.org>)
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


114765 05-May-2003 dougb

Add an example of how to create an fstab entry.


114763 05-May-2003 obrien

Centralize _PATH_* definitions.

Submitted by: Tim Kientzle <kientzle@acm.org> (embellished by me)


114759 05-May-2003 phk

Compile bsdlabel on all platforms.

Install a link to the disklabel(8) name on i386 and alpha platforms.

Leave old disklabel(8) sources intact but disconnected from the build
for now.


114738 05-May-2003 phk

Typo in last commit.

Spotted by: mbr


114737 05-May-2003 phk

Add a BUGS section which explains that & why vinum volumes can not be
encrypted with gbde(8).


114730 05-May-2003 sos

DOnt allow getting caps from other than master and slave device :)


114714 05-May-2003 grog

vinum_start: Call vinum_read with correct number of parameters.


114691 05-May-2003 grog

vinum_readpol: Get this right.

Submitted by: Allan Saddi <allan@saddi.com>

vinum_read: White space cleanup.


114690 05-May-2003 grog

Finally implement read policies. The previous "implementation" didn't
work because it referred to plexes which were almost invariably when
referred to. Instead, deprecate the "prefer" keyword for volumes
(though it's still there for the moment) and add a keyword "preferred"
to the plex definition. The relationship is like this:

Old:

vol foo ... prefer foo.p3

New:

plex foo.p3 volume foo preferred

printconfig: Print out the "preferred" keyword for plexes where
appropriate.

Still print out "prefer" for volumes. The kernel module
continues to accept this version, but it's probably not
going to live much longer.


114673 04-May-2003 phk

Add transparent handling of mbroffset for backwards compatibility.


114657 04-May-2003 sos

Added more descriptive error outputs.

PR: 46096


114655 04-May-2003 sos

On getting status print the stripesize on RAID0's.


114644 04-May-2003 murray

Note that gated is a commercial routing product now, and remove
references to it's man page, which is almost never installed on a
FreeBSD system. The information about using this command with gated
has been retained. I have just made it clear that gated is not a part
of FreeBSD.

PR: docs/51407


114635 04-May-2003 grog

Rewrite of startup code:

vinum_read:
Accept 0 parameters, hand an empty string to the kernel if so.
Use new ioctl VINUM_READCONFIG, not VINUM_CREATE, to read config.

vinum_start: When passed 0 parameters, drop the devstat kludge and
call vinum_read instead. It's no longer necessary to distinguish
between "start" and "read" if no parameters are passed, and
probably one of them should go away.


114595 03-May-2003 ru

Fix the misspelling of DPADD, then fix "make checkdpadd".


114589 03-May-2003 obrien

Use __FBSDID() to quiet GCC 3.3 warnings.


114574 03-May-2003 phk

More axe-work:

Hide all the historical fields of the label, unless people ask for them with -A,
set them to intelligently chosen defaults otherwise.

Distill the manual page to remove inaccuracies, misundertandings and obsolete
information. It can probably still be done better but now at least it is
not misinforming people.


114571 03-May-2003 phk

Some minor remodelling with a large axe.


114569 03-May-2003 phk

Use new geom.ctl based OAM instead of ioctls.
Various cleanup.


114557 02-May-2003 phk

bsd_disklabel_le_dec() takes an extra argument now.


114552 02-May-2003 phk

Vastly simplify architecture handling: Use properties of label as
recorded in global variables, rather than checks on the architecture.

Drop horribly code to handle MBR/PC98's embedded in the BSD label area.
If you need to have an MBR or PC98 on your disk, you should not overlap
it with a BSDLABEL, if you don't need it, this code is nothing but trouble.


114551 02-May-2003 phk

Default the location to the compiled for architecture if no -m arg specified.


114550 02-May-2003 phk

Add three global variables which contain the location, size and a flag
for the alpha checksum, and set them depending on the specified architecture

Don't look for disklabels every 16 bytes, look the only place they should
be for the current architecture.

Always read the label from the raw disk and decode it into struct
disklabel rather than trust a cast from random addresses.

When writing to the raw disk, encode the label properly.


114549 02-May-2003 phk

Pull in geom_bsd_enc.c from sys/geom to encode and decode our labels.


114545 02-May-2003 phk

Remove the well-intentioned, but ill thought out check which prevents us
from dd(1)'ing the boot code off one drive and have bsdlabel write it
on another.


114544 02-May-2003 phk

Update the test-script based on the sunlabel version, but put a for-loop
in there to run over the various architectures.


114541 02-May-2003 imp

sysctlbyname takes a size_t as its 5th argument, not a pointer.
However, since NULL was used, and this is C++, this error went
undetected until g++ 3.3 somehow managed to whine about it.

Reported by: obrien


114530 02-May-2003 sos

Add "addspare" functionality.


114515 02-May-2003 obrien

bufpos is used in size_t contexts, so make it one.


114514 02-May-2003 obrien

Set WARNS=1. RESOLUTION_MAX macro has major signed/unsigned issues.


114513 02-May-2003 obrien

Use __FBSDID.


114512 02-May-2003 obrien

Use size_t type vars in sizeof contexts.


114463 01-May-2003 ru

Removed all vestiges of KerberosIV.


114460 01-May-2003 ru

Style.


114456 01-May-2003 ru

Fixed the MLINKS assignment style.


114452 01-May-2003 markm

De-Kerberise (KerberosIV). KerberosIV is no longer present, and
remote backups can still be done with Kerberos authentication using
SSH and Kerberos 5.


114418 01-May-2003 nyan

Oops, DIOCGPC98 should be DIOCSPC98.


114415 01-May-2003 nyan

Merged from src/sbin/fdisk/Makefile revision 1.10.


114413 01-May-2003 nyan

Merged from src/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c revision 1.69.


114397 01-May-2003 grog

Remove VINUMDEBUG. vinum(8) always compiles with VINUMDEBUG to be able
to cope with kernel modules with VINUMDEBUG.


114366 01-May-2003 grog

Add the #includes previously in individual .c files.

Change name of history file to History to avoid name conflicts.


114365 01-May-2003 grog

Move most #includes to vext.h.

Change name of history file to History to avoid name conflicts.

Don't try to make devices unless devfs has been removed.

Don't accept resetconfig command from a file.

Abused by: Jens Schweikhardt <schweikh@schweikhardt.net>

Remove dead code (#if 0)

vinum_mirror: Don't try to create mirrors with 0 drives.

Found by: mismatch between enum kw in two different files.


114364 01-May-2003 grog

Move most #includes to vext.h.

Change name of history file to History to avoid name conflicts.

Rewrite minor number decoding. Now we have only three types of
object: subdisks, plexes and volumes. The encoding for plexes and
subdisks no longer reflects the object to which they belong. The
super devices are high-order volume numbers. This gives vastly more
potential volumes (4 million instead of 256).

Don't try to chown directories if they haven't been created.


114363 01-May-2003 grog

Move most #includes to vext.h.

vinum_info: Use increasing verbosity to show time spent in disk
driver.

Correct a comment.


114232 29-Apr-2003 harti

Add media types and options for ATM. While on most ATM cards media cannot
be changed, it is very convenient to be able to toggle SDH/Sonet,
idle/unassigned cells and scrambled mode and to see the carrier
state.

Reviewed by: -arch (if_media.h definitions)


114165 28-Apr-2003 sam

document mode directive


114164 28-Apr-2003 sam

add a "mode" directive to specify the operating mode for multi-mode devices;
this is mostly intended for use with multi-mode 802.11 devices that support
some combination of 11a, 11b, and 11g


114141 28-Apr-2003 tjr

This file does not seem to serve any purpose. It has never been hooked up
to the build, and performs a subset of the functionality that the getconf(1)
utility performs.


114133 27-Apr-2003 jake

Fix for dynamic linking.

Submitted by: Alex Deiter <tiamat@komi.mts.ru>


114098 27-Apr-2003 dougb

Add .Xr's to mdmfs(8).

Submitted by: Scot W. Hetzel <hetzels@westbend.net>


114097 27-Apr-2003 dougb

Also MLINK the man page for mount_mfs.


114095 27-Apr-2003 dougb

Install a mount_mfs symlink so that you can specify something like this
in /etc/fstab to get a memory disk:

md /tmp mfs rw,-s8m,noatime 2 2

Back when mdmfs was created, there was vague discussion about doing this, but
it never materialized.

Reminded by: Ralf S. Engelschall <rse@engelschall.com>


114086 26-Apr-2003 imp

Create a new C++ header file called devd.hh which has all the class
definitions in it. Begin to document the classes that we use, and how
they interrelate (using comments that I can use with doxygen to
automatically generate docs with).


114084 26-Apr-2003 imp

Update to use is_id_char() in the last patch. I should have done this
before the last commit.


114081 26-Apr-2003 imp

Make better use of the string type when parsing things. This switches
expand one from using a fixed buffer to using a string which
dynamically allocates these things.

Submitted by: green@ (against an earlier version of devd)
Ignored for too long by: imp


114067 26-Apr-2003 schweikh

Fix typos in comments; some style(9) fixes; no code changes.

PR: misc/50979
Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at>


114000 25-Apr-2003 imp

Change default to be 'process all events before calling daemon.'

Also, put a small work around into devd to prevent a hang on boot this
would cause because select used to return 2 rather than 0 for no
evetnts due to a bug I fixed a few days ago in subr_bus.c. I'll
remove this workaround May 7th. You have until then to upgrade your
kernel if you want to run a new devd with an older kernel.


113994 25-Apr-2003 jmallett

Back out previous delta to fix fsck on filesystems without an fstab entry,
where we want to take the disklabel filesystem type of "4.2BSD" and use
fsck_4.2bsd on those filesystems.

Add a comment about why the code is there, now that we know:

* XXX This is a kludge to make automatic filesystem type guessing
* from the disklabel work for "4.2BSD" filesystems. It does a
* very limited subset of transliteration to a normalised form of
* filesystem name, and we do not seem to enforce a filesystem
* name character set.


113936 23-Apr-2003 johan

style(9): use NULL when assigning/comparing a char *,
consitently compare fileid with 0 using == and !=.

Reviewed by: silence on @audit


113935 23-Apr-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=5 clean by adding () in 'if (a || (b && c))'.

Look at by: sebastian.ssmoller@web.de on audit@


113933 23-Apr-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=5 clean by using %j and (uintmax_t).

Look at by: sebastian.ssmoller@web.de on audit@


113932 23-Apr-2003 johan

These are WARNS=5 clean, mark them as such to keep them that way.

Look at by: sebastian.ssmoller@web.de on audit@


113897 23-Apr-2003 phk

Add testcases to ensure that overwriting bootcode does not trash label.


113896 23-Apr-2003 phk

If we cannot open the parent device for writing, use GEOM::CONFIG_GEOM
requests to write label and bootcode.

The -r argument is ignored (with a warning).

With a lot of help from: jake


113888 23-Apr-2003 phk

Do not link sunlabel to disklabel.


113877 22-Apr-2003 phk

Add "-r" when we initialize the label first time.

Add two more tests.


113866 22-Apr-2003 johan

Make this WARNS=2 clean by using %j and (uintmax_t).

Reviewed by: tjr@ on audit@
Approved by: silence from sos@


113824 21-Apr-2003 phk

Use explicit encoding/decoding funtions for sunlabel data structures.
Use #defines for various magic numbers.

Attach test-case to makefile.

Reviewed by: jake


113822 21-Apr-2003 phk

Add minimal regression test for hotspot handling of the sunlabel.


113805 21-Apr-2003 imp

Kill debug printf that crept in my last commit


113790 21-Apr-2003 imp

Implement a two new flags, and change the meaning of another one.
'd': now means don't do daemon().
'D': Debug
'n': Don't wait to process all pending events before calling daemon.

In the past, devd would call daemon immediately. However, this causes
a race. If anything in the boot process depends on configuring the
devices configured by devd, maybe they would be configured in time,
maybe not. Now we don't call daemon until all pending events are
processed, unless -n is specified.

# -n is actually the default for a while due to the select(2) bug in devctl
# that I just fixed to give people a chance to upgrade.


113787 21-Apr-2003 imp

Put an anti-foot-shooting measure in place. Set hw.bus.devctl_disable
to 0 when we startup. Print a warning in this case. This allows
people that are playing with devd by hand to have something happen.
Otherwise, it appears that devd isn't working because /dev/devctl is
disabled and producing no events.

Suggested by: peter on irc a long time ago.


113785 21-Apr-2003 imp

o Skip white space between variables better. This makes
'a="b" c="d" at loc=1 on busN' properly set 'c' and process the rest of
the stirng. Before it would ignore everything after variable 'a'.
o Parse nomatch and other events differently. They are more different
than the code allowed for, so we weren't properly parsing nomatch
events. It appears this fixes some of the demand loading issues that
I was having with devd.

Noticed by: Gary Palmer


113782 21-Apr-2003 imp

devd.conf already has the examples in the todo list


113760 20-Apr-2003 brueffer

Remove reference to diskpart(8)

PR: 51193
Submitted by: Yonatan@xpert.com


113751 20-Apr-2003 rwatson

Throw the switch--change to UFS2 as our default file system format for
FreeBSD 5.1-RELEASE and later:

- newfs(8) will now create UFS2 file systems unless UFS1 is specifically
requested (-O1). To do this, I just twiddled the Oflag default.

- sysinstall(8) will now select UFS2 as the default layout for new
file systems unless specifically requested (use '1' and '2' to change
the file system layout in the disk labeler). To do this, I inverted
the ufs2 flag into a ufs1 flag, since ufs2 is now the default and
ufs1 is the edge case. There's a slight semantic change in the
key behavior: '2' no longer toggles, it changes the selection to UFS2.

This is very similar to a patch David O'Brien sent me at one point, and
that I couldn't find.

Approved by: re (telecon)
Reviewed by: mckusick, phk, bmah


113695 18-Apr-2003 phk

Add the beginning of a regression test.

So far it checks the overwrites of the BSD label inband (ie: dd
if=/dev/ad0a of=/dev/ad2a).

This excercises the geom::slice::hotspot code.


113688 18-Apr-2003 phk

Solve printf/cast issues to make this compile in i386 as well.


113680 18-Apr-2003 phk

First scrub of s/disklabel/bsdlabel/

bsdlabel.5 deliberately exempted, its contents looks less than useful.


113604 17-Apr-2003 trhodes

Quick grammar fix.


113559 16-Apr-2003 ru

There is an undocument feature that ``route -vnd flush'' prints
a nice dump of the entire routing table. Allow non-root users
to see it too.


113558 16-Apr-2003 ru

Normalize, fix ``make checkdpadd''.


113552 16-Apr-2003 sumikawa

Use NI_xxx macros.

Obtained from: KAME
MFC after: 1 week


113539 15-Apr-2003 jake

Hardlink sunlabel to disklabel so make release is happy. (This only affects
sparc64, where bsd^H^H^Hdisklabel isn't built.)


113538 15-Apr-2003 jake

- Use read(2) to get the existing sunlabel on a disk, instead of parsing
kern.geom.conftxt, which md disks don't show up in. If the magic and
the checksum are right assume its a valid sunlabel, otherwise use the
DIOC ioctls to get the disk parameters and whip up a label out of thin
air.
- Don't just silently create or correct invalid c partitions, warn about
invalid ones in label proto files.
- Split checksumming into a function since we do it a couple times. Also
don't include the sl_cksum field in the checksum, which avoids needing
to clear it first.

This is makes sunlabel a suitable replacement for disklabel in make release.


113503 15-Apr-2003 mdodd

Don't abuse module names to facilitate ifconfig module loading;
such abuse isn't really needed. (And if we do need type information
associated with a module then we should make it explicit and not
use hacks.)


113466 14-Apr-2003 phk

Avoid off_t -> integer overflow when sorting the locksector addresses.


113463 14-Apr-2003 maxim

o Skip timestamp part when checking payload.

PR: bin/50909
Submitted by: Barney Wolff <barney@lab.databus.com>


113454 13-Apr-2003 phk

Use symbolic constants from <sys/diskmbr.h> instead of local constants.

Always set the magic sequence when we write, rather than trusting the
previously read boot code to do so.

Use explicit encoding/decoding of little endian disk image.

Remove a comment which was OBE.

Change the test vector for "fdisk -I" to reflect that there is a magic
sequence in the result now.

Add test case for "fdisk" which reads the image back.

At least for the two test-cases this program now gives the same result
on sparc64 as on i386. The lack of an installed /boot/mbr on sparc64
raises an (un)interesting question.


113451 13-Apr-2003 phk

Pull in the encoding/decoding functions for struct dos_partition.

Add a very simple regression test for "fdisk -I".


113289 09-Apr-2003 phk

Add a couple of undocumented test options to MD(4) to aid in regression
testting of GEOM.


113234 07-Apr-2003 mdodd

Bump the date for recent commits.


113224 07-Apr-2003 mdodd

Clarify the behavior of PATH_FSTAB with regard to 'tainted' execution.

Requested by: ru


113220 07-Apr-2003 mdodd

Implement the '-F' option for mount & umount which allows the user to
specify an alternate fstab file.


113217 07-Apr-2003 mdodd

Deal with a case where the returned packed was smaller than the
transmitted packet (because the remote host stripped off our icmp_data).

Submitted by: Maxim Konovalov <maxim@macomnet.ru>


113216 07-Apr-2003 mdodd

Quiet warning.


113214 07-Apr-2003 mdodd

Avoid a name conflict with future functionality:

getfstab() -> dump_getfstab()


113116 05-Apr-2003 darrenr

Change the default syslog facility from LOG_LOCAL0 to LOG_SECURITY after
discussion on security@freebsd.org.


113039 03-Apr-2003 phk

Output machdep.guessed_bootdev as an integer rather than try to format
it according to ancient and obsolete rules.

This removes one more user of <sys/diskslice.h>


113014 03-Apr-2003 phk

Don't pull in geom_enc.c any more.


112991 02-Apr-2003 rwatson

When kill(-1) returns ESRCH, it could be because the current process
doesn't have a process group, which can occur if you're working with
a custom init that doesn't set up a full tty context. Rather than
refusing to reboot, ignore ESRCH from the kill attempt in reboot(8).


112985 02-Apr-2003 mdodd

Back out support for RFC3514.

RFC3514 poses an unacceptale risk to compliant systems.


112980 02-Apr-2003 maxim

IP_EVIL -> IP_EF


112947 01-Apr-2003 yar

Give clearer diagnostics on some cases of invalid
combinations of mdconfig(8) command-line arguments.

Make mdconfig(8) accept "-a -f file -o options"
equally with "-a -f file" (assuming "-t vnode".)


112945 01-Apr-2003 yar

Don't die of SIGSEGV on a missing fstype field
in a saved disklabel file.

MFC after: 1 week


112935 01-Apr-2003 ru

This can't obviously be cleaner than system headers.


112929 01-Apr-2003 mdodd

Implement support for RFC 3514 (The Security Flag in the IPv4 Header).
(See: ftp://ftp.rfc-editor.org/in-notes/rfc3514.txt)

This fulfills the host requirements for userland support by
way of the setsockopt() IP_EVIL_INTENT message.

There are three sysctl tunables provided to govern system behavior.

net.inet.ip.rfc3514:

Enables support for rfc3514. As this is an
Informational RFC and support is not yet widespread
this option is disabled by default.

net.inet.ip.hear_no_evil

If set the host will discard all received evil packets.

net.inet.ip.speak_no_evil

If set the host will discard all transmitted evil packets.

The IP statistics counter 'ips_evil' (available via 'netstat') provides
information on the number of 'evil' packets recieved.

For reference, the '-E' option to 'ping' has been provided to demonstrate
and test the implementation.


112877 31-Mar-2003 phk

Use new GEOM OAM. Kernels have supported this for a number of days, so
people should be OK.


112826 29-Mar-2003 phk

Use default geometry in case the device doesn't provide one:
512 for sectorsize.
63 for sectors.
255 for heads.
This will mostly show up on MD(4) devices.


112766 29-Mar-2003 seanc

Small mdoc fix


112729 28-Mar-2003 mdodd

Default data length should be 56, not 64.


112670 26-Mar-2003 mdodd

- Fix function declarations.
- Provide function prototypes.

Submitted by: trhodes


112667 26-Mar-2003 mdodd

Get rid of a few caddr_t's.

Submitted by: trhodes


112666 26-Mar-2003 mdodd

asn_get_encoded() takes 2 arguments.


112664 26-Mar-2003 mdodd

Retire set_reqid(), unused since 1.2.


112663 26-Mar-2003 mdodd

- Add const qualifier to char * arrays.
- Retire Traps array; this was obsoleted in 1.2


112662 26-Mar-2003 mdodd

Don't roll a private copy of basename().


112652 26-Mar-2003 keramida

There are 5 securelevels, not 4.

PR: docs/50049
Submitted by: Colin Percival <cperciva@sfu.ca>


112645 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

- Replace hexdump() with a prettier version.
- Reformat log output.
- Consolidate PDU printing code into print_pdu().


112640 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

Set pdu->pdulen in build_pdu().


112639 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

Don't compile in lmi_object_instance().


112638 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

- Handle the 'GET PREFIX' request.
- Deal with MADGE_OBJECT1 requests.
- Move code inside of switch cases to separate functions.

Submitted by: Richard Hodges <rh@matriplex.com>


112637 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

Correct a comment.

Submitted by: Richard Hodges <rh@matriplex.com>


112636 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

- Add a comment regarding SETPFX_OBJID
- Add an Objid definition for MADGE_OBJECT1
- Add an array to map ilmi_states to ASCII descriptions.

Submitted by: Richard Hodges <rh@matriplex.com>


112632 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

Clean up formatting.

Submitted by: Richard Hodges <rh@matriplex.com>


112627 25-Mar-2003 trhodes

Remove some more MAKEDEV information.

PR: 50294
Submitted by: Sergey A. Osokin <osa@FreeBSD.org.ru>


112605 25-Mar-2003 ume

Make -N option work.

Submitted by: KONDOU Kazuhiro <kazuhiro@alib.jp>


112584 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

Hook omshell(1) up to the build.


112583 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

Building crunched things by hand (regenerating boot floppies for example)
without a full make release cycle fails as the correct include path
isn't setup.


112580 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

Add mount options 'noinet4' and 'noinet6' which prevent using those
address families.

This is useful for preventing NFS mounts from using IPv6 on hosts
that have both A and AAAA records for the same name.


112570 25-Mar-2003 mdodd

- Silence warnings (casting, implicit decl., unused var.).
- WARNS=2


112568 24-Mar-2003 mdodd

- Make -M mask and -M time exclusive.
- Correct some problems with packet construction.

+--------+------------+----------+-------------+---------+
| | | | | |
| IP Hdr | MINICMPLEN | phdr_len | TIMEVAL_LEN | payload |
| | | | | |
+--------+------------+----------+-------------+---------+
| | | |
|<- IP ->|<------- ICMP -------->|<------ datalen ------>|

My previous changes tried to mess around with 'datalen' instead of
modifying 'phdr_len'.

I'm including this nice ASCII diagram (from Maxim) to further clarify things
in CVS history.

Submitted by: Maxim Konovalov <maxim@macomnet.ru>


112531 24-Mar-2003 bde

Fixed an errx format error in rev.1.81. This should have been fatal
when WARNS was increased recently, but __printf0like() has been
temporarily disabled for 8 months.

Fixed related style bugs (disordered declaraction and silly type for
maxpayload -- assume 16-bit ints like the rest of ping.c).


112494 22-Mar-2003 mux

- Add a new ioctl to get the maximum number of ATA channels.
- Use it in atacontrol(8) when listing ATA devices instead of
stopping at the first ENXIO received.

This makes atacontrol list work on my sparc64 where the two ATA
channels I have are numbered 2 and 3.

Reviewed by: sos


112307 16-Mar-2003 ru

Teach disklabel(8) about different hardware architectures.
This is aimed at creating floppies during cross-releases.
For different endianness machines, a tool like bswapfs(8)
is necessary to make the generated floppies readable on
the target machine. While here, fixed unaligned access
on Alphas.

Tested on: i386, alpha


112290 15-Mar-2003 ru

Give this manpage a good overhaul, including the markup.
Notable changes:

- Removed the "disktype" argument from the -B only synopsis
form. This form doesn't touch the disk label, and doesn't
use this argument.

- Fixed the first example in the EXAMPLES section. Support
for compatibility slices has been recently dropped from
the GEOM kernels, and a bit later GEOM became standard.

- Removed the buggy notion from rev. 1.37 that disklabel(8)
may be used to define mount points; it cannot. Improve
some DOS partition / FreeBSD slice wording. Among these,
``dangerously-dedicated slice'' was just a nonsense. ;-)


112282 15-Mar-2003 phk

Update to use current version of devstat API.


112254 15-Mar-2003 ru

Fixed (soon might be fatal) -Wformat warnings.


112250 15-Mar-2003 cjc

Add a 'verrevpath' option that verifies the interface that a packet
comes in on is the same interface that we would route out of to get to
the packet's source address. Essentially automates an anti-spoofing
check using the information in the routing table.

Experimental. The usage and rule format for the feature may still be
subject to change.


112231 14-Mar-2003 ru

Properly mark "auto" as a keyword.


112228 14-Mar-2003 ru

Demangle the usage message at the source level.

Submitted by: bde


112189 13-Mar-2003 maxim

o Partially revert rev. 1.103, fix 'ipfw show': dynamically adjust a
width of fields for packets and bytes counters.

PR: bin/47196
Reviewed by: -audit
Not objected by: luigi, des

o Use %llu instead of deprecated %qu convert specification for ipfw
packets and bytes counters.

Noted by: des
MFC after: 1 month


112110 11-Mar-2003 ru

Fix and sync SYNOPSIS and usage().

Prodded by: bde


111996 08-Mar-2003 tjr

Uncomment the description of the ipdst parameter, but refer to IPX
instead of NS.


111961 07-Mar-2003 phk

Remove reference to unavailable paper.


111943 06-Mar-2003 phk

Don't pick the name out of the devstat member of the ccd softc, it will
disappear soon. Exporting the softc in the first place is a mistake.


111932 05-Mar-2003 seanc

Update ping to be WARNS=2 compliant.

Reviewed by: -audit (no objections ~1mo)
Approved by: nectar


111930 05-Mar-2003 mdodd

Spelling, grammar fixes.


111927 05-Mar-2003 mdodd

Remove documentation of old '-M' flag.
Re-order.


111921 05-Mar-2003 peter

Kill #ifdef NS code


111848 03-Mar-2003 ru

Add an xref to kldconfig(8).


111847 03-Mar-2003 ru

/modules is gone long ago, use the safe equivalents.


111818 03-Mar-2003 phk

Add a "-S sectorsize" option to enable Kirk to find a bug :-)


111813 03-Mar-2003 ru

mdoc(7) police: Revision.


111803 03-Mar-2003 jmallett

Strip out bogus difference from when this came from NetBSD: transliterating
upper-case alphabetical characters to lower-case ones, and spaces to dashes.
The person who added this when bringing the code from NetBSD has no idea why
he added it, and nobody on freebsd-fs came up with any cases where the icky
part (the conversion of spaces to underscores) was needed. The removal of
the upper-case conversion follows an even more obvious logic: it avoids any
sort of namespace issues. People using StUdLy caps for filesystem names
deserve everything they get. Otherwise, Efs and efs might be totally different
things, but would use the same fsck. And we don't want that, right? That
just provokes the sort of foot-shooting this would prevent.

If you have problems with this, I'll walk you through using sed on your fstab,
cause the only way you could have problems is if you spelled ufs as "UFS".
Most likely, you haven't done that.

MFC after: 1 month


111765 02-Mar-2003 mdodd

Support ICMP_TSTAMP/ICMP_TSTAMPREPLY.

This alters the meaning of the '-M' flag.


111725 02-Mar-2003 mckusick

Close out a possible race where anybody in group operator could
chown an arbitrary file to operator.

Reported by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie>
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


111716 02-Mar-2003 mckusick

Add the mksnap_ffs command to the sbin directory. This setuid root
program allows users in the operator group to take filesystem
snapshots. Its first use will be in support of `dump -L'.

Approved by: Technical Review Board <trb@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


111674 28-Feb-2003 ru

Don't pretend natd(8) doesn't work with ppp(8) interfaces.
While there's probably a better way to achieve the same,
nothing precludes us from using natd(8) on tun(4) links.

Noticed by: bde


111654 28-Feb-2003 keramida

Spell "utilities" correctly.


111649 27-Feb-2003 ru

Document the rxcsum and txcsum commands.

Submitted by: jlemon


111470 25-Feb-2003 ru

More fixes.

Submitted by: Andy Farkas <andyf@speednet.com.au>
Reviewed by: das


111453 24-Feb-2003 ru

mdoc(7) police: Tidy up.


111448 24-Feb-2003 ru

Killed one more instance of pseudo-devices.


111425 24-Feb-2003 das

Clarify about NSWAPDEV, add a DIAGNOSTICS section pointing to
swapon(2), and correct HISTORY.

Reviewed by: mike (mentor)


111424 24-Feb-2003 das

- Add a clearer error message for the case where swapon hits the
NSWAPDEV limit.
- Don't warn about devices that are not in use in 'swapoff -a'.
- Re-add behavior mistakenly removed in revision 1.44:
If using 'swapon -a', do not warn if the device is already in use.

PR: 46633
Submitted by: Andy Farkas <andyf@speednet.com.au> (in part)
Reviewed by: mike (mentor)


111309 23-Feb-2003 johan

These are WARNS=2 clean, try to keep them that way.


111307 23-Feb-2003 johan

Remove one of two WARNS=0.


111298 23-Feb-2003 tjr

Fix two unsafe uses of sprintf().


111296 23-Feb-2003 tjr

Correct some err() format string bugs.


111287 23-Feb-2003 ru

Sort options.


111286 23-Feb-2003 ru

Deal with vestiges of d_boot[01].


111285 23-Feb-2003 ru

mdoc(7) police: markup laundry.


111284 23-Feb-2003 ru

mdoc(7) police: kill unnecessary xref.


111268 22-Feb-2003 mckusick

Fix the -R flag so that it provides sequential "random" numbers
so that the regression test will succeed.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


111265 22-Feb-2003 johan

Remove unused variable to make badsect WARNS=2 clean.


111202 21-Feb-2003 obrien

Don't try to build devd when NO_CXX is set.


111195 20-Feb-2003 johan

Make camcontrol WARNS=2 clean.

Approved by: ken


111113 19-Feb-2003 jwd

Our first keyword hit for apropos ufs2.


111006 16-Feb-2003 phk

Add #include <sys/resource.h>


111002 16-Feb-2003 phk

Remove #include <sys/dkstat.h>


110885 14-Feb-2003 mckusick

Replace use of random() with arc4random() to provide less guessable
values for the initial inode generation numbers in newfs and for
newly allocated inode generation numbers in the kernel.

Submitted by: Theo de Raadt <deraadt@cvs.openbsd.org>
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


110884 14-Feb-2003 mckusick

Correct lines incorrectly added to the copyright message. Add missing period.

Submitted by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


110881 14-Feb-2003 imp

The bugs section hasn't been true since before 5.0-R


110877 14-Feb-2003 imp

devd bugs section is now OBE


110840 14-Feb-2003 silby

Improvements to md5.c so that it uses getrusage to time
benchmarks, and prints out results in float format.


110777 13-Feb-2003 peter

Show the paritition types that we recognize in human readable format. eg:
pluto2# gpt show da0
start end size contents
0 0 1 PMBR
1 1 1 Pri GPT header
2 33 32 Pri GPT table
34 401595 401562 GPT part - EFI System partition
401596 925883 524288 GPT part - FreeBSD ufs partition
925884 9314491 8388608 GPT part - FreeBSD swap partition
...
It'll print a plain uuid string for unrecognized types.


110679 11-Feb-2003 nyan

MFi386: Use DIOCGPC98 ioctl.


110671 11-Feb-2003 jmallett

Convert newfs to libufs (really). Solves one real issue with previous
version of such. Differences in filesystems generated were found to be
from 1) sbwrite with the "all" parameter 2) removal of writecache. The
sbwrite call was made to perform as the original version, and otherwise
this was checked against a version of newfs with the write cache removed.


110670 11-Feb-2003 ache

Use srandomdev() for FreeBSD


110517 07-Feb-2003 phk

Rename bio_linkage to the more obvious bio_parent.
Add bio_t0 timestamp, and include <sys/time.h> where needed


110415 05-Feb-2003 charnier

Use a more standard error message. Add FBSDID.

Reviewed by: ru


110396 05-Feb-2003 charnier

The .Xr utility


110304 04-Feb-2003 brueffer

Correct examples for stateful inspection

PR: 47817
Submitted by: Simon L.Nielsen <simon@nitro.dk>
Reviewed by: ceri, luigi


110174 01-Feb-2003 gordon

Bring in support for volume labels to the filesystem utilities.

Reviewed by: mckusick


110132 31-Jan-2003 jake

Build sunlabel on sparc64.


110130 31-Jan-2003 jake

Add sunlabel, a more or less drop in replacement for bsd^H^H^Hdisklabel(8)
which works on sun labels. Due to the lack of an interface other than
write(2) to update labels, it cannot modify an open partition.


110105 30-Jan-2003 nyan

Additional PC98 option is not needed.


110065 29-Jan-2003 jmallett

Back out conversion to libufs, for now. It seems to cause problems.

Reported by: phk


110054 29-Jan-2003 mdodd

Call fill() after maxpayload has been initialized.

Reviewed by: maxim


110009 28-Jan-2003 mdodd

Send ICMP_MASKREQ packets when the '-M' option is specified.


109963 28-Jan-2003 jmallett

Fix problems with how libufs was used, with regard to mounted/active fs's,
in the new world order of libufs, where we also do statfs, and add a missing
close.


109948 27-Jan-2003 dillon

Update mount_nfs documentation to reference new sysctl for -c default.


109930 27-Jan-2003 phk

Don't use the kern.disks sysctl to find a list of md devices, use the
MDIOCLIST ioctl instead.

Spotted by: keramida


109926 27-Jan-2003 jmallett

Convert newfs to use libufs. I've tested this on md filesystems, as has
keramida, and all seems well.


109901 26-Jan-2003 phk

If we fail to open O_RDWR, try opening O_RDONLY, if we use ioctls
to fiddle the disk we can get away with it.

Try to use DIOCBSDBB to write boot code.


109891 26-Jan-2003 phk

IA64 still needs to be able to run on MBR+BSD combination, so put disklabel
back.

Pointed out by: peter


109889 26-Jan-2003 phk

Drop the silly notion that i386 has two bootstrap files now that sys/boot
creates a single file named just "boot".

Apart from the fact that the option "-s" is now gone and that "-b" should
be pointed at /boot/boot instead of /boot/boot1, this patch should be
a no-op.


109887 26-Jan-2003 phk

Remove #if checks for NUMBOOT==0, it's not relevant for any architecture
and if we get such an architecture, we can just avoid using the relevant
options.


109884 26-Jan-2003 phk

Offer better advice in #error.

Remove yet a usage message about -N/-W


109883 26-Jan-2003 ru

Spell libufs correctly in DPADD.

Reviewed by: juli


109882 26-Jan-2003 phk

Remove ia64 and powerpc #ifdefs: this is i386/pc98/alpha only code.


109881 26-Jan-2003 phk

Make disklabel(8) MD for i386/pc98 and alpha only.


109879 26-Jan-2003 phk

Remove #ifdef __sparc64__ code. GEOM uses native SUN labels on this arch,
so no hacks are needed.


109878 26-Jan-2003 phk

Fix typo in last commit.
Rearrange bits in writelabel() a bit for improved readability.


109875 26-Jan-2003 phk

Remember to remove -N and -W from usage.


109874 26-Jan-2003 phk

Don't fiddle write-protect status of disklabel, it's a discontinued feature.


109872 26-Jan-2003 phk

Retire the "-N" and "-W" options which implemented write-protection
for the disklabel: This facility is OBE.

First of all, we cannot sensibly implement this in a properly stacked
environment.

Second, if we did, it would confuse the heck out of users who
wouldn't be able to "start from scratch" by dd(8)'ing /dev/zero
onto /dev/da0.

Third, the offered protection is not comprehensive: no other software
would respect it.

Fourth and finally, the disklabel is already protected against
tampering if it controls open partitions.

Uselessness of these options discussed with: peter


109870 26-Jan-2003 silby

Change the -x option so that it does an actual REAL test of
the correctness of this program. Previously, it printed out
the MD5 values of some test strings, but did not tell you
if they were correct or not!


109846 26-Jan-2003 keramida

Convert references to other manpages to .Xr and add
entries to the SEE ALSO section.


109825 25-Jan-2003 dillon

Readjust the cache initialization code to make it more obvious that the
cache is bypassed when disabled.


109811 25-Jan-2003 kbyanc

Since route(8) itself is no longer setuid, we can get a meaningful
answer for the euid. As a result, fix it such that setuid scripts or
programs may call route(8) to do work on their behalf.

Reviewed by: ru
MFC after: 3 days


109767 24-Jan-2003 njl

Parse both old flags location and new one. Print out new flags including
acls, multilabel, and location updated.


109740 23-Jan-2003 mdodd

Add missing #if USE_IF_MEDIA/#endif.


109734 23-Jan-2003 maxim

Better error handling for -s.

Submitted by: bde

Do not constantify maximum payload size. It is 65467 with -R
(record route), and 65507 without it.

Reviewed by: silence on -net
Proposed by: bde

I am going to MFC rev.1.77 - 1.81 ping.c and rev.1.39 and 1.40 ping.8:

MFC after: 6 months


109733 23-Jan-2003 maxim

style(9) sweep.

Submitted by: bde


109732 23-Jan-2003 maxim

Anti-magic: s/255/MAXTTL/


109731 23-Jan-2003 maxim

Implement -D (do not fragment) and -z (TOS) options.

PR: bin/29164
Reviewed by: silence of -net
Obtained from: OpenBSD


109730 23-Jan-2003 maxim

Print strict source routing option.

Reviewed by: silence on -net
Proposed by: David Wang <dsw@juniper.net>


109727 23-Jan-2003 ru

Fixed Charles' e-mail here too.


109725 23-Jan-2003 ru

Added UFS library to the bsd.libnames.mk namespace.


109671 22-Jan-2003 peter

Fix what I think is an off-by-one in certain worst-case scenarios
caused by rev 1.45. (eg: the estimate being exactly half of the result.)


109670 22-Jan-2003 fjoe

fix link_status() in non-Ethernet case

MFC after: 1 week


109600 20-Jan-2003 jmallett

Convert badsect to use libufs.


109599 20-Jan-2003 jmallett

Add libufs to dependencies.


109597 20-Jan-2003 jmallett

Make tunefs use libufs, it seems to do well enough for printing / setting
things.


109532 19-Jan-2003 jmallett

Kill initialisation and shadow warnings. Half-hearted cleanup (e.g. only the
more important ones) of format warnings. XXX Lots of this assumes int32 can
be printed with %d. Yuck.

Reviewed by: bde


109525 19-Jan-2003 jmallett

Add support to marshal a filesystem to a newfs(8) command that could be used
to create it. A small number of options are not marshalled as they are things
it would be dumb to spit out, as they are used by internal computations, and
newfs may change them, or they may not be directly apparent.


109519 19-Jan-2003 jmallett

Let libufs handle all the work with regard to going through a list of cgs, now.


109510 19-Jan-2003 jmallett

Use libufs to read one cylinder group from the disk at a time.


109507 19-Jan-2003 jmallett

Simplify the main function now that libufs will hunt for the disk for us.


109472 18-Jan-2003 phk

Fix two errorchecks to check for negative error returns.


109468 18-Jan-2003 jmallett

Consistentify output whitespace.


109461 18-Jan-2003 jmallett

Simplify conditional.


109421 17-Jan-2003 phk

Find places to store the previously implicityly passed unit number in
the three configuration ioctls which need a unit number.

Add a "ccd.ctl" device for config operations.

Implement ioctls on ccd.ctl which rely on the explicityly passed
unit numbers.

Update ccdconfig to use the new ccd.ctl interface.

Add code to the kernel to detect old ccdconfig binaries, and whine
about it.

Add code to ccdconfig to detect old kernels, and whine about it.

These two compatibility measures will be retained only for a limited
period since they are in the way of GEOM'ification of ccd.


109417 17-Jan-2003 phk

Fix various details so we get to WARNS=3.
Center operation on unit number rather than path name.


109399 16-Jan-2003 joerg

While being here, remove a couple of unused "default:" labels in switch
statements, now that gcc loudly complains about them.

MFC after: 1 week


109398 16-Jan-2003 joerg

Make vinum disk-related devices readable by group "operator" to match
the configuration of any other disk-like devices.

This is the non-DEVFS part which is normally not used in 5.x, but due
for MFC into 4.x.

PR: bin/28294, bin/32588
MFC after: 1 week


109378 16-Jan-2003 des

Clear part_set, part_size_type and part_offset_type before parsing the
ascii label; otherwise checklabel() might report spurious errors because
of leftovers from a previous pass.

Reviewed by: bde
MFC after: 1 week


109190 13-Jan-2003 dillon

really, this time for sure. Fix formatting in usage().


109189 13-Jan-2003 dillon

Grr. I keep forgetting things. Include -C in dump's usage() .


109188 13-Jan-2003 dillon

Add support for obsolete option form for -C


109187 13-Jan-2003 dillon

Add a caching option to dump. Use -C. Note that NetBSD has a caching option
called -r but it takes 512 byte blocks instead of megabytes, and I felt a
megabytes specification would be far more useful so I did not use the same
option character.

This will *greatly* improve dump performance at the cost of possibly
missing filesystem changes that occur between passes, and does a fairly
good job making up for the loss of buffered block devices. Caching is disabled
by default to retain historical behavior.

In tests, dump performance improved by about 40% when dumping / or /usr.

Beware that dump forks and the cache may wind up being larger then you
specify, but a more complex shared memory implementation would not produce
results that are all that much better so I kept it simple for now.

MFC after: 3 days


109186 13-Jan-2003 joerg

Mention the oddities and requirements for mount operations executed by
non-root users.

PR: docs/42651
Submitted by: Thomas Seck <tmseck@netcologne.de>
MFC after: 3 days


109184 13-Jan-2003 trhodes

Add the /boot prefix. I forgot this when updating the location.

Neglected by: trhodes


109180 13-Jan-2003 trhodes

Update the kernel location in FILES.

PR: 47015


109126 12-Jan-2003 dillon

It turns out that we do not need to add a new ioctl to unbreak a
default-to-deny firewall. Simply turning off IPFW via a preexisting
sysctl does the job. To make it more apparent (since nobody picked up
on this in a week's worth of flames), the boolean sysctl's have been
integrated into the /sbin/ipfw command set in an obvious and straightforward
manner. For example, you can now do 'ipfw disable firewall' or
'ipfw enable firewall'. This is far easier to remember then the
net.inet.ip.fw.enable sysctl.

Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 3 days


109113 11-Jan-2003 dillon

Cleanup the formatting from the last commit, convert everything to
a more human-readable 'kilobytes' instead of pages.


109097 11-Jan-2003 dillon

Make 'sysctl vm.vmtotal' work properly using updated patch from Hiten.
(the patch in the PR was stale).

PR: kern/5689
Submitted by: Hiten Pandya <hiten@unixdaemons.com>


109076 10-Jan-2003 obrien

I don't know where we got this ccd creation example from... or if it was
ever correct. It certainly hasn't been correct for *years*, and it
conflicts with the FAQ. So update this example to match the FAQ.


109067 10-Jan-2003 sheldonh

Add TAPE to the ENVIRONMENT section and standardize the section, using a
list instead of prose.

MFC after: 1 month


109066 10-Jan-2003 sheldonh

Add TAPE to the ENVIRONMENT section.

MFC after: 1 month


109065 10-Jan-2003 sheldonh

Add an ENVIRONMENT section so that the reader knows that the TMPDIR envar
is honoured.

Reported by: des
MFC after: 1 month


108985 09-Jan-2003 imp

These are OBE. devd.conf now lives in /etc.


108929 08-Jan-2003 peter

Change this:
#include <strings.h>
...
foo = (char *)strdup(...);
To:
#include <string.h>
foo = strdup(...);
because the former segfaults on an ia64 since there is no prototype
for strdup() in strings.h. Converting an "int" to a pointer is fatal.


108799 06-Jan-2003 imp

Terminate the usage message with \n.

Submitted by: joe


108783 06-Jan-2003 imp

MFp4: make it work

o Expand variables correctly.
o Set variables for each event.
o rewrite event loop to execute the commands in the config file, rather
than the hard wired generic command
o better(?) debug when running -d
o sort vectors of actions so that we just have to search for the first
one to match rather than the best one that matches.
o better attempts to clear all resources used on 'restart'
o Remove now bogus comments

MFC After: 1 centiyear


108781 06-Jan-2003 imp

devd not devdd

submitted by: joe


108691 05-Jan-2003 keramida

Fix a reference to the order of SYNOPSIS lines.

Submitted by: Olivier Cherrier <Olivier.Cherrier@cediti.be>
on freebsd-net
MFC after: 3 days


108650 04-Jan-2003 nyan

Rename the dos_partition structure for pc98 to pc98_partition.


108592 03-Jan-2003 phk

Remove CCDF_SWAP and CCDF_PARITY. They have never been implemented.


108533 01-Jan-2003 schweikh

Correct typos, mostly s/ a / an / where appropriate. Some whitespace cleanup,
especially in troff files.


108470 30-Dec-2002 schweikh

Fix typos, mostly s/ an / a / where appropriate and a few s/an/and/
Add FreeBSD Id tag where missing.


108459 30-Dec-2002 mike

Remove hack from rev 1.15; getbsize(3)'s original interface has been
restored.


108430 30-Dec-2002 obrien

This really isn't WARNS clean.


108425 30-Dec-2002 mike

Make the first argument to getbsize(3) a `size_t *'. This is a hack
since getbsize(3) should have `int *' as its first parameter.


108395 29-Dec-2002 phk

Make fdisk work on active GEOM devices.


108375 28-Dec-2002 dillon

Add 'swapctl' - as a hardlink to swapon/swapoff, and augment swapon with
swapctl functionality. The idea is to create a swapctl command that is
fairly close to the OpenBSD and NetBSD version. FreeBSD does not implement
swap priority (and it would be a mistake if we did) so we didn't bother with
that part of it.

Submitted by: Eirik Nygaard <eirikn@bluezone.no>
Augmented by: dillon (extensively)
Reviewed by: David Schultz <dschultz@uclink.Berkeley.EDU>


108317 27-Dec-2002 schweikh

english(4) police.


108260 24-Dec-2002 ru

Spelling: s/then/than/ where appropriate.


108257 24-Dec-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: Deal with self-xrefs.


108231 23-Dec-2002 kbyanc

Make preprocessor support more generic by passing all command-line options
after -p except for the last (the ruleset file to process) to the
preprocessor for interpretation. This allows command-line options besides
-U and -D to be passed to cpp(1) and m4(1) as well as making it easier to
use other preprocessors.

Sponsored By: NTT Multimedia Communications Labs
MFC after: 1 week


108221 23-Dec-2002 ru

Fixed the abuses of .Ql visible on stderr in troff mode.

PR: docs/37176


108219 23-Dec-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: fixed the misplaced .Bl call.


108218 23-Dec-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: markup nits.


108060 18-Dec-2002 phk

Solve another bug in the mapping code: correctly skip lock sectors.
Make sure sector zero is protected if it contains metadata.

Lower WARNS for gbde to 3 on non-i386 archs. rijndael-fst is evil
but appearntly does the right thing and passes the test-vectors.

MFC Candidate.


108052 18-Dec-2002 phk

Fix two blunders in the mapping functions which can lead to corrupt data,
for request sizes larger than the sectorsize or for multi-key setups.

See warning mailed to current@ for details of recovery.

Found by: Marcus Reid <marcus@blazingdot.com>


108020 18-Dec-2002 phk

Untwist a twisty bit of logic which gcc for some reason cannot see
through on ia64.


108014 18-Dec-2002 imp

Latest snapshot of devd. This one adds re-matching and string
expansion.


108002 17-Dec-2002 green

Back out the previous commit, since there could be dire consequences if
/etc/rc were accidentally executed (as requested by other committeers).


107994 17-Dec-2002 green

/home/green/tmp/cvsSFosXg


107987 17-Dec-2002 phk

Straighten out a compound if() to improve readability marginally.


107982 17-Dec-2002 phk

A couple of stylistic improvements.


107966 17-Dec-2002 njl

Add PERIPH and XPT debug options to camcontrol. This makes all CAM debug
options tunable from userland.

Approved by: ken
MFC after: 3 days


107913 15-Dec-2002 dillon

This is David Schultz's swapoff code which I am finally able to commit.
This should be considered highly experimental for the moment.

Submitted by: David Schultz <dschultz@uclink.Berkeley.EDU>
MFC after: 3 weeks


107873 14-Dec-2002 trhodes

Add a list of currently supported modes && an EXAMPLES section.

PR: 40465
Submitted by: Cyrille Lefevre <cyrille.lefevre@laposte.net>


107829 13-Dec-2002 imp

MFp4: Make ifs consistant with rest of file.


107826 13-Dec-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: sort xrefs in SEE ALSO.


107825 13-Dec-2002 trhodes

Remove the incorrect information about dump(8) and snapshots. All the
dump(8) issues are assumed to be fixed.

PR: 46224
Submitted By: Chris Knight <chris@aims.com.au>
Approved By: re (murray)


107788 12-Dec-2002 ru

Uniformly refer to a file system as "file system".

Approved by: re


107776 12-Dec-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: overhaul.


107773 12-Dec-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: markup overhaul.

Approved by: re


107768 12-Dec-2002 trhodes

mount_udf(8) is currently not in 4.X, so obviously it did not first appear
in 4.6

PR: 46117
Submitted by: Ryuichiro Imura <imura@ryu16.org>
Approved by: re (bmah)


107764 12-Dec-2002 grog

vinum_info: Correct the print formats to allow for 64 bit pointers.

Approved by: re (jhb).


107745 11-Dec-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: Use the default .Os version.

Approved by: re


107703 09-Dec-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: markup nits.

Approved by: re


107671 07-Dec-2002 iedowse

Slow down the operation of background fsck so as to leave some disk
bandwidth for other processes. Since the sleeping is done from
userland, this avoids the locking issues that affected the kernel
version.

The algorithm used here is to measure a moving average of the times
taken by a sample of read operations and then delay 1 in 8 reads
by 16 times the measured average. This should correspond to a factor
of 3 slowdown, but in practice the factor is larger (3.5 to 4) due
to hz rounding effects.

Reviewed by: mckusick
Approved by: re


107665 07-Dec-2002 imp

MFp4 (imp_freebsd branch): snapshot of devd work:
o improve parsing and lexing
o create data structures based on the parsed file now.
o Still need to rewrite main loop and add regex (still uses hard coded
devd-generic)
o minor man page updates.

# There should be one more commit before rc2

Approved by: re (blanket)


107652 06-Dec-2002 suz

corrected buffer lengths for memset()

obtained from: KAME
MFC after: 3 days


107559 03-Dec-2002 mckusick

Add the `L' option to dump to notify it that it is dumping a
live filesystem. To obtain a consistent dump image, dump takes
a snapshot of the filesystem and then does a dump of the snapshot.
The snapshot is removed when the dump is complete.

Also add an operator warning that the `L' option should be used
if dump is run on a live filesystem without the `L' option being
specified. The alternative would be to silently use a snapshot
any time that a live filesystem is dumped, but this change in
dump semantics seemed too drastic at this time.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
Approved by: re


107542 03-Dec-2002 mckusick

Correct the estimated block count calculated by dump to account
for the minimal amount of space used by a snapshot.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


107541 03-Dec-2002 mckusick

Properly handle UFS2 sparsely allocated inodes. The UFS2 filesystem
only preallocates a small number of inodes. The dump program tries
to scan through all the allocated inodes on a filesystem which
causes bad behavior if they have never been allocated. Thus dump
must calculate the set of inodes that have actually been allocated
and scan only those inodes.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


107534 02-Dec-2002 grog

Relax partition overlap check to allow Vinum partitions to overlap
other partitiosns. This is necessary when migrating conventional
partitions to Vinum and was broken by recent more stringent overlap
checks. This is arguably the wrong way to do it. A better method
would be to have the loader understand a subset of Vinum partitioning
and allow an install directly to Vinum, but until then, this is the
best we have.

Reviewed by: jhb
Approved by: re (rwatson)


107519 02-Dec-2002 mckusick

Correctly calculate the initial number of fragments in a filesystem
so that fsck does not complain with `SUMMARY BLK COUNT(S) WRONG IN
SUPERBLK' the first time it is run on a new filesystem.

Reported by: Poul-Henning Kamp <phk@freebsd.org>
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


107518 02-Dec-2002 mckusick

Verify that alternate superblocks have a correct magic number before
trying to use them. Set a minimum value for numdirs when using an
alternate superblock to avoid spurious numdirs == 0 error. Calculate
new fields when using an alternate superblock from a UFS1 filesystem
to avoid segment faulting.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


107482 02-Dec-2002 marcel

o Newer EFI implementations require that a GPT is preceeded by
a PMBR. Make sure the create command creates a PMBR as well
(if not already present).
o When parsing the MBR, explicitly check for a PMBR and create
a PMBR map node if one is found.
o When parsing the MBR, recurse to handle extended partitions.
This allows us to flatten nested MBRs when migrating to a
GPT.
o Have the migrate command bail out if it encounters a partition
it doesn't know how to migrate. This avoids data loss.
o Change the output of the show command so that the UUIDs of the
GPT partitions fit on the same line.
o Show when partitions are extended partitions and add the PMBR
type.

Approved by: re (blanket)


107475 01-Dec-2002 rwatson

Teach mdmfs how to pass UFS version numbers through to newfs. Because
of an argument name collision with -O, use -v, and default to whatever
the newfs default is for the platform (generally, UFS1). This is
required to support diskless workstations that use UFS2 for their
mdmfs file systems.

Reviewed by: dd, bmah
Approved by: re (bmah)
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories


107455 01-Dec-2002 phk

Synchronize usage() with reality.
Semi-automatic handling of /dev prefix for device names.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
Approved by: re (blanket)


107454 01-Dec-2002 phk

De-danglify the manual page.

Submitted by: ceri
Approved by: re (blanket)


107435 01-Dec-2002 marcel

Add a manpage. Nobody expects the spanish inquisition, but the
mdoc(7) police... It's all yours ru :-)

Approved by: re (blanket)


107430 30-Nov-2002 mckusick

Mark snapshots so that dump will dump them as zero length
regular files rather than trying to interpret the snapshot.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


107427 30-Nov-2002 marcel

Allow aliases to be used when specifying partition types. The use of
UUIDs can then be limited to those cases when an alias doesn't exist.
This greatly increases the likelyhood that a sysadmin finishes the
partitioning without intermittent mental breakdowns. Current aliases
are "efi", "swap" and "ufs".

While here, staticize global variables and expand the usage message.

Approved by: re (blanket)


107412 30-Nov-2002 mckusick

Add some more checks to newfs so that it will not build filesystems
that the kernel will refuse to mount. Specifically it now enforces
the MAXBSIZE blocksize limit. This update also fixes a problem where
newfs could segment fault if the selected fragment size was too large.

PR: bin/30959
Submitted by: Ceri Davies <setantae@submonkey.net>
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


107294 27-Nov-2002 mckusick

Create a new 32-bit fs_flags word in the superblock. Add code to move
the old 8-bit fs_old_flags to the new location the first time that the
filesystem is mounted by a new kernel. One of the unused flags in
fs_old_flags is used to indicate that the flags have been moved.
Leave the fs_old_flags word intact so that it will work properly if
used on an old kernel.

Change the fs_sblockloc superblock location field to be in units
of bytes instead of in units of filesystem fragments. The old units
did not work properly when the fragment size exceeeded the superblock
size (8192). Update old fs_sblockloc values at the same time that
the flags are moved.

Suggested by: BOUWSMA Barry <freebsd-misuser@netscum.dyndns.dk>
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


107291 26-Nov-2002 keramida

Align timestamps when -t is used in ipfw and ipfw2.

PR: kern/44843
Approved by: re (jhb)


107289 26-Nov-2002 luigi

Fix a kernel panic with rules of the type

prob 0.5 pipe NN ....

due to the generation of an invalid ipfw instruction sequence.
No ABI change, but you need to upgrade /sbin/ipfw to generate the
correct code.

Approved by: re


107288 26-Nov-2002 luigi

Update documentation to match the behaviour of ipfw with respect
to net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass.
Add to notes to explain the exact behaviour of "prob xxx" and "log"
options.

Virtually approved by: re (mentioned in rev.1.19 of ip_fw2.c)


107257 26-Nov-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: Nits.

Approved by: re


107234 25-Nov-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: Fixed markup now that it was taken out of vendor branch.

Approved by: re


107233 25-Nov-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: markup, spelling.

Also fixed a critical bug made in revision 1.62 by phk@.


107232 25-Nov-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: Added missing markup bit.

Approved by: re


107213 24-Nov-2002 julian

Fsck needs to check each CG's rotor values to ensure thay are not -ve.
It seems a common corruption to have them -ve (I've seen it several times)
and if fsck doesn't fix it, it leads to a kernel pagefault.

Reviewd by: kirk
Submitted by: Eric Jacobs <eaja@erols.com> and me independently.
MFC in: 2 days
PR: bin/40967
Approved by: re


107129 21-Nov-2002 keramida

Typo fix that I brought in rev 1.16


107094 20-Nov-2002 mckusick

Properly handle UFS2 sparsely allocated inodes. Fix bug that caused
the error "quotacheck: bad inode number 1 to nextinode".

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
Reported-by: Franky <franky@jasna.tarnow.pl> and Matthew Kolb <muk@msu.edu>


107074 18-Nov-2002 chris

o Bring the NOTICE section into the DESCRIPTION section and wrap it in
.Bf -emphasis ... .Ef
o Grammar/spelling

Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs


107066 18-Nov-2002 jhb

Fixup FILES section to use proper width and to use a cross-reference to
devd(8).


107065 18-Nov-2002 jhb

Remove leading ^ from example of match line in vendor-supplied rules since
the ^ is implicit at the beginning of the expressions.


107045 18-Nov-2002 imp

Add BUGS section and note departure of actual implementation from what
is documented so the pioneers will know why it works the way it does.


107041 18-Nov-2002 julian

Everything in the disklabel is unsigned so make all the input routines
take unsigned values.
his allows one to label disk with the number of blocks > 31 bits
(though less then 32 bits)

e.g.
# size offset fstype [fsize bsize bps/cpg]
c: 3125755904 0 unused 0 0 # (Cyl. 0 - 194569*)
d: 3125755840 64 unused 0 0 # (Cyl. 0*- 194569*)
which is needd to test UFS2


107031 17-Nov-2002 peter

Deal with the possibility that time_t != int32_t. Otherwise ia64 thought
the fs_old_size was the half part of fs_old_time etc.


106970 15-Nov-2002 mckusick

Properly calculate the initial number of fragments in a large filesystem.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


106942 15-Nov-2002 sam

update vlandev description; vlan code now auto-recognizes devices that
support h/w tagging


106940 15-Nov-2002 sam

o display new interface capability bits
o capitilize capability bit strings for consistency

Approved by: re


106906 14-Nov-2002 tjr

Install devd.conf(5).


106875 13-Nov-2002 jhb

Try to reword things a bit more to make it clearer.

Reviewed by: imp


106869 13-Nov-2002 jhb

- Fix some minor grammar and spelling nits.
- Massage the wording in a few places.
- Put .Nm on lines by itself so it renders correctly.

Reviewed by: imp


106829 12-Nov-2002 peter

Fix a "bug" in sysctl(8). Limit the length when we print a string from
the kernel rather than ignoring the length and keeping on going till we
finally hit a \0 character in the buffer.


106740 10-Nov-2002 marcel

Remove inclusion of <sys/uuid.h>. We now include <sys/uuid.h> in
<sys/gpt.h>. This avoids having to include both <sys/uuid.h> and
<uuid.h>, which is considered by your friendly committer to be
aestheticly displeasing (= ballyhoo barf barf :-)


106553 07-Nov-2002 bmah

Fix one misspelling and two punctuation nits.


106505 06-Nov-2002 maxim

Kill EOL whitespaces, style(9) fix.


106504 06-Nov-2002 maxim

Fix UID/GID options parsing.

PR: bin/42579
Submitted by: Belousov Oleg <oleg@belousov.com>
Approved by: luigi
MFC after: 2 weeks


106477 05-Nov-2002 jhb

Take sizeof() the right string for fspath's iovec. The old string was the
same size so this doesn't fix a bug, but it makes it cleaner.


106456 05-Nov-2002 jmallett

Use more non-b0rked error reporting. Print the disk we are trying to open
and (we have the disk error from libufs? the disk error: the errno).

Requested by: bde, <many>


106417 04-Nov-2002 gordon

Hook the new nextboot(8) manpage up to the build.


106415 04-Nov-2002 gordon

Add a nextboot manual page.

Spotted by: brandt@fokus.gmd.de


106407 04-Nov-2002 phk

Run a revision on the GBDE encryption facility.

Replace ARC4 with SHA2-512.
Change lock-structure encoding to use random ordering rather for obscurity.
Encrypt lock-structure with AES/256 instead of AES/128.
Change kkey derivation to be MD5 hash based.
Watch for malloc(M_NOWAIT) failures and ditch our cache when they happen.
Remove clause 3 of the license with NAI Labs consent.

Many thanks to "Lucky Green" <shamrock@cypherpunks.to> and "David
Wagner" <daw@cs.berkeley.edu>, for code reading, inputs and
suggestions.

This code has still not been stared at for 10 years by a gang of
hard-core cryptographers. Discretion advised.

NB: These changes result in the on-disk format changing: dump/restore needed.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


106372 03-Nov-2002 scottl

Bring newfs_msdos into the GEOM world. Totally rewrite and simplify
getdiskinfo(). For the fixed-disk case, bpb->hid probably isn't
handled correctly, but I'm not sure if this is a serious problem since
the primary use of this program is to format floppy disks.

Reviewed by: phk


106331 02-Nov-2002 marcel

o Remove the fallback implementations of uuid_create(),
uuid_from_string(), uuid_is_nil() and uuid_to_string().
o Include <uuid.h> where appropriate.


106284 01-Nov-2002 marcel

o Replace 'struct uuid' with 'uuid_t',
o Replace memcmp with uuid_equal(3),
o Use uuid_to_string(3) to convert to UUIds to string.


106254 31-Oct-2002 phk

Give a meaningfull diagnostic when we cannot determine the filesystem type.


106227 30-Oct-2002 phk

Initialize the new salt field in the lock sector.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs


106072 28-Oct-2002 luigi

Misc fixes from Chris Pepper, plus additional explainations on
dummynet operation.

MFC after: 3 days


106071 28-Oct-2002 chris

Remove a line that reflected behavior that does not actually exist.

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs


106047 27-Oct-2002 nyan

Merged various changes from src/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c revisions up to 1.66.


106033 27-Oct-2002 phk

Fix the regexp evilness so that fdisk can (again?) find the device
root is on from the root mount path.

Spotted by: imp


106031 27-Oct-2002 phk

Don't attempt to find the geometry with disklabel based ioctl, it just
issues a useless warning now.


106013 27-Oct-2002 marcel

o Add functionality to add a GPT partition,
o Use DCE compliant UUID functions and provide local
implementations if they don't exist,
o Move dumping of the map to show.c and print the
partition type,
o Some cleanups and rearrangements.

The default GPT partition type is UFS. When no starting block
or size are specified, the tool will create a partition in the
first free space it find (or that fits, depending on the size).


105967 25-Oct-2002 chris

Document the `maclabel' command.

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: Network Associates Laboratories


105905 25-Oct-2002 marcel

Add the functionality to create an (empty) GPT from scratch. The
code is directly copied from migrate.c. The intend is to express
migrate in terms of create and add. The functionality to add
partitions is not yet there.


105887 24-Oct-2002 mux

Fix ipfw2 panics on 64-bit platforms.

Quoting luigi:

In order to make the userland code fully 64-bit clean it may
be necessary to commit other changes that may or may not cause
a minor change in the ABI.

Reviewed by: luigi


105881 24-Oct-2002 phk

Report the MONITOR bit.


105825 23-Oct-2002 rwatson

Rename ifconfig's "mac" argument to "maclabel" to prevent confusion
regarding 802.1 MAC and Mandatory Access Control (MAC). Some
potential for confusion remains further in other areas of the
system regarding Message Authentication Codes (MAC).

Requested by: wollman
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories


105762 23-Oct-2002 scottl

Hook raidctl up to the build.

Submitted by: tjr


105760 23-Oct-2002 rwatson

Teach ifconfig(8) how to print and set the MAC labels on network
interfaces using the 'mac' argument. Without MAC support in the
kernel, this does not change the behavior of ifconfig.

Approved by: re
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories


105759 23-Oct-2002 marcel

Don't complain if we have an inconsistent map that may be the
result of an incomplete migration. An incomplete migration is
one where the MBR is not turned into a PMBR after creating the
GPT. This early in the game it's more convenient to allow the
inconsistency, because that avoids that we have to destroy the
MBR partitioning for now.


105741 22-Oct-2002 jmallett

Forgot to include <errno.h> when using 'errno' here.


105739 22-Oct-2002 jmallett

When errno is not set, do not use warn(3).


105738 22-Oct-2002 jmallett

Use the libufs_printerror() function, which hopefully will deconfuse users
getting error cases in a libufsificated dumpfs(8).

Poked by: kkenn


105624 21-Oct-2002 maxim

Fix LSRR option length check: it has to be less or equal remained header's
length minus sizeof(struct ip).

MFC after: 1 week


105610 21-Oct-2002 phk

I overlooked an absolute path.

Submitted by: Henric Jungheim <henric@attbi.com>


105574 20-Oct-2002 imp

Add devd to the build.


105573 20-Oct-2002 imp

devd. A daemon that hooks into the kernel's /dev/devctl to produce
arbitrary commands when devices come and go in the device tree (which is
different than the /dev directory).

This is an initial version. Much of the planned power isn't here.
Instead of doing the full matching, we always run /etc/devd-generic.
/etc/devd.generic will go away at some point, I think.

I'm committing it in this early state so I can start getting feedback
from early adapters.

Approved by: re


105543 20-Oct-2002 chris

o Use .Cm for 'attach', 'detach', 'init', 'setkey', and 'destroy' commands
o Fix some punctuation and wording
o Wording consistency in command-line option documentation
o Make use of mdoc's markup a bit more (quoting and the like)

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs


105541 20-Oct-2002 phk

s/dettach/detach/g etc.

Pointed out by: chris


105523 20-Oct-2002 phk

Use .PATH instead of VPATH.

Fix typo in man-page: man-section is 8.


105513 20-Oct-2002 phk

Complete the Geom Based Disk Encryption: Add the OAM utility.

Sponsored by: DARPA and NAI Labs


105503 20-Oct-2002 scottl

After much delay and anticipation, welcome RAIDFrame into the FreeBSD
world. This should be considered highly experimental.

Approved-by: re


105436 19-Oct-2002 mckusick

Clear the pending counts in the superblock after a successful run
of fsck so that the kernel does not complain about them being
non-zero when the filesystem is mounted.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


105423 18-Oct-2002 mckusick

Bound the size of the superblock to SBLOCKSIZE.

Submitted by: BOUWSMA Beery <freebsd-misuser@netscum.dyndns.dk>
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


105367 18-Oct-2002 keramida

Typo in verb: zeros -> zeroes.


105309 17-Oct-2002 marcel

Do not emit values as var=value while everything else looks like
XML. Emit the values as <var>value</var> for consistency.


105206 16-Oct-2002 rwatson

s/clear/cleared/ for consistency (sigh)

Reported by: dd


105177 15-Oct-2002 rwatson

Spell 'set' as 'cleared' where appropriate.


105162 15-Oct-2002 rwatson

Teach tunefs to print the ACL and multilabel flag information when
inspecting a superblock.

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories


105156 15-Oct-2002 rwatson

Correct some of the style problems in this file:

I introduced a style problem when I sorted 'a' before 'A'; our
preferred order sorts 'A' first. Correct.

Use .Cm instead of .Ar.

Submitted by: bde


105120 14-Oct-2002 rwatson

Introduce -a [enable|disable] and -l [enable|disable] flags to the tunefs
command, permitting it to set FS_ACLS and FS_MULTILABEL administrative
flags on UFS file systems.

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories


105118 14-Oct-2002 rwatson

Teach mount(8) about MNT_ACLS for the purposes of mount options and
mount option printing.

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories


104975 12-Oct-2002 seanc

Increase the max dummynet hash size from 1024 to 65536. Default is still
1024.

Silence on: -net, -ipfw 4weeks+
Reviewed by: dd
Approved by: knu (mentor)
MFC after: 3 weeks


104813 10-Oct-2002 schweikh

Document that write(2) et al can return EROFS for attempts to write the
disk label area.

PR: 43891
Submitted by: Diomidis D. Spinellis <dds@istlab.dmst.aueb.gr>
MFC after: 3 days


104773 10-Oct-2002 keramida

Make sure strsep() gets a nul-terminated string.

Reviewed by: phk


104745 10-Oct-2002 mckusick

When verifying a superblock, the lower bound on block size is MINBSIZE
(4096), not SBLOCKSIZE (8192).

Submitted by: Tor.Egge@cvsup.no.freebsd.org
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


104744 10-Oct-2002 alfred

de-__P()


104699 09-Oct-2002 jmallett

Update documentation for kldload(8)'s ability to load multiple modules.

Submitted by: Daniel O'Connor <doconnor@gsoft.com.au>


104674 08-Oct-2002 nyan

Fix to support pc98.


104669 08-Oct-2002 jmallett

Make it possible to kldload(8) many modules.

MFC after: 2 months
Sponsored by: Bright Path Solutions
Reviewed by: tjr


104653 08-Oct-2002 dd

Treat the pathptrn field as a real pattern with the aid of fnmatch().


104633 07-Oct-2002 thomas

Document behaviour change in reboot(8) introduced in reboot.c rev. 1.17:
when using '-p' with reboot, and the power down action failds, reboot
the system normally. The behaviour of 'halt -p' and of shutdown(8) is
unchanged.

Approved by: roberto


104617 07-Oct-2002 nyan

Don't use DPCYL and DPSECT macros. These are not needed.

Submitted by: kawanobe@st.rim.or.jp (Kawanobe Koh)


104572 06-Oct-2002 thomas

Set only the RB_POWEROFF flag (not the RB_HALT flag) when
'-p' is used on the reboot(8) command line.

This is intended for use when you want to attempt a power down
action, but you want the system to reboot (not halt) if the
power down action fails.

This is typically useful when the power-off action performed by
the kernel consists in signalling an uninterrupted power supply
that it should shut down its inverter if mains power has not returned.

The behaviour of shutdown(8) and init(8) is not modified;
only the behaviour of invoking 'reboot -p' manually is
modified, and then only in the case when a power-down action
fails.

Sounded reasonable to: phk
Approved by: roberto (mentor)


104543 05-Oct-2002 phk

Don't be noisy if DIOCWLABEL fails, it's probably because we're writing
the first label to the raw disk.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


104459 04-Oct-2002 nyan

Include <sys/diskpc98.h>


104429 04-Oct-2002 peter

EFI GPT partitions use 'p' as a slice seperator. eg: da0p1 or da0p217.
(There is a theoretical limit of 16384 partitions)


104347 02-Oct-2002 mdodd

Cast malloc() assignments.


104339 02-Oct-2002 dd

Add an -o option to exit after receiving one reply. This can be used
to test whether a link is live.

PR: 38573
Submitted by: David Taylor <davidt@yadt.co.uk>
Obtained from: NetBSD


104337 02-Oct-2002 dd

Don't crash when the user feeds us nonesense in the form:
ifconfig IF ether WHATEVER -alias

PR: 42544
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>


104308 01-Oct-2002 phk

Remove a comma trailing an if clause.

According to Kirk: "Luckily, the statement is usually true".

Spotted by: FlexeLint


104290 01-Oct-2002 bde

Changed "file system" back to "filesystem" in the usage message. English
rules don't apply to tokens that are supposed to represent single args.
This was only fixed in the man page.

Fixed other differences between the man page and the usage message (1
formatting bug and 1 syntax bug).


104272 01-Oct-2002 phk

Split MBR and PC98 on-disk sliceformats out from disklabel.h, step 1:

Peter had repocopied sys/disklabel.h to sys/diskpc98.h and sys/diskmbr.h.

These two new copies are still intact copies of disklabel.h and
therefore protected by #ifndef _SYS_DISKLABEL_H_ so #including them
in programs which already include <sys.disklabel.h> is currently a
no-op.

This commit adds a number of such #includes.

Once I have verified that I have fixed all the places which need fixing,
I will commit the updated versions of the three #include files.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


104198 30-Sep-2002 mdodd

- bzero() allocations.
- check for malloc() failures.


104196 30-Sep-2002 mdodd

Turn warnings back on.


104044 27-Sep-2002 phk

Add the "Monitor" interface flag.

Setting this flag on an ethernet interface blocks transmission of packets
and discards incoming packets after BPF processing.

This is useful if you want to monitor network trafic but not interact
with the network in question.

Sponsored by: http://www.babeltech.dk


104034 27-Sep-2002 jhb

Give up on a tty if opening it's special file returns ENOENT like we do for
ENXIO.

Glanced at by: imp, gallatin


104018 26-Sep-2002 phk

Don't show disklabel in the examples, it is not necessary.


103963 25-Sep-2002 maxim

Do not dump core on 'ipfw add unreach': handling null strings in
fill_reject_code(). Please note ipfw/ipfw2.c is not affected.

PR: bin/42304
Submitted by: Andy@wantpackets.com
MFC after: 1 day


103949 25-Sep-2002 mike

Use the standardized CHAR_BIT constant instead of NBBY in userland.


103885 24-Sep-2002 mckusick

Add support to fsck_ffs to account for storage for extended
attributes.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


103802 22-Sep-2002 maxim

o Fix a typo.
o Remove EOL spaces.

Submitted by: Harold Gutch <logix@foobar.franken.de> (typo patch)
Approved by: luigi
MFC after: 3 days


103798 22-Sep-2002 phk

Don't disklabel(8) the md(4) device, it is not needed, and we don't want
to propagete BSD disklabels to architectures not already so polluted.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


103797 22-Sep-2002 phk

Failure to rewrite the disklabel should not be fatal.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


103669 20-Sep-2002 phk

Construct new disklabels based on the medias stated parameters in
userland, rather than expect all possible GEOMetries to know about
BSD disklabels.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs


103665 20-Sep-2002 phk

Straighten out get_params().

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


103436 17-Sep-2002 peter

Initiate deorbit burn for the i386-only a.out related support. Moves are
under way to move the remnants of the a.out toolchain to ports. As the
comment in src/Makefile said, this stuff is deprecated and one should not
expect this to remain beyond 4.0-REL. It has already lasted WAY beyond
that.

Notable exceptions:
gcc - I have not touched the a.out generation stuff there.
ldd/ldconfig - still have some code to interface with a.out rtld.
old as/ld/etc - I have not removed these yet, pending their move to ports.
some includes - necessary for ldd/ldconfig for now.

Tested on: i386 (extensively), alpha


103417 16-Sep-2002 mike

Don't depend on <sys/types.h> pollution in <fcntl.h>. Sort includes.


103402 16-Sep-2002 phk

I forgot fsdb was still sharing files with fsck.


103398 16-Sep-2002 phk

Add a source file where EXTATTR checks will happen and hook it in even
if it doesn't do anything yet.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


103387 16-Sep-2002 mike

Don't depend on <sys/types.h> pollution in <fcntl.h>. Sort includes.


103348 15-Sep-2002 phk

Try to pick up disk geometry with specific DIOC* ioctls, rather than
expecting a bogo-disklabel to contain them, if possible.

This makes fdisk work with GEOM.


103318 14-Sep-2002 mux

Removed a debugging printf() left here in peter's
last commit.

Spotted by: kris


103250 12-Sep-2002 sos

Use the proper fields for security.

PR: 41870


103241 12-Sep-2002 luigi

Store the port number in "fwd" rules in host format, same as ipfw1
has always done.

Technically, this is the wrong format, but it reduces the diffs in
-stable. Someday, when we get rid of ipfw1, I will put the port number
in the proper format both in kernel and userland.

MFC after: 3 days
(with re@ permission)


103229 11-Sep-2002 peter

Commit "unrelated style fixes" part of Bruce's patch (regarding
bcopy/memcpy) seperately.

Submitted by: bde


103227 11-Sep-2002 peter

Modify previous commit to solve the real problem that made gcc think
the timestamp was aligned. ie: Use a void * instead of struct timeval *
which gcc assumes will be aligned. Go back to memcpy().

Submitted by: bde


103146 09-Sep-2002 nectar

In reference to previous commit: use err(3).

Noticed by: bde


103133 09-Sep-2002 nectar

Back out previous commit. I was a bit overzealous: the fd_set size is
calculated dynamically here.


103130 09-Sep-2002 nectar

Check for FD_SET overrun.


103129 09-Sep-2002 nectar

Check for FD_SET overrun.


103094 08-Sep-2002 blackend

Typo: s/o packet/on packet/

PR: docs/42543
Submitted by: Michael Lyngbøl <lyngbol@bifrost.lyngbol.dk>


103092 08-Sep-2002 mdodd

Split cam_argmask and move "commands" into cam_cmdmask. This addresses
the issue of not having any free bits left for additional commands.

Approved by: ken
MFC after: 4 weeks


103039 06-Sep-2002 peter

Bandaid for mount_nfs segfaulting with the more obscure mount options
in /etc/fstab. This isn't a real fix though and I'm still not sure
why it started failing. mount(8) breaks up the nfs args into seperate
repeated '-o option=value' arguments. But, the altflags variable that
we use to track things is incrementally built up each time we see the
next option and shows us the cumulative set of flags, not just the
flag that we are currently looking at. As a result, the strstr hack
for looking up flags in a giant -o opt=val,opt=val, etc string was failing
and causing a segfault. I do not know what changed recently that caused
this to suddenly break, but the code has been rather bogus for some time.


103033 06-Sep-2002 mdodd

Add 'camcontrol load' as a complement to 'camcontrol eject'.

Approved by: ken
MFC after: 4 weeks


103013 06-Sep-2002 bde

Removed vestiges of the -a and -d options.

Fixed other bugs in the usage message so that it matches the man page.


103005 06-Sep-2002 phk

Remove the -a maxcontig option, the kernel doesn't inspect fs_maxcontig
anymore.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


102740 31-Aug-2002 trhodes

use 'file system superblock' for the error message. This will match other
disk utilities.

Discussed with: bde


102562 29-Aug-2002 keramida

Mention that fdisk(8) should be used to grow the containing slice
before growing partitions with growfs(8), if necessary.

PR: docs/42148
Submitted by: Chris S.J. Peron <maneo@bsdpro.com>


102471 27-Aug-2002 iedowse

Add the -A flag to the usage line.

Submitted by: Yutaka KAWASE <yutaka@mailhost.net>
MFC after: 3 days


102464 27-Aug-2002 trhodes

Fix some 'SYNOPSIS' and 'usage' messages.


102446 26-Aug-2002 trhodes

Fix Synopsis


102437 26-Aug-2002 iedowse

Unbreak the -c option by not using connect(2) for mount_nfs's
communication with the remote NFS server if this flag is specified.

PR: bin/42003
Submitted by: Jean-Luc Richier <Jean-Luc.Richier@imag.fr>


102431 26-Aug-2002 trhodes

Print a more realistic usage message 'special_device' 'inode_number'. This
matches the synopsis given in the manual page.

MFC after: 3 days


102411 25-Aug-2002 charnier

Replace various spelling with FALLTHROUGH which is lint()able


102400 25-Aug-2002 cjc

Check if a host argument is a IPv6 presentation format address before
going to gethostbyname2(3).

PR: bin/31632
MFC after: 3 days


102395 25-Aug-2002 peter

Make this compile without needing NO_WERROR.


102232 21-Aug-2002 imp

Use '0' instead of NULL when we mean the integer constant 0 and not a
"null pointer expression".


102231 21-Aug-2002 trhodes

s/filesystem/file system/g as discussed on -developers


102224 21-Aug-2002 imp

Don't use NULL where you really mean 0 to sysctlbyname.


102209 21-Aug-2002 luigi

Whoops, the manpage lied... ipfw2 has always accepted addr:mask
specifications.


102192 20-Aug-2002 johan

Take care of WARNS=3 warnings by using unsigned/signed variable
as needed.

Approved by: ken, sheldonh (mentor)


102099 19-Aug-2002 sobomax

Implement user-setable promiscuous mode (a new `promisc' flag for ifconfig(8)).
Also, for all interfaces in this mode pass all ethernet frames to upper layer,
even those not addressed to our own MAC, which allows packets encapsulated
in those frames be processed with packet filters (ipfw(8) et al).

Emphatically requested by: Anton Turygin <pa3op@ukr-link.net>
Valuable suggestions by: fenner


102098 19-Aug-2002 luigi

One more (hopefully the last one) step in cleaning up the syntax,
following Julian's good suggestion: since you can specify any match
pattern as an option, rules now have the following format:

[<proto> from <src> to <dst>] [options]

i.e. the first part is now entirely optional (and left there just
for compatibility with ipfw1 rulesets).

Add a "-c" flag to show/list rules in the compact form
(i.e. without the "ip from any to any" part) when possible.
The default is to include it so that scripts processing ipfw's
canonical output will still work.
Note that as part of this cleanup (and to remove ambiguity), MAC
fields now can only be specified in the options part.

Update the manpage to reflect the syntax.

Clarify the behaviour when a match is attempted on fields which
are not present in the packet, e.g. port numbers on non TCP/UDP
packets, and the "not" operator is specified. E.g.

ipfw add allow not src-port 80

will match also ICMP packets because they do not have port numbers, so
"src-port 80" will fail and "not src-port 80" will succeed. For such
cases it is advised to insert further options to prevent undesired results
(e.g. in the case above, "ipfw add allow proto tcp not src-port 80").

We definitely need to rewrite the parser using lex and yacc!


102095 19-Aug-2002 sobomax

Fix last-minute typo which breaks the world.

Submitted by: many


102087 19-Aug-2002 luigi

Major cleanup of the parser and printing routines in an attempt to
render the syntax less ambiguous.

Now rules can be in one of these two forms

<action> <protocol> from <src> to <dst> [options]
<action> MAC dst-mac src-mac mac-type [options]

however you can now specify MAC and IP header fields as options e.g.

ipfw add allow all from any to any mac-type arp
ipfw add allow all from any to any { dst-ip me or src-ip me }

which makes complex expressions a lot easier to write and parse.
The "all from any to any" part is there just for backward compatibility.

Manpage updated accordingly.


102076 18-Aug-2002 johan

Remove unused variable. camcontrol is now WARNS=2 clean on i386.

Approved by: ken, sheldonh (mentor)


102070 18-Aug-2002 jdp

Clarify the explanation of the behavior for setuid programs by
noting that the restrictions do not apply if the user invoking the
program is also the owner of the program.

Also, capitalize a section header properly.

PR: misc/41180


102069 18-Aug-2002 bde

Include <nlist.h> for nlist interfaces instead of depending on namespace
pollution in <kvm.h>.


102052 18-Aug-2002 sobomax

Increase size of ifnet.if_flags from 16 bits (short) to 32 bits (int). To avoid
breaking application ABI use unused ifreq.ifru_flags[1] for upper 16 bits in
SIOCSIFFLAGS and SIOCGIFFLAGS ioctl's.

Reviewed by: -hackers, -net


101994 16-Aug-2002 bmilekic

Fix more breakage due to FSTYPENAMES/DKTYPENAMES split.

Also submitted by: David Wolfskill <david@catwhisker.org>


101989 16-Aug-2002 luigi

Complete list of differences between ipfw1 and ipfw2.


101978 16-Aug-2002 luigi

sys/netinet/ip_fw2.c:

Implement the M_SKIP_FIREWALL bit in m_flags to avoid loops
for firewall-generated packets (the constant has to go in sys/mbuf.h).

Better comments on keepalive generation, and enforce dyn_rst_lifetime
and dyn_fin_lifetime to be less than dyn_keepalive_period.

Enforce limits (up to 64k) on the number of dynamic buckets, and
retry allocation with smaller sizes.

Raise default number of dynamic rules to 4096.

Improved handling of set of rules -- now you can atomically
enable/disable multiple sets, move rules from one set to another,
and swap sets.

sbin/ipfw/ipfw2.c:

userland support for "noerror" pipe attribute.

userland support for sets of rules.

minor improvements on rule parsing and printing.

sbin/ipfw/ipfw.8:

more documentation on ipfw2 extensions, differences from ipfw1
(so we can use the same manpage for both), stateful rules,
and some additional examples.
Feedback and more examples needed here.


101973 16-Aug-2002 alfred

No need to include sys/time.h, this unbreaks a c89 warning about long long
constants as well.


101970 16-Aug-2002 alfred

Don't '#define DKTYPENAMES', we don't use the variable it exposes from
the header file.


101829 13-Aug-2002 mux

Don't depend on namespace pollution in sys/mount.h and
include sys/uio.h.


101828 13-Aug-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: Removed redundant .Ns calls.


101810 13-Aug-2002 ru

can not -> cannot.


101802 13-Aug-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: laundry.


101800 13-Aug-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: Consistently name options' arguments in the SYNOPSIS and DESCRIPTION sections..


101796 13-Aug-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: canonize FreeBSD in e-mail address.


101795 13-Aug-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: missing markup bits.


101792 13-Aug-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: KAMEism in rev. 1.56, nits in rev. 1.58.


101791 13-Aug-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: Use the .Ud macro.


101790 13-Aug-2002 ru

Improve wording even more.


101788 13-Aug-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: kill hard sentence break.


101714 12-Aug-2002 imp

Warn that hex keys are the most portable.

Submitted by: Gregory Bond <gnb@itga.com.au>
Pr: 40872


101688 11-Aug-2002 jmallett

Simplify some things to use libufs-provided functionality here, such as the
version of UFS on a disk, and bread() instead of other types of idiocy.

Obtained from: jmallett_libufs Perforce branch.


101684 11-Aug-2002 mux

Update manpage to match the code, we don't use
vfsload() here anymore.


101683 11-Aug-2002 mux

Update the manpage to match the code. The mount utilities
now don't try to load the filesystem module, the kernel takes
care of this.


101676 11-Aug-2002 mux

The kldload() system call doesn't return 0 when it succeeded,
so compare the return value against -1 to see if it failed
instead of simply doing if (kldload("nfs")).


101651 10-Aug-2002 mux

- Introduce a new struct xvfsconf, the userland version of struct vfsconf.
- Make getvfsbyname() take a struct xvfsconf *.
- Convert several consumers of getvfsbyname() to use struct xvfsconf.
- Correct the getvfsbyname.3 manpage.
- Create a new vfs.conflist sysctl to dump all the struct xvfsconf in the
kernel, and rewrite getvfsbyname() to use this instead of the weird
existing API.
- Convert some {set,get,end}vfsent() consumers to use the new vfs.conflist
sysctl.
- Convert a vfsload() call in nfsiod.c to kldload() and remove the useless
vfsisloadable() and endvfsent() calls.
- Add a warning printf() in vfs_sysctl() to tell people they are using
an old userland.

After these changes, it's possible to modify struct vfsconf without
breaking the binary compatibility. Please note that these changes don't
break this compatibility either.

When bp will have updated mount_smbfs(8) with the patch I sent him, there
will be no more consumers of the {set,get,end}vfsent(), vfsisloadable()
and vfsload() API, and I will promptly delete it.


101641 10-Aug-2002 luigi

Fix one parsing bug introduced by last commit, and correct parsing
and printing of or-blocks in address, ports and options lists.


101640 10-Aug-2002 luigi

Major revision of the ipfw manpage, trying to make it up-to-date
with ipfw2 extensions and give examples of use of the new features.

This is just a preliminary commit, where i simply added the basic
syntax for the extensions, and clean up the page (e.g. by listing
things in alphabetical rather than random order).
I would appreciate feedback and possible corrections/extensions
by interested parties.

Still missing are a more detailed description of stateful rules
(with keepalives), interaction with of stateful rules and natd (don't do
that!), examples of use with the recently introduced rule sets.

There is an issue related to the MFC: RELENG_4 still has ipfw as a
default, and ipfw2 is optional. We have two options here: MFC this
page as ipfw(8) adding a large number of "SORRY NOT IN IPFW" notes,
or create a new ipfw2(8) manpage just for -stable users. I am all
for the first approach, but of course am listening to your comments.


101628 10-Aug-2002 luigi

One bugfix and one new feature.

The bugfix (ipfw2.c) makes the handling of port numbers with
a dash in the name, e.g. ftp-data, consistent with old ipfw:
use \\ before the - to consider it as part of the name and not
a range separator.

The new feature (all this description will go in the manpage):

each rule now belongs to one of 32 different sets, which can
be optionally specified in the following form:

ipfw add 100 set 23 allow ip from any to any

If "set N" is not specified, the rule belongs to set 0.

Individual sets can be disabled, enabled, and deleted with the commands:

ipfw disable set N
ipfw enable set N
ipfw delete set N

Enabling/disabling of a set is atomic. Rules belonging to a disabled
set are skipped during packet matching, and they are not listed
unless you use the '-S' flag in the show/list commands.
Note that dynamic rules, once created, are always active until
they expire or their parent rule is deleted.
Set 31 is reserved for the default rule and cannot be disabled.

All sets are enabled by default. The enable/disable status of the sets
can be shown with the command

ipfw show sets

Hopefully, this feature will make life easier to those who want to
have atomic ruleset addition/deletion/tests. Examples:

To add a set of rules atomically:

ipfw disable set 18
ipfw add ... set 18 ... # repeat as needed
ipfw enable set 18

To delete a set of rules atomically

ipfw disable set 18
ipfw delete set 18
ipfw enable set 18

To test a ruleset and disable it and regain control if something
goes wrong:

ipfw disable set 18
ipfw add ... set 18 ... # repeat as needed
ipfw enable set 18 ; echo "done "; sleep 30 && ipfw disable set 18

here if everything goes well, you press control-C before
the "sleep" terminates, and your ruleset will be left
active. Otherwise, e.g. if you cannot access your box,
the ruleset will be disabled after the sleep terminates.

I think there is only one more thing that one might want, namely
a command to assign all rules in set X to set Y, so one can
test a ruleset using the above mechanisms, and once it is
considered acceptable, make it part of an existing ruleset.


101623 10-Aug-2002 peter

Fix the broken "avoid unaligned data" fix. The problem is that the builtin
gcc memcpy "knows" about types that are supposed to be actually already
aligned and triggers alignment errors doing the memcpy itself.
"Fix" this by changing it to a bcopy(). In this case, we had:
struct timeval *tp;
struct timeval tv1;
memcpy(&tv1,tp,sizeof(tv1));
.. and since gcc *knows* that a pointer to a timeval is longword aligned
and that tv1 is longword aligned, then it can use an inline that assumes
alignment. The following works too:
cp = (char *)tp;
memcpy(&tv1,cp,sizeof(tv1));
Simply casting (char *)tp for the memcpy doesn't work. :-(
This affected different 64 bit platforms in different ways and depends
a lot on gcc as well. I've seen this on alpha and ia64 at least, although
alpha isn't doing it right now.


101592 09-Aug-2002 phk

Fixup preen.c to match its new residence.

The blockcheck() function is still pulled from fsck_ffs, it probably should
live in libufs.


101585 09-Aug-2002 phk

preen.c was a stragler after the fsck/fsck_ffs divorce.
fsck_ffs did not need it, but quotacheck did include it from fsck_ffs.

A repocopy has now moved the fsck_ffs/preen.c file to quotacheck/preen.c

quotacheck and fsck should probably use the same checkfstab() function
and it should possibly live in libufs.

Trouble is: they have diverged in the meantime.

At least now fsck_ffs is not in the equation anymore.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


101440 06-Aug-2002 semenu

Fix -o ac(reg|dir)(min|max) options. The appropriate flags weren't
translated from ALTF_* to NFSMNT_* thus these options weren't accepted
by kernel.

PR: bin/30334
MFC after: 1 week


101295 04-Aug-2002 luigi

Fix generation of check-state rules, which i broke in last commit.


101275 03-Aug-2002 mux

Small diffs that p4 didn't catch when I extracted
the diffs from my branch.


101274 03-Aug-2002 mux

This should have been committed too, I have no idea
why p4 didn't gave me this diff too.


101271 03-Aug-2002 mux

I should have committed this ages ago...
Convert init(8) to use nmount() instead of mount() when
it has to mount devfs. This doesn't happen normally,
since the kernel is supposed to mount devfs itself.


101270 03-Aug-2002 mux

Now that the kernel is able to load modules itself,
remove all the code which was trying to do so.
This code was nasty in several ways, it was hiding
the kernel bug where the kernel was unable to properly
load a module, and it was quitting if it wasn't able
to load the module. The consequence is that an ABI
breakage of the vfsconf API would have broken *every*
mount utility.


101205 02-Aug-2002 rwatson

Introduce support for Mandatory Access Control and extensible
kernel access control.

Teach mount(8) to understand the MNT_MULTILABEL flag, which is used
to determine whether a file system operates with individual per-vnode
labels, or treats the entire file system as a single object with a
single (mount) label. The behavior here will probably evolve some
now that nmount(2) is available and can more flexibly support mount
options.

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs


101117 31-Jul-2002 luigi

Forgot this one: properly initialize an address set when the set
size is less than 32 bits (/28 mask or more).
Also remove a debugging fprintf().


101116 31-Jul-2002 luigi

Two bugfixes:
+ the header file contains two different opcodes (O_IPOPTS and O_IPOPT)
for what is the same thing, and sure enough i used one in the kernel
and the other one in userland. Be consistent!

+ "keep-state" and "limit" must be the last match pattern in a rule,
so no matter how you enter them move them to the end of the rule.


101104 31-Jul-2002 sos

Also print the serial # on atacontrol cap ....


101037 31-Jul-2002 mux

Fix a bunch of format string warnings which broke
the sparc64 build.

Tested on: sparc64, i386


100973 30-Jul-2002 phk

Remove some additional paranoia which Kirk forgot to remove from his
UFS2 commit.

These bits in essence made any instance of "softupdates expected
corrution", (ie blocks marked allocated but not referenced by an
inode etc) result in a exit value for fsck_ffs of 2.

2 is part of the magic and appearantly undocumented protocol between
fsck_FOO and fsck and means "dump into single user mode ASAP.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


100935 30-Jul-2002 phk

Warning cleanup.

Format changes by peter


100881 29-Jul-2002 mike

Don't depend on pollution in <machine/limits.h> (by way of
<sys/param.h>) for definition of <stdint.h> macros.


100872 29-Jul-2002 ru

Drop support for COPY, -c has been the default mode of install(1)
for a long time now.

Approved by: bde


100805 28-Jul-2002 dd

Nuke whitespace at EOL.


100803 28-Jul-2002 dd

What we're actually passing around is an ioctl request, not a command,
and it's an unsigned long, not an int.


100802 28-Jul-2002 dd

This compiles cleanly with WARNS=5 on i386 and alpha, so try to make
sure that doesn't change.


100799 28-Jul-2002 dd

Implement this (quoted from the updated man page): If the first token
of a rule specification is a single dash (``-''), rules are read from
the standard input and the rest of the specification is ignored.


100795 28-Jul-2002 dd

Use more standard section names in an attempt to unconfuse new users
(and make it easier to find stuff for the old ones). I originally put
everything under one "RULE SUBSYSTEM" so it didn't look like devfs(8)
is dedicated to the rule subsystem, but since nobody has any idea what
else might go here, it's not worth confusing people just to save a
little time for someone that might add something rule-unrelated to
devfs(8) in a few years.

Suggested by: sheldonh, phk


100768 27-Jul-2002 fenner

Fix spacing for -P (policy) examples.


100659 25-Jul-2002 sheldonh

Add SEE ALSO references to papers handling RED.


100636 24-Jul-2002 peter

Turn nfsiod back on. It is basically now just a sysctl wrapper that also
arranges a kldload of the nfs client file system code if necessary.


100635 24-Jul-2002 peter

WARNS clean


100555 23-Jul-2002 blackend

s/IPSEC/IPsec according to RFCs

PR: in part docs/38668
Reviewed by: charnier
MFC after: 10 days


100412 20-Jul-2002 peter

Connect up gpt and mca subdirs for ia64


100411 20-Jul-2002 peter

Grab a snapshot of Marcel's WIP ia64 machine check decoder.

Obtained from: marcel


100410 20-Jul-2002 peter

Grab a snapshot of Marcel's gpt tool. This is still a work-in-progress
but is useful to have handy. EFI GPT partitions are used instead of the
fdisk+disklabel combination. They are pure 64 bit LBA, are fully
extensible, support up to 16383 partitons per disk, etc.


100313 18-Jul-2002 ru

s/${INSTALL} -c/${INSTALL} ${COPY}/


100231 17-Jul-2002 roberto

di_createtime -> di_birthtime.

Submitted by: Udo Schweigert <Udo.Schweigert@siemens.com>


100207 17-Jul-2002 mckusick

Change utimes to set the file creation time (for filesystems that
support creation times such as UFS2) to the value of the
modification time if the value of the modification time is older
than the current creation time. See utimes(2) for further details.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


100206 17-Jul-2002 dd

Introduce the DEVFS "rule" subsystem. DEVFS rules permit the
administrator to define certain properties of new devfs nodes before
they become visible to the userland. Both static (e.g., /dev/speaker)
and dynamic (e.g., /dev/bpf*, some removable devices) nodes are
supported. Each DEVFS mount may have a different ruleset assigned to
it, permitting different policies to be implemented for things like
jails.

Approved by: phk


100202 16-Jul-2002 bde

Fixed some print format errors. Avoid some warnings about possible
(but not actual) alignment problems. Both of these bugs were detected
on ia64's and were fatal on ia64's due to premature setting of WARNS
to 4.


100066 15-Jul-2002 rse

Replace extra call to "tunefs" with the equivalent of "newfs -U".

Reviewed by: phk


99968 14-Jul-2002 charnier

The .Nm utility


99909 13-Jul-2002 luigi

A bunch of minor fixes:

* accept "icmptype" as an alias for "icmptypes";
* remove an extra whitespace after "log" rules;
* print correctly the "limit" masks;
* correct a typo in parsing dummynet arguments (this caused a coredump);
* do not allow specifying both "check-state" and "limit", they are
(and have always been) mutually exclusive;
* remove an extra print of the rule before installing it;
* make stdout buffered -- otherwise, if you log its output with syslog,
you will see one entry for each printf(). Rather unpleasant.


99827 11-Jul-2002 jmallett

Remove unused variables due to libufs(3) commit. Clean up extraneous use of
semicolon at closing paren of a function body.


99826 11-Jul-2002 jmallett

Convert dumpfs(8) to libufs(3), rather than rolling local functions for a
number of things.


99817 11-Jul-2002 trhodes

Add a bit of information on FFS snapshots to the mount(8) manual page.

PR: 30139
Submitted by: Chris Knight <chris@aims.com.au?
MFC after: 3 days


99797 11-Jul-2002 dillon

Convert old style (type foo *)0 casts to NULLs

PR: kern/40360
Requested by: Hiten PAndya via direct email


99796 11-Jul-2002 bde

Fixed 4 printf format errors that were fatal on alphas. %qd is not even
suitable for printing quad_t's since it is equivalent to %lld but quad_t
is unsigned long on alphas. quad_t shouldn't be used anyway.


99788 11-Jul-2002 bde

Uncommented WARNS=0. ipfw2.c is full of printf format errors that are
fatal on alphas.

Fixed setting of WARNS. WARNS should never be set unconditionally, since
this breaks testing of different WARNS values by setting it at a higher
level (e.g., on the command line).


99676 09-Jul-2002 dillon

Replace the 'at least the amount of physical memory + 64K' with a better
explanation in regards to sizing the dump device.


99626 08-Jul-2002 iedowse

Oops, the previous revision (1.22) introduced a potential alignment
issue, since the MAXBSIZE-sized buffers are accessed as arrays of
block pointers, but were declared as char[] arrays. Use a union to
avoid this, which also makes a number of casts unnecessary.

Pointed out by: bde
Reviewed by: bde


99603 08-Jul-2002 bde

Fixed some world breakage caused by not updating clients when <timeconv.h>
was split off from <time.h>. This became fatal here when -Werror was
reenabled.


99579 08-Jul-2002 robert

- Do not include <utmp.h> for no reason.
- Remove unneeded utmp path constant.


99564 08-Jul-2002 iedowse

Use a fixed MAXBSIZE-size auto array instead of a static pointer
to a malloc'd buffer in dmpindir() and dirindir(). These functions
recursively call themselves to handle deeper levels of indirect
blocks, so a single static buffer was not suitable.

Bug tracked down by: Don Lewis <dl-freebsd@catspoiler.org>
Approach suggested by: bde


99562 08-Jul-2002 iedowse

Replace the use of %qd with intmax_t/%jd and fix a number of -Wall
and -Wformat warnings:
o Include timeconv.h for the time conversion functions.
o Remove unused variables.
o Correct a few cases where %d was used when printing longs.


99551 07-Jul-2002 gordon

Remove nfsd and mountd from src/sbin, look for it in src/usr.sbin


99548 07-Jul-2002 gordon

Unhook sbin/nfsd and sbin/mountd from the build. They will be moving to
/usr/sbin shortly.

Reviewed by: jake (mentor)


99540 07-Jul-2002 ume

Don't explicit kill of the process' own pid.

PR: bin/38862
Submitted by: Martin Faxer <gmh003532@brfmasthugget.se> with some modification
MFC after: 1 week


99530 07-Jul-2002 iedowse

Fix some printf format errors.

Submitted by: Don Lewis <dl-freebsd@catspoiler.org>


99503 06-Jul-2002 charnier

The .Nm utility.


99502 06-Jul-2002 charnier

The .Nm utility. Add FreeBSD Id.


99501 06-Jul-2002 charnier

The .Nm utility


99475 05-Jul-2002 luigi

Implement the last 2-3 missing instructions for ipfw,
now it should support all the instructions of the old ipfw.

Fix some bugs in the user interface, /sbin/ipfw.

Please check this code against your rulesets, so i can fix the
remaining bugs (if any, i think they will be mostly in /sbin/ipfw).

Once we have done a bit of testing, this code is ready to be MFC'ed,
together with a bunch of other changes (glue to ipfw, and also the
removal of some global variables) which have been in -current for
a couple of weeks now.

MFC after: 7 days


99447 05-Jul-2002 maxim

o Change almost all magic numbers to the appropriate constants.
o Fix zero payloading, unbreak ping -s 0.
o Increase socket recieve buffer, ping -s 65467 is working now.

Submitted by: anti-magic sweep based on kris's patch
Reviewed by: bde, silence on -audit
MFC after: 2 months


99446 05-Jul-2002 maxim

More strict ip options parsing.

Reviewed by: bde (style), silence on -audit
MFC after: 2 months


99382 03-Jul-2002 archie

Update my email address.


99365 03-Jul-2002 markm

Apply __FBSDID(); fix local variable(names) that stomp on global
definitions; fix some const strings; fix some signedness issues.


99364 03-Jul-2002 markm

Apply __FBSDID(), ISOfy, fix easy warning.


99265 02-Jul-2002 trhodes

Minor spelling and grammar fixes in the atacontrol(8) manual page.

PR: 39393


98943 27-Jun-2002 luigi

The new ipfw code.

This code makes use of variable-size kernel representation of rules
(exactly the same concept of BPF instructions, as used in the BSDI's
firewall), which makes firewall operation a lot faster, and the
code more readable and easier to extend and debug.

The interface with the rest of the system is unchanged, as witnessed
by this commit. The only extra kernel files that I am touching
are if_fw.h and ip_dummynet.c, which is quite tied to ipfw. In
userland I only had to touch those programs which manipulate the
internal representation of firewall rules).

The code is almost entirely new (and I believe I have written the
vast majority of those sections which were taken from the former
ip_fw.c), so rather than modifying the old ip_fw.c I decided to
create a new file, sys/netinet/ip_fw2.c . Same for the user
interface, which is in sbin/ipfw/ipfw2.c (it still compiles to
/sbin/ipfw). The old files are still there, and will be removed
in due time.

I have not renamed the header file because it would have required
touching a one-line change to a number of kernel files.

In terms of user interface, the new "ipfw" is supposed to accepts
the old syntax for ipfw rules (and produce the same output with
"ipfw show". Only a couple of the old options (out of some 30 of
them) has not been implemented, but they will be soon.

On the other hand, the new code has some very powerful extensions.
First, you can put "or" connectives between match fields (and soon
also between options), and write things like

ipfw add allow ip from { 1.2.3.4/27 or 5.6.7.8/30 } 10-23,25,1024-3000 to any

This should make rulesets slightly more compact (and lines longer!),
by condensing 2 or more of the old rules into single ones.

Also, as an example of how easy the rules can be extended, I have
implemented an 'address set' match pattern, where you can specify
an IP address in a format like this:

10.20.30.0/26{18,44,33,22,9}

which will match the set of hosts listed in braces belonging to the
subnet 10.20.30.0/26 . The match is done using a bitmap, so it is
essentially a constant time operation requiring a handful of CPU
instructions (and a very small amount of memmory -- for a full /24
subnet, the instruction only consumes 40 bytes).

Again, in this commit I have focused on functionality and tried
to minimize changes to the other parts of the system. Some performance
improvement can be achieved with minor changes to the interface of
ip_fw_chk_t. This will be done later when this code is settled.

The code is meant to compile unmodified on RELENG_4 (once the
PACKET_TAG_* changes have been merged), for this reason
you will see #ifdef __FreeBSD_version in a couple of places.
This should minimize errors when (hopefully soon) it will be time
to do the MFC.


98888 26-Jun-2002 iedowse

Remove the kernel file-size limit for UFS2, so that only the limit
imposed by the filesystem structure itself remains. With 16k blocks,
the maximum file size is now just over 128TB.

For now, the UFS1 file size limit is left unchanged so as to remain
consistent with RELENG_4, but it too could be removed in the future.

Reviewed by: mckusick


98879 26-Jun-2002 iedowse

Fix an integer overflow that causes fsck_ffs to crash when it
encounters very large file sizes in the filesystem.

Reviewed by: mckusick


98826 25-Jun-2002 alfred

Remove old pre-TIRPC code for getting transport handles. The code that
follows spams over the contents of them making the removed code useless.


98655 23-Jun-2002 grog

Correct default location of history file.

Observed by: Chris Bolt <chris-lists@bolt.cx>


98649 22-Jun-2002 mckusick

Get rid of paranoia that zeros the boot block area as this has
bad effect on existing bootstraps.

Submitted by: Jake Burkholder <jake@locore.ca>
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


98568 21-Jun-2002 obrien

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r98567,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


98566 21-Jun-2002 obrien

Reduce the -I's as we don't need them all.


98551 21-Jun-2002 bde

Don't say that an umounted filesystem is required for -n. An unmounted
filesystem is no more or less required for -n than for any other option.
The previous commit clarified the actual requirement.


98542 21-Jun-2002 mckusick

This commit adds basic support for the UFS2 filesystem. The UFS2
filesystem expands the inode to 256 bytes to make space for 64-bit
block pointers. It also adds a file-creation time field, an ability
to use jumbo blocks per inode to allow extent like pointer density,
and space for extended attributes (up to twice the filesystem block
size worth of attributes, e.g., on a 16K filesystem, there is space
for 32K of attributes). UFS2 fully supports and runs existing UFS1
filesystems. New filesystems built using newfs can be built in either
UFS1 or UFS2 format using the -O option. In this commit UFS1 is
the default format, so if you want to build UFS2 format filesystems,
you must specify -O 2. This default will be changed to UFS2 when
UFS2 proves itself to be stable. In this commit the boot code for
reading UFS2 filesystems is not compiled (see /sys/boot/common/ufsread.c)
as there is insufficient space in the boot block. Once the size of the
boot block is increased, this code can be defined.

Things to note: the definition of SBSIZE has changed to SBLOCKSIZE.
The header file <ufs/ufs/dinode.h> must be included before
<ufs/ffs/fs.h> so as to get the definitions of ufs2_daddr_t and
ufs_lbn_t.

Still TODO:
Verify that the first level bootstraps work for all the architectures.
Convert the utility ffsinfo to understand UFS2 and test growfs.
Add support for the extended attribute storage. Update soft updates
to ensure integrity of extended attribute storage. Switch the
current extended attribute interfaces to use the extended attribute
storage. Add the extent like functionality (framework is there,
but is currently never used).

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
Reviewed by: Poul-Henning Kamp <phk@freebsd.org>


98266 15-Jun-2002 mux

nmount'ify unionfs further by using separate options instead
of passing a flags mount options. This removes the include of
sys/fs/unionfs/union.h in mount_unionfs as it should be.

Reviewed by: phk


98265 15-Jun-2002 mux

Convert UDF to nmount.

Reviewed by: scottl


98258 15-Jun-2002 ume

Add eui64 option which fills interface index (lowermost 64bit of
an IPv6 address) automatically.
This should obsolete prefix(8).

Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 2 weeks


98187 13-Jun-2002 gordon

Hook rcorder and rc.d into the build.

Submitted by: Mike Makonnen


98173 13-Jun-2002 obrien

FreeBSDize the NetBSD Makefile so that this compiles.


98058 09-Jun-2002 keramida

ANSIfy a few prototypes, thus fixing a few warnings.

Reviewed by: grog


98053 08-Jun-2002 ume

Don't have -prefixlen 128 on host routes.

Obtained from: KAME


97990 07-Jun-2002 mdodd

Use a larger data type to prevent counters wrapping so quickly.
Silence a warning.


97989 07-Jun-2002 mdodd

Sync this up with changes made in v1.8 of sys/netatm/atm_if.h


97957 06-Jun-2002 gordon

Remove the old nextboot from Whistler. AFAIK this hasn't been useable in
quite a while and only works on i386.


97956 06-Jun-2002 phk

s/daddr_t/ufs_daddr_t/g

This should fix the issues which cropped up after daddr_t grew up.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


97951 06-Jun-2002 gordon

Unhook the old nextboot(8) from the build. If no one yells too loudly, this
will be accompanied by a cvs rm of the actual nextboot sources.

Approved by: jake (mentor)


97898 05-Jun-2002 keramida

Add 'utility' in a place that it was missing.

PR: docs/38814
Submitted by: Chris Pepper <pepper@rockefeller.edu>
MFC after: 10 days


97855 05-Jun-2002 iedowse

Oops, unbreak parsing of the `type' field in getasciilabel(). I had
changed a `goto' to a `continue' in revision 1.52, but it continued
the wrong loop.

Noticed by: bde


97844 05-Jun-2002 gordon

Fix spelling nit in error message.


97746 02-Jun-2002 marcel

Fix breakage caused by allocating the I/O buffer. There was a
sizeof(buf) lurking around that I missed.

PR: 38811
Submitted by: Adrian Colley <aecolley@spamcop.net>


97637 30-May-2002 wollman

Avoid construction which results in label at end of block.


97636 30-May-2002 wollman

Fix syntax errors (labels with no statement).


97587 30-May-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: nits.


97569 30-May-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: tidy up the markup and some wording.


97553 30-May-2002 alfred

correct comment (replace i386 with __i386__)


97552 30-May-2002 kuriyama

Fix typos (s/IP6FILREWALL_VERBOSE/IPV6FIREWALL_VERBOSE/, s/netinet/netinet6/).

MFC after: 1 week


97535 30-May-2002 iedowse

Fix some serious brain damage in the default block/frag/cpg parameters
that are used if none at all are specified for a partition. Don't
keep replaying the last field if we run out of fields when processing
a line. Use a 8:1 frag:block ratio for both defaults.

More work here is required. I think disklabel should not attempt
to choose default filesystem parameters, and instead let newfs pick
any defaults if required.

PR: i386/38703
Reported by: Martin Kraemer <Martin.Kraemer@Fujitsu-Siemens.com>


97534 30-May-2002 iedowse

Split out the code for parsing the partition specification lines
into a separate function to avoid some over-long lines.


97478 29-May-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: markup nits.


97477 29-May-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: nits.


97476 29-May-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: nits.


97474 29-May-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: nits.


97472 29-May-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: tidy up the markup.


97428 28-May-2002 gordon

Correct the file that reboot -k creates so that it works with the new
nextboot functionality.

Reviewed by: jake (mentor)


97340 27-May-2002 marcel

Work around a memory fault on ia64 caused by having the 1MB buffer on
the stack in DoFile(). This needs some investigation. In the mean time
we do a one time malloc() for the buffer to have it on the heap instead.


97278 25-May-2002 ru

Respect -q with "add" and "delete". Document who respects -q.

PR: bin/38531


97256 24-May-2002 mux

Convert mount_ext2fs(8) to nmount(2).

Reviewed by: iedowse


97232 24-May-2002 alfred

Don't err(3) (and exit prematurely) when a sysctl's object size has
changed, instead just warn(3)


97203 24-May-2002 gordon

Add a nextboot script to make it easier to control the loader nextboot
support. Also, hook it up to the build.

Approved by: jake (mentor)


97196 24-May-2002 mux

Convert mount_unionfs(8) to nmount.


97187 23-May-2002 mux

Make mount_nullfs(8) use nmount(2) rather than mount(2) now
that nullfs has been converted to nmount.


97073 21-May-2002 ume

Allow prefix/prefixlen syntax for IPv6 to have consistency
with IPv4.


97062 21-May-2002 ume

Have RTF_HOST for /128 destionation.


97047 21-May-2002 benno

Spread the word of PowerPC.


96997 20-May-2002 ume

Try to guess prefixlen for guessable cases.
- /0 if matches ::/128
- /64 if matches 2000::/3 and lowermost 64 bit is all 0
- /128 if matches 2000::/3 and lowermost 64 bit is non-zero 0

Obtained from: KAME/NetBSD


96954 19-May-2002 peter

Turn nfsiod into a vfs loader and sysctl wrapper that controls the number
of nfsiod kernel threads being run.


96884 19-May-2002 rwatson

Remove IFS from 5.0-CURRENT. This facilitates introducing UFS2 as
IFS had its fingers deep in the belly of the UFS/FFS split. IFS
will be reimplemented by the maintainer at a later date once the UFS
implementation is in place.

Requested by: adrian (maintainer)


96807 17-May-2002 jmallett

Move _PATH_WALL from dump and shutdown's local pathnames.h to paths.h.


96767 17-May-2002 arr

- Further replacing of UM_* macros with the appropriate function call. I
am fairly certain that this should do it and that I may now remove the
UM_ macros from port.h. I will, however, wait a few days to ensure
that these can be safely removed.


96766 17-May-2002 arr

- Replace UM_* macros by replacing them with the appropriate function
call. These changes are similar to the ones made to atmarpd and scsp.


96738 16-May-2002 ume

Don't install scriptdump which is written in Perl. This is
corresponding to removal of Perl from base system.


96707 16-May-2002 trhodes

more file system > filesystem


96622 14-May-2002 iedowse

Use fgetln to remove the static limit on the length of lines in
/etc/exports. Oversized lines were unlikely due to the large 10k
limit, but any found would cause mountd to exit with an error. Also
fix one or two compiler warnings.


96570 14-May-2002 phk

Match prototypes to functions over in fsck_ffs.


96519 13-May-2002 ru

Style.


96515 13-May-2002 phk

Remove unneeded include.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
Submitted by: mckusick


96513 13-May-2002 ru

Removed now unused INTERNALSTATICLIB.
INTERNALLIB now implies NOPIC and NOPROFILE.
Removed gratuitous NOMAN.


96508 13-May-2002 luigi

Handle symbolic names for common ethernet types (ip, arp etc.)

Remove custom definitions (IP_FW_TCPF_SYN etc.) of TCP header flags
which are the same as the original ones (TH_SYN etc.)


96483 12-May-2002 phk

UFS2 preparation commit:
Remove support for converting old FFS formats to newer.

Submitted by: mckusick
Sponspored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


96478 12-May-2002 phk

Sigh, more BBSIZE related breakage.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


96476 12-May-2002 luigi

Main functional change is the implementation of matching of MAC header
fields as discussed in the commit to ip_fw.c:1.186

On top of this, a ton of non functional changes to clean up the code,
write functions to replace sections of code that were replicated
multiple times (e.g. the printing or matching of flags and options),
splitting long sections of inlined code into separate functions,
and the like.

I have tested the code quite a bit, but some typos (using one variable
in place of another) might have escaped.

The "embedded manpage" is a bit inconsistent, but i am leaving fixing
it for later. The current format makes no sense, it is over 40 lines
long and practically unreadable. We can either split it into sections
( ipfw -h options , ipfw -h pipe , ipfw -h queue ...)
or remove it altogether and refer to the manpage.


96475 12-May-2002 phk

Retire the bogus uses of the disklabel field d_sbsize and begin to
initialize it to zero so we don't have to have everbody and their
aunt including FFS specific header files.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


96432 12-May-2002 dd

s/demon/daemon/


96418 11-May-2002 mux

Fix a typo : ".Xr mount_udf 8," -> ".Xr mount_udf 8 ,".


96403 11-May-2002 brian

Reword the ``alias'' description slightly. We must specify a non-conflicting
netmask - not necessarily 0xffffffff.

MFC after: 3 days


96381 11-May-2002 alfred

unbreak build: include string.h for strcmp prototype.


96247 09-May-2002 joe

Replace /kernel with /boot/kernel/kernel.

PR: docs/37757
Submitted by: Hiten Pandya <hiten@uk.FreeBSD.org>


96234 08-May-2002 ache

Don't forget to null-terminate string we got from sysctl (f.e. in 'A' format).
Stack garbadge may be printed otherwise.


96119 06-May-2002 trhodes

'file system' > filesystem
add FILES section.

PR: 34239
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>


96113 06-May-2002 iedowse

Address a few minor style and consistency issues in revision 1.32.

Submitted by: Joshua Goodall <joshua@roughtrade.net>


96103 06-May-2002 marcel

Make argument to printf match format.


96078 05-May-2002 luigi

Fix a couple of problems which could cause panics at runtime:

+ setting a bandwidth too large for a pipe (above 2Gbit/s) could
cause the internal representation (which is int) to wrap to a
negative number, causing an infinite loop in the kernel;

+ (see PR bin/35628): when configuring RED parameters for a queue,
the values are not passed to the kernel resulting in panics at
runtime (part of the problem here is also that the kernel does
not check for valid parameters being passed, but this will be
fixed in a separate commit).

These are both critical fixes which need to be merged into 4.6-RELEASE.

MFC after: 1 day


96063 05-May-2002 mux

Fix the fallback to mount(2) with RELENG_4 kernels and -CURRENT
utilities by catching SIGSYS.

Submitted by: bde


96049 05-May-2002 fenner

- revert back to vmcore.#
- reimplement -z
- use syslog()
- improve consistancy of messages
- allow -f to recover cleared dumps
- return bufsize to 1024 * 1024
- return the ability to write sparse files
- update man page
- fix minfree to require 2k for info file instead of the kernel size
- include Berkeley copyright too due to amount of old code copied

Submitted by: Chad David <davidc@acns.ab.ca>


96025 04-May-2002 mux

Restore the minfree functionality into savecore. This patch
restores the check_space() function with small modifications
to make it work with the current code. The patch was slightly
modified by Bill Fenner to handle error messages better.

Reviewed by: fenner


95957 02-May-2002 mux

Swap the order of mount and nmount calls. We now call nmount
first, since all the consumers of mount_std in the tree have
been converted to nmount.


95943 02-May-2002 iedowse

Set the permissions on restored symbolic links.

PR: bin/37665
Submitted by: "Michael C. Adler" <mad1@tapil.com>


95897 02-May-2002 mckusick

Minor bug fixes uncovered while working on UFS2.
They should have no effect on existing systems.


95861 01-May-2002 peter

Make this compile and not segfault on ia64. ptr = strdup("foo"); is
fatal if the declaration of strdup() isn't in scope. The upper 32 bits
of the pointer are lost since it defaults to returning "int". Fix some
warnings while here, including trying to make gcc-3.1 happy.


95860 01-May-2002 peter

Add a hack so that fdisk(8) can initialize an ia64 disk. There is
no /boot/mbr to read the boot code from (ia64 does not *have* bootblocks!).
fdisk depended on magic in the /boot/mbr file to initialize some fields.


95858 01-May-2002 cjc

Enlighten those who read the FINE POINTS of the documentation a bit
more on how ipfw(8) deals with tiny fragments. While we're at it, add
a quick log message to even let people know we dropped a packet. (Note
that the second FINE POINT is somewhat redundant given the first, but
since the code is there, leave the docs for it.)

MFC after: 1 day


95602 28-Apr-2002 grog

Add partition type for IBM's JFS.

Submitted by: Hiten Pandya <hiten@uk.FreeBSD.org>


95531 26-Apr-2002 wes

Rename the file used to specify the nextboot to make it clear that this
is a loader configuration file and can be used for more than just a
kernel name.

Submitted by: Gordon Tetlow <gordont@gnf.org>


95485 26-Apr-2002 wes

Add a -k option to reboot to specify the kernel to boot next time
around. If the kernel boots successfully, the record of this kernel
is erased, it is intended to be a one-shot option for testing
kernels.

This could be improved by having the loader remove the record of
the next kernel to boot, it is currently removed in /etc/rc immediately
after disks are mounted r/w.

I'd like to MFC this before the 4.6 freeze unless there is violent
objection.

Reviewed by: Several on IRC
MFC after: 4 days


95483 26-Apr-2002 grog

vinum_start: examine storage array devices, not just disks.

Submitted by: Holger Kipp <holger.kipp@alogis.com>
PR: 37458
MFC after: 5 days
(to get 4.6 code freeze)


95360 24-Apr-2002 phk

Remove the -v option, it is now default behaviour.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs


95357 24-Apr-2002 phk

Continue the cleanup preparations for UFS2 (& GEOM):

Use only one filedescriptor. Open in R/O or R/W based in the '-N' option.
Make the filedescriptor a global variable instead of passing it around
as semi-global variable(s).

Remove the undocumented ability to specify type without '-T' option.

Replace fatal() with straight err(3)/errx(3). Save calls to strerror()
where applicable. Loose the progname variable.

Get the sense of the cpgflag test correct so we only issue warnings if
people specify cpg and can't get that. It can be argued that this
should be an error.

Remove the check to see if the disk is mounted: Open for writing
would fail if it were mounted.

Attempt to get the sectorsize and mediasize with the generic disk
ioctls, fall back to disklabel and /etc/disktab as we can.

Notice that on-disk labels still take precedence over /etc/disktab,
this is probably wrong, but not as wrong as the entire concept of
/etc/disktab is.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


95318 23-Apr-2002 mux

Unbreak NFS mounts when mount(8) is invoked as : mount path@server.

Reviewed by: obrien


95289 22-Apr-2002 mux

Do our best to determine if the user is attempting an NFS mount when
the filesystem type isn't given in the command line. In the case of
an IPv6 address containing ':', one must use the '@' separator for it
to be properly parsed (mount_nfs(8) still needs fixing at the moment
though).

PR: bin/37230
Reviewed by: obrien
MFC after: 1 week


95258 22-Apr-2002 des

Usage style sweep: spell "usage" with a small 'u'.
Also change one case of blatant __progname abuse (several more remain)
This commit does not touch anything in src/{contrib,crypto,gnu}/.


95218 21-Apr-2002 dwmalone

Add mount_udf and mount_smbfs to crossrefs.

PR: 37200
Submitted by: Cyrille Lefevre <cyrille.lefevre@laposte.net>


95183 21-Apr-2002 charnier

Add FBSDID. Start errx(3) messages with lowercase. Remove a ')' with no '('.
In usage(), use fprintf(3) instead of errx(3), to make the printed string really
start with `usage: ...'.
Reviewed by: marcel


95122 20-Apr-2002 charnier

Use `The .Nm utility'


95108 20-Apr-2002 bp

Add character translation table between Unix and NetWare according
to Sweden standards.

Submitted by: Roger Olofsson <roger.olofsson@kommun.engelholm.se>
MFC after: 1 week


95077 19-Apr-2002 charnier

Use `The .Nm utility'


95039 19-Apr-2002 phk

Push the .info file contents out when we're done so people can
read the description while the megs shift from one place to another.


95023 19-Apr-2002 suz

just merged cosmetic changes from KAME to ease sync between KAME and FreeBSD.
(based on freebsd4-snap-20020128)

Reviewed by: ume
MFC after: 1 week


95005 18-Apr-2002 imp

De-__P, use ansi function definitions


95002 18-Apr-2002 trhodes

Fix the fdisk(8) manual page.
s/partition/slice/ in fdisk.8
fix a bug in fdisk(8) where it did not honer -t when using -I

PR: 36563 and 35688
Submitted by: bde
Reviewed by: bde


94985 18-Apr-2002 ru

Replaced exists() tests with two equivalent defined().

LIBDIR is defined in bsd.own.mk but sys.mk no longer
includes bsd.own.mk as of revision 1.60.


94911 17-Apr-2002 trhodes

dump(8)'s manual page is confusing in its use of records, blocks,
blocksizes, etc
does not give the default of -b
only mentiones rdump in the NAME section
uses both filesystem and file system in similar contexts

PR: 34248
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>
MFC after: 3 days


94818 16-Apr-2002 keramida

Expand the reserved space section. Explain how the amount of reserved
space can affect performance.

Submitted by: David Schultz <dschultz@uclink.Berkeley.EDU>


94810 16-Apr-2002 kuriyama

Change reference URLs.

Submitted by: Olivier Tharan <olivier.tharan@idealx.com>
PR: docs/37094
MFC after: 1 week


94803 15-Apr-2002 trhodes

disklabel(8) manual page:

--change "-s newboot" to "-s newboot2" in an example
--Fixed spelling
--Fixed some confusion between slice/parition/primary partition and other
things.

PR: 35947 and 35951
Noticed by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>
Reviewed by: keramida
Thanks to: grog
MFC after: 2 days


94796 15-Apr-2002 asmodai

Sync with UDF p4 tree: Properly initialize part of the mntopts.
Move to WARNS=1.


94752 15-Apr-2002 phk

Take the "tickadj" element out of struct clockinfo. Our adjtime(2)
implementation is being changed and the very concept of tickadj will
no longer be meaningful.


94663 14-Apr-2002 scottl

Actually add the UDF files!


94658 14-Apr-2002 scottl

Add a filesystem driver for the Universal Disk Format. For more info,
see http://people.freebsd.org/~scottl/udf

MFC after: when asmodai gets the backport done
Prodded by: phk asmodai des


94629 13-Apr-2002 obrien

Do not use perl where sed is more than adequate.


94580 13-Apr-2002 marcel

High-level changes (user visible):
o Implement -c (clear) to clear previously kept headers (note that
dumps not cleared will remain until -c is used),
o Implement -f (force) to allow re-saving a previously saved dump,
o Implement -k (keep) and make clearing the dump header the default,
o Implement -v (verbose) and make most output conditional upon it,
o Emit minimal output for the non-verbose case with the assumption
that savecore is run mostly from within /etc/rc,
o Update usage message to reflect what is and what's not,
o mark -d as obsolete.

Low-level changes:
o Rename devname to device, for devname mirrors a global declaration
and GCC 3.x warns about it,
o Open the dump device R/W for clear and !keep to work,
o Reorder the locals of DoFile according to style(9),
o Remove newlines from strings passed to warn* and err*,
o Use stat(2) to check if a dump has been saved before,
o Truncate existing core and info files to support force,
o First check for the magic and the version before we complain about
parity errors. This prevents emitting parity error messages when
there's no dump,
o Keep track of the number of headers found and the number of headers
saved to support the minimal output,
o Close files we opened in DoFile. Not critical, but cleaner.


94535 12-Apr-2002 ru

I don't know what the MAINTAINER means in src/ part of FreeBSD.

I'll still be overseeing the changes that go into natd(8) and
will maintain it the way I see it, non-preventing for the rest
of developers.

I will re-ask for the MAINTAINER bit if the ${MAINTAINER} gets
defined.


94531 12-Apr-2002 trhodes

restore(8) manual page does not explain rrestore.

PR: 34234
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>


94499 12-Apr-2002 ru

Removed the cruft that became cruft after rev. 1.4.
Fixed CLEANFILES.


94300 09-Apr-2002 trhodes

Update dumpon manual page to explain single/multi-user usability

PR: 36465
No Objections from: ru


94273 09-Apr-2002 phk

GC kget(1), userconfig is long dead.


94272 09-Apr-2002 phk

Rename DIOCGKERNELDUMP to DIOCSKERNELDUMP as it strictly speaking
is a "set" not a "get" operation.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


94182 08-Apr-2002 phk

Move generic disk ioctls from <sys/disklabel.h> to <sys/disk.h>.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs


94166 08-Apr-2002 phk

Don't set WARNS to 2, we're default compatible now.

Noticed by: bde


94125 07-Apr-2002 asmodai

Add the possibility to use a no_rip_out configuration option in order
to stop routed from sending out RIP updates.

PR: 29090
Submitted by: Matthew Braithwaite <mab@red-bean.com>


94112 07-Apr-2002 phk

bbsize and sbsize cannot ever be trusted from the disklabel, in
particular as there may not be one. Remove #if 0'ed code which might
mislead people to think otherwise.

unifdef -ULOSTDIR, fsck can make lost+found on the fly.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs


94094 07-Apr-2002 mux

Add code to try the nmount(2) syscall when mount(2) failed with
EOPNOTSUPP. This will make things less painful when I will commit
the conversion of devfs, fdescfs and pseudofs to nmount.

Reviewed by: phk


94065 07-Apr-2002 phk

Get us to WARNS=2 with a bit of constification and some printf fiddling.

Pick up the c-partitions magicness from sys/disklabel.h instead
of defining our own magicness for it, remove trivial comment.

Sponsored by: DARPA and NAI Labs.


94061 07-Apr-2002 phk

Nuke a totally pointless optional debug option

Sponsored by: DARPA and NAI Labs.


94031 07-Apr-2002 mckusick

When checking the alternate superblock, we used to copy any fields
that might have changed, then did a byte-by-byte comparison with
the alternate. If any unused fields got used, they had to be added
to the exception list. Such changes caused too many false alarms.
So, I have changed the comparison algorithm to compare a selected
set of fields that are not expected to change. This new algorithm
causes far fewer false hits and still does a good job of detecting
problems when they have really occurred. In particular, this change
should ease the transition to kernels supporting UFS2 which make
some significant changes to the superblock.

Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs


93910 05-Apr-2002 sos

Sync with the new endianness in ata.h


93876 05-Apr-2002 sos

Be able to print ATA133 mode.


93809 04-Apr-2002 phk

Remove remaining traces of d_boot[01]


93777 04-Apr-2002 bde

Fixed some style bugs in axings. Whitespace before __P was not axed when
__P was axed. The ordering of several things was bogotified by axing
ifdefs.


93775 04-Apr-2002 bde

Fixed some English errors in previous commit.

Fixed some style bugs in the removal of __P(()). Whitespace before
"__P((" was not removed.


93737 03-Apr-2002 phk

Add more DWIM/autoadjustment and less evil style(9) banned exit(2) codes.
Add some missing statics.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


93734 03-Apr-2002 phk

Unifdef -DCOMPAT


93724 03-Apr-2002 phk

Kill only usage of the undocumnted and unuse d_boot[01] fields of
struct disklabel.

Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.


93717 03-Apr-2002 marcel

Make the kernel dump header endianness invariant by always dumping
in dump byte order (=network byte order). Swap blocksize and dumptime
to avoid extraneous padding on 64-bit architectures. Use CTASSERT
instead of runtime checks to make sure the header is 512 bytes large.
Various style(9) fixes.

Reviewed by: phk, bde, mike


93662 02-Apr-2002 sos

Add get-status to the ATA RAID subsystem.


93651 02-Apr-2002 marcel

Move savecore back to the MI list so that it compiles for other
archs than alpha and i386.


93643 02-Apr-2002 maxim

WARNS fixes.

Submitted by: kris
Reviewed by: bde
Approved by: ru
MFC after: 2 weeks


93638 02-Apr-2002 maxim

style(9) cleanup.

Submitted by: kris (an early version of this patch)
Reviewed by: bde
Approved by: ru
MFC after: 2 weeks


93562 01-Apr-2002 jhb

Add long long casts so that this compiles on archs with 64-bit longs.

Pointy-hat to: phk


93515 01-Apr-2002 phk

Duh, savecore is called savecore.


93501 01-Apr-2002 ken

Fix a bzero length calculation. sizeof(struct ccb_getdev) should have been
sizeof(struct ccb_getdevstats).

MFC after: 3 days


93492 31-Mar-2002 phk

Savecore:

Commandline compatible with the previous savecore unless you specify
any options, none of them are implemented (yet).

Scans all devices marked "dump" or "swap" for dump header signatures
and saves dumps off under a name which is a MD5 hash of the header
information. This should give unique filenames. A *.info file contains
ascii version of the header information.


93491 31-Mar-2002 phk

Here follows the new kernel dumping infrastructure.

Caveats:

The new savecore program is not complete in the sense that it emulates
enough of the old savecores features to do the job, but implements none
of the options yet.

I would appreciate if a userland hacker could help me out getting savecore
to do what we want it to do from a users point of view, compression,
email-notification, space reservation etc etc. (send me email if
you are interested).

Currently, savecore will scan all devices marked as "swap" or "dump" in
/etc/fstab _or_ any devices specified on the command-line.

All architectures but i386 lack an implementation of dumpsys(), but
looking at the i386 version it should be trivial for anybody familiar
with the platform(s) to provide this function.

Documentation is quite sparse at this time, more to come.

Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs

Details:

Dumpon now opens the device and uses ioctl(DIOCGKERNELDUMP) to set it
to be the dumpdevice. When "off" is set, /dev/null is used.


93433 30-Mar-2002 sos

Add support for getting status (fan, temp, 5V and 12V levels) from
Promise Superswap enclosures.

Sponsored by: Advanis


93394 29-Mar-2002 phk

Get this to WARNS=4 and closer to style(9) at a sacrifice in
linelength.


93281 27-Mar-2002 ru

Turn "ether" address family into a generic "link" family
that could be used to set/get arbitrary length link level
addresses. Alias "lladdr" parameter and "ether" family
to the new "link" family for backward compatibility.

PR: bin/31476
MFC after: 1 week


93277 27-Mar-2002 sos

Add support for creating/deleting ATA RAID's

Sponsored by: Advanis


93266 27-Mar-2002 imp

Add missing \ before an 'n' to get the proper newline when running
fdisk -s for each partition.


93233 26-Mar-2002 pb

Fix problem in macro definition breaking compiles with -DDEBUG.

PR: bin/35773
Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org>


93202 26-Mar-2002 darrenr

add extra include path to get .h files from source being used to compile


93132 25-Mar-2002 pb

Add forgotten flag in flag lists.

PR: docs/36267 (partial)
Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas.cuivre.fr.eu.org>


93103 24-Mar-2002 markm

Replace __progname with the documented, more acceptable and functionally identical getprogname(3).


93102 24-Mar-2002 markm

Replace __progname with the functionally identical but more
acceptable (documented) getprogname(3).


93044 23-Mar-2002 pb

Add option -n to i386 boot2 to disallow boot interruption by keypress.

PR: i386/36016
Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org>
Reviewed by: rnordier
MFC after: 1 week


93035 23-Mar-2002 obrien

Style(9) local vars after 'register' removal.

Requested by: bde


92883 21-Mar-2002 imp

o remove __P
o remove main prototype


92882 21-Mar-2002 imp

o __P removed
o main prototype removed


92881 21-Mar-2002 imp

o __P removal.
o ansi function definitions.
o main prototype removal
o unifdef __STDC__


92874 21-Mar-2002 mike

Revert 1.20:
Memory disks may be used for other purposes besides newfs(8), so it
isn't helpful to require the minimum size meet newfs(8)'s criteria.


92868 21-Mar-2002 ru

Replaced hacks in sbin/Makefile,v 1.99 and usr.sbin/Makefile,v 1.217
with the NO_IPFILTER make.conf(5) knob.

(So that we can "make the-rest-of-the-world" again.)


92866 21-Mar-2002 mike

Provide a proper error message in mdconfig(8) when a filesystem is too
small, instead of a less meaningful error in newfs(8).


92839 20-Mar-2002 imp

o __P removed
o ansi function prototypes
o unifdef -D__STDC__
o __dead2 on usage prototype
o remove now-bogus main prototype


92838 20-Mar-2002 imp

o remove __P
o Use ansi function definitions
o unifdef -D__STDC__


92837 20-Mar-2002 imp

o remove __P
o Use ANSI function definitions
o unifdef -D__STDC__


92806 20-Mar-2002 obrien

Remove 'register' keyword.
It does not help modern compilers, and some may take some hit from it.
(I also found several functions that listed *every* of its 10 local vars with
"register" -- just how many free registers do people think machines have?)


92775 20-Mar-2002 darrenr

* add extra -I path to get the "matching" header files. (and split the one
line up into three to make it more readable)


92774 20-Mar-2002 darrenr

* add extra -I path to get the "matching" header files.


92773 20-Mar-2002 darrenr

* need to compile printnat.c now that this function is in a separate .c file
* add extra -I path to get the "matching" header files.


92763 20-Mar-2002 phk

Swing the axe and remove some archaic features from newfs which modern
diskdrives do neither need nor want:

-O create a 4.3BSD format filesystem
-d rotational delay between contiguous blocks
-k sector 0 skew, per track
-l hardware sector interleave
-n number of distinguished rotational positions
-p spare sectors per track
-r revolutions/minute
-t tracks/cylinder
-x spare sectors per cylinder

No change in the produced filesystem image unless one or more of
these options were used.

Approved by: mckusick


92753 20-Mar-2002 imp

Kill register


92744 20-Mar-2002 rwatson

"-" now sends output to stdout.


92743 20-Mar-2002 rwatson

Teach growfs's dbg_open() that a filename of "-" for output means to
open "/dev/stdout". This doesn't actually affect growfs, but does affect
ffsinfo, permitting ffsinfo to output to the shell's stdout rather than
requiring it be dumped to a file or explicitly pointed at a special
device.

Reviewed by: peter


92740 20-Mar-2002 obrien

Remove ipnat until the committer can actually test his changes.


92729 19-Mar-2002 alfred

Hopefully fix make world.

Submitted by: Steve Kargl <sgk@troutmask.apl.washington.edu>


92722 19-Mar-2002 phk

Add the undocumented -R option to disable randomness for regression-testing.

Add a couple of simple regression tests accessible with "make test", they
depend on the md(4) driver.

FYI I have also tried running the test against a week old newfs and it
passed.


92717 19-Mar-2002 phk

Further cleanups.


92715 19-Mar-2002 imp

Remove stray register


92714 19-Mar-2002 imp

De-__P the man page, but I suspect that we need to freshly import
sys/disklabel.h since the one in here looks a little crunchy.


92712 19-Mar-2002 iedowse

Replace a number of similar `for' loops with a new `ilog2()' function
that computes the base-2 log of a power of 2.


92711 19-Mar-2002 iedowse

Complete the ANSIfication of newfs by converting function declarations
to C89 style.


92710 19-Mar-2002 iedowse

The FSIRAND code is always compiled in, and it is unlikely that
anyone needs a newfs without it. Remove the #ifdef's from around
the code and the -DFSIRAND from the Makefile. Also remove redundant
declarations of random() and srandomdev().


92709 19-Mar-2002 iedowse

Remove the ancient STANDALONE code.

Approved by: phk


92701 19-Mar-2002 darrenr

both ipnat and ipfstat now use libkvm rather than their own home-rolled
kmem accessors, allowing them to be used with crash dumps as well as live
systems, now.


92697 19-Mar-2002 imp

o Remove __P
o Use ANSI function definitions
o mark usage() as __dead2


92694 19-Mar-2002 peter

Move savecore build enable to MD section of Makefile, currently enabled
for i386 and alpha. Although it builds on sparc64, it does not yet work.
A similar hack as what is used on the sparc64 MD macros can be used to
make ia64 build too, but there doesn't seem to be much point.


92589 18-Mar-2002 iedowse

Remove yet more vestiges of mount_mfs.


92542 18-Mar-2002 imp

o __P
o Strict ANSI declarations.
o return (foo);
o main (int, char *[])


92541 18-Mar-2002 imp

o remove __P
o Use ANSI function definitions
o const poison
o remove register


92539 18-Mar-2002 imp

o __P removal.
o Use ANSI function definitions.
o main(int, char *[])


92538 18-Mar-2002 imp

o Use real prototypes and ANSI function definitions.
o Remove __P.


92536 18-Mar-2002 imp

o Use real prototypes
o Remove __P.
o main(int, char *[])


92533 18-Mar-2002 bde

Fixed some style bugs (mainly ones not fixed or made worse by rev.1.44).
Don't use ISO string concatentation to obfuscate long single-line
messages...


92532 18-Mar-2002 bde

Fixed some style bugs (mainly ones not fixed or made worse by rev.1.41).
Old code obfuscates long (but single-line) messages by printing them in
pieces using %s. Rev.1.41 obfuscated some new long messages using ISO
string concatenation. This commit only fixes the new obfuscations.


92529 18-Mar-2002 bde

Removed vestiges of mount_mfs. Sorted the Makefile a bit.


92527 18-Mar-2002 bde

Fixed 2 layers of breakage of WARNS. Setting WARNS unconditionally to
0 was bad and setting it unconditionally to 2 was worse.


92483 17-Mar-2002 phk

Remove __P() and register.
Set WARNS=2

This is the beginning of a pre-UFS2 cleanup of newfs.

Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs


92358 15-Mar-2002 ru

This sounds better.


92338 15-Mar-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: tiny fixes.


92337 15-Mar-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: GC duplicate VCS ID.


92336 15-Mar-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: misc fixes.


92335 15-Mar-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: kill whitespace at eol.


92334 15-Mar-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: tiny fixes.


92333 15-Mar-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: tiny fixes.


92266 14-Mar-2002 billf

minor grammar fixes


92241 13-Mar-2002 rnordier

Clarify the cylinder > 1023 issue, now that EDD support is automatic.
Also drop a note about undocumented features that was intended to
cover the since-documented slice-selection syntax.


92226 13-Mar-2002 ru

Document the "slice" syntax.

Prodded by: ambrisko


92225 13-Mar-2002 ru

Implement -m and -p loader(8) "boot" command options in boot2.
(This is more useful for 4.x where boot blocks can still load
kernels, modulo the PR kern/17422.)


92218 13-Mar-2002 murray

Add information about multi-session CDs from the log message of r1.4.
Also, add an examples section and show how to mount a Kodak Photo-CD.

PR: docs/35206


92141 12-Mar-2002 luigi

Document the existence of machdep.guessed_bootdev, as suggested
by Sheldon.
For a detailed description look at the commit log for sysctl.c
rev.1.42 -- i do not think it is appropriate to put the full
description in this manpage, and the "boot" and "loader" manpages
where this description might go are also missing a description of
a number of similar variables, so i think this it is ok to limit
documentation to this now, and update it later when I (or someone
else) have a chance to revise "boot" and "loader".


92086 11-Mar-2002 des

Sparc64 support.


92066 11-Mar-2002 luigi

Make the handling of machdep.guessed_bootdev compiled on i386 only.


92058 11-Mar-2002 obrien

Add complete Sparc64 support.
Submitted by: tmm

Dike out vax support.


92057 11-Mar-2002 obrien

* Support the Sparc64.
* Do not default to any particular platform. Require that we explicitly
support a particular platform.


92035 11-Mar-2002 dd

Chase sysctl name.

Submitted by: Christopher Sharp <christopher_sharp@web.de>


92018 10-Mar-2002 luigi

Export a (machine dependent) kernel variable bootdev as
machdep.guessed_bootdev, and add code to sysctl to parse its value
and give a (not necessarily correct) name to the device we booted
from (the main motivation for this code is to use the info in the
PicoBSD boot scripts, and the impact on the kernel is minimal).

NOTE: the information available in bootdev is not always reliable,
so you should not trust it too much. The parsing code is the same
as in boot2.c, and cannot cover all cases -- as it is, it seems to
work fine with floppies and IDE disks recognised by the BIOS. It
_should_ work as well with SCSI disks recognised by the BIOS.
Booting from a CDROM in floppy emulation will return /dev/fd0 (because
this is what the BIOS tells us).
Booting off the network (e.g. with etherboot) leaves bootdev unset so
the value will be printed as "invalid (0xffffffff)".

Finally, this feature might go away at some point, hopefully when we
have a more reliable way to get the same information.

MFC-after: 5 days


92003 10-Mar-2002 sos

Check the <channel> arg a bit more.

Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>


91997 10-Mar-2002 dd

Document `sysctl variable=/dev/foo' syntax.

PR: 34184
Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org>


91993 10-Mar-2002 dd

Remove inappropriate .Op calls in examples.

PR: 35689
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>


91992 10-Mar-2002 dd

Minor English fixes.

PR: 35730
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>


91646 04-Mar-2002 sos

Update headers


91603 03-Mar-2002 phk

A bit of premptive GEOM POLA magic: If we don't get a virgin disklabel
from /dev/food0, then try from /dev/f00d0c, in strange cases this work.


91594 03-Mar-2002 sos

Add the RAID rebuild command.


91540 01-Mar-2002 iedowse

Add a new "-S" flag to dump to allow it just print out dump estimate
size and then exit.

PR: bin/35450
Submitted by: Mark Hannon <markhannon@optushome.com.au>
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 1 week


91523 01-Mar-2002 ume

Show standard deviation.

PR: bin/35433
Submitted by: Morten Rodal <morten@rodal.no>,
Maxim Konovalov <maxim@macomnet.ru>
MFC after: 1 week


91490 28-Feb-2002 matusita

Fix "make release.4" breakage.

src/contrib/isc-dhcp/includes/minires/resolv.h has a 'extern' definition
but it makes an error when linking crunched binary just like this:

dhclient.lo: In function `MRres_nquery':
dhclient.lo(.text+0x2dcce): undefined reference to `__h_errno_set'
dhclient.lo(.text+0x2dd5b): undefined reference to `__h_errno_set'
dhclient.lo: In function `MRres_nquerydomain':
dhclient.lo(.text+0x2de53): undefined reference to `__h_errno_set'

The author understands this will be a problem (see comments in resolv.h).
Murray said that the author will fix this, but as a temporary solution,
modifying the source code and not to use __h_errno_set.

BTW, I'm sorry that previous commitlog in src/sbin/dhclient/Makefile should
read "Found by:" instead of "Confirmed by"; I just found that rev 1.15
has a typo so fixed.

Tested on: ushi.jp.FreeBSD.org with today's 5-current source code.
(belive me, "make release.4" works fine now)


91454 28-Feb-2002 brooks

Some style(9) whitespace fixes and a correction to the copyright.


91450 28-Feb-2002 matusita

For unbraking "make release": s/client/common/g
(these files are sitting in src/contrib/isc-dhcp/common, not .../client.)

Confirmed by: 5.0-CURRENT-20020228-JPSNAP at snapshots.jp.FreeBSD.org


91432 27-Feb-2002 fenner

Use network byte order for the ICMP sequence number. This is only
significant when monitoring packets on another system, since
otherwise the ICMP sequence number is only used by the ping client.


91354 27-Feb-2002 dd

Introduce a version field to `struct xucred' in place of one of the
spares (the size of the field was changed from u_short to u_int to
reflect what it really ends up being). Accordingly, change users of
xucred to set and check this field as appropriate. In the kernel,
this is being done inside the new cru2x() routine which takes a
`struct ucred' and fills out a `struct xucred' according to the
former. This also has the pleasant sideaffect of removing some
duplicate code.

Reviewed by: rwatson


91306 26-Feb-2002 murray

Add some ifdef(RELEASE_CRUNCH) goo to explicitly list the requisite
object files for crunchgen. Without this patch, release.4 will fail
to build the crunched binaries for the release floppies.


91217 25-Feb-2002 bde

#include <sys/time.h> instead of depending on namespace pollution in
<sys/stat.h> for its prerequisite <sys/time.h>.

#include <sys/param.h> in the correct place instead of bogusly including
<sys/types.h>.


90954 20-Feb-2002 obrien

Neutralize bits of ns_parse.c with bad juju.


90940 19-Feb-2002 obrien

Style cleanup.

Approved by: Murray


90922 19-Feb-2002 murray

Makefile glue for DHCP v3 import.


90868 18-Feb-2002 mike

o Move NTOHL() and associated macros into <sys/param.h>. These are
deprecated in favor of the POSIX-defined lowercase variants.
o Change all occurrences of NTOHL() and associated marcros in the
source tree to use the lowercase function variants.
o Add missing license bits to sparc64's <machine/endian.h>.
Approved by: jake
o Clean up <machine/endian.h> files.
o Remove unused __uint16_swap_uint32() from i386's <machine/endian.h>.
o Remove prototypes for non-existent bswapXX() functions.
o Include <machine/endian.h> in <arpa/inet.h> to define the
POSIX-required ntohl() family of functions.
o Do similar things to expose the ntohl() family in libstand, <netinet/in.h>,
and <sys/param.h>.
o Prepend underscores to the ntohl() family to help deal with
complexities associated with having MD (asm and inline) versions, and
having to prevent exposure of these functions in other headers that
happen to make use of endian-specific defines.
o Create weak aliases to the canonical function name to help deal with
third-party software forgetting to include an appropriate header.
o Remove some now unneeded pollution from <sys/types.h>.
o Add missing <arpa/inet.h> includes in userland.

Tested on: alpha, i386
Reviewed by: bde, jake, tmm


90866 18-Feb-2002 joe

Add some more partition types.

PR: i386/14793
MFC after: 3 days


90827 18-Feb-2002 iedowse

Use a more robust scheme for determining how many blocks to skip
after an EOT-terminated volume. We keep track of the current record
number, and synchronise it with the c_tapea field each time we read
a header. Avoid the use of c_firstrec because some bugs in dump can
cause it to be set incorrectly.

Move the initialisation of some variables to avoid compiler warnings.


90820 18-Feb-2002 iedowse

When we reach the end of the dump in findinode(), ask for another
volume if we missed some earlier tapes (the user can still enter
'none' later if the tapes are unavailable). Previously with 'x'
restores, we might not ask for all tapes if the tapes are supplied
in reverse order.

Clarify the message that describes what volume should be mounted
first; reverse order is only efficient when extracting a few files.


90743 16-Feb-2002 iedowse

Supply progress information in dump's process title, which is useful
for monitoring automated backups. This is based on a patch by Mikhail
Teterin, with some changes to make its operation clearer and to
update the proctitle more frequently.

PR: bin/32138


90742 16-Feb-2002 iedowse

On receipt of a SIGINFO, schedule an immediate printout of the
percentage complete and remaining time estimate.

PR: bin/32138
Submitted by: mi


90671 15-Feb-2002 luigi

Do not disable IPv6 and vlan support when RELEASE_CRUNCH is defined.
We do support already IPv6 in the RELENG_4 boot floppies, and
vlan might be desirable as well.


90642 14-Feb-2002 iedowse

In createfiles(), properly handle a number of cases where no further
volumes are available, instead of getting stuck in a loop calling
getvol(). Normally restore in 'x' or 'i' modes will ask for a new
(earlier) volume when the current inode number on the tape is greater
than the last inode to be restored, since there can be no further
inodes of interest on that volume. However we don't want to change
volumes in this case either if the user explicitly said that there
are no more tapes, or if we are looking at the first volume.

When no more volumes are available but there are still inodes that
we have not found, we now just fall through to the code that prints
out a list of any missing files, so the restore completes normally.
Also simplify the logic a bit by always returning to the start of
the main for(;;) loop whenever the volume has changed.

This should completely fix the "Changing volumes on pipe input" bug
that is often observed when restoring dumps of active filesystems.

PR: bin/4176, bin/34604, misc/34675


90639 14-Feb-2002 keramida

Typo fix: Usally -> Usually.

PR: docs/34918
Submitted by: Harry Newton <harry_newton@telinco.co.uk>


90608 13-Feb-2002 iedowse

Fix a number of long-standing restore bugs in tape.c, mainly relating
to multi-volume restores:
- In findinode(), keep a copy of header->c_type so that we don't
exit the do-while loop until we have processed the current header.
Exiting too early leaves curfile.ino set to 0, which confuses
the logic in createfiles(), so multi-volume restores with the
'x' command don't work if you follow the instructions and supply
the tapes in reverse order. This appears to have been broken
by CSRG revision 5.33 tape.c (Oct 1992).
- The logic in getvol() for deciding how many records to skip after
the volume header was confused; sometimes it would skip too few
records and sometimes too many, leading to "resync restore"
warnings and missing files. Skip to the next header only when
the current action is not `USING'. Work around a dump bug that
sets c_count incorrectly in the volume header of the first tape.
Some of the problems here date back to at least 1991.
- Back out revision 1.23. This appeared to avoid warnings about
missing files in the 'rN' verification case, but it made the
problems with the 'x' command worse by stopping getvol() from
even attempting to find the first inode number on the newly
inserted tape. The bug it addressed is fixed by correcting the
skipping logic as described above.
- Save the value of `tpblksread' in case the wrong volume is
supplied, because it is incremented each time we read a volume
header. We already saved `blksread' for the same reson.


90573 12-Feb-2002 iedowse

Don't refer to findinode()'s `complain' parameter in a comment; it
was removed in 1986.


90529 11-Feb-2002 maxim

Correct an out of date device node name. We do not have /dev/rsd0.ctl
nowadays.

Spotted by: Sergey Osokin <osa@freebsd.org.ru>
Reviewed by: ken, ru
Approved by: ken, ru
MFC after: 1 week


90508 11-Feb-2002 dd

Note what the default address_family is.

PR: 32463
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen


90496 11-Feb-2002 iedowse

Make dump's behaviour more sensible when the output file is a fifo.
Normally trewind() performs a close-open-close cycle to rewind the
tape when closing the device, but this is not ideal for fifos. We
now skip the final open-close if the output descriptor is a fifo.

PR: bin/25474
Submitted by: Alex Bakhtin <bakhtin@amt.ru>
MFC after: 1 week


90492 10-Feb-2002 dd

Make it clear that dump(8)'s honoring of the UF_NODUMP flag is subject
to the -h option. While here, xref chflags(1).

PR: 33907
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>


90352 07-Feb-2002 maxim

Document ping6(8) reaction to SIGINFO.

PR: doc/33639
Reviewed by: ru
Approved by: ru
MFC after: 1 week


90351 07-Feb-2002 maxim

Document ping(8) reaction to SIGINFO.

PR: doc/33639
Reviewed by: ru
Approved by: ru
MFC after: 1 week


90326 06-Feb-2002 markm

Minor grammar fixes.


90221 04-Feb-2002 sos

Match the requirements of the new kernel structures.


90080 01-Feb-2002 alfred

If the dhcpd server doesn't provide a domain name or dns servers then
don't clobber /etc/resolv.conf

Add $FreeBSD.

Submitted by: an j. peterson" <rbw@myplace.org>
Verified fix in: dhcp-3.0.1rc6
PR: misc/34455


89827 26-Jan-2002 joerg

Something i always wanted to see: add a function to print the list of
blocks allocated by some inode. Indirect blocks are printed
recursively, so beware :), the list could become lengthy...
(We should probably add some output pager to fsdb.)

MFC after: 1 month


89826 26-Jan-2002 joerg

Avoid pointless initialization of global variables to 0. This only
bloats the resulting binary file by forcing them out of .bss into
.data, while the C standard already guarantees them to become
initialized to 0 at program startup.

MFC after: 1 week


89810 26-Jan-2002 joerg

Don't exit with -1 if the user typed "quit".

MFC after: 1 week


89797 25-Jan-2002 phk

Fix some function prototypes.
Cure the "lets put everything in registers" ailment.
Set WARNS=2
Fix two problems where casting messed up large quotafiles.

PR: 34108
Submitted by: Maxim Katargin <kmv@asplinux.ru>
MFC after: 3 weeks


89792 25-Jan-2002 green

Remove a not-very-useful printf(3).


89791 25-Jan-2002 green

Allow fsdb the ability to work with entries named with whitespace embedded.

This works by retokenizing a line with a split limit so that if the
argument count for a command is greater than the number of arguments
formed by splitting apart the line of user input, the last argument
is instead all of the remainder of the input line.

Yes, I needed this capability at one point to fix a filesystem manually,
which happened to break with a problematic space-containing directory
entry.


89754 24-Jan-2002 schweikh

Insert a missing paragraph break (.Pp).
MFC after: 3 weeks


89747 24-Jan-2002 ru

Style.

Approved by: ken


89699 23-Jan-2002 sobomax

CG hard sentence breaks.

Submitted by: ru


89671 22-Jan-2002 sobomax

Don't use `you'.

Submitted by: ru


89601 21-Jan-2002 sobomax

Allow dump device be configured as early as possible using loader(8) tunable.
This allows obtaining crash dumps from the panics occured during late stages
of kernel initialisation before system enters into single-user mode.

MFC after: 2 weeks


89583 20-Jan-2002 billf

from select(2):
Any of readfds, writefds, and exceptfds may be given as nil
pointers if no descriptors are of interest.

neither wfds nor efds were of interest so now they are nil.

also, do a little better then making an educated guess for nfds.


89572 19-Jan-2002 dillon

I've been meaning to do this for a while. Add an underscore to the
time_to_xxx() and xxx_to_time() functions. e.g. _time_to_xxx()
instead of time_to_xxx(), to make it more obvious that these are
stopgap functions & placemarkers and not meant to create a defacto
standard. They will eventually be replaced when a real standard
comes out of committee.


89521 18-Jan-2002 joerg

By popular demand, also include the "devlist" subcommand into the set
of commands available in the boot floppy environment.

MFC after: 1 week


89520 18-Jan-2002 joerg

Well, RELEASE_BUILD_FIXIT has now been renamed into RELEASE_CRUNCH.
At least, the old version is still good for the MFC though (where
everything is still going the old way). ;-)


89515 18-Jan-2002 ken

Add 'camcontrol rescan all' and 'camcontrol reset all' functionality to
camcontrol.

This enables rescanning all busses or resetting all busses in a system.
The current implementation is not the ideal way to do it -- the ideal way
to do it would be for the transport layer to handle wildcarded busses on
bus rescan and reset operations. The current implementation enumerates all
the busses and sends a rescan or reset CCB individually. Handling this
behavior in the transport layer will happen later.

Reviewed by: imp
Tested by: joerg
MFC after: 1 week


89498 18-Jan-2002 ru

Introduce an interface announcement message for the routing
socket so that routing daemons and other interested parties
know when an interface is attached/detached.

PR: kern/33747
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 2 weeks


89471 17-Jan-2002 joerg

Provide an option to make camcontrol `minimalistic': if the (env/make)
variable RELEASE_BUILD_FIXIT is defined, a camcontrol binary will be
built that only knows the "rescan" and "reset" subcommands. The
resulting code is small enough to still fit onto the boot floppy.

Reviewed by: ken
MFC after: 1 week


89433 16-Jan-2002 schweikh

Fix typo by s/advertise/advertises/
MFC after: 4 weeks


89414 16-Jan-2002 arr

- Attempt to help declutter kern. sysctl by moving security out from
beneath it.

Reviewed by: rwatson


89396 15-Jan-2002 ru

Back out part of the revision 1.2 changes -- sendto(2) can
not return ENOBUFS for unreliable protocols like divert.

This should fix an issue when natd(8) keeps spamming already
full dummynet(4) queues with the same packet forever.

Spotted by: chkno@dork.com
Explained by: luigi
Reviewed by: Ari Suutari <ari.suutari@syncrontech.com>
MFC after: 2 weeks


89394 15-Jan-2002 ru

First ping after a preload (-l) was sent undelayed.

PR: bin/32354
Obtained from: ping.c,v 1.61


89349 14-Jan-2002 ru

Fixed two bugs with the "-l preload" option:

- first ping after a preload was sent undelayed
- we could send more than -c packets in preload

PR: bin/32354


89219 10-Jan-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: tidy up the markup.


89218 10-Jan-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: tidy up the markup in revision 1.96.


89148 09-Jan-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police: tidy up previous delta.


89146 09-Jan-2002 ru

mdoc(7) police:

Restore (sorta) a useful piece of information that got lost in the
previous delta -- an ability to specify /prefixlength after an IPv6
address.


88990 07-Jan-2002 dd

tunefs no longer outputs a warning if one tries to set soft-updates on
an unmounted filesystem.

PR: 32266
Submitted by: Maxim Konovalov <maxim@macomnet.ru>


88989 07-Jan-2002 dd

In the words of the submitter:

The first "synopsis" example has a "[/prefixlength]" which shouldn't
be there, since that stuff is part of the preceeding "address" as is
explained in the description of "address".

(The way it is now, 192.168.0.1/16/prefixlength would be a proper
operand. Note that "prefixlength" is not mentioned by name anywhere.)

PR: 32462
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>


88987 07-Jan-2002 dd

In the words of the submitter:

disklabel(8)'s "Reading the disk label" section starts out "To examine
or save the label on a disk drive,...". This is confusing. The given
command (disklabel [-r] disk) doesn't save anything (except to standard
out, but that should go without saying). It reads as if the command
might save something on the disk drive.

PR: 32452
Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>


88841 03-Jan-2002 rwatson

o Note that packets diverted using a 'divert' socket, and then
reinserted by a userland process, will lose a number of packet
attributes, including their source interface. This may affect
the behavior of later rules, and while not strictly a BUG, may
cause unexpected behavior if not clearly documented. A similar
note for natd(8) might be desirable.


88833 02-Jan-2002 yar

Move the discussion of how many times a packet will pass through
ipfirewall(4) to the IMPLEMENTATION NOTES section because it
considers kernel internals and may confuse newbies if placed
at the very beginning of the manpage (where it used to be previously.)

Not objected by: luigi


88831 02-Jan-2002 yar

Clarify the "show" ipfw(8) command.

PR: docs/31263
Permitted by: luigi


88829 02-Jan-2002 yar

Fix a typo: wierd -> weird


88748 31-Dec-2001 ambrisko

Fix bugs in the structure for rx_frame by making gap length one byte and
a packed array so sizeof work. This broke RFMON mode and passing
up 802.11 packets.

The Linux emulation code was derived from the open source Linux driver to
maintain compatibility.

LEAP support is added, hints from Richard Johnson. I've verified this
locally with PC350v42510.img firmware. More bug fixing from Marco to
fix long passwords.

Change DELAYs in flash part of driver to FLASH_DELAY which uses tsleep
so it doesn't look like your system died during a flash update.

Install header files in /usr/include/dev/an

Cleanup some ifmedia bugs add "Home" key mode to ifmedia and ancontrol.
This way you can manage 2 keys a little easier. Map the home mode into
key 5. Enhance ifconfig to dump the various configured SSIDs. I use
a bunch of different ones and roam between them. Use the syntax similar
to the WEP keys to deal with setting difference SSIDs.

Bump up up the Card capabilities RID since they added 2 bytes to it
in the latest firmware. Thankfully we changed it from a terminal
failure so the card still worked but the driver whined.

Some cleanup patches from Marco Molteni.

Submitted by: Richard Johnson <raj@cisco.com>
Marco Molteni <molter@tin.it>
and myself
Various checks: David Wolfskill <david@catwhisker.org>
Reviewed by: Brooks Davis <brooks@freebsd.org>
Warner Losh <imp@freebsd.org>
Approved by: Brooks Davis <brooks@freebsd.org>
Warner Losh <imp@freebsd.org>
Obtained from: Linux emulation API's from Aironet driver.


88724 30-Dec-2001 joerg

Implement the option to disable IPv6 on an sppp interface (counterpart
to the kernel code just committed).

MFC after: 1 month


88714 30-Dec-2001 iedowse

Oops, the arguments to a bcopy() were reversed, which broke zeroing
of unused partition entries and later detection of unused entries.

Use memcpy to be consistent with the rest of the code, and fix a
minor style nit.

Submitted by: bde


88696 30-Dec-2001 phk

Allow setting of variables of type dev_t by indicating the name of
a special file on the command line, eg:
sysctl kern.dumpdev=/dev/ad1s1b

In parse(), when a value is given for a CTLTYPE_QUAD variable,
newval and newsize erroneously fail to be set because of an early
"break".

show_var() contains code that duplicates the functionality of the
oidfmt() function.

PR: 33151, 33150
Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org>


88598 28-Dec-2001 julian

Fix documentation to match reality


88559 27-Dec-2001 joerg

Clean up half a dozen of header files that are no longer needed now that
we use struct sppp_parms instead of struct sppp for userland programs.

MFC after: 1 month


88551 27-Dec-2001 joerg

Userland part of making the LCP restart timer configurable.

Obtained from: i4b (with changes)


88536 27-Dec-2001 joerg

Implement knobs to enable/disable VJ header compression.

Submitted by: i4b (modified)
MFC after: 1 month


88413 22-Dec-2001 alfred

declare locally used globals as static.


88360 21-Dec-2001 yar

Implement matching IP precedence in ipfw(4).

Submitted by: Igor Timkin <ivt@gamma.ru>


88249 20-Dec-2001 dd

Actually make use of the md_version field of 'struct mdio'. In order
not to needlessly break compatibility, decrement MDIOVERSION to 0.

Approved by: phk


88226 19-Dec-2001 phk

Fix
md5 -q -s foo
to not expect input on stdin after hashing the string.

MFC after: 1 week


88031 17-Dec-2001 iedowse

Ignore the value of fs_active when comparing superblocks.

Noticed by: "Niels Chr. Bank-Pedersen" <ncbp@bank-pedersen.dk>


88007 16-Dec-2001 silby

Add comments on where to look if you wish to auto-load
modules at boot time.

MFC after: 1 day


88006 16-Dec-2001 luigi

Add code to export and print the description associated to sysctl
variables. Use the -d flag in sysctl(8) to see this information.

Possible extensions to sysctl:
+ report variables that do not have a description
+ given a name, report the oid it maps to.

Note to developers: have a look at your code, there are a number of
variables which do not have a description.

Note to developers: do we want this in 4.5 ? It is a very small change
and very useful for documentation purposes.

Suggested by: Orion Hodson


87960 14-Dec-2001 sheldonh

Kernel support for smbfs is only built on the i386 at the moment, so
limit the building and installation of the userland utilities to that
architecture for now.

Reported by: bmah


87952 14-Dec-2001 rse

At least once mention the long names of WF2Q+ (Worst-case Fair Weighted
Fair Queueing) and RED (Random Early Detection) to both give the reader
a hint what they are and to make it easier to find out more information
about them.


87884 14-Dec-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: add -p to the synopsis line as well.


87874 14-Dec-2001 sheldonh

Add bmake glue for src/contrib/smbfs and connect userland smbfs
support to the build.

The MFC reminder below is subject to <re@FreeBSD.org> approval
prior to 4.5-RELEASE.

Reviewed by: bp, fjoe
MFC: 1 week


87668 11-Dec-2001 charnier

spelling
move some err() calls to errx() when message explains the pb enough
do not set errno just before exiting the program
lowercase errx() strings


87667 11-Dec-2001 charnier

Spelling


87661 11-Dec-2001 sheldonh

Update the default newfs block and fragment sizes from 8192/1024 to
16384/2048.

Following recent discussions on the -arch mailing list, involving dillon
and mckusick, this change parallels the one made over a decade ago when
the default was bumped up from 4096/512.

This should provide significant performance improvements for most
folks, less significant performance losses for a few folks and
wasted space lost to large fragments for many folks.

For discussion, please see the following thread in the -arch archive:

Subject: Using a larger block size on large filesystems

The discussion ceases to be relevant when the issue of partitioning
schemes is raised.


87647 11-Dec-2001 ru

s/sysctl -w/sysctl/


87620 10-Dec-2001 guido

Add new boot flag to i386 boot: -p.
This flag adds a pausing utility. When ran with -p, during the kernel
probing phase, the kernel will pause after each line of output.
This pausing can be ended with the '.' key, and is automatically
suspended when entering ddb.

This flag comes in handy at systems without a serial port that either hang
during booting or reser.
Reviewed by: (partly by jlemon)
MFC after: 1 week


87491 07-Dec-2001 sheldonh

Fix typo: 'fragement' -> 'fragment'


87413 05-Dec-2001 obrien

Files in subdirectories of directories that have the nodump flag set
are sometimes incorrectly being dumped.

The problem arises because the subdirectory only gets its entry
cleared from usedinomap if it is also present in dumpinomap, and it is
the absence of a directory in usedinomap that internally indicates
that the directory is under the effects of UF_NODUMP (either directly
or inherited).

PR: 32414
Submitted by: David C Lawrence <tale@dd.org>


87378 05-Dec-2001 ken

Fix breakage in 'camcontrol defects' introduced in rev 1.34 (the new error
recovery code) back in March, 2001.

In effect, this brain-o would cause 'camcontrol defects' to always return
an error.

Pointed out by: joerg
Tested by: mdodd


87376 05-Dec-2001 mike

Move the WARNS attribute down so that it also applies to the
RELEASE_CRUNCH case.


87360 04-Dec-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: section 1 and 8 manpages document their exit
codes under the DIAGNOSTICS section, not RETURN VALUES, which
is for section 2, 3, and 9 manpages.


87328 04-Dec-2001 obrien

Actually I haven't enumerated the return values yet (thats why I hadn't
committed it yet). So vague'ize the wording a little bit to make up
for it.


87325 04-Dec-2001 obrien

Default to WARNS=2.
Binary builds that cannot handle this must explicitly set WARNS=0.

Reviewed by: mike


87274 03-Dec-2001 ru

MTU and metric are available with NET_RT_IFLIST.

MFC after: 3 days


87152 30-Nov-2001 rwatson

o Update sysctl.8 to reflect renaming of various security-related
sysctls, and to introduce new ones.

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs


86996 27-Nov-2001 sheldonh

Fix the example of suggested default settings. It stated that settings
were only of benefit to large filesystems, which recent research
suggests is not the case, and which the original author of the text
no longer endorses.


86987 27-Nov-2001 sheldonh

Correct the example introduced in rev 1.29, which suggested a block:frag
size ratio other than 8:1. Currently, we only recommend an 8:1
ratio, because the impact of others ratios has not been adequately
investigated.

Also, do not recommend the use of the -c option in the example, since
newfs now automatically calculates the best cyl:cylgrp ratio.

This change was discussed with the author of rev 1.29.


86955 27-Nov-2001 ru

Make -log_ipfw_denied active by default with -verbose.

Discussed with: phk


86954 27-Nov-2001 ru

Fixed (local) style bugs in previous revision.


86881 24-Nov-2001 dd

Spelling police: sucessful -> successful.

Submitted by: Anders Andersson <anders@codefactory.se>


86875 24-Nov-2001 dd

Spelling police: "more then" - "more than" where appropriate.


86838 23-Nov-2001 ache

Fix decode table

PR: 32233
Submitted by: Basileios Anastasatos <B.Anastasatos@MyRealBox.com>


86695 20-Nov-2001 ache

Add Greek conversion table

PR: 32119
Submitted by: Basileios Anastasatos <B.Anastasatos@MyRealBox.com>


86514 17-Nov-2001 iedowse

Fix a large number of -Wall, -Wformat and -W compiler warnings.
These were mainly missing casts or wrong format strings in printf
statements, but there were also missing includes, unused variables,
functions and arguments.

The choice of `long' vs `int' still seems almost random in a lot
of places though.


86512 17-Nov-2001 iedowse

Give a more useful diagnostic when an extraneous hard link to a
directory is encountered. This includes the full path of the
directory that will be removed if the user answers "y" to the
"REMOVE?" question.

PR: bin/226851
Submitted by: KOIE Hide <hide@koie.org>
MFC after: 1 week


86473 17-Nov-2001 iedowse

Zap a number of #ifdef sunos blocks, and all of the `register'
keywords.


86470 16-Nov-2001 iedowse

Give a sensible error message when the filesystem to be dumped is
not listed in /etc/fstab. Previously, the user would be greeted
with "DUMP: bad sblock magic number" when dump tried to parse
the directory contents as an FFS filesystem.

PR: bin/12789
Submitted by: Bob Willcox <bob@pmr.com>


86407 15-Nov-2001 asmodai

Back out previous commit.
This works for wi(4), but apparantly other wireless drivers seem to do
the right thing.

Submitter and yours truly both got Mislead(tm).

Submitted by: udp <udp@sneakerz.org>


86403 15-Nov-2001 asmodai

Report ad hoc mode correctly.

Submitted by: udp <udp@sneakerz.org>


86285 12-Nov-2001 alfred

note that 'nolockd' can't be used when updating mount flags


86284 12-Nov-2001 alfred

Allow users to use the 'nolockd' or -L options with mount_nfs in order
to avoid the need for rpc.lockd to perform client locks. Using
this option a user can revert back to using local locks for NFS mounts
like we did before we had rpc.lockd.


86258 11-Nov-2001 iedowse

Check that the mode argument to fsdb's `chmod' command contains no
inode type bits set. Previously it would let you set IFMT bits (but
not clear them). The `chtype' command should be be used instead
for changing the inode type; having chmod half-work only causes
confusion.


86075 05-Nov-2001 murray

Add a few articles to improve the readability of this manual page.

PR: docs/31583
Submitted by: setantae@submonkey.net


86052 04-Nov-2001 luigi

sync the code with the one in stable (mostly formatting changes).


86049 04-Nov-2001 dd

Refer people looking to figure out what major to use for a device to
MAKEDEV and sys/conf/majors, not sys/conf/device.<arch>, which has
never existed in the history of FreeBSD (well, at least it isn't in
the repository).

PR: 31558


86032 04-Nov-2001 peter

Repocopy pc98 fdisk out of its hidden subdir. Reconnect it to the build.


85960 03-Nov-2001 peter

Remove support for FreeBSD/tahoe

Submitted by: phk


85955 03-Nov-2001 peter

Repo copied contents of src/sbin/i386 to src/sbin and set specific
SUBDIR lists there. Some of these are used on other platforms.


85954 03-Nov-2001 peter

Move i386/{fdisk,cxconfig,nextboot} to src/sbin. Eliminate the i386
subdir. Add fdisk to ia64 SUBDIR list. Add all the previous occupants
of the i386 subdir to the i386 SUBDIR list.


85860 02-Nov-2001 phk

style(9) cleanup.

Submitted by: j mckitrick <jcm@freebsd-uk.eu.org>
Reviewed by: phk, /sbin/md5


85853 02-Nov-2001 yar

Cosmetic: Don't output a blank line if a driver provides
no media status.

PR: bin/30587
Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de>
MFC after: 1 week


85814 01-Nov-2001 luigi

Fix a typo in a format string, and fix error checking for missing
masks in "limit" rules.


85770 31-Oct-2001 phk

Do not uselessly whine in syslog about packets denied by ipfw rules.

Set 'log_ipfw_denied' option if you want the old behaviour.

PR: 30255
Submitted by: Flemming "F3" Jacobsen <fj@batmule.dk>
Reviewed by: phk
MFC after: 4 weeks


85769 31-Oct-2001 tobez

Replace `=' with more correct ``.Ql =''.

Mdoc-policed by: ru


85747 30-Oct-2001 tobez

Implement -e option. It modifies the output produced by sysctl(8) in
such a way that the name and the value of the variable(s) are separated
with `=' instead of the usual `: '. This is useful for producing output
that can be fed back to the sysctl utility (pasted to sysctl.conf, for
example).

Reviewed by: rwatson
Approved by: markm
MFC after: 2 weeks


85746 30-Oct-2001 tobez

Fix a bug where restore(8) segfaults while trying to restore on a
read-only FS.

Reviewed by: audit silence
Approved by: markm
MFC after: 2 weeks


85661 29-Oct-2001 joe

More white space changes.


85660 29-Oct-2001 joe

More stylistic tidying.


85650 29-Oct-2001 joe

Remove training white spaces, and some other style violations.


85637 28-Oct-2001 dillon

Properly convert long to time_t


85635 28-Oct-2001 dillon

Make the protocol/dumprestore.h header match restore's idea of the dump
header for the case where sizeof(time_t) != sizeof(int). dumprestore.h
was embedding time_t when it should have been embedding int32_t.

Use time_to_time32() and time32_to_time() to convert between the
protocoll/file-format time and time_t.


85630 28-Oct-2001 n_hibma

Typo.


85629 28-Oct-2001 n_hibma

Add a Xref to dumpon.


85622 28-Oct-2001 dillon

deltat declared time_t, msg("") call used %d (assumed time_t == int).
Changed deltat to be an int (result of delta time calculation).

MFC after: 1 day


85613 28-Oct-2001 joe

Remove some extraneous spaces from the usage message.


85611 28-Oct-2001 dillon

Add missing cast for improper time_t use in computation.


85492 25-Oct-2001 ru

Put WARNS into the right place.


85486 25-Oct-2001 jlemon

Style and WARNS cleanups.

Submitted by: ru


85473 25-Oct-2001 ru

The directory of the makefile that's including the file is tried first.
See section 3.2 of "PMake - A Tutorial" in /usr/share/doc/psd/12.make.


85469 25-Oct-2001 ru

Sort SUBDIR.


85464 25-Oct-2001 jlemon

Mdoc fixes and clarification.

Submitted by: sheldonh


85382 23-Oct-2001 jlemon

Add a manual page.


85380 23-Oct-2001 jlemon

Hook up conscontrol to the build.


85378 23-Oct-2001 jlemon

Add conscontrol, a front end interface for manipulating consoles.


85349 23-Oct-2001 ru

Connect cxconfig(8) to build.

PR: 30447


85348 23-Oct-2001 ru

WARNSify.


85218 20-Oct-2001 darrenr

include ipfs in subdirs

PR: 27063


85216 20-Oct-2001 darrenr

build ipfs for -current

PR: 27063


85098 18-Oct-2001 roberto

Fix diskless clients by removing the code for calculating the minimum
value for cpg. The change was bogus.

Submitted by: bde
MFC after: 2 days


85075 17-Oct-2001 jlemon

When specifying an interface to ifconfig, first look up the interface
index, then retrieve statistics for that index, rather than retrieving
all interfaces and then looking for a matching name. This allows the
user to refer to an interface via an alias name.

While I'm here, also perform a few assorted cleanups.


85048 17-Oct-2001 ru

Bring in latest CSRG revisions to this file.


85034 16-Oct-2001 iedowse

When nfsd was started with only UDP servers, the master nfsd would
spin in a loop eating CPU time. This bug has existed since the
TI-RPC import. The problem is that we should only enter the select
loop if at least one TCP server was started. Fix this by having
the master nfsd become a UDP server itself if there are no TCP
servers.

Also improve/correct the code for cleaning up slave nfsd processes
and unregistering with rpcbind when the master nfsd exits.

One issue that remains open is that if a slave nfsd dies, then all
nfsds will shut down. This is because nfssvc() in the master nfsd
returns 0 when the master nfsd receives a SIGCHLD.

Submitted by: tmm


85027 16-Oct-2001 bde

Fixed spelling error in previous commit.


85013 15-Oct-2001 dougb

Document the optimal block:fragment ratio, per discussion
on -arch and cvs-all.

Reviewed by: dillon


85010 15-Oct-2001 des

Allow reboot during runcom.

PR: bin/28116
Submitted by: Valentin Nechayev <netch@netch.kiev.ua>
MFC in: 1 week


84964 15-Oct-2001 peter

Add 0xEE (EFI GPT) and 0xEF (EFI System Partition)


84948 15-Oct-2001 grog

Reinstate VINUMDEBUG. Removing it also removes some diagnostic commands.
I should reconsider whether I just leave them in without #ifdef VINUMDEBUG.


84943 14-Oct-2001 dd

Repair typo.

PR: 31262
Submitted by: <swear@blarg.net>


84868 13-Oct-2001 iedowse

Oops, fix a missing condition that broke umount's `-h' option. I
had somehow removed an error check in revision 1.26, causing errx()
to be called unconditionally in the -h case.


84765 10-Oct-2001 ru

-r is implied with -B.


84613 07-Oct-2001 sos

Update to reflect the change in ata.h

Forgotten by: sos


84509 05-Oct-2001 peter

Remove some bogus "(off_t)(dumplo + value)" and "(off_t)dumplo" casts,
since dumplo is now an off_t. Scratch a couple of other itches as well.
s/L_SET/SEEK_SET/


84508 05-Oct-2001 peter

Argh. Fix another >2GB savecore problem.

Reported by: mki@mozone.net


84472 04-Oct-2001 dwmalone

Hopefully improve control message passing over Unix domain sockets.

1) Allow the sending of more than one control message at a time
over a unix domain socket. This should cover the PR 29499.

2) This requires that unp_{ex,in}ternalize and unp_scan understand
mbufs with more than one control message at a time.

3) Internalize and externalize used to work on the mbuf in-place.
This made life quite complicated and the code for sizeof(int) <
sizeof(file *) could end up doing the wrong thing. The patch always
create a new mbuf/cluster now. This resulted in the change of the
prototype for the domain externalise function.

4) You can now send SCM_TIMESTAMP messages.

5) Always use CMSG_DATA(cm) to determine the start where the data
in unp_{ex,in}ternalize. It was using ((struct cmsghdr *)cm + 1)
in some places, which gives the wrong alignment on the alpha.
(NetBSD made this fix some time ago).

This results in an ABI change for discriptor passing and creds
passing on the alpha. (Probably on the IA64 and Spare ports too).

6) Fix userland programs to use CMSG_* macros too.

7) Be more careful about freeing mbufs containing (file *)s.
This is made possible by the prototype change of externalise.

PR: 29499
MFC after: 6 weeks


84471 04-Oct-2001 ru

<mntopts.h> -> "mntopts.h" in SYNOPSIS.

Submitted by: bde


84466 04-Oct-2001 roberto

Following the discussion in -arch and the submission of a patch by bde, here
it is. I added the manpage change.

Submitted by: bde
MFC after: 1 week


84352 02-Oct-2001 cjc

Documentation fixes:

- The '-d' option was not documented on the manpage or in the
usage message.

- The '-N' option was not included in the usage.


84306 01-Oct-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: Use the new .In macro for #include statements.


84299 01-Oct-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: fix markup.


84261 01-Oct-2001 obrien

*** empty log message ***


84167 30-Sep-2001 iedowse

Enable bug-for-bug compatibility with mount_mfs when the program
name is "mount_mfs" or "mfs". Previously, the condition was that
the program name must start with "mount_", but this both missed
the case where mount(8) invokes mdmfs with argv[0] = "mfs", and it
included cases such as "mount_md" where compatibility is not
required.

Reviewed by: dd


84166 30-Sep-2001 iedowse

Don't require that the special/filesystem argument translates into
a block or character device; the rest of tunefs works just fine on
filesystem images in regular files. Instead, if getfsfile() failed
and if the specified filesystem is a directory then print a more
useful "unknown file system" error.

Also, _PATH_DEV already contains a trailing slash, so don't add
another one when constructing a device path, and use errx() instead
of err() in a case where errno is meangingless.


84110 29-Sep-2001 billf

now that jlemon has added a hash table to lookup locally configured ip
addresses (and the macros that ipfw(4) use to lookup data for the 'me'
keyword have been converted) remove a comment about using 'me' being a
"computationally expensive" operation.

while I'm here, change two instances of "IP number" to "IP address"


84058 27-Sep-2001 luigi

Two main changes here:
+ implement "limit" rules, which permit to limit the number of sessions
between certain host pairs (according to masks). These are a special
type of stateful rules, which might be of interest in some cases.
See the ipfw manpage for details.

+ merge the list pointers and ipfw rule descriptors in the kernel, so
the code is smaller, faster and more readable. This patch basically
consists in replacing "foo->rule->bar" with "rule->bar" all over
the place.
I have been willing to do this for ages!

MFC after: 1 week


83940 25-Sep-2001 iedowse

The -A option (beep when packets are dropped) didn't work quite
right; after a single packet was dropped it beeped after every
transmission.

Change its implementation to only output a bell when there is an
increase in the maximum value of the number of packets that were
sent but not yet received. This has the benefit that even for very
long round-trip times, ping -A will do roughly the right thing
after a few inital false-positives.

Reviewed by: ru


83888 24-Sep-2001 rwatson

o Reduce userland inclusion of kernel headers -- remove unneeded include
of <sys/mbuf.h>.

Reviewed by: jlemon


83725 20-Sep-2001 luigi

A bunch of minor changes to the code (see below) for readability, code size
and speed. No new functionality added (yet) apart from a bugfix.
MFC will occur in due time and probably in stages.

BUGFIX: fix a problem in old code which prevented reallocation of
the hash table for dynamic rules (there is a PR on this).

OTHER CHANGES: minor changes to the internal struct for static and dynamic rules.
Requires rebuild of ipfw binary.

Add comments to show how data structures are linked together.
(It probably makes no sense to keep the chain pointers separate
from actual rule descriptors. They will be hopefully merged soon.

keep a (sysctl-readable) counter for the number of static rules,
to speed up IP_FW_GET operations

initial support for a "grace time" for expired connections, so we
can set timeouts for closing connections to much shorter times.

merge zero_entry() and resetlog_entry(), they use basically the
same code.

clean up and reduce replication of code for removing rules,
both for readability and code size.

introduce a separate lifetime for dynamic UDP rules.

fix a problem in old code which prevented reallocation of
the hash table for dynamic rules (PR ...)

restructure dynamic rule descriptors

introduce some local variables to avoid multiple dereferencing of
pointer chains (reduces code size and hopefully increases speed).


83688 20-Sep-2001 peter

Deal with nfs server module changes for autoloading.


83687 20-Sep-2001 peter

Deal with module name changes and autoloading.


83669 19-Sep-2001 ru

Non-decimal ``skipto'' rule numbers are meaningless.

Noticed by: "Marc G. Fournier" <scrappy@hub.org>
MFC after: 3 days


83653 18-Sep-2001 peter

Userland part of nfs client/server split and cleanup.


83637 18-Sep-2001 jlemon

Split hwcsum into rxcsum and txcsum components.


83626 18-Sep-2001 jlemon

Teach ifconfig about the new interface capability words.


83415 13-Sep-2001 gallatin

fix savecore so that it works on the alpha after the size change
of dumpmag from an int to a u_long in rev 1.41 -- without this
change, savecore will always fail like this:

#savecore -v /var/crash
dumplo = 874356736 (1707728 * 512)
savecore: magic number mismatch (8fca0101 != 8fca0101)
savecore: no core dump


83391 13-Sep-2001 ru

Set BINOWN=root explicitly for setuid root binaries.

This is not "useless", as one may have non-default
setting for BINOWN in make.conf, and we still want
these to be installed setuid root in this case.


83369 12-Sep-2001 ru

Use ${MACHINE}, it works with cross-builds.


83333 11-Sep-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: restore fix in rev. 1.52; .Dt should be in CAPITALS.


83332 11-Sep-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: restore the correct sorting of SEE ALSO.


83331 11-Sep-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: markup nits, improve -W option text,
mount_msdos(8) is called mount_msdosfs(8) nowadays.


83329 11-Sep-2001 ru

Removed -M and -N from getopt(3) call as well.


83234 09-Sep-2001 grog

Use a better stripe size in the examples.

Noted by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@kithrup.com>


83229 08-Sep-2001 semenu

Stole unicode translation table from mount_msdos. Add kernel code
to support this translation.

MFC after: 2 weeks


83140 06-Sep-2001 kris

* Switch from doing compress(1)ed crashdumps with the -z flag to using
gzip(1). gdb doesn't understand these, but then again it didn't
understand compressed crashdumps either.
* Change a stray lseek() into a Lseek()
* Remove the extraneous prototype for log() which has apparently never
existed in FreeBSD's sources

Obtained from: NetBSD (partially)
MFC after: 2 weeks


83112 05-Sep-2001 dd

Use CFLAGS, not COPTS, in the Makefile. bsd.prog.mk conveniently adds
COPTS towards the end of final CFLAGS so that it can be used to
override Makefile and other defaults. Using it in Makefiles risks
having options set using it clobbered when somebody uses it on the
command line.

Approved by: bde


83083 05-Sep-2001 ru

SECURITY.

Notify operators using wall(1)'s -g option.
Drop ``setgid tty'' privilege.

Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC after: 1 month


83066 05-Sep-2001 ru

The defaults for bsize and fsize were interchanged.

PR: docs/30330


82974 04-Sep-2001 ru

Don't reinvent the wheel; use strptime(3).

MFC after: 2 weeks


82946 04-Sep-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: removed hard sentence breaks.


82943 04-Sep-2001 phk

Duh! forgot this bit of the NCCD patch.

Submitted by: sobomax
Reviewed by: phk


82912 04-Sep-2001 murray

Mention collision attacks on MD5. From the md5(3) man page.

PR: docs/14158
Reviewed by: kris
Submitted by: Eric Frias <efrias@sg505.net>


82877 03-Sep-2001 jlemon

IPFilter source code in contrib/ipfilter apparently can't make up its mind
where the headers should live, as the code references both "ip_fil.h" and
"netinet/ip_fil.h" (among others). As a consequence, put both
sys/contrib/ipfilter and sys/contrib/ipfilter/netinet to the include path
so either variant works.

PR: 29384
Pointed out by: Thomas.Quinot@Cuivre.FR.EU.ORG


82664 31-Aug-2001 ru

SECURITY: Drop `setgid kmem' bit as early as possible.


82651 31-Aug-2001 ru

Synch with NetBSD and OpenBSD.

Allow non-superuser to open, listen to, and send safe commands on the
routing socket. Superuser priviledge is required for all commands
but RTM_GET.

Lose `setuid root' bit of route(8).

Reviewed by: wollman, dd


82556 30-Aug-2001 ru

restore(8) doesn't need to be setgid `tty', and never did.

At the times, restore(8) and rrestore(8) were the different
utilities. rrestore(8) was installed setuid `root', while
restore(8) with usual ownership and privileges. Later on,
on August 28, 1991 (what a coincidence!), rrestore(8) code
was merged with restore(8). The setgid `tty' bit then was
accidentally put.


82265 24-Aug-2001 peter

Banish hard-coded KERNBASE references from savecore. Dynamically
adjust to whatever kernbase is in the kernel that we are dumping.


82145 22-Aug-2001 yar

``create'' and ``destroy'' are command modifiers (.Cm), not flags (.Fl).


82139 22-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: Fixed broken xrefs.


81980 20-Aug-2001 brian

Handle snprintf() returning < 0 (not just -1)

MFC after: 2 weeks


81976 20-Aug-2001 brian

Handle snprintf() returning -1.

MFC after: 2 weeks


81941 20-Aug-2001 dd

Fix grammar.


81940 20-Aug-2001 dd

Respect the -N flag when changing directory attributes in setdirmode).

PR: 29671
Submitted by: Sascha Blank <sblank@addcom.de>


81911 19-Aug-2001 kris

Silence non-constant format string warnings by marking functions
as __printflike()/__printf0like(), adding const, or adding missing "%s"
format strings, as appropriate.

MFC after: 2 weeks


81862 17-Aug-2001 brooks

Actuall make plumb work in addition to create as per the manpage.

PR: bin/29812
Submitted by: Joao Carlos Mendes Luis <jonny@eng05.embratel.net.br>


81774 16-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: restore markup bit that got accidentally lost in rev. 1.44.


81773 16-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: replace `\*(Ba' with a simple `|', it's handled specially.


81752 16-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: Section cross-references are marked with .Sx.
-compat is not a valid keyword.


81742 16-Aug-2001 dd

Implement a better compatibility mode with mount_mfs. It is the
default if the executable is named (called as) "mount_*", or can be
enabled with the -C option. This allows users to leave their old
fstab entires unchanged (modulo symlink'ing mdmfs to mount(md|mfs))
and have things behave the way they should (by emulating mount_mfs
silliness), while still allowing mdmfs to be used as a generic
make-an-md-and-mount-it type thing.

Right now, the only effects of this option is to set the mount-point
mode to 01777 as if "-p 1777" was given, and to complain about getting
command-line options that mount_mfs didn't take (e.g., -X, -L, et al).
The latter is mostly to try to catch operator errors.

Also implement -U, which turns on soft-updates. It's redundant (since
softdep is the default), but implement it anyway for compatibility.


81687 15-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: utilize the new .Ex macro.


81628 14-Aug-2001 obrien

style(9) tweak

Approved by: dd


81622 14-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: s/BSD/.Bx/ where appropriate.


81604 13-Aug-2001 peter

ftrace is already initialized


81588 13-Aug-2001 ru

Spell "FreeBSD" with "F" and "BSD" in uppercase.


81586 13-Aug-2001 ru

Removed duplicate VCS ID tags, as per style(9).


81579 13-Aug-2001 sobomax

Honour `TMPDIR' environment variable.

Reviewed by: ru
Approved by: ru
MFC after: 2 weeks


81525 11-Aug-2001 kris

Don't hard-code BINOWN and BINGRP (BINGRP was hard-coded to 'bin', which
is the wrong value on FreeBSD).

MFC after: 1 week


81497 10-Aug-2001 kris

Mark some functions as __printflike()

MFC After: 1 week


81462 10-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: join split punctuation to macro calls.


81458 10-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: fixed the "new sentence" bogons.


81449 10-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: protect trailing full stops of abbreviations
with a trailing zero-width space: `e.g.\&'.


81429 10-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: removed (now gratuitous) .Xo/.Xc brackets.


81418 10-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: spelling, punctuation and markup nits.


81416 10-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: compute the exact tag width.


81345 09-Aug-2001 dd

Document how to cancel a scheduled shutdown.

Obtained from: OpenBSD


81311 08-Aug-2001 chm

fixing a bug in test mode (growfs -N)

Submitted by: Chris Boltwood <chris@hiendmedia.com>
Reviewed by: tomsoft
MFC after: 5 days


81306 08-Aug-2001 sheldonh

Add mention of /var/run/dmesg.boot.

Yes, this isn't really the right place for it. No, it really can't
remain undocumented.


81298 08-Aug-2001 sheldonh

can not -> cannot


81258 07-Aug-2001 dd

Move all the prototypes to one place.


81257 07-Aug-2001 dd

Introduce a force option, MD_FORCE, that instructs the driver to
bypass some extra anti-foot-shooting measures. Currently, its only
effect is to allow detaching a device while it's still open (e.g.,
mounted). This is useful for testing how the system reacts to a disk
suddenly going away, which can happen with some removeable media.

At this point, the force option is only checked on detach, so it
would've been possible to allow the option to be passed with the
MDIOCDETACH operation. This was not done to allow the possibility of
having the force flag influence other tests in the future, which may
not necessarily deal with detaching the device.

Reviewed by: sobomax
Approved by: phk


81251 07-Aug-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police:

Avoid using parenthesis enclosure macros (.Pq and .Po/.Pc) with plain text.
Not only this slows down the mdoc(7) processing significantly, but it also
has an undesired (in this case) effect of disabling hyphenation within the
entire enclosed block.


81229 07-Aug-2001 mckay

Spelling.


81215 06-Aug-2001 ume

printed current sequence number of the SA. accordingly, changed
into sadb_x_sa2_sequence from sadb_x_sa2_reserved3 in the sadb_x_sa2
structure. Also the output of setkey is changed. sequence number
of the sadb is replaced to the end of the output.

Obtained from: KAME


81199 06-Aug-2001 ru

Fixed one more breakage introduced in 1.103 cleanup.
ICMP types were reported incorrectly:

# ipfw add allow icmp from any to any icmptypes 0,8

PR: bin/29185
Submitted by: Mike Durian <durian@boogie.com>


81164 05-Aug-2001 iedowse

Fix a number of bugs and annoyances in fdisk, many of which were
pointed out by bde:
- Ask for user confirmation before adjusting to a head/cylinder
boundary (only when running interactively), and separate this
adjustment from the automatic calculation of c/h/s parameters.
- In sanitize_partition, don't change any values in the slice until
we know that the automatic adjustment will succeed.
- When auto-adjusting, ignore unused slices and give an appropriate
error for other zero-size slices depending on the cause.
- Change dos() to do all of the c/h/s calculations for a whole slice;
this fixes a bug where the ending c/h/s of an unused slice was set
incorrectly.
- When changing the active slice, detect the currently active slice
number instead of always defaulting to slice 4.
- Call fflush(stdout) before calling fgets().
- Test for fgets() returning NULL so we don't loop on EOF.

Reviewed by: bde


81133 04-Aug-2001 tmm

Add some features to libdevstat, and overhaul the interface a bit:

1.) prefix all functions in the library with devstat_ (compatability
functions are available for all functions that were chaned in an
incompatible way, but are deprecated).
2.) Add a pointer to a kvm_t as the first argument to functions that
used to get their information via sysctl; they behave the same
as before when NULL is passed as this argument, otherwise, the
information is obtained via libkvm using the supplied handle.
3.) Add a new function, devstat_compute_statistics(), that is intended
to replace the old compute_stats() function. It offers more
statistics data, and has a more flexible interface.

libdevstat does now require libkvm; a library depedency is added, so
that libkvm only needs to be explicitely specified for statically linked
programs.
The library major version number is bumped.

Submitted by: Sergey A. Osokin <osa@freebsd.org.ru>, ken (3)
Reviewed by: ken


81045 02-Aug-2001 yar

Document the deprecated `-w' option in the COMPATIBILITY section.


80898 01-Aug-2001 sheldonh

MFS: in HISTORY section, fix release number of first appearance


80856 01-Aug-2001 obrien

style(9)


80836 01-Aug-2001 obrien

This is actually making its enterance in FreeBSD 4.4.


80634 30-Jul-2001 yar

Since the ``-w'' sysctl(8) option has been deprecated,
don't mention it in the manpages.


80608 30-Jul-2001 dd

Document -X.

Submitted by: kris


80607 30-Jul-2001 dd

Nuke my e-mail address since it seems out of place here.


80519 28-Jul-2001 ache

Add KOI8-U tables

Submitted by: Olexander Kunytsa <kunia@istc.kiev.ua>


80392 26-Jul-2001 ume

ifconfig if0 netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.0 didn't change the netmask.

PR: bin/28833
MFC after: 3 days


80381 26-Jul-2001 sheldonh

Use STD{ERR,IN,OUT}_FILENO instead of their numeric values. The
definitions are more readable, and it's possible that they're
more portable to pathalogical platforms.

Submitted by: David Hill <david@phobia.ms>


80315 25-Jul-2001 brooks

Fix a stupid bug which resulted in a blank line in the status output if
WEP is supported, but not keys are set.

MFC after: 3 days


80277 24-Jul-2001 kris

sprintf -> snprintf

Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC After: 1 week


80203 23-Jul-2001 kris

s/adress/address/

Inspired by: OpenBSD
MFC After: 1 week


80146 22-Jul-2001 iedowse

Fix some bugs and general brain damage in mounttab:
- Declare mtabhead as an extern in mounttab.h and define it only in
mounttab.c.
- Remove shared global `verbose' and instead pass it as a parameter.
- Remove the `mtabp' argument to read_mtab(). It served no purpose
whatsoever, although read_mtab() did use it as a temporary local
variable.
- Don't check for impossible conditions when parsing mounttab, and
do detect zero-length fields.
- Correctly test for strtoul() failures - just testing ERANGE is wrong.
- Include a field name in syslog errors, and avoid passing NULL to
a syslog %s field.
- Don't test if arrays are NULL.
- If there are duplicates when writing out mounttab, keep the last
entry instead of the first, as it will have a later timestamp.
- Fix a few formatting issues.

Update rpc.umntall and umount to match the mounttab interface changes.


80132 22-Jul-2001 cjc

Error messaging in ipfw(8) was out of hand, almost 50 lines of usage
information for any command line error, the actual error message
almost always (and sometimes irretrievably) lost scrolling off the top
of the screen. Now just print the error. Give ipfw(8) no arguments for
the old usage summary.

Thanks to Lyndon Nerenberg <lyndon@orthanc.ab.ca> for the patch and
PR, but I had already done this when ru pointed out the PR.

PR: bin/28729
Approved by: ru
MFC after: 1 week


80118 22-Jul-2001 iedowse

Include the remote hostname in RPC-related warning messages. Exit
immediately if a host specified by the -h flag cannot be parsed
instead of attempting to unmount all NFS filesystems, which was
bad.

Add a missing return statement at the end of checkname(); this
could result in a non-zero exit status in some cases even if the
unmount succeeded.

Group two separate NFS-related operations into one block to make
it more obvious that a variable (hostp) is not dereferenced when
uninitialised. Initialise it to NULL anyway to avoid a warning.

Pass in the read_mtab()'s bogus argument as NULL instead of messing
with a local variable to achieve the same effect. A later commit
will clean up this mounttab interface.


80086 21-Jul-2001 iedowse

Change the foreground mount behaviour so that we keep retrying
forever by default. This matches what mount_nfs did before revision
1.40, and it is the generally expected behaviour for NFS mounts.

Document the current defaults near the start of the man page and
mention the options that can be used to change them.

Discussed on: -hackers


80057 21-Jul-2001 obrien

Dike out the IPX bits if RELEASE_CRUNCH is defined.


80029 20-Jul-2001 obrien

Perform a major cleanup of the usr.sbin Makefiles.
These are not perfectly in agreement with each other style-wise, but they
are orders of orders of magnitude more consistent style-wise than before.


80006 19-Jul-2001 iedowse

Since revision 1.40/1.41, the default behaviour for mount_nfs is
to give up after one attempt unless a background mount is requested.
Background mounts would retry 10000 times (at least 7 days) before
giving up.

For some situations such as diskless terminals, an NFS filesystem
may be critical to the boot process, so neither the "try once" nor
background mounts are appropiate. To cater for this situation,
unbreak the -R (retry count) parameter so that it also works in
the non-background case. Interpret a zero retry count as "retry
forever".

The defaults are now "try once" for non-background mounts and "retry
forever" for background mounts; both can be overridden via -R.
Add a description of this behaviour to the manpage.


79978 19-Jul-2001 obrien

Document "-F".


79977 19-Jul-2001 obrien

Change exit return value to better match fsck_ffs(8).


79976 19-Jul-2001 obrien

Recognize the "-F" option which requests whether the filesystem needs to
be cleaned immediately in foreground, or if its cleaning can be deferred
to background.

Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mux@qualys.com>


79863 18-Jul-2001 dd

Use MD_NAME and MDCTL_NAME constants where appropriate.


79850 18-Jul-2001 ru

fdisk(8): document the default for -b, add xref to boot0cfg(8).
boot0cfg(8): add FILES section.

Reviewed by: rnordier


79762 15-Jul-2001 dd

Sort options in DESCRIPTION.


79761 15-Jul-2001 dd

Bump date for addition of -D.


79758 15-Jul-2001 dd

Set WARNS=2 on programs which compile cleanly.

Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>


79755 15-Jul-2001 dd

Remove whitespace at EOL.


79754 15-Jul-2001 dd

Remove whitespace at EOL.


79750 15-Jul-2001 dd

Constify, de-register-ify, and set WARNS=2.

Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>


79749 15-Jul-2001 dd

Constify, de-register-ify, __unused-ify, and set WARNS=2.

Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>


79748 15-Jul-2001 dd

Constify and set WARNS=2.

Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>


79747 15-Jul-2001 dd

Fix a prototype and set WARNS=2.

Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>


79736 14-Jul-2001 billf

add -a to usage()

Submitted by: Ashley Penney <ashp@unloved.org>
MFC after: 3 days


79681 13-Jul-2001 joerg

After some (long-standing ;-) critics from Bruce, throw away the old
device search code i introduce nearly six years ago in rev 1.8. Bruce
suggested to rather use the device name of the root filesystem instead
which is certainly the most sensible default. Since there are many
possible cases for a root filesystem name (device with and without
slices, consider /dev/vinum/root even though it currently could not
work as such), there's some heuristic using a RE in order to find out
the canonical device name from the mounted name. This probably won't
quite fit for a NFS root (can't test that right now), but then,
there's hard to find a good default for those machines anyway. ;-)

This unbreaks the functionality of rev 1.2 i once broke in 1.8. :)


79658 13-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: -xwidth has been fold into -width.


79588 11-Jul-2001 ru

Due to the documented bug in inet_aton(3), it wasn't possible
to use 0xffffffff (INADDR_NONE) as a netmask value. The fix
is to use inet_addr(3) which doesn't suffer from this problem.

PR: bin/28873

Also, while here, fixed the bug when netmask value was ignored
(RTF_HOST flag was set) if the "destination gateway netmask"
syntax is used, e.g. ``route add 1.2.3.4 127.1 255.255.255.255''.


79578 11-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: fixed markup and program name.


79530 10-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: removed HISTORY info from the .Os call.


79521 10-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: minor markup tweaks.


79520 10-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police:
Restored .Pa for ``dumpdates'' (it's still a file).
Also, removed duplicate ``file'' words.


79510 10-Jul-2001 cjc

Fix rule parsing breakage introduced in 1.103 cleanup. 'tcp' and
'icmp' rules could drop into infinite loops when given bad arguments.

Reviewed by: ru, des
Approved by: ru


79458 09-Jul-2001 obrien

Fix disordering.


79457 09-Jul-2001 obrien

Add fsck_msdosfs


79456 09-Jul-2001 obrien

Style tweaks.


79455 09-Jul-2001 obrien

Add fsck_msdosfs.

Obtained from: NetBSD


79454 09-Jul-2001 dd

mdoc(7) police: remove extraneous .Pp before and/or after .Sh.


79452 09-Jul-2001 brian

Fix the type of the NULL arg to execl()

Idea from: Theo de Raadt <deraadt@openbsd.org>


79442 09-Jul-2001 dillon

Add manual page and usage for dump -D (supplied by Dima Dorfman) (will also
be MFC'd)

Submitted by: Dima Dorfman <dima@unixfreak.org>


79428 08-Jul-2001 dillon

Oops, forgot to add 'D' to the option morphing block.


79427 08-Jul-2001 dillon

Add a -D option to dump, allowing the path for the /etc/dumpdates file to be
changed, so independant entities backing up the same thing to different
media can be made not to trip over each other.

MFC after: 3 days


79403 07-Jul-2001 mjacob

Ian Dowse writes:

The original code was certainly broken; it knows that whereto is
to be used for a sockaddr_in, so it should be declared as such.
To support multiple protocols, there is also a sockaddr_storage
struct that can be used; I don't think struct sockaddr is supposed
to be used anywhere other than for casts and pointers.

Submitted by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie>
MFC after: 3 weeks


79381 07-Jul-2001 mjacob

Fix unaligned access faults on alpha.

This one is strange and goes against my rusty compiler knowledge.

The global declaration

struct sockaddr whereto;

produces for both i386 && alpha:

.comm whereto,16,1

which means common storage, byte aligned. Ahem. I though structs
were supposed to be ALDOUBLE always? I mean, w/o pragma packed?

Later on, this address is coerced to:

to = (struct sockaddr_in *)&whereto;

Up until now, we've been fine on alpha because the address
just ended up aligned to a 4 byte boundary. Lately, though,
it end up as:

0000000120027b0f B whereto

And, tra la, you get unaligned access faults. The solution I picked, in
lieu of understanding what the compiler was doing, is to put whereto
as a union of a sockaddr and sockaddr_in. That's more formally correct
if somewhat awkward looking.


79366 06-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: sort SEE ALSO xrefs (sort -b -f +2 -3 +1 -2).


79351 06-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: cosmetics.


79319 05-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: fix markup.


79318 05-Jul-2001 tmm

Update the dmesg man page to reflect the recent changes to dmesg.

Reviewed by: ru


79314 05-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: fixed formatting.


79306 05-Jul-2001 joerg

Make open_disk() fail nicely upon encountering an ENOENT so to not
prematurely terminate the search for a usable disk. ENOENT is quite
normal in particulare now with the advent of devfs.

While being here, also remove /dev/wd0 and /dev/od0 from the list of
disks to search since we don't have them anymore.

MFC after: 1 week


79297 05-Jul-2001 dd

Spelling police: extention -> extension.


79215 04-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police:
Keep document title (.Dt) in CAPITALS, as required by the mdoc(7) manpage.


79214 04-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: don't xref to itself.


79213 04-Jul-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: cosmetics.


79154 03-Jul-2001 tmm

Use the kern.msgbuf sysctl to get the message buffer on a running
kernel, and remove setgid kmem, which is not needed any more.


79144 03-Jul-2001 yar

Fix a typo: "must be have" -> "must have"

MFC after: 5 days


79118 02-Jul-2001 dd

Document continuation line support.

PR: 8479
Submitted by: Adrian Filipi-Martin <adrian@ubergeeks.com>


79117 02-Jul-2001 dd

Correct handling of continuation lines. Instead of treating the
backslash as nothing, treat it like a space so that adjacent lines
aren't glued together.

PR: 8479
Submitted by: Adrian Filipi-Martin <adrian@ubergeeks.com>


79105 02-Jul-2001 brooks

Support network device cloning via create and destroy options.

Reviewed by: ru, ume
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 1 week


79052 01-Jul-2001 kris

Add __printflike() to those static functions which need it.


79049 01-Jul-2001 dd

Correct grammar.


79048 01-Jul-2001 kris

Silence format string warnings.

MFC after: 2 weeks


79039 01-Jul-2001 mikeh

Convert two instances of a lseek()+read() combination to a pread().

PR: bin/17640
MFC after: 2 weeks


79018 30-Jun-2001 rwatson

Modify ping so that it increases the send socket buffer size if the
user runs with privilege, allowing the sending of icmp packets with
larger size (up to 48k, the default receive buffer size in ping),
which is useful for network driver development testing, as well
as experimentation with fragmentation.

Reviewed by: wpaul


79002 29-Jun-2001 roam

Properly cast a size argument to an unsigned type.

Thanks to: dd for noticing the need for a cast.


78995 29-Jun-2001 ume

- fixed typo
- a wording improvement in BUGS (ping vs ping6 issue)

Obtained from: KAME
MFC after: 1 week


78990 29-Jun-2001 ume

sync usage/description with reality.

Obtained from: KAME
MFC after: 1 week


78984 29-Jun-2001 ume

stop sending echo packets whenever the upper limit is specified by the -c
option, regardless of the -f option.
based on a comment from Tomohide Nagashima <tomohide@japan-telecom.co.jp>.

Obtained from: KAME
MFC after: 1 week


78982 29-Jun-2001 dd

Silence warnings on the Alpha: don't assume size_t is an int.


78978 29-Jun-2001 roam

Connect the new kldconfig(8) utility to the build.


78977 29-Jun-2001 roam

Add kldconfig(8), a utility to modify the kernel module search path.

Reviewed by: -arch, -audit


78949 29-Jun-2001 des

Fix include ordering breakage from rev. 1.23.

Please-read-style(9): dd


78756 25-Jun-2001 ru

Only checksum stdin if nothing has been checksummed yet.

PR: bin/28386


78736 24-Jun-2001 kuriyama

Merge from ipfw.8 (1.57).
o Sync with netinet6/ip6_fw.c (1.12).

MFC after: 10 days


78735 24-Jun-2001 dd

Nuke unused variables.


78734 24-Jun-2001 dd

Include missing header files whicih define functions for which gcc has
builtints (e.g., exit, strcmp).


78732 24-Jun-2001 dd

Include missing header files which define functions for which gcc has
builtins (e.g., exit, strcmp).


78711 24-Jun-2001 dd

Use strdup(3) instead of reimplementing it inline.


78686 24-Jun-2001 dd

Remove duplicate words.


78679 23-Jun-2001 iedowse

Use the new CLSET_CONNECT clnt_control() request on UDP clients to
ensure that we never proceed with the mount() syscall if the server
is replying from the wrong source address. Previously the userland
RPC call to the remote nfsd would succeed, but the kernel uses
connect() so it would not see the replies, resulting in a hung
mount.


78657 23-Jun-2001 ru

Fixed DPADD.

Submitted by: bde


78624 22-Jun-2001 dd

WARNS= -> WARNS?=

Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>


78576 22-Jun-2001 iedowse

Make it much more obvious that the use of NQNFS is discouraged (the
NQNFS code is ancient, bug-ridden, and should probably be removed).
The wording here was very confusing; it was easy to get the impression
that NQNFS is an extension to NFSv3 when in fact it just uses some
NFSv3-like extensions on top of NFSv2. As witnessed by the mailing
lists and PRs, some people were reading the description and deciding
that NQNFS was what they wanted to use.

MFC after: 1 week


78569 21-Jun-2001 mjacob

Fix compilation error on alpha.


78549 21-Jun-2001 joe

Revert the previous commit on objection from the maintainer. I
missed that natd has a -v option that will give similar functionality.

Requested by: ru


78547 21-Jun-2001 joe

When reporting that a packet can't be written back, usually because
of a restrictive firewall rule, also report detail on the packet
that caused the failure.

MFC after: 3 days


78526 21-Jun-2001 dd

Constify mdmaybeload(), add a prototype for usage(), and get rid of a
sizeof(int) == sizeof(long) assumption; clamp down with WARNS=2.


78525 21-Jun-2001 dd

Don't assume the length of MD_NAME is 2.


78524 21-Jun-2001 dd

Fail if -s isn't specified for an MD_MALLOC or MD_SWAP disk; the
driver itself obviously won't configure such a disk, but the error
returned (EDOM) is more cryptic to the average user than it should be.

Also assert that the argument to -u is in fact a valid unit; don't
just accept any string to mean 0.

Approved by: phk


78518 20-Jun-2001 dd

Add a missing word.

Submitted by: Alexander Leidinger <Alexander@Leidinger.net>


78486 20-Jun-2001 mikeh

Document the interactive command `what'.

Reviewed by: ru
MFC after: 2 weeks


78484 20-Jun-2001 mikeh

Fix typo which could lead to memory leak.

PR: misc/28283
MFC after: 2 weeks


78480 20-Jun-2001 dd

Add a SEE ALSO section.


78479 20-Jun-2001 dd

Miscellaneous mdoc(7) fixes; also expand contractions.

Submitted by: ru


78454 19-Jun-2001 dd

This command has more than four options.


78448 18-Jun-2001 dd

Hook mdmfs into the build.


78447 18-Jun-2001 dd

Introduce mdmfs(8), a wrapper around mdconfig(8), disklabel(8),
newfs(8), and mount(8) that mimics the command line option set of the
deprecated mount_mfs(8).

Approved by: jkh, phk, -hackers


78434 18-Jun-2001 pirzyk

modfied sysctl command to allow setting values > 2GB if the mib supports it.

PR: kern/21132
Reviewed by: no objections to by -arch
MFC after: 1 month


78416 18-Jun-2001 ru

Pick up the correct headers from sys/contrib/ipfilter/netinet.


78345 16-Jun-2001 obrien

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r78344,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


78140 12-Jun-2001 ru

Allow route(8) to create "proxy only" published ARP entries.

PR: bin/12357
Submitted by: Craig Leres <leres@ee.lbl.gov>


78139 12-Jun-2001 ru

Fixed the -iface breakage introduced with the latest KAME merge
in revision 1.48. It is pretty valid and often feasible to use
a non-point-to-point interface as the gateway. One might, for
example, use this to route some hosts through an ARP on a local
interface, without having to assign an additional IP address:

Script started on Tue Jun 12 16:16:09 2001
# ifconfig rl0 inet
rl0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
inet 192.168.4.115 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.4.255
# netstat -arn -finet | grep -w rl0
192.168.4 link#1 UC 3 0 rl0 =>
192.168.4.65 0:d0:b7:16:9c:c6 UHLW 1 0 rl0 1197
# route add -net 192.168.100 -iface rl0
add net 192.168.100: gateway rl0
# ping 192.168.100.1
PING 192.168.100.1 (192.168.100.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 192.168.100.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=255 time=0.551 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.100.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=255 time=0.268 ms
^C
--- 192.168.100.1 ping statistics ---
2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.268/0.410/0.551/0.142 ms
# netstat -arn -finet | grep -w rl0
192.168.4 link#1 UC 3 0 rl0 =>
192.168.4.65 0:d0:b7:16:9c:c6 UHLW 1 0 rl0 1165
192.168.100 link#1 UCSc 1 0 rl0 =>
192.168.100.1 0:d0:b7:16:9c:c6 UHLW 1 4 rl0 1192

Script done on Tue Jun 12 16:17:12 2001


78080 11-Jun-2001 ru

Backout previous change (removal of -I${.CURDIR}/../../sys/netinet).
This is needed to pick up the right headers. Wrong headers from
src/contrib/ipfilter are used otherwise.

The right fix would be to fix contrib/ipfilter C sources to pick up
headers from <sys/netinet>.

Noticed by: peter


78064 11-Jun-2001 ume

Sync with recent KAME.
This work was based on kame-20010528-freebsd43-snap.tgz and some
critical problem after the snap was out were fixed.
There are many many changes since last KAME merge.

TODO:
- The definitions of SADB_* in sys/net/pfkeyv2.h are still different
from RFC2407/IANA assignment because of binary compatibility
issue. It should be fixed under 5-CURRENT.
- ip6po_m member of struct ip6_pktopts is no longer used. But, it
is still there because of binary compatibility issue. It should
be removed under 5-CURRENT.

Reviewed by: itojun
Obtained from: KAME
MFC after: 3 weeks


78039 11-Jun-2001 mjacob

Add 'SKIP' as an action so that verification works for multivolume restores.
Tested with filesystem files.

PR: 27218
Submitted by: mad1@tapil.com
MFC after: 3 weeks


78034 11-Jun-2001 grog

Correct typo.

Submitted by: Normand Leclerc <leclercn@videotron.ca>


77929 09-Jun-2001 dd

Since we use getopt (in rev. 1.12), there's no need for the case's for
the individual options to increment argv and decrement argc. This
caused the -T option to swallow an extra argument.

PR: 27982
Submitted by: Samuel Greear <sgreear@vsni.com>


77928 09-Jun-2001 dd

Normalize the use of sizeof according to style(9).

Reviewed by: md5(1)


77927 09-Jun-2001 peter

dumpmag is 'u_long dumpmag' in the kernel, not 'int'. If this worked on
the Alpha, it was because of luck that it was little endian.

Tidy up the dumpsize/dumppages confusion and the out of date comments.


77924 08-Jun-2001 schweikh

Fix a "this sentence no verb" grammar bogon.
MFC after: 1 week


77908 08-Jun-2001 ru

When changing an indirect route, kernel routing code allocates
a route to the gateway and caches it in the route structure.
It may happen (if the routing table is screwed) that the gateway
route is the same route as the one being modified, in which case
a kernel reports EDQUOT. Be more verbose about this:

# route add -net 10 192.168.4.65
add net 10: gateway 192.168.4.65
# netstat -rn -finet
Routing tables

Internet:
Destination Gateway Flags Refs Use Netif Expire
default 192.168.4.65 UGSc 1 7 rl0
10 192.168.4.65 UGSc 0 0 rl0
127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 UH 0 178 lo0
192.168.4 link#1 UC 2 0 rl0 =>
192.168.4.65 0:d0:b7:16:9c:c6 UHLW 2 0 rl0 1123

Before:

# route change -net 10 10.0.0.1
route: writing to routing socket: Disc quota exceeded
change net 10: gateway 10.0.0.1: Disc quota exceeded

After:

# ./route change -net 10 10.0.0.1
route: writing to routing socket: Disc quota exceeded
change net 10: gateway 10.0.0.1: gateway uses the same route

PR: bin/1093, misc/26833


77904 08-Jun-2001 ru

Change the host/bits syntax introduced in route.c,v 1.24 to the
net/bits syntax, for consistency with netstat(1) in particular.

OK'ed by: phk
MFC after: 1 week


77894 08-Jun-2001 dd

Remove xref to blackhole(4). sysctl has nothing to do with
blackhole(4), except that blackhole(4) uses sysctl's. This xref
obviously isn't appropriate unless we want to xref all the other man
pages which mention sysctls, which we obviously don't (we may want to
list those sysctls, but that's another story).

PR: 27937
Submitted by: yar


77892 08-Jun-2001 peter

'int dumpsize; /* memory size in bytes */' is not good for machines
with 2GB or more of ram.


77885 07-Jun-2001 tomsoft

cleanup to get rid of most warnings on alpha
and yes now it also works on alpha

Reviewed by: chm
MFC after: 3 weeks


77878 07-Jun-2001 sobomax

Correct cross-reference:
portmap.8 --> rpcbind.8

Submitted by: .Xr testing script


77873 07-Jun-2001 ru

- Exit 1 if "add", "change", or "delete" operation fails.

PR: bin/12489

- Use inet_ntoa(3) where it should have been used. This
part of code simply wasn't converted to the "new" style
after the routename() function was converted from the
protocol-generic version to protocol-specific version
in CSRG revision 5.6.

MFC after: 1 week


77836 06-Jun-2001 chris

Mention Alexandre Peixoto's share/examples/ipfw/change_rules.sh in the
checklist.

MFC after: 1 week


77835 06-Jun-2001 phk

Fix a byteorder problem in a diagnostic message.

PR: 16625
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@ALCATEL.COM.AU>


77779 05-Jun-2001 tomsoft

fix a bug of a only partitally initialization which could result
in an unclean filesystem after growing by a large amount of cylinder
groups

Reviewed by: chm


77739 04-Jun-2001 des

Invert the meaning of the -d option (i.e. default to *not* list dynamic rules,
but list them if -d was specified).

Avoid listing expired dynamic rules unless the (new) -e option was specified.

If specific rule numbers were listed on the command line, and the -d flag was
specified, only list dynamic rules that match the specified rule numbers.

Try to partly clean up the bleeding mess this file has become. If there is
any justice in this world, the responsible parties (you know who you are!)
should expect to wake up one morning with a horse's head in their bed. The
code still looks like spaghetti, but at least now it's *properly intented*
spaghetti (hmm? did somebody say "tagliatelle"?).


77611 02-Jun-2001 dd

ARP works on networks other than Ethernet.

PR: 22062
Submitted by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.inka.de>,
Brooks Davis <brooks@one-eyed-alien.net>


77610 02-Jun-2001 dd

Mention the 'ether' parameter.

PR: 23767
Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mux@qualys.com>,
Brooks Davis <brooks@one-eyed-alien.net>


77577 01-Jun-2001 ru

- VFS_SET(msdos) -> VFS_SET(msdosfs)
- msdos.ko -> msdosfs.ko
- mount_msdos(8) -> mount_msdosfs(8)
- "msdos" -> "msdosfs" compatibility glue in mount(8)


77575 01-Jun-2001 ru

Remove vestiges of MFS.


77567 01-Jun-2001 dd

Remove unused variable (descr) in show_var().

PR: 22582
Submitted by: Giorgos Keramidas <charon@gray.westgate.gr>


77479 30-May-2001 bde

Don't link ${BINDIR}/newfs to nowhere.

Don't clutter this Makefile (not to mention the error output) with
$(BDECFLAGS}.


77447 29-May-2001 dd

Remove -DMFS from CFLAGS.


77446 29-May-2001 dd

Remove all references to MFS.


77436 29-May-2001 iedowse

Ignore the new superblock fields fs_pendingblocks and fs_pendinginodes
when comparing with the alternate superblock. These fields are used
for temporary in-core information only. This should fix the "VALUES
IN SUPER BLOCK DISAGREE WITH THOSE IN FIRST ALTERNATE" error from
fsck_ffs that has been seen a lot recently.


77435 29-May-2001 phk

Remove MFS


77420 29-May-2001 phk

A more complete removal of MFS related code.

XXX: This program badly needs a style(9) + BDECFLAGS treatment.


77418 29-May-2001 phk

Initial cleanout of MFS from newfs. More complete wash needed.


77405 29-May-2001 iedowse

Since the netexport struct was centralised to 'struct mount',
attempting to remove nonexistant exports with MNT_DELEXPORT returns
an error; before this change it always succeeded. This caused
mountd(8) to log "can't delete exports for /whatever" warnings.

Change the error code from EINVAL to a more specific ENOENT, and
make mountd ignore this error when deleting the export list. I
could have just restored the previous behaviour of returning success,
but I think an error return is a useful diagnostic.

Reviewed by: phk


77385 29-May-2001 phk

When using interfaces that support if_media, the supported media list is
printed on a single, very long, and generally unreadable line. This
isn't very useful. It's also really ugly and most of the time you don't
care what media is supported anyway.

PR: 27701
Submitted by: Brooks Davis <brooks@one-eyed-alien.net>


77374 29-May-2001 dd

Update the document date after DES's updates, move the description of
the -b option below -a to maintain alphabetical order, and add a
missing ".It" before "Fl o".


77348 28-May-2001 ru

Use new backup feature of install(1).


77332 28-May-2001 des

Perform random drive-by style cleanups, and rewrite a while loop that
offended my artistic sensibilities.


77330 28-May-2001 des

Try to make sysctl options slightly more orthogonal:

- introduce a -o option that displays opaque variables.
- introduce a -x option that displays opaque variables in full.
- deprecate -A in favor of -ao and -X in favor of -ax.
- remove -A and -X from usage() and SYNOPSIS (but not from DESCRIPTION).
- ignore -a if one or more variables were listed on the command line.
- deprecate -w, it is not needed to determine the user's intentions.
- some language and style cleanup in the man page.

This commit should not break any existing scripts.

MFC after: 4 weeks


77223 26-May-2001 ru

- sys/n[tw]fs moved to sys/fs/n[tw]fs
- /usr/include/n[tw]fs moved to /usr/include/fs/n[tw]fs


77218 26-May-2001 phk

Forgot to cvs add these two files for the previous commit.


77217 26-May-2001 phk

Currently, each wireless networking driver has it's own control program
despite the fact that most people want to set exactly the same settings
regardless of which card they have. It has been repeatidly suggested
that this configuration should be done via ifconfig. This patch
implements the required functionality in ifconfig and add support to the
wi and an drivers. It also provides partial, untested support for the
awi driver.

PR: 25577
Submitted by: Brooks Davis <brooks@one-eyed-alien.net>


77162 25-May-2001 ru

- sys/msdosfs moved to sys/fs/msdosfs
- msdos.ko renamed to msdosfs.ko
- /usr/include/msdosfs moved to /usr/include/fs/msdosfs


77133 24-May-2001 ru

Actually rename FDESC, PORTAL, UMAP and UNION file systems.

OK'ed by: bp


77128 24-May-2001 ru

Missed one mount_null(8) -> mount_nullfs(8) in previous commit.


77122 24-May-2001 nik

Remove the "undocumented" comment in re lflag.


77121 24-May-2001 nik

Document the -l option.

PR: docs/27440
Submitted by: Flix-Antoine Paradis <reel@sympatico.ca>


77119 24-May-2001 phk

Add a -A option to ping which beeps when packets are lost.

PR: 11818
Submitted by: Marc Evans marc@destek.net


77102 23-May-2001 grog

*sigh* We can't remove VINUMDEBUG entirely, since we include kernel
header files and sources which depend on it. For userland, define
VINUMDEBUG here. Also remove a now superfluous #ifdef.


77101 23-May-2001 grog

Remove cruft.


77042 23-May-2001 ru

Rename (after a repo-copy) some mount(8) programs:

mount_fdesc -> mount_fdescfs
mount_null -> mount_nullfs
mount_portal -> mount_portalfs
mount_umap -> mount_umapfs
mount_union -> mount_unionfs


77031 23-May-2001 ru

- FDESC, FIFO, NULL, PORTAL, PROC, UMAP and UNION file
systems were repo-copied from sys/miscfs to sys/fs.

- Renamed the following file systems and their modules:
fdesc -> fdescfs, portal -> portalfs, union -> unionfs.

- Renamed corresponding kernel options:
FDESC -> FDESCFS, PORTAL -> PORTALFS, UNION -> UNIONFS.

- Install header files for the above file systems.

- Removed bogus -I${.CURDIR}/../../sys CFLAGS from userland
Makefiles.


77026 23-May-2001 grog

Remove -DVINUMDEBUG. vinum(8) now always supports debug options if
the kernel module is built that way.


77025 23-May-2001 grog

Remove #ifdef VINUMDEBUG. vinum(8) now always supports debug options
if the kernel module is built that way.

Remove the gross debug device/non-debug device hack used to recognize
whether the kernel module was in sync with the userland module.


77024 23-May-2001 grog

vinum_debug: Check for kernel module debug support, print error
message if not present.


77023 23-May-2001 grog

Remove #ifdef VINUMDEBUG. vinum(8) now always supports debug options
if the kernel module is built that way.

vinum_info: Check for kernel module debug support, print error message
if not present.


76988 22-May-2001 ru

Fix argument processing.
Make this compile with WARNS=2.

PR: bin/27524
MFC after: 3 days


76969 22-May-2001 grog

Update description of the stripe size created by vinum_stripe,
vinum_mirror, vinum_raid4, vinum_raid5.

Correct typos.

Show new output of the 'list' and 'ls' commands.

Update examples to use 279 kB stripe sizes instead of 256 kB.

Clarify some text.

Remove the description of the 'invalid ioctl' messages which now no
longer occur.

Add a description of the 'retryerrors' keyword.


76968 22-May-2001 grog

Major tidy up. Add explicit header files, thus enabling the .c files
to avoid including the kernel headers.

Move a number of definitions of userland functions from
dev/vinum/vinumext.h.

Desired by: bde

This commit is the first of a general cleanup of the header files..
It won't be enough to make bde happy.

Remove vinum_perror and associated DEVBUG definition.


76967 22-May-2001 grog

Tidy up header files. Don't include stuff we don't need.

Use userland expurgated versions of kernel structures, since that's
what the ioctls return now.

Remove vinum_perror.

main: Check kernel version with userland version in _vinum_conf. This
field is a constant which gets incremented every time the
kernel-userland interface changes. This enables vinum(8) to
check for the correct kernel version and to produce a useful
message if it doesn't match. For previous versions, which don't
have a version number, the length of the structure is different,
so we can recognize it via the EINVAL return from ioctl.

Supply count parameter to tokenize().

Change method of recognizing active devfs: replace devfs_is_active
with (complemented) no_devfs.

make_devices: remove references to devfs. If we're running devfs, we
don't need to call make_devices at all.

vinum_makedev (user command 'makedev'): Print a warning message if
devfs is running and don't do anything else.


76966 22-May-2001 grog

Tidy up header files. Don't include stuff we don't need.

Remove vinum_perror.

Modify 'list' brief printout to fit in 80 columns.

Modify 'ls' brief printout to show the drive to which the subdisk
before instead of the plex offset, which is usually less interesting.
The verbose printout remains unchanged.

Use userland expurgated versions of kernel structures, since that's
what the ioctls return now.

Move checkupdates here to simplify header file mess.


76965 22-May-2001 grog

Tidy up header files. Don't include stuff we don't need.

Remove 'vinum_perror'.

Only call make_devices if we're not running devfs.

Use userland expurgated versions of kernel structures, since that's
what the ioctls return now.

Update help list, which was lagging behind reality.

checkupdates: move to list.c to simplify header file mess.

vinum_stripe, vinum_mirror, vinum_raid4, vinum_raid5: change the
default stripe size from 256 k to 279 k, thus hopefully spreading
superblocks more evenly.


76891 20-May-2001 dwmalone

Add a flag to "ipfw show" which supresses the display of dynamic
rules. Also, don't show dynamic rules if you only asked to see a
certain rule number.

PR: 18550
Submitted by: Lyndon Nerenberg <lyndon@orthanc.ab.ca>
Approved by: luigi
MFC after: 2 weeks


76812 18-May-2001 ru

Removed -I${.CURDIR}/.../sys from CFLAGS.


76811 18-May-2001 sos

Fix bogon introduce by last commit.


76750 17-May-2001 brian

Allow ``ip4'' as an ``upperspec'' value, and update the man
page with *all* the permissible values.

This should really be spelt ipencap (as /etc/protocols does),
but a precedent has already been set by the ipproto array in
setkey.c.

It would be nice if /etc/protocols was parsed for the upperspec
field, but I don't do yacc/lex...

This change allows policies that only encrypt the encapsulated
packets passing between the endpoints of a gif tunnel. Setting
such a policy means that you can still talk directly (and
unencrypted) between the public IP numbers with (say) ssh.

MFC after: 1 week


76743 17-May-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: update document date.


76742 17-May-2001 sos

Update to use the new ioctl interface.

Add the list command.


76624 15-May-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: fix markup in revision 1.27.


76604 14-May-2001 grog

Clarify the currently used partition types.

Add cross-references to ccd(4) and vinum(8).


76530 13-May-2001 iedowse

- Split out the {family,socktype}->netid conversion into a separate
function; we now handle unknown protocols more gracefully.

- Cache the return from getnetconfigent() so that we don't have to
remember to call freenetconfigent() each time. This fixes a memory
leak that would cause retrying background mount_nfs processes to
slowly increase their memory usage.


76352 08-May-2001 mckusick

Just notify us once when encountering a partially allocated inode.


76326 07-May-2001 ru

Cosmetics: .Dl -> .Li.


76295 05-May-2001 jesper

Let ifconfig(8) catch up with the new functionality where
one can specify addresses and netmask in CIDR notation.

Submitted by: Dima Dorfman <dima@unixfreak.org>


76276 04-May-2001 jesper

Implement slash/CIDR notation for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.

MFC after: 1 week

Reviewed by: phk
Obtained from: NetBSD


76224 02-May-2001 obrien

* include/elf.h has been repo copied to include/elf-hints.h, and it no
longer includes machine/elf.h.
* consumers of elf.h now use the minimalist elf header possible.

This change is motivated by Binutils 2.11.0 and too much clashing over
our base elf headers and the Binutils elf headers.


76198 02-May-2001 dd

Implement the -r and -w options as `-o ro' and `-o noro', respectively. At
least in -w's case, simply unsetting the correct bit in init_flags was not
enough. The bit may be reset later if, say, the filesystem is marked `ro'
in fstab. The command line option should override the fstab setting, but
did not. The implementation of -r was changed for consistency.

PR: 26886
Reviewed by: archie


76143 30-Apr-2001 mckusick

Update usage message with new options.

Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@FreeBSD.org>


76069 27-Apr-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: fix markup.


76063 27-Apr-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police:
document date updated, removed history info from the .Os call, cosmetics.


76062 27-Apr-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: update document date, sort xrefs, fix markup.


76024 26-Apr-2001 ru

Added missing no's to the -o options list.
Fixed markup.


76022 26-Apr-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: fix markup.


75980 25-Apr-2001 mckusick

Add support for -F flag (trivial as background check is never possible).


75936 25-Apr-2001 mckusick

Add support for running foreground (-F) and background (-B) checks.
Traditionally, fsck is invoked before the filesystems are mounted
and all checks are done to completion at that time. If background
checking is available, fsck is invoked twice. It is first invoked
at the traditional time, before the filesystems are mounted, with
the -F flag to do checking on all the filesystems that cannot do
background checking. It is then invoked a second time, after the
system has completed going multiuser, with the -B flag to do checking
on all the filesystems that can do background checking. Unlike
the foreground checking, the background checking is started
asynchonously so that other system activity can proceed even on
the filesystems that are being checked.

At the moment, only the fast filesystem supports background checking.
To be able to do background checking, a filesystem must have been
running with soft updates, not have been marked as needing a
foreground check, and be mounted and writable when the background
check is to be done (i.e., not listed as `noauto' in /etc/fstab).

These changes are the final piece needed to support background
filesystem checking. They will not have any effect until you update
your /etc/rc to invoke fsck in its new mode of operation. I am
still playing around with exactly what those changes should be
and should be committing them later this week.


75927 24-Apr-2001 mckusick

Add support for the -F flag which determines whether a specified
filesystem needs foreground checking (usually at boot time) or
can defer to background checking (after the system is up and running).
See the manual page, fsck_ffs(8), for details on the -F and -B options.
These options are primarily intended for use by the fsck front end.

All output is directed to stdout so that the output is coherent
when redirected to a file or a pipe. Unify the code with the fsck
front end that allows either a device or a mount point to be
specified as the argument to be checked.


75915 24-Apr-2001 imp

Say "add -r" rather than 'use -r' since the former is more correct.
The latter implies to many people that they use only -r, which is
incorrect.


75904 24-Apr-2001 kris

sprintf() -> snprintf()

Partially submitted by: "Andrew R. Reiter" <arr@watson.org>
Obtained from: OpenBSD


75884 23-Apr-2001 iedowse

In fsdb, call sblock_init() which is now necessary to initialise
the global variable dev_bsize. Add a prototype for sblock_init()
to fsck.h, and set the return type correctly.


75861 23-Apr-2001 iedowse

Reinstate one more old bugfix that got lost in the tirpc commit:
always look up -network and -mask addresses numerically before
trying getnetbyname(). Without this, we may end up attempting DNS
queries on silly names such as "127.0.0.0.my-domain.com". See the
commit log from revisions 1.21 and 1.20 for further details.


75841 22-Apr-2001 iedowse

When exporting a directory that is not a mountpoint, mountd repeatedly
removes the last path component until the mount() succeeds. However,
the code never checks if it has passed the mountpoint, so in some
cases where the mount() never succeeds, it can end up applying the
flags from a mounted filesystem to the underlying one.

Add a sanity check to the code which removes the last path component:
test that the fsid associated with the new path is the same as that
of the old one.

PR: bin/7872


75801 21-Apr-2001 iedowse

The introduction of IPv6 support from NetBSD's mountd invalidated
a number of assumptions related to the parsing of options in
/etc/exports, and missed a few necessary new error checks.

The main problems related to netmasks: an IPv6 network address
missing a netmask would result in the filesystem being exported to
the whole IPv6 world, non-continuous netmasks would be made continuous
without any warnings, and nothing prevented you specifying an IPv4
mask with an IPv6 address.

This change addresses these issues. As a side-effect we now store
netmasks in sockaddr structs (this matches the kernel interface,
and is closer to the way it used to be). Add a flag OP_HAVEMASK to
keep track of whether or not we have successfully got a mask from
any source. Replace some mask-related helper functions with versions
that use the sockaddr-based masks.

Also tidy up get_net() and fix the code that interprets IPv4 partial
networks such as "127.1" as network rather than host addresses.
Properly zero out some structures that were ending up partially
containing junk from the stack, fix a few formatting issues, and
add a comment noting some assumptions about export arguments.


75754 21-Apr-2001 iedowse

Fix a long-standing bug relating to the handling of SIGHUP: mountd
would call malloc, stdio and other library functions from the signal
handler which is not safe due to reentrancy problems.

Instead, add a simple handler that just sets a flag, and call the
more complex function from main() when necessary. Unfortunately to
be able to check this flag, we must expand the svc_run() call, but
the RPC library makes that relatively easy to do.


75689 19-Apr-2001 jkh

Fix bogon with the nodump flag.

Submitted by: Dima Dorfman <dima@unixfreak.org>


75670 18-Apr-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: normalize .Nd.


75641 18-Apr-2001 iedowse

A few more mountd cleanups:
- Remove some horrible code that faked a "struct addrinfo" to be
later passed to freeaddrinfo(). Instead, add a new group type
"GT_DEFAULT" used to denote that the filesystem is exported to the
world, and treat this case separately.
- Don't clear the AI_CANONNAME flag in a struct addrinfo returned
by getaddrinfo. There's still a bit more struct addrinfo abuse
left in here.
- Simplify do_mount() slightly by using an addrinfo pointer to keep
track of the current address.


75635 17-Apr-2001 iedowse

Various bugfixes and cleanups, mainly from Martin Blapp:
- Revert del_mlist() to its pre-tirpc prototype. Unlike NetBSD's version,
ours lets the caller generate any syslog() messages, so that it
can include the service name in the message.
- Initialise a few local variables to clarify the logic and avoid some
compiler warnings.
- Remove a few unused functions and local variables, and fix some
whitespace issues.
- Reinstate the logic for avoiding duplicate host entries that got
removed accidentally in revision 1.41 (added in r1.5). This bit
was submitted in a slightly different form by Thomas Quinot.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>,
Thomas Quinot <quinot@inf.enst.fr>
PR: bin/26148


75574 17-Apr-2001 kris

Add a missing argument to an error message format string.


75557 16-Apr-2001 mckusick

Minor background cleanups:
1) Set the FS_NEEDSFSCK flag when unexpected problems are encountered.
2) Clear the FS_NEEDSFSCK flag after a successful foreground cleanup.
3) Refuse to run in background when the FS_NEEDSFSCK flag is set.
4) Avoid taking and removing a snapshot when the filesystem is already clean.
5) Properly implement the force cleaning (-f) flag when in preen mode.

Note that you need to have revision 1.21 (date: 2001/04/14 05:26:28) of
fs.h installed in <ufs/ffs/fs.h> defining FS_NEEDSFSCK for this to compile.


75545 16-Apr-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: prepare for mdocNG.


75498 13-Apr-2001 mckusick

Do not allow the soft updates flag to be set if the filesystem is dirty.
Because the kernel will allow the mounting of unclean filesystems when
the soft updates flag is set, it is important that only soft updates
style inconsistencies (missing blocks and inodes) be present. Otherwise
a panic may ensue. It is also important that the filesystem be in a clean
state when the soft updates flag is set because the background fsck uses
the fact that the flag is set to indicate that it is safe to run. If
background fsck encounters non-soft updates style inconsistencies, it
will exit with unexpected inconsistencies.


75495 13-Apr-2001 dd

mdoc(7) police: properly use a -diag list in the DIAGNOSTICS section.

Reviewed by: ru


75460 13-Apr-2001 dd

Back out most of revision 1.28: lists of diagnostics must use -diag,
not -tag. Instead, put a period after the error messages to aide
those using dumb terminals not capable of properly displaying markup.

Requested by: ru


75459 13-Apr-2001 ru

Update comment to match ipfw/ipfw.c,v 1.95.


75454 13-Apr-2001 gshapiro

Match ip6fw's command line options to those of ipfw (specifically, added
the ability to use a preprocessor, use the -q (quiet) flag when reading
from a file). The source used is from ipfw.

Clean up exit codes while I am here.

KAME has been informed and plans on integrating these patches into their
own source as well.


75401 11-Apr-2001 iedowse

Fix a typo relating to the "-U" (force UDP for mount protocol)
option. When specified, make sure to use the correct netid for the
getnetconfigent() call, and also in error messages.


75395 10-Apr-2001 jhb

Catch up to the dirpref changes by copying new fields in the alternate
superblock from the original superblock so that differences in those new
fields are ignored.


75394 10-Apr-2001 iedowse

Split out all the RPC code into a separate function and address a
number of issues:

- Fix background mounts; these were broken in revision 1.40.
- Don't give up before trying all addresses returned by getaddrinfo().
- Use protocol-independent routines where possible.
- Improve error reporting for RPC errors.
- In non-background mode, give up after trying all protocols once.
- Use daemon(3) instead of rolling our own version.
- Never go ahead with the mount() syscall until we have received
a reply from the remote nfsd; this is especially important with
non-interruptible mounts, as otherwise a mistyped command might
require a reboot to correct.

Reviewed by: alfred, Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


75385 10-Apr-2001 ru

vnconfig(8) -> mdconfig(8).


75379 10-Apr-2001 nik

Add information about the new options to newfs and tunefs which set the
expected average file size and number of files per directory. Could do
with some fleshing out.


75377 10-Apr-2001 mckusick

Directory layout preference improvements from Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>.
His description of the problem and solution follow. My own tests show
speedups on typical filesystem intensive workloads of 5% to 12% which
is very impressive considering the small amount of code change involved.

------

One day I noticed that some file operations run much faster on
small file systems then on big ones. I've looked at the ffs
algorithms, thought about them, and redesigned the dirpref algorithm.

First I want to describe the results of my tests. These results are old
and I have improved the algorithm after these tests were done. Nevertheless
they show how big the perfomance speedup may be. I have done two file/directory
intensive tests on a two OpenBSD systems with old and new dirpref algorithm.
The first test is "tar -xzf ports.tar.gz", the second is "rm -rf ports".
The ports.tar.gz file is the ports collection from the OpenBSD 2.8 release.
It contains 6596 directories and 13868 files. The test systems are:

1. Celeron-450, 128Mb, two IDE drives, the system at wd0, file system for
test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 8 Gb, number of cg=991,
size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k OpenBSD-current
from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=35

2. PIII-600, 128Mb, two IBM DTLA-307045 IDE drives at i815e, the system
at wd0, file system for test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 40 Gb,
number of cg=5324, size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k
OpenBSD-current from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=50

You can get more info about the test systems and methods at:
http://www.ptci.ru/gluk/dirpref/old/dirpref.html

Test Results

tar -xzf ports.tar.gz rm -rf ports
mode old dirpref new dirpref speedup old dirprefnew dirpref speedup
First system
normal 667 472 1.41 477 331 1.44
async 285 144 1.98 130 14 9.29
sync 768 616 1.25 477 334 1.43
softdep 413 252 1.64 241 38 6.34
Second system
normal 329 81 4.06 263.5 93.5 2.81
async 302 25.7 11.75 112 2.26 49.56
sync 281 57.0 4.93 263 90.5 2.9
softdep 341 40.6 8.4 284 4.76 59.66

"old dirpref" and "new dirpref" columns give a test time in seconds.
speedup - speed increasement in times, ie. old dirpref / new dirpref.

------

Algorithm description

The old dirpref algorithm is described in comments:

/*
* Find a cylinder to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to select from
* among those cylinder groups with above the average number of
* free inodes, the one with the smallest number of directories.
*/

A new directory is allocated in a different cylinder groups than its
parent directory resulting in a directory tree that is spreaded across
all the cylinder groups. This spreading out results in a non-optimal
access to the directories and files. When we have a small filesystem
it is not a problem but when the filesystem is big then perfomance
degradation becomes very apparent.

What I mean by a big file system ?

1. A big filesystem is a filesystem which occupy 20-30 or more percent
of total drive space, i.e. first and last cylinder are physically
located relatively far from each other.
2. It has a relatively large number of cylinder groups, for example
more cylinder groups than 50% of the buffers in the buffer cache.

The first results in long access times, while the second results in
many buffers being used by metadata operations. Such operations use
cylinder group blocks and on-disk inode blocks. The cylinder group
block (fs->fs_cblkno) contains struct cg, inode and block bit maps.
It is 2k in size for the default filesystem parameters. If new and
parent directories are located in different cylinder groups then the
system performs more input/output operations and uses more buffers.
On filesystems with many cylinder groups, lots of cache buffers are
used for metadata operations.

My solution for this problem is very simple. I allocate many directories
in one cylinder group. I also do some things, so that the new allocation
method does not cause excessive fragmentation and all directory inodes
will not be located at a location far from its file's inodes and data.
The algorithm is:
/*
* Find a cylinder group to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to allocate a
* directory inode in the same cylinder group as its parent
* directory, but also to reserve space for its files inodes
* and data. Restrict the number of directories which may be
* allocated one after another in the same cylinder group
* without intervening allocation of files.
*
* If we allocate a first level directory then force allocation
* in another cylinder group.
*/

My early versions of dirpref give me a good results for a wide range of
file operations and different filesystem capacities except one case:
those applications that create their entire directory structure first
and only later fill this structure with files.

My solution for such and similar cases is to limit a number of
directories which may be created one after another in the same cylinder
group without intervening file creations. For this purpose, I allocate
an array of counters at mount time. This array is linked to the superblock
fs->fs_contigdirs[cg]. Each time a directory is created the counter
increases and each time a file is created the counter decreases. A 60Gb
filesystem with 8mb/cg requires 10kb of memory for the counters array.

The maxcontigdirs is a maximum number of directories which may be created
without an intervening file creation. I found in my tests that the best
performance occurs when I restrict the number of directories in one cylinder
group such that all its files may be located in the same cylinder group.
There may be some deterioration in performance if all the file inodes
are in the same cylinder group as its containing directory, but their
data partially resides in a different cylinder group. The maxcontigdirs
value is calculated to try to prevent this condition. Since there is
no way to know how many files and directories will be allocated later
I added two optimization parameters in superblock/tunefs. They are:

int32_t fs_avgfilesize; /* expected average file size */
int32_t fs_avgfpdir; /* expected # of files per directory */

These parameters have reasonable defaults but may be tweeked for special
uses of a filesystem. They are only necessary in rare cases like better
tuning a filesystem being used to store a squid cache.

I have been using this algorithm for about 3 months. I have done
a lot of testing on filesystems with different capacities, average
filesize, average number of files per directory, and so on. I think
this algorithm has no negative impact on filesystem perfomance. It
works better than the default one in all cases. The new dirpref
will greatly improve untarring/removing/coping of big directories,
decrease load on cvs servers and much more. The new dirpref doesn't
speedup a compilation process, but also doesn't slow it down.

Obtained from: Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>


75365 10-Apr-2001 dd

Make the list in the DIAGNOSTICS section "-tag" instead of "-diag":
the former makes it more obvious as to there the error message starts
and the explanation begins.

PR: 26431


75312 08-Apr-2001 dd

wd0 -> ad0

PR: 26343
Submitted by: Sergey A. Osokin <osa@FreeBSD.org.ru>


75289 07-Apr-2001 phk

Don't make fsck go quite _that_ fast:
In Preen mode we only checked one partition per disk device.


75286 07-Apr-2001 ru

beforeinstall -> SCRIPTS.


75221 05-Apr-2001 bde

Fixed some printf format errors (don't assume that ntohl() returns u_long).


75163 04-Apr-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: use .Nm instead of hardcoded name.


75154 04-Apr-2001 nik

wd1s1a -> ad1s1a

Submitted by: sanpei


75124 03-Apr-2001 bde

Fixed style bugs in previous commit.


75099 02-Apr-2001 obrien

Document the newfs.c rev 1.33 changing the default c/g from 16 to 22.


75098 02-Apr-2001 obrien

Fix patch merge braino.


75078 02-Apr-2001 obrien

Allow enabling soft updates (with -U) on a new filesystem.

[I first added this functionality, and thought to check prior art. Seeing
OpenBSD had already done this, I changed my addition to reduce the diffs
between the two and went with their option letter.]
Obtained from: OpenBSD


75047 31-Mar-2001 mckusick

Use fs->fs_ipg rather than cg->cg_niblk as the latter is only
16-bits and may overflow.

Obtained from: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>


75046 31-Mar-2001 ache

- Back out the last (wrong) commit, and readd a modified version
of pingnfsserver(). The pingnfsport() function is now called everytime.
If we don't get RPC_SUCCESS or RPC_PROGVERSMISMATCH back, there's
something wrong with the NFS server and we just exit.

- Fix cfs mount on IPv4-only machines

- Fixed the looping when we did not run background mode.

- Fixed a getnameinfo() call with uninitialized adress.
This is a NetBSD bug I didn't notified :-( Thanks Ian !

- Added some #ifdef NFSKERB

- Removed some unused variables.

- Fixed idention

- Remove unnecessary ":" in openlog ident

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
Reviewed by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie>


75037 31-Mar-2001 adrian

Quoting from the email thrown around between kirk, bde and iedowse@..

<QUOTE>
Overflow of cg_niblk causes spurious "SUMMARY INFORMATION BAD" warnings
prompts in fsck_ffs. cg_niblk has type int16_t, but it is (ab)used
to hold the number of inodes per group (it has nothing to do with the
number of inode blocks in the cg as claimed in ffs/fs.h), and there
can be lots of inodes per group. E.g.,

newfs -i 8192 -b 16384 -f 16384 -c 255 ...

gives 0xA900 inodes/group. Assignment of this to cg_niblk gives
-0x5700. This is mostly harmless (ufs/ffs doesn't use cg_niblk, and
bug-for-bug compatible overflow occurs in newfs), but in
fsck_ffs/pass5.c, negative values of cg_niblk limit cg_irotor to 0
and the summary info appears to be bad.
</QUOTE>

Submitted by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>
Obtained from: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@mckusick.com>


75023 30-Mar-2001 obrien

Remove two lint directives that aren't needed since rev 1.5.


75015 30-Mar-2001 phk

This change sanitizes the way fsck deals with pass numbers.

Consider this /etc/fstab:

# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#
/dev/ad1s1b none swap sw 0 0
/dev/ad0s1b none swap sw 0 0
/dev/ad0s1a / ufs rw 1 1
/dev/ad0s1e /home ufs rw 2 2
/dev/ad1s1e /tmp ufs rw 2 2
/dev/ad1s1f /usr ufs rw 2 2
/dev/ccd0c /syv ufs rw 2 11
proc /proc procfs rw 0 0

ccd0c is striped over /dev/ad0f and /dev/ad1g

Without this pass, fsck in preen mode will check ad0s1a first,
and then issue three processes in parallel:

One process doing ad0s1e
One process doing ad1s1e and ad1s1f
One process doing ccd0c

There is no way to tell it that ccd0c overlaps ad0 and ad1.

With the patch, it will do it this way:

pass 2:
One process doing ad0s1e
One process doing ad1s1e and ad1s1f

and when they are complete:

pass 11:
One process doing ccd0c

This is much faster and more sane.

Valid pass numbers are anything from 1 to INTMAX-1.

I retired the '-l' option which tried to allow people to do
something like this, but which didn't work and which complicated
the code an awful lot.


74948 28-Mar-2001 phk

Allow specification of which source address to use for encapsulation.

PR: 25847
Submitted by: Eugene Polovnikov <eugene@brain-fag.org>


74873 27-Mar-2001 obrien

Make rev 1.5 better match the rest of dump(8)'s output.


74872 27-Mar-2001 obrien

Do not exit if unable to read /etc/dumpdates or create it.
If one is trying to dump or repair an ill system, give the user a fighting
chance. Refusing to operate w/o a very non-critical file (feature) is
just plain stupid.


74844 27-Mar-2001 alfred

give the "netgrent" functions a home in netdb.h


74840 27-Mar-2001 ken

Rewrite of the CAM error recovery code.

Some of the major changes include:

- The SCSI error handling portion of cam_periph_error() has
been broken out into a number of subfunctions to better
modularize the code that handles the hierarchy of SCSI errors.
As a result, the code is now much easier to read.

- String handling and error printing has been significantly
revamped. We now use sbufs to do string formatting instead
of using printfs (for the kernel) and snprintf/strncat (for
userland) as before.

There is a new catchall error printing routine,
cam_error_print() and its string-based counterpart,
cam_error_string() that allow the kernel and userland
applications to pass in a CCB and have errors printed out
properly, whether or not they're SCSI errors. Among other
things, this helped eliminate a fair amount of duplicate code
in camcontrol.

We now print out more information than before, including
the CAM status and SCSI status and the error recovery action
taken to remedy the problem.

- sbufs are now available in userland, via libsbuf. This
change was necessary since most of the error printing code
is shared between libcam and the kernel.

- A new transfer settings interface is included in this checkin.
This code is #ifdef'ed out, and is primarily intended to aid
discussion with HBA driver authors on the final form the
interface should take. There is example code in the ahc(4)
driver that implements the HBA driver side of the new
interface. The new transfer settings code won't be enabled
until we're ready to switch all HBA drivers over to the new
interface.

src/Makefile.inc1,
lib/Makefile: Add libsbuf. It must be built before libcam,
since libcam uses sbuf routines.

libcam/Makefile: libcam now depends on libsbuf.

libsbuf/Makefile: Add a makefile for libsbuf. This pulls in the
sbuf sources from sys/kern.

bsd.libnames.mk: Add LIBSBUF.

camcontrol/Makefile: Add -lsbuf. Since camcontrol is statically
linked, we can't depend on the dynamic linker
to pull in libsbuf.

camcontrol.c: Use cam_error_print() instead of checking for
CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR on every failed CCB.

sbuf.9: Change the prototypes for sbuf_cat() and
sbuf_cpy() so that the source string is now a
const char *. This is more in line wth the
standard system string functions, and helps
eliminate warnings when dealing with a const
source buffer.

Fix a typo.

cam.c: Add description strings for the various CAM
error status values, as well as routines to
look up those strings.

Add new cam_error_string() and
cam_error_print() routines for userland and
the kernel.

cam.h: Add a new CAM flag, CAM_RETRY_SELTO.

Add enumerated types for the various options
available with cam_error_print() and
cam_error_string().

cam_ccb.h: Add new transfer negotiation structures/types.

Change inq_len in the ccb_getdev structure to
be "reserved". This field has never been
filled in, and will be removed when we next
bump the CAM version.

cam_debug.h: Fix typo.

cam_periph.c: Modularize cam_periph_error(). The SCSI error
handling part of cam_periph_error() is now
in camperiphscsistatuserror() and
camperiphscsisenseerror().

In cam_periph_lock(), increase the reference
count on the periph while we wait for our lock
attempt to succeed so that the periph won't go
away while we're sleeping.

cam_xpt.c: Add new transfer negotiation code. (ifdefed
out)

Add a new function, xpt_path_string(). This
is a string/sbuf analog to xpt_print_path().

scsi_all.c: Revamp string handing and error printing code.
We now use sbufs for much of the string
formatting code. More of that code is shared
between userland the kernel.

scsi_all.h: Get rid of SS_TURSTART, it wasn't terribly
useful in the first place.

Add a new error action, SS_REQSENSE. (Send a
request sense and then retry the command.)
This is useful when the controller hasn't
performed autosense for some reason.

Change the default actions around a bit.

scsi_cd.c,
scsi_da.c,
scsi_pt.c,
scsi_ses.c: SF_RETRY_SELTO -> CAM_RETRY_SELTO. Selection
timeouts shouldn't be covered by a sense flag.

scsi_pass.[ch]: SF_RETRY_SELTO -> CAM_RETRY_SELTO.

Get rid of the last vestiges of a read/write
interface.

libkern/bsearch.c,
sys/libkern.h,
conf/files: Add bsearch.c, which is needed for some of the
new table lookup routines.

aic7xxx_freebsd.c: Define AHC_NEW_TRAN_SETTINGS if
CAM_NEW_TRAN_CODE is defined.

sbuf.h,
subr_sbuf.c: Add the appropriate #ifdefs so sbufs can
compile and run in userland.

Change sbuf_printf() to use vsnprintf()
instead of kvprintf(), which is only available
in the kernel.

Change the source string for sbuf_cpy() and
sbuf_cat() to be a const char *.

Add __BEGIN_DECLS and __END_DECLS around
function prototypes since they're now exported
to userland.

kdump/mkioctls: Include stdio.h before cam.h since cam.h now
includes a function with a FILE * argument.

Submitted by: gibbs (mostly)
Reviewed by: jdp, marcel (libsbuf makefile changes)
Reviewed by: des (sbuf changes)
Reviewed by: ken


74836 27-Mar-2001 obrien

The common wisdom is to use the largest number of cylinders per group.
So bump the default from `16' to `22', which is the largest value allowed
with the current default block size. This change increases the the
group size from 32MB/g to 44MB/g on a 4GB SCSI disk.


74816 26-Mar-2001 ru

- Backout botched attempt to introduce MANSECT feature.
- MAN[1-9] -> MAN.


74815 26-Mar-2001 ru

- Backout botched attempt to introduce MANSECT feature.
- MAN[1-9] -> MAN.


74800 25-Mar-2001 alfred

Don't call daemon() and setup our signal handlers until after we check
and do the unregister/reregister work.

Don't call syslog in the unregister/reregister code as we haven't called
openlog() yet.

Be a more conservative about accepting errno values from socket(2),
only EPROTONOSUPPORT means that the kernel isn't supporting it
something like INET6. The other possible errnos would be returned
if there was a mistake in the socket(2) call so remove them from the
list of "acceptable" return values.


74799 25-Mar-2001 alfred

Disable ipv6 when getnetconfigent("udp6"/"tcp6") fails.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


74792 25-Mar-2001 alfred

Replace pmap_unset() with rpcb_unset() which fixes the unregistering.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


74791 25-Mar-2001 alfred

Deal with lack of IPv6 support gracefully.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


74790 25-Mar-2001 alfred

fix -o port=xxx


74652 22-Mar-2001 roberto

Respect style(9), one must not include both <sys/types.h> and
<sys/param.h> (the latter includes the former).

Submitted by: bde


74594 21-Mar-2001 alfred

Include headers to unbreak world.

Submitted by: Ollivier Robert <roberto@eurocontrol.fr>


74556 21-Mar-2001 mckusick

Additions to run checks on live filesystems. This change will not
affect current systems until fsck is modified to use these new
facilities. To try out this change, set the fsck passno to zero
in /etc/fstab to cause the filesystem to be mounted without running
fsck, then run `fsck_ffs -p -B <filesystem>' after the system has
been brought up multiuser to run a background cleanup on <filesystem>.
Note that the <filesystem> in question must have soft updates enabled.


74532 20-Mar-2001 ru

Set the default manual section for usr.sbin/ to 8.


74531 20-Mar-2001 ru

Set the default manual section for sbin/ to 8.


74525 20-Mar-2001 iedowse

Reboot(8) normally waits 5 seconds after sending SIGTERMs to all
processes and then sends SIGKILLs. If a lot of processes are swapped
out, this delay may not be long enough, so processes such as an X
server may be killed before they have had time to clean up properly.

Make this delay more dynamic by waiting up to 60 seconds for swap
page-in activity to end. While I'm here, ANSIfy and remove a
`register' specifier.


74519 20-Mar-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: fixes to the previous revision:

- fixed bad formatting
- avoid using German
- removed hard sentence break


74462 19-Mar-2001 alfred

Bring in a hybrid of SunSoft's transport-independent RPC (TI-RPC) and
associated changes that had to happen to make this possible as well as
bugs fixed along the way.

Bring in required TLI library routines to support this.

Since we don't support TLI we've essentially copied what NetBSD
has done, adding a thin layer to emulate direct the TLI calls
into BSD socket calls.

This is mostly from Sun's tirpc release that was made in 1994,
however some fixes were backported from the 1999 release (supposedly
only made available after this porting effort was underway).

The submitter has agreed to continue on and bring us up to the
1999 release.

Several key features are introduced with this update:
Client calls are thread safe. (1999 code has server side thread
safe)
Updated, a more modern interface.

Many userland updates were done to bring the code up to par with
the recent RPC API.

There is an update to the pthreads library, a function
pthread_main_np() was added to emulate a function of Sun's threads
library.

While we're at it, bring in NetBSD's lockd, it's been far too
long of a wait.

New rpcbind(8) replaces portmap(8) (supporting communication over
an authenticated Unix-domain socket, and by default only allowing
set and unset requests over that channel). It's much more secure
than the old portmapper.

Umount(8), mountd(8), mount_nfs(8), nfsd(8) have also been upgraded
to support TI-RPC and to support IPV6.

Umount(8) is also fixed to unmount pathnames longer than 80 chars,
which are currently truncated by the Kernel statfs structure.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
Manpage review: ru
Secure RPC implemented by: wpaul


74452 19-Mar-2001 ru

Fix minor mdoc(7) and spelling nits.


74448 19-Mar-2001 sos

Activate atacontrol


74447 19-Mar-2001 sos

Some minor cleanups to the code, no new functionality.


74446 19-Mar-2001 sos

Incorporate most of Ruslans changes plus minor addtion by me


74425 18-Mar-2001 ume

Correct typo in usage.

Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>


74345 16-Mar-2001 ru

It is the ``nostrictjoliet'' option equivalent to -b.

Reviewed by: bp


74334 16-Mar-2001 imp

Back out ru's changes. Soren has requested this and I see no reason
to not just do it. It is his new code that is being actively
developed so he has say over it. ru's direct changes were premature
as they occurred less than 4 hours after it was committed to the tree.


74333 16-Mar-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: removed hard sentence break introduced in rev 1.82.


74319 16-Mar-2001 dd

Explain that TCP fragments with an offset of 1 are reported as being
dropped by rule -1 if logging is enabled.

PR: 25796
Submitted by: Crist J. Clark <cjclark@alum.mit.edu>
Approved by: nik


74308 15-Mar-2001 ru

Make this compile with ${BDECFLAGS}, apply style(9), cleanup manpage.


74305 15-Mar-2001 sos

Add atacontrol, a util to control variuos aspects of the ATA.4 driver,
please consult atacontrol.8 for usage..


74151 12-Mar-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: add a missing An call.


74097 11-Mar-2001 bp

Update userland interface for broken Joilet disks.

Reviewed by: adrian


74052 09-Mar-2001 sobomax

In the absence of explicit ``-t type'' option assume that ``-f file''
implies ``-t vnode''.

Approved by: phk


74047 09-Mar-2001 phk

Make md(4) and mdconfig(8) take over the role of vn(4) and vnconfig(8)
entirely as previously advertised.

md(4) adopted all assets of vn(4) some time back and has proper devfs
support and cloning abilities to boot.


74044 09-Mar-2001 phk

1) If mdconfig isn't given an action argument, it assumes detach.
2) Running `mdconfig -l` without any attached devices results in
mdconfig printing "md0" to standard output.

Submitted by: dd [1]

[1] no, not "dd(1)" but "Dima Dorfman"


74029 09-Mar-2001 ru

Add new option -m which allows the user to set IP TTL.


74028 09-Mar-2001 obrien

bye-bye documented raw devices


74027 09-Mar-2001 obrien

bye-bye documented raw device


73986 08-Mar-2001 obrien

Move _PATH_DEFTAPE to <paths.h> to remove all the duplication of definitons,
and remove leading `r'(aw) from it.


73828 06-Mar-2001 des

Restore the -c option, which was accidentally removed from the getopt
string two revisions ago.


73755 05-Mar-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: misc formatting fixes.
(This page still needs a lot of work.)


73573 05-Mar-2001 imp

First attempt to not overflow in disk space calculations. Use off_t
for the size variable used to calculate the size of the partition.
Also use ULL suffix for constants to ensure that we use 64 bit math.


73516 04-Mar-2001 obrien

Fix style nit.


73427 04-Mar-2001 kris

Correct grammar in comment.


73375 03-Mar-2001 obrien

Support inheritance of the "nodump" flag down a hierarchy.

Submitted by: Dima Dorfman <dima@unixfreak.org>
Obtained from: NetBSD


73373 03-Mar-2001 asmodai

Fix typo present since 1997: single used mode -> single user mode.


73236 28-Feb-2001 obrien

Use _PATH_DEV.

Reviewed by: grog


73233 28-Feb-2001 ru

Eliminate mdocNG warnings caused by misplaced or extraneous macro calls.


73094 26-Feb-2001 phk

Remove "autounit" from settable options, it's the default unless you
specify -u.

Spotted by: dcs


73076 26-Feb-2001 ru

Backout -a restriction hack.

Requested by: rwatson


73034 25-Feb-2001 jwd

Allow for easier configuration when using disklabel. A sample
being:

# size offset fstype [fsize bsize bps/cpg]
a: 400M 0 4.2BSD 4096 16384 75 # (Cyl. 0 - 812*)
b: 1G * swap
c: * * unused
e: 204800 * 4.2BSD
f: 5g * 4.2BSD
g: * * 4.2BSD

These patches are the original work of Randell Jesup, and
I believe Matt Dillon, with additional work by Warner Losh.
Please let me know if I've left someone out.

Incorporated into this is the fix for PR bin/22727.

This patchset still has style issues and a possible problem on
large disks. However, it was a agreed to get these committed before
performing major surgery on them.

PR: bin/22727
Submitted by: Randell Jesup <rjesup@wgate.com>


73027 25-Feb-2001 phk

Forgot to remove unneeded "intcmp" function.


73026 25-Feb-2001 phk

Make "md" and "mdctl" macroized parameters.

Implement "-l" option to mdconfig which can list one or all md devices.

Submitted by: Dima Dorfman <dima@unixfreak.org>


72981 24-Feb-2001 phk

Make md/mdconfig do kld.

Submitted by: dcs


72973 24-Feb-2001 ru

Restrict -a to root only.

PR: bin/25337


72923 22-Feb-2001 ps

Elminate common declaration.

Reviewed by: peter


72914 22-Feb-2001 ume

some reasoning why we separated ping(8) and ping6(8)
comments/additions/corrections are welcome.

Obtained from: KAME


72876 22-Feb-2001 nik

Mention the edquota(8) utility when talking about editing quota.user
and quota.group.

PR: docs/25124


72864 22-Feb-2001 ru

Document that the IPFW messages are logged via syslogd(8).


72805 21-Feb-2001 ume

if no address is setted, do not call ioctl(SIOCAIFADDR)

Obtained from: KAME


72777 20-Feb-2001 alfred

Fix vinum for both devfs and non-devfs systems.

userland tool:

Use the vfs.devfs.generation sysctl to test for devfs presense
(thanks phk!) when devfs is active it will not try to create the
device nodes in /dev and therefore will not complain about the
failure to do so.

Revert the change in the #define for VINUM_DIR in the kernel
header so that vinum can find its device nodes.

Replace perror() with vinum_perror() to print file/line when
DEVBUG is defined (not defined by default).

kernel:

Don't use the #define names for the "superdev" creation since
they will be prepended by "/dev/" (based on VINUM_DIR), instead
use string constants.

Create both debug and non-debug "superdev" nodes in the devfs.

Problem noticed and fix tested by: Martin Blapp <mblapp@fuchur.lan.attic.ch>


72650 18-Feb-2001 green

Switch to using a struct xucred instead of a struct xucred when not
actually in the kernel. This structure is a different size than
what is currently in -CURRENT, but should hopefully be the last time
any application breakage is caused there. As soon as any major
inconveniences are removed, the definition of the in-kernel struct
ucred should be conditionalized upon defined(_KERNEL).

This also changes struct export_args to remove dependency on the
constantly-changing struct ucred, as well as limiting the bounds
of the size fields to the correct size. This means: a) mountd and
friends won't break all the time, b) mountd and friends won't crash
the kernel all the time if they don't know what they're doing wrt
actual struct export_args layout.

Reviewed by: bde


72640 18-Feb-2001 asmodai

Preceed/preceeding are not english words. Use precede or preceding.


72542 16-Feb-2001 des

Document the new -k option in usage message and man page.


72541 16-Feb-2001 des

Add a -k option that prevents clearing the dump after saving it.

Use sysctlbyname() instead of sysctl().

Clear up and simplify the version extraction code.

Attempt to detect stretches of zeroes in the dump and avoid writing
them to disk to save space and time.


72536 16-Feb-2001 nyan

Added pc98 support.

Submitted by: Akio Morita <amorita@meadow.scphys.kyoto-u.ac.jp>


72525 15-Feb-2001 tegge

Don't allow special devices of type NODEV (NOUDEV as seen from kernel).
They can't be created via mknod and the kernel crashes if it encounters
such an inode.
Approved by: mckusick


72508 15-Feb-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: normalize the construct.


72487 14-Feb-2001 sheldonh

Fix grammar nit in previous commit.


72440 13-Feb-2001 phk

Introduce a new feature in IPFW: Check of the source or destination
address is configured on a interface. This is useful for routers with
dynamic interfaces. It is now possible to say:

0100 allow tcp from any to any established
0200 skipto 1000 tcp from any to any
0300 allow ip from any to any
1000 allow tcp from 1.2.3.4 to me 22
1010 deny tcp from any to me 22
1020 allow tcp from any to any

and not have to worry about the behaviour if dynamic interfaces configure
new IP numbers later on.

The check is semi expensive (traverses the interface address list)
so it should be protected as in the above example if high performance
is a requirement.


72432 13-Feb-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: use the default ``file ...'' feature of the .Ar macro.


72417 12-Feb-2001 nik

Use ".Nm fsck_ffs", so that this turns up in whatis(1), and others.
Add .Xr to fsck.

Prompted by: JM Jr's script that shows binaries with no whatis info
Reviewed by: adrian


72188 08-Feb-2001 phk

Fix a cosmetic problem with some very defensive programming: The devfs
mount would show up as "/dev/", loose that trailing slash.


72126 07-Feb-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: Change -filled displays (which just happen
to be the same as -ragged in the current implementation) to
-ragged. With mdocNG, -filled displays produce the correct
output, formatted and justified to both margins.


72089 06-Feb-2001 asmodai

Fix typo: seperate -> separate.

Seperate does not exist in the english language.

Submitted to look at by: kris


72015 04-Feb-2001 dan

mount a --> mount an

PR: 24842
Submitted by: Rich Morin <rdm@cfcl.com>


71916 02-Feb-2001 nik

Add an xref for mount_ntfs.

PR: docs/24693
Submitted by: Etienne Vidal <hallik@libertysurf.fr>


71898 01-Feb-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: split punctuation characters + misc fixes.


71895 01-Feb-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: split punctuation characters + misc fixes.


71884 31-Jan-2001 iedowse

Fsck_ffs did not properly range-check the inode 'di_size'
field, so it was possible for a filesystem marked clean by fsck_ffs
to cause kernel crashes later when mounted. This could occur when
fsck_ffs was used to repair a badly corrupted filesystem.

As pointed out by bde, it is not sufficient to restrict di_size to
just the superblock fs_maxfilesize limit. The use of 32-bit logical
block numbers (both in fsck and the kernel) induces another file
size limit which is usually lower than fs_maxfilesize. Also, the
old 4.3BSD filesystem does not have fs_maxfilesize initialised.

Following this change, fsck_ffs will enforce exactly the same
file size limits as are used by the kernel.

PR: kern/15065
Discussed with: bde
Reviewed by: bde, mckusick


71865 31-Jan-2001 phk

Strip optional prefixes "/dev/" and "md" from the -u argument.


71833 30-Jan-2001 phk

Make mount_mfs annoy users for 15 seconds and point them at mdconfig(8).


71790 29-Jan-2001 ben

Fix 'tunefs -p'

Reviewed by: sheldonh


71787 29-Jan-2001 phk

Use <sys/queue.h> instead of home-rolled list.

Submitted by: "Jason Smethers" <jsmethers@pdq.net>


71750 28-Jan-2001 phk

Use \a instead of \007 for making noise.

Submitted by: "Jason Smethers" <jsmethers@pdq.net>


71745 28-Jan-2001 phk

Duh, the version of mdconfig.c I committed came from the wrong machine.

Commit the right version, but without the -b option which is too evil
for the present.

Remove -b and preload from the manpage as well.


71743 28-Jan-2001 phk

Don't specify fragment size, it autosizes from the sectorsize.

Remember to set mode 1777 on /tmp

Submitted by: mjacob


71652 25-Jan-2001 bsd

Print out the target device when the mount fails.


71651 25-Jan-2001 bsd

Always print out the target device when the mount fails, not just on
ENOENT.


71645 25-Jan-2001 bsd

Provide a better error message when the /dev entry is non-existant.
Due to the old message, I spent way more time debugging a diskless
root problem than it should have taken.


71450 23-Jan-2001 kris

Fix the vulnerability with TCP ECE packets recently fixed in ipfw.
This is untested, but believed to work.


71389 22-Jan-2001 ume

avoid conflicting #define symbol (s/FW_IFNLEN/IP6&/).

Obtained from: KAME


71386 22-Jan-2001 ben

mdoc police.

Submitted by: ru


71378 22-Jan-2001 ru

man(7) -> mdoc(7).


71306 20-Jan-2001 ume

Room to hold rules should be dynamically allocated.

PR: kern/24248


71303 20-Jan-2001 ben

Add 'netrange' parameter to 'range' command and fix a couple of typos.

PR: 23984
Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it>


71147 17-Jan-2001 bde

Removed unused copy of ../mount/getmtopts.3.

Removed used copies of ../mount/getmntopts.c ../mount/mntopts.h. Use the
versions in ../mount directly like all other mount utilities.

Removed used copy of ../mount/pathnames.h. Use the version in ../mount
for free as a side effect of using the mntopts files there. We should
not use it at all, since the 2/3 of the definitions in it are in <paths.h>
and the other 1/3 should be in ../mountd/pathnames.h and is not used by
mount_ifs anyway.


71146 17-Jan-2001 bde

Removed unused rotting copy of ../mount/mount.8. It should never have
been repo-copied.


71107 16-Jan-2001 ru

mdoc(7) police: fixed broken references.


71099 16-Jan-2001 ru

Prepare for mdoc(7)NG.


71081 15-Jan-2001 grog

Fix typo.

Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it>
PR: 24233

Fix typos.

Submitted by: "Jeroen C. van Gelderen" <jeroen@vangelderen.org>


71073 15-Jan-2001 iedowse

The ffs superblock includes a 128-byte region for use by temporary
in-core pointers to summary information. An array in this region
(fs_csp) could overflow on filesystems with a very large number of
cylinder groups (~16000 on i386 with 8k blocks). When this happens,
other fields in the superblock get corrupted, and fsck refuses to
check the filesystem.

Solve this problem by replacing the fs_csp array in 'struct fs'
with a single pointer, and add padding to keep the length of the
128-byte region fixed. Update the kernel and userland utilities
to use just this single pointer.

With this change, the kernel no longer makes use of the superblock
fields 'fs_csshift' and 'fs_csmask'. Add a comment to newfs/mkfs.c
to indicate that these fields must be calculated for compatibility
with older kernels.

Reviewed by: mckusick


71061 15-Jan-2001 phk

Add a couple of newlines in the output from route monitor


71049 15-Jan-2001 eivind

Replace reference to replacing mkfs(8) with a paragraph actually
describing what newfs *does*.


71043 14-Jan-2001 des

Document the -N option in the usage message and the man page.


71034 14-Jan-2001 des

Add a -N option that makes sysctl(8) print out just the variable names.
Zsh users can add the following to their .zshrc for sysctl completion:

function listsysctls {
case $1 in
*.*) set -A reply $(sysctl -AN ${1%.*}) ;;
*) set -A reply $(sysctl -AN) ;;
esac
}
compctl -K listsysctls sysctl

While I'm here, brucify the getopt() switch.


71028 14-Jan-2001 grog

Remove references to lockinfo.plex.

Reported by: dougb


70888 10-Jan-2001 ru

Mdoc(7)ify.


70826 09-Jan-2001 rwatson

o IPFW incorrectly handled filtering in the presence of previously
reserved and now allocated TCP flags in incoming packets. This patch
stops overloading those bits in the IP firewall rules, and moves
colliding flags to a seperate field, ipflg. The IPFW userland
management tool, ipfw(8), is updated to reflect this change. New TCP
flags related to ECN are now included in tcp.h for reference, although
we don't currently implement TCP+ECN.

o To use this fix without completely rebuilding, it is sufficient to copy
ip_fw.h and tcp.h into your appropriate include directory, then rebuild
the ipfw kernel module, and ipfw tool, and install both. Note that a
mismatch between module and userland tool will result in incorrect
installation of firewall rules that may have unexpected effects. This
is an MFC candidate, following shakedown. This bug does not appear
to affect ipfilter.

Reviewed by: security-officer, billf
Reported by: Aragon Gouveia <aragon@phat.za.net>


70633 03-Jan-2001 iedowse

Document fsck_ffs's new SIGINFO handler.

Reviewed by: sheldonh


70581 01-Jan-2001 ben

Minor layout fixes.

PR: 24004
Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it>


70573 01-Jan-2001 phk

Add padding space and a version number to the md_ioctl structre for future
extension.

Add ability to create a preload disk giving an address and a length
(suggested by imp)

Fix bug relating to very small md(4) devices.

Update md.c copyright to reflect the status of code copied from vn.c.
(noticed by dillon)


70565 01-Jan-2001 peter

Further tidy up the sbin/init and release builds.


70562 01-Jan-2001 phk

This is not necessarily the correct fix, but at least sbin/init compiles
in a sterile environment like "make release"


70541 31-Dec-2000 phk

This is the first snapshot of the new all-singing-and-dancing md(4).

Using the mdconfig(8) program you can now configure memory disks
on malloc(9), swap or a file/vnode. preloaded md disks also work
as usual.


70538 31-Dec-2000 phk

Improve cmdline parsing and messages.

Add a rudimentary man-page. (I'm no mdoc wizard, feel free to attack my
mistakes and blunders)


70522 30-Dec-2000 phk

Use macro API to <sys/queue.h>

Submitted by: "Peter Avalos" <pavalos@theshell.com>
Reviewed by: /sbin/md5


70450 28-Dec-2000 phk

Add mdconfig into the build.


70448 28-Dec-2000 phk

Preliminary scaffolding for the new integrated vn+md device driver.

I decided to work on the md(4) driver and integrate the vn(4)
functionality into it mainly based on the name being more suitable.
Ideally 'vd' as in "virtual disk" would probably be the most logical
but our sound-master pointed out that this would cause uncontrollable
fits of giggles in the brits. Another complication would the needed
changes to the ramdisk boot/root functionality.

The vn driver will stay around for some time after I complete this
merge for transition reasons, and I'll make it whine to people that
they should migrate to the md(4) driver for some time before it
dies.

The kernel part of the new md(4) driver will be committed after more
testing.


70434 28-Dec-2000 hoek

typo: modifes -> modifies


70427 28-Dec-2000 des

Retire kernfs (userland part).


70415 27-Dec-2000 phk

When trying to deduce the diskname from the name so we can run
parallel fsck's one per drive, use the shortest prefix ending in
a digit rather than the longest prefix ending in a digit.

This makes "/dev/ad0s1a" and "/dev/ad0s2a" appear to both reside
on the disk "/dev/ad0" and consequently they will be fsck'ed
sequentially rather than in parallel as now.

In general this heuristic is rather soft and errorprone. For
instance ccd may often reside on two or more physical disks. A
good solution would be to look for passes larger than 1 until no
disks are found in a particular pass, that way people could put
ccd stripes in pass 3... and have them fsck'ed sequentially.

Reviewed by: mjacob


70413 27-Dec-2000 phk

Use official API to <sys/queue.h> instead of groping around inside the
data structures.

Reviewed by: imp


70401 27-Dec-2000 ru

Prepare for mdoc(7)NG.


70226 20-Dec-2000 sheldonh

Fix hard sentence break introduced in previous commit.


70208 20-Dec-2000 grog

Cosmetics.

Correct location of history file.

Change references from /dev/wd to /dev/ad.

Use more appropriate defaults for stripe size in examples.


70207 20-Dec-2000 grog

roughlength: Use correct format strings.


70206 20-Dec-2000 grog

Correct some comments.

vinum_attach: Get correct names (were being overwritten).

Submitted by: Terry Glanfield <Terry.Glanfield@program-products.co.uk>


70203 19-Dec-2000 imp

o Add an example for a large file system.
o Remove bug about boot blocks hating non-8k file systems. This hasn't been
the case for a long time.

Not Objected to by: hackers, doc


70192 19-Dec-2000 ru

Prepare for mdoc(7)NG.


70166 18-Dec-2000 phk

Add a missing period and newline to a message.

PR: 23334
Submitted by: Rich Morin <rdm@cfcl.com>


70152 18-Dec-2000 ru

Prepare for mdoc(7)NG.


70123 17-Dec-2000 phk

Add a -a option to show the entire message buffer.


70121 17-Dec-2000 jdp

Extend the ldconfig security check so that it ignores group-writable
directories in addition to world-writable directories. As before,
this check can be disabled with the "-i" option, which in turn can
be made the default for boot-up by setting "ldconfig_insecure=YES"
in "/etc/rc.conf".

Also fix an mdoc nit in the manual page.

Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mux@qualys.com>


70050 15-Dec-2000 iedowse

Add a simple SIGINFO handler to fsck_ffs. Shortly after receipt of
a SIGINFO (normally via Ctrl-T), a line will be output indicating
the current phase number and progress information relevant to the
current phase.

Approved by: mckusick


70025 14-Dec-2000 phantom

Add missing coma in SEE ALSO section

Reported by: Rich Morin <rdm@cfcl.com>


70022 14-Dec-2000 ru

mdoc(7) police: added missing .Os call.


70015 14-Dec-2000 ru

mdoc(7) police: removed history info from the .Os FreeBSD call.


69999 13-Dec-2000 tomsoft

Fix a logical bug introduced by changing the formatting.

Submitted by: ru
Reviewed by: chm


69977 13-Dec-2000 ru

Mdoc(7)ify.


69926 12-Dec-2000 tomsoft

corrected spelling mistakes in comments
check a couple of mallocs
usage of errx
linebreaks of DBG_ macros,
correcting the usage of nroff macros

Submitted by: grog, charnier
Reviewed by: chm


69906 12-Dec-2000 iedowse

Stop restore from looping under certain error conditions. This
corrects cases where restore would spew an infinite stream of
"Changing volumes on pipe input?" messages, or would loop waiting
for a response to the "set owner/mode for '.'" question.

PR: bin/14250
Reviewed by: dwmalone


69895 12-Dec-2000 mckusick

Don't give up on file write errors. Just log them and continue.


69858 11-Dec-2000 ru

mdoc(7) police: use canonical form of .Dd macro.


69829 10-Dec-2000 charnier

The tunefs code assumed that the last argument was the device specification.
We need to parse the arguments first, then open the device (if
specified) and then apply the changes. This change will disallow the
(undocumented) use of multiple instances of the same argument on the
same command line for the sack of a better error message.

Other changes are:
1) the softupdates (-n) now issue a warning about remaining unchanged
2) the usage and man page is changed to specify "space | time" instead of
"optimization preference".

PR: bin/23335
Submitted by:Mark Peek <mark@whistle.com>


69800 09-Dec-2000 tomsoft

added growfs(8) including ffsinfo(8) to the freebsd base system

Reviewed by: grog


69793 09-Dec-2000 obrien

Add `_PATH_DEVZERO'.
Use _PATH_* where where possible.


69720 07-Dec-2000 ben

Explicitly document the fact that securelevel > 0 means that kernel modules
may not be (un)loaded.

PR: 23350
Submitted by: Gordon Tetlow <gordont@bluemtn.net>


69640 05-Dec-2000 obrien

Change the spelling of `.' to `.' from .OBJDIR since `.' really is where
generated files land. Also give precedence to generated files.


69571 04-Dec-2000 ume

test strdup() failures.
from: Chris Faulhaber <jedgar@fxp.org>

Obtained from: KAME


69534 03-Dec-2000 abial

Properly check the return values from malloc(3).
Remove some PNP-related dead code that is unlikely to survive the
changes in -current PNP anyway.

Submitted by: fixes from Chris Faulhaber <jedgar@freebsd.org>


69471 01-Dec-2000 jedgar

Properly check malloc(3) return values

Approved by: ken


69453 01-Dec-2000 obrien

The GCC 2.96 snapshots have slightly different rules for finding include
files. Mostly -I${.CURDIR} was needed -- especially for YACC generated
files as the new cpp does not look in the ultimate source file
(ie, the .y file)'s directory as told by the "#line" directive. Some were
misspellings of "-I${.CURDIR}" as "-I.".


69424 30-Nov-2000 ache

Add missing && which absense stops 'make world'


69414 30-Nov-2000 luigi

remove an undefined reference when no VLAN support is compiled in.


69371 29-Nov-2000 obrien

I didn't maintain the "chs" ordering. Rather the bug was in print_part().

Requested by: bde.


69323 28-Nov-2000 ben

Fix typos and layout problem.

PR: 23109
Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it>


69314 28-Nov-2000 charnier

Remove .Op when arg is required (special | filesystem). Document that at
least one flag is required and check this in the code. Make use of getopt(3).
Generalyze printing `... remains unchanged ...'.


69261 27-Nov-2000 ume

Add missing initialization for IPv6 address lifetime.

PR: misc/22884
Obtained from: KAME


69254 27-Nov-2000 kris

Fix format string warnings


69232 26-Nov-2000 dannyboy

Typo fix: forgot -> forget.

PR: 23113
Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it>


69077 23-Nov-2000 ru

mdoc(7) police: misc minor fixes.


69072 23-Nov-2000 grog

Correct the pathname of the history file.

Reported by: Crist J . Clark <cjclark@alum.mit.edu>


69057 22-Nov-2000 phantom

o get rid lfs mentions
o remove non-mdoc groff's instructions


69056 22-Nov-2000 phantom

We do not support lfs. Remove it from list of remountable fs'es.


69051 22-Nov-2000 ru

mdoc(7) police: Er macro usage cleanup.


69027 22-Nov-2000 ru

mdoc(7) police: do not split author names in the AUTHORS section.


68965 20-Nov-2000 ru

mdoc(7) police: use the new features of the Nm macro.


68960 20-Nov-2000 ru

mdoc(7) police: use the new features of the Nm macro.


68905 19-Nov-2000 kris

Format string paranoia


68878 18-Nov-2000 ru

mdoc(7) police: fix errors uncovered by the new feature of the Nm macro.


68871 18-Nov-2000 obrien

Make the order of values prompted for with the "-i" option match print_part()


68854 17-Nov-2000 ru

mdoc(7) police: use certified section headers wherever possible.


68823 16-Nov-2000 ru

Describe -deny_incoming better, highlight some keywords,
add myself to the AUTHORS section.


68754 15-Nov-2000 ben

more removal of trailing periods from SEE ALSO.


68728 14-Nov-2000 grog

Document the correct default states for additional plexes of a
multi-plex volume.

Confusion reported by: many

Clarify recommendations for default plex stripe size.


68720 14-Nov-2000 ru

Spell the `daemon' correctly.


68716 14-Nov-2000 ru

Use Fx macro wherever possible.


68640 12-Nov-2000 nik

Be a little clearer about the relationship between these two.

PR: docs/20067
Submitted by: Takayuki Hagihara


68575 10-Nov-2000 ru

Avoid use of direct troff requests in mdoc(7) manual pages.


68521 09-Nov-2000 adrian

Remove the block/char device distinction. badsect only worked on bdevs,
and then mapped /dev/foo into /dev/rfoo to get to the character device.
This isn't needed anymore.

Reviewed by: ps


68503 08-Nov-2000 obrien

Update usage().

Submitted by: nectar


68111 31-Oct-2000 nectar

Build with -DUSE_INET6 so that we can actually use the IPv6 support in
IPFilter 3.4.x.

Approved by: darrenr, guido


68044 31-Oct-2000 jkh

Add support for virgin disklabels

Submitted by: dillon


67937 30-Oct-2000 ru

IPFW does not discard *any* IP fragments with OFF=1, only TCP ones.


67884 29-Oct-2000 nik

.Xr to mount_ext2fs, mount_hpfs, mount_linprocfs, mount_nwfs, and
mount_std.

PR: docs/20369
Submitted by: bmah


67870 29-Oct-2000 jedgar

Remove obsolete /dev/drum references

Reviewed by: alex, asmodai, billf


67479 24-Oct-2000 jwd

Cast block number to off_t to avoid possible overflow bugs.

Pointed out by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>


67478 24-Oct-2000 jwd

The write combining code in revision 1.30 needs a few additional
touch ups. The cache needs to be flushed against block
reads, and a final flush at process termination to force the
backup superblocks to disk.

I believe this will allow 'make release' to complete.

Submitted by: Tor.Egge@fast.no


67476 23-Oct-2000 gallatin

Give correct results for SYSCTL_LONG arrays when sizeof(int) != sizeof(long)
This fixes unaligned access on alpha for, eg, sysctl kern.ipc.mbtypes.


67264 17-Oct-2000 des

Work much harder at obtaining a correct device node. If what devname(3)
returns doesn't exist, or doesn't match the desired device, fall back to
scanning /dev for a matching node, and as a last resort, if that fails,
try to create the node ourselves as /dev/dump.

Add comments to several variables and functions.

Clean up syslog(3) usage; use %m instead of strerror(3).

Other minor cleanup.


67239 17-Oct-2000 peter

Implement simple write combining for newfs - this is particularly useful
for large scsi disks with WCE = 0. This yields around a 7 times speedup
on elapsed newfs time on test disks here. 64k clusters seems to be the
sweet spot for scsi disks using our present drivers.


67105 14-Oct-2000 adrian

Pre-IFS commit. Commit IFS-aware fsck and mount utilities.

mount_ifs: repocopy of sbin/mount, with most of the intelligence ripped out
and "ufs" replaced with "ifs" in the right places. It will only
mount a single filesystem, rather than the -t <type> magic that
our real mount does.

fsck_ifs: repocopy of sbin/fsck_ffs, but the directory structure stuff
(pass2 and some refcount checks) has been #ifdef'ed out.

src/sbin/Makefile: Build these two utilities

There is probably cruft code left in both which can be removed at a later
date, especially in mount_ifs, but I trust that people will not try
mount_ifs -a ..

Note: there are no man pages installed for these two commands as I haven't
actually written them yet.


67003 12-Oct-2000 ru

Allow for IP_FW_ADD to be used in getsockopt(2) incarnation as
well, in which case return the rule number back into userland.

PR: bin/18351
Reviewed by: archie, luigi


66979 11-Oct-2000 ru

Reset globals for every new command read from preprocessed file.


66976 11-Oct-2000 ru

Only interpret the last command line argument as a file to
be preprocessed if it is specified as an absolute pathname.

PR: bin/16179


66918 10-Oct-2000 obrien

We want the FreeBSD ID as the RCS ID, not the NetBSD one.


66915 10-Oct-2000 bde

Fixed breakage of CFLAGS and misplacement of $FreeBSD$ in previous commit.


66907 10-Oct-2000 wollman

Don't depend on <sys/stat.h> bogusly including <sys/time.h> (and thereby
<time.h>).


66869 09-Oct-2000 adrian

.. fsck wrappers aftercommit #1: I don't know how these files got lost,
but they did. Oops.


66868 09-Oct-2000 adrian

Reviewed by: rwatson, bp
Approved by: rwatson
Obtained from: NetBSD source tree

Second part of the fsck wrappers commit. This commit enables the new fsck
code (removing the fsck/* code and replacing it with the netbsd fsck
wrapper code), and enabling some FFS-based utilities to compile.

Details:

* quotacheck, fsdb required modification to use the fsck_ffs/ code rather
than fsck/ . This might change later since quotacheck requires preen.c
which should exist in fsck/ rather than fsck_ffs/

* src/Makefile has fsck_ffs added to it so it it built as part of the tree
now

* share/doc/smm/03.fsck/ uses the SMM.doc/ stuff from fsck_ffs, not fsck.

I've tested this, and it shouldn't require any changes on your machine.
The fsck wrapper reads /etc/fsck and is command-line-compatible enough
to not require rc changes (well, most changes unless you want to do
anything nifty by specifying the fs types explicityly, read the man page
if you want further details on what it can do.)

This now allows us to support multiple filesystem types during bootup.


66867 09-Oct-2000 adrian

Reviewed by: rwatson, bp
Approved by: rwatson
Obtained from: NetbSD source tree

Second part of the fsck wrappers commit. This commit enables the new fsck
code (removing the fsck/* code and replacing it with the netbsd fsck
wrapper code), and enabling some FFS-based utilities to compile.

Details:

* quotacheck, fsdb required modification to use the fsck_ffs/ code rather
than fsck/ . This might change later since quotacheck requires preen.c
which should exist in fsck/ rather than fsck_ffs/

* src/Makefile has fsck_ffs added to it so it it built as part of the tree
now

* share/doc/smm/03.fsck/ uses the SMM.doc/ stuff from fsck_ffs, not fsck.

I've tested this, and it shouldn't require any changes on your machine.
The fsck wrapper reads /etc/fsck and is command-line-compatible enough
to not require rc changes (well, most changes unless you want to do
anything nifty by specifying the fs types explicityly, read the man page
if you want further details on what it can do.)

This now allows us to support multiple filesystem types during bootup.


66866 09-Oct-2000 adrian

.. forgot a ; at the end of the $FreeBSD$ string. How did I actually forget
this? :-)

It builds again.


66864 09-Oct-2000 adrian

Some missed magic in the fsck wrapper commit which is required by other
utilities which use bits of fsck_ffs - namely quotacheck and fsdb.
In depth, utilities.c contains blockcheck() which is needed by both,
but also a slew of routines which require bits of the FFS code to be
compiled in. This breaks the fs-specific and non-fs-specific code
up into two files (well, blockcheck() is the only routine in utilities.c,
that'll change later) which makes building fsck_ffs, quotacheck and
fsdb work yet again.

(You won't find commits to fsdb and quotacheck here before I haven't
committed the post-fsck-wrappers version of them yet.)


66861 09-Oct-2000 adrian

Reviewed by: rwatson, bp
Approved by: rwatson
Obtained from: NetBSD-current source tree

The beginnings of the fsck wrappers stuff from NetBSD. This particular commit
brings a newly repo-copied sbin/fsck_ffs/ (from sbin/fsck/) into fsck wrappers
mode.

A quick overview (the code reflects this):

* Documentation changed to reflect fsck_ffs instead of fsck
* Simply acts on a single filesystem, doesn't try to do any multiple filesystem
magic - this is done by the fsck wrappers now

And then specific to fsck_ffs:

* link to /sbin/fsck_4.2bsd and /sbin/fsck_ufs. This is because right now
the filesystem is of type ufs not ffs, and that during autodetection the
labeltype rather than the VFS type is used - this is because when doing
an autodetection of filesystem type in the fsck wrapper program, it does
not have any link between label type (4.2bsd, vinum, etc) and VFS string.

Note that this shouldn't break a build since the required buildworld Makefile
magic and import of the fsck wrapper code into src/sbin/fsck/ will happen
in a seperate commit.


66811 08-Oct-2000 kris

Don't overflow our fd_set. This is not a full sync with KAME because there
are a whole lot of other changes which may not be suitable for us.

Obtained from: KAME


66773 06-Oct-2000 kris

Format string fix.


66733 06-Oct-2000 ru

Convert this Makefile to the usual style.


66732 06-Oct-2000 ru

Document the latest firewall knobs.


66623 04-Oct-2000 ru

Respect the protocol when looking the port up by service name.

PR: 21742


66580 03-Oct-2000 ru

Do not force argument to ``ipid'' modifier be in hex, and
accept value of zero as valid for IP Identification field.


66579 03-Oct-2000 ru

Fixed the printing of TCP flags.


66521 02-Oct-2000 billf

Add new fields for more granularity:
IP: version, tos, ttl, len, id
TCP: seq#, ack#, window size

Reviewed by: silence on freebsd-{net,ipfw}


66450 29-Sep-2000 ru

- Documented the host/bits syntax for destination argument.
- Documented that netmask could be specified with third argument.


66449 29-Sep-2000 ru

Interpret the address argument as network-type address for `destination'
argument only. Before that, the `route add default gateway' first tried
the `gateway' as network address and passed its name to getnetbyname(3),
which in the BIND resolution case does the T_PTR lookup on that name.


66448 29-Sep-2000 ru

Fixed the case where argument of 0.0.0.0/8 would match the default route.


66445 29-Sep-2000 ru

Document that net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass only affects dummynet(4).

Noticed by: Peter Jeremy<peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>


66429 28-Sep-2000 des

Remove superfluous code:

1) use devname() instead of searching /dev for the dump device

2) use fopen() instead of open() so we don't need to differentiate
between compressing and not compressing when writing the core
file or the kernel (zopen() returns a FILE *, so we just use
fwrite() in both cases)

There should be no functional changes.


66284 23-Sep-2000 grog

Add 'setupstate' to RAID-10 example.

Tripped-over-by: Nicole Harrington <nicole@picturetrail.com>


66003 17-Sep-2000 ken

Adjust 'camcontrol negotiate -v' so it prints out the initiator ID from the
Path Inquiry CCB.


65921 16-Sep-2000 phk

Turn dkcksum() into an __inline function.

Change its type to u_int_16_t.


65803 13-Sep-2000 sheldonh

Improve the clarification of the handling of the securelevel.

Submitted by: bde


65786 12-Sep-2000 mjacob

Fix sign extension.

PR: 21232
Obtained from: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.inka.de>


65773 12-Sep-2000 sheldonh

Clarify the handling of the securelevel.

PR: 20974


65564 07-Sep-2000 des

Fix comment to match previous commit, as per bde.


65532 06-Sep-2000 nectar

Add nsswitch support. By creating an /etc/nsswitch.conf file, you can
configure FreeBSD so that various databases such as passwd and group can be
looked up using flat files, NIS, or Hesiod.

= Hesiod has been added to libc (see hesiod(3)).

= A library routine for parsing nsswitch.conf and invoking callback
functions as specified has been added to libc (see nsdispatch(3)).

= The following C library functions have been modified to use nsdispatch:
. getgrent, getgrnam, getgrgid
. getpwent, getpwnam, getpwuid
. getusershell
. getaddrinfo
. gethostbyname, gethostbyname2, gethostbyaddr
. getnetbyname, getnetbyaddr
. getipnodebyname, getipnodebyaddr, getnodebyname, getnodebyaddr

= host.conf has been removed from src/etc. rc.network has been modified
to warn that host.conf is no longer used at boot time. In addition, if
there is a host.conf but no nsswitch.conf, the latter is created at boot
time from the former.

Obtained from: NetBSD


65525 06-Sep-2000 des

Don't warn about unknown mount types, since they most likely simply mean
that the right module hasn't been loaded yet (and mount(8) will do so
when necessary).


65520 06-Sep-2000 ache

/modules -> /boot/kernel


65505 06-Sep-2000 grog

Bring LDADD in line with DPADD.

Reported by: bde


65396 03-Sep-2000 peter

I'm not sure what changed to cause this, but using 'dirname' as a variable
was colliding with dirname() in libc.a and causing a Sig 10/bus error.
Just change dirname to savedir and be done with it.


65384 03-Sep-2000 grog

Clean up now that setproctitle() is in libc.

Submitted by: brian


65379 02-Sep-2000 brian

Don't use libutil now that setproctitle() is in libc


65183 29-Aug-2000 grog

Correct typo.


65159 28-Aug-2000 n_hibma

No more hunting around for ipnat.conf(5) man page.


65155 28-Aug-2000 sheldonh

Explain the notion that additional mount options may be described
in mount_XXX manual pages. Remove explicit mention of NFS mount
options, since they are accurately described by this rule.

PR: 20814


65114 26-Aug-2000 phk

Mount DEVFS with no options.


65054 24-Aug-2000 jhb

- When adjusting the end of a partition to lie on a cylinder boundary, don't
adjust the size, but the actual end.
- Break out some of the sanity checks on partitions into a sanitize_partition
function.
- When adjusting partitions, always adjust the start "up", and the end "down"
so that we stay within the boundaries of the original request.
- Various small nits found by bde.

Reported by: bde, imp, rgrimes


65023 23-Aug-2000 sheldonh

Only print information about reads and writes when the -v flag (for
verbose mode) is specified. This should really have been the case
when this extra cruft was first introduced in rev 1.23.

PR: 20710
Reported by: Mike Meyer <mwm@mired.org>


64714 16-Aug-2000 imp

optreset is declared in unistd.h, so we don't need to declare it here again.

Reviews by: ken


64696 16-Aug-2000 imp

optreset is declared in unistd.h now.


64685 15-Aug-2000 rnordier

Remove redundant code left over on removal of /dev/rXXX handling
in r1.12.


64682 15-Aug-2000 rnordier

Partially revert r1.12, in which a warnx() if the device is not a
character device is changed to an errx(). This unnecessarily
compromises device independence.


64542 11-Aug-2000 sheldonh

Explain why adding ``options NFSKERB'' breaks the kernel build.

PR: 10642
Reported by: Stefan Eggers <seggers@semyam.dinoco.de>
Submitted by: johan


64535 11-Aug-2000 sheldonh

Add text from NetBSD's rev 1.12 which should have accompanied
the changes made to our own source on 1997-01-01.

PR: 20445
Submitted by: Jon Masami Kuroda <jkuroda@eecs.berkeley.edu>


64525 11-Aug-2000 sheldonh

Add $FreeBSD$.


64483 10-Aug-2000 sheldonh

Resolve conflicts.


64474 10-Aug-2000 kbyanc

Fix an order-of-operations bug and properly shift page_control values for
comparison with SMS_PAGE_CTRL_* macros.


64468 09-Aug-2000 kbyanc

Include new modepage list (-l) option in the verbose usage.


64435 09-Aug-2000 jhb

Fix a typo in the last commit so that this compiles.


64393 08-Aug-2000 kbyanc

Fix some whitespace errors.

Pointed out by: ps


64391 08-Aug-2000 kbyanc

Replace -l with .Fl l

Pointed out by: sheldonh


64382 08-Aug-2000 kbyanc

This is an overhaul of the mode page handling in camcontrol as well as
related patches. These include:
* Mode page editting can be scripted. This involves two
things: first, if stdin is not a tty, changes are read from
stdin rather than invoking $EDITOR. Second, and more
importantly, not all modepage entries must be included in the
change set. This means that camcontrol can now gracefully handle
more intrusive editting from the $EDITOR, including removal or
rearrangement of lines. It also means that you can do stuff
like:
# echo "WCE: 1" | camcontrol modepage da3 -m 8 -e
# newfs /dev/da3
# echo "WCE: 0" | camcontrol modepage da3 -m 8 -e
* Range-checking on user-supplied input values. modeedit.c now
uses the field width specifiers to determine the maximum
allowable value for a field. If the user enters a value larger
than the maximum, it clips the value to the max and warns the
user. This also involved patching cam_cmdparse.c to be more
consistent with regards to the "count" parameter to arg_put
(previously is was the length of strings and 1 for all integral
types). The cam_cdbparse(3) man page was also updated to reflect
the revised semantics.
* In the process, I removed the 64 entry limit on mode pages (not
that we were even close to hitting that limit). This was a nice
side-effect of the other changes.
* Technically, the new mode editting functionality allows editting
of character array entries in mode pages (type 'c' or 'z'),
however since buff_encode doesn't grok them it is currently
useless.
* Camcontrol gained two new options related to mode pages: -l and
-b. The former lists all available mode pages for a given
device. The latter forces mode page display in binary format
(the default when no mode page definition was found in
scsi_modes).
* Added support for mode page names to scsi_modes. Allows names to
be displayed alongside mode numbers in the mode page
listing. Updated scsi_modes to use the new functionality. This
also adds the semicolon into the scsi_modes syntax as an
optional mode page definition terminator. This is needed to name
pages without providing a page format definition.
* Updated scsi_all.h to include a structure describing mode page
headers.
* Added $FreeBSD$ line to scsi_modes.

Inspired by: dwhite
Reviewed by: ken


64360 07-Aug-2000 jdp

Add a "-i" option ("insecure") which disables the checks for
root ownership, etc. I will soon commit a companion knob for
"/etc/rc.conf".

Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mhenrion@cybercable.fr>


64316 07-Aug-2000 joe

0xA0 = Suspend to disk.


64293 06-Aug-2000 rnordier

Consistency fix.


64282 05-Aug-2000 alex

Fix world-breakage: warnx("..') --> warnx("...")

Submitted by: Alain Thivillon <Alain.Thivillon@hsc.fr>,
Udo Erdelhoff <ue@nathan.ruhr.de>
Approved by: green


64277 05-Aug-2000 kris

Don't call errx() without a format string, to protect against possible
% characters in localized error messages from ipsec_strerror().

Obtained from: OpenBSD


64275 05-Aug-2000 kris

Don't call warnx() without a format string (localized error messages
could conceivably cause a crash).

Obtained from: OpenBSD


64131 02-Aug-2000 sheldonh

Resolve conflicts from vendor merge.


64100 01-Aug-2000 sheldonh

Use ${LIBDATADIR} instead of hardcoding /usr/libdata into the
${TABDIR} path.

PR: 17945
Submitted by: Benno Rice <benno@netizen.com.au>


64018 30-Jul-2000 darrenr

Darren,

Could you please enable my "state top" patches in the FreeBSD distribution.
I developped the stuff under FreeBSD, so it must be good there :-)

Here is a patch (relative to the RELENG_4 branch).

Thanks,

Frank


63962 28-Jul-2000 sheldonh

Rename the loadable nullfs kernel module: null -> nullfs


63939 27-Jul-2000 obrien

Add reference to sysctl.conf.


63926 27-Jul-2000 obrien

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r63925,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


63892 26-Jul-2000 asmodai

Fix the reporting of a raw device node.

Change a warnx to an errx since we should only attempt to use
this utility on a character device.

Approved by: green


63881 26-Jul-2000 sheldonh

Describe the syncer(4)-related sysctls kern.filedelay, kern.dirdelay
and kern.metadelay, thanks to mckusick's feedback.


63872 26-Jul-2000 jdp

If a directory is world-writable or is not owned by root, skip it
and emit a warning. This is a security measure since ldconfig
influences the shared libraries used by all programs.

I think the check should be made even more stringent by also
ignoring group-writable directories. I will make that change soon
unless we encounter a good reason not to do it.

Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mhenrion@cybercable.fr>


63810 24-Jul-2000 mckusick

If the lost+found directory is created by fsck, it will do a cacheino()
which sets the inoinfo's i_parent and i_dotdot to 0, but they never get
set to ROOTINO. This means that propagate will never find lost+found and
its descendents, subdirectories will remain DSTATE (instead of DFOUND)
even though they *are* correctly linked in, and pass4.c will try to
clear them unsuccessfully, thinking that there is no link count from the
DSTATE directory's parent. The result is that you need to run fsck twice
and get link count increasing errors (which are unexpected and fatal
when running in preen mode). The fix is to set i_parent and i_dotdot to
"parent" after the second cacheino() call in dir.c:allocdir().

Obtained from: "Ethan Solomita" <ethan@geocast.com> (of the NetBSD Project)


63732 21-Jul-2000 obrien

Blah, need to add /usr/bin to the path also.
Of course this is a bug in that the dhclient script will not work properly
if one has a local / and an NFS mounted /usr and needs to obtain its IP
address via DHCP before being able to mount /usr.


63729 21-Jul-2000 jhb

Fix a really stupid bug where I assumed sizeof(int) == 2. This resulted in
MBR's with a 4th slice failing the signature check and fdisk saying that
they are invalid.

Submitted by: bde


63633 20-Jul-2000 obrien

Need /usr/sbin for arp(8).


63630 20-Jul-2000 obrien

Patchlevel 3 of the ISC 2.0 dhcp client now requires us to give it the
shell script's PATH setting in the environment.


63542 19-Jul-2000 archie

Show the actual command line usage in the man page and usage error string.


63473 18-Jul-2000 archie

Make "ifconfig" with no arguments equivalent to "ifconfig -a".


63439 18-Jul-2000 sheldonh

Cross-reference mount_nfs(8) and showmount(8).

PR: 20008
Reported by: Gerald Pfeifer <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>


63438 18-Jul-2000 sheldonh

Order the cross-references in the SEE ALSO section, in preparation
for PR 20008.


63329 17-Jul-2000 jhb

- Don't try to free mboot.bootinst before it has been allocated. If, for
some reason, mboot.bootinst is not initialized to NULL at the beginning
of the program, then the last commit to this would try to free whatever
bogus address is in it.
- Restore the behavior of free()'ing the mboot.bootinst buffer after we
abuse it to determine the sector size of the disk (as clearly noted in
the comments). Properly fix the double free() bug by setting the pointer
to NULL after we free it.


63300 17-Jul-2000 ru

Suggest looking at rc.conf(5) on how to start natd(8) during boot.

Submitted by: dcs


63293 17-Jul-2000 billf

Fix a paste-o in the tcpoptions check (not a security problem, just a
error in the usage printf())

Reviewed by: rwatson


63283 16-Jul-2000 dwmalone

Don't try to make files immutable (ie. chflags) before setting access times.

PR: 19973
Submitted by: Arjan de Vet <Arjan.deVet@adv.iae.nl>
Reviewed by: Matthew Jacob <mjacob@feral.com>


63231 15-Jul-2000 mckusick

Make a tighter test for valid inode numbers in getnextinode().


63218 15-Jul-2000 ache

Fix memory leak/double free found by phkmalloc
Uniform mboot.bootinst allocation code to be independent of functions order


63162 14-Jul-2000 ben

* Clarify text on choosing a dump device
* Remove the text which states only devices with minor number 1 can be used
- this is no longer true.
* Mention that dumpon(8) cannot be used to capture dumps from panics during
kernel initialization.
* /dev/wd -> /dev/ad

PR: 19848
Submitted by: Udo Erdelhoff <ue@nathan.ruhr.de>
Reviewed by: sheldonh


63073 13-Jul-2000 dwmalone

Clarify "mount -a -t" example - it only unmounts stuff in /etc/fstab.
Fix a typo.

PR: 19438
Submitted by: Eoin Lawless <eoin@maths.tcd.ie>
Reviewed by: sheldon


63029 12-Jul-2000 jhb

Note that "ether" is a supported address family for setting addresses.


63027 12-Jul-2000 jhb

- Always respect cylinder boundaries when creating slices unless the user
explicitly sets the geometry.
- Allow for MBR boot loaders that are longer than one sector. Only accept
boot loaders if their size is a multiple of the sector size, however.


63026 12-Jul-2000 jhb

Add support to the 'ether' address family to support setting of addresses.
This allows you to set ether addresses with 'ifconfig ether'. Also, use
some saner socket address families that allow several special case tests
to be removed.


63003 12-Jul-2000 mckusick

Ensure that block and character devices as well as fifo's and sockets
all have zero length. A non-zero length panic's the kernel when one
of these is deleted.

PR: 19426
Submitted by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie>
Reviewed by: dwmalone@FreeBSD.org


62975 11-Jul-2000 phk

Array of long support.

Submitted by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie>


62884 10-Jul-2000 kris

Don't call sprintf() with no format string.


62882 10-Jul-2000 kris

Don't call warn() with no format string.


62881 10-Jul-2000 kris

Don't call err with no format string.


62858 09-Jul-2000 jdp

Make "ldconfig" with no arguments behave the same as "ldconfig -R".

Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mhenrion@cybercable.fr>


62668 06-Jul-2000 mckusick

Teach fsck about snapshot files. These changes should have no
effect on operation of fsck on filesystems without snapshots.
If you get compilation errors, be sure that you have copies of
/usr/include/sys/mount.h (1.94), /usr/include/sys/stat.h (1.21),
and /usr/include/ufs/ffs/fs.h (1.16) as of July 4, 2000 or later.


62666 06-Jul-2000 kris

Correct style bugs in previous commit


62664 06-Jul-2000 mckusick

Add the snapshot option to mount_ufs.


62629 05-Jul-2000 kris

Sync with KAME

Obtained from: KAME


62628 05-Jul-2000 kris

Sync with KAME

Obtained from: KAME


62627 05-Jul-2000 kris

Sync with latest KAME code.

Obtained from: KAME


62622 05-Jul-2000 jhb

Support for unsigned integer and long sysctl variables. Update the
SYSCTL_LONG macro to be consistent with other integer sysctl variables
and require an initial value instead of assuming 0. Update several
sysctl variables to use the unsigned types.

PR: 15251
Submitted by: Kelly Yancey <kbyanc@posi.net>


62583 04-Jul-2000 itojun

synchronize with latest kame tree.

behavior change: policy syntax was changed. you may need to update your
setkey(8) configuration files.


62470 03-Jul-2000 sheldonh

Remove the use of a dash in the usage, since this isn't in keeping
with other utilities which offer similar functionality.

This change was discussed with ache, who brought in the ability to
use a dash to represent stdin in comcontrol.


62460 03-Jul-2000 sheldonh

What the commit log for rev 1.16 neglected to mention was that the
delta touched the Name Description (Nd). It introduced a grammar
error and did not fix the extraneous punctuation (Nd lines are not
terminated with a period).


62459 03-Jul-2000 sheldonh

Explicitly state that mountd can be made to re-read the exports file,
even though this may seem obvious to some folks.

Requested by: obrien


62361 01-Jul-2000 n_hibma

Print the correct speed when speed is less than 1MB/s.

Fixed in cam_xpt.c, r1.81

Submitted by: Gerd Knops <gerti@bitart.com>


62327 01-Jul-2000 ps

Backout rev 1.8. This really does not give us the version number
of the kld's.

Pointed out by: bp


62252 29-Jun-2000 ru

"Ease understanding" of how -punch_fw works.

Reviewed by: sheldonh


62196 28-Jun-2000 ken

When printing out the transfer rate display for 'camcontrol inquiry',
use the current setting for tagged queueing when deciding whether or not to
print "Tagged Queueing Enabled" instead of using the device's actual
capabilities.

This is more consistent with the rest of the transfer rate display, which
relies on current settings, and is more consistent with the way we display
things on boot.

Reported by: Gustavo Vieira Goncalves Coelho Rios <kernel@tdnet.com.br>
Reviewed by: mjacob


62178 27-Jun-2000 jhb

Catch the usage() function up to the command line changes. Add -I and
remove -e.


62160 27-Jun-2000 ru

Added new option (-punch_fw) which allows to `punch holes'
in the ipfirewall(4) for incoming FTP/IRC DCC connections.

Submitted by: Rene de Vries <rene@canyon.demon.nl>
Rewritten by: ru


62157 27-Jun-2000 ru

- mdoc(7) style cleanup
- new version of security note from alex.


62128 26-Jun-2000 alex

Back out both previous commits.
The first one got screwed up by me because of rev 1.33, which was
incorrectly merged into my patches by myself, and so Ruslan (maintainer)
asked me to back them out.

Ruslan was ok with the second one, but since it needs rework, it'll be
readded later, when it doesn't conflict with the backout of the first one.

Pointy hat: alex
Beer on next meeting: ru


62122 26-Jun-2000 alex

Add note about security concerns w/o a firewall but other machines
on your LAN to the "RUNNING NATD" introduction.

In a different way requested by:
PR: 18802
Submitted by: Zachary K Drew <drew0054@tc.umn.edu>


62121 26-Jun-2000 alex

mdoc style cleanup.

Reviewed by: sheldonh


61881 20-Jun-2000 jmb

display version number of each kld module when using
the -v flag.


61864 20-Jun-2000 ru

Remove ``pptpalias'' since this is now done transparently by libalias(3).


61761 18-Jun-2000 billf

Reorder the "prob" section in the output of list/show so it can be copy/pasted
into add without problems.

The previous commit had the other half of this original patch which handled
tcpflags/tcpflgs confusion in output/input.


61734 16-Jun-2000 wpaul

Implement SIOCSIFLLADDR, which allows you to change the link-level
address on an interface. This basically allows you to do what my
little setmac module/utility does via ifconfig. This involves the
following changes:

socket.h: define SIOCSIFLLADDR
if.c: add support for SIOCSIFLLADDR, which resets the values in
the arpcom struct and sockaddr_dl for the specified interface.
Note that if the interface is already up, we need to down/up
it in order to program the underlying hardware's receive filter.
ifconfig.c: add lladdr command
ifconfig.8: document lladdr command

You can now force the MAC address on any ethernet interface to be
whatever you want. (The change is not sticky across reboots of course:
we don't actually reprogram the EEPROM or anything.) Actually, you
can reprogram the MAC address on other kinds of interfaces too; this
shouldn't be ethernet-specific (though at the moment it's limited to
6 bytes of address data).

Nobody ran up to me and said "this is the politically correct way to
do this!" so I don't want to hear any complaints from people who think
I could have done it more elegantly. Consider yourselves lucky I didn't
do it by having ifconfig tread all over /dev/kmem.


61726 16-Jun-2000 ru

Remove unused parameter.


61657 14-Jun-2000 luigi

Fix behaviour of "ipfw pipe show" -- previous code gave
ambiguous data to the userland program (kernel operation was
safe, anyways).


61570 12-Jun-2000 ru

Fixed style bugs of rev 1.66.


61568 12-Jun-2000 brian

0x39 == plan9

Obtained from: OpenBSD


61536 11-Jun-2000 dillon

Fix memory leak in mount_nfs's background (-b) mode which occurs when
the mount is not available.

Submitted-by: Jonathan Hanna <pangolin@home.com>


61514 10-Jun-2000 phk

Handle minors like ls(1) does it.

PR: 19179
Submitted by: Kelly Yancey <kbyanc@posi.net>


61461 09-Jun-2000 ghelmer

Add QNX 4 partitions to fdisk's list.

PR: bin/8809
Submitted by: "John C. Place" <jcplace@ibm.net>
Prompted by: <nrahlstr@winternet.com>


61447 09-Jun-2000 alex

Add MLINK init.8 --> securelevel.8

Requested by: Brett Glass <brett@lariat.org>
PR: 13792
Submitted by: nik


61438 09-Jun-2000 asmodai

Fix occurences of nos_tun to nos-tun, this improves internal
consistency as well as an usage printout.

PR: 10538
Submitted by: piazza
Nudged by: nrahlstr


61420 08-Jun-2000 dan

Add tcpoptions to ipfw. This works much in the same way as ipoptions do.
It also squashes 99% of packet kiddie synflood orgies. For example, to
rate syn packets without MSS,

ipfw pipe 10 config 56Kbit/s queue 10Packets
ipfw add pipe 10 tcp from any to any in setup tcpoptions !mss

Submitted by: Richard A. Steenbergen <ras@e-gerbil.net>


61417 08-Jun-2000 luigi

Document new dummynet functionality, namely WF2Q+ and RED


61414 08-Jun-2000 luigi

userland side of WF2Q+ support in dummynet.
Manpage coming later...


61408 08-Jun-2000 grog

Clarify which bit of the daemon config disables configuration saves.

This is still terrible. I need to finally implement variables.

Reported-by: jmg


61358 07-Jun-2000 grog

Update description of checkparity and rebuildparity commands.


61357 07-Jun-2000 grog

continue_revive: Set the revive blocksize correctly in the ioctl request.


61356 07-Jun-2000 grog

vinum_start: Set the revive blocksize correctly.

checkparity: Allow the -v flag to display progress.


61283 05-Jun-2000 rwatson

o Mention kern.suser_permitted

Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project


61278 05-Jun-2000 nyan

Sync with sbin/i386/fdisk/fdisk.c revision 1.37.
(Don't try to open the /dev/rXXX device.)


61233 04-Jun-2000 ken

Eliminate the default device name (da) and unit number (0) in camcontrol.

This may break some scripts, but with the number of ways users can damage
a system with this tool, it's important to make sure they specify which
device they want to talk to.

Suggested by: joerg


61229 03-Jun-2000 ken

Use the Ic (Internal command) mdoc macro to denote camcontrol subcommands.

Submitted by: sheldonh


61228 03-Jun-2000 ken

Send 'camcontrol help' usage output to stdout instead of stderr, so it
can be viewed more easily with a pager.

Regular (i.e. short) usage output is still sent to stderr.

PR: bin/12358
Submitted by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.rhein-neckar.de>


61186 02-Jun-2000 jlemon

Fix memory leak when route addition fails.

Obtained from: NetBSD


61162 02-Jun-2000 grog

Add new function declarations.


61161 02-Jun-2000 grog

Change the default command history file from /var/tmp/vinum_history to
/var/log/vinum_history. Also check that any existing history file is
a regular file.

Admonished-by: imp

Allow stopping long-running commands with ^C (well, SIGINTR).
Previously this would stop the program.


61160 02-Jun-2000 grog

Add new function dumpconfig: dump the configuration information
directly off the drives.

This command shows a minor problem: it requires that the device nodes
exist, whereas kernel Vinum does not. Thus dumpconfig may show no
configuration for certain drives which are up and happily running.
This is documented in the man page.


61159 02-Jun-2000 grog

attach command: allow attaching striped or parity plexes if the -f
option is given. This will break the data in the plex.


61104 31-May-2000 msmith

Don't try to do anything with the /dev/rXXX device.


61103 31-May-2000 msmith

Don't try to open the /dev/rXXX device.


60885 24-May-2000 darrenr

add common.c to SRCS to fix compile problems


60784 22-May-2000 sheldonh

Fix a small grammar nit, with the maintainer's implicit approval.


60767 21-May-2000 ken

Implement a new camcontrol function, 'camcontrol format'.

libcam/Makefile: Add scsi_da.c to libcam for the new
scsi_format_unit() function.

camcontrol.8: Update the man page for the new format
functionality, and take out the examples section
describing how to do it with 'camcontrol cmd'.

camcontrol.c: New format functionality. Note that unlike the
rest of the camcontrol subcommands, this one is
interactive by default. Because of the potential
destructiveness of the format command, I thought
it necessary to get confirmation from the user
before spamming a disk. You can disable the
interactive behavior, and the status meter with
command line arguments.

scsi_da.c: Add the new scsi_format_unit() cdb building
function and use #ifdef _KERNEL to make this file
compile in both the kernel and userland. The
format unit function is currently only defined in
the non-kernel case, because nothing in the kernel
is using it. If that changes, it should be
un-ifdefed and compiled in both cases.

scsi_da.h: New function declaration, CDB structure and format
data structures.

Thanks to Nick Hibma for providing some valuable input on these changes.


60736 20-May-2000 obrien

Document "-alias".


60683 18-May-2000 ru

Add new option (-target_addr) to control how to deal with incoming packets
not associated with any pre-existing link.

Submitted by: brian


60602 15-May-2000 hoek

Fix a bunch of typos.

Some Submitted by: docs/18543 (Anatoly Vorobey)


60595 15-May-2000 hoek

Typo: "ealgo" -> "aalgo"

PR: docs/18547 (OKAZAKI Tetsurou <okazaki@be.to>)


60501 13-May-2000 hoek

.Xr boot0cfg 8 ,

PR: misc/18267 (Usov Alexander <[3]usov@ups.kiev.ua>)


60371 11-May-2000 grog

Add external for -i option.


60362 11-May-2000 grog

Remove description of the -v option for init and start.

Describe -i option for start.

Update description of start command (will now work on plexes).

Update discussion of choice of stripe size (don't use power of 2).

Remove references to raw devices.


60361 11-May-2000 grog

Add -i (interval) option, for use with start command.


60360 11-May-2000 grog

vinum_info: Use the correct field to determine whether trace entries
are read or write.

Bug-introduced-in: Revision 1.26

Show percentage complete in brief status of reviving and initializing
subdisks.


60359 11-May-2000 grog

start plex/subdisk:
Add -i option to delay between blocks copied, to reduce performance
impact.

Remove -v option, things work now.

Rewrite parity maintenance functions.

Rebuildparity: Add -v option to check whether it was broken before
rebuilding each block.


60311 10-May-2000 sheldonh

Supply only one author name per instance of %A, as per mdoc.samples(7).

PR: 18465
Submitted by: Kazu TAKAMUNE <takamune@avrl.mei.co.jp>


60293 09-May-2000 ps

Tidy up the offset calculations.

Submitted by: bde


60256 09-May-2000 nyan

Add '-DPC98' to CFLAGS if MACHINE == pc98.


60219 09-May-2000 ps

Read the correct size into kdumplo.

Botched/Noticed by: peter


60213 08-May-2000 ps

Allow savecore to work on > 2GB partitions.

Submitted by: peter


60132 07-May-2000 kris

Update device name.


60128 07-May-2000 kris

Update references to disk and tape devices.


60127 07-May-2000 kris

Update device names in examples.


60096 06-May-2000 phantom

Fix typo

Noticed by: hoek


60016 05-May-2000 mpp

Correct an xref.

PR: doc/13218
Submitted by: phantom


60013 05-May-2000 mpp

Correct the usage of the ".Bd -literal -offset xxx" macro to use
a proper offset. This silences warnings when the man page is
formated with groff.

PR: bin/14534


59971 04-May-2000 phantom

mdoc(7) style fixes and cleanup


59970 04-May-2000 phantom

Fix path to ip6fw


59964 04-May-2000 phantom

. clean `.Os' macro value since this tool is not KAME-only tools anymore
. sort Xr's in SEE ALSO section
. add integration note


59961 04-May-2000 phantom

Remove outdated BUGS section. We'll never rename comcontrol to siocontrol.


59921 03-May-2000 ru

New option: -redirect_proto.


59919 03-May-2000 sheldonh

Remove extraneous Dv macro that slipped in, in rev 1.64.


59871 01-May-2000 asmodai

Remove unused include.


59870 01-May-2000 asmodai

Remove unused include, and place sys includes at top, which enabled
us to remove this include.


59869 01-May-2000 asmodai

Remove unused includes.


59867 01-May-2000 asmodai

Remove unused #include.


59864 01-May-2000 asmodai

Remove unused #include.


59851 01-May-2000 phantom

. clear `.Os' macro value since this tool is not KAME only anymore
. add integration note


59838 01-May-2000 ache

Print options only supported by device, back out printing options separately

Pointed-by: bde


59801 30-Apr-2000 nik

Removed xref to mount_lfs, this died in 2.mumble.

PR: docs/18272
Submitted by: Michael Lucas <mwlucas@blackhelicopters.org>


59799 30-Apr-2000 joe

Fixes a potential buffer overflow with the pid filename.

Submitted by: Mike Heffner <spock@techfour.net>
Submitted on: audit@freebsd.org


59798 30-Apr-2000 joe

Fixes a potential buffer overflow with the command line arguments.

Submitted by: Mike Heffner <spock@techfour.net>
Submitted on: audit@freebsd.org


59791 30-Apr-2000 ache

Allow "-" for working with STDIN
Allow printing of each option separately when keyword specified without a
number


59775 30-Apr-2000 green

Allow overriding of net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit; if you want to make a
rule that logs without a log limit, use "logamount 0" in addition to "log".


59703 27-Apr-2000 ru

Load Sharing using IP Network Address Translation (RFC 2391, LSNAT).


59648 26-Apr-2000 obrien

/dev/r<FOO> => /dev/<FOO>


59457 21-Apr-2000 obrien

A local WIP snook in rev 1.31.

Noticed by: bde


59429 20-Apr-2000 obrien

Found more places where 'r' was being prepended to the device name.


59267 16-Apr-2000 grog

Remove MAINTAINER.


59216 14-Apr-2000 imp

Add include of errno.h where needed, remove extern int errno where not.

These commits were inspired by a similar commit to netbsd.


59215 14-Apr-2000 imp

Better error message for a case that I hit.


59114 10-Apr-2000 obrien

Don't prepend "r" for the raw device anymore.


59035 05-Apr-2000 bp

Pass timezone information to an nwfs mount.


58946 02-Apr-2000 brian

Correct Charles Mott's email address
Requested by: cmott@scientech.com


58928 02-Apr-2000 joerg

Avoid rawname() stupidly prepending an `r' before the device name even
in cases where the supplied name was already pointing to a character
special device. This fixes the breakage that occured when trying to
dump a filesystem by name (e. g. /usr), with an fstab already
mentioning the raw device name (like /dev/rda0g) where dump attempted
to use /dev/rrda0g then.

Also removed the now obsolete remark that fstab were carrying block
special names.


58821 30-Mar-2000 shin

Add new rtmsg types which already defined in kernel.


58814 30-Mar-2000 kato

Added 640KB and 1232KB formats, which were standard MS-DOS formats of
2DD and 2HD disks in Japan.

Submitted by: Shigeharu TAKENO <shige@iee.niit.ac.jp>
Pointed out by: chi@bd.mbn.or.jp (Chiharu Shibata)


58805 30-Mar-2000 shin

Prevent buffer overflow.

PR: bin/17657
Submitted by: tanimura


58746 28-Mar-2000 sheldonh

Back out the new advice introduced in the previous commit, which at
least one reviewer is now unhappy with, since it contains incomplete
and misleading advice that is not easy to correct.

The net effect of this commit and the previous commit is to simply
remove all discussion of setting dumpdev to catch crash dumps
prior to entering user mode.


58732 28-Mar-2000 sheldonh

Update instructions for setting the dump device prior to multi-user
mode.

Reported by: dcs
Submitted by: asmodai


58697 27-Mar-2000 bde

Fixed a missing library in DPADD.

Fixed some misformattings.


58681 27-Mar-2000 bde

Fixed missing DPADDs.

Fixed style bug for LDADD (don't use += for initial definitions).


58677 27-Mar-2000 bde

Use the same order in DPADD as in LDADD so that `make checkdpadd' doesn't
report an error for it.

Fixed some style bugs (the usual ones for DPADD and LDADD, and
misformatting).


58631 26-Mar-2000 charnier

1000000 usec -> 1 sec 0 usec; fix


58561 25-Mar-2000 des

Mention linprocfs.


58558 25-Mar-2000 des

Add mount_linprocfs.


58537 24-Mar-2000 jhb

Now that we have uc_device.h, use that instead of hard-coding struct
uc_device's definition into kget.


58512 24-Mar-2000 mpp

Spelling fix.


58403 20-Mar-2000 bde

Fixed style bugs in rev.1.28. Rev.1.28 was not submitted by bde.


58392 20-Mar-2000 phk

B_READ is gone, check for BIO_READ instead.

Not tested.


58329 20-Mar-2000 peter

Make this compile. This is a hack.


58324 20-Mar-2000 ps

Only character devices exsist these days. Make savecore understand
this.


58235 18-Mar-2000 kato

Activate the pc98 directory.


58234 18-Mar-2000 kato

Added PC98 version of fdisk.


58172 17-Mar-2000 phk

Make the fore_dnld program more robust and reliable.

In particular HZ=1000 would seem to break it before.


58102 15-Mar-2000 mph

Typo ("frequencey").


58068 14-Mar-2000 shin

Use CMSG_LEN() to compute ping SCM_TIMESTAMP cmsg_len.
Without this, cmsg_len size should be smaller than necessary on alpha.
(Though, no obvious error was seen on ping time value on beast.)


58047 14-Mar-2000 sheldonh

Open the device read-only initially and re-open read-write if necessary
later. This allows tunefs -p on mounted filesystems.

Side-effects:
Use K&R prototypes.
Use definitions from fcntl.h for the flags argument to open(2).

There are cosmetic differences between this and the submitted patch.

PR: 17143
Reported by: Peter Edwards <peter.edwards@ireland.com>
Submitted by: luoqi


57976 13-Mar-2000 sheldonh

Fix nits in previous commit: restore option ordering of the option
description list; break an overly long line; use the Fx macro instead
of "FreeBSD".


57953 13-Mar-2000 shin

Add missing end of semi colon of an example setkey command.

Submitted by: kuriyama


57942 12-Mar-2000 shin

Typo fix. s/SAD/SPD/.

Specified by: jdp


57918 11-Mar-2000 shin

Clear sin6_scope_id before passing routes into kernel, becaues kernel
don't support routes with sin6_scope_id set.
Without this fix, routes with IPv6 scoped addr won't work when it is
assigned by "route" command.

Approved by: jkh

Reviewed by: ume


57896 10-Mar-2000 imp

-e -> -I change.
-s for sumary

Approved by: jkh


57872 09-Mar-2000 obrien

Don't use the old raw name for disk devices.


57851 09-Mar-2000 shin

Update icmp node info query message bit order of query types,
according to draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-name-lookups-04 to 05 change.
This is necessary before 4.0, because,
-This change is non backword compatible
-Other KAME derived platforms applied 05
-Author of the draft said he never do backword imcompatible changes
again.

Approved by: jkh

Obtained from: KAME project


57782 06-Mar-2000 sheldonh

Remove more single-space hard sentence breaks.


57776 06-Mar-2000 peter

Purely cosmetic tweak, use consistant whitespace with scopeid.


57719 03-Mar-2000 shin

CMSG_XXX macros alignment fixes to follow RFC2292.

Approved by: jkh

Submitted by: Partly from tech@openbsd
Reviewed by: itojun


57716 03-Mar-2000 jkoshy

The new boot code uses `ad' for ATA disks, not `wd'. Correct the
manual page.


57695 02-Mar-2000 sheldonh

Remove more single-space hard sentence breaks.


57689 02-Mar-2000 sheldonh

Replace abuse of a literal block display with a more appropriate
tag list.

Apologies to translators for mixing in a few language clean-ups.


57673 01-Mar-2000 sheldonh

Remove single-space hard sentence breaks. These degrade the quality
of the typeset output, tend to make diffs harder to read and provide
bad examples for new-comers to mdoc.


57669 01-Mar-2000 sheldonh

Remove single-space hard sentence breaks. These degrade the quality
of the typeset output, tend to make diffs harder to read and provide
bad examples for new-comers to mdoc.


57668 01-Mar-2000 sheldonh

Remove single-space hard sentence breaks. These degrade the quality
of the typeset output, tend to make diffs harder to read and provide
bad examples for new-comers to mdoc.


57662 01-Mar-2000 nik

Remove xrefs to obsolete bad144(8).

PR: docs/17060
Submitted by: Udo Erdelhoff <ue@nathan.ruhr.de>


57660 01-Mar-2000 nik

Remove xrefs to obsolete ft driver.

PR: docs/17080
Submitted by: Udo Erdelhoff <ue@nathan.ruhr.de>


57644 01-Mar-2000 grog

Remove description of defunct DEBUG_NUMOUTPUT by commenting out.

Describe stop -f to stop when config updates are disabled.

Explain in more detail why Vinum needs its own partition type, and why
you can't make it the c partition.

Implicitly-sanctioned-by: jkh


57643 01-Mar-2000 grog

Add declaration for parityops.

Implicitly-sanctioned-by: jkh


57642 01-Mar-2000 grog

Increase the time we'll wait for a reviving disk to carry on and not
be marked as stalled, from 1 second to 5 seconds.

Implicitly-sanctioned-by: jkh


57641 01-Mar-2000 grog

Implement vinum_rebuildparity, which had got forgotten. In the
process, move the body of vinum_rebuildparity and vinum_checkparity to
a new function, parityops.

Implicitly-sanctioned-by: jkh


57623 29-Feb-2000 markm

Change DISTRIBUTION to match new world order.


57607 29-Feb-2000 grog

Add definitions for vinum_raid[45] and checkupdates.

Approved-by: jkh


57606 29-Feb-2000 grog

Don't print any error message if we can't open the history file. This
replaces an older attempt to silence vinum(8) when started in
single-user mode.

Add entries for vinum_raid[45].

Replace the preprocessor variable name CDEV_MAJOR with
VINUM_CDEV_MAJOR.

continue_revive: Set the proc title to 'reviving <sdname>' so that it
can be recognized in a ps list.

Approved-by: jkh


57605 29-Feb-2000 grog

vinum_ldi: Honour the 'recurse' flag and show the subdisks on this
drive if it is set.

vinum_lvi: Change line spacing. This is still not right.

Change checks for striped or RAID-5 plexes to a macro 'isstriped',
which now also includes RAID-4.

Change checks for RAID-5 plexes to a macro 'isparity', which now also
includes RAID-4.

vinum_lsi: If the subdisk is initializing or reviving, don't wait a
whole second to check whether it's advancing; wait in increments of 50
ms up to 1 second. This makes for a barely perceptible delay.

Approved-by: jkh


57604 29-Feb-2000 grog

New function checkupdates: check whether configuration updates are
enabled and print a warning message in varous places if they are not.

Fix typos in comments.

Change some indents to approach style(9).

initvol: If init fails, place the subdisks in a "down" state.

vinum_start(): If we're starting a plex, try doing it directly. It's
possible that the state of the plex differs from that of the subdisks,
for example if somebody has used 'setupstate'.

New functions vinum_raid4 and vinum_raid5 to create RAID-4 and RAID-5
volumes, analagous to vinum_mirror and vinum_stripe.

vinum_checkparity: Don't try to check the parity of a non-parity plex,
print a rude remark instead.

Approved-by: jkh


57578 28-Feb-2000 gsutter

correct wording in BUGS section; it's not possible to dismount swap
devices, but it's certainly possible to make use of them.

PR: 17013
Submitted by: Giorgos Keramidas <keramida@ceid.upatras.gr>


57573 28-Feb-2000 mckusick

Yesterday I had to fix a badly broken disk, and found that fsck kept dying:

DIR I=64512 CONNECTED. PARENT WAS I=4032
fsck: cannot find inode 995904

fsdb found the inodes with no problem:

fsdb (inum: 64512)> inode 995904
current inode: directory
I=995904 MODE=40777 SIZE=512
MTIME=Feb 14 15:27:07 2000 [0 nsec]
CTIME=Feb 14 15:27:07 2000 [0 nsec]
ATIME=Feb 24 10:31:58 2000 [0 nsec]
OWNER=nobody GRP=nobody LINKCNT=4 FLAGS=0 BLKCNT=2 GEN=38a41386
Direct blocks: 8094568 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Indirect blocks: 0 0 0

The problem turns out to be a program logic error in fsck. It stores
directory inodes internally in hash lists, using the number of
directories to form the hash key:

inpp = &inphead[inumber % numdirs];

Elsewhere, however, it increments numdirs when it finds unattached
directories. I've made the following fix, which solved the problem in
the case in hand.

Submitted by: Greg Lehey <grog@lemis.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Dillon <dillon@apollo.backplane.com>
Approved by: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@mckusick.com>


57562 28-Feb-2000 shin

Print scope id for scoped addrs.

Approved by: jkh


57557 28-Feb-2000 ru

A huge rewrite of the manual page (mostly -mdoc related).

Reviewed by: luigi, sheldonh


57521 26-Feb-2000 chris

Spelling: ``adress'' -> ``address''


57520 26-Feb-2000 rwatson

Introduce ``add'' and ``remove'' as alternatives to ``alias'' and ``delete''.
Improve compatibility with BSD/OS, and also more accurately reflect that
IP aliases aren't really any different than the primary IP address on an
interface.

Reviewed by: dcs
Approved by: jkh


57516 26-Feb-2000 steve

Use 'following' instead of 'follow' in a couple of places for a slightly
better read.


57512 26-Feb-2000 brian

Suggest ppp -nat, not ppp -alias


57480 25-Feb-2000 ru

Remove the config file line length restriction.

PR: 16900
Reviewed by: "Crist J. Clark" <cjclark@home.com>, jkh
Approved by: jkh


57449 24-Feb-2000 markm

Use libcrypto instead of libdes.


57439 24-Feb-2000 shin

Security fixes. (Just same as sbin/ping and usr.sbin/traceroute)
-Open socket() at first and then setuid() to actual user.
-Allow ping6 preload option only for root.

Approved by: jkh

Submitted by: Neil Blakey-Milner <nbm@mithrandr.moria.org>


57396 23-Feb-2000 shin

Add an scope index embedded IPv6 link local addr creation support, by route
command.
This is a workaround for some kernel interface which can't treat sin6_scope_id,
yet.


57384 22-Feb-2000 alfred

Don't scare the users.
Kirk argees that the comment about corruption caused by switching the flags
on an already mounted manpage are bogus, it doesn't happen.

Ok by: mckusick


57349 20-Feb-2000 ken

Fix 'camcontrol inquiry'. The inquiry data structure changes (increased to
256 bytes) caused it to break on many devices.

The SCSI spec says that for commands with 8-bit length fields, a value of 0
means 256 bytes. As it turns out, many devices don't deal with that
properly. Some interpret the 0 as 0, and return no data. Others return
more than 256 bytes of data, and cause an overrun.

The fix is to tell the device we've only allocated SHORT_INQUIRY_LENGTH (36
bytes) of inquiry data, instead of sizeof(struct scsi_inquiry_data).

camcontrol.c: Change inq_len in the call to scsi_inquiry() to
SHORT_INQUIRY_LENGTH, and add a long comment
explaining the reason for the change.

scsi_all.h: Add a comment above the definitinon of
SHORT_INQUIRY_LENGTH alerting people that it is
both the initial probe inquiry length, and the
minimum amount of data needed for scsi_print_inquiry()
to function.

scsi_all.c: Add a comment about SHORT_INQUIRY_LENGTH being the
minimum amount of data needed for
scsi_print_inquiry() to function.

Reviewed by: gibbs
Approved by: jkh
Reported by: "John W. DeBoskey" <jwd@unx.sas.com>


57344 19-Feb-2000 alfred

detect deleted tty lines in /etc/ttys.


57340 19-Feb-2000 shin

Change IPv6 scoped addr format again based on recent standard discussion.
Sorry for the flapping, but no change will be done for 4.0 anymore.
Official standard will be published around April or later.
If different format would be adopted at that time, then support for
the new format will be added to the succeeding FreeBSD 4.x.

Approved by: jkh


57268 17-Feb-2000 unfurl

Committed changes to restore(8) for previously undocumented -N option.

PR: 15600
Reviewed by: jim


57229 15-Feb-2000 phk

With the kind permission of Marconi Communications (Formerly "Fore Communication"
include a copy of the 3.0.1 firmware for the PCA200E card in the fore_dnld
program.

There are various and subtle compatibility issues between the hfa driver and
the microcode, this version is belived to work best.

If a file is specified on the command line it will be used instead of the
embedded image.

Approved by: jkh


57183 13-Feb-2000 luigi

Use correct field for dst_port when displaying masks on dynamic pipes.


57139 11-Feb-2000 ru

Add ata(4) support.

Approved by: jkh


57115 10-Feb-2000 luigi

Support and document new stateful ipfw features.

Approved-by: jordan


57108 10-Feb-2000 shin

Support IPv6 scoped addr in ifconfig and route

IPv6 scoped addr display is not yet supported by ifconfig
and route. Now almost of IPv6 apps support it, so its support
in ifconfig and route is important to keep consisetncy, and
to avoid user confusion.

Approved by: jkh


57098 09-Feb-2000 guido

Add ipl.4 manpage


57091 09-Feb-2000 chris

Repair incorrect ``first appeared in'' reference, which originally stated
that we supported an IPv6 firewall since version 2.0. It now correctly
says `4.0'.


57032 08-Feb-2000 shin

ping -S option was missing from IPsec merge, so enable it again.

Approved by: jkh

Submitted by: Matthew Reimer <mreimer@vpop.net>


57005 06-Feb-2000 peter

Don't use /dev/vinum/rsd/XXX for init as it doesn't exist any more.
Without this change, you cannot do the required init on a new raid5 volume.

Reviewed by: grog
Approved by: jkh


56985 04-Feb-2000 ken

Fix a couple of typos in the 'camcontrol negotiate' output.

Submitted by: T-Om <tom@iki.fi>
Approved by: jkh


56910 30-Jan-2000 kris

Add Xref to camcontrol(8) (replacing previously-removed scsiformat(8)).

Submitted by: joerg


56902 30-Jan-2000 luoqi

Remove unused #include and prototype declaration.


56901 30-Jan-2000 luoqi

Typo fix. While I am at it, remove the name translation from block to raw
device, they are equivalent now (or more accurately we no longer have block
devices).

Submitted by: Gregory Sutter <gsutter@pobox.com>


56815 29-Jan-2000 shin

Add ip6fw.
Yes it is almost code freeze, but as the result of many thought, now I
think this should be added before 4.0...

make world check, kernel build check is done.

Reviewed by: green
Obtained from: KAME project


56740 28-Jan-2000 bde

Changed setflags() to set_flags(). This fixes part of the world breakage
due to recently incremented namespace pollution in <unistd.h>.


56588 25-Jan-2000 sumikawa

Fix return value check for inet_pton().

Obtained from: KAME Project


56587 25-Jan-2000 ru

Now that kernel is capable of notifying user processes about
the interface MTU change (src/sys/net/if_sl.c,v 1.83), track
interface MTU with -dynamic option as well.

PR: 15494


56407 23-Jan-2000 mpp

Fix various man pages to stop abusing the .Bx macro to generate
the strings "FreeBSD" and "NetBSD". Use the .Fx or .Nx macro
instead.


56384 21-Jan-2000 mjacob

Do some intptr_t casting for alpha.
Reviewed by: ken@freebsd.org


56383 21-Jan-2000 mjacob

Specify the system directory for which we put in our include path
as a separate line so we can override it on the command line if
we need to.

Reviewed by: ken@freebsd.org


56357 21-Jan-2000 jdp

If a directory on the command line doesn't exist, warn about it
and proceed rather than quitting with a fatal error message.

PR: bin/16056
Submitted by: Philipp Mergenthaler <un1i@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de>


56342 20-Jan-2000 billf

Brucify:
add an upper limit to -t
match the types of return values and the variables they are stuffed in
make the man page and usage() a little more consistantly ugly
less obfuscation.

Submitted by: adrian, billf


56125 16-Jan-2000 kris

Fix insecure tempfile handling

Reviewed by: audit@freebsd.org


56121 16-Jan-2000 mjacob

use XPT_GDEV_STATS- XPT_GDEV_TYPE was deprecated a while back


56059 15-Jan-2000 mks

Handle GetResponse errors correctly.


56038 15-Jan-2000 green

This is another in Martin Blapp's N-series of mount-related cleanups :)
Changes are:
- rpc.umntall is called at the right places now in /etc/rc*
- rpc.umntall timeout has been lowered from two days (too high) to one
- verbose messages in rpc.umntall have been clarified
- kill double entries in /var/db/mounttab when rpc.umntall is invoked
- ${early_nfs_mounts} has been removed from /etc/rc
- patched mount(8) -p to print different pass/dump values for ufs filesystems.
(last patch recieved from dan <bugg@bugg.strangled.net>)

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mbr@imp.ch>, dan <bugg@bugg.strangled.net>


56036 15-Jan-2000 bp

More style fixes, both to code and man page.

Submitted by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@xp11.frmug.org>


55996 14-Jan-2000 billf

Add '-t X' which times out after pinging for X seconds.

Submitted by: adrian


55983 14-Jan-2000 bde

Adjust paths after repository copy.


55980 14-Jan-2000 peter

Move sbin/i386/{mount_msdos,comcontrol} back to sbin, they are not
i386 specific.

Submitted by: bde


55978 14-Jan-2000 bde

Removed yet another vestige of the ft driver.


55937 13-Jan-2000 dillon

Thresh-out the nfs manual page references a bit

Reviewed by: Julian Elischer <julian@elischer.org>


55836 12-Jan-2000 bde

Unremoved used include of <sys/stat.h> (don't depend on pollution in
<sys/mount.h). Broken in: previous commit.

Removed unused include of <nwfs/nwfs.h>.


55795 11-Jan-2000 bde

Backed out removal of vendor id and gratuitous change of tmpfile prefix
in previous commit.


55773 10-Jan-2000 peter

Fix the use of an uninitialized variable in the previous commit.

Also, in addition to the previous log message, the last change had a fix
for the case where where f.mntfromname is a relative path like da0a.

Submitted by: bde


55768 10-Jan-2000 phantom

Add `.Nm rrestore' to NAME section.


55766 10-Jan-2000 phantom

Add `.Nm fastboot' and `.Nm fasthalt' to NAME section.


55760 10-Jan-2000 phantom

Add `.Nm rdump' to NAME section.


55744 10-Jan-2000 kris

10 X's for mktemp(). This seems to be free from race conditions.


55742 10-Jan-2000 kris

10 X's for mkstemp(), and don't redefine _PATH_TMP


55725 10-Jan-2000 peter

- Style/bde changes.
- Don't use realpath as stat does the right thing.
- Only check ufs filesystems in getmntpt.
- Dont' bother checking that the ufs-mounted-on
device is a special file. It *must* be a special
file, or ufs wouldn't have mounted it.

Submitted by: Paul Saab <ps@yahoo-inc.com>


55724 10-Jan-2000 peter

- Forgot to nuke hotroot completely.

Submitted by: Paul Saab <ps@yahoo-inc.com>


55616 08-Jan-2000 ache

Add Latin2 conversion table

Submitted by: Cejka Rudolf <cejkar@dcse.fee.vutbr.cz>


55613 08-Jan-2000 ache

Allow #-comments in conversion table file


55602 08-Jan-2000 shin

Merge bug fix from KAME repository.
This fix enables inet6 default route addition.

Suggested by: itojun


55596 08-Jan-2000 bp

Some code cleanup based on the ideas from submitter.

Submitted by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@xp11.frmug.org>


55595 08-Jan-2000 luigi

Support per-flow queueing in dummynet.
Implement masks on UDP/TCP ports.
Large rewrite of the manpage.

Work supported by Akamba Corp.


55574 07-Jan-2000 msmith

Don't try to include ipsec support if we are building for the install
floppy image.


55560 07-Jan-2000 phantom

Document a waring that tunefs(8) emits when enabling/disabling
soft updates on an unmounted filesystem.

PR: docs/15657
Submitted by: Mark Ovens <mark@ukug.uk.FreeBSD.org>


55505 06-Jan-2000 shin

libipsec and IPsec related apps. (and some KAME related man pages)

Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers
Obtained from: KAME project


55496 06-Jan-2000 obrien

Add chown(8)-like functionality. This will allow us to not use chown(8)
in MAKEDEV(8) -- removing the need of having /usr mounted.


55489 05-Jan-2000 grog

make_devices(): Create devices with permissions 640, not 740.

Pointed-out-by: "Rodney W. Grimes" <freebsd@gndrsh.dnsmgr.net>


55479 05-Jan-2000 mjacob

Cast myminor/mymajor results to u_int so
comparisons to longs work correctly on
alpha.


55469 05-Jan-2000 bde

Refreshed the silly copy of <sys/disklabel.h>. The old copy was
seriously out of date. It older than Lite1 (it has an undeprecated
DISKTAB but not _PATH_DISKTAB).


55436 05-Jan-2000 grog

Describe 'move' function.

Submitted-by: Marius Bendiksen <marius@marius.scancall.no>

Describe state transitions in more detail, in particular how to revive
subdisks.


55435 05-Jan-2000 grog

Change parameters of some declarations.

Add declaration for vinum_mv.


55434 05-Jan-2000 grog

makedev: Give all devices permissions 740.

Suggested-by: Bernd Walter (ticso@cicely.de)

Add key pairs for 'mv' and 'move' (a synonym for 'mv'). Required for
the move command code submitted by Marius Bendiksen
<marius@marius.scancall.no>

make_devices: Don't create symlinks for drives if they are only
referenced. Previously, spurious symlinks appeared in the current
directory.

Problem-reported-by: Bernd Walter (ticso@cicely.de)

No longer create character devices, now that there is no difference.
Make the devices as character devices, not block devices.


55433 05-Jan-2000 grog

Explicitly type large scalar parameters to avoid compilation warnings
on alpha.

Submitted-by: Bernd Walter <ticso@cicely.de>

Replace %q formats with %lld.

Desired-by: bde

Remove #ifdef RAID5

vinum_lsi: If a subdisk is in 'reviving' state, check the status of
the revive and report the status of the revive. In verbose mode,
display the pid of the reviver.


55432 05-Jan-2000 grog

Explicitly type large scalar parameters to avoid compilation warnings
on alpha.

Submitted-by: Bernd Walter <ticso@cicely.de>

Add function vinum_mv, which moves subdisks to different drives. This
function just does the low-level configuration changes; the resultant
subdisk is stale if it previously had any contents, otherwise it is
empty (i.e. in need of initializing if it's RAID-5). We still need to
handle getting the contents moved over, but the current version will
suffice to migrate subdisks from a disk which has failed.

Submitted-by: Marius Bendiksen <marius@marius.scancall.no>

vinum_start: Get the revive block size right.


55415 04-Jan-2000 phk

The dumpon sysctl only accept cdevs thse days.

Submitted by: bde


55336 03-Jan-2000 marcel

Remove -g compiler flag.


55275 30-Dec-1999 peter

Make fsck(8) do a MNT_RELOAD after cleaning for all read-only mounted
filesystems, not just for the root fs.

Reviewed by: mckusick
Submitted by: Paul Saab <ps@yahoo-inc.com>


55215 29-Dec-1999 ru

- do not dereference a null pointer.
- minor sanity.

PR: 15318


55167 28-Dec-1999 shin

Small bug fix and improvements
(1)added error check of if_nameindex() return value at getaddrinfo().
(2)print out more detailed information when getaddrinfo() error value
is EAI_SYSTEM.(in this case system error num is kept in errno)

(1) is Discovered by: jinmei@kame.net in KAME environment.


55163 28-Dec-1999 shin

Getaddrinfo(), getnameinfo(), and etc support in libc/net.
Several udp and raw apps IPv6 support.

Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers
Obtained from: KAME project


55118 26-Dec-1999 eivind

Fix tab completion mounts (like /cdrom/)

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


54933 21-Dec-1999 obrien

Fix bogus initialization of using a sledge hammer to quite -Wall, bad
indention, and size issue between 32 and 64bit machines.

Submitted by: bde


54872 20-Dec-1999 billf

'clri' takes an argument.

Reviewed by: phk


54706 17-Dec-1999 ken

Fix the example in the bugs section.


54668 16-Dec-1999 nik

Document that securelevel >= 2 clamps time changes to at most one second.

PR: docs/14449
Submitted by: James FitzGibbon <james@targetnet.com>


54664 16-Dec-1999 billf

Spelling fix (manuall -> manual)

Submitted by: Jeroen C. van Gelderen <jeroen@vangelderen.org>


54662 16-Dec-1999 billf

Spelling correction (adress -> address)


54653 15-Dec-1999 guido

Add MAINTAINER tag.

The Makefiles in sbin/{ipfstat,ipmon,ipnat} were repository copied
from the respective directories in usr.sbin


54624 15-Dec-1999 shin

Enable INET6 by default.
This should be OK on non INET6 enabled kernel.


54371 09-Dec-1999 semenu

First version of HPFS stuff.


54283 08-Dec-1999 obrien

When erroring out that there is not enough space to write the corefile,
tell the user how much space is avaible for writing the corefile, and how
much space we wanted.


54263 07-Dec-1999 shin

udp IPv6 support, IPv6/IPv4 tunneling support in kernel,
packet divert at kernel for IPv6/IPv4 translater daemon

This includes queue related patch submitted by jburkhol@home.com.

Submitted by: queue related patch from jburkhol@home.com
Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers
Obtained from: KAME project


54225 06-Dec-1999 guido

Move basic ifilter utils to sbin where they shold have been committed by
me in the first place. While we're at it: add MAINTAINER line


54199 06-Dec-1999 sheldonh

Correct the ttys.5 and init.8 manpages with respect to the incorrect
assumption that only getty processes can be managed. Describe the
SysV-like ability to keep arbitrary long-running processes alive
using a non-device first field in /etc/ttys.

PR: 12767
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>


54177 06-Dec-1999 archie

Turn on 'ipfw tee'. Update man page. Please note (from the man page):

Packets that match a tee rule should not be immediately accepted,
but should continue going through the rule list. This may be fixed
in a later version.

I hope to fix this soon in a separate commit.


54130 04-Dec-1999 marcel

Properly align the columns of the header on Alpha.


54109 04-Dec-1999 obrien

Add -q quite mode.


54093 03-Dec-1999 semenu

Added ntfs filesystem to be exported.


53976 01-Dec-1999 mckusick

Print out the filesystem read counts now collected by the kernel.

Submitted by: Craig A Soules <soules+@andrew.cmu.edu>
Reviewed by: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@mckusick.com>


53958 30-Nov-1999 ache

Accept both types of devices to work with older kernels too
Fix confusing message


53919 30-Nov-1999 ache

Allow character devices too


53838 28-Nov-1999 phk

Convert dumpon to work on character devices instead of block devices.

NB: You may need to change your /etc/rc.conf!


53781 27-Nov-1999 phk

Make fsck even more char/blk dev tolerant.


53754 27-Nov-1999 phk

Allow root-reloading also for chr devices.


53644 23-Nov-1999 guido

rewire userland ipfilter programs


53643 23-Nov-1999 guido

Revive userland stuff for ipfilter.
Also fixes:
PR: 7791


53561 22-Nov-1999 des

Belatedly back out rev. 1.20.


53550 22-Nov-1999 dillon

Finish up umntall support. init now passed an argument to the
rundown script 'reboot' or 'single'. ISO support (which never
worked) has been removed from mount_nfs. mount_nfs and umount
now use mounttab, which allows umntall to work properly. The
rc scripts now call umntall as appropriate.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


53523 21-Nov-1999 jdp

Add a "-d" option which causes the system to generate a crash dump.


53505 21-Nov-1999 phk

Add comment about aliases on same subnet.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mbr@imp.ch>


53369 18-Nov-1999 pb

Make last commit bde-compliant:
- correct indentation
- change data types for consistency with the rest of ping.c
- create new variable separate from "answer" for clarity


53317 17-Nov-1999 grog

Allow octal or hex input.
Suggested-by: Geoff Steckel <gwes@sitaranetworks.com>


53191 15-Nov-1999 pb

Fix aliasing bug causing in_cksum() to fail on odd packet sizes
due to compiler optimization.

PR: bin/13292
Suggested by: wollman


53168 15-Nov-1999 kris

Typo

Obtained from: OpenBSD


53167 15-Nov-1999 kris

Remove dead xref to scsiformat(8)

Obtained from: OpenBSD (kind of)


53166 15-Nov-1999 kris

Remove dead xrefs to gated(8) and htable(8)

Obtained from: OpenBSD


53151 14-Nov-1999 bp

Add reference to the share/examples/nwclient directory.


53117 12-Nov-1999 billf

(1) Remove ISO support, it's dead in the kernel anyway.
(2) Check for ENOENT when checking for /var/db/mountdtab
(3) Remove a signal handler that called broken functions.
(4) Remove the broken functions.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
Reviewed by: bde (1), billf ([234])


53096 11-Nov-1999 dillon

Give nfsd the ability to bind to specific IP addresses through the -h
option and add explicit option to bind to the wildcard address. The
default is to bind to the wildcard address when no -h option has been
specified and thus backwards compatibility is maintained.

PR: kern/13049
Reviewed by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>
Submitted by: Matt Dillon <dillon@freebsd.org>, David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>


53092 11-Nov-1999 obrien

Make `-r -s' also match the BSDI output.


53084 10-Nov-1999 imp

vsprintf -> vsnprintf in msg().


53060 09-Nov-1999 obrien

Change the "-r" output format to match BSDI's default output format.


52949 07-Nov-1999 obrien

Add a new "-r" (right) option that reverses the order a filename and the
hash is printed. This aids visual diffs.


52703 31-Oct-1999 ken

Fix Bus Device Resets from userland, and specifically from camcontrol.

camcontrol was setup to use the old scheme of going through the xpt(4)
device, which never worked properly (and has been disabled for a while).

camcontrol now sends BDRs through the pass(4) device, and XPT_RESET_DEV
CCBs are put on the device queue in the transport layer, as they should be.

Submitted by: luoqi
Reviewed by: ken


52693 30-Oct-1999 mpp

Some spelling/grammar fixes.


52683 30-Oct-1999 mpp

Minor grammar fix.


52679 30-Oct-1999 green

Fix an overflow or two and replace a while with a for.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mbr@imp.ch>


52678 30-Oct-1999 green

Fix a few things:

1. Get rid of the evilly bogus strdup(fstab) and free if (fstab == "")
as in umount.
2. Don't use /etc/fstab info if the mount instance does not exactly match
the fstab entry.
3. Reversed the mountpoint checking order in getmntpt().
4. Clarify the "not mounted" error message in mount -u. The previous
"unknown special file or file system" wasn't quite right.
5. Get rid of a 1-byte memory leak; this was reported by jhb.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


52622 29-Oct-1999 green

Fix a logic problem that broke umount -a.

Reported by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


52601 28-Oct-1999 mph

Add references to cam(4) and xpt(4).
Delete references to cam(9) and xpt(9) which do not exist.
Delete statement in BUGS that cam(9) and xpt(9) will be added soon.

PR: 14567
Submitted by: Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>
Approved by: ken


52541 26-Oct-1999 luoqi

Restore alphabetical order of command line options parsing.

Requested by: ken


52535 26-Oct-1999 luoqi

Debug flags -T and -S were reversed.


52440 23-Oct-1999 green

Small bugfixes (point not getting marked in one case, string not NUL and
wrong size in the other.)

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


52407 20-Oct-1999 ru

Remove one obsoleted entry from the BUGS section.


52374 18-Oct-1999 green

Fix a few things. Unbogosify a free(), {,UN}MARK with correct args, and
fix count checks.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


52340 17-Oct-1999 green

quoting << Martin_Blapp

- Completly changed the internals of umount(8). We do three
checks now to see if 'argv' is in the mounttable. It they
all fail, we return to main and print a warning.

- fixed the umount mount-order. The checks are rather complex
to do this. Cause umount(8) should also be able to unmount
several devices at once ('umount -a', 'umount -A',
'umount /mnt /mnt2'), the mount-order get's important.
I added checks to mark and unmark already unmounted devices.

- Various fixes with nfs-unmounts (no rpc-calls were done,
or they were done although there was an existing mount).
Since we allow overlay-mounts, we should also handle them
properly.

- Translate the deprecated nfs-syntax with '@' to ':' like
mount_nfs does. The ':' syntax has now precedence, but '@'
still works.

- 'umount -v' is now fixed for all cases and doesn't print
garbage like two times the mountpoint etc.

- removed non documented and useless umount '-F'.

- hanged nfsmounts can now unmounted 'without' any problems.
I've removed stat() and realpath() checks on the mountpoint.
Instead we just do a realpath() on the basedir of the
mountpath and add the dirname again.
Implemented this as an idea from phk. But there are still
vfs-restrictions if the nfs_mount is busy. If there are
unwritten metadata on a hanged nfs-mount, and we modify
nfs_vfsops.c to not return EBUSY, we get a deadlock :(
The problem has now moved from userland to kernel.

- removed the BUGS part from the umount(8) manpage.

- Converted it to ANSI C (more than 60% of the code have
changed).

Martin_Blapp

Fixed PR's
----------

o [1999/02/03] bin/9893 NFS umount of regular file impossible

s [1995/11/27] bin/841 stale nfs mounts cannot be umounted

o [1999/08/01] bin/12911 alfred NFS umounts are not properly done
if just the mountpoint gets umounted

Only partially solved:
----------------------

The problem is now in kernel:

o [1999/04/07] bin/11005 `umount -f' does not work if the
NFS-server is down.

PR: bin/9893 bin/841 bin/12911 bin/11005
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


52323 16-Oct-1999 nsayer

MFS: forego->forgo


52320 16-Oct-1999 nsayer

spell check != grammar check. :-)


52253 15-Oct-1999 phantom

Sync with reallity (USERCONFIG_BOOT option was removed long time ago)
mdoc(7)'fy


52252 15-Oct-1999 bp

Add mount_nwfs program. Now -current can mount NetWare volumes.


52200 13-Oct-1999 ru

ioctl -> sysctl for interface address changes.

PR: 14169
Reviewed by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>


52196 13-Oct-1999 grog

Describe the new options of start and init commands.


52195 13-Oct-1999 grog

Change default init sizes from 64 kB to 60 kB, since the block device
interface limits it to this anyway.

Change the name of the v flag variable from 'verbose' to 'vflag',
indicating the multiple use (verbose or verify).

Add -S flag to specify the size of some operations.


52194 13-Oct-1999 grog

Change the name of the v flag variable from 'verbose' to 'vflag',
indicating the multiple use (verbose or verify).

Add -S flag to specify the size of some operations.


52193 13-Oct-1999 grog

Change the name of the v flag variable from 'verbose' to 'vflag',
indicating the multiple use (verbose or verify).

vinum_ldi:
Show active requests for the drive if -v is specified.
White space cleanup.

vinum_lsi:
Show the progress of an init command if -v is specified.

vinum_info:
Print the number of active requests.

Print out loginfo_sdio and loginfo_sdiodone log entries.


52192 13-Oct-1999 grog

Change the name of the v flag variable from 'verbose' to 'vflag',
indicating the multiple use (verbose or verify).

initsd: rewrite:
Initialization is now done in the kernel.

Verify (again!) if -v is specified.

Allow specification of a blocksize, the length to be transferred in
one transfer.

vinum_revive:
Allow specification of a blocksize, the length to be transferred in
one transfer.


52095 10-Oct-1999 green

Let a file with '@' or ':' in it take precedence over defaulting to
nfs.


52088 10-Oct-1999 peter

Nuke the old antique copy of ipfilter from the tree. This is old enough
to be dangerous. It will better serve us as a port building a KLD,
ala SKIP.


52074 09-Oct-1999 phk

Remove the ft program, the driver is long gone.


52055 09-Oct-1999 phk

mount* fixes from Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>:

Made mount more userfriendly (bad slashes are now filtered out)
and we remove in mount_nfs trailing slashes if there are any.

Fixed mount_xxx binarys to resolve with realpath(3)
the mountpoint.

Translate the deprecated nfs-syntax with '@' to ':' .
The ':' syntax has now precedence, but '@' still works.
Notify the user that the '@' syntax should not be used.

PR: 7846
PR: 13692
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
Reviewed by: phk


52037 08-Oct-1999 n_hibma

Fix -Wall warnings

Submitted-By: Martin Blapp <mblapp@kassiopeja.lan.attic.ch>


52036 08-Oct-1999 n_hibma

- Fixed some cases in which mount was segfaulting.
Original patch from Adrian. Martin added a check for free().

- Included the filesystem type in output of mount

PR: bin/13143
Submitted-By: Martin Blapp <mblapp@kassiopeja.lan.attic.ch>


51968 06-Oct-1999 alfred

Put the umount request through the same translation as the mount
request.
Fix some uninitialized warnings and a style bug while we are here.
Problem still exists where a failed umount can be misreported as
success.

Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>


51963 06-Oct-1999 ru

Fixed the description of how packets re-enter IP firewall filter.

Suggested by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>


51957 05-Oct-1999 n_hibma

Removal of sys/device.h

- Move intrhook stuff into kernel.h
- Remove all occurrences of #device <device.h>
- Add kernel.h were necessary (nowhere)
- delete device.h

This file contained the structures for cfdata (old style config) and is no
longer used. It was included by most drivers.

It confuses the remote debugger as the definition of 'struct device' in
device.h is found before the one in bus_private.h.


51873 02-Oct-1999 dillon

Print a warning that includes the mount source when the foreground
mount fails prior to going into the background when a background NFS
mount is requested.

PR: misc/12376


51784 28-Sep-1999 grog

Add description of checkparity and rebuildparity.

Remove a half-started message.

Reported-by: "Jeffrey J. Mountin" <jeff@mountin.net>


51783 28-Sep-1999 grog

Brucify comments.

vinum_lpi: Add information about progress of rebuildparity and
checkparity commands.

listconfig: Print object counts in a different format, don't refer to
the internal number of slots allocated:

Caused-confusion-to: Norbert Meissner <norbert.meissner@daimlerchrysler.com>

vinum_info: Change format of device numbers so that they fit in the
column (ignore high-order minor number bits, which aren't really of
much interest).


51782 28-Sep-1999 grog

vinum_init: Fix message typo.

vinum_start: bzero the statinfo.dinfo struct. The lack of this was
causing sporadic failures of the start command.

Add body of vinum_checkparity command.


51763 28-Sep-1999 obrien

Document the "noasync" option.


51751 28-Sep-1999 ru

Do not defer setting of the aliasing address from
interface name if not operating in dynamic mode.

Reviewed by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>


51737 28-Sep-1999 ken

Use mkstemp(3) instead of tmpnam(3) when creating temporary files for mode
page editing.

Submitted by: roberto
Reviewed by: imp, ken


51723 27-Sep-1999 ken

Fix two rather embarrassing bugs in camcontrol. The first caused the
CAM_PASS_ERR_RECOVER flag to be set unconditionally on READ DEFECTS
commands, and also caused the CAM_DIR_IN flag to not be set. This was
the cause of all of the "camcontrol defects doesn't work with my NCR
controller" bugs.

The second prevented camcontrol negotiate from negotiating any bus width
other than 8 bits.

Submitted by: groudier@club-internet.fr (Gerard Roudier)


51691 26-Sep-1999 billf

-Wall cleanups, handle unknown cases.

Submitted by: billf, ken
Reviewed by: ken


51690 26-Sep-1999 billf

Silence -Wall

Reviewed by: dillon


51669 26-Sep-1999 nik

Mention /dev/vn0b and /dev/vntab. ascii -> ASCII transform had
already happened in an earlier commit.

PR: docs/13645
Submitted by: Stephen Roznowski <sjr@home.com>


51640 25-Sep-1999 billf

Remove two more unnecessary function declarations/prototypes.


51639 25-Sep-1999 billf

Include the proper headers, remove the unnecessary function declarations.


51637 25-Sep-1999 billf

Remove duplicate declarations for two internal functions.
Remove delcaration for getenv(), we already get it from stdlib.h


51636 25-Sep-1999 billf

Stuff a variable declaration inside a #if block that is only used for that
#if.


51635 25-Sep-1999 billf

Remove declaration of getenv(), we get that from stdlib.h already.


51604 23-Sep-1999 dillon

Bring documentation up to date


51457 20-Sep-1999 phantom

Correct spelling : ascii -> ASCII

PR: docs/13702
Submitted by: Stephen J. Roznowski <sjr@home.com>
Reviewed by: mpp


51452 20-Sep-1999 msmith

If we don't appear to have a module loaded supporting the interface
we're about to operate on, try to load one. Don't complain if the
load fails, and always press on regardless (there may not be a module
suitable or required).

With the renaming of the PCI ethernet driver modules and the addition
of appropriate miibus dependancies on those modules that need it, it is
now no longer necessary to compile many ethernet drivers into the kernel;
they will be loaded on demand the first time they are ifconfig'ed.

Inspiration from: mount
Reviewed by: obrien


51444 20-Sep-1999 markm

Prepare for K5.


51435 19-Sep-1999 markm

Fix for new KerberosFix for new Kerberos44


51242 13-Sep-1999 ru

`permanent_link' is obsolete; update examples.


51241 13-Sep-1999 ru

Add Ari Suutari as a maintainer.

Approved by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>


51074 08-Sep-1999 bde

Fixed bitrot in usage message (-n is now optional).


51063 07-Sep-1999 ru

Config file parser changes:

- Trailing spaces and empty lines are ignored.
- A `#' sign will mark the remaining of the line as a comment.

Reviewed by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>


51041 06-Sep-1999 mph

Indicate that we now control quota checking via an rc.conf variable,
instead of putting it in rc.local.

Submitted by: Alex Perel <veers@disturbed.net>


51008 06-Sep-1999 kato

FreeBSD kernel doesn't allow any process to decrease securelevel. So,
init(8) cannot decrease securelevel. The manual page explains this
and single_user() doesn't try to downgrade kernel to insecure mode.

Reviewed by: bde (manual page)


51006 06-Sep-1999 n_hibma

Show that the -n option is optional

Suggested by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>
Reviewed by: dfr


50969 05-Sep-1999 peter

$Revision$ -> $FreeBSD$ (more cleanup needed here)


50851 03-Sep-1999 green

Make the "uid" and "gid" code better. Now it can detect invalid user
names/numbers.

Reviewed by: chris


50847 03-Sep-1999 chris

Add cross-references to respective syscalls.


50831 03-Sep-1999 mdodd

Get this to compile again. struct pnp_cinfo went away so
this is just a temporary hack until someone figures out
what they want to do with the override tables etc.

Example copied: sys/isa/{pnp,sio}.c


50810 02-Sep-1999 ru

Allow signals to interrupt system calls.
Remove redundant signal() call.

PR: 6676
Submitted by: luoqi
Reviewed by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>


50711 31-Aug-1999 phk

Fix savecore so that it operates correctly on character devices with
sectorsizes up to 8k.

Pointed out by: sos


50476 28-Aug-1999 peter

$Id$ -> $FreeBSD$


50382 26-Aug-1999 grog

Update and tidy descriptions of info -V.
Describe use of -w option with start.
Tidy up descriptions of scale factor suffixes.


50370 25-Aug-1999 dwhite

Add -e option to usage().


50293 24-Aug-1999 grog

Document the setstate command.


50292 24-Aug-1999 grog

Change declaration for initsd.

Add declarations for vinum_setstate, vinum_checkparity and
vinum_rebuildparity.


50291 24-Aug-1999 grog

parseline(): Reset the -w flag.

continue_revive: Implement the -w flag.


50290 24-Aug-1999 grog

vinum_info(): Add support for logging subdisk I/O.


50289 24-Aug-1999 grog

Tidy up some indentation and comments.

vinum_init(): Change name of variable plexindex to objindex, which
better describes its purpose.

initsd(): Add a second parameter to determine whether it should wait
for completion or not. This allows it to DTRT when called
with the -w flag either directly or via initplex().

Add 'setstate' command (function vinum_setstate ()) to implement the
VINUM_SETSTATE_FORCE ioctl for diddling individual object states.
This is a repair tool which can also be used for panicing the system.
Use with utmost care if at all.

Add unimplemented commands 'checkparity' and 'rebuildparity'. Watch
this space.


50215 23-Aug-1999 phk

Add new option to fdisk: -e

This wipes the MBR and creates slice 1 as a FreeBSD slice covering the
disk starting from the second track to the cylinder aligned end of the disk.

This is the most compatibly layout we have as far as I know.


50134 21-Aug-1999 billf

Don't print a "," after the last superblock.

Submitted by: adrian


50129 21-Aug-1999 green

To christen the brand new security category for syslog, we get IPFW
using syslog(3) (log(9)) for its various purposes! This long-awaited
change also includes such nice things as:
* macros expanding into _two_ comma-delimited arguments!
* snprintf!
* more snprintf!
* linting and criticism by more people than you can shake a stick at!
* a slightly more uniform message style than before!
and last but not least
* no less than 5 rewrites!

Reviewed by: committers


49994 18-Aug-1999 chris

Bad cross-reference of getservbyname(2) changed to getservbyname(3)

Reviewed by: ru


49974 17-Aug-1999 csgr

Add reference to blackhole(4)


49920 16-Aug-1999 chris

Re-add -Wmissing-prototypes to `COPTS'. I mistook -W for -Wno in this case.


49918 16-Aug-1999 chris

Fix some bad references.


49880 16-Aug-1999 chris

-Wmissing-prototypes is unnecessary here. There are no warnings produced
with this option disabled.


49834 15-Aug-1999 mpp

Minor mdoc fix.


49833 15-Aug-1999 mpp

Minor style fix.


49822 15-Aug-1999 mpp

Various man page cleanup:

- Sort xrefs
- FreeBSD.ORG -> FreeBSD.org
- Properly xref RFCs.
- Be consistent with section names as outlined in mdoc(7).
- Other misc mdoc cleanup.

PR: doc/13144
Submitted by: Alexey M. Zelkin <phantom@cris.net>


49818 15-Aug-1999 grog

initsd: On completion, put the subdisk in 'initialized' status, not
'up'. This matches changes in the kernel module.

Reported-by: Bernd Walter <ticso@cicely.de>
Remy Nonnenmacher <remy@synx.com>


49803 14-Aug-1999 chris

Bad reference getsockname(8) -> getsockname(2)


49763 14-Aug-1999 grog

Correct typo.


49714 14-Aug-1999 grog

Add declarations for initvol, initplex and initsd helper functions for
vinum_init.


49713 14-Aug-1999 grog

vinum_info: add code to print out lock events.
modify format of other event printouts.


49712 14-Aug-1999 grog

make_plex_dev: make them raw. Volume-related plex devices will
probably die a death soon (yes, DES, that's correct usage).


49710 14-Aug-1999 grog

vinum_init: add code to initialize subdisks as well as plexes. Also
provide for initializing volumes; this code is not yet complete.


49652 12-Aug-1999 luigi

Whoops, forgot one line in previous patch.


49631 11-Aug-1999 luigi

Userland and manual page changes for probabilistic rule match.
Because the kernel change was done in a backward-compatible way,
you don't need to recompile ipfw if you don't want to use the new
feature.


49585 09-Aug-1999 grog

Correct typo.

PR: docs/13050
Reported-by: Dan Langille<junkmale@xtra.co.nz>


49496 07-Aug-1999 grog

Update to reflect recent changes.


49493 07-Aug-1999 grog

Remove code to detect RAID-5/non-RAID-5 kernel modules.


49492 07-Aug-1999 grog

Remove code to detect RAID-5/non-RAID-5 kernel modules.

Add function definition for readpol command.

Rewrite make_devices with a view to incremental making. In the
process, effectively kill off plex-bound subdisk device numbers.


49491 07-Aug-1999 grog

Import RAID-5 code.
Add Cybernet copyright.

OK'd-by: Chuck Jacobus <chuck@cybernet.com>

vinum_ldi:
Calculate the percentage used correctly.

vinum_lsi:
Flag detached subdisks.

vinum_info:
Request info: get the major and minor numbers and print them
correctly.

list_defective_objects:
New function, for listing objects which aren't up after vinum_start.

Requested-by: Steve Taylor <staylor@cybernet.com>


49490 07-Aug-1999 grog

vinum_init:
wait correctly for completion.
set object in initializing state before initializing.
Don't set the plex up, it should go up automatically.

vinum_start:
If any objects are not up on start, list them.

Requested-by: Steve Taylor <staylor@cybernet.com>

vinum_attach:
Make sure we always have the object information before examining it.

vinum_replace:
Start writing.

create_drive, vinum_concat, vinum_stripe, vinum_mirror:
Check the ioctl return values correctly

vinum_readpol:
Start writing.


49454 06-Aug-1999 jkoshy

Mention that CCD requires partitions of type FS_BSDFFS.

PR: docs/12985
Submitted by: Kiril Mitev <kiril@ideaglobal.com>


49448 06-Aug-1999 dwhite

Typo police. 'Acknowledgement' is spelled correctly so it was left untouched.

PR: docs/12986
Submitted by: Seth <seth@freebie.dp.ny.frb.org>


49432 05-Aug-1999 ru

Backup existing init(8) as /sbin/init.bak.

PR: 12976
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>


49356 01-Aug-1999 sada

Typo of sample command line.

Submitted by: Seiichi Satomi <ssatomi@rr.iij4u.or.jp>


49350 01-Aug-1999 green

Make ipfw's logging more dynamic. Now, log will use the default limit
_or_ you may specify "log logamount number" to set logging specifically
the rule.
In addition, "ipfw resetlog" has been added, which will reset the
logging counters on any/all rule(s). ipfw resetlog does not affect
the packet/byte counters (as ipfw reset does), and is the only "set"
command that can be run at securelevel >= 3.
This should address complaints about not being able to set logging
amounts, not being able to restart logging at a high securelevel,
and not being able to just reset logging without resetting all of the
counters in a rule.


49339 01-Aug-1999 grog

Remove inappropriate references to the wrong name for the bootstrap
manager, thus killing two birds with one stone.

Objected-to-by: bde
rnordier


49306 31-Jul-1999 grog

Make intelligible:
Describe the command formats in English.
Add references to other programs (boot0cfg, fdisk).
Remove some old cruft, including FUD about single-level bootstraps.
Add example of output format.

Not-objected-to-by: msmith
rnordier


49166 28-Jul-1999 ru

Become a maintainer.

Approved by: brian


49164 28-Jul-1999 ru

Back out previous commit.


49079 25-Jul-1999 n_hibma

Add a sensible message if an invalid ID was entered

PR: 8739
Submitted by: Love lha@stacken.kth.se
Reviewed by: Doug Rabson <doug@freebsd.org>


49018 23-Jul-1999 ru

Fix a non-critical memory leak.

PR: 12769
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>


48975 22-Jul-1999 grog

Modify device numbering method to work with latest -CURRENT. Briefly,
the device numbers are now minor number only, so that we can still
compare them after dev_t has turned into a blob.

Broken-by: dev_t changes
Reported-by: Vallo Kallaste <vallo@matti.ee>
"Niels Chr. Bank-Pedersen" <ncbp@bank-pedersen.dk>


48957 21-Jul-1999 billf

Fix a gcc stupidity where it thought a variable was being used uninitialized

Add a case for UNSPEC which is in order by the enum definition, but out of
order alphabetically.


48956 21-Jul-1999 billf

Avoid ambigious if/else


48954 21-Jul-1999 billf

Avoid ambigious if-else


48953 21-Jul-1999 billf

Since we are using strlen() let's assign it to the correct type and
include the proper header.


48935 20-Jul-1999 phk

Also check against chardevs when looking for root.


48916 19-Jul-1999 luoqi

Check if an fs is mounted before checking if it is mounted read-only.
Pointed out by: Mike Smith <msmith@freebsd.org>


48875 18-Jul-1999 mpp

Print out the fields that are set in fs_flags.


48790 12-Jul-1999 nik

Add $Id$ to these manpages.

Approved by: bde


48688 08-Jul-1999 billf

Fix nested if/else within an if


48629 06-Jul-1999 yokota

Remove reference to the obsoleted COMCONSOLE option.

Pointed out by: Crist J. Clark <cjc@cc942873-a.ewndsr1.nj.home.com>


48592 05-Jul-1999 mph

"Cannot" is one word. "Can not" has a different meaning if taken
literally.


48568 04-Jul-1999 billf

(1) Include linker.h because we use kldload()
(2) Clear up an ambigious, nested if/else
(3) Cast a ccio_size to a long and use the correct format identifier.

Reviewed by: green


48494 02-Jul-1999 grog

Add definitions for simplified config commands
Change definition of sflag

Reported-by: Johan Karlsson <k@numeri.campus.luth.se>
Doug <Doug@gorean.org>
green

World-broken-by: grog
Pointy-hat-passed-to: grog


48456 02-Jul-1999 grog

Remove the volume, plex, sd and drive commands which allowed the user
to bypass the create command.

vinum_stop:
Allow -f option.

Add commands for simplified configuration:
concat - create a volume with one concatenated plex
stripe - create a volume with one striped plex
mirror - create a volume with two concatenated or striped plexes

Egged-on-by: jkh


48455 02-Jul-1999 grog

Change the name of the s option to indicate that it wears more than
one hat.

Change formats as the result of changes in drive structure.


48454 02-Jul-1999 grog

Change the name of the s option to indicate that it wears more than
one hat.

Add -n option for specifying names of volumes created with the
simplified commands.

Add function find_drive_by_devname to help the simplified
configuration commands.


48453 02-Jul-1999 grog

Document simplified configuration commands.


48447 02-Jul-1999 jkh

Fix time of last dump handling.

Submittted by: Richard Wiwatowski <rjwiwat@ozemail.com.au>


48419 01-Jul-1999 mks

Modify code to be -Wall'able.

PR: bin/11315


48395 01-Jul-1999 ru

Turn System V command line syntax ``on'' by default.

Requested by: peter
Reviewed by: des, billf


48282 27-Jun-1999 rnordier

Drop the embedded boot code in favour of a -B option which reads
the boot code from /boot/mbr, or elsewhere as defined by the revised
"-b bootcode" option; use getopt(3); clarify usage(); partially
revise man page; etc.


48271 27-Jun-1999 phk

Print out the fs_id field.


48256 26-Jun-1999 rnordier

Document -P (keyboard probe) assumptions.


48174 24-Jun-1999 obrien

Add new file that needs compiling.


48128 23-Jun-1999 ru

Clarify some details.


48098 22-Jun-1999 grog

Document the -f flag to detach.

Document the dangers of adding subdisks to striped and RAID-5 plexes.


48097 22-Jun-1999 grog

Remove ancient, mouldy comments.


48096 22-Jun-1999 grog

vinum_ldi:
Show the available sectors relative to the user-available part of
the drive (don't include the config space at the beginning). This
stops an empty drive reporting only 99% available.

Requested-by: staylor

printconfig:

Show sizes in sectors with the suffix 's' instead of the
now-deprecated 'b'.


48095 22-Jun-1999 grog

Allow a 'start <drive>' command.


48078 21-Jun-1999 ru

Signal init(8) instead of executing halt(8) or reboot(8)
when halting or rebooting the system. It benefits from
running /etc/rc.shutdown by init(8).

``-o'' flag is provided for backward compatibility.

PR: 5451
Discussed with: des


48063 21-Jun-1999 brian

Mention that data going from one internal address to another will
not be processed by natd.
Requested by: Ludwig Pummer <ludwigp@bigfoot.com>


48062 21-Jun-1999 jkoshy

Minor cleanups to shutdown(8):

- Make the -k "don't actually halt" flag incompatible with
the halt/reboot options -h, -p, and -r.
- The -n "don't sync" option is ignored if -k is specified.
Issue a warning message.
- Compute the actual shutdown time written to /var/run/nologin
correctly in the case of "now" being specified.


48027 19-Jun-1999 phk

Move the IFSTATUS stuff after the address listing.


48023 19-Jun-1999 green

This is the much-awaited cleaned up version of IPFW [ug]id support.
All relevant changes have been made (including ipfw.8).


48021 19-Jun-1999 phk

Add a new interface ioctl, to return "aux status".

This is inteded for to allow ifconfig to print various unstructured
information from an interface.

The data is returned from the kernel in ASCII form, see the comment in
if.h for some technicalities.

Canonical cut&paste example to be found in if_tun.c

Initial use:
Now tun* interfaces tell the PID of the process which opened them.

Future uses could be (volounteers welcome!):
Have ppp/slip interfaces tell which tty they use.
Make sync interfaces return their media state: red/yellow/blue
alarm, timeslot assignment and so on.
Make ethernets warn about missing heartbeats and/or cables


48019 19-Jun-1999 n_hibma

Add again the ':' after the x option in th eargument list to getopt.

It disappeared in rev. 1.23 newfs.c

PR: 12292
Submitted by: Cy Schubert <cy@cschuber.net.gov.bc.ca>


48004 18-Jun-1999 ru

Fix a coredump with negative (due to overflow) offset values.


48002 18-Jun-1999 jkh

This lets you specify "gemdosfs", "shortnames", "longnames", and
"nowin95" as arguments to the "-o" flag, as alternatives to "-G", "-s",
"-l", and "-9"; when running "mount_msdos" by hand, that doesn't let you
do anything you couldn't already do, but if you're letting "mount" run
it, it lets you specify those options, which is especially useful if,
for example, you have an entry in "/etc/fstab" for some file system,
with "noauto" set, so you can conveniently mount a DOS partition from a
removable drive and force it to treat the file system as VFAT rather
than boring old FAT.

Submitted by: Guy Harris <guy@netapp.com>


47998 18-Jun-1999 ru

Bring in System V run-level patches (turned off by default).
While I'm here, fix some typos in the manpage.

Requested by: des


47993 18-Jun-1999 ken

Add a MAINTAINER line to modules that I maintain.

Suggested by: brian, markm


47962 16-Jun-1999 ru

Init(8) will halt the system if sent USR1 signal,
or halt and turn the power off if sent SIGUSR2.

PR: 5451
Submitted by: Leif Neland <leifn@image.dk>
Reworked by: ru
Reviewed by: -hackers


47925 15-Jun-1999 ru

Document the usage of escape character in a service name.

PR: 7101
Reminded by: jhs


47874 11-Jun-1999 ru

Workaround the problem that the first (and only first) port name
can't have a dash character (it is treated as a ``range'' operator).
One could now use such a name by escaping the ``-'' characters.
For example:

# ipfw add 1 count tcp from any to any "ms\-sql\-s"
# ipfw add 2 count tcp from any ftp\\-data-ftp to any

PR: 7101


47867 10-Jun-1999 ken

For vendor-specific commands sent using the 'camcontrol cmd' facility,
use the passed in CDB length, not 1.

Submitted by: Jean-Marc Zucconi <jmz@FreeBSD.ORG>


47777 06-Jun-1999 phk

Introduce IFF_SMART bit.

This means that the driver will add/delete routes when it knows it is
up/down, rather than have the generic code belive it is up if configured.

This is probably most useful for serial lines, although many PHY chips
could probably tell us if we're connected to the cable/hub as well.


47775 06-Jun-1999 kris

sprintf -> snprintf

Obtained from: OpenBSD


47754 05-Jun-1999 archie

When incrementing through a SIOCGIFCONF list, enforce a lower limit of
sizeof(ifr->ifr_addr) for the variable length field ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len.
Otherwise the increment will be wrong in certain cases.

Obtained from: Whistle source tree
For the record: Garrett Wollman <wollman@khavrinen.lcs.mit.edu> suggests
SIOCGIFCONF should be dropped in favor of a sysctl mechanism.


47732 04-Jun-1999 ru

Fix the parsing of ip addresses on a command line.

PR: 5047
Reviewed by: des
Test case: ipfw add allow ip from 127.1 to any


47691 02-Jun-1999 ru

Spelling corrections for dummynet.
Reviewed by: des,luigi


47668 01-Jun-1999 ru

Get rid of segfaults in a set-uid program.
PR: 11823
Reviewed by: des


47595 29-May-1999 kris

$Header$ -> $Id$
Manpage formatting/grammatical fixes.
Check return value of malloc()
Add sccsid[], other minor source code cleanups

Submitted by: Philippe Charnier


47594 29-May-1999 kris

Xref mountd in text.

Submitted by: Philippe Charnier


47593 29-May-1999 kris

Manpage cleanup, move $Id$ to #ifndef lint, remove unused includes,
grammatical fixes.

Submitted by: Philippe Charnier


47555 28-May-1999 ghelmer

Add the missing cd9660-specific options to the -o flag. While I'm here,
add the missing -j flag to the synopsys.

PR: docs/1667


47455 24-May-1999 luigi

close pr 10889:
+ add a missing call to dn_rule_delete() when flushing firewall
rules, thus preventing possible panics due to dangling pointers
(this was already done for single rule deletes).
+ improve "usage" output in ipfw(8)
+ add a few checks to ipfw pipe parameters and make it a bit more
tolerant of common mistakes (such as specifying kbit instead of Kbit)

PR: kern/10889
Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov


47446 24-May-1999 jmz

Fix typo in dump reporting

PR: bin/10573
Submitted by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.rhein-neckar.de>


47441 23-May-1999 imp

Getopt(3) returns -1 not EOF.


47392 22-May-1999 rnordier

Include a table of disk error codes and a note about the cylinder >
1023 issue.


47325 19-May-1999 ken

Fix a typo, and get rid of the bugs section that talks about adding
different ways to specify devices. That code has been added.


47261 17-May-1999 jkoshy

Use current names for swap devices.

PR: docs/11708
Submitted by: Matthew D. Fuller <fullermd@over-yonder.net>


47260 17-May-1999 jkoshy

Refer to current names for swap partitions in the `FILES' section.

PR: docs/11709
Submitted by: Matthew D. Fuller <fullermd@over-yonder.net>


47122 13-May-1999 brian

Oops - missing parenthesis


47121 13-May-1999 brian

/sbin/natd portrange documentation and bugfix
Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua>
PR: 11690

3.2 candidate ?


47095 13-May-1999 luoqi

Read dumpdev using sysctl(3) interface. Now savecore should work again
after the dev_t changes.


46938 10-May-1999 ken

Add a new device specification syntax to camcontrol. It is now possible to
do things like:

camcontrol tur da5
or
camcontrol tur 1:2:0
or
camcontrol tur 1:2

These changes are fully backwards compatible with the original device
specification syntax (-n dev -u unit), so it is possible to use either
method to specify a device now.

The device specification changes do not affect the rescan, reset or debug
commands, since by design, those commands work on a bus or bus:target:lun
basis only.

Also, shorten the default usage statement so that it fits in a 24 column
terminal. The full usage statement is still available by using the "help"
"-h" or "-?" arguments to camcontrol.

Submitted by: Joerg Wunsch <joerg_wunsch@interface-business.de>


46878 10-May-1999 obrien

Move sysctl/ to src/sbin/ where it now belongs.

Repository copied by: Peter


46859 10-May-1999 phk

Fix mknod which overloaded a little too much on "minor" and "major"


46839 09-May-1999 abial

Silence message about absence of PnP overrides.


46643 07-May-1999 mckay

Make flood ping flood again. It hasn't worked since 2.2.6. Make the "-l"
option work as described in the manual, not as another flood ping variant.

Once discussed to death with: bde


46626 07-May-1999 grog

Arrange the "CONFIGURATION FILE" section in the order in which the
entries go into the config file.

Clarify what names can be used for Vinum drives, and what will happen
to you if you use other names.

Forcibly-demonstrated-by: Thomas Stromberg <tstromberg@rtci.com>
Peter K Campbell <PCampbel@vtrlmel1.telstra.com.au>
George Cox <george.cox@sophos.com>
many others, but those were the only three today.


46620 07-May-1999 jkoshy

Null commit.

> PR: bin/6399
> Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>

Also reviewed by: bde


46619 07-May-1999 jkoshy

1. Enhanced syntax for mount(8). The -o option now supports two 'meta'
options:

-o fstab brings in filesystem options specified in /etc/fstab
-o current incorporates the current set of options for the file
system

The rightmost option wins in the case of conflicting options being
specified.

E.g.:-

# mount -u -o current,nosuid /home

will preserve the current mount options while adding the 'nosuid' flag.

2. Rewording of manual page to be hopefully clearer; small -Wall
cleanups.

Thanks to David Malone for his patience and willingness to work
multiple patches on request.

PR: bin/6399
Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>


46581 06-May-1999 ken

Add a number of interrelated CAM feature enhancements and bug fixes.

NOTE: These changes will require recompilation of any userland
applications, like cdrecord, xmcd, etc., that use the CAM passthrough
interface. A make world is recommended.

camcontrol.[c8]:
- We now support two new commands, "tags" and "negotiate".

- The tags commands allows users to view the number of tagged
openings for a device as well as a number of other related
parameters, and it allows users to set tagged openings for
a device.

- The negotiate command allows users to enable and disable
disconnection and tagged queueing, set sync rates, offsets
and bus width. Note that not all of those features are
available for all controllers. Only the adv, ahc, and ncr
drivers fully support all of the features at this point.
Some cards do not allow the setting of sync rates, offsets and
the like, and some of the drivers don't have any facilities to
do so. Some drivers, like the adw driver, only support enabling
or disabling sync negotiation, but do not support setting sync
rates.

- new description in the camcontrol man page of how to format a disk
- cleanup of the camcontrol inquiry command
- add support in the 'devlist' command for skipping unconfigured devices if
-v was not specified on the command line.
- make use of the new base_transfer_speed in the path inquiry CCB.
- fix CCB bzero cases

cam_xpt.c, cam_sim.[ch], cam_ccb.h:

- new flags on many CCB function codes to designate whether they're
non-immediate, use a user-supplied CCB, and can only be passed from
userland programs via the xpt device. Use these flags in the transport
layer and pass driver to categorize CCBs.

- new flag in the transport layer device matching code for device nodes
that indicates whether a device is unconfigured

- bump the CAM version from 0x10 to 0x11

- Change the CAM ioctls to use the version as their group code, so we can
force users to recompile code even when the CCB size doesn't change.

- add + fill in a new value in the path inquiry CCB, base_transfer_speed.
Remove a corresponding field from the cam_sim structure, and add code to
every SIM to set this field to the proper value.

- Fix the set transfer settings code in the transport layer.

scsi_cd.c:

- make some variables volatile instead of just casting them in various
places
- fix a race condition in the changer code
- attach unless we get a "logical unit not supported" error. This should
fix all of the cases where people have devices that return weird errors
when they don't have media in the drive.

scsi_da.c:

- attach unless we get a "logical unit not supported" error

scsi_pass.c:

- for immediate CCBs, just malloc a CCB to send the user request in. This
gets rid of the 'held' count problem in camcontrol tags.

scsi_pass.h:

- change the CAM ioctls to use the CAM version as their group code.

adv driver:

- Allow changing the sync rate and offset separately.

adw driver

- Allow changing the sync rate and offset separately.

aha driver:

- Don't return CAM_REQ_CMP for SET_TRAN_SETTINGS CCBs.

ahc driver:

- Allow setting offset and sync rate separately

bt driver:

- Don't return CAM_REQ_CMP for SET_TRAN_SETTINGS CCBs.

NCR driver:

- Fix the ultra/ultra 2 negotiation bug
- allow setting both the sync rate and offset separately

Other HBA drivers:
- Put code in to set the base_transfer_speed field for
XPT_GET_TRAN_SETTINGS CCBs.

Reviewed by: gibbs, mjacob (isp), imp (aha)


46577 06-May-1999 phk

don't use <sys/disk.h>


46552 06-May-1999 jkoshy

Fix typos and -mdoc usage.

PR: docs/11537
Submitted by: Motomichi Matsuzaki <mzaki@e-mail.ne.jp>


46524 05-May-1999 markm

Incomplete. Back out until I can revisit.


46489 05-May-1999 markm

Restore perror --> err changes.


46436 04-May-1999 ghelmer

Mention the special destination "default" for default routes. Fix a
couple of formatting bugs.

PR: docs/9960


46398 04-May-1999 jkoshy

Fix typos.

PR: docs/11485
Submitted by: Kazuo Horikawa <horikawa@jp.freebsd.org>


46360 03-May-1999 mjacob

temporary workaround for bin/11464


46348 02-May-1999 grog

timestamp:
Assign explicit variable for sec to get it to compile on Alpha.

Submitted by: dfr


46303 02-May-1999 markm

Merge-o-matic and add a bunch of $Id's


46270 02-May-1999 grog

Update documentation of new functions.

Describe new scale letter for sizes: 's' (sector) instead of 'b'
(block). Both mean 512 bytes, but 'b' is deprecated because it's
confusing.

Document log file and environment variables.


46269 02-May-1999 grog

Add definitions for history functions and printconfig split.


46268 02-May-1999 grog

printconfig:
split into vinum_printconfig (interactive) and printconfig (called
from vinum_printconfig and from vinum_create when starting an
interactive update.


46267 02-May-1999 grog

vinum_create:
If no file name is specified, create one and edit it with the editor
specified in the EDITOR environment variable, by default vi.

vinum_help:
Update.

Fix typos in messages.


46266 02-May-1999 grog

Maintain a log file, by default /var/log/vinum.history, showing what
has been done. This name can be overridden by the value of the
VINUM_HISTORY environment variable.

Print dates in log file according to the variable VINUM_DATEFORMAT, by
default %e %b %Y %H:%M:%S.


46226 01-May-1999 kris

Fixes for -t option:

* Don't buffer "Digesting..." output - flush it immediately.
* Increase the number of repetitions by a factor of 100, and the block size by
a factor of 10 so as to give meaningful results on modern machines (108
seconds on my P120, and ~26 seconds on a P-II 350).

PR: bin/10604
Submitted by: Stanislav Shalunov <shalunov@lynxhub.lz.att.com>


46182 29-Apr-1999 ghelmer

Add ICMP types to list of information about each packet.


46135 28-Apr-1999 ghelmer

Explain when packets are tesed by the firewall rules and what attributes
of packets can be tested.

PR: docs/7437


46080 25-Apr-1999 imp

More egcs warning fixes:
o main returns int not void
o use braces to avoid potentially ambiguous else

Note: The fix to natd is potentially functional in nature since I used
the indentation as the right thing rather than the struct semantics.
Someone more familiar with the code should double check me on this one.

Reviewed by: obrien and chuckr


46032 24-Apr-1999 peter

The infrastructure to build these fellows has been replaced with kld.


45970 24-Apr-1999 sada

Typo of `same_ports' directive.
Submitted by: Masaki Nohtomi <noutomi@jbm-net.or.jp>


45927 21-Apr-1999 alex

Typo fix in diagnostic: -alldir --> -alldirs

PR: 11049
Submitted by: Gerhard Gonter <gonter@whisky.wu-wien.ac.at>


45925 21-Apr-1999 billf

Make usage() reflect reality (add the -aout and -elf options).

OK'd by: bde


45792 18-Apr-1999 peter

Disconnect modload/modunload/modstat from their Makefiles..


45773 18-Apr-1999 dcs

Add support for Joliet extensions to the iso9660 fs. The related PR
cannot yet be closed, though.

I hope I got all credits right, and that the multiple submitted by lines
do not break anyone's scripts...

PR: kern/5038, kern/5567
Submitted by: Keith Jang <keith@email.gcn.net.tw>
Submitted by: Joachim Kuebart <joki@kuebart.stuttgart.netsurf.de>
Submitted by: Byung Yang <byung@wam.umd.edu>
Submitted by: Motomichi Matsuzaki <mzaki@e-mail.ne.jp>


45734 17-Apr-1999 grog

When looking at all objects, look at all objects.

main:
If the wrong version is started, execve the correct version.


45733 17-Apr-1999 grog

When looking at all objects, look at all objects.

vinum_lsi:
Print rough size of plex in parentheses.
Print drive info with -v option (previously required -V).


45732 17-Apr-1999 grog

vinum_init: count dead children correctly when waiting for completion.

vinum_resetstats: count objects correctly.


45641 13-Apr-1999 ghelmer

Correctly ref editline(3).

PR: docs/10973


45636 13-Apr-1999 ghelmer

Change LKM/modload to KLD/kldload.

Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>


45563 10-Apr-1999 grog

Add external declaration for wait flag, rather later than intended.

Complained-about-by: jkh
Jim Bloom <bloom@acm.org>
Michael Reifenberger <root@nihil.plaut.de>


45527 10-Apr-1999 grog

Document -w option for init command.
Reorganize OPTIONS section into alphabetical order.


45526 10-Apr-1999 grog

Add -w option to init command: wait for init to complete before
returning.


45502 09-Apr-1999 grog

If the wrong version of vinum(8) has been started (i.e. non-RAID-5
when the kernel module is RAID-5, or the other way round), execve()
the correct one.

Add \n to an error message.


45498 08-Apr-1999 eivind

Add a comment that natd is made for use with NICs, not PPP links - I'm
tired of the five people each day that ask me how to set up natd for
use with PPP.


45478 08-Apr-1999 ghelmer

Change LKM/modload to KLD/kldload.

Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>


45476 08-Apr-1999 ghelmer

modload -> kldload and add ref to kldload(8) in See Also section.

Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>


45473 08-Apr-1999 ghelmer

Convert LKM/modload to KLD/kldload. Add ref to kldload(8).

Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>


45329 05-Apr-1999 peter

kldload("ccd") if the ccd module isn't present.


45326 05-Apr-1999 grog

Add GOTCHAS entries warning against using partition c for vinum, and
explaining the syntax of the 'read' command.

Shot-in-foot-by: Bob Gustwick <gustwick@oldzoom.bga.com>


45259 03-Apr-1999 bde

Install dhclient-script under ${DESTDIR}.

PR: 10615, 10891


45212 01-Apr-1999 ghelmer

Update refs for KLD's and kldload.

Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>


45210 01-Apr-1999 jdp

Rename spppcontrol.1 to spppcontrol.8. The latter file was created
by repository copy.


45208 01-Apr-1999 jdp

Null commit to note that spppcontrol.1 has been repository copied
to spppcontrol.8.


45181 31-Mar-1999 grog

vinum_resetstats: Reset stats for drives correctly when recursing.


45180 31-Mar-1999 grog

Change the meaning of the combination of -s and no -v option in the
list functions. Previously, it would produce a non-verbose listing of
the objects followed individually by a statistics listing. Now it
produces only a one-line-per-object statistics listing.


45143 30-Mar-1999 brian

Disable reads on our ICMP socket. We only use it for sending.
PR: 9253


45114 29-Mar-1999 phk

Add ability to set protocol number.

PR: 10753
Submitted by: Isao SEKI <iseki@gongon.com>


45076 28-Mar-1999 grog

Get date right.

Remove comments about not being able to unload from the command line.

Add another example configuration output.

Clarify when to use 'vinum start' and when to use 'vinum read'.


45075 28-Mar-1999 grog

main (): Don't loop waiting for children to finish.


45074 28-Mar-1999 grog

vinum_start: Allow user to specify a plex. In this case, revive all
subdisks in need of revival.

vinum_stop: sleep for a second before unloading. This solves a race
condition with a potential daemon when the stop command
is specified on the command line.


45052 26-Mar-1999 nate

- There exists a manpage, so use/install it.


45047 26-Mar-1999 brian

Add `const's that I forgot to commit. Not bad - I broke
the -stable and -current builds in the space of 1 day !

Pointed out by: jdp


45011 24-Mar-1999 brian

Add some const-cleanliness and avoid some warnings.


45010 24-Mar-1999 brian

Allow port ranges when specifying -redirect_port.

Submitted by: Wes Santee <wes@bogon.net>
PR: 9696


44988 24-Mar-1999 grog

Add a tutorial-like section "How to set up Vinum"


44983 24-Mar-1999 grog

'start' command: check that the objects in question aren't already up,
and produce an intelligble message if they are.


44981 23-Mar-1999 grog

Correct ioctl calls VINUM_STARTCONFIG. The last commit broke the
'vinum start' command.


44960 23-Mar-1999 grog

Describe the new semantics of 'create':

When creating a new drive, if the drive already has a vinum label,
and name doesn't match the specified drive, do it anyway if the
'force' flag is specified.

Continually-tripped-over-by: Karl Pielorz <kpielorz@tdx.co.uk>

Update information about partition type for Vinum drives. They
*should* be of type 'vinum', but currently we still accept (and
complain about) partitions of type 'unused'. At a later date, only
'vinum' will be accepted.

Threatened-since: over a year


44959 23-Mar-1999 grog

Print correct message if the wrong module is loaded.


44958 23-Mar-1999 grog

vinum_create: pass 'force' flag to ioctl VINUM_STARTCONFIG.
Semantics:

When creating a new drive, if the drive already has a vinum label,
and name doesn't match the specified drive, do it anyway if the
'force' flag is specified.

Continually-tripped-over-by: Karl Pielorz <kpielorz@tdx.co.uk>


44929 21-Mar-1999 jkh

The attached patch to /usr/src/sbin/dump/optr.c changes the comparison
so that dumps are treated by dump -w as having been done on midnight
of the day they were actually run. This makes dump -w behave as
expected for regularly scheduled daily dumps - if they all run the
same day. It makes dump -w behave strangely if you dump late in the
day and check again after midnight, but that is the lesser of two
evils.

Submitted by: Mike Meyer <mwm@phone.net>
PR: 9429


44888 19-Mar-1999 grog

If we fail to open the super device, open the "wrong" device (that is,
the debug superdevice when we're compiled without debug, or the normal
superdevice when we're compiled with debug. If this succeeds, print
an informative comment and exit.

make_devices: Create both debug and normal superdevices.


44871 18-Mar-1999 grog

Clarify the synchronization options in additional plexes to a volume.


44811 16-Mar-1999 bde

Fixed `mount -a -u ...'. Rev.1.19 broke this by trying too hard to
avoid mounting filesystems multiple times.

PR: 10572
Submitted by: Cy Schubert <cy@cschuber.net.gov.bc.ca>


44800 16-Mar-1999 rnordier

Add cross-reference to loader man page, plus various minor
improvements.


44764 15-Mar-1999 wpaul

Grrr... botched remote commit. Let's try this again: vlan updates,
take two.


44730 14-Mar-1999 grog

Clarify that the stop command only works in interactive mode.


44729 14-Mar-1999 grog

create command: get the message right if an error occurs with a
non-verbose create.


44716 13-Mar-1999 grog

Describe the new debug flags DEBUG_EOFINFO and DEBUG_MEMFREE.

Fix a confusion between slices and partitions.

Clarify the problems of small stripe sizes (< 128 kB).


44715 13-Mar-1999 grog

info command: Remove opencount parameter, print value of open flag.


44714 13-Mar-1999 grog

create command: if an error occurs, print the offending line even if
the -v flag has not been set.


44700 13-Mar-1999 rnordier

Note that a standard MBR supports booting only from hard drive 0


44690 12-Mar-1999 brian

src/usr.sbin/natd -> src/sbin/natd (after a repo-copy by jdp)


44688 12-Mar-1999 gallatin

Fix savecore so that it works on alphas
Reviewed by: Doug Rabson <dfr@nlsystems.com>


44654 11-Mar-1999 brian

Fix a diagnostic typo
Submitted by: Martin Machacek <mm@i.cz>


44648 10-Mar-1999 grog

Describe the default values for useful options.

Clarify which options are no longer useful.


44558 07-Mar-1999 brian

Upgrade (almost) to natd 2.0b1

- Transparent proxy support.
- PERMANENT_LINK IS NOW OBSOLETE, use redirect_port instead.
- Drop support for early FreeBSD 2.2 versions
- If separate input & output sockets are being used
use them to find out packet direction instead of
normal mechanism. This can be handy in complex environments
with multiple interfaces.
- PPTP redirect support by Dru Nelson <dnelson@redwoodsoft.com> added.
- Logging enhancements from Martin Machacek <mm@i.cz> added.

Obtained from: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>


44418 02-Mar-1999 grog

Document "stop" command with no parameters.

Document "printconfig" and "saveconfig" commands.

Add warning about running "create" multiple times.


44417 02-Mar-1999 grog

Take definitions of VINUMMOD and WRONGMOD from v.c.


44416 02-Mar-1999 grog

Move definitions of VINUMMOD and WRONGMOD to vext.h.

Wait4 zombies.

make_devices: Don't try if the /dev directory is mounted read-only.
Create daemon superdevice /dev/vinum/controld.

Format a couple of multiline comments conformant with style(9).


44415 02-Mar-1999 grog

Change the format of the lists to reflect loss of pid field.
Show open state as a flag.

vinum_ldi: Show available space in short form listing.


44414 02-Mar-1999 grog

resetconfig: don't log the "obliterated" message, the kernel does that
for us.

Rebuild the (almost empty) /dev/vinum directory.

vinum_start: remove superflous "read" parameter when starting with no
parameters.

vinum_stop: without an argument, stop Vinum and remove the kld if
it's idle.

vinum_saveconfig: New command to save configuration.


44345 28-Feb-1999 gj

Make buf in authflags a little bigger because 2 strings can be
concatenated and 20 bytes (the old size) is kind of tight.


44320 27-Feb-1999 jkh

Make this work with the new alias library since, evidently, we're
not providing the backwards-compatability routines in libalias anymore
(which I think may have been a mistake).


44317 27-Feb-1999 jkh

Don't install kget on alpha - it doesn't do much useful there.


44316 27-Feb-1999 ken

Fix misspelling of Julian's last name. Oops.


44309 27-Feb-1999 jkh

Add kget.


44308 27-Feb-1999 jkh

Bring in kget, a utility for saving kernel change information.

Submitted by: abial


44242 23-Feb-1999 gj

Make the buf in authflags big enough to hold " norechallenge". I've been
running with this for a few weeks.

Submitted by: someone on the freebsd-isdn maillist


44143 19-Feb-1999 semenu

Added description of how they can access particulary
NTFS attribute and write files.


44138 19-Feb-1999 imp

Finish documenting -S src-addr change.

Forgotten by: me
Forgotten for: Far Too Long
Gently Reminded by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua>
Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua>


44120 18-Feb-1999 obrien

More style fixes to bring this almost to bde's suggested version.


44113 18-Feb-1999 obrien

bde suggests not to trust ${COPY} to always be defined.
also fix style bugs submitted by Bruce


43873 11-Feb-1999 grog

Modify example configuration file to show more optimum stripe size of
256 kB instead of 16 kB.

Pointed-out-by: Steve Taylor <staylor@cybernet.com>

Modify description of start command to include 'start' with no
parameters, which reads the config from all drives found on the
system.


43872 11-Feb-1999 grog

Extend 'start' command: if used without any parameters, vinum scans
all disks known to devstat for vinum drives and reads their
configuration.


43871 11-Feb-1999 grog

Check for both kinds of Vinum module (with and without RAID-5). Using
the wrong module can cause confusion, including loading both versions
(which conflict with each other) and incorrect ioctls, which cause
unintelligible error messages.

Extend 'start' command: if used without any parameters, vinum scans
all disks known to devstat for vinum drives and reads their
configuration.


43870 11-Feb-1999 grog

Include libdevstat in executable, for extended start command.


43859 10-Feb-1999 obrien

hook in dhclient


43856 10-Feb-1999 obrien

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r43855,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


43804 09-Feb-1999 dillon

Fix bug in mount_mfs whereby mount_mfs would sometimes return before
the mount is completely active, causing the next few commands attempting
to manipulate data on the mount to fail. mount_mfs's parent now tries
to wait for the mount point st_dev to change before returning, indicating
that the mount has gone active.


43657 05-Feb-1999 rnordier

Note that nextboot requires the legacy boot code.


43557 03-Feb-1999 semenu

Added mount_ntfs subdirectory.
Reviewed by: David O'Brien <obrien@NUXI.com>


43549 03-Feb-1999 semenu

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r43548,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


43510 01-Feb-1999 wosch

Added xref to nologin(5).


43509 01-Feb-1999 wosch

Added xref to nologin(8).


43489 31-Jan-1999 grog

Correct include paths
Remove unnecessary additional CFLAGS
Remove BINGRP and BINMODE


43404 30-Jan-1999 grog

Add MAINTAINER


43259 27-Jan-1999 grog

Fix broken command tables (change formatting from tbl to .Bl/.El)
Move the BUGS section to vinum.4: the only bug in vinum.8 was the man
page, fixed with this commit.


43054 22-Jan-1999 rnordier

Add a -b option as a simple way to rewrite the mbr code
(eg. replacing a boot manager with a standard mbr)


43031 22-Jan-1999 archie

Fix bug where 'ipfw list' would choke if there were a large number of rules.


43002 21-Jan-1999 archie

Fix misleading wording in ipfw(8) man page.
PR: docs/9603


42947 21-Jan-1999 grog

Update to reflect major changes in vinum kernel module


42946 21-Jan-1999 grog

Update to reflect changes in kernel lkm


42945 21-Jan-1999 grog

Remove -DRAID5 from CFLAGS


42908 20-Jan-1999 mks

Clarify the number of network interfaces per physical interface available with
each type of signalling manager and bring the atm command into agreement with
the man page.


42895 20-Jan-1999 jkh

nuke dset - it doesn't work in a post-ELF world and abial has something
better as a replacement (kget).


42873 20-Jan-1999 luoqi

Allow tuning of read-only mounted file system.

Reviewed by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>


42871 20-Jan-1999 mks

Re-write of ilmi daemon. Among the major changes, it does not use predefined
PDUs and should handle multi-request OIDs on GETs.


42828 19-Jan-1999 rnordier

Make some further revisions to the boot documentation.


42647 14-Jan-1999 gibbs

Properly print devices that do not have attached peripherals.

Submitted by: Kenneth Merry <ken@FreeBSD.org>


42637 13-Jan-1999 grog

Don't install vinum(8) sgid.

Reported-by: Paul Hart <hart@iserver.com>


42619 13-Jan-1999 des

Sort options alphabetically.


42587 12-Jan-1999 asami

Oops, I missed a few more /etc/nologin references yesterday. It appears
my check of the tree was incomplete. Sorry guys.

Reported by: Ben Smithurst <ben@scientia.demon.co.uk>


42534 11-Jan-1999 dt

Update to match rev. 1.28 of msdosfs_lookup.c.


42515 11-Jan-1999 asami

Move nologin from /etc to /var/run. This means one less file that has
to be written to /etc.

The only essential change is in paths.h, so any third-party software
written correctly will pick it up in the next rebuild.

Reviewed by: the committers list (actually an old version)


42456 10-Jan-1999 des

Clean up option handling a little.
Add an option for showing sysctl descriptions instead of their values.


42438 09-Jan-1999 bde

Removed ROOTSLICE_HUNT. The root device is now found better by
getvfsent() in most cases. (The main exception is when /etc/fstab
still hasn't been converted to use a slice for the root device, the
root device is a SCSI device, and the /dev/sd* inode for this device
still hasn't been renamed to /dev/da*.)


42422 09-Jan-1999 grog

- Format corrections for troff output
- Comment out the description of the unimplemented replace command
- Explain in even stronger language that resetconfig is not for
everyday use

Motivated by: Marko Schütz <marko@ki.informatik.uni-frankfurt.de>

- Correct the description of the start command (no longer used to
start vinum, just specific objects)

Motivated by: dg

- Remove .TH N commands, which conflict badly with the doc macros,
causing strange headings in nroff output and endless loops in troff.
The current version produces warning messages with some screen
sizes, and will be fixed when I have time.

Bug-report: docs/9328 (nroff)
Reported-by: joerg (troff)

- Add gotcha info for the setupstate keyword and the use of label and
resetconfig.

- Add bug entry for the warning messages introduced by fixing
docs/9328.

- Add references to web pages on Vinum


42348 06-Jan-1999 rnordier

Make a start on revising the boot documentation.


42337 06-Jan-1999 imp

Allow PINGing from any address on multihomed hosts

In the words of the submitter:
"The patch below allows to ping from any address on the multihomed host.
The man page is also updated, the text was cutted from traceroute(8)."

Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov
PR: 6832


42328 06-Jan-1999 grog

Complete change from DEBUG to VINUMDEBUG. Now it still builds when
VINUMDEBUG is set as well.


42327 06-Jan-1999 grog

Complete previous commit: change debug macro from DEBUG to VINUMDEBUG

Reported by: dg


42326 06-Jan-1999 grog

Fix problems compiling without -DVINUMDEBUG

Reported by: dg


42261 03-Jan-1999 jkh

Clean up some more residual /usr/mdec references. I left all the
extra rbootd/boot rom cruft pointing at /usr/mdec since it either
doesn't exist or doesn't work anyway, so who cares? :)


42256 02-Jan-1999 jkh

Update for boot block location change.


42144 29-Dec-1998 dfr

Here is a patch to make mountd work.
It just replace u_long with u_int32_t and shouldn't affect on i386.
Without this patch,
- unaligned accesses occur
- permission denied randomly

Submitted by: Hidetoshi Shimokawa <simokawa@sat.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp>


42125 28-Dec-1998 peter

Tweaks as a result of having vinum statically buildable in a kernel.


42117 28-Dec-1998 sos

Reenable vinum after repository copy.

Forgotten by: Peter.


42099 27-Dec-1998 sos

Temporaryly disable vinum, awaiting repository copy of misplaced files.


42073 27-Dec-1998 luigi

Remove coredump when running "ipfw pipe" without more arguments.
PR: 8937


42070 27-Dec-1998 grog

- Correct alphabetical order of commands
- Describe subdisk attachment in more detail
- Describe new 'makedev' command
- Correct use of 'partition' and 'slice'
- Describe 'setupstate' keyword
- Include performance guidelines for striped plexes
- Correct numerical values in examples
- Add examples for disklabel(8)
- Clarify problems creating Vinum drives on inappropriate partitions

Prodded by: NAGANUMA Yasuhiro <y_naga@carat.rim.or.jp> (slices and
partitions)


42003 22-Dec-1998 jkh

User reports that using mount_null destroyed his filesystem, I reply
that nullfs really doesn't work, he askes why this isn't noted for the
"dangerous" filesystems, I go "hmmm."


41968 20-Dec-1998 mjacob

Bad Dog! No Biscuit! *Never* commit without testing- even if it was
"just a printf formatting change"....


41962 20-Dec-1998 mjacob

add Bus and Device Reset commands


41901 17-Dec-1998 jkh

Look for boot blocks in new default location.


41873 16-Dec-1998 ghelmer

Mention affect of securelevel 3 and higher on attempts to change filter lists.

Prompted by: PR docs/7785


41872 16-Dec-1998 ghelmer

Mention securelevel 3 as affecting ipfw and dummynet. Generalize comment
about fdisk and securelevel 2.
PR: docs/7785


41845 16-Dec-1998 imp

Fix two possible non-exploitable buffer overflows.

Thanks to: A friend at Sun auditing dump/restore for Solaris.


41828 15-Dec-1998 dillon

Add pt_tcplisten.c functionality, fix a few minor bugs

PR: kern/8793, misc/8796, kern/8797, kern/8798, kern/8050, kern/6758
Submitted by: Duncan Barclay <dmlb@ragnet.demon.co.uk>


41795 14-Dec-1998 luigi

ipfw changes for dummynet. manpages still missing


41701 12-Dec-1998 dillon

sendmsg() didn't like the MSG_EOR flag and returned an error. Removing the
flag makes portal tcp operation work.


41684 11-Dec-1998 bde

Merged from Lite2 (one bcopy -> memmove, one significant change:
don't unlink _PATH_NOLOGIN for the -k case even if shutdown terminates
abnormally. NetBSD already has this change).


41683 11-Dec-1998 bde

Fixed missing 'p' and `-' flags and other defects in the usage message.

Fixed some style bugs.


41680 11-Dec-1998 bde

Merged from Lite2 (just an English fix or pun removal).

Updated date. I think dates in man pages should be changed at least
when a new feature is described.


41679 11-Dec-1998 bde

Fixed disordered options in synopsis.


41678 11-Dec-1998 bde

Fixed missing `p' flag in synopsis.

Broken in: previous commit


41666 10-Dec-1998 msmith

Add a '-p' flag to shutdown which corresponds to the '-p' flag to halt,
requesting a system power-off after shutdown.


41586 07-Dec-1998 rnordier

Use '#' flag in place of "0x" in format strings.


41576 07-Dec-1998 archie

Disallow ipfw "tee" rules until it is actually implemented.
PR: bin/8471


41477 03-Dec-1998 julian

Cosmetic and documentation changes brought from earlier FreeBSD versions.
(e.g. RCS Id:)


41474 03-Dec-1998 julian

Reviewed by: Don Lewis <Don.Lewis@tsc.tdk.com>
Submitted by: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@McKusick.COM>
Obtained from: Mckusick, BSDI and a host of others

This exactly matches Kirks sources imported under the
Tag MCKUSICK2. These are as supplied by kirk with one small
change needed to compile under freeBSD.

Some FreeBSD patches will be added back, though many have been
added to Kirk's sources already.


41471 02-Dec-1998 julian

These shouldn't have been checked in here..

Reviewee by:


41466 02-Dec-1998 billf

Insert missing macro, and while I'm here change the inconsistent
"page_ctl" and "pagectl" to "pgctl" to reflect ``camcontrol --help''.

PR: docs/8781
Submitted by: Norihiro Kumagai <kuma@jp.FreeBSD.org>


41462 02-Dec-1998 julian

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r41461,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


41409 29-Nov-1998 bde

Fixed non-use of .Nm and hard line breaks in rev.1.16-1.17:


41408 29-Nov-1998 bde

Straightened the terminology straightening in 1.17-1.18. Fixed hard
line breaks in rev.1.16-1.18.


41383 28-Nov-1998 rnordier

Refer to "da" rather than "sd" device.


41381 28-Nov-1998 rnordier

Refer to "da" rather than "sd" device.

Suggested by: jdp


41354 26-Nov-1998 joerg

sd0 -> da0


41308 23-Nov-1998 joerg

Preprocessor support for `ipfw [-q] ... file'.

This allows for more flexible ipfw configuration files using
`variables' to describe frequently used items in the file, like the
local IP address(es), interface names etc. Both m4 and cpp are useful
and supported; with m4 being a little more unusual to the common C
programmer, things like automatic rule numbering can be achieved
fairly easy.

While i was at it, i've also untangled some of the ugly style inside
main(), and fixed a bug or two (like not being able to use blank lines
when running with -q).

A typical call with preprocessor invocation looks like

ipfw -p m4 -Dhostname=$(hostname) /etc/fwrules

Someone should probably add support for this feature to /etc/rc.firewall.


41255 19-Nov-1998 asami

Change sd -> da in examples.

Inspired by: a mail by Scott Smyth <smyth@bashful.realminfo.com>


41112 12-Nov-1998 ken

Fix a typo in a comment.


41108 12-Nov-1998 obrien

Fill-in the manpages a little.


41061 10-Nov-1998 bde

Fixed disorder.


41041 09-Nov-1998 dima

Reenable adjkerntz for alpha.


41023 09-Nov-1998 truckman

Fix some calculations that use sizeof to attempt to find the end of an
array that were doing sizeof on an unrelated variable. This just happened
to work right on the i386, but would not on the alpha.

PR: bin/8427


41019 08-Nov-1998 phk

Allow for printing out integer arrays.


40981 07-Nov-1998 des

Bitch if both an id and a name are specified. Make the man page and usage
message reflect this. As a bonus, make the -n optional so that 'kldunload
name' works as one would expect.


40980 07-Nov-1998 des

Cosmetic fix (make header align with data)


40947 06-Nov-1998 alex

Add an entry for the new NetBSD partition id.


40946 06-Nov-1998 jkoshy

Add an entry for BSD/OS [23].x partition types.

I don't have access to a BSD/OS machine to check the veracity of the
magic number. However, no harm will be done by the commit and since
someone was motivated enough to file a PR, I'm committing the change.

PR: 7629
Submitted by: Jos Backus <jbackus@plex.nl>


40918 05-Nov-1998 mjacob

For large filesystems you can run past default resource limits causing
fsck to exit unhappily. Fix this by doing a getrlimit/setrlimit for
RLIMIT_DATA. I made the same fix in NetBSD.

Reviewed by: dg@root.com


40848 03-Nov-1998 grog

Correct u_int_64 casting to remove warnings in printf()


40823 02-Nov-1998 grog

Show revive pointer in percentage complete as well as absolute value.


40822 02-Nov-1998 grog

Remove kludge to set subdisk states when bringing up a plex


40765 30-Oct-1998 dg

Rename a function name so that it doesn't conflict with a future system call.


40668 27-Oct-1998 dima

64bit fixes.
(Note: ``dump'' doesn't work on alpha yet. Apparently there's a problem
somewhere is the physio() area)

Submitted by: myself && Matt Dillon.


40615 23-Oct-1998 bde

Oops, don't quite use RAW_PART instead of RAWPARTITION. Use 'a' + RAW_PART
in both places.


40543 21-Oct-1998 grog

list.c:
Add dump of last requests with 'info -V'. This requires the requests
to be enabled with 'debug 8'.


40489 17-Oct-1998 bde

Honour the default CFLAGS. This fixes a spew of warnings for compiling
unused static inlines in headers without -O.

Fixed missing libraries in DPADD.

Use .PATH instead of a symlink farm.

Removed bogus dependency of util.c on statetext.h (only util.o depends
on it). Removed rule for building statetext.h. The dependency was used
to get statetext.h built, but statetext.h is a non-generated source file
so it doesn't need building. This fixes an annoying message for the null
build and use of `make' instead of ${MAKE} to do the null build.

Fixed some style bugs.


40488 17-Oct-1998 bde

Don't assume that time_t is long.


40487 17-Oct-1998 bde

Don't assume that time_t is long.


40475 17-Oct-1998 bde

Updated the error message for EXDEV to match recent kernel fixes.
Fixed nearby indentation.

Use RAW_PART instead of RAWPARTITION.


40470 17-Oct-1998 bde

Backed out previous commit. It broke fsck again. See rev.1.22 and the
references there, and rev.1.38 of sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_disksubr.c.


40466 17-Oct-1998 jkh

Don't rewrite the disk label. The type field is already set correctly
and we don't use the frags info, so why bother? More to the point, it
seems to result in an EXDEV error when the label is written out and we
lose because of it (don't know why though). This is a work-around and
is marked as such.


40422 16-Oct-1998 des

Warn about "mount -u" bug.


40390 15-Oct-1998 mckay

Spelling.


40319 13-Oct-1998 ken

When we send a stop unit command to a device, send it as an ordered tag so
that any transactions in front of the stop command get flushed to disk
first. This will have no effect on devices that have tagged queueing
turned off, or don't support tagged queueing.

Reviewed by: gibbs


40305 13-Oct-1998 ken

Fix a bug in camcontrol that caused 'camcontrol start' to not work.

Noticed by: Philippe Regnauld <regnauld@deepo.prosa.dk>


40184 10-Oct-1998 rnordier

Kill an extraneous dot.
PR: 8103
Submitted by: Kazuo Horikawa <horikawa@jp.freebsd.org>


39990 06-Oct-1998 msmith

Teach dset about isa_devtab_cam


39984 06-Oct-1998 ken

Add a missing word.


39932 03-Oct-1998 ken

Add the -c flag in to the usage summaries in the man page and the usage()
function in camcontrol.

Also, fix the modepage example in the examples section of the man page. It
didn't quite come out right with the '.Dl' macro.


39903 02-Oct-1998 ken

Add a new CAM debugging mode, CAM_DEBUG_CDB. This causes the kernel to
print out a one line description/dump of every SCSI CDB sent to a
particular debugging target or targets.

This is a good bit more useful than the other debugging modes, I think.

Change some things in LINT to note the availability of this new option.

Fix an erroneous argument to scsi_cdb_string() in scsi_all.c

Reviewed by: gibbs


39812 30-Sep-1998 grog

Correct source file corruption in last checkin

Observed by: jkh


39791 29-Sep-1998 grog

Don't require an argument for -v flag
Correct checks for null special file names
Add Usage entry for -v flag
Get terminology straight in man page
Reviewed by: bde


39771 29-Sep-1998 obrien

Add history.


39759 29-Sep-1998 grog

Bring man page up to date


39743 29-Sep-1998 jkoshy

`kern.maxproc' is not changeable using sysctl(1). Change examples
that show `kern.maxproc' being written.

PR: docs/7978
Submitted by: jlemon@americantv.com


39734 28-Sep-1998 alex

The flags type was recently changed from u_short to u_int, breaking
icmptypes.

PR: 8067
Submitted by: Jonathan Hanna <jh@cr1003333-a.crdva1.bc.wave.home.com>

While I'm here, staticize functions.


39707 28-Sep-1998 grog

Include vinum in SUBDIR


39588 23-Sep-1998 yokota

Remove the reference to the -b option; it's gone.


39584 23-Sep-1998 nate

- Back out softupdate change that already existed in FreeBSD from V1.6,
which caused the reference count of a directory to get doubly
decremented.

PR: bin/8030
Reviewed by: nate
Submitted by: Don Lewis <Don.Lewis@tsc.tdk.com>


39559 22-Sep-1998 roberto

Change rst0 into rsa0.


39547 21-Sep-1998 ken

Fix a grammar problem.

PR: docs/7975


39495 19-Sep-1998 obrien

Remove useless `BINOWN=root' now that it is the default.


39430 17-Sep-1998 imp

Prevent buffer overflow with extra long arguments.


39422 17-Sep-1998 ken

Page control field values go from 0-3, not 1-4.

Reported by: Tony Maher <tonym@angis.usyd.edu.au> on -current


39412 17-Sep-1998 phk

Two patches from the HARP people:

Various Makefile related fixes.

-Wformat fixes.

Submitted by: Mike Spengler <mks@networkcs.com>


39406 17-Sep-1998 ken

Fix a typo. "Primay" -> "Primary"


39401 17-Sep-1998 gibbs

Obsoleted by CAM.


39382 16-Sep-1998 andreas

checked, that new sa CAM driver takes care of using buffer sizes
<= 64 KB. Was able to dump/restore with block sizes of 96, 128 and
200. using systat -vmstat I noticed transfer blocksizes <= 64KB,
so physio's limits aren't touched.
Since this check was originally from me, I feels safe now to back it
out.


39377 16-Sep-1998 obrien

Linux swap and Solaris x86 use the same BIOS partition id.


39333 16-Sep-1998 grog

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r39332,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


39290 15-Sep-1998 phk

Remove blank after -I


39271 15-Sep-1998 phk

(this is an extract from src/share/examples/atm/README)

===================================
HARP | Host ATM Research Platform
===================================

HARP 3

What is this stuff?
-------------------
The Advanced Networking Group (ANG) at the Minnesota Supercomputer Center,
Inc. (MSCI), as part of its work on the MAGIC Gigabit Testbed, developed
the Host ATM Research Platform (HARP) software, which allows IP hosts to
communicate over ATM networks using standard protocols. It is intended to
be a high-quality platform for IP/ATM research.

HARP provides a way for IP hosts to connect to ATM networks. It supports
standard methods of communication using IP over ATM. A host's standard IP
software sends and receives datagrams via a HARP ATM interface. HARP provides
functionality similar to (and typically replaces) vendor-provided ATM device
driver software.

HARP includes full source code, making it possible for researchers to
experiment with different approaches to running IP over ATM. HARP is
self-contained; it requires no other licenses or commercial software packages.

HARP implements support for the IETF Classical IP model for using IP over ATM
networks, including:

o IETF ATMARP address resolution client
o IETF ATMARP address resolution server
o IETF SCSP/ATMARP server
o UNI 3.1 and 3.0 signalling protocols
o Fore Systems's SPANS signalling protocol

What's supported
----------------
The following are supported by HARP 3:

o ATM Host Interfaces
- FORE Systems, Inc. SBA-200 and SBA-200E ATM SBus Adapters
- FORE Systems, Inc. PCA-200E ATM PCI Adapters
- Efficient Networks, Inc. ENI-155p ATM PCI Adapters

o ATM Signalling Protocols
- The ATM Forum UNI 3.1 signalling protocol
- The ATM Forum UNI 3.0 signalling protocol
- The ATM Forum ILMI address registration
- FORE Systems's proprietary SPANS signalling protocol
- Permanent Virtual Channels (PVCs)

o IETF "Classical IP and ARP over ATM" model
- RFC 1483, "Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5"
- RFC 1577, "Classical IP and ARP over ATM"
- RFC 1626, "Default IP MTU for use over ATM AAL5"
- RFC 1755, "ATM Signaling Support for IP over ATM"
- RFC 2225, "Classical IP and ARP over ATM"
- RFC 2334, "Server Cache Synchronization Protocol (SCSP)"
- Internet Draft draft-ietf-ion-scsp-atmarp-00.txt,
"A Distributed ATMARP Service Using SCSP"

o ATM Sockets interface
- The file atm-sockets.txt contains further information

What's not supported
--------------------
The following major features of the above list are not currently supported:

o UNI point-to-multipoint support
o Driver support for Traffic Control/Quality of Service
o SPANS multicast and MPP support
o SPANS signalling using Efficient adapters

This software was developed under the sponsorship of the Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency (DARPA).

Reviewed (lightly) by: phk
Submitted by: Network Computing Services, Inc.


39256 15-Sep-1998 gibbs

Add support for dealing with ENOSPC as the error code returned by a tape
device hitting EOM on a write.


39255 15-Sep-1998 gibbs

Add camcontrol. Remove scsiformat.


39232 15-Sep-1998 phk

Add new files for HARP3

Host ATM Research Platform (HARP), Network Computing Services, Inc.
This software was developed with the support of the Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency (DARPA).


39228 15-Sep-1998 gibbs

Update system to new device statistics code.

Submitted by: "Kenneth D. Merry" <ken@plutotech.com>
mike@smith.net.au (Mike Smith)


39214 15-Sep-1998 gibbs

Camcontrol - A utility for configuring/manipulating the CAM subsystem

Submitted by: "Kenneth D. Merry" <ken@plutotech.com>


39067 11-Sep-1998 grog

Reviewed by: bde (again)

Correct terminology (partitions are in slices, not the other way around)


39066 11-Sep-1998 grog

Reviewed by: bde,jkh

Add -v flag to newfs:

-v Specify that the partition does not contain any slices, and that
newfs should treat the whole partition as the file system. This
option is useful for synthetic disks such as ccd and vinum.


39008 09-Sep-1998 bde

Don't refuse to pass the force and sync options to the kernel. The
kernel supports them, and the force option will be more important
when mounting of unclean ext2fs file systems is not permitted unless
it is forced.


38960 09-Sep-1998 jdp

Add a new library function getobjformat(). It checks all the
standard places ("/etc/objformat", ${OBJFORMAT}, argv) for an
indication of the user's preferred object file format. This
consolidates some code that was starting to be duplicated in more
and more places.

Use the new function in ldconfig.

Note: I don't think that gcc should use getobjformat(), even though
it could. The compiler should limit itself to functions that are
widespread, to ease porting and cross-compilation.


38885 06-Sep-1998 jdp

Fix calls to mmap. It returns void *, and on failure it returns
MAP_FAILED.

Don't try to extend the mapping in place if it is too short.
There's no guarantee it will be possible. Remap the file instead.

Put in a few style fixes.

Submitted by: Bruce Evans <bde>


38868 05-Sep-1998 jdp

For a.out mode, ignore shared libraries that don't have at least 2
version numbers.


38865 05-Sep-1998 dfr

Disable gcc's builtin memcpy for alpha since it doesn't cope with unaligned
regions properly and this triggers an unaligned access trap.


38852 05-Sep-1998 jb

Change MACHINE to MACHINE_ARCH to support MACHINE=pc98.


38843 05-Sep-1998 jb

Now that ldconfig does elf work too, build it on alpha as well.


38836 05-Sep-1998 jdp

Implement ldconfig functionality for ELF. The hints are stored in
a different file than the a.out hints, namely, "/var/run/ld-elf.so.hints".
These hints consist only of the directory search path. There is
no hash table as in the a.out hints, because ELF doesn't have to
search for the file with the highest minor version number. (It
doesn't have minor version numbers at all.)

A single run of ldconfig updates either the a.out hints or the ELF
hints, but not both. The set of hints to process is selected in
the usual way, via /etc/objformat, or ${OBJFORMAT}, or the "-aout"
or "-elf" command line option. The rationale is that you probably
want to search different directories for ELF than for a.out.

"ldconfig -r" is faked up to produce output like we are used to,
except that for ELF there are no minor version numbers. This should
enable "ldconfig -r" to be used for checking LIB_DEPENDS in ports
even for ELF.

I implemented the ELF functionality in a new source file, with an
eye toward eliminating the a.out code entirely at some point in
the future.


38702 31-Aug-1998 wosch

Sort cross references.


38653 30-Aug-1998 gpalmer

Split lines into one subdir per line.


38637 30-Aug-1998 jkoshy

Install ipmon.8 in man8/ not man1/.

PR: 7778
Submitted by: horikawa@jp.freebsd.org


38588 27-Aug-1998 dillon

Updated manual page. Removed description of (now defunct) -c restrictions.


38579 27-Aug-1998 dfr

Use explicitly sized types when formatting cylinder groups.


38560 26-Aug-1998 des

Remove -c restrictions from previous commit.


38549 26-Aug-1998 dillon

(well tested at BEST): -i option can now take FP values (e.g. -i 0.1),
extremely useful for networking testing. Other options secured from
user-level D.O.S. attacks. -f, -s now root-only. -i wait times < 1.0
root-only. -c count limited to 100 and defaults to 16 when ping run
by non-root user.


38533 25-Aug-1998 dfr

Change length arguments to sysctl to size_t.


38483 23-Aug-1998 bde

Attempt to fix my breakage of the alpha makebootarea() in rev.1.19.
The previous attempt just converted compile time breakage to runtime
breakage.


38474 21-Aug-1998 gpalmer

Try to make this compile on both alpha and i386


38458 20-Aug-1998 jb

Fix the machine dependent SUBDIR I removed by mistake in the last commit.


38411 17-Aug-1998 bde

Fixed style bugs in previous commit.

Added some comments on #endifs.


38384 17-Aug-1998 dfr

Teach disklabel how to install a bootstrap on an alpha with SRM console.


38334 15-Aug-1998 jb

All but two if these build on alpha now, but most are untested.
ldconfig isn't required.


38328 15-Aug-1998 dfr

Use explicitly sized types when laying out the cylinder groups. This
bug was the cause of the 'freeing free frag' panics that people have been
seeing with FreeBSD/alpha. I have a similar patch to newfs but I've not
finished testing it.


38255 12-Aug-1998 charnier

Forgot to remove a ';' in my previous commit.


38254 12-Aug-1998 jdp

Add "-aout" option when calling the linker, so that this will work
in an ELF world. This will have to be revisited when the kernel
moves to ELF.


38154 07-Aug-1998 phk

unifdef -UISO

Inspired by bdes comment to PR: 7419


38149 06-Aug-1998 markm

Fix LIBDIR (for aout/ELF).


38092 04-Aug-1998 thepish

PR: 7475
Added support for -q (suppress output) when firewall rules are taken from a
file. Solves PR 7475


38067 04-Aug-1998 phk

There seem to be two messages that were added with soft-updates
support, which need a final "\n". I only observed one line of
mangled output, but I think there is another one which suffers
from the same problem, and thus I provide a patch that covers
both.

PR: 7483
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Stefan Esser <se@FreeBSD.org>


38041 03-Aug-1998 charnier

Use errx() instead of err() for malloc failures. -Wall. Do not dot
terminate errx() string. Remove unused #includes. Use .Tn for NFS.


38040 03-Aug-1998 charnier

Document -n (soft-update) flag.
Add rcsid, remove unused #includes. Sync usage() and SYNOPSIS.


38039 03-Aug-1998 charnier

.Nm swapon -> .Nm.
Sort #includes. Add rcsid.


38038 03-Aug-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm and .Ev.
Add rcsid, rmove unused #include. Spelling.


38037 03-Aug-1998 charnier

Typo: i. e. -> i.e.
Remove unused #include.


38036 03-Aug-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Add rcsid. Do not dot terminate err(3) strings. Spelling.


38035 03-Aug-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm, add .An.


38023 02-Aug-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


38002 01-Aug-1998 dfr

Avoid trying to malloc > (1<<32) bytes of memory due to an arithmetic
underflow on the alpha.


37943 29-Jul-1998 joerg

Document the kern.logsigexit sysctl variable (sort of).

Reminded by: bde


37923 28-Jul-1998 imp

Commit patch from Tor Egge to fix the "large filesystem restore" problem.
This appears to work for me in the old case, but I don't have large
enough filesystems to test the fix case.

Reported working by: karl@mcs.net


37910 28-Jul-1998 charnier

Spelling. Errx() on malloc() failure.


37909 28-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm, add rcsid, remove unused #include.


37908 28-Jul-1998 charnier

Spelling, add rcsid, remove unused #includes.
Convert 1000000 usec to 1 sec 0 usec.
Use provided safe malloc (rtmalloc()) instead of malloc(): exit on allocation
failure.
Correct use of .Nm
Add usage() and use errx().


37907 28-Jul-1998 charnier

Comment is .\" not .|'. Add -d and -t flags to SYNOPSIS and usage(). Getopt
returns -1. Correct use of .Nm. Spelling. Add rcsid and remove unused
#include.


37906 28-Jul-1998 charnier

Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Add missing prototypes and others -Wall
cleanings. Spelling.


37893 27-Jul-1998 hoek

Use an error message that more clearly indites(sp?) an out-of-sync
kernel+userland when that is the case.

PR: bin/7414


37865 25-Jul-1998 bde

Fixed bugs in `disklabel -R...':
- nonstandard sector sizes didn't work because the sector size in the
ASCII label was not read before a (default, wrong) sector size was used.
- the exit status was 0 after exiting early due to an invalid ASCII label.

Abort `disklabel -B...' if the secondary bootstrap doesn't fit.


37815 22-Jul-1998 phk

/usr/src/sbin/routed/parms.c and .../routed/rtquery/rtquery.c both
contain code that compare a char pointer with a char. As this
doesn't make much sense, it looks very much as if a '*' has been
dropped by mistake. I have made no analysis of the possible
consequences of the problem.

PR: 7319
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Anders Thulin <Anders.X.Thulin@telia.se>


37814 22-Jul-1998 phk

Memory management error in init.

PR: 7320
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Anders Thulin <Anders.X.Thulin@telia.se>


37810 21-Jul-1998 joerg

Document sef's recent changes in the corefile naming.
Reviewed by: sef (well, i believe his `Looks good' was a review result :)


37775 20-Jul-1998 bde

Backed out rev.1.9 (except don't bring back the vax code deleted
in rev.1.9). fsck uses the per-partition ffs-related information
in the label to find alternate superblocks when the main superblock
is hosed. Rev.1.9 broke this by deleting the code that wrote the
label.

PR: 2537
xref: fsck/setup.c rev.1.8


37773 20-Jul-1998 bde

Clear d_boot0 and d_boot1 in the virgin label. These are overlaid by
d_packname in in-core labels, so they are garbage if d_packname is
initialized in the dummy label for the whole disk. dsopen() will soon
initialize d_packname to "fictitious" if it is not already initialized.

Fixed nearby error handling. Rev.1.7 apparently confused Perror()
with perror().


37759 19-Jul-1998 rnordier

Minor consistency fixes.


37708 16-Jul-1998 rnordier

Reverse charnier's changes to usage.


37707 16-Jul-1998 charnier

Make it compile again in the !__STDC__ case.
Found by: Bruce.


37674 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Add rcsid. -Wall. Add -p flag in usage string (was missing).


37672 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Use warn().
Errx(1, "malloc failed") is better than err(1, NULL).


37671 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Remove unused #includes. Use warn(). cosmetic in usage()
string.
Translate 0 sec 1000000 usec to 1 sec 0 usec.


37669 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Do not uppercase first letter in syslog() string.


37668 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Add Id. .Nm nologin -> .Nm.


37667 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Do not dot terminate syslog() strings. Remove unused
#includes. Add rcsid. -Wall.


37666 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Do not dot terminate syslog() string. Remove unused #includes. Add rcsid. -Wall.


37665 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Remove unused #includes. Short usage() string, see man
page for details.


37664 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Add prototypes. Check malloc() return value. Use err(). Remove unused #includes
Do not \n nor dot terminate syslog()/err() messages. -Wall.


37663 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct improper use of .Sm. Document -d flag. Correct use of .Nm. Remove
unused #includes. Add usage(). Use warnx(). Correct spelling. Abort when
malloc() fails.


37661 15-Jul-1998 charnier

.Nm mount_union -> .Nm.


37660 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Use .Ar when appropriate. Remove unused #includes. Typos.


37658 15-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Remove unused #includes.


37650 15-Jul-1998 jkoshy

Fix inconsistent port numbering in man page.

PR: 7250
Submitted-by: Norihiro Kumagai <kuma@jp.freebsd.org>


37635 14-Jul-1998 jkoshy

Make `dump' exit codes confirm to manual page.

PR: 5346
Style-check-by: bde


37633 14-Jul-1998 jkoshy

Add $Id$.

PR: 7249


37529 09-Jul-1998 phk

The '-h' option cannot toggle the kernel from a serial console
if the kernel was built with COMCONSOLE

PR: 7202
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Greg A. Woods <woods@zeus.leitch.com>


37526 09-Jul-1998 jkoshy

Add a CAVEAT section documenting the minimum permissions required for a mount
point to be traversable in both directions by all users.

PR: 7172


37523 09-Jul-1998 jdp

Fix a bug that prevented the restoration of hard links to files that
had the schg flag set. Reported by Matthew Thyer <thyerm@camtech.net.au>.


37448 06-Jul-1998 rnordier

Activate newfs_msdos.


37447 06-Jul-1998 rnordier

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r37446,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


37445 06-Jul-1998 bde

ioctl() request args are unsigned longs, so don't attempt to store
them as ints. Among other bugs, doing so at best caused benign
overflow followed by fatal sign extension on machines with 32-bit
ints and 64-bit longs.


37443 06-Jul-1998 bde

Restored rev.1.11, which I somehow clobbered in rev.1.12.


37429 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Spelling. Add rcsid and remove unused #includes.


37428 06-Jul-1998 charnier

-Wall.


37427 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Sync usage string and man page. Correct use of .Nm. Spelling. Remove
unused #includes.


37426 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm.


37425 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Remove unused #includes. Spelling. Add rcsid. Do not dot terminate err()
strings.


37424 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Spelling.


37423 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Add rcsid, remove unused #includes, spelling.


37422 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Remove unused #include. Add usage().


37421 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Spelling. Add rcsid, remove unused #includes, use err(3).


37420 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Add rcsid. remove unused #includes. Getopt returns -1 not EOF. Add usage().
Cosmetics in err(3) string.


37419 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Lowercase 1st char. in err(3) strings.


37418 06-Jul-1998 charnier

remoce unused #include.


37417 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct .Nm use. Add rcsid. Use min for minutes instead of mn.


37416 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Update man page to allow adding address_family when -l is used (this is a no op
for now). Correct use of .Nm. Short usage string (see man page for full list).
Spelling. Use err(3).


37415 06-Jul-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm, use .Bx Free for FreeBSD. Add rcsid, remove unused
#includes. Spelling. Use err(3) and add usage().


37409 06-Jul-1998 julian

Support for IPFW based transparent forwarding.
Any packet that can be matched by a ipfw rule can be redirected
transparently to another port or machine. Redirection to another port
mostly makes sense with tcp, where a session can be set up
between a proxy and an unsuspecting client. Redirection to another machine
requires that the other machine also be expecting to receive the forwarded
packets, as their headers will not have been modified.

/sbin/ipfw must be recompiled!!!

Reviewed by: Peter Wemm <peter@freebsd.org>
Submitted by: Chrisy Luke <chrisy@flix.net>


37374 04-Jul-1998 brian

Make things clearer.
Submitted (some time ago) by: Ted Mittelstaedt <tedm@portsoft.com>


37368 04-Jul-1998 brian

Suggest port 8668 rather than 6668 for natd.
6668 is IRC.


37278 30-Jun-1998 charnier

Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Use err(3) and check spelling. Reorganize
man page.


37277 30-Jun-1998 charnier

Split usage string.


37276 30-Jun-1998 charnier

Document -r flag, document use of TAPE env variable. Add rcsid. Use err(3).
Remove unused vars (-Wall).


37275 30-Jun-1998 charnier

Do not dot terminate SEE ALSO list. Add rcsid, remove unused #includes. Err(3)
messages should start with a lowercase letter.


37274 30-Jun-1998 charnier

Add SYNOPSIS section and change NULL to NUL in man page. Add rcsid, missing
#includes. Use err(3).


37273 30-Jun-1998 charnier

Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Use err(3).


37266 29-Jun-1998 bde

Don't assume that time_t is long.


37253 29-Jun-1998 jkoshy

Fix bogon in man page. "-o conn" actually turns off NFSMNT_NOCONN as it is
a "negative" option. This makes it equivalent to /not/ specifying "-c".
The compile time default is /not/ to have the NFSMNT_NOCONN flag set, so
"-o conn" should never be needed---truly a deprecated option :-).

PR: 6905.


37244 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


37243 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


37242 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors, scanf format errors and scanf error handling.


37241 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


37240 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors. Sure is dusty here.


37239 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


37238 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


37237 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


37236 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


37235 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


37234 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


37233 28-Jun-1998 bde

Fixed printf format errors.


37157 25-Jun-1998 wpaul

A long time ago I hacked mountd so that it would deal intelligently
with export lines where the same hostname was specified more than once
(this happens a lot with netgroups sometimes). Recently I discovered
that it needs to be hacked to deal with multiple instances of the
same IP address too.

I've been using this modification locally for several months with no
hassles.


37055 19-Jun-1998 jkoshy

Fixes per PR 2850:
(a) Note that the default securelevel value is -1, in -current and -stable.
(b) Mention kernel sysctl variable that controls securelevel.
(c) Add warning the `fsck' will fail if securelevel >= 2.
(d) Suggest end of /etc/rc as the right place to raise securelevel.

and one spelling fix.

PR: 2850


37030 17-Jun-1998 jkoshy

Remove reference to non-existent htable(8).

PR: 6940


37004 15-Jun-1998 joerg

Oops, the previous commit missed one line of code.


37003 15-Jun-1998 joerg

Watch out for null hostnames in netgroup entries, to avoid dumping core.
This happens if someone tries to export to a netgroup like:

mygroup (,,mynisdomain)


37001 15-Jun-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Use .Bl/.El for enumerating options. Use .An. Correct
formatting of rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Do not use memory after
freeing it.


37000 15-Jun-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Use err(3).


36999 15-Jun-1998 charnier

Capitalize at the start of sentence. Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes.
Use `dumpon' instead of argv[0].


36998 15-Jun-1998 charnier

Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes.


36997 15-Jun-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes.


36910 12-Jun-1998 peter

Force -DFREEBSD_AOUT incase ldconfig is being compiled under elf.
Without this, <link.h> defines stuff for elf linking which is not
what ldconfig needs.


36772 08-Jun-1998 bde

Print the write counts if they are nonzero even if we're mounted
readonly, since they tell us about previous write activity.

Use the correct format to print the write counts.


36758 08-Jun-1998 charnier

Add rcsid, remove unused #includes. Use err(3).


36756 08-Jun-1998 charnier

Use warnx()+fprintf() to handle multi-line messages. Correct K&R support and
KNF continuation indent rule.
Requested by: Bruce.


36743 08-Jun-1998 danny

Fix typo: exit -> exist


36730 07-Jun-1998 thepish

PR: docs/3636
Submitted by: Gary Palmer gpalmer@FreeBSD.ORG
Add mention of the 1024-character line length limit on the netgroup database.


36713 06-Jun-1998 jb

Fix an alignment problem on alpha by doing a bytewise copy.


36681 05-Jun-1998 julian

Reviewed by: Kirk Mckusick (mckusick@mckusick.com)
Submitted by: luoqi Chen
fix a type in fsck.
(also add a comment that got picked up by mistake but is worth adding)


36650 04-Jun-1998 steve

Fix a spelling error.

PR: 6857
Submitted by: Josh Gilliam <josh@quick.net>


36634 04-Jun-1998 charnier

Use .Pa for filenames. Use .Bl/.El in FILES section. Remove unused #includes.


36632 04-Jun-1998 charnier

Add section number to .Xr. Use of .Nm. Typo. Add rcsid. Remove unused
#includes. Use err(3).


36630 04-Jun-1998 charnier

Correct .Nm. Spelling. Add rcsid, remove unused #includes. Add usage(). Do not
dot-terminate errx() strings.


36628 04-Jun-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm, use .Bl/.El in FILES section. Add rcsid. Remove unused
#includes and make it a little more -Wall-friendly.


36626 04-Jun-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Add section number to .Xr. Add rcsid, usage(). Use err(3).


36625 04-Jun-1998 charnier

Correct use of .Nm. Add missing .El. Add rcsid. Remove unused #include.


36601 03-Jun-1998 jkoshy

Spelling corrections.

PR: 6829
Submitted by: Josh Gilliam <josh@quick.net>


36597 03-Jun-1998 jkoshy

Correct typo.

PR: 6844
Submitted by: Adrian Filipi-Martin <adrian@ubergeeks.com>


36570 01-Jun-1998 peter

SUBDIR += ldconfig


36567 01-Jun-1998 peter

Build ldconfig in /sbin environment directly, rather than under the gnu ld
directory. The rcs files were repository copied.


36498 31-May-1998 bde

Fixed overflow in the calculation of the number of inodes per group
for filesystems with almost the maximum number of sectors. The maxiumum
is 2^31, but overflow is common for that size, and overflow normally
occurred here at size (2^31 - 4096).


36461 29-May-1998 jkoshy

Use the correct macro for file names. Remove empty `HISTORY' section.

PR: 6780
Submitted by: Yoshishige Arai <ryo2@on.rim.or.jp>


36414 27-May-1998 jkoshy

Correct manual page, based on feedback from Bruce Evans.

Reviewed by: Bruce Evans <bde@freebsd.org>


36397 26-May-1998 sos

ELF preparation step 2:

Move a.out libraries to /usr/lib/aout to make space for ELF libs.
Make rtld usr /usr/lib/aout as default library path.
Make ldconfig reject /usr/lib as an a.out library path.
Fix various Makefiles for LIBDIR!=/usr/lib breakage.

This will after a make world & reboot give a system that no
longer uses /usr/lib/*, infact one could remove all the old
libraries there, they are not used anymore.

We are getting close to an ELF make world, but I'll let this
all settle for a week or two...


36378 25-May-1998 fenner

Use select() timeouts instead of SIGALRM to schedule packet transmission.
Fixes bin/6649 and removes the last abusive signal handler.
Use SO_TIMESTAMP to get the kernel to timestamp packets on reception.
Fixes bin/5658 and provides slightly better accuracy.
Explicitly zero and terminate the IP options when using -R.

PR: bin/5658
PR: bin/6649


36365 25-May-1998 jkoshy

Manual page fix: add cross references, refer to ``dumpdev'' variable in
"/etc/rc.conf".

PR: 6117
Submitted by: Mark Mayo <mark@vmunix.com>


36357 25-May-1998 steve

Revert the previous fix. As it turns out Warner Losh is
working a better fix.


36350 25-May-1998 steve

Attempt to stop another DoS attack related to ping flooding.

PR: 6649
Submitted by: Jason Young <doogie@forbidden-donut.anet-stl.com>


36262 20-May-1998 jraynard

Fix typo in prompt.


36185 19-May-1998 danny

Reminded by: Alex Nash
Bring man page up to date with -q flag behaviour.


36179 19-May-1998 phk

Make the size of the msgbuf (dmesg) a "normal" option.


36178 19-May-1998 peter

Support changing the attribute cache limits per-mount. We don't have
many option letters left, I used long names only (like the previous
port= option)


36170 19-May-1998 max

Typo fix.


36145 18-May-1998 jb

Make this safe for an alpha build, leaving out just about everything
that has some sort of kernel issue associated with it.


36134 17-May-1998 dt

Remove extraneous ")" from output.


36115 17-May-1998 fenner

Turn on TCP_NODELAY on the remote socket, to turn off sender silly window
syndrome avoidance. The combination of SWS avoidance and ack-every-other
causes low throughput if the block size divided by the MSS is odd (which
is true with the default block size and MSS).
Turning on TCP_NODELAY disables the Nagle algorithm and sender SWS avoidance.
The rdump request/response protocol can not invoke Nagle and cannot cause
SWS, so this has no negative effects.


36089 16-May-1998 jb

When a timeval is stored at the beginning of icmp_data, the fields
are unaligned for access by the alpha, so copy the value to a variable
that is aligned.

When checking the returned data, be careful to avoid confusing the
size of the icmp header with the size of a timeval. On i386 these
are both 8, but on alpha, a timeval is 16 bytes. This means that
a packet sent from an alpha contains 48 bytes of data, not 56 like
on i386.


36065 15-May-1998 danny

PR: 6641
Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de>
Make -q work for zeroing a specific rule.


36016 13-May-1998 phk

The SYNOPSYS of mount_umap(8) says

mount_umap [-o options] target mount-point uid-mapfile gid-mapfile

This should read

mount_umap [-o options] -u uid-mapfile -g gid-mapfile target mount-point

PR: 6586
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Amakawa Shuhei amakawa@hoh.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp


36015 13-May-1998 phk

The description of the format of the id mapfile is wrong. You have
to write an original-id and a local-id in the other way around.

PR: 6593
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Amakawa Shuhei <amakawa@hoh.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp>


35939 11-May-1998 peter

Fix PR 1607, hopefully without breaking the PR 5208 fixes.

umount() was trying to stat() the mountpoint, this would fail if the
mountpoint was a NFS mountpoint, and the fallback code would try and pass
a hostname:/dir path as the mountpoint to unmount(2), which would fail.

This whole stat() of the name supplied on the command line business is
trouble as it'll wedge on a hung NFS mount.

I'm not entirely sure why we are not simply looking up both arguments
in the mount table and doing the right thing without accessing the
filesystem. It seems that we're going to a lot of trouble to allow
mountpoints on symlinks and other wierd things.

PR: 1607


35911 10-May-1998 steve

Fix minor typo.

PR: 6571
Submitted by: Stephen J. Roznowski <sjr@home.net>


35852 09-May-1998 jkh

Well, nobody objected, so here's my -u (unlink) flag to restore.


35734 05-May-1998 charnier

Add usage() and rcsid. Getopt() returns -1 not EOF. Remove unused #includes.
Use .An/.Aq in man page.


35583 01-May-1998 peter

Mention the 2GB NFS v2 filesize limit.

PR: 6335
Submitted by: tom@sdf.com


35582 01-May-1998 peter

Don't give examples or use the depreciated usage to nfsd

PR: 5635


35469 26-Apr-1998 phk

say a few words about the -b option.

Reviewed by: Bill Trost <trost@cloud.rain.com>


35468 26-Apr-1998 phk

Add warning about root-fs blocksize expectations.
PR: 4485
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Kees Jan Koster <kjk1@ukc.ac.uk>


35379 22-Apr-1998 phk

When ipfw reads its rules from an input file, the optind variable is
not reinitialized to 1 after calling getopt. This results in parsing
errors on all but the first rule. An added patch also allows '#'
comments at the end of a line.

PR: 6379
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Neal Fachan <kneel@ishiboo.com>


35341 20-Apr-1998 rnordier

Check bytes read to prevent random error message.


35306 19-Apr-1998 phk

Problem whith "subnet=" statement in /etc/gateways.
routed discards the first character of the network address.
Example: "subnet=10.0.0.0/24,1"
The network address is interpreted as 0.0.0.0/24,1.
PR: 4825
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Mike E. Matsnev <mike@azog.cs.msu.su>


35266 18-Apr-1998 brian

Fix incorrect flag spec
PR: 6339 (part of)
Submitted by: Chris Dillon <cdillon@wolves.k12.mo.us>


35216 15-Apr-1998 phk

If ping write fails with short packet count, the
error message prints the two numbers backwards.
PR: 6313
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Archie Cobbs


35151 12-Apr-1998 phk

Remove these copies, they now live the right place.


35150 12-Apr-1998 phk

Change noc-tun to nos-tun after Peter did the repository copy to cover
up the tracks of my blunder.


35142 11-Apr-1998 ache

Implement Helbig idea of offset calculation reducing mktime() calls
Immediately exit if /etc/wall_cmos_clock not present


35138 11-Apr-1998 phk

Add noc-tun to list


35137 11-Apr-1998 phk

Program which implements "nos" alias "ka9q" alias "IP-IP" tunnels.

PR: 1154
Reviewed by: phk
Manpage by: phk
Submitted by: Nickolay N. Dudorov nnd@itfs.nsk.su


35105 08-Apr-1998 wosch

New mount option nosymfollow. If enabled, the kernel lookup()
function will not follow symbolic links on the mounted
file system and return EACCES (Permission denied).


35100 08-Apr-1998 cracauer

(evil) hackers -> crackers


35095 07-Apr-1998 bde

Guess the position of the drive number in the device name better so
that `fsck -p' doesn't check multiple slices on the same drive
concurrently. Don't invoke undefined behaviour when searching for
the drive number in strange device names.

PR: 6129
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Yuichi MATSUTAKA <matutaka@osa.att.ne.jp>, but rewritten
by me.


34998 02-Apr-1998 imp

Add aback in a line a accidentally killed in my last commit.
Submitted by: Bill Fenner


34995 02-Apr-1998 eivind

Make this compile (and seemingly work).


34976 01-Apr-1998 imp

A fairly rare possible buffer overflow:
Theo fixed this and tqbf reported it
Obtained from: OpenBSD


34963 30-Mar-1998 phk

Pickup _time_second instead of _time


34960 30-Mar-1998 ache

Add workaround suggestion for 'nonexistent time' diagnostic


34952 29-Mar-1998 obrien

Add NTFS partition type.
Add "." at the end of some sentances.
Also print "flag 80" in English.
Give hint that "sysid" for FreeBSD is 165 decimal.
Ensure active partition specified by user is 1-4.


34910 27-Mar-1998 peter

Don't print the 'writes: sync & async' stuff if we're mounted readonly
or if the fs isn't keeping the stats..


34851 23-Mar-1998 jkh

The logic in tape.c:getfile() doesn't allow for a filesystem
with a blocksize smaller than the tape block size. The problem
seems to be most easily fixed by changeing where fssize is set.

PR: 5704
Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>


34809 23-Mar-1998 charnier

.Sh AUTHOR -> .Sh AUTHORS. Use .An/.Aq.


34795 23-Mar-1998 danny

PR: 6104
Submitted by: Anatoly Vorobey <mellon@pobox.com>
Fix typo


34753 21-Mar-1998 peter

Initial bmake scaffolding for ipfilter userland stuff.

Obtained from: large chunks stolen from OpenBSD and NetBSD


34691 19-Mar-1998 eivind

Make 'ifconfig -l ether' only list Ethernet interfaces. This is
useful, intuitive, and match the old comments in the source.
Previously, 'ifconfig -l ether' and 'ifconfig -l' were equal.


34674 19-Mar-1998 charnier

Use .An/.Aq.


34673 19-Mar-1998 charnier

.Sh AUTHOR -> .Sh AUTHORS. Use .An/.Aq.


34582 14-Mar-1998 ache

Add more DOS/Win95 partition types


34554 13-Mar-1998 jb

Some things only work on i386.


34538 13-Mar-1998 alex

Get the arguments to show_usage right (like the MFC'ed code in -stable).

Submitted by: bde


34438 09-Mar-1998 andreas

set timeout to 4 hours, large disks take a long time to low level format.


34333 08-Mar-1998 jdp

Fix a type mismatch between a scanf format string and the
corresponding argument.


34322 08-Mar-1998 steve

Make this compile again.

PR: 5948
Submitted by: Brian Feldman


34304 08-Mar-1998 msmith

If we are mounting the root filesystem, and we're accessing it through
something that might refer to the compatability slice rather than the
correct slice entry, try all the possible slice entries first.

This is a compatability hack to deal with the case where the kernel has
correctly mounted the root filesystem out of its slice, but the user
has not updated their /etc/fstab file to reflect this. A diagnostic
is emitted if the mount succeeds, indicating that the file should be
updated.

This is a prelude to fixing the kernel to behave as alluded to above.
Reviewed by: (discussed with) julian, phk


34266 08-Mar-1998 julian

Reviewed by: dyson@freebsd.org (john Dyson), dg@root.com (david greenman)
Submitted by: Kirk McKusick (mcKusick@mckusick.com)
Obtained from: WHistle development tree


34209 07-Mar-1998 ache

Oops, merge back 32bit fat description from -stable.
It was added to -stable but not to -current, strange.


34148 07-Mar-1998 ache

Add primary fat-32


34033 04-Mar-1998 phk

If numdirs is zero, print a helpful message instead of divding by zero later.


34001 02-Mar-1998 jraynard

Don't assume sigset_t and int are equivalent.


33956 01-Mar-1998 joerg

Andreas Klemm reported that 2 hours are too few to format a 9 GB
Barracuda. Bump the timeout to 3 hours.


33941 01-Mar-1998 ache

Add more info about special characters in dos2unix/unix2dos tables


33831 25-Feb-1998 ache

Minimize clock drift between getting and setting time
Submitted by: bde


33775 24-Feb-1998 bde

Fixed annoying warning for unused sccsid.


33771 23-Feb-1998 ache

Add more info about -W option


33770 23-Feb-1998 ache

Note that default local charset assumed as ISO 8859-1


33769 23-Feb-1998 ache

Implement loadable DOS<->local conversion tables for DOS names
Additionly load toupper table to create DOS names always in uppercase


33761 23-Feb-1998 ache

Implement loadable upper->lower local conversion table
Recently introduced -w renamed to -W


33759 23-Feb-1998 ache

Add missing DESTDIR


33749 22-Feb-1998 ache

Add loadable local<->Unicode conversion support for Win95 names
Note: DOS names still not work and require similar changes


33659 20-Feb-1998 jb

Remove the casts on signal() returns and compare the returned value
with SIG_ERR to detect the error case.

Suggested by: bde.


33549 18-Feb-1998 jkh

Support for FAT32 partitions.
Submitted by: Dmitrij Tejblum <dima@tejblum.dnttm.rssi.ru>
Obtained from: NetBSD


33304 13-Feb-1998 bde

Converted putfsent() to Lite2 mount interface - don't use numeric
filesystem types.


33260 12-Feb-1998 alex

Alter ipfw's behavior with respect to fragmented packets when the packet
offset is non-zero:

- Do not match fragmented packets if the rule specifies a port or
TCP flags
- Match fragmented packets if the rule does not specify a port and
TCP flags

Since ipfw cannot examine port numbers or TCP flags for such packets,
it is now illegal to specify the 'frag' option with either ports or
tcpflags. Both kernel and ipfw userland utility will reject rules
containing a combination of these options.

BEWARE: packets that were previously passed may now be rejected, and
vice versa.

Reviewed by: Archie Cobbs <archie@whistle.com>


33199 10-Feb-1998 msmith

Document the enhanced behaviour of the '-c' flag.


33139 06-Feb-1998 jhay

opt_diagnostic.h isn't needed anymore.


33118 05-Feb-1998 jhay

fsdb and fsck use the ffs code which needs opt_diagnostic.h.


33038 03-Feb-1998 bde

Fixed the previous fix. The original path was annulled when it
was a directory, so the error message for attempting to unmount
an unmounted-on directory was more broken than before.


32999 01-Feb-1998 bde

Don't define KERNEL before including <nfs/nfs.h>. It is no longer
necessary. This fixes warnings about missing forward declarations
for structs in kernel-only prototypes.


32968 01-Feb-1998 steve

Spell 'implements' correctly.

PR: 5614
Submitted by: Dag-Erling Coidan Smorgrav <dag-erli@ifi.uio.no>


32967 01-Feb-1998 steve

Revert last commit and SEE ALSO pstat(8) instead.

Submitted by: Bruce Evans


32894 30-Jan-1998 phk

Retire dumplfs, mount_lfs and newlfs


32893 30-Jan-1998 phk

Retire dumplfs mount_lfs newlfs


32856 29-Jan-1998 brian

Make it clear that aliasing is done on the public interface, not
the private one.


32774 25-Jan-1998 steve

SEE ALSO swapinfo(8).

PR: 5447
Submitted by: Craig Leres <leres@ee.lbl.gov>


32759 25-Jan-1998 jb

signal() returns an pointer, so must be cast to long, not int before
comparing < 0.


32758 25-Jan-1998 jb

read() and write() return ssize_t not int, so the first arg to atomic()
should be ssize_t too.


32656 20-Jan-1998 bde

Converted to Lite2 mount interface - use vfc_typenum from the
already looked up vfsconf struct for nfs instead of MOUNT_NFS.
Removed related FreeBSD ifdefs.


32645 20-Jan-1998 bde

Removed definition of _NEW_VFSCONF. The new vfsconf interface is now
the default.


32626 19-Jan-1998 bde

mount(8) only uses realpath() for the mountpoint, so don't look up the
real path here for the mount device (or path). This fixes difficulties
unmounting devices that are actually symlinks to real devices.

Also, print the original path instead of the real path in early error
messages. nfs path handling and later error messages may still be wrong,
probably only in silly cases where the original path is both a symlink
and a remote path.

PR: 5208


32623 19-Jan-1998 bde

Don't create superblocks with size larger than SBSIZE (8192). The
size was rounded up to a multiple of the fragment size, but this
gave invalid file systems when the fragment size was > SBSIZE (fsck
aborts early on them). Now a fragment size of 32768 seems to work
(too-simple tests with fsck and iozone worked).


32622 19-Jan-1998 bde

Guard against a block size of 0 in the label. When the first
superblock is invalid, fsck looks at the label to help guess where
the next superblock should be. If the partition type is 4.2BSD,
fsck assumed that the block size was valid and divided by it, so
it dumped core if the size was 0.

Initialization of the label was broken almost 3 years ago in rev.1.9
of newfs/newfs.c. Newfs does not change the label at all, so there
is no problem (except the breakage of the automatic search for
backup superblocks) unless something else sets the partition type
to 4.2BSD. However, it is too easy to set partition types to
4.2.BSD by copying an old label or by using a disktab entry to
create the label.

PR: 2537


32570 16-Jan-1998 bde

Removed most unused includes of <net/if_var.h> outside the kernel.


32537 16-Jan-1998 bde

Fixed some spelling errors.


32502 14-Jan-1998 charnier

Use err(3). Change exit(-1). Remove unused #include.


32472 12-Jan-1998 charnier

Use err(3). Change exit(-1), and make exit values equal to 1 when errors.
Remove unused #includes.


32428 11-Jan-1998 darrenr

change s_port to ntohs(s_port) for printf in DEBUG.


32399 10-Jan-1998 alex

Pass an actual empty environment to execle() as per POSIX rather than
rely on undocumented behavior.

The following fixes were obtained from OpenBSD:

o -Wall fixes to tlist array initialization and assignment used
as truth value.
o Use a restricted environment.
o Improved error message when shutdown fails to exec reboot or halt.


32344 08-Jan-1998 alex

Added environment parameter to execle calls.

Obtained from: NetBSD PR2737 (augustss@cs.chalmers.se) via OpenBSD


32330 08-Jan-1998 alex

Bump up packet and byte counters to 64-bit unsigned ints. As a
consequence, ipfw's list command now adjusts its output at runtime
based on the largest packet/byte counter values.

NOTE:
o The ipfw struct has changed requiring a recompile of both kernel
and userland ipfw utility.

o This probably should not be brought into 2.2.

PR: 3738


32329 08-Jan-1998 alex

Correct a comment from my last commit.


32328 08-Jan-1998 alex

Allow 'shutdown datespec' to work into the next century. Handle dates
in the 22nd century and beyond even though it's irrelevant with a 32-bit
time_t which expires in the year 2038.


32326 08-Jan-1998 alex

Format mismatch in error message.

Submitted by: bde


32313 07-Jan-1998 charnier

Remove more unused #includes.
Obtained from: Bruce.


32303 07-Jan-1998 alex

Support listing/showing specific rules supplied on the command line.

Use error codes from <sysexits.h>.


32280 06-Jan-1998 alex

Display a better error message and use a non-zero exit code when
zero/delete operations fail.

PR: 4231
Reviewed by: Archie Cobbs <archie@whistle.com>


32274 05-Jan-1998 charnier

Add rcsid. Remove uneeded #include. Use fprintf() in usage() instead of err(3)
to make it print: usage: progname ...


32270 05-Jan-1998 charnier

Sync. usage string and synopsis. Add rcsid.


32269 05-Jan-1998 charnier

Add -v in usage string. Add rcsid.


32219 03-Jan-1998 steve

The default dumplevel is 0.

PR: 5413
Submitted by: NOKUBI Hirotaka <hnokubi@yyy.or.jp>


32206 03-Jan-1998 brian

Correct -r and -f descriptions.
Suggested by: joerg


32147 01-Jan-1998 alex

Removed /etc/ld.so.conf reference from FILES section (people get
confused when they can't find it), but leave the reference to it
as being a standard filename (which doesn't imply that it exists).

Discussed with: jkh


32116 30-Dec-1997 imp

Properly drop group privs to open file names specified by the user.
Submitted by: Niall Smart rotel@indigo.ie
Obtained from: OpenBSD (rev 1.7 and 1.8)


32107 30-Dec-1997 alex

Added copyright (taken from natd.c).

Approved by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>


32101 29-Dec-1997 brian

Add a "scsi -f /dev/ssc -p" example and xref ssc(4).
Make the other examples prettier.


32087 29-Dec-1997 brian

Mention that the -r flag reprobes the entire bus on which the given
device resides and that the -f flag must specify the `whole slice'
if it's a disk.


32086 29-Dec-1997 steve

Fix a few style nits from previous commit.

Submitted by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>


32075 29-Dec-1997 charnier

Add missing .Ar.


32074 29-Dec-1997 steve

Get md5(1) to use getopt(3). Also some minor -Wall cleaning
while here.

PR: 5387
Submitted by: Matthew Hunt <mph@pobox.com>


32026 27-Dec-1997 alex

Typo/$Id$ police.


32008 26-Dec-1997 imp

style(9) corrections
Submitted by: bde


31996 26-Dec-1997 alex

Put the return value of getopt into an int, not a char.


31959 24-Dec-1997 imp

Be extra paranoid about trusting the length of the data returned by
gethostbyaddr.
Submitted by: Julian Assange


31958 24-Dec-1997 imp

Two fixes:
1) Correct strncpy usage
2) gethostbyaddr paranoia from Julian Assange


31956 24-Dec-1997 imp

Minor style nit noticed by bde.


31955 24-Dec-1997 imp

Be extra paranoid about trusting the length returned by gethostbyaddr.
Submitted by: Julian Assange


31954 24-Dec-1997 imp

Be extra paranoid about trusting the size of the address returned from
gethostbyaddr.
Submitted by: Julian Assange


31937 22-Dec-1997 eivind

Remove unused include files

Submitted by: bde


31925 21-Dec-1997 max

Typo fix in the message displayed.


31924 21-Dec-1997 eivind

Remove unused private header.

Submitted by: max


31922 21-Dec-1997 eivind

Remove unused private include files from slattach.

Submitted by: bde


31910 21-Dec-1997 bde

Fixed overflow in chkrange(). Some out of bounds block numbers,
e.g. -1, were not detected. Use a bulletproof check that doesn't
depend on special properties of the args or the limit.

PR: 3528


31904 20-Dec-1997 bde

Fixed style bugs in the printing of statistics after preening. Use
floating point better in the percentage calculation there to avoid
overflow when there are more than about 20 million fragments. Start
using floating point in the other percentage calculation to avoid
overflow when there are more than about 2 million fragments.

Fixed printf format strings.

Converted sccsid to rcsid.


31903 20-Dec-1997 bde

Don't attempt to print the statistics for a "clean" preened filesystem
when there isn't even a filesystem. Attempting to print them tended
to cause SIGSEGV or SIGFPE depending on how far setup() got before it
returned 0. This was broken in the previous revision by removing a
return statement that the previous case depended on falling into.

PR: 4840 (fixed by this commit)
PR: 2537 (possibly fixed by Lite2 merge and later changes. setup()
does more checking now)


31877 19-Dec-1997 bde

Fixed some FUD (don't blame current msdosfs for old msdosfs+vfs_bio bugs).


31856 19-Dec-1997 brian

The ``super scsi'' device is /dev/scc.
I'm not sure it's fully functional though !


31845 18-Dec-1997 bde

Install sysctl in /sbin. It is used in some cases in network_pass1(),
before /usr is mounted if /usr has type nfs.


31773 16-Dec-1997 bde

Fixed DPADD.


31705 13-Dec-1997 guido

Oops..The default behaviour should be *not* to log all succeeded
requests. If you want this extra loggin, add the -l option.


31665 10-Dec-1997 guido

Fix some style bugs.
Submitted by: bruce


31660 10-Dec-1997 brian

natd 1_10 => 1_11
Cosmetic style changes
Use u_short for port values.
Submitted by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>


31656 09-Dec-1997 guido

Log all failed mount attempts.
Also add a flag (-l) so mountd will also log all succeeded requests
to mountd.


31576 06-Dec-1997 brian

Reverse my previous change and use htons() on an int
instead of htonl() !

This results in the int a,b,c,d changing to b,a,c,d,
but as it's subsequently coerced to a u_short, the
ultimate answer is correct.

If this isn't fixed properly soon (by the author) I'll
have a look at it again.

Noted by: eivind & ari@suutari.iki.fi


31547 05-Dec-1997 julian

Allow ipfw to accept comments and blank lines.
This makes ipfw config files a LOT more readable.


31468 01-Dec-1997 steve

Add mount_devfs(8) to the SEE ALSO section.

PR: 5125


31376 24-Nov-1997 obrien

Fix syntax error for the mount_mfs example.
Also update to a more realistic example.


31214 18-Nov-1997 jdp

Add missing argument detected by "-Wformat".


31208 18-Nov-1997 jdp

Fix missing arguments detected by "-Wformat".


31206 18-Nov-1997 jdp

Fix two missing arguments detected by "-Wformat".


31148 13-Nov-1997 brian

Use htonl() rather than htons().


31144 13-Nov-1997 julian

Reviewed by: hackers@freebsd.org in general
Obtained from: Whistle Communications tree

Add an option to the way UFS works dependent on the SUID bit of directories
This changes makes things a whole lot simpler on systems running as
fileservers for PCs and MACS. to enable the new code you must
1/ enable option SUIDDIR on the kernel.
2/ mount the filesystem with option suiddir.
hopefully this makes it difficult enough for people to
do this accidentally.
see the new chmod(2) man page for detailed info.


30757 27-Oct-1997 steve

Fix a misleading comment.

PR: bin/4861
Submitted by: Alex <garbanzo@hooked.net>


30722 26-Oct-1997 jmg

use += on cflags

Submitted-by: Steve Price <sprice@hiwaay.net>


30693 24-Oct-1997 markm

Make this part of the 'krb' distribution if it is being built as the
Kerberised version.


30692 24-Oct-1997 markm

Make this part of the 'krb' distribution.


30684 24-Oct-1997 jmg

fix mispelling of kld


30627 21-Oct-1997 jmg

a few code style changes:
o start function names in column 1
o sort order of flags in getopt and switch
o don't try to reference progname
o unspam some changes introduced by a 2.2.1-R build box instead of a
-current build box

doc changes:
o document when these commands first appeared
o put email address in angle brakets
o minor mdoc clean up


30622 21-Oct-1997 bde

Don't install mount_msdos setuid root. Lite2's mount(2) handles
permissions centrally and a setuid root mount utility just breaks
its security. There was no new breakage in practice because
mfdosfs_mount() still checks the ruid.


30602 20-Oct-1997 charnier

Use err(3). Change err(-1,... to err(1,...


30580 19-Oct-1997 joerg

Introduce a -N option that disables the use of reserved ports, now
that -P is on by default. Remove do-nothing code in the -P case (but
leave the option itself for backward compatibility).

PR: bin/4500


30573 19-Oct-1997 jmg

activate the programs that will be used to manipulate kld modules

fix a few problems with missing headers, warn called with an exit
value, and undeclared getopt vars

these programs now compile -Wall clean (and yes, I know I should use
more than just -Wall) :)


30568 19-Oct-1997 joerg

Fix the man page description about what will go into an incremental
backup.

PR: docs/4785
Submitted by: Matthew Dillon


30554 18-Oct-1997 brian

Add -redirect_port and -redirect_address to the
synopsis.


30459 16-Oct-1997 peter

Make the supported media info output the default.
The -m switch is now accepted for backwards compatability.

Suggested by: davidg


30449 15-Oct-1997 max

Remove Xref to format(8) which does not exist.


30341 12-Oct-1997 joerg

Do not account the tape change time for ETA estimations.

PR: bin/4369
Submitted by: blank@fox.uni-trier.de (Sascha Blank)


30338 12-Oct-1997 joerg

The unit for the B option is 1 KB, not `dump records'.

PR: docs/4223


30304 11-Oct-1997 joerg

Enable spppcontrol.


30303 11-Oct-1997 joerg

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r30302,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


30272 10-Oct-1997 peter

This has always bugged me. At single user, the implied example it gives
is not valid - it says that "sh" is the default, but you can't
actually type "sh" at this prompt - it has to be /bin/sh or some other
full pathname.


30059 02-Oct-1997 charnier

Use err(3). Change firewall to firewall_enable in man page according to
/etc/rc.conf.


29988 29-Sep-1997 wosch

Sort cross refereces in section SEE ALSO.


29920 28-Sep-1997 markm

Changes for the new KTH KerberosIV


29919 28-Sep-1997 markm

Changes for the new KTH KerberosIV.


29890 27-Sep-1997 kato

Add noclusterr and noclusterw options. The noclusterr and noclusterw
disable clustered read and write, respectively.

Reviewed by: bde


29882 27-Sep-1997 peter

Spell out a few things for the media options.


29582 18-Sep-1997 phk

Fix bad assumptions about types.
PR: 1649
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Jason Thorpe <thorpej@nas.nasa.gov>


29574 18-Sep-1997 phk

Many places in the code NULL is used in integer context, where
plain 0 should be used. This happens to work because we #define
NULL to 0, but is stylistically wrong and can cause problems
for people trying to port bits of code to other environments.

PR: 2752
Submitted by: Arne Henrik Juul <arnej@imf.unit.no>


29562 18-Sep-1997 charnier

Typo.


29321 13-Sep-1997 peter

Some tweaks to get this to cope with ELF where the address space starts
higher up in memory (0x0800000 upwards) rather than near zero (0x1000
for our qmagic a.out format). The method that mount_mfs uses to allocate
the memory within data size rlimits for the ram disk is entirely too much
of a kludge for my liking. I mean, if it's run as root, surely it makes
sense to just raise the resource limits to infinity or something, and if
it's a non-root user mount (do these work? with mfs?) it could just fail
if it's outside limits.


29317 12-Sep-1997 jlemon

If a host in an export line in /etc/exports (or within a netgroup on
an export line) is unresolvable, make a note of it via syslog and skip
that individual host instead of skipping the entire line.

PR: 1981, 815
Perused by: joerg


29314 12-Sep-1997 danny

Fix typo in comment.


29271 10-Sep-1997 peter

Mention the IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT option and it's effect on
rule 65535


29270 10-Sep-1997 peter

Fix typo (65434 -> 65534)


29244 09-Sep-1997 jmg

tell dset how to save the pnp info in the kernel...


29163 06-Sep-1997 brian

Ingored incoming packets are now dropped when
deny_incoming option is set to yes.
Submitted by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>


28956 31-Aug-1997 eivind

Fix my e-mail address. Old work addres is no good.


28935 30-Aug-1997 jmg

fix a few spelling changes

Submitted by: Josh Gilliam

Closes PR's: 4429, 4431-4438

PS: He has agreed to submit all contrib fixes back to the original author.


28917 30-Aug-1997 kato

Added hw.machine_arch.


28911 29-Aug-1997 guido

Plug info agthering attack as pointed out on Bugtraq recently.
Obtained from: OpenBSD


28771 26-Aug-1997 imp

.Xr vnconfig 8. This was suggested by Dworkin Muller <dworkin@village.org>
when he tried to figure out how to swap to a file and had to ask me for
help.


28740 25-Aug-1997 bde

Fixed an example.


28738 25-Aug-1997 bde

Removed duplicate MOPT_FORCE and sorted the first one. Rev.1.5 and
Lite2 messed up the ordering differently.


28735 25-Aug-1997 bde

Moved getmntops() stuff back to mntopt.h so that it is visible in other
mount utilities.


28734 25-Aug-1997 bde

Backed out previous commit - don't clobber the (normally equivalent)
default for NOSHARED.


28731 25-Aug-1997 bde

Support all mount flags that are supported in the kernel.


28719 25-Aug-1997 jmg

add Id line (so that the commit on RELENG_2_2 will have it too)


28672 24-Aug-1997 steve

Forgot to cvs add this new file.


28671 24-Aug-1997 steve

Try to avoid mounting filesystems multiple times. Also while
I'm here do some -Wall cleaning.

PR: kern/1839
Reviewed and corrected by: joerg


28658 24-Aug-1997 joerg

Mention the various reasons for messages of the form:

xxxxx filesystem is not available

Inspired by: PR 3311, and a following discussion with Mikhail


28648 24-Aug-1997 joerg

Make it explicit that arguments to -c are in hex, while other numbers are
in usual "C" notation.

Also fixed the examples section.

PR: 3313


28644 24-Aug-1997 steve

Always include the section name in the .Xr macro and cleanup
.Nm macro usage.

PR: docs/3940
Submitted by: Kazuo Horikawa <k-horik@yk.rim.or.jp>


28633 23-Aug-1997 steve

Remove the reference to the nonexistant dump(5) manpage.

PR: docs/3704


28629 23-Aug-1997 steve

Protect against target containing a '%' which might be misinterpreted
by err(3).

PR: bin/3864


28613 23-Aug-1997 joerg

Make the daemon process a true daemon by calling setsid().

PR: bin/3202
Submitted by: Dmitrij Tejblum <dima@tejblum.dnttm.rssi.ru>


28589 22-Aug-1997 jmg

another -I/sys to -I${.CURDIR}/../../sys


28559 22-Aug-1997 peter

Add -R (rescan or refresh) option to rescan and rebuild the hints
file based on the previous list of directories stored there which
should overcome a weakness of the '-m' switch which can only add
libs. This is an ideal way of updating the hints list after adding
or removing a shlib since it will remove entries that are gone and
doesn't need to have all the directories spelled out each time.
(eg: rm -f /usr/lib/libtcl75*; ldconfig -R) This only works for
version 2 hints files (which we've been generating for a year or
so) which store the path.


28556 21-Aug-1997 jlemon

Enable simultaneous use of -u and -p options. Release any resources before
calling post-processing script.
PR: 2864
Submitted by: Mike Spengler <mks@msc.edu>


28506 21-Aug-1997 danny

Bring comment on '-a' flag in line with reality.


28458 20-Aug-1997 steve

Fix a typo and while here cleanup the use of the .Nm macro.

PR: docs/4339
Submitted by: Matthew Hunt <mph@pobox.com>


28351 18-Aug-1997 davidn

".if exists(${CURDIR}/../../secure)" rather than testing relative to the
object directory.


28344 18-Aug-1997 davidn

Test that rc.shutdown exists before attempting to run it - silently
return success if it doesn't to prevent any unwanted error msgs.


28059 11-Aug-1997 fenner

Add an ntohs() and format an IP address with inet_ntoa() when
printing the details of a received ICMP packet.

PR: bin/3766
Submitted by: denny1@home.com (Denton Gentry)


28045 10-Aug-1997 brian

- Buffer space problem found by Sergio Lenzi <lenzi@bsi.com.br>
fixed. Natd now waits with select(2) for buffer space
to become available if write fails.
- Packet aliasing library upgraded to 2.2.

Submitted by: Ari Suutari <suutari@iki.fi>


28034 10-Aug-1997 joerg

If, in a level N dump, the file with the inode number X is a
non-directory file with more than one link to it, but in a level M > N
dump, the file with the inode number X is a plain file, "restore", when
restoring the level M dump, won't remove all the hard links to the old
file.

Submitted by: guy@netapp.com (Guy Harris)


27981 08-Aug-1997 alex

Support interface names up to 15 characters in length. In order to
accommodate the expanded name, the ICMP types bitmap has been
reduced from 256 bits to 32.

A recompile of kernel and user level ipfw is required.

To be merged into 2.2 after a brief period in -current.

PR: bin/4209
Reviewed by: Archie Cobbs <archie@whistle.com>


27945 07-Aug-1997 julian

don't lose track of how many packets we've sent
if we get 'host unreachable'. (or any other errors than ENOBUFS)
makes -c work again even if you can't get there..
This really needs a rework..


27942 06-Aug-1997 ache

runshutdown(): get rid of getdtablesize loop, it gains nothing now
but can waste time if many descriptors are available


27941 06-Aug-1997 ache

rc.shutdown fixes:
1) revoke -> HUP
2) controlling terminal already present
3) add missing setprocresources call


27837 02-Aug-1997 davidn

Add /etc/rc.shutdown capability to init.
Add sample /etc/rc.shutdown (which is just a shell for now).
Submitted by: Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>


27667 25-Jul-1997 brian

Allow service names as the divert/tee arg.


27533 20-Jul-1997 bde

Cleaned up revisions 1.22 and 1.23.
Fixed minor bugs in revisions 1.12 and 1.23 (variables assigned to in signal
handlers weren't declared as volatile).


27508 18-Jul-1997 wollman

Calculate and print out the standard deviation of the round trip times.
This isn't necessarily the best statistic, but it is by far the easiest to
calculate. Update the man page to be more explicit about precisely which
statistics are printed out. Revert some of jmg's bogus man page changes from
rev 1.11.


27503 18-Jul-1997 julian

Check if routed had the same problems that route(1) had.
The answer is not really, but almost.
it sent data that was ok, though it was a hack,
but it was bug-compatible with the kernel on receiving them. This also
had been fixed with a hack.. I hacked it better I think.


27500 18-Jul-1997 julian

fix what appears to me to be absolutle bogus code
to do with netmasks.. we fed totally bogus data into the kernel
to do with default routes and it just believed us. this led to:
1/ kernel panics
2/ the default route refusing to be deleted or added
(depending on a number of factors, usually it worked ok.)


27447 16-Jul-1997 dfr

Merge WebNFS support from NetBSD.

Obtained from: NetBSD


27372 13-Jul-1997 bde

Removed "hack to prevent overflow of a 32bit block number". Lite2 has a
better hack in ffs_vfsops.c. The hack here restricted the maximum file
size to 2^39 bytes (512GB). fs_bsize * 2^31 - 1 (16TB for the default
blocksize of 8K) would have been better. There is no good way to remove
this limit on old BSD4.4 file systems.


27369 13-Jul-1997 peter

kill the undead


27354 13-Jul-1997 sef

Fix a problem introduced with a recent change that caused a hang with
unreachable hosts. Note that most of this consists of telling SIGINT
and SIGALRM to interrupt the system call, instead of restarting them.
Also try to get rid of some potential races Bruce didn't like; hopefully
they aren't a problem (potential or otherwise) now.

Reviewed by: julian


27334 11-Jul-1997 jkh

Allow ldconfig to accept files (containing directory paths) as well as
directory paths.
Reviewed by: jkh & jdp
Submitted by: Hans Zuidam <hans@brandinnovators.com>


27301 09-Jul-1997 julian

don't count packets as being transmitted when we know that the sendto()
failed (e.g. ENOBUFS)


27299 09-Jul-1997 julian

ping called printf() from a signal handler..
this is a NO-NO

re-arange to just set a "please die immediatly" flag in the signal handler
and handle this in the normal thread.

also handle ping -f better on slow links by backing off a bit when
we get a ENOBUFFS from the sendto().


27275 08-Jul-1997 ache

Move logwtmp(shutdown) call before any real action in death().


27215 05-Jul-1997 ache

1. Replace malloc+bzero by calloc
2. Revoke internal active session list only now, not whole /etc/ttys


27211 05-Jul-1997 ache

Add -D_NEW_VFSCONF to eliminate compilation warning


27201 05-Jul-1997 bde

Document recent changes (config files and -D...) and not so recent changes
(bios drive number...).

Submitted by: mostly by yokota


27197 04-Jul-1997 ache

death: revoke all lines listed in /etc/ttys instead of sending HUP
to all processes


27195 04-Jul-1997 max

Add Xref to nologin(5).


27187 04-Jul-1997 jdp

Die and stay dead. Ya got it?!


27186 03-Jul-1997 ache

Include <libutil.h> instead of private declarations


27176 02-Jul-1997 ache

Remove unneded cast in login_getclassbyname which cause warning


27164 02-Jul-1997 bde

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r27163,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


27163 02-Jul-1997 bde

Import Lite2's src/sbin, except for XNSrouted and routed. All relevant
files in src/sbin are off the vendor branch, so this doesn't change the
active versions.


27107 30-Jun-1997 charnier

Remove lines inside #ifdef 0/#endif.


27083 29-Jun-1997 bde

Configure static linkage in the normal way (default to -static using
NOSHARED?= yes).


27081 29-Jun-1997 bde

Print fs_maxfilesize.


27080 29-Jun-1997 bde

Prepare to remove the declaration of sys_siglist from <unistd.h>.
It should only be declared in <signal.h> if at all. Modload used
to depend on getting it from <unistd.h> because it only included
<sys/signal.h>.


27029 28-Jun-1997 pst

Attempt to open the device for reading before actually adding the device
to the session list. If the device comes back as unconfigured, just
ignore that line in /etc/ttys. If someone HUP's init, we'll try again.

This change stops getty's from hanging on vty and sio ports that don't
exist, either due to LKM drivers not being loaded, or probes failing.
Reviewed by: bde


26899 24-Jun-1997 jhay

Display tickadj in struct clockinfo.


26891 24-Jun-1997 brian

Suggest using /etc/services entry rather than a
number in the "ipfw add divert" example.


26856 23-Jun-1997 tegge

Allow use of the name "swap" instead of an actual swap device.
This makes configuration of mfs /tmp on diskless clients more intuitive
for people like me, that have used this feature on NetBSD and SunOS.
Using the -T option and /dev/null, while already supported,
is neither intuitive nor documented in the handbook.
Obtained from: NetBSD


26854 23-Jun-1997 julian

Allow ipfw to look up service names from /etc/services (or NIS if turned on)
note.. this would be dangerous if your ipfw was blocking NIS access :)

Submitted by: archie@whistle.com (Archie Cobbs)


26826 23-Jun-1997 steve

Show the real revision date and not the date that this
manpage is being viewed.


26810 22-Jun-1997 jkh

sysconfig -> rc.conf


26782 22-Jun-1997 brian

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r26781,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


26742 19-Jun-1997 charnier

Sync usage string according to man page.


26741 19-Jun-1997 charnier

Cosmetic in usage string.


26740 19-Jun-1997 charnier

Use warn(3).


26739 19-Jun-1997 charnier

Use err(3). Add missing prototypes. Cosmetic in usage string.


26738 19-Jun-1997 charnier

Use err(3). Add usage().


26737 19-Jun-1997 charnier

Use err(3).


26726 18-Jun-1997 charnier

Various typos in man page. Cosmetic in usage string. Use err(3) instead
of fprintf. Remove unused variables.


26725 18-Jun-1997 charnier

Sync man page and usage string. Remove unused -p option from getopt call.


26724 18-Jun-1997 charnier

Sync man page and usage string.


26723 18-Jun-1997 charnier

Sync beetween man page and usage string.


26722 18-Jun-1997 charnier

Fprintf -> warn.


26683 16-Jun-1997 bde

Merge from Lite2.
- use new getvfsbyname() interface.
- new -A option, like -a except only mounted file systems are unmounted.

All non-cosmetic FreeBSD changes in umount.c, except ignoring of
realpath() failures, went away because they are done better in Lite2.
realpath() failures must be ignored so that non-pathnames like
"<above>:/foo" and "host:/bar" get as far as mount(2).

Reviewed by: dfr


26677 16-Jun-1997 max

Typo fix.
PR: 3868
Submitted by: Kazuo Horikawa <k-horik@yk.rim.or.jp>


26676 16-Jun-1997 charnier

Use err(3) instead of local copy.


26675 16-Jun-1997 charnier

Use err(3) instead of local err() (a errx() like function).


26674 16-Jun-1997 charnier

Use err(3).


26625 14-Jun-1997 ache

Remove srandomdev fallback


26617 13-Jun-1997 max

Typo fix.
PR: 3854
Submitted by: Takahiro Yugawa <yugawa@orleans.rim.or.jp>


26595 13-Jun-1997 charnier

Remove __progname. Cosmetic in usage string.


26594 13-Jun-1997 charnier

Use err(3).


26558 11-Jun-1997 charnier

Add Id. Staticize usage function. Typo in usage string.


26557 11-Jun-1997 charnier

Remove __progname. Make -f a no-op flag as stated in the man page. Remove
unused variables.


26543 10-Jun-1997 charnier

Add Id. Cosmetic in usage string.


26542 10-Jun-1997 charnier

Add Id. Use err(3). Costmetic in usage string.


26541 10-Jun-1997 charnier

Remove __progname. Cosmetic in usage string.


26540 10-Jun-1997 charnier

Add Id, add usage function.


26438 04-Jun-1997 charnier

Use errx instead of fprintf/exit.


26437 04-Jun-1997 charnier

Expected to be found in /sbin not /etc.


26421 03-Jun-1997 brian

Number partitions 1-4, not 0-3.

Any existing config files (using the -f option) will need
to be changed although using the old files will usually result
in an error (partition 0 is invalid).


26417 03-Jun-1997 dfr

Allow the 'async' mount flag.


26389 02-Jun-1997 gibbs

Don't overflow when calculating the size in MB of a partition.

No more 241MB 4+ gig partitions for me!


26359 02-Jun-1997 julian

Submitted by: Whistle Communications (archie Cobbs)

these are quite extensive additions to the ipfw code.
they include a change to the API because the old method was
broken, but the user view is kept the same.

The new code allows a particular match to skip forward to a particular
line number, so that blocks of rules can be
used without checking all the intervening rules.
There are also many more ways of rejecting
connections especially TCP related, and
many many more ...

see the man page for a complete description.


26072 23-May-1997 dfr

Use realpath on the source as well as the destination.


26071 23-May-1997 dfr

Typo in previous change.


25852 16-May-1997 dfr

Generalise the previous change so that only NFS hostnames are looked up.

PR: bin/3588
Suggested by: Joerg Wunsch <joerg_wunsch@uriah.heep.sax.de>


25832 15-May-1997 max

Typo.
PR: 3600
Submitted by: Josh Gilliam <soil@quick.net>


25824 15-May-1997 alex

Minor rewording of the examples section.


25667 10-May-1997 peter

Clean up some more. Move parsing of sysctl iflist data into a single
place rather than updating the main loop's index variables from within
a subroutine and other revolting things like that. Move some more
globals into local variables.


25660 10-May-1997 peter

Grumble.. My last patchup here didn't quite work either. I hate this
program and it's use of global variables. Somehow, I managed to miss the
most obvious case.. "ifconfig ed0 10.0.0.1" failed (no "inet")

Submitted by: dfr


25540 07-May-1997 dfr

Add utilities for the kernel linker.


25522 07-May-1997 peter

Restore unintentially lost backwards compat behavior of defaulting to
family inet if not specified. (eg: "ifconfig ed0" down would fail because
no family was specified, even though the up/down status is not per family)

Pointed out by: Wolfgang Helbig <helbig@MX.BA-Stuttgart.De>


25514 06-May-1997 joerg

Fix a long-standing bug with dump not treating errors correctly. They
were mishandled as an EOF, which became fatal if your first tape was
accidentally write-protected.

PR: bin/850 dump treats write-protect as an EOT...


25465 04-May-1997 eivind

Fix typo.
PR: Closes PR docs/3488
Submitted by: k-horik@yk.rim.or.jp


25451 04-May-1997 peter

Commit hooks for ifmedia support. It's optional in the Makefile, and
can be trivially disabled.


25450 04-May-1997 peter

Bring in the ifmedia components of NetBSD's ifconfig as a seperate file.

Obtained from: Jason Thorpe via NetBSD


25449 04-May-1997 peter

Second try at cleanups and fixes (without if_media stuff for the moment)
- parse command options using getopt for consistancy
- sanitise the command parsing so that it's less like spaghetti
- implement a "-l" option (idea from NetBSD - just list names)
- attempt to clean up the sysctl parsing loop some more. It still needs
to be taken out the back and shot though.
- cut down on global usage, but there's a lot more scope for this.
- make usage string a bit closer to reality (it was missing lots of things)

Unfortunately, I did this for the second time but with the memory of
the NetBSD version still recently in my mind. It's hard to redo simple
changes or getopt stuff without making it look like what you've been
working with a few hours ago.


25448 04-May-1997 peter

force null commit to skip over rev 1.25 so there's less cvs trouble


25440 03-May-1997 peter

Grab some of the NetBSD text for describing the new options and the
media commands.


25378 02-May-1997 imp

OpenBSD uses ID 0xa6 for its partitions on i386, arc and others that need
a BIOS-like partition table. We now detect this correctly and print the
right thing.
Obtained from: Value obtained from OpenBSD sources.


25348 01-May-1997 dfr

Test both the NFS and MOUNT protocols for v3 support before allowing a v3
mount. It is possible to have v3 MOUNT but only v2 NFS, for instance for
a custom user-mode server like CFS.

Reviewed by: "Louis A. Mamakos" <louie@TransSys.COM>


25318 30-Apr-1997 pst

Back out msmith's recent commit which breaks using symbolic names for netmasks.
Instead, reverse the order of the testing, so if a symbolic name starts with
a digit, we'll see if we can make a network address out of it first. If
that fails, then we'll call getnet...


25301 30-Apr-1997 msmith

Fix parsing of mount options with '=' in their name.
PR: bin/3027
Submitted by: Louis Mamakos <louie@TransSys.COM>


25289 29-Apr-1997 wollman

Document -k flag here, too.


25288 29-Apr-1997 wollman

Implement Kerberized rcmd for rdump/rrestore. This is lacking the
options one would normally expect to set the realm, enable encryption,
and whatnot, but this actually is able to contact the remote server,
so at least it's a start. (As a bonus, the stripped static binary is
unquestionably exportable.)


25286 29-Apr-1997 joerg

Userland part of ISO9660 multi-session support. mount_cd9660(8) will
now by default mount the last data track (thus last session), as
opposed to the very first session it has been mounting previously.
This is consistent with the ISO9660 multi-session idea, and the way
other operating systems are working.

There's support to mount arbitrary sessions using the -s option. This
way, you can simulate multi-session CDs on something like vn devices
that don't support CDIO* ioctl commands. You can also force the
historic behaviour with

mount -t cd9660 -o -s=0 /dev/cd0a /cdrom


25277 29-Apr-1997 dfr

Don't try to look up unionfs' <above>, <below> keywords as hostnames.


25275 29-Apr-1997 dfr

Use realpath() on the source as well as the target otherwise it can be
impossible to unmount a union which was mounted with a relative pathname.


25120 23-Apr-1997 ache

Change vfork to fork, too many memory-clobbering actions present in child


25106 23-Apr-1997 msmith

Don't call getnetbyname() on a netmask. On a system with a slow net
connection, a large set of network exports could take many minutes to
time out, giving the appearance of a total hang during boot.


25100 23-Apr-1997 danny

Spelling police.


25087 22-Apr-1997 dfr

Add a -2 flag to mountd to allow an admin to disable NFSv3 services.
This is handy for testing and possibly to work around busted v3 clients.


25004 18-Apr-1997 dfr

Use v3 protocol by default if it is supported by the server. Allow the
user to force v2 protocol even if the server supports v3.

Obtained from: NetBSD but with a slightly different implementation


24978 16-Apr-1997 danny

Fix typo: "oder" -> "order".


24956 15-Apr-1997 joerg

Implement a -r option to fsdb(8), ``read/only''.


24760 09-Apr-1997 guido

Oops...now really commit the doc change.


24759 09-Apr-1997 guido

Make a sysconfig variable controlling if teh kernel should accept
nfs requests from non-privileged ports.

Change mountd such that it does never set this variable, but only clears
it when run with -n. Also document this in the man page.


24558 02-Apr-1997 phk

Allow "modern" syntax:
route add -net 192.168.64.0/20 bla bla bla


24554 02-Apr-1997 phk

unifdef CCITT, ISO & CRUFT.


24546 02-Apr-1997 dfr

Make "-o noxxx" work properly, allowing the user to clean e.g. the resvport
flag (which is now set by default).


24515 01-Apr-1997 mpp

Be more specific as to which flags may not be turned off when the
system is running in secure mode.

Obtained from: NetBSD PR# 3299


24495 01-Apr-1997 guido

Make mount_nfs use reserved ports by default.. Mounts already use
a reserved port, so why not the nfs rpc's themselves?
With user allowed mounts, this perhaps needs a closer look, but
on the other hand, a user could already specify the flag.
If normal users should not be able to use resserved ports, the kernel
should check for the flag at mount time.


24489 01-Apr-1997 bde

Don't fail when the vfs.nfs.nfs_privport sysctl doesn't exist
(presumably because the kernel is old). Moved the declaration of a
variable realated to this sysctl outside of an unrelated ifdef.

Not fixed:
- this sysctl is badly named (nfs occurs twice).
- it's silly to have for FreeBSD in FreeBSD code, especially when
only half of the FreeBSD-dependent code is ifdefed.


24476 01-Apr-1997 bde

Fixed missing DPADD. Removed now-redundant SRCS.


24461 31-Mar-1997 brian

Remove the syslog stuff, and allow various return values
in uu_lock(). Add uu_lockerr() for turning the results of
uu_lock into something printable. Remove bogus section in man page
about race conditions allowing both processes to get the lock.
Include libutil.h and use uu_lock() correctly where it should.

Suggested by: ache@freebsd.org


24457 31-Mar-1997 peter

Fix the mount_mfs case from the last cleanup. The code was (ab)using
it's internal malloc() implementation to try and avoid overstepping it's
resource limits (yuk!). Remain using libc's malloc(), but check the
resource limits right before trying to malloc the ramdisk space and leave
some spare memory for libc. In Andrey's words, the internal malloc
was "true evil".. Among it's sins is it's ability to allocate less memory
than asked for and still return success. stdio would just love that. :-)

Reviewed by: ache


24428 31-Mar-1997 imp

compare return value from getopt against -1 rather than EOF, per the final
posix standard on the topic.


24417 30-Mar-1997 brian

Move uucplock into libutil and create a manual page.


24408 30-Mar-1997 phk

Fix mount call for devfs.

Submitted by: bde


24359 29-Mar-1997 imp

compare return value from getopt against -1 rather than EOF, per the final
posix standard on the topic.


24346 28-Mar-1997 peter

Make this compile after the fsirand changes that deleted two fields.
I was not sure whether the fs_id fields should be printed in the clear
in case of sniffing over a network login etc. It might be an idea
to have somebody with spare time go through and find any other missing
fields that should be reported.

Definate 2.2.x/2.1.x candidate since it breaks the build.


24330 27-Mar-1997 guido

Add code that will reject nfs requests in teh kernel from nonprivileged
ports. This option will be automatically set/cleraed when mount is run
without/with the -n option.
Reviewed by: Doug Rabson


24325 27-Mar-1997 mpp

Update HISTORY to reflect that this will first appear in 2.2.5.


24309 27-Mar-1997 mpp

Typo fix (now how did that one get by me :-).

Submitted by: Philippe Charnier


24303 26-Mar-1997 guido

Get rid of __progname. I thought I already did that...


24221 24-Mar-1997 mpp

Typo police. Also update HISTORY to reflect when this first appeared
in FreeBSD.


24216 24-Mar-1997 ache

Include missing <time.h>
Add missing RNG initialization
Use srandomdev() for RNG initialization


24215 24-Mar-1997 ache

Cleanup STANDALONE stuff
Not replace malloc() family for non-standalone variant
Pay attention on malloc() family return code now
Use srandomdev() now for RNG initialization


24187 24-Mar-1997 imp

Fix small race window when creating portal socket.
Obtained from: OpenBSD


24180 24-Mar-1997 imp

Use mkstemp rather than mktemp to prevent a small race.

Obtained from: OpenBSD


24174 24-Mar-1997 bde

Reactivated dumplfs and newlfs.


24172 24-Mar-1997 bde

Changed MAN to MAN8 so that this builds.


24149 23-Mar-1997 guido

Add generation number randomization. Newly created filesystems wil now
automatically have random generation numbers. The kenel way of handling those
also changed. Further it is advised to run fsirand on all your nfs exported
filesystems. the code is mostly copied from OpenBSD, with the randomization
chanegd to use /dev/urandom
Reviewed by: Garrett
Obtained from: OpenBSD


24058 19-Mar-1997 mpp

Mdoc cleanup.


24002 18-Mar-1997 peter

patch up some "int *" vs. "time_t *" (long) mismatches. They could be
nasty if sizeof(int) != sizeof(long).


23999 18-Mar-1997 peter

Restore check for ridiculous directory sizes.


23892 15-Mar-1997 peter

Document the -a option in .Fl form instead of .Cm form to be consistant
with the rest of the manpage. (Lite2 documents it in getopt form, Lite1
did it in old-style arg format)


23891 15-Mar-1997 peter

The -a option (autosize) option got mangled during the Lite2 merge.

Pointed out by: Tom Jackson <tom@peeper.jackson.org>


23854 13-Mar-1997 bde

Fixed bogus casts from (int32_t *) to (time_t *).


23844 13-Mar-1997 peter

Kill the Lite2 early "filesystem clean abort" check and go back to
something closer to how we used to do it. The Lite2 way is to check the
"fsclean" flag in the superblock and stop there if so (during preen).
We now do the various superblock sanity checks that we used to do before
since it's cheap. We now get the filesystem state summary again instead
of "FILESYSTEM CLEAN; CHECKING SKIPPED" (or whatever).


23841 13-Mar-1997 peter

Reactivate fsdb


23839 13-Mar-1997 peter

Missing $Id$


23838 13-Mar-1997 peter

Make this compile. Mostly use the new names for the ctime/atime/mtime
stamps in the inodes and call one of fsck's utility funcs with a new arg.


23811 12-Mar-1997 bde

Fixed checking for a non-numeric minor number.


23807 12-Mar-1997 joerg

Record num_eisa_slots if it could be found in the kernel.


23805 12-Mar-1997 bde

Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess; fixed merging
errors (mis-sorted prototypes, duplicated MNT_NOATIME, duplicated NULL
mntopts fixup).

Updated getopt() usage.

Fixed style bugs in FreeBSD changes (one or two per line for putfsent()
stuff).


23799 12-Mar-1997 bde

Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess.


23798 12-Mar-1997 bde

Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess.

Fixed style bugs in FreeBSD changes.


23797 12-Mar-1997 bde

Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess and fixed a
style bug.

Removed a redundant declaration.


23796 12-Mar-1997 bde

Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess.

Fixed misformatting in a comment.


23795 12-Mar-1997 bde

Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess.

Updated getopt() usage.


23794 12-Mar-1997 bde

Restored lost reference to fsdb(8).

Fixed weird quoting of $Id$.


23782 12-Mar-1997 mpp

Add cvs Id.


23769 12-Mar-1997 mpp

Some minor mdoc cleanup. Partially based on PR# 2959.


23685 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge from Lite2
- cleanups,
- whiteout support
- bug fixes (chflags missing on a few file types etc)
The dump/restore folks would want to have a closer look at this, the
change is pretty big.


23684 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge from Lite2 (use new getvfsbyname() interface)


23683 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge from Lite2 (but does not work)


23682 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge from Lite2:
- use new getvfsbyname() and mount(2) interface (mount_mfs)
- use new fs include files
- updated inode / cg layout calculations (?)


23681 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge from Lite2 (use new getvfsbyname() and mount(2) interface, cleanup)


23680 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge from Lite2 (use new getvfsbyname() and mount(2) interface)


23679 11-Mar-1997 peter

Update to compile under Lite2


23678 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge from Lite2
- use new getvfsbyname() interface and mount(2) interface

**DANGER WILL ROBINSON!!** You must be running a -current kernel
from within a week or so in order for this to work!


23677 11-Mar-1997 peter

Compile under Lite2 (unistd.h has proto for getopt)


23676 11-Mar-1997 peter

Compile under Lite2 (getopt() is in unistd.h etc)


23675 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge from Lite2. Note that Lite2 has it's own filesystem clean check
skipping code that overrides ours sooner. One should be eliminated,
but for now it works.


23674 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge from Lite2 (does not work though)


23673 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge from Lite2


23672 11-Mar-1997 peter

Merge Lite2 changes (rather bigish, the dump/restore folks should check)


23671 11-Mar-1997 peter

Disable two newly broken dirs:
fsdb (too intimate with old fsck, needs work)
newlfs (doesn't build since Lite2 lfs wasn't merged into kernel)


23670 11-Mar-1997 peter

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r23669,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


23413 05-Mar-1997 bde

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r23412,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


23412 05-Mar-1997 bde

Attempt to import Lite2's mount.


23399 05-Mar-1997 bde

Force null termination after 2 errant strncpy()s.


23385 04-Mar-1997 imp

Fix typo introduced in 1.17.

Submitted by: "Philippe Charnier" <charnier@xp11.frmug.org>


23335 03-Mar-1997 bde

Updated mount_msdos to use the Lite2 getvfsbyname() interface.


23327 03-Mar-1997 imp

Check the size of the IP address reutrned from gethostbyname2, per PR
2578 from Julian A. Likely not strictly needed, but it doesn't hurt
and protects ping against possible buffer overflows if the resolver
were to return large IP addresses.


23314 03-Mar-1997 mpp

An odd merge from 2.2 to -current. Somehow that 2.2 nologin.5
man page was in better shape than the 3.0-current version,
so I'm committing the 2.2 version to 3.0. Whatever happened,
it was my fault :-).


23304 02-Mar-1997 jmg

fix man page to use marcos instead of parens, quotes and braces

plus other minor fixes


23301 02-Mar-1997 jmg

mdoc'ify man page


23295 02-Mar-1997 imp

1) Minor nits in the usage message from bde. I took out the hard tabs and
used spaces to align the second line under the program name.
2) Cache uid after call to setuid(getuid()) so we don't waste a system call
for each packet with a call to getuid for the -v case.
3) Update manual to reflect new restriction on -l from last delta.

Suggested by: bde, Bill Fenner


23255 02-Mar-1997 joerg

Avoid the ``Three seconds until format begins'' construct. It's
inconsistent with the remaining unix utilities, so replace it by
something better suited.

Learned from: The Unix Hater's Handbook :-)


23251 02-Mar-1997 imp

1) Fix usage to match convention and manual. Fix manual to match usage.
2) Must be root to run preload (OpenBSD ping.c 1.8)
3) Don't print all replies unless verbose and root (from idea in
OpenBSD ping.c 1.10 and 1.11) to avoid leaking information available
only to root.
4) Remove unused h: from option string to getopt.
5) Make the compiler happy with exit(0) (Lite-2?)

Reviewed by: Dan Cross <tenser@spitfire.ecsel.psu.edu>

Good candidate for 2.2 and 2.1 (as are many of the 1.17 changes).


23247 01-Mar-1997 wollman

Make ping -Wall clean (except for one warning).
Do a better job of argument parsing.
Don't permit ping -f to a multicast address (very antisocial).
Don't permit -L, -I, -T options with unicast addresses.
Ensure that we ask for only AF_INET addresses (should close PR#2584).
Return <sysexits.h> error codes for failures. Document this.
Fix man page to identify the author and put sections in correct order.


23096 25-Feb-1997 imp

Fix a minor problem with restore from tapes from big endian machines.
This finishes the closing of PR2446 which J"org Wunsch pointed out to
me after I closed it.

Submitted by: Tor Egge <Tor.Egge@idt.ntnu.no>


22997 22-Feb-1997 peter

Revert $FreeBSD$ to $Id$


22996 22-Feb-1997 peter

Revert $FreeBSD$ to $Id$


22990 22-Feb-1997 peter

Revert $FreeBSD$ to $Id$


22953 20-Feb-1997 roberto

Security patch from OpenBSD: fixes potential buffer overflow in a static
buffer (so more difficult to exploit but better safe than sorry). Found
by comparing FreeBSD & OpenBSD sources/logs for the auditing process.

Reviewed by: Warner Losh
Obtained from: OpenBSD


22922 19-Feb-1997 dg

Protect from stack overrun via /etc/ttys, which could possibly allow a
root user to change the securelevel. Pointed out by Thomas H. Ptacek
<tqbf@enteract.com>.


22841 17-Feb-1997 bde

Disabled dumplfs. Importing the Lite2 version was a mistake, since
many files haven't left the vendor branch and the sys/ufs/lfs hasn't
been merged.


22840 17-Feb-1997 bde

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r22839,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


22810 16-Feb-1997 jkh

Update CHANGEDSINCE macro to conform to -current dinode.h


22739 15-Feb-1997 joerg

Plug a security hole involving $ENV forwarding over telnet. Sigh, i
thought i've long since done this.


22546 10-Feb-1997 markm

Part two of a "fix-and-move". There were some macros declared in ../sbin's
Makefile that were a) broken and b) bogusly placed. This brings the
repeared macros in.

Pointed-out-by: BDE


22545 10-Feb-1997 markm

Part one of a "fix-and-move". Init(8) had make macros declared here
bogusly. This removes the macros for replacement into init's Makefile.

Pointed-out-by: BDE


22535 10-Feb-1997 danny

Add '-q' quiet flag for flush/add/zero commands; add 'show' command as
synonym for '-a list'; stop SEGV when specifying 'via' with no interface;
change 2 instances of strcpy() to strncpy().

This is a candidate for 2.2


22505 09-Feb-1997 eivind

Removed default setuid and added a comment to the manpage explaining this.


22492 09-Feb-1997 eivind

Remove suid bit from binary, and update manpage to reflect this.


22482 09-Feb-1997 eivind

Buffer overflow patch.


22441 08-Feb-1997 wosch

/usr/lib/libmd.a -> ${LIBMD}


22417 08-Feb-1997 danny

Reviewed by: Gary Jennejohn <gj@freebsd.org>
Submitted by: Bruce Murphy <packrat@iinet.net.au>

Add '-a' audible flag, so terminal will beep upon receipt of a reply
packet. Useful for debugging ethernet runs, among other things.


22345 06-Feb-1997 mpp

Replace "mfs" with "mount_mfs" in the NAME section.


22317 06-Feb-1997 wosch

/sbin -> ${BINDIR}


22192 01-Feb-1997 joerg

Add the `a' option (``auto-size'') to bypass all tape length
considerations, and dump right to the end of medium.


22050 28-Jan-1997 mpp

Some various mdoc cleanup.

Partially Obtained from: NetBSD-bugs mailing list


22045 27-Jan-1997 obrien

I was porting something from sysV world and found our cross references
not quite as good as I would expect. So I'm introducing mknod to mkfifo,
and vice-versa.


21997 25-Jan-1997 imp

Apply patch from pr2536, after testing locally.

Fixes: PR2446 and PR2536

Submitted by: Flemming Jacobsen <fj@tfs.com>

2.2 Candidate.


21945 22-Jan-1997 adam

typo


21941 22-Jan-1997 davidn

Style police.


21931 21-Jan-1997 adam

-n was broken

2.2 candidate (probably)


21877 19-Jan-1997 mpp

Various minor cleanup.

Partially Obtained from: NetBSD-bugs


21865 19-Jan-1997 davidn

Impose login_cap resource limits on processes started by init.
/etc/rc started with "daemon" settings.
"window=" started with "default" settings
gettys started with "default" settings.
This should open the way to junk kernel options MAX_{OPEN,CHILD}
and the corresponding sysctl vars.


21789 17-Jan-1997 jkh

Adjust spelling of `fw_flg' so this thing compiles again.


21786 16-Jan-1997 alex

Sweep through the tree fixing mmap() usage:

- Use MAP_FAILED instead of the constant -1 to indicate
failure (required by POSIX).
- Removed flag arguments of '0' (required by POSIX).
- Fixed code which expected an error return of 0.
- Fixed code which thought any address with the high bit set
was an error.
- Check for failure where no checks were present.

Discussed with: bde


21785 16-Jan-1997 adam

implement "not" keyword for inverting the address logic


21763 16-Jan-1997 phk

Trivial fix for braino.
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: Martin Ibert <mib@ppe.bb-data.de>


21673 14-Jan-1997 jkh

Make the long-awaited change from $Id$ to $FreeBSD$

This will make a number of things easier in the future, as well as (finally!)
avoiding the Id-smashing problem which has plagued developers for so long.

Boy, I'm glad we're not using sup anymore. This update would have been
insane otherwise.


21635 13-Jan-1997 wosch

Sort cross references.


21465 09-Jan-1997 wollman

If the RTM_NEWMADDR and RTM_DELMADDR messages are defined
(in <net/route.h>), then interpret them appropriately. This has
no effect until I commit the changes to multicast group
management (awaiting review).


21413 08-Jan-1997 peter

Fix double typo


21409 07-Jan-1997 imp

Fix many buffer overflows, correct usage of strcat and implement
$TAPE. Inspired by OpenBSD's work in this area.

Reviewed by: Peter Wemm, Guido van Rooij and Jordan Hubbard.
Obtained from: OpenBSD


21407 07-Jan-1997 pst

bin/1789: dump estimates a negative number of tapes needed for huge dumps


21379 06-Jan-1997 wollman

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r21378,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


21264 03-Jan-1997 wollman

Update to match changes in <net/if.h>.


21253 03-Jan-1997 ache

Merge to eliminate conflict


21174 01-Jan-1997 guido

Yet another buffer overflow.

2.2 candidate
(and -stable too actually, who does that?)
Reviewed by: Warner Losh


21149 01-Jan-1997 imp

Various security related deltas from OpenBSD

dirs.c:
From OpenBSD 1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 1.8, 1.10, 1.11, 1.12
1.2:
use unique temporary files; netbsd pr#2544;
lukem@supp.cpr.itg.telecom.com.au
1.3:
updated patch from lukem@supp.cpr.itg.telecom.com.au
to also make -r and -R work again
1.5:
mktemp open & fdopen
1.8:
/tmp// -> /tmp/
1.10:
Fix strncpy usage and correct strncat length field,
from Theo. Also change some occurrence of MAXPATHLEN
with sizeof(foo).
1.11:
does noone know how to use strncat correctly?
1.12:
use mkstemp()
From NetBSD:
Use open rather than create so we can specify
exclusive open mode.

main.c:
From OpenBSD 1.2, 1.5
1.2:
From NetBSD: support $TAPE.
1.5
Set umask to be read only by owner until we set real
file permissions.
tape.c:
From NetBSD:
Use open rather than create so we can specify
exclusive open mode.


21021 29-Dec-1996 obrien

Backing out my change of /etc/rmt -> /usr/sbin/rmt.
Added comments in both files stateing why /etc/rmt is correct so someone
else wont do the same thing again.

Suggested by: Warner Losh & Ollivier


20996 29-Dec-1996 obrien

rmt is /usr/sbin/rmt, not /etc/rmt which is a link to /usr/sbin/rmt


20913 26-Dec-1996 wosch

Add example for mount_mfs(8).


20888 23-Dec-1996 wosch

comma typos


20837 23-Dec-1996 mpp

Minor mdoc/style fixes.


20831 23-Dec-1996 mpp

Convert to mdoc format.


20735 21-Dec-1996 ache

FIx coredump with rtquery.
It is just quick fix taken from new routed sources,
full new routed importing I leave to wollman


20610 17-Dec-1996 wollman

Delete redundant include of <sys/time.h>


20609 17-Dec-1996 wollman

Merge from vendor branch.


20607 17-Dec-1996 wollman

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r20606,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


20540 15-Dec-1996 fenner

Add multicast options -I (source interface), -T (set ttl), -L (no loopback).
They were all lowercase in the original, but our ping already uses -i and
-l so I made them all uppercase.

Obtained from: Multicast release 3.5


20483 14-Dec-1996 mpp

Now that all of the "standard" file system mount commands
refer the reader to the detailed information in section 5,
remove the mount_* man pages for those file system. mount_std(8)
to cover all of the file systems it is currently being used
to mount.

mount_{devfs, fdesc, kernfs, procfs}.8 are now
MLINKS to mount_std.


20481 14-Dec-1996 mpp

Refer the reader to devfs(5).


20470 14-Dec-1996 mpp

Refer the reader to fdesc(5) for detailed info on the fdesc filesystem.


20467 14-Dec-1996 mpp

Remove the descriptions of the files in /kern and refer
the reader to kernfs(5) so that the information only
has to be maintained in one place.


20463 14-Dec-1996 mpp

Update the newfs(8) man page to reflect current
default values for some options better. Closes PR# 1374.


20461 14-Dec-1996 mpp

Remove the detailed description of the files in /proc
and instead refer the reader to procfs(5) so that
the information does not need to be maintained in
two places.


20342 11-Dec-1996 wollman

Merge from vendor branch.


20340 11-Dec-1996 wollman

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r20339,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


20295 10-Dec-1996 wollman

Fix if.h lossage. I could have sworn I already fixed this one.


20287 10-Dec-1996 wollman

Fix up programs which expect <net/if.h> to include <sys/time.h> to instead
do it themselves. (Some of these programs actually depended on this
beyond compiling the definition of struct ifinfo!) Also fix up some
other #include messes while we're at it.


20280 10-Dec-1996 bde

Cleaned up recent SIGINFO changes.

Simplified average calculations. This also fixes potential overflow errors
and minor rounding inconsistencies (always round to nearest now).

Don't lose more SIGINFOs than necessary.

Print \r at the start of the status message. This clears the dots that
are sometimes left by ping -f.

Reviewed by: sef


20246 09-Dec-1996 mpp

Improve the format of the usage string output.

Submitted by: Sandro Sigala <sandro@cat.locao.net> as part of PR# 2134


20245 09-Dec-1996 mpp

Minor formatting/style fixes.

Submitted by: Sandro Sigala <sandro@cat.local.net> as part of PR# 2134


20205 08-Dec-1996 pst

Fix typo in last patch. empty!=emtpy


20195 07-Dec-1996 sef

Change how SIGINFO is handled -- set a flag (of sig_atomic_t), and check
that flag on every iteration of the loop. This avoids calling fprintf
inside a signal handler, which is always somewhat icky.

Reviewed by: bde


20099 02-Dec-1996 fenner

Fix math in SIGINFO printer.


20061 01-Dec-1996 sos

This update adds the support for != 512 byte sector SCSI devices to
the sd & od drivers. There is also slight changes to fdisk & newfs
in order to comply with different sectorsizes.
Currently sectors of size 512, 1024 & 2048 are supported, the only
restriction beeing in fdisk, which hunts for the sectorsize of
the device.
This is based on patches to od.c and the other system files by
John Gumb & Barry Scott, minor changes and the sd.c patches by
me.
There also exist some patches for the msdos filesys code, but I
havn't been able to test those (yet).

John Gumb (john@talisker.demon.co.uk)
Barry Scott (barry@scottb.demon.co.uk)


19914 21-Nov-1996 wollman

Fix lots of non-bug questionable code:

- Don't link against libkvm and don't uselessly include <kvm.h>.
- Declare constant objects as const.
- Declare functions with the correct types.
- Call functions with the correct parameters.

Not fixed:

- The sysctl parsing remains ugly (but it may be the best we can do).
- atnetrange() should use strtoul() rather than sscanf() for better
error checking.


19896 20-Nov-1996 wollman

For some reason the merge of this file didn't get committed properly.
Who has the conical hat?

Make things compile again.


19885 19-Nov-1996 wollman

Merge from vendor branch and use system MD5 library.


19883 19-Nov-1996 wollman

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r19882,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


19881 19-Nov-1996 wollman

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r19880,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


19864 19-Nov-1996 sef

Move the terminal handling code to a later location; this allows
the signal handlers to be set up; it also means that a failed name lookup
won't mess up the nokerninfo setting of the tty.

Reviewed by: pst, nate


19702 13-Nov-1996 julian

Submitted by: Archie@whistle.com

clear the fmod flag if it's set.


19592 10-Nov-1996 ache

Add mount_msdos(8) reference
2.2 candidate


19584 09-Nov-1996 jdp

Document that "ldconfig -m" rescans all directories previously
entered into the hints file, in addition to the directories named
on the command line.

2.2 Candidate.


19522 08-Nov-1996 jdp

Fixed a bug in the handling of the directories in the search path
that is stored in the hints file. If that search path contained
a non-existent directory (one, say, that had been removed), and
"ldconfig -m /a/perfectly/good/directory" was run, ldconfig returned
an error status without printing an error message. This caused
some confusing bombs when installing ports, in particular.

I changed it so that non-existent directories from the stored search
path are silently ignored. Only non-existent directories named
explicitly on the command line are treated as errors. Also, a
diagnostic is printed if and only if an error status is returned.

In an unrelated fix, ldconfig now silently ignores any directories
named on the command line when the "-r" option is given. Formerly,
these directories incorrectly made their way into the "search
directories" line of the listing. It really should be an error to
specify directories together with "-r", but I don't have time to
fix the manual page in that way right now.

2.2 Candidate.


19459 06-Nov-1996 jkh

Allow fdisk to be driven from a configuration file, making a 3rd-party
utility for front-ending its operation more of a possibility.

2.2-RELEASE candiate. Closes PR#1960
Submitted-By: Darryl Okahata <darrylo@hpnmhjw.sr.hp.com>


19436 05-Nov-1996 jdp

Fix a spelling error.
2.2 Candidate.


19395 04-Nov-1996 bde

Fixed backgrounding of ping, which was broken by the ^T changes in rev.1.3.


19376 04-Nov-1996 wosch

fix usage string


19321 01-Nov-1996 wollman

Delete another unnecessary #include <sys/mbuf.h>.


19317 01-Nov-1996 fenner

Use fprintf(stderr,) instead of msgtail() so it works for restore as well.


19315 01-Nov-1996 peter

Temporarily disable an information message that was added in the last
commit.. This causes a link error in sbin/restore which also uses this
file.


19300 01-Nov-1996 fenner

Make rdump error messages a little clearer and make them look like dump
messages, and make it explicit that stderr output came from the remote end.
(e.g. "rmt: command not found")


19239 28-Oct-1996 fenner

If rcmd() fails, return immediately instead of trying a bunch of
setsockopt()'s on a -1 file descriptor.

Remove attempt to decrease TCP MSS; it makes no sense.

Set the IP TOS to IPTOS_THROUGHPUT as an indication that this is an
application sending large blocks of data, as recommended by RFC1700.


19227 28-Oct-1996 phk

If passed the -d flag, mount devfs on /dev


19212 27-Oct-1996 phk

Don't give up just because we cant find the blkdev that corresponds
to the name given as a chardev.


19209 27-Oct-1996 fenner

setuid back to the original caller immediately after opening the route socket.
Opening the socket is the only privileged operation route requires.

Make a couple of static buffers bigger, and use strncpy() and snprintf() where
there's a chance of overflow.

Fixes PR bin/1903

Partially Submitted by: Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>

Don't look up the network number if we're being asked to add a host route.

Fixes PR bin/1900

Submitted by: Bruce A. Mah <bmah@cs.berkeley.edu> (pr bin/1900)


19185 25-Oct-1996 joerg

Allow the specification of a mountpoint, and resolve it s disk device
using the fstab.

Closes PR bin/129.

Submitted by: jmg@nike.efn.org (John-Mark Gurney)


19168 25-Oct-1996 bde

Moved #include of <sys/types.h> earlier so that this compiles when
<stdio.h> doesn't (bogusly) include <sys/types.h>.

Cleaned up #includes.


19112 22-Oct-1996 joerg

Mention the historic mount options, as `deprecated'.

Closes PR # docs/735.


19074 21-Oct-1996 phk

dumpfs blindly trusts that it has been handed a filesystem.
If the magic is bad, don't waste our time.

Submitted by: Giles Lean Giles Lean <giles@nemeton.com.au>
Obtained from: NetBSD PR bin/249


18972 17-Oct-1996 alex

Issue a warning if the user specifies an invalid interface in a rule.
The rule is still added to the chain since the interface may get
created later on after loading an LKM.


18965 16-Oct-1996 jkh

Bring back NS support for this utility - we need it for the commercial Novell
server software.


18934 14-Oct-1996 joerg

Fix my yesterday's brain-o: don't account for the kilobytes twice.


18916 13-Oct-1996 joerg

Yikes! Originally, i intended to apply the patch from PR # 1322,
but Bill has beaten me on this. ;-)

However, he missed the part to compute the kernelsize in kilobytes,
so the minfree consideration was now overcautious. (I've also
changed the return type of dump_size() to void since int was useless.)

Being here, the fact that `vmcore' was written world-readable was just
a plain security hole: everybody who was able to crash a kernel could
later read any confidential information out of it at his will. Create
it with umask 077 instead.


18915 13-Oct-1996 bde

The dos() function needs a new second argument, containing the size
of the partition. Only if the size is 0 should the
special handling of 0 as first argument be triggered.

[This bug caused offset 0 to give C/H/S = 0/0/0 instead of 0/0/1.]

The init_sector0 function needs to decrease the first argument
to the second call to dos() by one to be consistent with the
calls to dos() in change_part().

[This bug caused fdisk -i to create bogus partition tables with
the ending C/H/S value 1 too high. This usually gives S = 1
instead of S = maximum, so the geometry guessing in the slice
code and perhaps in SCSI BIOSes was defeated.]

Submitted by: Tor Egge <tegge@itea.ntnu.no>


18914 13-Oct-1996 fenner

Make the savecore command work like the man page says:
- make minfree work by getting the dump size before checking to see
if the dump will fit on the filesystem
- also fail to dump if no minfree is specified but there are not enough
free blocks.

Fix a typo in the man page.

Fixes PR bin/1322

Submitted by: "Philippe C." <charnier@lirmm.fr>


18882 12-Oct-1996 bde

Rewrote the section about the "normal" setting of the security level to
match reality.

Say that secured devices `may not be opened for writing' instead of
`are read-only'.


18859 10-Oct-1996 jdp

Add a new option "-f hints_file" to specify an alternate file instead of
"/var/run/ld.so.hints".

Delete an incorrect statement about LD_LIBRARY_PATH from the manual
page.


18808 08-Oct-1996 guido

Fix the case where fsck would not see sparse directories and the kernel would
panic. If such a thing is fixed fsck needs a rerun (and bugs the user to do
so).

Reviewed by: Kirk McKusick


18718 05-Oct-1996 wosch

delete doubled words, e.g.: "the the" -> "the"


18712 05-Oct-1996 joerg

When MODE SELECT'ing, the ``device-specific parameter'' field is
reserved by the SCSI-2 specs. Hence, zero it out. Some drives
(correctly) complain about this otherwise.

Reviewed by: craigs@os.com (Craig Shrimpton)


18641 02-Oct-1996 jkh

Back out my -k changes; there's a better way to do this in the short-term.


18623 01-Oct-1996 jkh

Add support for dset'ing an arbitrary kernel (experimental).


18597 01-Oct-1996 peter

Updates to deal with ld.so.hints version 2. It now deals with the
ldconfig path (from NetBSD). I added code to make sure there were no
duplicates in the path when multiple ldconfig -m's were used.

Reviewed by: nate, jdp
Obtained from: NetBSD (partly)


18585 30-Sep-1996 guido

Get rid of useless -f flag (though left for historical reasons).


18549 28-Sep-1996 wosch

.Os NetBSD -> .Os FreeBSD.
The pages are not NetBSD specific and FreeBSD is not a child of NetBSD.


18537 28-Sep-1996 bde

Removed references to pathconf-related variables that were never handled
by sysctl and never can be in their documented form (kern.name_max would
have to become fs.filesystemname.name_max, etc.).

Added missing references to user.stream_max and user.tzname_max. These
seem to misnamed. <sys/sysconf.h> says that they correspond to POSIX2
names, but the sysconf names don't have POSIX2 or "posix2" like all the
other POSIX2 names.


18498 26-Sep-1996 guido

Add chlen command so you can set the size of an inode. This was handy
in order to create sparse directory files that caused a panic of a
filesystem where fsck would not find anything. A fix for fsck is in the
make but still has to be reviewed by Kirk McKusick.


18485 24-Sep-1996 bde

Eliminated includes of the "temporary" backwards compatibility header
<sys/dir.h> in applications. Maintained existing (inadequate) ifdefs
for dir.h vs dirent.h in libdialog, amd and rarpd, but didn't add any
new ones.


18480 23-Sep-1996 wosch

add missing comma(s) in .Xr macros


18439 21-Sep-1996 bde

Who would have though that dmesg didn't understand message buffers?

Fixed the following bugs:
- the buffer was reprinted endlessly when msg.bufx == 0 and (for a
different reason) when msg.bufx == 1.
- the last byte of the buffer wasn't printed except in the the infinite
loop cases.
- the comment about walking the buffer didn't match the (correct) code.
- minor -Wall and style bugs.
Not fixed:
- excessive newline processing which hid the non-printing of the last
byte of the buffer.


18410 20-Sep-1996 nate

ts_sec -> tv_sec
ts_nsec -> tv_nsec


18406 20-Sep-1996 nate

ts_sec -> tv_sec
ts_nsec -> tv_nsec


18405 20-Sep-1996 nate

ts_sec -> tv_sec
ts_nsec -> tv_nsec


18326 16-Sep-1996 pst

rdisc functionality has been incorporated into routed

goodnight ugly prince...


18324 16-Sep-1996 wollman

Disable rdisc, enable routed in new location.


18323 16-Sep-1996 wollman

Change location of trace files and disable remote trace file change
feature.


18322 16-Sep-1996 wollman

Layer on FreeBSD local changes from old routed.


18317 16-Sep-1996 wollman

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r18316,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


18303 15-Sep-1996 alex

Note that -N is only effective when ipfw is displaying chain entries.


18286 14-Sep-1996 bde

Don't use __dead or __pure in user code. They were obfuscations
for gcc >= 2.5 and no-ops for gcc >= 2.6. Converted to use __dead2
or __pure2 where it wasn't already done, except in math.h where use
of __pure was mostly wrong.


18159 08-Sep-1996 dg

Added description of "noatime" option.


18073 06-Sep-1996 jkh

Make the noauto flag usable for swap devices too. Closes PR#1542
Submitted-By: David Leonard <d@scry.dstc.edu.au>


18050 05-Sep-1996 bde

Fixed DPADD.


18042 05-Sep-1996 dg

Cast the partial result of an expression to an off_t to fix an overflow
in the calculation of free disk space. Fixes PR#1569.

Submitted by: Tor Egge <Tor.Egge@idt.ntnu.no>


18033 04-Sep-1996 julian

Just realised the man page didn't mention the appletalk specific options
to ifconfig..
so I 've added them..


18032 04-Sep-1996 julian

Get rid of an unexpectedly bogus sanity check under appletalk because
it stopped us from removing or setting loopback address
on lo0:

also make use of the fact the athe sockaddre_at struct now has a "netrange"
field.

CVS ----------------------------------------------------------------------


18007 03-Sep-1996 dg

Implemented user side of "noatime" mount option. This option disables
the file access time update on reads and can be useful in reducing
filesystem overhead in cases where the access time is not important (like
Usenet news spools).


18003 02-Sep-1996 peter

Add ${DPADD}, $Id$


17976 31-Aug-1996 nate

Because 'ipfw flush' is such a dangerous command (given that most
firewalls are remote, and this command will kill the network connection
to them), prompt the user for confirmation of this command.

Also, add the '-f' flag which ignores the need for confirmation the
command, and if there is no controlling tty (isatty(STDIN_FILENO) !=0)
assume '-f'.

If anyone is using ipfw flush in scripts it shouldn't affect them, but you
may want to change the script to use a 'ipfw -f flush'.

Reviewed by: alex


17891 29-Aug-1996 wosch

[HISTORY] command appeared in Version 1 AT&T UNIX
Obtained from: A Quarter Century of UNIX, Peter H. Salus, page 41


17887 29-Aug-1996 wpaul

Add one line fix to stop my old 'don't barf if you see the same
hostname/IP twice on same line in /etc/exports' fix from dumping core
due to bogus /etc/exports entries.

Submitted by: Toshihiro Kanda <candy@fct.kgc.co.jp>


17801 24-Aug-1996 julian

Add support to halt, to allow it to request that the power be turned off
(the RB_POWEROFF flag)


17797 23-Aug-1996 mpp

Use the .Bx macro where appropriate.


17787 23-Aug-1996 mpp

Use the .At macro where appropriate.


17786 23-Aug-1996 mpp

Use the .Fx macro where appropriate.


17724 20-Aug-1996 fenner

Print out ICMP errors that are responses to our own packets by default.
Turn this behavior off using '-Q'. This makes '-v' useless other than as
an ICMP-sniffer, which tcpdump is better at anyway.

Print out another couple of ICMP messages, and fix the printing of the
original packet (mostly byte order problems).


17717 20-Aug-1996 wosch

a header file for zopen.3

Pointed out by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@lirmm.fr>


17674 19-Aug-1996 julian

back out a part of the previous patch that garrett objected to..


17591 13-Aug-1996 julian

Submitted by: Archie@whistle.com
if making a interface route, and it's a P2P link,
then also automatically lable it as an llinfo entry so that
gated and friends don't clobber it..


17586 13-Aug-1996 pst

Completely rewrite handling of protocol field for firewalls, things are
now completely consistent across all IP protocols and should be quite a
bit faster.

Use getprotoname() extensively, performed minor cleanups of admin utility.
The admin utility could use a good kick in the pants.

Basicly, these were the minimal changes I could make to the code
to get it up to tollerable shape. There will be some future commits
to clean up the basic architecture of the firewall code, and if
I'm feeling ambitious, I may pull in changes like NAT from Linux
and make the firewall hooks comletely generic so that a user can
either load the ipfw module or the ipfilter module (cf Darren Reed).

Discussed with: fenner & alex


17566 13-Aug-1996 pst

Attempt to unlink any stale .o files before relocating code.
Abort if a file is still present, and make output file mode 0600.

Reviewed by: bde


17565 13-Aug-1996 pst

Cover a potential buffer overrun problem


17564 13-Aug-1996 pst

Fix tcp/udp port ranges


17486 09-Aug-1996 julian

Reviewed by: julian
Submitted by: archie@whistle.com

This patch allows true interface routing to be controlled
from the command line..
you can now do:
route add default -interface ppp0
even if you have no clue what the address at the other end is..

this is part of a set of changes that allow true "unnumbered links"
such as netcom run between their sites..
In practice you should assign the address from one of your ethernet
interfaces to the local side of the P2P link so that IP doesn't
say that the packet comes from 255.255.255.255, but
there is no need whatsoever to assign an address of any kind
to the remote end of the link.. useful for frame relay links etc also.


17485 09-Aug-1996 julian

add nextboot by default
its's proven to be quite reliable.


17484 09-Aug-1996 julian

slight man page additions re: deficiencies


17474 09-Aug-1996 fenner

Drop setuid ASAP, to minimize code executed as root.

Reviewed by: pst


17459 07-Aug-1996 julian

Submitted by: archie@whistle.com
slight cleanups


17441 05-Aug-1996 alex

Filter by IP protocol.

Submitted by: fenner (with modifications by me)

Bring in the interface unit wildcard flag fix from rev 1.15.4.8.


17411 03-Aug-1996 markm

Add relevant files to the FILES section
Submitted by: Julian H Stacey


17348 30-Jul-1996 bde

Document that the major and minor numbers are parsed by strtoul().


17347 30-Jul-1996 bde

Use strtoul() more carefully.

Check that the major and minor are valid.

Don't print `.' at the end of error messages.

Fixed all warnings from "cc -Wall".


17320 28-Jul-1996 peter

Limit the risk of `buf' overrun in ping.c when printing hostnames.

Note, this is not really a security risk, because the buffer in question
is a static variable in the data segment and not on the stack, and hence
cannot subert the flow of execution in any way. About the worst case was
that if you pinged a long hostname, ping could coredump.

Pointed out on: bugtraq (listserv@netspace.org)


17302 27-Jul-1996 joerg

Finally use strtoul() to convert the major an minor numbers, so
proper error-checking can be done, and octal and hexadecimal
numbers are allowed.


17265 23-Jul-1996 julian

Submitted by: archie@whistle.com

slight cleanups on yesterday's patches


17261 23-Jul-1996 jkh

When running 'rrestore foo', you get a segmentation fault because
the obsolete() function to convert dump-style args to getopt-style
args doesn't check to see that 'f' really has an argument following
the option string in argv[1].

Submitted-By: jmacd


17260 23-Jul-1996 peter

mount_ext2fs somehow got a stray mntopts.h, which was out of sync with
the real ../mount/getmntopts.c and ../mount/mntopts.h
Closes PR#1419

Submitted by: rhh@stealth.ct.picker.com (Randall Hopper)


17254 23-Jul-1996 julian

Submitted by: archie@whistle.com

appletalk cleanups


17243 21-Jul-1996 jkh

I have added a new option -p to the mount command. This was
inspired by SunOS version of mount which uses option -p to
indicate that the mount information should be printed in fstab
format.
This is a neat way to create a new fstab file to use later when
one has modified the mount points or mount options or added or
removed mount some mount points. You just type

mount -p > /etc/fstab.new

and there is your new fstab file ready to be used though you
will of course have to add any necessary noauto flags manually.

[Committers note: This also seems to do the wrong thing for AMD
mounts, but in the more average case this is a nifty feature nonetheless
and one can always edit the bogus entries out]

Submitted-By: Jukka Ukkonen <jau@jau.csc.fi>


17171 14-Jul-1996 alex

Grammar fix described by wollman in response to PR 1363.


17142 12-Jul-1996 jkh

General -Wall warning cleanup, part I.
Submitted-By: Kent Vander Velden <graphix@iastate.edu>


17072 10-Jul-1996 julian

Adding changes to ipfw and the kernel to support ip packet diversion..
This stuff should not be too destructive if the IPDIVERT is not compiled in..
be aware that this changes the size of the ip_fw struct
so ipfw needs to be recompiled to use it.. more changes coming to clean this up.


17071 10-Jul-1996 nate

Now that we have a manpage, don't have the 'clean' target be a NO-OP.


17046 09-Jul-1996 julian

changes to allow route to manipulate appletalk routes.


17022 09-Jul-1996 julian

Submitted by: Archie@whistle.com
Obtained from: Whistle Communications
patches to allow ifconfig to work with appletalk addresses etc.


17019 09-Jul-1996 julian

oops, make the magic number match that used in the bootblock..
I guess we should have a single place for this??


17018 09-Jul-1996 julian

Obtained from: Whistle Communications

control program to control the facility of the bootblocks
to fetch a default bootstring from a fixed location on the disk.

See the manpage for more info.


16924 02-Jul-1996 wosch

Document that suid wrapper like suidperl(1) break option 'nosuid'.


16886 02-Jul-1996 alex

Correct definition of 'established' keyword.


16820 29-Jun-1996 alex

Formatting fixes for 'in' and 'out' while listing.

Prevent ALL protocol from being used with port specifications.

Allow 'via' keyword at any point in the options list. Disallow
multiple 'via' specifications.


16819 29-Jun-1996 alex

Fix port specification syntax.

Submitted by: nate


16643 23-Jun-1996 alex

Fix address mask calculation when using ':' syntax. Allow a mask
of /0 to have the desired effect. Normalize IP addresses that
won't match a given mask (i.e. 1.2.3.4/24 becomes 1.2.3.0/24).
Submitted by R. Bezuidenhout <rbezuide@mikom.csir.co.za>

Code formatting and "frag" display fixes.


16603 23-Jun-1996 peter

Fix a couple of bogus casts to off_t that caused dumpfs to lseek negative
on filesystems > 2GB (which causes the disk slice code to call Debugger!!)


16561 21-Jun-1996 alex

Code clean up. Prototypes, parentheses around assignments used in
if statements, #if 0 some unused code, use off_t in calls to read/
write_disk, fix a printf format, remove unused variables, and
#include necessary files.


16497 19-Jun-1996 alex

Add #include <err.h>.


16472 18-Jun-1996 alex

Set the program name before trying to use it.

Found by: Aage Robekk <aagero@aage.priv.no>


16431 17-Jun-1996 bde

Moved initialization of defaults for the label for the whole disk from
disklabel(8) to the kernel (dsopen()). Drivers should initialize the
hardware values (rpm, interleave, skews). Drivers currently don't do
this, but it usually doesn't matter since rotational position stuff is
normally disabled.


16399 15-Jun-1996 alex

Fix a typo in the view accounting records example.


16380 15-Jun-1996 alex

Bring the man page more into line with reality.


16362 14-Jun-1996 asami

Our kernel is not called /netbsd. ;)

Submitted by: "Philippe Charnier" <charnier@lirmm.fr>


16267 09-Jun-1996 alex

Big sweep over ipfw, picking up where Poul left off:

- Filter based on ICMP types.
- Accept interface wildcards (e.g. ppp*).
- Resolve service names with the -N option.
- Accept host names in 'from' and 'to' specifications
- Display chain entry time stamps with the -t option.
- Added URG to tcpflags.
- Print usage if an unknown tcpflag is used.
- Ability to zero individual accounting entries.
- Clarify usage of port ranges.
- Misc code cleanup.

Closes PRs: 1193, 1220, and 1266.


15820 19-May-1996 ache

Return make_union, s-bit removed


15807 17-May-1996 pst

Disable setuid permission for mount_union(1).

This covers the security problem descibed in SA-96:10 and Jeff says that
when we upgrade to Lite2 (which fixes this problem), mount no longer needs
to be setuid, so we'll never be going back.

Submitted by: hsu
Reviewed by: pst


15801 17-May-1996 jkh

Large security hole in mount_union, the underlying filesystem for which doesn't
even work. Until pst wakes up, best action deemed to be the simple disabling
of this command.


15774 14-May-1996 wollman

Accept mount(8)'s calling convention of passing just the filesystem type
as argv[0].


15771 13-May-1996 wollman

One program I missed in removing MOUNT_* constants.


15770 13-May-1996 wollman

Get rid of the last vestiges of the old MOUNT_* constants in the
mount_* programs. While we're at it, collapse the four now-identical
mount programs for devfs, fdesc, kernfs, and procfs into links to
a new mount_std(8) which can mount any really generic filesystem
such as these when called with the appropriate argv[0].

Also, convert the mount programs to use sysexits.h.


15745 12-May-1996 jkh

Document LFS as broken.


15735 11-May-1996 phk

Some cosmetics and some better error-checking.
Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: "Daniel O'Callaghan" <danny@panda.hilink.com.au>
Submitted by: Archie Cobbs <archie@whistle.com>


15699 09-May-1996 nate

From: Terry Lambert <terry@lambert.org>
Subject: Fix for annoying fsck bug
Date: Wed, 24 Jan 1996 13:33:29 -0700 (MST)

The following small diff fixes the annoying fsck bug that causes it to
need to be run twice to end up with correct reference counts for inodes
for directories that had subdirectories relocated into the lost+found
directory.

I found the need to rerun *extremely* annoying. This fix causes the
count to be correctly adjusted later in pass 4 by correctly stating
the parent reference count.

Note that the parent reference count is incremented when the directory
entry is made (for ".."), but is not really there in the case of a
directory that does not make an entry in its parent dir.

This can be tested by waiting for the inode sync after cd'ing from a
shell into a test fs. Then you "mkdir xxx yyy zzz", wait a second,
and hit the machine reset button.

Reviewed by: nate (Tested lots of crashes :)
Submitted by: Terry Lambert <terry@lambert.org>


15690 08-May-1996 wollman

Update route(8) to print out current meanings of rt_flags RTF_* bits.


15614 04-May-1996 asami

Connect ccd man page and ccdconfig to parent Makefiles.

Ok'd by: peter


15613 04-May-1996 markm

Better method of choosing libdescrypt/libscrypt.


15612 04-May-1996 markm

Split CRYPTOBJDIR -> SCRYPTOBJDIR/DESCRYPTOBJDIR for init(8)


15578 03-May-1996 joerg

Stupid bug, the default man page goes to section 1, not 8.

Closes PR #misc/1172: Error in sbin/dset/Makefile

Submitted by: masafumi@tky007.tth.expo96.ad.jp (Masafumi NAKANE)


15566 02-May-1996 mpp

Specify FreeBSd on the .Os line, since this is a FreeBSD-specific
program. Use the .Fx (FreeBSD) macro in the HISTORY section.


15561 02-May-1996 joerg

Oops, forgot to `cvs add' this one first...


15559 02-May-1996 joerg

Add a man page.


15530 02-May-1996 phk

NBPG -> getpagesize()


15496 01-May-1996 bde

Default to udp if neither udp nor tcp is specified. The previous revision
was broken. It forced udp in all cases except the extremely unusual case
argc == 0.


15397 26-Apr-1996 erich

changed a strchr to a strrchr so that modules with a `.' in the path
can be loaded (e.g. ./mymod.o)


15252 13-Apr-1996 bde

Fixed a couple of format strings to match the change of pid_t from long
to int32_t. I only fixed the ones that I noticed the warnings for.
Perhaps most of the format strings are correct now because they were
wrong before. Except of course if int32_t isn't compatible with `int'.


15222 13-Apr-1996 scrappy

default to udp if no flags specified...closes PR#bin/759
- should this be documented in the man page?


15188 11-Apr-1996 scrappy

removed xref to icheck(8), ncheck(8) as they don't exist


15172 10-Apr-1996 smpatel

Fix a core dump when the user gives "-w" without an "="


15157 09-Apr-1996 ache

English corrections from jdp.
Add main purpose description (MSDOS timestamps)


15136 08-Apr-1996 mpp

Do not install the now unsupported netns and netiso
related man pages. Comment out cross references to those man
pages from other man pages.


15135 08-Apr-1996 mpp

Correct some man page xrefs, and some other minor changes to bring some
man pages up to mdoc guidelines and fix some minor formatting glitches.
Also fixed a number of man pages to not abuse the .Xr macro to
display functions and path names and a lot of other junk.


15082 07-Apr-1996 mpp

Correct some man page cross references and file location references.


15077 06-Apr-1996 joerg

Don't immediately give up if a single read() or write() wasn't
sufficient to transfer all the data from stdin, or to stdout. Working
on pipes causes further fragmentation.


15064 05-Apr-1996 ache

More info and more corrections


15063 05-Apr-1996 ache

Describe new adjkerntz variant + various changes from jdp


15057 05-Apr-1996 ache

Detect if /etc/wall_cmos_clock gone while adjkerntz paused.


15052 05-Apr-1996 ache

Dynamically sense /etc/wall_cmos_clock presence/absense


15046 05-Apr-1996 ache

Fix error with multiply 'adjkerntz -a' copies running.
Manage adjkerntz kernel variable even for UTC clocks.
Code cleanup.


15034 03-Apr-1996 gpalmer

Add a small message to the ``CAVEATS'' section saying if you get the
warning about the root directory, then you could corrupt your filesystem
if you write to it. Someone, please, feel free to improve this :-)


15025 03-Apr-1996 phk

recognize "allow", "accept" and "pass"
add new feature for "established"


14996 02-Apr-1996 phk

A couple of bug-fixes.

Reviewed by: phk
Submitted by: "Frank ten Wolde" <franky@pinewood.nl>


14990 02-Apr-1996 peter

Move rpc.statd and rpc.lockd to usr.sbin via repository copy as per
discussionn when they were initially added some time ago.
These programs are not needed before nfs is up and running to possibly
mount /usr so they dont need to be static and on the root fs.


14982 01-Apr-1996 peter

Some minor tweaks for statd
- use rpcgen to generate unmodified code instead of havinf it in the
repository
- use "natural" function names to avoid conflicts with prototypes etc.


14981 01-Apr-1996 peter

Tweaks for the stub lockd.
- Use rpcgen to generate the unmodified boilerplate code rather than
having it in the repository.
- Eliminate the conflicting function names by changing them to their
"natural" rpcgen generated names


14702 19-Mar-1996 bde

Fixed a type to match Lite2's fixed-width type changes.

Obtained from: 4.4BSD-Lite2


14626 15-Mar-1996 asami

Change the messages slightly when there is no "mount_type" executable
found when the user specifies "mount -t type". Instead of printing
out one message for each path element (/sbin, /usr/sbin), it prints
out:

mount: exec mount_type not found in /sbin, /usr/sbin: No such file or directory

The code is quite long for such a stupid little piece of aesthesism
but it is very straghtforward so I guess it's ok. Besides, I don't
want to do a "char foo[100];" and have malloc break down when someone
decides to add a few more paths to a variable that's far apart from
this code. :)

By the way, there is no malloc() off-by-one error for the '\0' at the
end of the string although I don't explicitly add 1 to the length.
The code allocates strlen(path element)+2 bytes for each path element,
and doesn't use the last two bytes (for the delimiting ", ").

Reviewed by: the list (I hope)


14606 12-Mar-1996 ache

Properly distinguish 3 different cases:
No redial command. Empty redial command. Non-empty redial command.
Pointed-by: bde


14586 12-Mar-1996 ache

Re-open line after hangup in any case


14566 11-Mar-1996 mpp

Backout my changes to disallow "mount /mnt /mnt" until I can verify
that nfs mounts work again (I locked up my home machine testing it and can't
see what happened until I get home from work tonight).


14474 11-Mar-1996 mpp

Only restrict the user from doing something like "mount /mnt /mnt"
for file system types that actually cause a panic (ufs, msdos, cd9660).
This makes /proc mountable again.


14445 10-Mar-1996 mpp

Do not allow the caller to specify the same path for the special
device file and the mount point. This prevents the "unexpected recursive
lock" panic from happening.

This is a temporary fix. A kernel fix would be much much more ugly than
this, and still wouldn't be the "right" way to fix it. After some
of Terry's file system rework is installed, it will be possible to
properly fix this problem in a clean manner. Until then,
this change should prevent use from getting a problem report
on this every month or so (and I just noticed that someone in
one of the freebsd news groups was complaining about this problem, too).


14368 04-Mar-1996 ache

Prepare to eliminate multiply uucplock.c copies


14350 03-Mar-1996 jkh

Close PR#17. This may be a contraversal fix in that now mount will
spit out two error lines for a bogus filesystem type, e.g:

root@time-> mount -t foo /dev/sd0a /mnt
mount: exec /sbin/mount_foo for /mnt: No such file or directory
mount: exec /usr/sbin/mount_foo for /mnt: No such file or directory

But I would submit that if you're even going to scan multiple directories
for a mount_foo (which I actually think is somewhat bogus - if it's not
in /sbin, you're probably in big trouble anyway), you should emit an error
for each one. I got multiple complaints (in addition to the PR) that the
existing behavior was very confusing.


14280 27-Feb-1996 mpp

Silence some cc -Wall warnings in quotacheck.


14271 27-Feb-1996 mpp

Fix quotacheck to not do a bunch of unneeded fseeks if the
quota file information is accurate. This makes it about twice as
fast when the uid name space is very large.


14260 26-Feb-1996 pst

Bring in some of Paul K's fixes for ldconfig from NetBSD-current.
This solves the problem of being unable to use shared libraries with dots
in their names before the ".so.<version>" code.

This should be brought into -stable.

There are more changes from Paul that look like they should be included,
but they change the format of the hints file, so I'm not going to bring them
in now (but we should in the future).

Obtained from: pk@netbsd.org


14233 24-Feb-1996 phk

Update to match kernel code.


14231 24-Feb-1996 phk

A new ipfw program that can set and control the new features.
An almost correct usage is printed.


14211 23-Feb-1996 phk

Update -current ipfw program as well.
I hope it all compiles...


14169 21-Feb-1996 mpp

Print out an informative message if the verbose option is given
and an unknown uid/gid is found in the file system. This is useful
if you wind up with a file in your file system that has a uid
that is extremely large, since quotacheck will wind up running
a very very long time due to it not handling large gaps in uids
very well (this is a problem that should be addressed some day).

Update the man page to reflect that fact the the -v flag now prints
some additional diagnostic messages.


14132 17-Feb-1996 mpp

Fix route to check if inet_addr and inet_network return INADDR_NONE,
instead of -1 which is never returned by those routines.


14128 17-Feb-1996 ache

Call unit-command -1 <new> first time connected, close PR 569


14126 17-Feb-1996 peter

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r14125,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


14124 17-Feb-1996 peter

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r14123,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


14092 13-Feb-1996 wollman

XNS sort-of-support is no more.


14089 13-Feb-1996 phk

Document that the firewall will no longer reorder the rules.


14076 13-Feb-1996 joerg

The DES-based init(8) belongs to the "des" distribution.


14045 12-Feb-1996 mpp

Another round of man page cleanups.

Down to only about 100 items left to cleanup! :-)


14044 12-Feb-1996 mpp

Removed the boot_*(8) man pages for machines we don't support:
hp300, sparc, tahoe, and vax


14042 12-Feb-1996 mpp

Fixed some minor formatting problems to silence manck some more.
Corrected some bogus cross references to man pages that we don't/won't
have and either deleted them, or found a more appropriate man page
that we do have. Various other minor changes to silence manck.

Manck is currently down to about 200 lines of errors, down from
the 500 - 600+ when I started all this.


14038 11-Feb-1996 mpp

Correct a bunch of man page cross references and generally
try and silence "manck".

ncurses, rpc, and some of the gnu stuff are still a big mess, however.


14024 11-Feb-1996 markm

#include <kerberosIV/des.h> -> #include <des.h>


14004 09-Feb-1996 mpp

Another round of various man page cleanups.


13940 06-Feb-1996 wollman

Remove support for OSI networking in user-land (#ifdef OSI aor CCITT)
in preparation for its removal from the kernel source tree. NB: because
a function was deleted, libc is now at version 3.0 (was 2.2 previously).


13922 05-Feb-1996 mpp

Correct some man page cross references and some file
locations.


13892 03-Feb-1996 joerg

Try to preserve the fdisk table in the primary bootstrap, should it
already exist.

Mention the cases where this doesn't work in the BUGS section of the
man page.


13875 03-Feb-1996 pst

Only print statistics in verbose mode


13845 02-Feb-1996 wosch

man page link tmpfs.8 -> mfs.8 for former SunOS users


13831 01-Feb-1996 mpp

Added mount_ext2fs to SUBDIR list.


13816 01-Feb-1996 markm

Add mount_devfs to the subdir list.


13802 31-Jan-1996 mpp

Hacked up a small man page for mount_ext2fs. The existing man page was
simply a copy of the mount_lfs man page.


13781 31-Jan-1996 asami

Add CCDF_MIRROR and CCDF_PARITY to list of flags.


13769 30-Jan-1996 joerg

A better algorithm to place the numbers on the lines.

Submitted by: satoshi


13762 30-Jan-1996 asami

Add mirror and parity flags to list of symbolic names.


13757 30-Jan-1996 peter

Add rdisc to subdirs.. It works for me. :-) (Thanks Bill!)


13753 30-Jan-1996 ache

Add missing comma in usage printf


13750 30-Jan-1996 mpp

Fix even more spelling errors in some more man pages.


13744 30-Jan-1996 mpp

Fix a bunch of spelling errors in a bunch of man pages.


13722 30-Jan-1996 asami

ccdcontrol -> ccdconfig.


13720 29-Jan-1996 mpp

Fix a bunch of spelling errors.


13679 28-Jan-1996 wosch

A manpage. May be the file nologin.5 should located in
src/share/man/man5.


13637 25-Jan-1996 joerg

Make the numbers for the "superblock backups" fit nicely on the screen,
even for larger partitions. Until now, partition sizes > 500 MB messed
up the screen.


13567 22-Jan-1996 pst

Disclaimer redundant and man page cleanups


13562 22-Jan-1996 mpp

Change the reference to format(8) (which we don't have) to fdformat(1) and
scsiformat(8) (which we do have). Closes PR# 663.


13550 22-Jan-1996 joerg

Finally implement the "auto" disktype. It attempts to get all the
required information from the driver, and produce a virgin disklabel
for it. The latter might be further edited with `disklabel -e' to
satisfy the user's need.

The magic sequence is:

disklabel -r -w sdX auto
disklabel -e sdX


13544 21-Jan-1996 joerg

Declare functions, resolve printf-format warnings.


13515 20-Jan-1996 mpp

Route calls the errx routine with the wrong number of arguments
when printing "route: bad address: ...".


13493 19-Jan-1996 peter

Source cleanup: prototypes, varargs, POSIXification, getopts, -Wall clean.
Bugfixes: no longer stomps it's argv causing ps to change the string.

Unfortunately, Bill Fenner and I have overlapping changes here...


13487 19-Jan-1996 fenner

Made router discovery at least build and run. There are a few things
left to do (e.g. it doesn't yet run on systems with aliased addresses)
but this should work for simple configurations.

I don't plan to enable the rdisc directory in the sbin/ makefile until
I get feedback on this and add the missing features, so please, if you
have routers that perform router discovery, or if your FreeBSD box is
itself a router, give this a try.


13345 08-Jan-1996 peter

Yet another "fix" for some of the mistakes in the recent versions..

I discovered that when asking for the IFLIST via sysctl(), if you
specify only AF_INET address, it actually gives you only AF_INET..
(suprise, suprise..!)

Now, it should "do the right thing" in just about all cases... The only
problem, is that "the right thing" isn't exactly clear in all cases.


13329 08-Jan-1996 peter

Fix some of my mistakes, slight cleanup, improve reliability (the old
ifconfig would segfault on "ifconfig ed0 ether up" and the like).

The main reason for this commit was that an "ifconfig -a" would also show
the AF_INET addresses in AF_IPX form (if the kernel was configured for IPX)
due to insufficient AF checking in my "new way" of doing it.


13322 07-Jan-1996 phk

Move some tables to "const" and remove some unused vars.


13208 04-Jan-1996 jmz

Fix the spelling of 'partition'.


13189 03-Jan-1996 adam

oops, do it right this time


13188 03-Jan-1996 adam

Link with libutil for kerberos too


13171 02-Jan-1996 wollman

Clean up GCC warnings, condition out some compatibility cruft, add $Id$.

Pointed-out-by: jmb


13145 01-Jan-1996 peter

My really ugly hack to ifconfig to make it pick up interface aliases
and the ethernet address for non-root users.

I apologise to the world for propagating the ugliness of some of the code
constructs within ifconfig... Fixing them would just abou mean rewriting
most of the function call interfaces, something I didn't have the stomach
for. :-)


13141 01-Jan-1996 peter

Make nfsd use setproctitle from libutil...

Old code is still #ifdef OLD_SETPROCTITLE for comparison with the old
code.


13140 01-Jan-1996 peter

Add hooks into the mount_mfs code in newfs to do the FreeBSD-style
LKM loading if it was not configured into the system.

Note that the LKM for MFS is not enabled by default, but I got it working on
my machine.. I'll see what I did..


13123 30-Dec-1995 peter

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r13122,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


13122 30-Dec-1995 peter

recording cvs-1.6 file death


13070 28-Dec-1995 asami

Added $Id$.


13052 27-Dec-1995 asami

Make it work for FreeBSD-2.1.


13050 27-Dec-1995 asami

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r13049,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


13048 27-Dec-1995 asami

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r13047,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


13045 27-Dec-1995 asami

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r13044,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


12986 23-Dec-1995 joerg

Put the superfluous "DUMP:" back in the statistics line, to make
Amanda happy.


12946 21-Dec-1995 phk

The rewamped sysctl program that will find all the variables itself.
Also a couple of handy new options.


12869 15-Dec-1995 peter

The version of setproctitle() inside nfsd was busted. It was not terminating
the argv array, causing parts of the argv[0] to be picked up several times
by libkvm, causing strange ps results for the nfs-server and nfs-master
processes.. :-]

(How many copies of setproctitle() do we need anyway? NetBSD has it in
libc and BSDI have it in libutil.)


12806 13-Dec-1995 peter

Add #include <vm/pmap.h> in order to make savecore compile again after the
last round of <vm/*.h> include file changes.


12672 07-Dec-1995 wollman

Use a dynamically-sized buffer for SIOCGIFCONF so that `ifconfig -a'
actually retrieves all the information no matter how many interfaces
there are. (Probably there are other utilities which need similar
modification.)

Submitted by: Andrew Webster <awebster@dataradio.com>


12489 26-Nov-1995 joerg

Make the default tape device match dump(8).


12481 24-Nov-1995 peter

Connect fsdb to /sbin makefile...


12480 24-Nov-1995 peter

Adjust relative paths in Makefile to ../sbin/fsck and ../../sys/ufs/ffs


12377 18-Nov-1995 joerg

Andreas Klemm's patch set for dump(8), with some minor (cosmetic)
changes and one addition by me.

. Use reasonable defaults for the tape drive (/dev/rst0) instead of
something we actually don't have.

. Add a summary line displaying the alapsed time and the total throughput.

. Replace "rmt" for the remote location of rmt(8) by "/etc/rmt", since this
is the historical protocol, and relying on the $PATH causes a big pain.
Make it adjustable via an environmental variable though.

Reviewed by: joerg (for Andreas' part)
Submitted by: andreas@knobel.gun.de (Andreas Klemm)


12348 17-Nov-1995 joerg

Avoid bogus free() of a junk pointer.

Detected by: phkmalloc
Submitted by: grog@lemis.de (Greg Lehey)


12344 17-Nov-1995 phk

Make sysctl compile again by removing all the debug stuff.


12185 10-Nov-1995 dima

If root does not have a password, `init' should not ask to enter it.
otherwise it's not possible to get into single-user mode, if root
does not have password and console insecure.


12119 06-Nov-1995 dyson

Mount program for EXT2FS.
Submitted by: Godmar Back <gback@facility.cs.utah.edu>


12051 03-Nov-1995 peter

Commit FreeBSD-specific changes. Mainly to do with structure layout
differences that we dont have.


12049 03-Nov-1995 peter

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r12048,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


11910 29-Oct-1995 phk

Define TRUE & FALSE rather than depending on bogus #includes.


11879 28-Oct-1995 peter

Add a few more heuristics to modload:
1: generate the outfile in /tmp if it's not specified explicitly.
2: if the outfile was implicitly placed in /tmp, automatically remove it.

This means that you can type: modload /lkm/ipfw_mod.o and it'll work, it
wont try and write to /lkm, and it wont leave the (normally) useless
symbol file.

This should not interfere with things like ibcs2 and atapi, which
export some symbols from one LKM to the other by leaving the symbol file.


11864 28-Oct-1995 peter

Make modload calculate a reasonable default entry point name, in light
of the recent changes to bsd.kmod.mk, which enforces that the entry
point be <modname>_mod, unless overridden.

This means that when modloading "/lkm/foo_mod.o", it'll use "foo_mod"
as the default entry point (instead of xxxinit) unless you specify
another via the -e option.


11840 27-Oct-1995 julian

Submitted by: john hay

patches to merge the two IPX packages to work with each other and to
not break make-world :)

IPXrouted should be working now, (or at least compiling) :)


11822 26-Oct-1995 torstenb

fix a reference in "SEE ALSO" (modunload(8) mistakenly references
itself instead of modload(8))


11819 26-Oct-1995 julian

Reviewed by: julian and jhay@mikom.csir.co.za
Submitted by: Mike Mitchell, supervisor@alb.asctmd.com

This is a bulk mport of Mike's IPX/SPX protocol stacks and all the
related gunf that goes with it..
it is not guaranteed to work 100% correctly at this time
but as we had several people trying to work on it
I figured it would be better to get it checked in so
they could all get teh same thing to work on..

Mikes been using it for a year or so
but on 2.0

more changes and stuff will be merged in from other developers now that this is in.

Mike Mitchell, Network Engineer
AMTECH Systems Corporation, Technology and Manufacturing
8600 Jefferson Street, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87113 (505) 856-8000
supervisor@alb.asctmd.com


11796 26-Oct-1995 nate

Convert manpage to -mandoc macros.

Submitted by: Gary Palmer <gary@palmer.demon.co.uk>

Minor cleanup by me in the English.


11795 26-Oct-1995 nate

Convert to proper English in the same manner as the sliplogin manpage.


11770 24-Oct-1995 jkh

Fix a silly bug where MAXPATHLEN was subtracted from the string length rather
than the other way around!
Submitted by: Elmar Bartel <bartel@informatik.tu-muenchen.de>


11750 23-Oct-1995 ache

Remove unneeded ctype.h


11749 23-Oct-1995 ache

Add setlocale LC_CTYPE


11706 23-Oct-1995 ugen

Support all the tcpflag options in firewall.
Add reading options from file, now ipfw <filename> will
read commands string after string from file , form of strings
same as command line interface.


11307 07-Oct-1995 joerg

Totally revamp the man page, update to the state of affairs.

Make a link from boot_${ARCH}.8 to boot.8, so people will get what
they expect when asking "man boot".

I think David will lynch me when i'm requesting this to go into 2.1... :-)


11189 04-Oct-1995 jkh

This upgrades the driver for Cronyx-Sigma multiplexor boards
from version 1.2 to version 1.9.
Submitted by: Serge Vakulenko, <vak@cronyx.ru>


11148 03-Oct-1995 bde

Fix $Id$.


11143 03-Oct-1995 julian

remove the calls to DIOCWLABEL, as it isn't supported any more
and the error message confuses the user.
(just commented out foe now)


11120 01-Oct-1995 ugen

Support IP Option smatching in grammar and listing.
TcpSyn option removed and will be shortly repoaced by support of all
TCP Flags including syn and ack...


11114 01-Oct-1995 markm

As init/Makefile now 'knows' how to build secure code if necessary, clean
out the .if (<building secure>) / .endif


11112 01-Oct-1995 markm

Make this make work the same way as passwd and xntpd. Here it will allow
secure/sbin/init to be cleaned out, and sbin/Makefile to be tidied up.


11109 01-Oct-1995 markm

Define CRYPTOBJDIR if secure is being built


11099 01-Oct-1995 peter

Catch the case where the children can die too soon causing wait3()
to return ECHILD, which causes the while loop to run forever.
(eg: when accidently running nfsiod on a slow system with a kernel
without NFS support...)
Obtained from: NetBSD; Frank van den Linden <frank@struis.fwi.uva.nl>


11075 29-Sep-1995 joerg

Call the -u UCMD command on exit. The command is called with the
current unit number, and the "new" unit number of -1. This allows the
script to actually deconfigure the SLIP interface (e.g. by running
"ifconfig delete") which has been impossible previously.

This is most likely a candidate for 2.1, too.


11066 29-Sep-1995 ache

Build secure init if available and allowed


11031 27-Sep-1995 ache

Log user name with each info and total connection time elapsed
(for accounting purposes). Log few additional events like dialing
number and connection established. Set speed POSIXly.


10976 23-Sep-1995 ache

Rename PATH_LOCK to PATH_UUCPLOCK


10926 20-Sep-1995 ache

Use new _PATH_LOCK for lock names


10922 20-Sep-1995 ache

From Bruce:

slattach always exited early because fd is not open in acquire_line().

Other (trivial) changes that I've been neglecting for some time:

- Turn off O_NONBLOCK so that `chat' doesn't need to worry about it
(`chat' actually does worry about it).
- Really set speeds POSIXly :-). cfsetspeed() isn't POSIX.
- Fix spelling error in comment.
- Gripe about bad programming of doing everything from signal handlers.
slattach should be written to do everything from the sigsuspend() loop,
but I don't want to do it :-).

From me:
Use .PATH to find uucplock.c

Submitted by: bde


10912 20-Sep-1995 ache

Make uucp-lock optional: -L option


10911 20-Sep-1995 ache

Make uucp-locking optional: -L option


10897 19-Sep-1995 ache

Unlock device for redial_cmd, then lock again


10889 19-Sep-1995 ache

Fix uucp locking
Remove unnecesary TIOCSETD
Move SLIO* before startup script call


10888 19-Sep-1995 ache

Implement uucp-locking
Cleanup debug/syslog code


10880 18-Sep-1995 ache

Change new -U option to -S to go the same way as startslip.


10879 18-Sep-1995 ache

New option: -S #: set SLIP unit number


10878 18-Sep-1995 ache

New options:
-K #: set SLIP keepalive timeout
-O #: set SLIP outfil timeout
-U #: set SLIP unit number
sighup handler now sets tty disc for non-redial case too.
Implement SIGURG handling (from keepalive).
POSIXing speed settings.


10860 17-Sep-1995 ache

Add new options:
-K: set keepalive SLIP timeout
-O: set outfill SLIP timeout
Handle SIGURG from keepalive like SIGHUP now, i.e. reconnect.
Back out background scription change, cause some synchro problems.


10855 17-Sep-1995 joerg

Turn on scsiformat.
reformat.


10854 17-Sep-1995 joerg

Finally replace the defunct 4.4BSD scsiformat.c by Peter's wrapper
around scsi(8). I've done extensive testing of it with a spare disk
in the past, and it's ready for prime-time now.

Submitted by: dufault


10846 17-Sep-1995 dg

Shorten a variable name.


10843 17-Sep-1995 dg

Use default COPTS.


10817 16-Sep-1995 ache

Use daemon() instead of fork/setsid/close.
Rearrange things to do fork as later as possible.


10811 15-Sep-1995 ache

Oops. Fix my error with -W option


10806 15-Sep-1995 ache

Close line before fork, or becomes close twice.
Debug output cleanup.


10803 15-Sep-1995 ache

Tune it to REALLY sense carrier drop.
Now works with dialin devices too.
Add new option in slattach style -l: dont use modem control.
Add new option -W: specify max number of dial tries for one phone.
Remove -p option, this ugly hack not needed.
Fix script timeout expires.
Some code cleanups.


10800 15-Sep-1995 ache

Restore TTYDISC on exit. Move setting of control terminal
after TTYDISC setting


10797 15-Sep-1995 ache

Wait until login completed before starting SLIP (5 secs)


10795 15-Sep-1995 ache

Pass sequence number to called scripts via LINE env. variable.
It allows specific per phone number tunings


10753 14-Sep-1995 ache

Add reference to /usr/share/examples/startslip


10745 14-Sep-1995 ache

Add example scripts


10743 14-Sep-1995 ache

All changes still related to original version:
Don't close line twice.
Change typo == to = in assignment.
Don't restart, if ioctl fails.
Implement uucp-style locking to help dialout pgms.


10733 14-Sep-1995 ache

Now understand "host!login:" style prompts additionly.
Add -t to specify login script timeout.
Add -w to specify retry wait time.
Describe -p option.
Now understand several -s sections (for several host phone numbers).
Remove -F sw (software flow control), it is impossible with slip.
Change -F hw (hardware flow control) option to -h as in slattach,
we don't need option with argument for only one case.
Call downscript on SIGTERM.
Improve debug diagnostic.
Allow startslip work with several slip lines without killing each other.
Unlink pid file on exit.
Skip \r and \0 in login script parsing instead making them \n.
Use absolute path to default script (/sbin/ifconfig).
Call up/down script in background to prevent hang on them.


10649 09-Sep-1995 joerg

Avoid the "calculated sectors per cylinder disagrees with disklabel"
warning for the default case where the user hasn't specified either -t
or -u on the command line. It's been confusing our users.


10627 08-Sep-1995 dg

Fixed error in maxcontig calculation that caused it to default to "1".


10515 01-Sep-1995 joerg

Check a pointer in skipdirs() before dereferencing it. I don't fully
understand why it can become a null pointer under some circumstances,
but i've got a pile of tapes where this happens, and running it thru a
debugger proved that simply ending the loop in this case did the right
thing.

Anyway, it cannot make it worse than now, where restore kills itself
with "Memory fault".


10514 01-Sep-1995 joerg

Update to the slices era. Make /dev/rfoo0 the defaults, not
/dev/rfoo0d.

Scan a list of devices instead of insisting on all the world
being wd0.

Allow for disk names to be specified (e.g. `sd0') instead of full
path names only.

Sync the man page with the reality.


10502 31-Aug-1995 gpalmer

Correct minor nit - to filter out SYN packets, the keyword is
`syn' not `tcpsyn' (which matches `tcp' which blocks all tcp
packets)


10417 29-Aug-1995 ache

Remove -O2 from COPTS, known rogue


10291 26-Aug-1995 dg

Document the -a option, and mention ``noauto''.


10288 26-Aug-1995 dg

The changes for adding the "noauto" option were mostly wrong. MNT_NOAUTO
is a kernel flag, and the kernel definately doesn't need to know about
it.


10202 23-Aug-1995 jkh

Sigh. This isn't my night. I forgot the manpage updates too!
Thanks, Andrey.


10199 23-Aug-1995 jkh

Add a "noauto" flag so that you can do things like prevent your system
from not coming up multiuser just because you have a CD mount in fstab
but no CD in the drive.
Submitted by: "Full Name Not Supplied" <simon@masi.ibp.fr>


10158 22-Aug-1995 gpalmer

Add $Id$


10076 16-Aug-1995 joerg

Reset the umask before creating the output file; otherwise running
ldconfig as root with a restrictive umask yielded ld.so.hints
unreadable by the world (and thus useless).


10035 12-Aug-1995 peter

Add (apparently) Larry McVoy's warning....


10006 08-Aug-1995 mpp

Fix init to correctly detect processes that are exiting multiple
times per second.


9997 08-Aug-1995 ache

nspace count was incremented only in child, so warning never displayed
Pointed by: Mike Pritchard <mpp@mpp.minn.net>


9987 07-Aug-1995 wollman

Delete bogus referneces to timezone code internal header file `tzfile.h',
which is no longer bogusly installed in /usr/include.


9978 07-Aug-1995 wpaul

Just when you thought it was safe...

- getnetgrent.c: address some NIS compatibility problems. We really need
to use the netgroup.byuser and netgroup.byhost maps to speed up innetgr()
when using NIS. Also, change the NIS interaction in the following way:

If /etc/netgroup does not exist or is empty (or contains only the
NIS '+' token), we now use NIS exclusively. This lets us use the
'reverse netgroup' maps and is more or less the behavior of other
platforms.

If /etc/netgroup exists and contains local netgroup data (but no '+').
we use only lthe local stuff and ignore NIS.

If /etc/netgroup exists and contains both local data and the '+',
we use the local data nd the netgroup map as a single combined
database (which, unfortunately, can be slow when the netgroup
database is large). This is what we have been doing up until now.

Head off a potential NULL pointer dereference in the old innetgr()
matching code.

Also fix the way the NIS netgroup map is incorporated into things:
adding the '+' is supposed to make it seem as though the netgroup
database is 'inserted' wherever the '+' is placed. We didn't quite
do it that way before.

(The NetBSD people apparently use a real, honest-to-gosh, netgroup.db
database that works just like the password database. This is
actually a neat idea since netgroups is the sort of thing that
can really benefit from having multi-key search capability,
particularly since reverse lookups require more than a trivial
amount of processing. Should we do something like this too?)

- netgroup.5: document all this stuff.

- rcmd.c: some sleuthing with some test programs linked with my own
version of innetgr() has revealed that SunOS always passes the NIS
domain name to innetgr() in the 'domain' argument. We might as well
do the same (if YP is defined).

- ether_addr.c: also fix the NIS interaction so that placing the
'+' token in the /etc/ethers file makes it seem like the NIS
ethers data is 'inserted' at that point. (Chances are nobody will
notice the effect of this change, which is just te way I like it. :)


9884 04-Aug-1995 ache

Remove IMAXBEL clearing, our cfmakeraw() already fixed for it
Reviewed by:
Submitted by:
Obtained from:


9795 30-Jul-1995 joerg

Remove a newline from the output of savecore(8), so the bogus number
1024 that used to remain on a line of its own after savecore completed
its job will be overwritten later in the /etc/rc process.

Reviewed by:
Submitted by: graichen@sirius.physik.fu-berlin.de (Thomas Graichen)
Obtained from:


9793 30-Jul-1995 joerg

scsi(8) used to fall off the end of main(), returning an arbitrary
value.

Reviewed by:
Submitted by:
Obtained from:


9701 25-Jul-1995 bde

Change `install' to `${INSTALL}' so that default install flags can be
specified in the top level Makefiles.


9527 15-Jul-1995 rgrimes

Man page was incorrectly pointing to /etc/dump, it should be /sbin/dump.

Submitted by: faried nawaz <fn@big-brother.csrv.uidaho.edu>


9489 12-Jul-1995 phk

Fix to match new API. Fixes memory leak, faster.


9481 11-Jul-1995 bde

Remove a bogus fclose. Normally the "w" stream for /var/crash/bounds was
fclosed twice and this didn't seem to cause any problems, but when
/var/crash was on an an unwritable nfs-mounted partition, fclose(NULL)
caused a core dump.


9480 11-Jul-1995 dufault

The mode page editor never cleaned up the temp files. Thanks
to Joerg for noticing. This low risk bug fix is appropriate for
2.1.


9336 27-Jun-1995 dfr

Changes to support version 3 of the NFS protocol.
The version 2 support has been tested (client+server) against FreeBSD-2.0,
IRIX 5.3 and FreeBSD-current (using a loopback mount). The version 2 support
is stable AFAIK.
The version 3 support has been tested with a loopback mount and minimally
against an IRIX 5.3 server. It needs more testing and may have problems.
I have patched amd to support the new variable length filehandles although
it will still only use version 2 of the protocol.

Before booting a kernel with these changes, nfs clients will need to at least
build and install /usr/sbin/mount_nfs. Servers will need to build and
install /usr/sbin/mountd.

NFS diskless support is untested.

Obtained from: Rick Macklem <rick@snowhite.cis.uoguelph.ca>


9315 25-Jun-1995 joerg

When tuneing filesystems with tunefs, it is not obvious what the current
parameters are. You can use dumpfs, but that's not obvious which settings
are tuneable, and is far from clear to the non-guru (it's like using a
hexdump of a tar archive to get a table-of-contents).

There is also an undocumented option in the man page that can be dangerous.
Suppose your disk driver decides to scramble all writes while you tell
tunefs to update all backup superblocks.

This suggested change adds a '-p' (print) switch to bring it in
line with some SVR4 systems.

(Slightly changed by me, mostly for optics. - joerg)

Submitted by: peter@haywire.dialix.com


9294 24-Jun-1995 joerg

When using dump/rdump on large filesytems (my case 3 GB), the lseek
claims multiple times to have failed. The problem is a off_t is
converted into a int and checked for a negative. A true lseek check
should be checking if the off_t is equal to -1 for failure.

(Suggested fix from PR #bin/461)

Submitted by: mark tinguely <tinguely@opus.cs.ndsu.NoDak.edu>


9290 24-Jun-1995 asami

Add an "-m" flag to merge instead of replace the entries. We can
now safely add a line like

ldconfig -m ${PREFIX}/lib

in ports' Makefiles and packing lists without throwing away some
directories the user may have added.

Submitted by: Mostly by Paul Kranenburg <pk@cs.few.eur.nl>


9273 21-Jun-1995 dima

`dev_bsize' must be reset to 1 before the bread() or
quotacheck -a will fail after the first partition (because
dev_bsize is 512 and is messes up the superblock read of the second
partition)

Submitted by: dillon@best.com (Mattew Dillon)


9230 14-Jun-1995 karl

Added -o port option. Use specified port number for NFS requests. The default
is to query the portmapper for the NFS port. This is useful for CFS users.


9206 13-Jun-1995 wollman

Use the correct file pointer when reading the group id map file. The old
code tried to read the group id map from the user id file, and thus would
never actually allow a umapfs to be mounted. (!)


9202 11-Jun-1995 rgrimes

Merge RELENG_2_0_5 into HEAD


8871 30-May-1995 rgrimes

Remove trailing whitespace.


8857 30-May-1995 rgrimes

Remove trailing whitespace.


8723 24-May-1995 dg

Fixed bug where UDP was required to mount a TCP NFS filesystem.

Submitted by: Ken Hornstein, Sept.'94


8693 22-May-1995 phk

The dset program didn't set the "msize" (iosiz in userconfig).

Reviewed by: davidg


8688 21-May-1995 phk

Add a undocumented '-d' flag to set debugging.


8530 15-May-1995 dg

Fixed incompleteness that would allow dirty filesystems to get mounted
when the single user shell was terminated. These changes disallow mounting
or R/W upgrading filesystems that are dirty unless "-f" (force) option
is used with mount. /etc/rc has been modified to abort the startup if
one or more non-nfs partitions fail to mount.

Reviewed by: Poul-Henning Kamp, Rod Grimes


8517 14-May-1995 ache

Add dumpon


8502 14-May-1995 dg

Take out special error message for EINVAL...we really do want it to be
"invalid argument".


8487 12-May-1995 dg

Fix force flag: It is not a "negative" flag. Add MNT_FORCE to the acceptable
options for UFS (which fixes another bug).


8479 12-May-1995 wollman

Learn how to print out kern.dumpdev as a name.


8478 12-May-1995 wollman

My utility to specify where you want crash dumps to go. More user
and kernel support to follow.


8392 09-May-1995 jkh

Remove all reference to sysinstall - it's going away.


8298 05-May-1995 dufault

Add support for editing mode pages.


8218 02-May-1995 dg

Flush stdout when writing out each superblock backup.


8203 01-May-1995 dufault

Don't print out zero length names when verbose is set.


8202 01-May-1995 dufault

Add a "-s" argument to specify the command timeout in seconds.
Now you should be able to format a disk with something like:
> scsi -f /dev/rsd?c -s 1200 -c "4 0 0 0 0 0"
assuming sd.c lets you open it.


8145 28-Apr-1995 dufault

Add "-m" command to read mode pages. Also add -z for freezing,
though the kernel changes aren't committed yet.


8089 26-Apr-1995 pst

Replace call to obsolete inet_addr routine with inet_aton so we can specify
netmasks and broadcast addresses of 255.255.255.255.


7967 21-Apr-1995 julian

Obtained from: copied fro mount_kernfs

This is copied from the mount_kernfs code..
if it doesn't work there is a working binary in ~julian


7936 19-Apr-1995 gpalmer

Bugfixes :

- in mount_portal.c: included catching of SIGHUP to get portald to
re-read the config file.

- in mount_portal.c: in SIGCHLD handler the return values checked from
waitpid were wrong. Note. this routine was written correclty according
to the manual page for 4.4BSD, but waitpid does not exhibit this
behaviour. It is not returning 0 when WNOHANG is specified. I havent
checked this properly.

- in mount_portal.c: initialized the fdset for the select properly.

- in mount_portal.c: corrected poor casting in the select.

- in mount_portal.c: changed a break; to exit (0); so that the
children die after doing the hard work, this stops the select: bad
file descriptor messages.

- in pt_file.c: the kernel passes kernel style open flags to the
portal code which aren't compatible with "normal" O_ flags. I have
adjusted these in pt_file.c. In general I think the portal fs code
and portal_cred structure need changing to pass to the portald
the right style of flags _and_ the permissions.

- in pt_tcp.c: a few mistakes in typing of the socket structures,
getservbyname returns the port number as an int but sockaddr wants
the port number as an u_short.

- in pt_tcp.c: someone wrote this on a VAX/Sun whatever and forget
about byte ordering!! I've included a few htons about the place.

- in all the above I have sprinkled a few more debugging printf's.

Submitted by: "Duncan McL Barclay" <dmlb@ohm.york.ac.uk


7932 19-Apr-1995 phk

Yank out the rewriting of disklabels. This code can and will get confused
in a couple of cases, and it doesn't do much anyway. It used to save only
the newfs params (block/frag/cgroup.. and nothing more. Something that
don't belong in a disklabel in the first place.


7907 17-Apr-1995 dufault

Remove "BUG" of not supporting arguments for "-o"


7906 17-Apr-1995 dufault

Add support for arguments in output "-o" string.


7905 17-Apr-1995 gpalmer

Bump to 2.0-950418-SNAP


7903 17-Apr-1995 gpalmer

Claim 0xA7 for NEXTSTEP in here also.


7902 17-Apr-1995 gpalmer

Add NEXTSTEP as claiming partition code 0xA7.


7847 15-Apr-1995 jkh

Bump the snap date.


7785 12-Apr-1995 jkh

We're now shooting for a 950412-SNAP
Reviewed by:
Submitted by:
Obtained from:


7753 11-Apr-1995 jkh

Bump this to 0408. I have my reasons.


7744 10-Apr-1995 wollman

Fix initialization error that caused `mount -vat' to behave unexpectedly
in certain circumstances. Fixes PR #182.

Submitted by: Andrew Atrens <atreand@statcan.ca>


7601 02-Apr-1995 bde

Update declaration to match the change made to dir.c a few hours ago.


7590 02-Apr-1995 bde

Submitted by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@lirmm.fr>, added to by bde

Fix all the warnings from `gcc -Wall'.


7589 02-Apr-1995 bde

Make this actually work. It always failed in FreeBSD because it attempted
to open the mounted block device containing the directory to put the bad
sector files in, and opening of mounted block devices hasn't been allowed
since Net/2 or before. Attempt to open the raw device instead. Be more
careful about long names.

Use lstat() instead of stat() to search for block devices so that my
symlink to the default floppy doesn't cause problems.

Check for truncation of the block number when it is squeezed through the
mknod() interface. The maximum used to be only 32767, but now it large
enough.


7586 02-Apr-1995 bde

Submitted by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@lirmm.fr>, distilled by bde

Fix a couple more bogus types that aren't reported by `gcc -Wall'.


7585 02-Apr-1995 bde

Submitted by: phk, added to by bde

Fix all the warnings from `gcc -Wall'.


7492 30-Mar-1995 ugen

make pass work also as the first keyword
(while addf skipped)
Reviewed by:
Submitted by:
Obtained from:


7401 26-Mar-1995 wpaul

Fixed stupid bug in mountd: it would seem that the kernel doesn't allow
you to push the same host into its NFS export lists twice, but mountd
tries to do it anyway. This means that putting:

/some_file_system -ro host1 host1

in your /etc/exports file causes an error. This is bogus: mountd should be
smart enough to ignore the second instance of host1. This can be a problem
in some configurations that use netgroups. For example, each host in my
netgroups database is has two entries:

startide (startide,-,) (startide.ctr.columbia.edu,-,)

When mountd sees this, it tries to put startide.ctr.columbia.edu into the
export list *twice*. Just listing 'startide' /etc/exports list will also
screw up because mountd will try to resolve the netgroup 'startide' instead
of the hostname 'startide.'

My solution is watch for duplicate entries in get_host() and mark them
as grouptype GT_IGNORE, which do_mount() will now cheefully throw away.
This is a bit of a kludge, but it was the least obtrusive fix I could
come up with.

Also silenced a compiler warning: arguments passwd to xdr_long() should
be u_long, not int. :)


7398 26-Mar-1995 ache

Use more AI to predict initial/final isdst,
latest isdst preffered.


7150 19-Mar-1995 phk

add a \t which has been nagging me too long


7106 17-Mar-1995 phk

Remove reference to fsdb(8). We don't have it.


7085 16-Mar-1995 wollman

Fix long-standing core dump when ld returns failure.


7065 15-Mar-1995 dg

Changed manual page to conform to the reality in FreeBSD.


7064 15-Mar-1995 phk

Extract the cpio-floppy relative to the root, not /stand.


7045 12-Mar-1995 joerg

Do not try to make any notice if the PID file cannot be created.
Makes folks happy that run slattach in single-user, where /var/run is
probably missing.


7039 12-Mar-1995 wpaul

Impliment -ad and -au flags in addition to -a and document the change
in the man page. ifconfig -au affects all interfaces marked as up,
and ifconfig -ad affects only the interfaces marked down. ifconfig -a
still handles everything. This change is purely for compatibility with
SunOS, for those who might be accustomed to the SunOS ifconfig's
behavior.


7037 12-Mar-1995 joerg

Make slattach create a PID file under /var/run when the connection is
established. This way, automatic scripts are possible that might
control the SLIP connection. It's unacceptable for a daemon that's
being controlled by a variety of signals to not leave its PID
somewhere. The file name contains the terminal path name component of
the associated tty device, so it should be unique even with multiple
parallel slattach's running. The file will be unlinked at regular exit.

Also found a minor bug in the option handling by compiling with -Wall.


7034 12-Mar-1995 ugen

Fix it - now this programm should work probably..It is
still commented out in rc and i ask everybody to test it and
reply if it makes any troubles...If no - very good..


6854 03-Mar-1995 ugen

Update manpage..BTW,if somebody wit good English
would go through it and fix it would be a really good idea.


6853 03-Mar-1995 ugen

Oops..remove some debugging leftover..


6852 03-Mar-1995 ugen

Ok..so everybody picking on me that ipfw syntacs
is a pain in ...wel.. trying to fix this
* from/to/via position indepenndant syntax
* "any" for 0/0 host address
* addf/addb default keyword in case you skip it..
* pass = accept new action, seems to be somewhat better
in particular cases
* on = via (as on ed0 instead of via ed0,loook at
reject tcp on ed0 from hacker )


6763 27-Feb-1995 ugen

Fixed manpage..ldeny,lreject and log options are there
and others not..
Submitted by: torstenb@FreeBSD.ORG


6745 26-Feb-1995 phk

The things you have to go through some times! Add a minimal program to
read a termcap entry, since tset is picky about filedescriptors...


6726 26-Feb-1995 phk

oops.


6725 26-Feb-1995 phk

Add a '-p' option to md5. This will save some time in generation of the
ctm deltas.


6707 25-Feb-1995 ache

configure_network() if carrier already present
Submitted by: serg@opus.opu.odessa.ua


6688 24-Feb-1995 ugen

Change utility to accept interface name
along with IP as "via" argument


6661 23-Feb-1995 phk

Fix -Wall warnings.

Yes I have better things to do, but just now I'm waiting...


6643 22-Feb-1995 bde

Don't clobber d_secperunit in `disklabel -e'. `disklabel -e' replaces all
the values that it doesn't print by defaults. This seems wrong. I want
to be able to see the total number of sectors more than edit it. The
default d_secperunit of (sectors/track * tracks/cylinder * cylinders) is
bogus if sectors/track is only an approximation and more bogus if
sectors/track and tracks/cylinder are dummy values such as 4096 and 1
to defeat ufs's pessimizations.


6636 22-Feb-1995 ats

Document the mountdtab file in the man page.


6590 21-Feb-1995 wollman

Use POSIX.2 regular expressions, get rid of libcompat.


6577 20-Feb-1995 guido

Implement maxprocperuid and maxfilesperproc. They are tunable
via sysctl(8). The initial value of maxprocperuid is maxproc-1,
that of maxfilesperproc is maxfiles (untill maxfile will disappear)

Now it is at least possible to prohibit one user opening maxfiles

-Guido

Submitted by:
Obtained from:


6562 20-Feb-1995 phk

Clean this file up so it is readable...


6545 18-Feb-1995 jkh

ipfirewall.4 is obviously not here anymore! Adjust the Makefile.


6522 17-Feb-1995 ugen

Finally document "via" feature..


6513 17-Feb-1995 jkh

fstab is in section 5, not section 8.
Obtained from: NetBSD


6491 16-Feb-1995 bde

Fix another bogon in the change before the last.


6473 16-Feb-1995 wollman

Allow the user access to net.inet.igmp, even though there's nothing
sysctl(8) can interpret there. (Someday there might be.)


6459 15-Feb-1995 ache

Changes for new _menu interface


6444 15-Feb-1995 dg

Woops, last change wasn't done quite right...fixed.


6443 15-Feb-1995 dg

Yanked out (now obsolete) support for 'fastboot'.


6442 15-Feb-1995 dg

Include the special device in the error output so that it makes sense.


6441 15-Feb-1995 dg

Verify that the last component of the mount point path exists and is
a directory - allows for better error reporting.


6405 15-Feb-1995 dg

Slight change of wording on clean flag not set message to appease some
complaints.


6404 15-Feb-1995 dg

>The fix for the missing ".." in the root directory is enclosed below.

Submitted by: Kirk McKusick


6372 14-Feb-1995 ugen

Ppl asked to make ipfw smarter..ok..
here it is..


6371 14-Feb-1995 ugen

Fix for rather stupid bug by which you couldn't set
ports for the destination IP addr/port.
Nobody reported this btw , while a lot of other things reported-
probably ppl does not use destination ports at all????


6340 13-Feb-1995 phk

Made the changes needed here to install from a CDrom.
Cleaned some cruft in the process.
This program becomes curiouser curiouser...


6305 10-Feb-1995 martin

Added FIFO restore capability.


6285 10-Feb-1995 jkh

Prepare for 950210-SNAP


6284 09-Feb-1995 wollman

Implement TCP MIB variables.


6280 09-Feb-1995 bde

Don't allow the alternate superblock block number for one file system
to apply to others (except when it is given on the command line).


6275 09-Feb-1995 ugen

Ok..at least this man page is up to date now
To be continued..


6202 05-Feb-1995 phk

Allow zero as value for certain arguments to indicate "take from disklabel".


6192 05-Feb-1995 phk

Change the defaults for newfs to disregard the geometry in the disklabel.

We pretend we have one head with two megabyte worth of sectors per cylinder.

The code try to access another head in what it belives to the same
physical cylinder, because it belives that it would be faster than
waiting for the next free sector under this head to come around.

Most modern drives doesn't have a "classical" geometry, and thus
we end up fooling ourselves doing the above optimization. With this
change we will fill a cylinder sequentially if we can, and thus get
much more mileage from the track-buffer/cache built into the drives.

As a result a lot of seeks to the next or previous track should be
avoided by this.

(My disk is a lot less noisy actually...)

You can still get the old behaviour, by specifying zero for the
numbers.

This will also solve the problem with newfs barfing at really big
drives.

Obtained from: adult advice from Kirk.


6125 02-Feb-1995 jkh

Bump the date to February 2nd.


6122 02-Feb-1995 jkh

Mkdir() now takes two flags.


6119 02-Feb-1995 phk

Make dirs for msdos fs's.


6093 01-Feb-1995 jkh

Do what I think Poul *intended* to do, rather than what he did.. :-)


6092 01-Feb-1995 jkh

Bump snap date. Our current version numbering scheme loses.
How can we get ONE canonical version string into everything?


6082 31-Jan-1995 phk

I have taken sysinstall out of the normal SUBDIR rule. There are too
many build problems just now, and it isn't that general after all.


6043 30-Jan-1995 dfr

Add support for kerberised NQNFS.
Reviewed by:
Submitted by:
Obtained from:


6042 30-Jan-1995 dfr

Add support for kerberised NQNFS.


6022 30-Jan-1995 phk

Move the real kernel onto the cpio.flp and read this from the boot.flp
make debug handling with serial console obnoxious, but present.


6007 29-Jan-1995 phk

Some cleanup done.

Include bteasy, bootsd, sdboot and termcap entries using file2.c

Remove all traces of "termcap.small".

The policy in this program regarding termcap is:

| If $TERM is set
| do nothing special, rely on usual termcap.
| else
| use compiled in (via file2c) termcap entries


6004 29-Jan-1995 ats

fix another bug in the MAKEDEV cludge :-). The x-bit permission are not
necessarly copied over. So better call it explicit with a sh ./MAKEDEV .


6000 29-Jan-1995 ats

Correct the relative path for the etc directory in the makedev cludge :-).


5990 28-Jan-1995 jkh

Less kludge dev.


5989 28-Jan-1995 jkh

A different kludge for /dev


5980 28-Jan-1995 jkh

Poul lost his copy of K&R again - add a semicolon to the end of the
preceeding statement..


5979 28-Jan-1995 phk

Update to BTEASY 1.7
Submitted by: vak


5978 28-Jan-1995 phk

Make Jordan a little happier by fixing a couple of bogons.


5969 28-Jan-1995 jkh

Bump the date again - the snapshot doesn't look like it's going to happen until
tomorrow.. :-)


5968 28-Jan-1995 jkh

Call the bininst.sh script by its new name.


5967 27-Jan-1995 dg

Kill used "error" variable.


5966 27-Jan-1995 dg

Fixed bogus error reporting when the failure is RPC related ("Address
already in use", instead of "Permission denied").


5961 27-Jan-1995 jkh

Tweak SNAP date.


5945 26-Jan-1995 dufault

Fix verbose printout of "" name


5927 26-Jan-1995 ache

Sync with main termcap


5913 26-Jan-1995 jkh

Add a reference to ft(8).


5912 26-Jan-1995 jkh

Add pointer to the `ft' command.


5899 25-Jan-1995 ache

DPADD added


5846 24-Jan-1995 dufault

Added "scsi"


5844 24-Jan-1995 dufault

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5843,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


5834 24-Jan-1995 bde

Use the correct include path if there's an obj directory.


5800 23-Jan-1995 ugen

Add dset to Makefile.


5799 23-Jan-1995 ugen

src/sbin/dset
*blush* this is the commit i meant to do before..
Utility to save device configuration.


5797 23-Jan-1995 wollman

Make modload more informative about errors encountered while running
`ld' by calling execl() directly rather than using system().


5786 22-Jan-1995 wollman

Document the requirements of dynamic loading on mounting order. Cross-ref
to vfsload(3).


5713 19-Jan-1995 ache

Reflect lastest termcap changes


5705 18-Jan-1995 joerg

Should that last sentence read "...thus a full dump must be done...",
or do I have it all wrong?

Submitted by: "Shawn M. Carey" <smcarey@mailbox.syr.edu>


5652 16-Jan-1995 joerg

Removed the comment about missing support for the original "High
Sierra" format from the bugs section.


5591 14-Jan-1995 jkh

Make sure a partition we're about to mount on will always exist on the
user's system. Make Mkdir() selectively not die in case of failure.


5581 14-Jan-1995 jkh

Correct positioning of text, update version.


5576 14-Jan-1995 jkh

Recognise Linux filesystems.
Submitted by: remy


5575 14-Jan-1995 jkh

Correctly recognise Linux partitions.
Submitted by: remy


5574 14-Jan-1995 jkh

Patch from Remy Card for bogus path in Makefile.


5551 12-Jan-1995 joerg

Make ldconfig and ld.so not hashing the shared lib minor number. This
misfeature caused troubles when a program attempted to access a shlib
where one with a higher minor number has been hashed. Ldconfig does
only include the highest-numbered shlib anyway, so this is in no way a
limitation of generality.

Caution: after installing the new programs, your /var/run/ld.so.hints
needs to be rebuiult; run ldconfig again as it's done from /etc/rc.


5539 12-Jan-1995 ugen

Utility changes following the facility.
We have only one firewall chain and one accounting chain now.
No blocking/forwarding so commands changed.
Man pages are somewhat out of date and will be updated ASAP.


5478 10-Jan-1995 ache

Add better argument handling
Submitted by: jmz


5459 10-Jan-1995 bde

Remove excessive argc checking. It was impossible to set `dtrwait' and
and `drainwait' in a single command.


5397 05-Jan-1995 ache

Fight agaist hanging modems: add new drainwait option.
Reviewed by: Bruce


5394 04-Jan-1995 gibbs

Honor the values for bsize, fsize and bps from the disklabel.


5393 04-Jan-1995 gibbs

Allow for the specification of bsize, fsize, and bps (blocks per segment)
for LFS filesystems.


5344 02-Jan-1995 joerg

The -N option takes one argument, hence the getopt control string
needs to have a colon for it. Looks like nobody has tested this
so far.


5299 30-Dec-1994 jkh

Tweak the man page too.


5298 30-Dec-1994 jkh

From: Wankle Rotary Engine <wpaul@skynet.ctr.columbia.edu>

- The -a flag now works just as it does in SunOS: '-a' is actually
handled like a wildcard for all interfaces. 'ifconfig -a' displays
the status of all interfaces, 'ifconfig -a netmask 0xffffff00' sets
the netmask of all interfaces, and so forth. I don't know if many
people really need to be able to set the netmasks of all interfaces
at once, but the SunOS ifconfig seems to allow this, so there you
have it.

- An 'ether_status' function has been added to display the ethernet
address of all ethernet interfaces. Again, as in SunOS, you must
be root in order for this to work. The ethernet address is read
from /dev/kmem using kvm_open() and kvm_read(), much in the same
was as it's done with netstat. If you choose to install ifconfig
set-gid kmem then normal users will be able to see the ethernet
address as well, though this may not be desireable. This feature
requires a small change to the ifconfig Makefile: you need to link
with -lkvm in order to use the kvm_*() functions.

Submitted by: wpaul


5250 27-Dec-1994 jkh

Bring the 2.0 RELEASE version back into -current. Now I just need
to resurrect my changes for the last snapshot, which were unfortunately
lost in a forest fire on time.


5232 26-Dec-1994 ache

Use timelocal() instead of mktime() hack


5205 23-Dec-1994 nate

Updated to recent version of Paul K.'s shlib code. This code has better
warning handling and allows for link-time warnings with a modified
version of gas.

Note: Not all of the newer bits were updated such as some of the non-x86
machine-dependant code is relevant to FreeBSD right now.

Obtained from: NetBSD


5088 13-Dec-1994 ugen

Add interface to clear accounting entry option.
Reflect ip_fw structure changes.


5084 12-Dec-1994 ugen

Add via option,minor changes to interface to reflect
internal firewall changes.Check option disabled temporary.


5078 12-Dec-1994 ache

Fix resetting adjkerntz to 0 (pointed by Bruce),
forget to initialize mib variable.


5077 12-Dec-1994 ache

Optimize setting of DISRTCSET


5076 12-Dec-1994 ache

Clean internal logic, helps for some unusual cases


5054 11-Dec-1994 ats

Changed a sum(1) to a cksum(1).


5053 11-Dec-1994 ats

Changed a reboot(1) to a reboot(8).


4995 05-Dec-1994 ache

rc.local -> rc.serial
cua0? -> cuaa?


4992 05-Dec-1994 pst

Fix spelling/grammar errors


4955 04-Dec-1994 jkh

Joe Greco <jgreco@brasil.moneng.mei.com>'s enhancements to startslip.
Submitted by: jgreco


4949 04-Dec-1994 bde

Fix another path that was broken by moving things to sbin/i386.


4913 02-Dec-1994 wollman

Move i386-specific programs into i386 subdirectory.


4911 02-Dec-1994 wollman

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4910,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


4910 02-Dec-1994 wollman

Cronyx/Sigma sync/async serial driver with PPP support
from Serge Vakulenko


4895 02-Dec-1994 wollman

Change obnoxious ``Not root dir'' error message into one which actually
tells you what's wrong.


4862 29-Nov-1994 dg

In past releases of FreeBSD, I have used the exit status of "ping" to
determine whether a connection to a given machine is up or not.

In FreeBSD 2.0 (and therefore, I assume, BSD 4.4) the exit code of ping
is always zero, even if no packets were received.

I would like to propose the following change to /usr/src/sbin/ping/ping.c
to restore this useful behaviour:

Submitted by: Denis Fortin


4848 28-Nov-1994 ugen

Interface changes to support additions to firewall.


4844 27-Nov-1994 ats

Submitted by: M.C. Wong
Obtained from:
Don't throw away the /etc/nologin file in the -k case.


4822 26-Nov-1994 ats

Correct a litle typo in an error message: PRC -> RPC.


4804 24-Nov-1994 ache

Sectors field too narow (6 digits only), increase it to 7


4803 24-Nov-1994 ache

Fix draw_box dims


4781 22-Nov-1994 paul

Added
CLEANFILES += makedevs.c


4744 21-Nov-1994 jkh

ALPHA -> BETA


4711 20-Nov-1994 phk

Another absolute path... Two actually.


4708 20-Nov-1994 phk

Guess what


4707 20-Nov-1994 phk

Whoops.


4706 20-Nov-1994 phk

I might soon stop to keep count of these...


4705 20-Nov-1994 phk

And another absolute path -I :-<


4704 20-Nov-1994 phk

This time: an absolute -I :-<


4703 20-Nov-1994 phk

fix another BLODDY ABSOLUTE .PATH !!!! :-<


4702 20-Nov-1994 ats

Add parameters "compress", "normal" and "noicmp" for the slip usage.
These names are used in the slip.hosts file as examples, but ifconfig
have formerly only accepted link0, -link0 and link1 for this.


4696 20-Nov-1994 ugen

G-d help me to do it right first time....
Minor patch to man page,test.


4689 20-Nov-1994 phk

A couple of changes more. Now Paul & Jordan can play again... :-)


4687 19-Nov-1994 phk

Changes to match Pauls code. Had to "globalize" the variables for the
mountpoints.


4680 19-Nov-1994 paul

Changed the MBR partition type field from being a string to
a decimal value.

I don't have the time to deal with users typing in partition names
such as "FreeBSD" at the moment so just allow the numerical id to be
specified for the moment.


4677 19-Nov-1994 nate

NetBSD -> FreeBSD

(Poul, bring this into 2.0 please)


4675 19-Nov-1994 paul

Implemented buttons for all the screens.
Could do with some cosmetic tuning regarding placement and things.

Fixed some dialog code (from Andrew).
Pass mountpoints onto stage2 in a struct fstab *mounts[]
Fix all the field connections to conform to the new L&F document.


4665 19-Nov-1994 paul

I hope this gets my changes merged back into the current branch.

Removed a layer of menus.
Auto select partition to install into -- first FreeBSD partition
in MBR table. Abort if no FreeBSD partition.
Added a F_BUTTON type.
Fixed up label editor to show free space properly.
Fixed a few bugs.


4663 19-Nov-1994 ache

Insert newline into too long line


4662 19-Nov-1994 ache

Fix more dialog bugs and core dumps introduced by previous commiter


4660 18-Nov-1994 ache

Fix dialog things broken by previous commiter


4655 18-Nov-1994 ache

Nuke edit_line crawled in again. Change all occurances to line_edit.


4651 18-Nov-1994 paul

Update the in-core disklabel when we change the on-disk version.
Fix up the editor links for the disklabel editor.
Correct the display of fields when they're longer than the
viewable length.


4646 18-Nov-1994 paul

New files that the last commit missed.


4645 18-Nov-1994 paul

Merge in my new mbr and disklabel code.


4625 18-Nov-1994 phk

Add a "write Bootcode" option to the Fdisk editor.
unzip sysinstall on the way to the hd.


4617 18-Nov-1994 jkh

Give the user a chance to retry the cpio floppy.


4587 18-Nov-1994 ache

Remove edit_line(), use line_edit() libdialog function instead in all places


4577 17-Nov-1994 ache

Use dialog_clear_norefresh() if possible


4566 17-Nov-1994 ache

Use -1, -1 where is possible


4557 17-Nov-1994 jkh

Rethink the cpio floppy verify a little. Don't use a magic cookie,
check for bininst instead (see comments in release/Makefile).


4554 17-Nov-1994 jkh

1. Add check to see if CPIO floppy extracted properly.
2. See if swapon() failed and at least print a diagnostic.
3. Use -1 instead of strheight()/strwidth() everywhere.

Reviewed by:
Submitted by:
Obtained from:


4541 17-Nov-1994 jkh

New man pages from Ugen. Delete my old, first attempt. I only hope
that the english in Ugen's two replacement pages is not too impenetrable! :-)
[Note: Poul - please pull these into the BETA branch along with the
other firewall changes]

Submitted by: ugen


4536 17-Nov-1994 gibbs

Make newlfs work by adding the MAXSYMLINKLEN and a byte padding to
struct lfs.

sovs@diku.dk:
The pad2 field in struct lfs is a kludge. You
need it because the raw devices has to be written in DEV_BSIZE. The
lfs_maxsymlinklen is needed because the tells the UFS code that we
want to use 4.4BSD directory layout insted of FreeBSD 1.1.5.

Reviewed by: Justin Gibbs
Submitted by: sovs@diku.dk


4528 16-Nov-1994 ache

Remove str{width,height} functions, they are in libdialog now.
It is only first hook for new autosizing changes, more changes
will follow.


4524 16-Nov-1994 jkh

Latest from Ugen J.S.Antsilevich" <ugen@NetVision.net.il>. Poul, please
take this into BETA.
Submitted by: ugen


4495 15-Nov-1994 ache

Use autodetected dimensions in Sorry! window


4494 15-Nov-1994 ache

Use TellEm instead of dialog_msgbox


4483 14-Nov-1994 ache

Check exit code of the dialer, from asa@gw.cronyx.msk.su
Set HUPCL as default modem flag, idea from asa@gw.cronyx.msk.su
but different implementation.


4419 13-Nov-1994 jkh

I buggered the last commit. Make sysinstall work again (^$&*!! missing
comma!).


4417 13-Nov-1994 jkh

Whoops! Update the size of the main menu to 7 items. I'm sleepy.


4412 13-Nov-1994 jkh

Now I know what this message is really supposed to say.. :-)


4403 12-Nov-1994 jkh

Add hooks for a short trouble shooting document.


4379 12-Nov-1994 phk

Don't continue if we don't get a /, swap and a /usr or 80Mb in /.


4366 11-Nov-1994 jkh

Make sysinstall deal with user interrupts properly.


4357 11-Nov-1994 jkh

1. Ask the user one final time before newfs'ing his disk into oblivion.
This means that even "proceed" can be chosen now without going
irrevokably down that path.
2. Clean up the stage5 text.


4291 08-Nov-1994 jkh

Poul's and my idea of avoiding the last reboot at the end was
too ambitious; we can't make the transiton from install to /sbin/init
without another reboot. Sigh.. Oh well, not that big a deal.


4285 08-Nov-1994 jkh

Detect that bininst has finished and go straight into the new system.
Reviewed by: phk


4282 08-Nov-1994 phk

swapon had a bug. Thanks Michael, but couldn't you told me and not Jordan ?
now I have to listen to him all morning teasing me...


4278 08-Nov-1994 jkh

More 12th hour fixes from Ugen.
Submitted by: ugen


4274 08-Nov-1994 phk

Remember to set the d_type field correctly


4272 08-Nov-1994 jkh

Change TITLE to something more rational. Make sysinstall.c use it instead
of its own hardcoded constant.


4267 08-Nov-1994 phk

Always say the magic word at the end.


4264 08-Nov-1994 jkh

Change Fatals to Warnings.


4255 08-Nov-1994 jkh

Fixup:
1. Don't use kernel name for headers - I'm running 2.0.1-Development,
not ALPHA, and this messes things up.
2. The last dialog was too big, make it a little smaller. Just cosmetic,
while I'm in here.


4240 07-Nov-1994 jkh

My last cosmetic changes.


4232 07-Nov-1994 jkh

Cosmetic.


4227 07-Nov-1994 phk

Always clear before we "TellEm()"


4220 07-Nov-1994 phk

Only Mount relative to Written disklabel.


4218 06-Nov-1994 phk

Never have more than one active partition.


4213 06-Nov-1994 ache

After fixing curses bugs use LINExCOLS in show file


4209 06-Nov-1994 jkh

If a file is not present, it's not an error. This means you're using the
1.2MB floppy image.


4200 06-Nov-1994 phk

remember to tell dialog that we leave.


4199 06-Nov-1994 jkh

Retreat from the idea of using gzip'd ascii files.


4197 06-Nov-1994 phk

label.c Make sure we always show 8 disk-partitions.
main.c sanitize the logic of what we do when:

if(getpid()!=1) do stage0 & stage1 (very useful actually)
else if (floppy-marker-file is there) stage0-2, reboot
else stage3-5


4195 06-Nov-1994 jkh

Sigh. My error message printing was still wrong. Wipe the sleep from
my eyes and do this properly (debugging is especially difficult when you have
to burn a floppy every time you want to test your changes! :-( ).


4194 06-Nov-1994 jkh

Don't use a shell, silly, we don't have one!


4190 06-Nov-1994 jkh

Tweak tweak..


4181 05-Nov-1994 jkh

I misunderstood dialog_prgbox() - fix it.


4178 05-Nov-1994 jkh

Make ShowFile() now show gzip'd text files. This should save a fair
bit of space on the install floppy. Modify stage0 and the target names
accordingly.


4177 05-Nov-1994 ache

Enable back dialog_msgbox in TellEm, real problem was delwin
into edit_line


4163 05-Nov-1994 jkh

Whoops! Knew I forgot something.. Bump the menu size.


4162 05-Nov-1994 jkh

Add a chance to read the release notes, too.


4155 05-Nov-1994 jkh

I'm not sure if we're just supposed to fall off the end like this,
but at least return something.


4154 05-Nov-1994 jkh

Make stage5 go either to a shell, or on to the bindist installation.


4153 05-Nov-1994 jkh

Make this work the way it was really supposed to - less intrusively.


4151 05-Nov-1994 phk

Use /DISKSPACE.FAQ as help-file in the disk-editor.


4148 05-Nov-1994 jkh

Change the logic for how error messages are printed so we can actually
see them.


4147 05-Nov-1994 phk

Cosmetics: edit_line() does standend() when done;


4146 05-Nov-1994 phk

Added a (H)elp function to the fdisk/disklabel code, much needed, now I only
have to write the text-file it will dump on you.
Stopped using cleartoeol in AskEm(), just as a test to see if the screen
looks more sane.
Added a attempted auto-recognition of /, swap and /usr for the first disk
where it looks sensible. Logic of this might need to be improved.
Made a "ShowFile()" which will not bomb/ignore you if the file isn't there.


4145 05-Nov-1994 phk

Fixed a ghastly mistake. Edit_line() would "delwin(window)". Bad move
buddy, you'd better not call with stdwin then! fixed now.
Seems like dialog is a LOT more rational now.


4143 04-Nov-1994 phk

Fix a potential bug in stage2.

disable the dialog_msgbox in TellEm(), until we find out why it
hangs on second or third invocation.


4142 04-Nov-1994 dg

From njw@cs.city.ac.uk (Nick Williams):

/sbin/umount does not return the correct exit status due to incorrect
logic in its internals.

Further, because of the nature of the code, you *cannot* use it to
umount a directory from a union mountpoint. Well, you can sometimes,
it depends on if the directory is at the top of the union stack or not :)

Submitted by: njw@cs.city.ac.uk (Nick Williams)


4107 03-Nov-1994 ache

-i case goes to background pause and acts like -a case on receiving
SIGTERM. This helps to keep CMOS clock updated before reboot.
Idea from J.Wunsch.


4103 03-Nov-1994 ache

Restore jkh's changes, now it works for const strings


4102 03-Nov-1994 ache

Now autosizing code works with const strings too.
Prototype added.


4097 02-Nov-1994 jkh

Don't use autosizing code after all - it doesn't like const strings.


4096 02-Nov-1994 phk

a missing star.


4094 02-Nov-1994 jkh

Last changes before going to bed. Disk label editor should now work
a fair bit better.


4093 02-Nov-1994 ache

Restore back -i, -a


4090 02-Nov-1994 ache

Restore back -i, -a


4087 02-Nov-1994 jkh

Stage0 can't dump you into a shell. There isn't one. Just reboot.
Stage5 didn't have a large enough dialog box. Fix that. Also use
Andrew's autosizing code.


4086 02-Nov-1994 phk

Make MkDir() actually do "mkdir -p", so that we can mount on /home/foo, even if
/home isn't a mountpoint.


4084 02-Nov-1994 jkh

Fix more mongoloid coding style.
Make a stab at getting free space display to work.
Forward decls to shut compiler warnings up.
Increase some fields to width 2 in order to get edit_line to let you
actually edit them.
Sanity check values and yell at bonehead users.


4083 02-Nov-1994 ache

Restore things broken by phk, please use patches to 'cvs update'
instead of whole files commiting!


4082 02-Nov-1994 ache

Restore things broken by phk, please use patches on 'cvs update'
instead of whole files!


4080 02-Nov-1994 jkh

More miscellaneous changes. Clear the screen in some appropriate spots.


4077 02-Nov-1994 jkh

Get stage0 and stage5 working.
Try to reformat this code to be a little more human. Weird europeans
have been writing this, and can't even seem to agree a single coding
style for more than 4 consecutive lines! :-)


4065 01-Nov-1994 wollman

Add support for filesystem-specific `-o' options, and re-implement the
most common cd9660 and nfs options like God intended them. (It is now
possible to say

mount -o ro,soft,bg,intr there:/foo/bar /foo/bar

again.) This whole getmntopt() business is an incredible botch;
it never should have been anything more than a wrapper around
getsubopt(3). Because if the way the current hackaround is implemented,
options which take arguments (like the old `rsize' and `wsize') are still
unavailable, and must be accessed the new, broken way.

(It's unimaginable how Berkeley managed to screw up one of the few things
about NFS that Sun actually got right to begin with!)


4048 01-Nov-1994 ache

Remove options, run adjkerntz as daemon now


4045 01-Nov-1994 phk

Public apology:
I have walked all over Paul Richards code again, and severely lobotomized
some of his stuff, in order to cut some corners for the 2.0-Alpha release.
I belive that we can now manipulate fdisk and disklabel-stuff sufficiently
for the release to actually be produced.
It's not that I don't like Paul and his code, I just need something I
can kick out of the door RSN.

Sysinstall is now under absolute code-freeze, only Jordan has my permission
to commit to this code (stage0 & 5). I would appreciate if everybody
else would finds problems in sysinstall send patches to me, and I will
commit them. THANKYOU.

The fdisk/disklabel editors are made in pure ncurses, and follow a model
"a`la spreadsheet".

There are some important functions which are missing still, and I would
appreciate if somebody would look at them.
The FDISK part needs a "whole-disk" option, and it needs a "rewrite
MBR-boot code" option.
The DISKLABEL part needs to be able to "import DOS-partition".
Both need a "HELP" function, (display a file "/HELP" using dialog is OK).

It seems to me like the wd.c and sd.c should reread the physical record
when a DIOCGDINFO is made, so that they can pick up changes in the
MBR-data. Otherwise there will be a couple of weird cases where we
cannot avoid replicating code from the kernel.

If you want to play with this, look at src/release/Makefile. You may need
to step back to version 1.38 of sys/i386/isa/fd.c to make "rootable"
floppies, it is not clear at this time if that indeed is the problem I
have been having.

Sleep well, my friends, and expect the real Alpha in 24H, if the tree is
still solid.


4040 01-Nov-1994 ache

Remove extra :%s from syslog formats


4039 01-Nov-1994 ache

Now:
adjkerntz -i writes kernel clock only, don't touch RTC clock
adjkerntz -a writes RTC clock only, don't touch kernel clock


4036 31-Oct-1994 jkh

Latest changes from Uben.
Submitted by: uben


4026 31-Oct-1994 ache

Don't make too big windows, count actually text width/height


4025 31-Oct-1994 ache

Change hardcoded 24x80 to LINES-1, COLS
Remove compiler warning


4006 30-Oct-1994 joerg

Fixed a type.


3997 29-Oct-1994 pst

add md5


3996 29-Oct-1994 pst

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3995,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


3991 29-Oct-1994 phk

Fixed another bunch of problems. I belive we are in a working shape now.


3987 29-Oct-1994 phk

Fixed to make sysinstall work again. Notable changes:

Removed a dialog_clear() which somebody aimlessly had slammed into TellEm()
in absence of any understanding of the structure of this program. :-(

Skip through stage0 for now.

Make write_bootblocks write the disklabel using the kernel-call, and forget
about the boot-blocks for now. This is wrong, but I havn't found the real
problem yet. I will continue work on this problem.

Added a Debug-feature. There is a printf' like Debug() now which sends its
output to ttyv1 (Alt-F2), and all "discarded output" from sub-processes end
up there too. Made TellEm() put it's messages there also, so that we can
see where what happens.

Set the PATH for the shell we shouldn't start at the end :-)

set "npartitions" after the disklabel-editor returns, so that we actually
can edit all the 8 parts of the label.


3986 29-Oct-1994 jkh

Add ipfw.


3974 28-Oct-1994 joerg

Fixed an evil bug where rawname() could write across the boundaries of
an array. The bug became obvious in the old system where the array was only
32 characters long (now MAXPATHLEN). Dump honored its name then (:-)
and dumped its core when calling dump -w for a fstab that contained rather long
NFS file system names. Even though this is rather unlikely to happen now,
a bug is a bug:)


3972 28-Oct-1994 jkh

Totally refrobnicate stage0. Add an extern to sysinstall.h so we can
all share the same `selection' variable.


3970 28-Oct-1994 jkh

Fix up the man page a little more, delete the README that crept in
(but I'm actually just as happy to have in the attic, for reference).


3966 28-Oct-1994 jkh

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3965,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


3949 28-Oct-1994 phk

Added two #defines to make this compile, until Paul gets out of bed again :-)


3890 26-Oct-1994 jkh

Correct a little spelling.


3888 26-Oct-1994 paul

Clean up the mess from the previous commit which used a out of sync
patch file.

Now, we should be able to configure disklabels using the editor.


3887 26-Oct-1994 paul

Added some glue code so disklabel editor can be used to edit disklabel
and have changes propagated to later stages.


3883 26-Oct-1994 phk

So there. Now we live on the hard-disk!


3881 26-Oct-1994 paul

Completed disklabel configuration editor. The editor is working but the
glue code to pass the edited configuration onto the following stages
isn't done yet.


3879 26-Oct-1994 phk

New and Improved! crunch with gzip, newfs, fsck and cpio. gzip result.
fits on 1200 kb floppy with unstripped GENERIC kernel.


3878 26-Oct-1994 ache

Sync with termcap.src


3873 26-Oct-1994 ache

Sync with termcap.src


3866 25-Oct-1994 ache

Remove unneeded dialog_update() because now in dialog_clear()


3858 25-Oct-1994 bde

Don't write outside of partp[] if the user gives an invalid partition
number for the partition to be made active. Do nothing instead. This
allows clearing all the active flags by specifying an invalid partition.


3828 24-Oct-1994 ache

Use configurable dialog attributes instead of hard-coded ones


3826 24-Oct-1994 ache

label.c: add delwin(window)
mbr.c: use proper dims for newwin, add shadow
both: add ' ' and ESC as valid end-keys


3825 24-Oct-1994 ache

Use proper dims for newwin.
Remove double-clear.
Add shadow.


3824 24-Oct-1994 ache

Clear screen on exit per Paul request


3822 24-Oct-1994 paul

Remove a couple of display_disklabel call used
for debuging.
Reviewed by:
Submitted by:
Obtained from:


3821 24-Oct-1994 paul

Round partitions to the next whole cylinder.
Fill in devicename and mountpoint structures from default_disklabel()
so stage2 code knows what to do.
New file label.c for disklabel editing code.


3792 22-Oct-1994 sef

Reviewed by: jkh

Print out summary information on receipt of SIGINFO; also, stop the
kernel printing of information and restore it on exit. Now, it needs
an option to be quiet. ;)


3771 22-Oct-1994 ache

Fatal() fixed:
end_dialog() called too early here.


3770 22-Oct-1994 ache

Cosmetique: just fix tabs after patch of diff -cb (previous)


3769 22-Oct-1994 ache

ExitSysinstall() fixed:
use dialog functions properly.
don't clear screen with last message on exit(0), I want to see it still.
relay on dialog_active properly.


3767 22-Oct-1994 dg

Restrict fs_maxfilesize to 2^40; this is part of a bug fix from Kirk
McKusick to work around problems in FFS related to the blkno of a 64bit
offset not fitting into an int.

Submitted by: Marshall Kirk McKusick


3758 21-Oct-1994 paul

Fixed a typo and moved a dialog_clear() line.


3757 21-Oct-1994 paul

Fix all the bugs introduced by the source shuffle.

All the mbr code now seems to be working. We can build a basic
unix disklabel in any existing DOS partition while retaining the
existing mbr bootcode or we can install to the whole disk which
puts FreeBSD's boot code into the MBR and creates a clean MBR
partition table with FreeBSD in partition 0 taking up the whole disk.


3753 21-Oct-1994 phk

Now stage2 runs all the way..


3750 21-Oct-1994 ache

Add hardcoded cons25-m entry for mono console, if termcap.small
not fit on installation floppy.


3749 21-Oct-1994 ache

Second time bugfix, please be carefully.
Use dialog functions in Fatal only if dialog_active, else
use fprintf(stderr, because it may be called before dialog
initialization


3746 21-Oct-1994 phk

Latest changes from me. Over to you Paul...


3741 20-Oct-1994 ache

Remove ncurses.h, now included into dialog.h


3739 20-Oct-1994 ache

remove unneded includes
use dialog functions properly
move alloc_memory early to prevent core dump at stage 3
Change 25x80 to 24x80
Fix setenv diagnostic
Fix Fatal to call end_dialog()


3738 20-Oct-1994 phk

Now stage 2 should do it's job I hope. Havn't tested yet.


3737 20-Oct-1994 phk

Just a safety measure for me and Paul.


3736 20-Oct-1994 phk

Remake lost changes to sysinstall.h. Sorry Paul !


3735 20-Oct-1994 phk

Integrate my code a lot more with Pauls. (I have left sysinstall.c
here, even though it isn't used in the Makefile for Paul not to have
an heart-attack when he wakes up. :-)

Way to go still...


3734 20-Oct-1994 phk

The beginning of some structural changes, and the merge of my code into
Pauls.


3733 20-Oct-1994 phk

Added a big comment about the general scheme of things during install...


3727 19-Oct-1994 paul

More code rearrangment, moved all mbr code into its own file
so it can be used by other programs.

Added all the necessary menus to take the user through the installation
of the bootblocks.


3723 19-Oct-1994 bde

Don't change the active partition when the user says not to change it.

Convert absolute sector 0 to C/H/S 0/0/0, not 0/0/1.

Open in O_RDWR mode for the undocumented -a option, so that -a can be
used without -u.


3696 18-Oct-1994 ache

Fix several dialog/terminal problems.
Add code to autodetect terminal entry, if TERM undefined


3690 18-Oct-1994 paul

Lates snapshot:

Re-organised files, moved bootcode routines into their own files.
Check return types of everything and pass error messages to
windows so we get good diagnostics.

Made start on stage 2 installation. Implemented a status file that
keeeps track of where we are in the installation process and allows
installation from media sequences.


3681 18-Oct-1994 ache

Remove machdep.color_display


3666 17-Oct-1994 ache

Document new machdep variables, pointed by Rod


3658 17-Oct-1994 paul

Fixed bug in exec code, cp -R now works.
Added code so sysinstall can run as init.


3645 16-Oct-1994 paul

Remove a bogus BINDIR line


3635 16-Oct-1994 paul

Add DPADD for libraries.


3634 16-Oct-1994 paul

Add some missing libraries to LDADD


3617 15-Oct-1994 paul

Added sysinstall


3616 15-Oct-1994 paul

Work in progress.


3601 15-Oct-1994 gpalmer

Move `ft' into machine-dependant section.


3594 14-Oct-1994 ache

revision 1.6
date: 1994/03/06 08:55:02; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +4 -1
Stop count getty spacing problem, if we issue kill -1 1
----------------------------
revision 1.5
date: 1994/03/04 17:51:39; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +9 -2
I got a lot of
"getty repeating too quickly on port %s, sleeping"
from init.bsdi, it means that getty start and exit in five seconds.
This is common situation for poor quality Russian phone lines:
modem got CONNECT message and after retries got NO CARRIER.
So I introduce spacing count, it means that this warning and
sleep occurse only after GETTY_NSPACE times of sequental attempts.
----------------------------
revision 1.4
date: 1994/02/28 21:53:52; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +71 -10
I found (and fix) ugly bugs in init.bsdi (this bugs not present
in old init)

1) Init don't setup TERM environment variable for default terminal
type from /etc/ttys before calling getty/window.

2) When "kill -1 1" issued, init don't restart getty when
/etc/ttys parameters was changed (it only kill "off" end empty entries).

3) Small memory leak if "window" /etc/ttys parameter specified and
"kill -1 1" issued.

Obtained from: FreeBSD 1.x


3580 14-Oct-1994 jkh

Add ft.
Submitted by: babb


3555 13-Oct-1994 jkh

Put back the `:' in the trinary ?: so this can actually compile again! :)


3550 12-Oct-1994 phk

Added '-F file' option of mount_mfs. This allows me to make floppy images
without waiting for my floppy-drive all the time :-) Might have other
interesting uses too.


3467 09-Oct-1994 dg

Backed out part of the last change that prevents the rpos table from
being output if <= 1 rpos; there is a bug in the kernel which doesn't
quite get along with this. Changed default #rpos to 1, and fixed up
manual page. Converted nrpos to 1 if user specifies 0.


3368 04-Oct-1994 ache

Modify adjkerntz to not write RTC clock per initial call,
suggested by Bruce


3289 02-Oct-1994 gpalmer

Moce comcontrol, fdisk & mount_msdos out of machine-independance into
an I386 specific statement. Also add necessary code to allow
machine-dependance in this makefile

Reviewed by: rgrimes


3276 01-Oct-1994 dg

Fixed manpage to conform to current reality.

Submitted by: Rod Grimes, with additional sentence by me.


3271 01-Oct-1994 dg

1) If nrpos <= 1, don't output rpos table (and set fs_cpc to 0) - disabling
the use of the rotational position table.
2) Allow specification of 0 rotational positions (disables function).
3) Make rotdelay=0 and nrpos=0 by default.

The purpose of the above is to optimize for modern SCSI (and IDE) drives
that do read-ahead/write-behind.


3270 01-Oct-1994 dg

Corrected message when no rotational position table is found.


3249 30-Sep-1994 pst

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3248,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


3246 30-Sep-1994 pst

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3245,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


3202 29-Sep-1994 ache

Add code to skip "userquota"/"groupquota" options needed for
quotaon/quotacheck


3111 26-Sep-1994 pst

disklabel will dump core if you give it too few numbers to process
Obtained from: NetBSD misc/490 - John Kohl


3045 24-Sep-1994 wollman

Fix one more _PATH_UNIX.


3041 24-Sep-1994 wollman

Get rid of _PATH_UNIX completely; use getbootfile(3) instead.

DANGER WILL ROBINSON!
_PATH_UNIX is currently defined as the literal string "don't use this".
I am of two minds about this myself, but wanted to get something into the
tree as quickly as possible.


3037 23-Sep-1994 wollman

Document more MIB variables.


3000 22-Sep-1994 wollman

Add two new flags:
-q just shut up, will you?!
-u unlink output file after successful load


2999 22-Sep-1994 wollman

Automatically load NFS and a bevy of other filesystems.


2969 22-Sep-1994 wollman

Automatically load filesystem if not present in system and loadable.


2968 22-Sep-1994 wollman

Use getvfs* functions to map between VFS types and names.
Automatically load UFS if it is not present but is loadable.
(This won't happen now, but could happen if we fix NFS diskless support.)


2912 19-Sep-1994 ache

Correction for new sysctl interface


2910 19-Sep-1994 ache

rewritted to use sysctl, no more /var/run/.adjkerntz now


2898 19-Sep-1994 dfr

Added support for MSDOS file systems.


2892 19-Sep-1994 dfr

Added mount_msdos.

Obtained from: NetBSD


2891 19-Sep-1994 ache

bugfix: change gidset[] type from int to gid_t


2844 18-Sep-1994 dg

Various fixes:

modload doesn't honor it's -p argument.

It also will destroy the input file when you don't specify an output
symbol file with -o.

Submitted by: John Kohl


2834 16-Sep-1994 wollman

Per discussion on the mailing-lists, move LKMs from /sbin to /lkm, and
arrange for that directory to get created by mtree. Also, process secure
directory after all the others, because the programs there may overlay
ones installed from the main part of the tree.


2810 15-Sep-1994 bde

Don't exit early if the device is not character special or if the
device driver cannot supply a label (real or faked). This allows
you to practice using fdisk on disposable media (e.g., "dd count=1
<dev/zero >/tmp/junk; fdisk /tmp/junk", "dd count=1 </etc/passwd
>/tmp/fix-up-the-mess; fdisk /tmp/fix-up-the-mess") and allows me
to test DOSpartitioning and labelling on floppies.


2787 15-Sep-1994 pst

Missing 'break' after setting interface route flag was causing interface
routes to not be properly marked as static.


2776 15-Sep-1994 phk

Fixed a bug where mount_nfs would core-dump if used with IP# directly.
Also moved some KERBEROS related stuff inside the #ifdef.

Should we always try to do a reverse lookup (IP#->name) ?
It has som merit, but is probably against the tradition or huh ?


2767 14-Sep-1994 wollman

Add ip_mroute_mod, if NOLKM is not defined.


2766 14-Sep-1994 wollman

Makefile to generate the ip_mroute_mod.o LKM. After talking this over
with DavidG, I've come to the conclusion that unless and until we define
a new directory to put these things in, /sbin is the right place.
(OSF/1 does a lot worse for non-executables in /sbin...).


2755 14-Sep-1994 dg

Fixed slattach to do flags ioctl via network device rather than tty.

Submitted by: Rich Murphey, and fixed up by me.


2715 13-Sep-1994 jkh

Add fdisk to SUBDIR.


2605 09-Sep-1994 dg

Woops, last patch was by Wolfgang Solfrank.


2603 09-Sep-1994 dg

Two fixes from the NetBSD group (Charles Hannum):

1) dir.c: get byte order right in mkentry()
2) pass1.c: When doing -c2 conversion, do secsize reads for a symlink -
not doing so was causing the conversion to fail because the device
driver can't deal with short reads.


2558 08-Sep-1994 pst

Fix endian bug introduced at Berkeley during the Net2->4.4-lite transition.
Fix is courtesy of the NetBSD folks.

Reviewed by: pst


2542 07-Sep-1994 dg

Get rid of the need for the readonly mandatory option - set readonly
flags regardless of whether the user specified it.


2507 05-Sep-1994 bde

Fix punctuation.


2327 28-Aug-1994 jkh

What cretin named both a global and a function "reboot"? Global
changed to Reboot.
Submitted by: jkh


2323 27-Aug-1994 nate

Bring in my changes from the 1.1 init.bsdi which causes a reboot (was a
halt before) if init is sent an interrupt signal. This is necessary
for <CTL><ALT><DEL> to do the right thing if enabled.


2296 26-Aug-1994 dg

Added comcontrol ...this thing *really* should be renamed.


2294 26-Aug-1994 dg

Set fs_clean.


2236 23-Aug-1994 rich

Once again, slattach sources ported from 1.1.5 with fixes.

Reviewed by: davidg, bde
Submitted by: rich


2235 23-Aug-1994 rich

Slattach ported from 1.1.5 plus Bruce Evans suggested fix (close
FDs and fork before redialing) to prevent dialer from hanging with
newer sio.c.

Also moved history from the source to the cvs log (here) per
David G's suggestion.

This compiles but needs testing now... Rich

/*
* Hacks to support "-a|c|n" flags on the command line which enable VJ
* header compresion and disable ICMP.
* If this is good all rights go to B & L Jolitz, otherwise send your
* comments to Reagan (/dev/null).
*
* nerd@percival.rain.com (Michael Galassi) 92.09.03
*
* Hacked to change from sgtty to POSIX termio style serial line control
* and added flag to enable cts/rts style flow control.
*
* blymn@awadi.com.au (Brett Lymn) 93.04.04
*
* Put slattach in it's own process group so it can't be killed
* accidentally. Close the connection on SIGHUP and SIGINT. Write a
* syslog entry upon opening and closing the connection. Rich Murphey
* and Brad Huntting.
*
* Add '-r command' option: runs 'command' upon recieving SIGHUP
* resulting from loss of carrier. Log any errors after forking.
* Rich 8/13/93
*
* This version of slattach includes many changes by David Greenman, Brian
* Smith, Chris Bradley, and me (Michael Galassi). None of them are
* represented as functional anywhere outside of RAINet though they do work
* for us. Documentation is limited to the usage message for now. If you
* make improovments please pass them back.
*
* Added '-u UCMD' which runs 'UCMD <old> <new>' whenever the slip
* unit number changes where <old> and <new> are the old and new unit
* numbers, respectively. Also added the '-z' option which forces
* invocation of the redial command (-r CMD) upon startup regardless
* of whether the com driver claims (sometimes mistakenly) that
* carrier is present. Also added '-e ECMD' which runs ECMD before
* exiting.
*
* marc@escargot.rain.com (Marc Frajola) 93/09/10
*
* Minor fixes to allow passive SLIP links to work (connections with
* modem control that do not have an associated dial command). Added
* code to re-check for carrier after dial command has been executed.
* Added SIGTERM handler to properly handle normal kill signals. Fixed
* bug in logic that caused message about no -u command to be logged
* even when -u was specified and the sl number changes. Tried to get
* rid of redundant syslog()'s to minimize console log output. Improved
* logging of improper command line options or number of command
* arguments. Removed spurious newline characters from syslog() calls.
*
* gjung@gjbsd.franken.de
*
* sighup_handler changed to set CLOCAL before running redial_cmd.
* added flag exiting, so exit_handler is not run twice. Fork
* before reopening tty.
*/


2233 23-Aug-1994 dg

Nuked the 2 second DTR wait; this is handled correctly in the sio driver.


2227 22-Aug-1994 ache

adjkerntz added


2179 21-Aug-1994 dg

Better support for clean bit: prompt the user to fix it if it's wrong
when not preening, and indicate if it was fixed when preening.


2171 21-Aug-1994 dg

Install aliases "fasthalt" and "fastboot" for halt and boot respectively.
This is for "backwards compatibility". Documented these aliases in the
manual page.


2167 21-Aug-1994 dg

fastboot is no longer - don't install it.


2154 20-Aug-1994 dg

Added a "clean" field to the output - to show the state of the clean flag.


2153 20-Aug-1994 dg

Added filesystem clean bit support. This only affects fsck during a
preen (-p), and in that case the filesystem is skipped if it is clean.
A new flag "-f" for 'force' has been added which basically gives back
the old behavior of checking all the filesystems all the time. This
very closely models the behavior of SunOS and Ultrix.


2132 19-Aug-1994 dg

Killed explicit OS specification.


2131 19-Aug-1994 dg

Kill explicit OS specification.


2130 19-Aug-1994 dg

NetBSD -> FreeBSD


2129 19-Aug-1994 dg

netbsd -> kernel, NetBSD -> FreeBSD


2125 19-Aug-1994 dg

Terry Lambert's loadable kernel module support - modload & modunload
utilities w/improvements from the NetBSD group.


2072 15-Aug-1994 wollman

`init' needs crypt() for insecure consoles.


2067 14-Aug-1994 jkh

Make keywords.h get properly built.
Submitted by: jkh


2030 11-Aug-1994 dg

Use nulls to pad proctitle rather than spaces...makes ps(1) output more
readable.


1951 08-Aug-1994 wollman

Suppress irritating extra newline after kern.boottime.


1940 08-Aug-1994 dg

Added support for setting the per-interface MTU.


1923 08-Aug-1994 wollman

Delete obsolete references to librpc.a.


1863 05-Aug-1994 wollman

Get rid of update. Make man page installation work with our scheme
(and rename a few in the process).


1859 05-Aug-1994 dg

Changed output formatting to accurately represent the precision.


1856 05-Aug-1994 dg

Converted 'vmunix' to 'kernel'.


1855 05-Aug-1994 wollman

Convert to our man installation style. Also fixed long-standing bug
in `fastboot'/`fasthalt' in which the interpreter would hang around
after `reboot' or `halt' is run, causing an irritating ``Killed'' message.


1820 02-Aug-1994 dg

Fixed so that it can grok old style "fastlinks".


1819 02-Aug-1994 dg

Don't call getmntopts with a null pointer as an option string; it'll
dereference it. Pass optarg from getopts as it should have been done.
This bug caused mount_cd9660 to segfault whenever -o was used.


1818 02-Aug-1994 dg

Fixed NULL pointer dereference that occured when any options were
specified.


1765 22-Jun-1994 jkh

Update this to the latest version from Steve Gerakines. This is an easy
drop-in for me and looks substantailly neater than the previous version,
so I'll give the floppy tape users a break (but just this once :).


1741 15-Jun-1994 rich

Changes from Paul Kranenburg which bring us into sync with his sources:

handling of errors through the standard err() and warn()
more fixes for Geoff Rehmet's NULL pointer bug.
fixes NULL pointer bugs when linking mono and nested X servers.
supports a `-nostdlib' option.
accept object files without a symbol table
don't attempt dynamic linking when `-A' is given

a few variable names have chaged (desc -> fd), and the formatting has
changed which should make it much easier to track his sources.

I tested 'make world' for /usr/src and X twice with these changes.


1693 07-Jun-1994 ats

Commented out a pointer to qtar(1), we don't have that yet.
Changed the -description in the SYNOPSIS to description.


1683 05-Jun-1994 ats

Add the -r and -s flags to the Usage string.


1630 30-May-1994 ache

From Bde:
o Rewrote lots of it to be more like stty.1. The old one was
too verbose and the complicated options no longer exist.


1629 30-May-1994 ache

From Bde:
o Removed bidir options.


1618 28-May-1994 rgrimes

I know better than to edit files on freefall, next time take a patch file.
Change vm_paramh. to vm_param.h


1609 28-May-1994 rgrimes

Remove old style manual page depends so make install with NOMAN set
can run.


1608 28-May-1994 rgrimes

Disable afterinstall: for manual pages until the manual page fix patch
comes in.


1607 28-May-1994 rgrimes

Remove stuff for building manual pages the old way.


1606 28-May-1994 rgrimes

Comment out missing programs fsdb icheck and ncheck.
Comment out porting work needed program scsiformat.
Remove XNSrouted and routed as they have been moved to usr.sbin.
Reviewed by:
Submitted by:


1599 28-May-1994 rgrimes

Must now include vm/vm.h and vm/vm_param.h due to the way we define KERNBASE.
Reviewed by: David Greenman


1597 28-May-1994 rgrimes

Don't build /sbin shared.


1559 26-May-1994 rgrimes

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1558,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


1558 26-May-1994 rgrimes

BSD 4.4 Lite sbin Sources

Note: XNSrouted and routed NOT imported here, they shall be imported with
usr.sbin.


1554 26-May-1994 rgrimes

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1553,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


1524 20-May-1994 jkh

Latest error correction code from Steve Gerakines


1451 03-May-1994 ache

FILES entry corrected


1411 24-Apr-1994 jkh

Fix gross spelling and typographical errors pointed out by Keith Bostic.


1360 13-Apr-1994 ats

Better link ldconfig static instead dynamic.


1336 05-Apr-1994 ats

Add that /usr/X386/lib is also in the default path for ldconfig. Bug found
by Satoshi Asami ( asami@cs.berkeley.edu ). Fixed also a minor typo
problem.


1153 13-Feb-1994 jkh

This is Paul K's latest set of ld changes. A commit was necessary at this
late stage due to the fact that link.h was copyright Sun Microsystems.

This version of ld sync's us up with NetBSD's ld and supports compatablily
with NetBSD's -[zZ] flags (which we had reversed). Compiling with this
new ld will give you RRS warnings for libraries which do not contain .type
infomation - these wsarnings are harmless and will go away as soon as you
recompile your libraries (cd /usr/src; make libraries).


1146 11-Feb-1994 nate

Changed NetBSD -> FreeBSD


1117 07-Feb-1994 rgrimes

Manual is in section 8, you MUST say MAN8= for this to work. Add $Id$


1113 07-Feb-1994 alm

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1112,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


1092 05-Feb-1994 ache

Cosmetique patch from bde


882 20-Dec-1993 ache

Fix sign of offset diff.
Use Bruce initial/final hour scheme to avoid critical hours.


871 16-Dec-1993 nate

Fixed Makefile per bug report from Julian Stacey. There was an extra DESTDIR
in front of BINDIR definition.


868 16-Dec-1993 ache

This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r867,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.


866 16-Dec-1993 ache

Change default dtrwait time to 2 seconds.


840 10-Dec-1993 ache

Man page added.


839 10-Dec-1993 ache

Modified for work without options COM_BIDIR into kernel.


837 10-Dec-1993 ache

Add 'dtrwait <n>' option to comcontrol to handle
TIOCM[SG]DTRWAIT ioctl.


811 30-Nov-1993 jkh

Many recent fixes from Paul K, add support for chaining of shared lib deps.


745 09-Nov-1993 paul

Cahnged ldconfig.0 to ldconfig.8 for our man system.


740 09-Nov-1993 paul

Updated to newest ld from pk.

lib.c:
Pull in archives containing definitions needed by shared objects.
warnings.c:
Less spurious "undefined symbol" msgs for shared library defined
symbols.
ld.c:
Do a better job of recognising data in text segments, eg. `const char []'.
shlib.c,ld/rtld/{Makefile rtld.c}
Use strsep() in stead of strtok() and restore colons in eg. env. vars.


703 06-Nov-1993 paul

Changed ldconfig.0 to ldconfig.8 for our man setup.


696 03-Nov-1993 paul

Imported NetBSD's ld for shared libs.


270 10-Aug-1993 rgrimes

The fdisk man page doesn't show correctly the usage possibilities of
fdisk. It was missing the disk argument.

From: Andreas Schulz <ats@g386bsd.first.gmd.de>


86 02-Jul-1993 root

New manual page system


4 12-Jun-1993 rgrimes

Initial import, 0.1 + pk 0.2.4-B1